As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 18, 2016

File No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form 10

 

 

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Maryland   81-0862795

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

2809 Butterfield Road, Suite 360

Oak Brook, Illinois

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

60523

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

855-377-0510

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12(b)-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

 


HIGHLANDS REIT, INC.

INFORMATION REQUIRED IN REGISTRATION STATEMENT

CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET BETWEEN INFORMATION STATEMENT AND ITEMS OF FORM 10

Certain information required to be included in this Form 10 is incorporated by reference to specifically identified portions of the body of the Information Statement filed herewith as Exhibit 99.1. None of the information contained in the Information Statement shall be incorporated herein by reference or deemed to be a part hereof unless such information is specifically incorporated by reference.

 

Item 1. Business.

The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the Information Statement entitled “Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Forward-Looking Statements,” “Our Separation from InvenTrust,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business and Properties,” “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Where You Can Find More Information.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the Information Statement entitled “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 2. Financial Information.

The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the Information Statement entitled “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data,” “Selected Historical Financial and Operating Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Financial Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 3. Properties.

The information required by this item is contained under the section of the Information Statement entitled “Business and Properties—Properties.” That section is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

The information required by this item is contained under the section of the Information Statement entitled “Principal Stockholders.” That section is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers.

The information required by this item is contained under the section of the Information Statement entitled “Management.” That section is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 6. Executive Compensation.

The information required by this item is contained under the section of the Information Statement entitled “Management—Executive Compensation.” That section is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the Information Statement entitled “Management” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

 

2


Item 8. Legal Proceedings.

The information required by this item is contained under the section of the Information Statement entitled “Business and Properties—Legal Proceedings.” That section is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 9. Market Price of, and Dividends on, the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.

The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the Information Statement entitled “Summary,” “Our Separation from InvenTrust,” “Distribution Policy,” “Capitalization” and “Description of Capital Stock.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 10. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Not applicable.

 

Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered.

The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the Information Statement entitled “Our Separation from InvenTrust” and “Description of Capital Stock.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 12. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The information required by this item is contained under the sections of the Information Statement entitled “Management—Indemnification” and “Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and Our Charter and Bylaws—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.” Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

The information required by this item is contained under the section of the Information Statement entitled “Index to Financial Statements” (and the financial statements and related notes referenced therein). That section is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 14. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

Not applicable.

 

Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits.

(a) Financial Statements

The information required by this item is contained under the section of the Information Statement entitled “Index to Financial Statements” (and the financial statements and related noted referenced therein). That section is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Exhibits

See below.

 

3


The following documents are filed as exhibits hereto:

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Description

  2.1*    Separation and Distribution Agreement between InvenTrust Properties Corp. and Highlands REIT, Inc.
  3.1    Form of Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Highlands REIT, Inc.
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Highlands REIT, Inc.
10.1*    Form of Transition Services Agreement between InvenTrust Properties Corp. and Highlands REIT, Inc.
10.2*    Form of Employee Matters Agreement between InvenTrust Properties Corp. and Highlands REIT, Inc.
10.3*    Executive Employment Agreement, dated            , 2016, between Highlands REIT, Inc. and Richard Vance
10.4*    Highlands REIT, Inc. 2016 Incentive Award Plan
10.5    Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between Highlands REIT, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers
10.6    Loan Agreement, dated August 30, 2006, between Bear Stearns Commercial Mortgage, Inc. and MB Herndon, L.L.C.
10.7    Loan Agreement, dated November 15, 2005, between Bear Stearns Commercial Mortgage, Inc. and MB Hoffman Estates, L.L.C.
10.8    Loan Agreement, dated December 21, 2006, between Bear Stearns Commercial Mortgage, Inc. and MB St. Louis Chestnut, L.L.C.
21.1    Subsidiaries of Highlands REIT, Inc.
99.1    Preliminary Information Statement of Highlands REIT, Inc., subject to completion, dated March 18, 2016.

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

4


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Highlands REIT, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Richard Vance

  Name:     Richard Vance
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 18, 2016

 

5

Exhibit 3.1

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC.

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

FIRST : Highlands REIT, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), desires to amend and restate its charter as currently in effect and as hereinafter amended.

SECOND : The following provisions are all the provisions of the charter currently in effect and as hereinafter amended:

ARTICLE I

INCORPORATOR

Scott W. Wilton, whose address is c/o InvenTrust Properties Corp., 2809 Butterfield Road, Oak Brook, IL, 60523, being at least 18 years of age, formed a corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland on December 16, 2015.

ARTICLE II

NAME

The name of the corporation (the “Corporation”) is:

Highlands REIT, Inc.

ARTICLE III

PURPOSE

The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity (including, without limitation or obligation, engaging in business as a real estate investment trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute (the “Code”)) for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force. For purposes of the charter of the Corporation (the “Charter), “REIT” means a real estate investment trust under Sections 856 through 860 of the Code.


ARTICLE IV

PRINCIPAL OFFICE IN STATE AND RESIDENT AGENT

The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 351 West Camden Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201. The name of the resident agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is The Corporation Trust Incorporated, whose post office address is 351 West Camden Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201. The resident agent is a Maryland corporation.

ARTICLE V

PROVISIONS FOR DEFINING, LIMITING

AND REGULATING CERTAIN POWERS OF THE

CORPORATION AND OF THE STOCKHOLDERS AND DIRECTORS

Section 5.1 Number of Directors . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation initially shall be one, which number may be increased or decreased only by the Board of Directors pursuant to the Bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”), but shall never be less than the minimum number required by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”). The name of the director who shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualifies is:

Richard Vance

Any vacancy on the Board of Directors may be filled in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

The Corporation elects, at such time as it becomes eligible under Section 3-802 of the MGCL to make the election provided for under Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, that, except as

 

2


may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of Preferred Stock (as defined herein), any and all vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which such vacancy occurred and until a successor is duly elected and qualifies.

Section 5.2 Extraordinary Actions . Except as specifically provided in Section 5.8 (relating to removal of directors) and in the last sentence of Article VIII (relating to certain charter amendments), notwithstanding any provision of law permitting or requiring any action to be taken or approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a greater number of votes, any such action shall be effective and valid if declared advisable by the Board of Directors and taken or approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

Section 5.3 Authorization by Board of Stock Issuance . The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of stock of the Corporation of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities or rights convertible into shares of its stock of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration as the Board of Directors may deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a stock split or stock dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the Charter or the Bylaws.

Section 5.4 Preemptive and Appraisal Rights . Except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of classified or reclassified shares of stock pursuant to Section 6.4 or as may otherwise be provided by a contract approved by the Board of Directors,

 

3


no holder of shares of stock of the Corporation shall, as such holder, have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any additional shares of stock of the Corporation or any other security of the Corporation which it may issue or sell. Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors and upon such terms and conditions as specified by the Board of Directors, shall determine that such rights apply, with respect to all or any shares of all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

Section 5.5 Indemnification . The Corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to obligate itself to indemnify, and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to, (a) any individual who is a present or former director or officer of the Corporation or (b) any individual who, while a director or officer of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, member, manager or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise from and against any claim or liability to which such person may become subject or which such person may incur by reason of his or her service in such capacity. The Corporation shall have the power, with the approval of the Board of Directors, to provide such indemnification and advancement of expenses to a person who served a predecessor of the Corporation in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation.

 

4


Section 5.6 Determinations by Board . The determination as to any of the following matters, made by or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Corporation and every holder of shares of its stock: the amount of the net income of the Corporation for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, the acquisition of its stock or the payment of other distributions on its stock; the amount of paid-in surplus, net assets, other surplus, cash flow, funds from operations, adjusted funds from operations, net profit, net assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been set aside, paid or discharged); any interpretation or resolution of any ambiguity with respect to any provision of the Charter (including any of the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of any shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation) or of the Bylaws; the number of shares of stock of any class or series of the Corporation; the fair value, or any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any asset owned or held by the Corporation or of any shares of stock of the Corporation; any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Corporation; any interpretation of the terms and conditions of one or more agreements with any person, corporation, association, company, trust, partnership (limited or general) or other entity; the compensation of directors, officers, employees or agents of the Corporation; or any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Corporation or required or permitted by applicable law, the Charter or Bylaws or otherwise to be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

5


Section 5.7 REIT Qualification . If the Corporation elects to qualify as a REIT, the Board of Directors shall use its reasonable best efforts to take such actions as it determines are necessary or appropriate to preserve the status of the Corporation as a REIT; however, if the Board of Directors determines that it is no longer in the best interests of the Corporation to attempt to, or continue to, qualify as a REIT, the Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation to revoke or otherwise terminate the Corporation’s REIT election pursuant to Section 856(g) of the Code. The Board of Directors, in its sole and absolute discretion, also may (a) determine that compliance with any restriction or limitation on stock ownership and transfers set forth in Article VII is no longer required for REIT qualification and (b) make any other determination or take any other action pursuant to Article VII.

Section 5.8 Removal of Directors . Subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock to elect or remove one or more directors, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. For the purpose of this paragraph, “cause” shall mean, with respect to any particular director, conviction of a felony or a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holding that such director caused demonstrable, material harm to the Corporation through bad faith or active and deliberate dishonesty.

Section 5.9 Corporate Opportunities . The Corporation shall have the power to renounce, by resolution of the Board of Directors, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities or classes or categories of business opportunities that are (a) presented to the Corporation or (b) developed by or presented to one or more directors or officers of the Corporation.

 

6


ARTICLE VI

STOCK

Section 6.1 Authorized Shares . The Corporation has authority to issue 1,050,000,000 shares of stock, consisting of 1,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and 50,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”). The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value is $10,500,000. If shares of one class of stock are classified or reclassified into shares of another class of stock pursuant to Section 6.2, 6.3 or 6.4 of this Article VI, the number of authorized shares of the former class shall be automatically decreased and the number of shares of the latter class shall be automatically increased, in each case by the number of shares so classified or reclassified, so that the aggregate number of shares of stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue shall not be more than the total number of shares of stock set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph. The Board of Directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire Board and without any action by the stockholders of the Corporation, may amend the Charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

Section 6.2 Common Stock . Subject to the provisions of Article VII and except as may otherwise be specified in the Charter, each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote. The Board of Directors may reclassify any unissued shares of Common Stock from time to time into one or more classes or series of stock.

 

7


Section 6.3 Preferred Stock . The Board of Directors may classify any unissued shares of Preferred Stock and reclassify any previously classified but unissued shares of Preferred Stock of any series from time to time, into one or more classes or series of stock.

Section 6.4 Classified or Reclassified Shares . Prior to issuance of classified or reclassified shares of any class or series, the Board of Directors by resolution shall: (a) designate that class or series to distinguish it from all other classes and series of stock of the Corporation; (b) specify the number of shares to be included in the class or series; (c) set or change, subject to the provisions of Article VII and subject to the express terms of any class or series of stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each class or series; and (d) cause the Corporation to file articles supplementary with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (“SDAT”). Any of the terms of any class or series of stock set or changed pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 6.4 may be made dependent upon facts or events ascertainable outside the Charter (including determinations by the Board of Directors or other facts or events within the control of the Corporation) and may vary among holders thereof, provided that the manner in which such facts, events or variations shall operate upon the terms of such class or series of stock is clearly and expressly set forth in the articles supplementary or other Charter document.

Section 6.5 Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the holders of Common Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors may be taken without a meeting by consent, in writing or by electronic transmission, in any manner and by any vote permitted by the MGCL and set forth in the Bylaws.

 

8


Section 6.6 Charter and Bylaws . The rights of all stockholders and the terms of all stock are subject to the provisions of the Charter and the Bylaws. The Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of the Bylaws and to make new Bylaws.

Section 6.7 Distributions . The Board of Directors from time to time may authorize the Corporation to declare and pay to stockholders such dividends or other distributions in cash or other assets of the Corporation or in securities of the Corporation, including in shares of one class or series of the Corporation’s stock payable to holders of shares of another class or series of stock of the Corporation, or from any other source as the Board of Directors in its sole and absolute discretion shall determine. The exercise of the powers and rights of the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section 6.7 shall be subject to the provisions of any class or series of shares of the Corporation’s stock at the time outstanding.

ARTICLE VII

RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP OF SHARES

Section 7.1 Definitions . For the purpose of this Article VII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Beneficial Ownership . The term “Beneficial Ownership” shall mean ownership of shares of Capital Stock by a Person, whether the interest in the shares of Capital Stock is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that are actually owned or would be treated as owned through the application of Section 544 of the Code, as modified by Sections 856(h)(1)(B) and 856(h)(3)(A) of the Code. The terms “Beneficial Owner,” “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

9


Business Day . The term “Business Day” shall mean any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.

Capital Stock . The term “Capital Stock” shall mean all classes or series of stock of the Corporation, including, without limitation, Common Stock and Preferred Stock.

Charitable Beneficiary . The term “Charitable Beneficiary” shall mean one or more beneficiaries of the Trust as determined pursuant to Section 7.3.6, provided that each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.

Constructive Ownership . The term “Constructive Ownership” shall mean ownership of shares of Capital Stock by a Person, whether the interest in the shares of Capital Stock is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that are actually owned or would be treated as owned through the application of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code. The terms “Constructive Owner,” “Constructively Owns” and “Constructively Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.

Excepted Holder . The term “Excepted Holder” shall mean a Person for whom an Excepted Holder Limit is created by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 7.2.7.

Excepted Holder Limit . The term “Excepted Holder Limit” shall mean the percentage limit established by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 7.2.7, which limit may be expressed, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, as one or more percentages and/or

 

10


numbers of shares of Capital Stock, and may apply with respect to one or more classes of Capital Stock or to all classes of Capital Stock in the aggregate, provided that the affected Excepted Holder agrees to comply with any requirements established by the Charter or by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 7.2.7 and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 7.2.8.

Individual . The term “Individual” means an individual, a trust qualified under Section 401(a) or 501(c)(17) of the Code, a portion of a trust permanently set aside for or to be used exclusively for the purposes described in Section 642(c) of the Code, or a private foundation within the meaning of Section 509(a) of the Code, provided that, except as set forth in Section 856(h)(3)(A)(ii) of the Code, a trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code and exempt from tax under Section 501(a) of the Code shall be excluded from this definition.

Initial Date . The term “Initial Date” means the earlier of (i) the date on which InvenTrust distributes shares of Common Stock held by InvenTrust to the holders of shares of common stock of InvenTrust or (ii) such other date as determined by the Board of Directors in its sole and absolute discretion.

InvenTrust . The term “InvenTrust” means InvenTrust Properties Corp., a Maryland corporation.

Market Price . The term “Market Price” on any date shall mean, with respect to any class or series of outstanding shares of Capital Stock, the Closing Price for such Capital Stock on such date. The “Closing Price” on any date shall mean the last reported sale price for such Capital Stock, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, for such Capital Stock, in either case as reported on the principal Stock Exchange on which such Capital Stock is listed or admitted to trading or,

 

11


if such Capital Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any Stock Exchange, the last quoted price, or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or, if such system is no longer in use, the principal other automated quotation system that may then be in use or, if such Capital Stock is not quoted by any such system, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Capital Stock selected by the Board of Directors or, in the event that no trading price is available for such Capital Stock, the fair market value of the Capital Stock, as determined by the Board of Directors.

Person . The term “Person” shall mean an Individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, estate, trust, association, joint stock company, government, government subdivision, agency or instrumentality or other entity and also includes a group as that term is used for purposes of Rule 13d-5(b) or Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and a group to which an Excepted Holder Limit applies.

Prohibited Owner . The term “Prohibited Owner” shall mean, with respect to any purported Transfer (or other event), any Person who, but for the provisions of Section 7.2.1, would Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in violation of the provisions of Section 7.2.1(a), and if appropriate in the context, shall also mean any Person who would have been the record owner of the shares that the Prohibited Owner would have so owned.

Restriction Termination Date . The term “Restriction Termination Date” shall mean the first day after the Initial Date on which the Board of Directors determines pursuant to Section 5.7 of the Charter that it is no longer in the best interests of the Corporation to attempt to,

 

12


or continue to, qualify as a REIT or that compliance with the restrictions and limitations on Beneficial Ownership, Constructive Ownership and Transfers of shares of Capital Stock set forth herein is no longer required in order for the Corporation to qualify as a REIT.

Stock Exchange . The term “Stock Exchange” shall mean any national securities exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system.

Stock Ownership Limit . The term “Stock Ownership Limit” shall mean nine and eight-tenths percent (9.8%) in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of Capital Stock excluding any outstanding shares of Capital Stock not treated as outstanding for federal income tax purposes, or such other percentage determined from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 7.2.8 of the Charter.

Transfer . The term “Transfer” shall mean any issuance, sale, transfer, gift, assignment, devise or other disposition, as well as any other event that causes any Person to acquire, or change its percentage of, Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock or the right to vote or receive dividends on Capital Stock, or any agreement to take any such actions or cause any such events, including (a) the granting or exercise of any option (or any disposition of any option), (b) any disposition of any securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock or any interest in Capital Stock or any exercise of any such conversion or exchange right and (c) Transfers of interests in other entities that result in changes in Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Capital Stock; in each case, whether voluntary or involuntary, whether owned of record, Beneficially Owned or Constructively Owned and whether by operation of law or otherwise. The terms “Transferring” and “Transferred” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

13


TRS . The term “TRS” shall mean a taxable REIT subsidiary (as defined in Section 856(l) of the Code) of the Corporation.

Trust . The term “Trust” shall mean any trust provided for in Section 7.3.1.

Trustee . The term “Trustee” shall mean the Person unaffiliated with the Corporation and a Prohibited Owner, that is appointed by the Corporation to serve as trustee of the Trust.

Section 7.2 Capital Stock .

Section 7.2.1  Ownership Limitations . During the period commencing on the Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date, but subject to Section 7.4:

(a) Basic Restrictions .

(i) Except as provided in Section 7.2.7 hereof, (1) no Person, other than an Excepted Holder, shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess of the Stock Ownership Limit and (2) no Excepted Holder shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock in excess of the Excepted Holder Limit for such Excepted Holder.

(ii) Except as provided in Section 7.2.7 hereof, no Person shall Beneficially Own shares of Capital Stock to the extent that such Beneficial Ownership of shares of Capital Stock could result in the Corporation being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year).

 

14


(iii) Except as provided in Section 7.2.7 hereof, no Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock to the extent such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership would cause the Corporation to Constructively Own ten percent (10%) or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of the Corporation’s real property within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code.

(iv) No Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock to the extent that such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of shares of Capital Stock could result in the Corporation otherwise failing to qualify as a REIT.

(v) Except as provided in Section 7.2.7 hereof, any Transfer of shares of Capital Stock that, if effective, would result in the Capital Stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 Persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code) shall be void ab initio , and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares of Capital Stock.

Without limitation of the application of any other provision of this Article VII, it is expressly intended that the restrictions on ownership and Transfer described in this Section 7.2.1 of Article VII shall apply to restrict the rights of any members or partners in limited liability companies or partnerships to exchange their interest in such entities for shares of Capital Stock.

(b) Transfer in Trust . If any Transfer of shares of Capital Stock (whether or not such Transfer is the result of a transaction entered into through the facilities of any Stock Exchange) (or other event) occurs which, if effective, would result in any Person Beneficially Owning or Constructively Owning shares of Capital Stock in violation of Section 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv),

 

15


(i) then that number of shares of the Capital Stock, the Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of which otherwise would cause such Person to violate Section 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) (rounded up to the nearest whole share) shall be automatically transferred to a Trust for the benefit of a Charitable Beneficiary, as described in Section 7.3, effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the date of such Transfer (or other event), and such Person shall acquire no rights in such shares; or

(ii) if the transfer to the Trust described in clause (i) of this Section 7.2.1(b) would not be effective for any reason to prevent the violation of Section 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), then the Transfer of that number of shares of Capital Stock that otherwise would cause any Person to violate Section 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) shall be void ab initio , and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares of Capital Stock.

(iii) In determining which shares of Capital Stock are to be transferred to a Trust in accordance with this Section 7.2.1(b) and Section 7.3 hereof, shares shall be so transferred to a Trust in such manner as minimizes the aggregate value of the shares that are transferred to the Trust (except as provided in Section 7.2.6) and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, on a pro rata basis.

Section 7.2.2  Remedies for Breach . If the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof or other designees if permitted by the MGCL shall at any time determine that a Transfer or other event has taken place that results in a violation of Section 7.2.1 or that a Person intends or has attempted to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of any shares of Capital Stock in violation of Section 7.2.1 (whether or not such

 

16


violation is intended), the Board of Directors or a committee thereof or other designees if permitted by the MGCL shall take such action as it deems advisable, in its sole and absolute discretion, to refuse to give effect to or to prevent such Transfer or other event, including, without limitation, causing the Corporation to redeem shares of Capital Stock, refusing to give effect to such Transfer on the books of the Corporation or instituting proceedings to enjoin such Transfer or other event; provided, however , that any Transfer or attempted Transfer or other event in violation of Section 7.2.1 shall automatically result in the transfer to the Trust described above, or, where applicable, such Transfer (or other event) shall be void ab initio as provided above irrespective of any action (or non-action) by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

Section 7.2.3  Notice of Restricted Transfer . Any Person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of shares of Capital Stock that will or may violate Section 7.2.1(a) or any Person who would have owned shares of Capital Stock that resulted in a transfer to the Trust pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.2.1(b) shall immediately give written notice to the Corporation of such event or, in the case of such a proposed or attempted transaction, give at least 15 days prior written notice, and shall provide to the Corporation such other information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Transfer on the Corporation’s status as a REIT.

Section 7.2.4  Owners Required To Provide Information . From the Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date:

(a) every owner of five percent or more (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) in number or value of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock, within 30 days after the end of each

 

17


taxable year, shall give written notice to the Corporation stating the name and address of such owner, the number of shares of each class or series of Capital Stock Beneficially Owned and a description of the manner in which such shares are held. Each such owner shall provide promptly to the Corporation in writing such additional information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Beneficial Ownership on the Corporation’s status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the Stock Ownership Limit; and

(b) each Person who is a Beneficial or Constructive Owner of shares of Capital Stock and each Person (including the stockholder of record) who is holding shares of Capital Stock for a Beneficial or Constructive Owner shall, on demand, provide to the Corporation such information as the Corporation may request in order to determine the Corporation’s status as a REIT and to comply with requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance and to ensure compliance with the Stock Ownership Limit.

Section 7.2.5  Remedies Not Limited . Subject to Section 5.7 of the Charter, nothing contained in this Section 7.2 shall limit the authority of the Board of Directors to take such other action as it deems necessary or advisable to protect the Corporation in preserving the Corporation’s status as a REIT.

Section 7.2.6  Ambiguity . In the case of an ambiguity in the application of any of the provisions of this Article VII, including Section 7.2, Section 7.3, or any definition contained in Section 7.1 or any defined term used in this Article VII but defined elsewhere in the Charter, the Board of Directors shall have the power to determine the application of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to any situation based on the facts known to it. In the event Section 7.2 or 7.3 requires an action by the Board of Directors and the Charter fails to

 

18


provide specific guidance with respect to such action, the Board of Directors shall have the power to determine the action to be taken so long as such action is not contrary to the provisions of Sections 7.1, 7.2 or 7.3.

Section 7.2.7  Exceptions .

(a) The Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may exempt (prospectively or retroactively) a Person from the restrictions contained in Section 7.21(a)(i), (ii), (iii) or (v) as the case may be, and may establish or increase an Excepted Holder Limit for such Person if the Board of Directors obtains such representations, covenants and undertakings as the Board of Directors may deem appropriate in order to conclude that granting the exemption and/or establishing or increasing the Excepted Holder Limit, as the case may be, will not cause the Corporation to lose its status as a REIT.

(b) Prior to granting any exception pursuant to Section 7.2.7(a), the Board of Directors may require a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and substance satisfactory to the Board of Directors in its sole and absolute discretion, as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to determine that granting the exception will not cause the Corporation to lose its status as a REIT. Notwithstanding the receipt of any ruling or opinion, the Board of Directors may impose such conditions or restrictions as it deems appropriate in connection with granting such exception.

(c) Subject to Section 7.2.1(a)(ii), an underwriter, placement agent or initial purchaser that participates in a public offering, private placement or other private offering of Capital Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock) may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own shares of Capital Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock) in excess of the Stock Ownership Limit but only to the extent

 

19


necessary to facilitate such public offering, private placement or immediate resale of such Capital Stock and provided that the restrictions contained in Section 7.2.1(a) will not be violated following the distribution by such underwriter, placement agent or initial purchaser of such shares of Capital Stock.

(d) The Board of Directors may only reduce the Excepted Holder Limit for an Excepted Holder: (i) with the written consent of such Excepted Holder at any time, or (ii) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the agreements and undertakings entered into with such Excepted Holder in connection with the establishment of the Excepted Holder Limit for that Excepted Holder. No Excepted Holder Limit shall be reduced to a percentage that is less than the Stock Ownership Limit.

Section 7.2.8  Increase or Decrease in Stock Ownership Limit . Subject to Section 7.2.1(a)(ii) and the rest of this Section 7.2.8, the Board of Directors may, in its sole and absolute discretion, from time to time increase or decrease the Stock Ownership Limit for one or more Persons; provided, however, that a decreased Stock Ownership Limit will not be effective for any Person who Beneficially Owns or Constructively Owns, as applicable, shares of Capital Stock in excess of such decreased Stock Ownership Limit at the time such limit is decreased, until such time as such Person’s Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of shares of Capital Stock, as applicable, equals or falls below the decreased Stock Ownership Limit, but until such time as such Person’s percentage of Capital Stock falls below such decreased Stock Ownership Limit, any further acquisition of shares of Capital Stock or increased Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of shares of Capital Stock will be in violation of the Stock Ownership Limit and, provided further, that the new Stock Ownership Limit would not allow five or fewer Individuals to Beneficially Own more than 49% in value of the outstanding Capital Stock.

 

20


Section 7.2.9  Legend . Each certificate, if any, for shares of Capital Stock shall bear a legend summarizing the restrictions on transfer and ownership contained herein. Instead of a legend, the certificate, if any, may state that the Corporation will furnish a full statement about certain restrictions on ownership and transfer of the shares to a stockholder on request and without charge.

Section 7.3 Transfer of Capital Stock in Trust .

Section 7.3.1  Ownership in Trust . Upon any purported Transfer or other event described in Section 7.2.1(b) that would result in a transfer of shares of Capital Stock to a Trust, such shares of Capital Stock shall be deemed to have been transferred to the Trustee as trustee of a Trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. Such transfer to the Trustee shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the purported Transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the Trust pursuant to Section 7.2.1(b). The Trustee shall be appointed by the Corporation and shall be a Person unaffiliated with the Corporation and any Prohibited Owner. Each Charitable Beneficiary shall be designated by the Corporation as provided in Section 7.3.6.

Section 7.3.2  Status of Shares Held by the Trustee . Shares of Capital Stock held by the Trustee shall be issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock. The Prohibited Owner shall have no rights in the shares held by the Trustee. The Prohibited Owner shall not benefit economically from ownership of any shares held in trust by the Trustee, shall have no rights to dividends or other distributions and shall not possess any rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares held in the Trust. The Prohibited Owner shall have no claim, cause of action, or any other recourse whatsoever against the purported transferor of such Capital Stock.

 

21


Section 7.3.3  Dividend and Voting Rights . The Trustee shall have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to shares of Capital Stock held in the Trust, which rights shall be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to the discovery by the Corporation that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee shall be paid by the recipient of such dividend or other distribution to the Trustee upon demand and any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid shall be paid when due to the Trustee. Any dividend or other distribution so paid to the Trustee shall be held in trust for the Charitable Beneficiary. The Prohibited Owner shall have no voting rights with respect to shares held in the Trust and, subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee, the Trustee shall have the authority (at the Trustee’s sole and absolute discretion) (i) to rescind as void any vote cast by a Prohibited Owner prior to the discovery by the Corporation that the shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee and (ii) to recast such vote in accordance with the desires of the Trustee acting for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary; provided, however, that if the Corporation has already taken irreversible corporate action, then the Trustee shall not have the authority to rescind and recast such vote. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article VII, until the Corporation has received notification that shares of Capital Stock have been transferred into a Trust, the Corporation shall be entitled to rely on its share transfer and other stockholder records for purposes of preparing lists of stockholders entitled to vote at meetings, determining the validity and authority of proxies and otherwise conducting votes of stockholders.

 

22


Section 7.3.4  Sale of Shares by Trustee . Within 20 days of receiving notice from the Corporation that shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trust, the Trustee of the Trust shall sell the shares held in the Trust to a person or persons, designated by the Trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the ownership limitations set forth in Section 7.2.1(a). Upon such sale, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and to the Charitable Beneficiary as provided in this Section 7.3.4. The Prohibited Owner shall receive the lesser of (1) the price paid by the Prohibited Owner for the shares or, if the Prohibited Owner did not give value for the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be held in the Trust ( e.g. , in the case of a gift, devise or other such transaction), the Market Price of the shares on the day of the event causing the shares to be held in the Trust and (2) the price per share received by the Trustee (net of any commissions and other expenses of sale) from the sale or other disposition of the shares held in the Trust. The Trustee shall reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and other distributions which have been paid to the Prohibited Owner and are owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.3.3 of this Article VII. Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner shall be immediately paid to the Charitable Beneficiary. If, prior to the discovery by the Corporation that shares of Capital Stock have been transferred to the Trustee, such shares are sold by a Prohibited Owner, then (i) such shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the Trust and (ii) to the extent that the Prohibited Owner received an amount for such shares that exceeds the amount that such Prohibited Owner was entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 7.3.4, such excess shall be paid to the Trustee upon demand.

 

23


Section 7.3.5  Purchase Right in Capital Stock Transferred to the Trustee . Shares of Capital Stock transferred to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been offered for sale to the Corporation, or its designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the transaction that resulted in such transfer to the Trust (or, in the case of a devise, gift or other transaction, the Market Price at the time of such devise, gift or other transaction) and (ii) the Market Price on the date the Corporation, or its designee, accepts such offer. The Corporation shall reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and distributions which have been paid to the Prohibited Owner and are owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.3.3 of this Article VII. The Corporation shall pay the amount of such reduction to the Trustee for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. The Corporation shall have the right to accept such offer until the Trustee has sold the shares held in the Trust pursuant to Section 7.3.4. Upon such a sale to the Corporation, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the shares sold shall terminate and the Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner.

Section 7.3.6  Designation of Charitable Beneficiaries . By written notice to the Trustee, the Corporation shall designate one or more nonprofit organizations to be the Charitable Beneficiary of the interest in the Trust such that (i) the shares of Capital Stock held in the Trust would not violate the restrictions set forth in Section 7.2.1(a) in the hands of such Charitable Beneficiary and (ii) each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under one of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code. Neither the failure of the Corporation to make such designation nor the failure of the Corporation to appoint the Trustee before the automatic transfer provided for in Section 7.2.1(b)(i) shall make such transfer ineffective, provided that the Corporation thereafter makes such designation and appointment.

 

24


Section 7.4 Stock Exchange Transactions . Nothing in this Article VII shall preclude the settlement of any transaction entered into through the facilities of any applicable Stock Exchange. The fact that the settlement of any transaction occurs shall not negate the effect of any other provision of this Article VII and any transferee in such a transaction shall be subject to all of the provisions and limitations set forth in this Article VII.

Section 7.5 Enforcement . The Corporation is authorized specifically to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief, to enforce the provisions of this Article VII.

Section 7.6 Non-Waiver . No delay or failure on the part of the Corporation or the Board of Directors in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any right of the Corporation or the Board of Directors, as the case may be, except to the extent specifically waived in writing.

Section 7.7 Severability . If any provision of this Article VII or any application of any such provision is determined to be invalid by any federal or state court having jurisdiction over the issues, the validity of the remaining provisions shall not be affected and other applications of such provisions shall be affected only to the extent necessary to comply with the determination of such court.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

The Corporation reserves the right from time to time to make any amendment to the Charter, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in the Charter, of any shares of outstanding stock. All

 

25


rights and powers conferred by the Charter on stockholders, directors and officers are granted subject to this reservation. Except for amendments to Article V, Section 5.8, the last sentence of Section 6.6 and the next sentence of the Charter and except for those amendments permitted to be made without stockholder approval under Maryland law or by specific provision in the Charter, any amendment to the Charter shall be valid only if declared advisable by the Board of Directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Any amendment to Section 5.8, the last sentence of Section 6.6 or to this sentence of the Charter shall be valid only if declared advisable by the Board of Directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

ARTICLE IX

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

To the maximum extent that Maryland law in effect from time to time permits limitation of the liability of directors and officers of a corporation, no present or former director or officer of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article IX, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Charter or Bylaws inconsistent with this Article IX, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sentence with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

THIRD : The amendment and restatement of the charter as hereinabove set forth have been duly advised by the Board of Directors and approved by the stockholders of the Corporation as required by law.

 

26


FOURTH : The current address of the principal office of the Corporation is as set forth in Article IV of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.

FIFTH : The name and address of the Corporation’s current resident agent are as set forth in Article IV of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.

SIXTH : The number of directors of the Corporation and the names of those currently in office are as set forth in Article V of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter.

SEVENTH : The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation had authority to issue immediately prior to this amendment and restatement was 1,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all shares of stock having par value was $10,000,000.00.

EIGHTH : The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation has authority to issue pursuant to the foregoing amendment and restatement of the charter is 1,050,000,000, consisting of 1,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 50,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value is $10,500,000.

NINTH : The undersigned acknowledges these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be the corporate act of the Corporation and as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the President acknowledges that, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.

signature page follows

 

27


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its President and attested to by its Secretary on this    day of                    , 2016.

 

ATTEST:

      HIGHLANDS REIT, INC.  

 

      By:  

 

  (SEAL)

Secretary

        President  

 

28

Exhibit 3.2

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC.

BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. PRINCIPAL OFFICE . The principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland shall be located at such place as the Board of Directors may designate.

Section 2. ADDITIONAL OFFICES . The Corporation may have additional offices, including a principal executive office, at such places as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. PLACE . All meetings of stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at such other place as shall be set in accordance with these Bylaws and stated in the notice of the meeting.

Section 2. ANNUAL MEETING . An annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and the transaction of any business within the powers of the Corporation shall be held on the date and at the time and place set by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS .

(a) General . Each of the chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president and Board of Directors may call a special meeting of stockholders. Except as provided in subsection (b)(4) of this Section 3, a special meeting of stockholders shall be held on the date and at the time and place set by the chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president or Board of Directors, whoever has called the meeting. Subject to subsection (b) of this Section 3, a special meeting of stockholders shall also be called by the secretary of the Corporation to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of stockholders upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting.

(b) Stockholder-Requested Special Meetings . (1) Any stockholder of record seeking to have stockholders request a special meeting shall, by sending written notice to the secretary (the “Record Date Request Notice”) by registered mail, return receipt requested, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date to determine the stockholders entitled to request a special meeting (the “Request Record Date”). The Record Date Request Notice shall set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it, shall be signed by one or more stockholders of record as of the date of signature (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the Record Date Request Notice), shall bear the date of signature of each such stockholder (or such agent) and shall set forth all information relating to each such stockholder and each matter proposed

 

1


to be acted on at the meeting that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of directors in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such a solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Exchange Act”). Upon receiving the Record Date Request Notice, the Board of Directors may fix a Request Record Date. The Request Record Date shall not precede and shall not be more than ten days after the close of business on the date on which the resolution fixing the Request Record Date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If the Board of Directors, within ten days after the date on which a valid Record Date Request Notice is received, fails to adopt a resolution fixing the Request Record Date, the Request Record Date shall be the close of business on the tenth day after the first date on which a Record Date Request Notice is received by the secretary.

(2) In order for any stockholder to request a special meeting to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of stockholders, one or more written requests for a special meeting (collectively, the “Special Meeting Request”) signed by stockholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the request) as of the Request Record Date entitled to cast not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting (the “Special Meeting Percentage”) shall be delivered to the secretary. In addition, the Special Meeting Request shall (a) set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it (which shall be limited to those lawful matters set forth in the Record Date Request Notice received by the secretary), (b) bear the date of signature of each such stockholder (or such agent) signing the Special Meeting Request, (c) set forth (i) the name and address, as they appear in the Corporation’s books, of each stockholder signing such request (or on whose behalf the Special Meeting Request is signed), (ii) the class, series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned (beneficially or of record) by each such stockholder and (iii) the nominee holder for, and number of, shares of stock of the Corporation owned beneficially but not of record by such stockholder, (d) be sent to the secretary by registered mail, return receipt requested, and (e) be received by the secretary within 60 days after the Request Record Date. Any requesting stockholder (or agent duly authorized in a writing accompanying the revocation of the Special Meeting Request) may revoke his, her or its request for a special meeting at any time by written revocation delivered to the secretary.

(3) The secretary shall inform the requesting stockholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing or delivering the notice of the meeting (including the Corporation’s proxy materials). The secretary shall not be required to call a special meeting upon stockholder request and such meeting shall not be held unless, in addition to the Special Meeting Request required by paragraph (2) of this Section 3(b), the secretary receives payment of such reasonably estimated cost prior to the preparation and mailing or delivery of such notice of the meeting.

(4) In the case of any special meeting called by the secretary upon the request of stockholders (a “Stockholder-Requested Meeting”), such meeting shall be held at such place, date and time as may be designated by the Board of Directors; provided , however, that the date of any Stockholder-Requested Meeting shall be not more than 90 days after the record date for such

 

2


meeting (the “Meeting Record Date”); and provided further that if the Board of Directors fails to designate, within ten days after the date that a valid Special Meeting Request is actually received by the secretary (the “Delivery Date”), a date and time for a Stockholder-Requested Meeting, then such meeting shall be held at 2:00 p.m., Central Time, on the 90 th day after the Meeting Record Date or, if such 90 th day is not a Business Day (as defined below), on the first preceding Business Day; and provided further that in the event that the Board of Directors fails to designate a place for a Stockholder-Requested Meeting within ten days after the Delivery Date, then such meeting shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation. In fixing a date for a Stockholder-Requested Meeting, the Board of Directors may consider such factors as it deems relevant, including, without limitation, the nature of the matters to be considered, the facts and circumstances surrounding any request for the meeting and any plan of the Board of Directors to call an annual meeting or a special meeting. In the case of any Stockholder-Requested Meeting, if the Board of Directors fails to fix a Meeting Record Date that is a date within 30 days after the Delivery Date, then the close of business on the 30 th day after the Delivery Date shall be the Meeting Record Date. The Board of Directors may revoke the notice for any Stockholder-Requested Meeting in the event that the requesting stockholders fail to comply with the provisions of paragraph (3) of this Section 3(b).

(5) If written revocations of the Special Meeting Request have been delivered to the secretary and the result is that stockholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in writing), as of the Request Record Date, entitled to cast less than the Special Meeting Percentage have delivered, and not revoked, requests for a special meeting on the matter to the secretary: (i) if the notice of meeting has not already been delivered, the secretary shall refrain from delivering the notice of the meeting and send to all requesting stockholders who have not revoked such requests written notice of any revocation of a request for a special meeting on the matter, or (ii) if the notice of meeting has been delivered and if the secretary first sends to all requesting stockholders who have not revoked requests for a special meeting on the matter written notice of any revocation of a request for the special meeting and written notice of the Corporation’s intention to revoke the notice of the meeting or for the chairman of the meeting to adjourn the meeting without action on the matter, (A) the secretary may revoke the notice of the meeting at any time before ten days before the commencement of the meeting or (B) the chairman of the meeting may call the meeting to order and adjourn the meeting from time to time without acting on the matter. Any request for a special meeting received after a revocation by the secretary of a notice of a meeting shall be considered a request for a new special meeting.

(6) The chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president or Board of Directors may appoint regionally or nationally recognized independent inspectors of elections to act as the agent of the Corporation for the purpose of promptly performing a ministerial review of the validity of any purported Special Meeting Request received by the secretary. For the purpose of permitting the inspectors to perform such review, no such purported Special Meeting Request shall be deemed to have been received by the secretary until the earlier of (i) five Business Days after actual receipt by the secretary of such purported request and (ii) such date as the independent inspectors certify to the Corporation that the valid requests received by the secretary represent, as of the Request Record Date, stockholders of record entitled to cast not less than the Special Meeting Percentage. Nothing contained in this paragraph (6) shall in any way be construed to suggest or imply that the Corporation or any stockholder shall not be entitled to contest the validity of any request, whether

 

3


during or after such five Business Day period, or to take any other action (including, without limitation, the commencement, prosecution or defense of any litigation with respect thereto, and the seeking of injunctive relief in such litigation).

(7) For purposes of these Bylaws, “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of Illinois are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

Section 4. NOTICE . Not less than ten nor more than 90 days before each meeting of stockholders, the secretary shall give to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting and to each stockholder not entitled to vote who is entitled to notice of the meeting notice in writing or by electronic transmission stating the time and place of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting or as otherwise may be required by any statute, the purpose for which the meeting is called, by mail, by presenting it to such stockholder personally, by leaving it at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business, by electronic transmission or by any other means permitted by Maryland law. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. If transmitted electronically, such notice shall be deemed to be given when transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions. The Corporation may give a single notice to all stockholders who share an address, which single notice shall be effective as to any stockholder at such address, unless such stockholder objects to receiving such single notice or revokes a prior consent to receiving such single notice. Failure to give notice of any meeting to one or more stockholders, or any irregularity in such notice, shall not affect the validity of any meeting fixed in accordance with this Article II or the validity of any proceedings at any such meeting.

Subject to Section 11(a) of this Article II, any business of the Corporation may be transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders without being specifically designated in the notice, except such business as is required by any statute to be stated in such notice. No business shall be transacted at a special meeting of stockholders except as specifically designated in the notice. The Corporation may postpone or cancel a meeting of stockholders by making a public announcement (as defined in Section 11(c)(3) of this Article II) of such postponement or cancellation prior to the meeting. Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not less than ten days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this section.

Section 5. ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT . Every meeting of stockholders shall be conducted by an individual appointed by the Board of Directors to be chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such appointment or appointed individual, by the chairman of the board or, in the case of a vacancy in the office or absence of the chairman of the board, by one of the following officers present at the meeting in the following order: the vice chairman of the board, if there is one, the chief executive officer, the president, the vice presidents in their order of rank and, within each rank, in their order of seniority, the secretary, or, in the absence of such officers, a chairman chosen by the stockholders by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy. The secretary or, in the case of a vacancy in the office or absence of the secretary, an assistant secretary or an individual appointed by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary. In the event that the secretary presides at a meeting of

 

4


stockholders, an assistant secretary, or, in the absence of all assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, shall record the minutes of the meeting. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting may prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and take such action as, in the discretion of the chairman and without any action by the stockholders, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, (a) restricting admission to the time set for the commencement of the meeting; (b) limiting attendance or participation at the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized proxies and such other individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (c) limiting the time allotted to questions or comments; (d) determining when and for how long the polls should be opened and when the polls should be closed; (e) maintaining order and security at the meeting; (f) removing any stockholder or any other individual who refuses to comply with meeting procedures, rules or guidelines as set forth by the chairman of the meeting; (g) concluding a meeting or recessing or adjourning the meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, to a later date and time and at a place announced at the meeting; and (h) complying with any state and local laws and regulations concerning safety and security. Unless otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

Section 6. QUORUM . At any meeting of stockholders, the presence in person or by proxy of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting on any matter shall constitute a quorum; but this section shall not affect any requirement under any statute or the charter of the Corporation (the “Charter”) for the vote necessary for the approval of any matter. If such quorum is not established at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date without notice other than announcement at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting, if a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally convened.

The stockholders present either in person or by proxy, at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough stockholders to leave fewer than would be required to establish a quorum.

Section 7. VOTING . A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to elect a director. Each share entitles the holder thereof to vote for as many individuals as there are directors to be elected and for whose election the holder is entitled to vote. A majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to approve any other matter which may properly come before the meeting, unless more than a majority of the votes cast is required by statute or by the Charter. Unless otherwise provided by statute or by the Charter, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class, entitles the holder thereof to cast one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders. Voting on any question or in any election may be viva voce unless the chairman of the meeting shall order that voting be by ballot or otherwise.

 

5


Section 8. PROXIES . A holder of record of shares of stock of the Corporation may cast votes in person or by proxy executed by the stockholder or by the stockholder’s duly authorized agent in any manner permitted by law. Such proxy or evidence of authorization of such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the Corporation before or at the meeting. No proxy shall be valid more than eleven months after its date unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

Section 9. VOTING OF STOCK BY CERTAIN HOLDERS . Stock of the Corporation registered in the name of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity, if entitled to be voted, may be voted by the president or a vice president, managing member, manager, general partner or trustee thereof, as the case may be, or a proxy appointed by any of the foregoing individuals, unless some other person who has been appointed to vote such stock pursuant to a bylaw or a resolution of the governing body of such corporation or other entity or agreement of the partners of a partnership presents a certified copy of such bylaw, resolution or agreement, in which case such person may vote such stock. Any trustee or fiduciary, in such capacity, may vote stock registered in such trustee’s or fiduciary’s name, either in person or by proxy.

Shares of stock of the Corporation directly or indirectly owned by it shall not be voted at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at any given time, unless they are held by it in a fiduciary capacity, in which case they may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.

The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution a procedure by which a stockholder may certify in writing to the Corporation that any shares of stock registered in the name of the stockholder are held for the account of a specified person other than the stockholder. The resolution shall set forth the class of stockholders who may make the certification, the purpose for which the certification may be made, the form of certification and the information to be contained in it; if the certification is with respect to a record date, the time after the record date within which the certification must be received by the Corporation; and any other provisions with respect to the procedure which the Board of Directors considers necessary or desirable. On receipt by the secretary of the Corporation of such certification, the person specified in the certification shall be regarded as, for the purposes set forth in the certification, the holder of record of the specified stock in place of the stockholder who makes the certification.

Section 10. INSPECTORS . The Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting may appoint, before or at the meeting, one or more inspectors for the meeting and any successor to the inspector. Except as otherwise provided by the chairman of the meeting, the inspectors, if any, shall (i) determine the number of shares of stock represented at the meeting, in person or by proxy, and the validity and effect of proxies, (ii) receive and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, (iii) report such tabulation to the chairman of the meeting, (iv) hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, and (v) do such acts as are proper to fairly conduct the election or vote. Each such report shall be in writing and signed by the inspector or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors. The report of the inspector or inspectors on the number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.

 

6


Section 11. ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER NOMINEES FOR DIRECTOR AND OTHER STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS .

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders . (1) Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the record date set by the Board of Directors for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting, at the time of giving of notice by the stockholder as provided for in this Section 11(a) and at the time of the annual meeting (and any postponement or adjournment thereof), who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated or on any such other business and who has complied with this Section 11(a).

(2) For any nomination or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 11, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation and any such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by the stockholders. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall set forth all information required under this Section 11 and shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not earlier than the 150 th day nor later than 5:00 p.m., Central Time, on the 120 th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement (as defined in Section 11(c)(3) of this Article II) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in connection with the Corporation’s first annual meeting or in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced or delayed by more than 30 days from the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting, in order for notice by the stockholder to be timely, such notice must be so delivered not earlier than the 150 th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Central Time, on the later of the 120 th day prior to the date of such annual meeting, as originally convened, or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(3) Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth:

(i) as to each individual whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director (each, a “Proposed Nominee”), all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act;

(ii) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a description of such business, the stockholder’s reasons for proposing such

 

7


business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), individually or in the aggregate, including any anticipated benefit to the stockholder or the Stockholder Associated Person therefrom;

(iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice, any Proposed Nominee and any Stockholder Associated Person,

(A) the class, series and number of all shares of stock or other securities of the Corporation or any affiliate thereof (collectively, the “Company Securities”), if any, which are owned (beneficially or of record) by such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, the date on which each such Company Security was acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, and any short interest (including any opportunity to profit or share in any benefit from any decrease in the price of such stock or other security) in any Company Securities of any such person,

(B) the nominee holder for, and number of, any Company Securities owned beneficially but not of record by such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person,

(C) whether and the extent to which such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, directly or indirectly (through brokers, nominees or otherwise), is subject to or during the last six months has engaged in any hedging, derivative or other transaction or series of transactions or entered into any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short interest, any borrowing or lending of securities or any proxy or voting agreement), the effect or intent of which is to (I) manage risk or benefit of changes in the price of (x) Company Securities or (y) any security of any entity that was listed in the Peer Group in the Stock Performance Graph in the most recent annual report to security holders of the Corporation (a “Peer Group Company”) for such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person or (II) increase or decrease the voting power of such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person in the Corporation or any affiliate thereof (or, as applicable, in any Peer Group Company) disproportionately to such person’s economic interest in the Company Securities (or, as applicable, in any Peer Group Company); and

(D) any substantial interest, direct or indirect (including, without limitation, any existing or prospective commercial, business or contractual relationship with the Corporation), by security holdings or otherwise, of such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, in the Corporation or any affiliate thereof, other than an interest arising from the ownership of Company Securities where such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person receives no extra or special benefit not shared on a pro rata basis by all other holders of the same class or series;

(iv) as to the stockholder giving the notice, any Stockholder Associated Person with an interest or ownership referred to in clauses (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (3) of this Section 11(a) and any Proposed Nominee,

 

8


(A) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s stock ledger, and the current name and business address, if different, of each such Stockholder Associated Person and any Proposed Nominee and

(B) the investment strategy or objective, if any, of such stockholder and each such Stockholder Associated Person who is not an individual and a copy of the prospectus, offering memorandum or similar document, if any, provided to investors or potential investors in such stockholder and each such Stockholder Associated Person;

(v) the name and address of any person who contacted or was contacted by the stockholder giving the notice or any Stockholder Associated Person about the Proposed Nominee or other business proposal; and

(vi) to the extent known by the stockholder giving the notice, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the nominee for election or reelection as a director or the proposal of other business.

(4) Such stockholder’s notice shall, with respect to any Proposed Nominee, be accompanied by a written undertaking executed by the Proposed Nominee (i) that such Proposed Nominee (a) is not, and will not become, a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the Corporation and (b) will serve as a director of the Corporation if elected; and (ii) attaching a completed Proposed Nominee questionnaire (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Corporation, upon request by the stockholder providing the notice and shall include all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act, or would be required pursuant to the rules of any national securities exchange on which any securities of the Corporation are listed or over-the-counter market on which any securities of the Corporation are traded).

(5) Notwithstanding anything in this subsection (a) of this Section 11 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased, and there is no public announcement of such action at least 130 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement (as defined in Section 11(c)(3) of this Article II) for the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 11(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than 5:00 p.m., Central Time, on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(6) For purposes of this Section 11, “Stockholder Associated Person” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person acting in concert with such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder (other than a stockholder that is a depositary) and (iii) any person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such stockholder or such Stockholder Associated Person.

 

9


(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) provided that the special meeting has been called in accordance with Section 3(a) of this Article II for the purpose of electing directors, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the record date set by the Board of Directors for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting, at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 11 and at the time of the special meeting (and any postponement or adjournment thereof), who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 11. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more individuals to the Board of Directors, any stockholder may nominate an individual or individuals (as the case may be) for election as a director as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice, containing the information required by paragraphs (a)(3) and (4) of this Section 11, is delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not earlier than the 120 th day prior to such special meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Central Time, on the later of the 90 th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of a special meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(c) General . (1) If information submitted pursuant to this Section 11 by any stockholder proposing a nominee for election as a director or any proposal for other business at a meeting of stockholders shall be inaccurate in any material respect, such information may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 11. Any such stockholder shall notify the Corporation of any inaccuracy or change (within two Business Days of becoming aware of such inaccuracy or change) in any such information. Upon written request by the secretary or the Board of Directors, any such stockholder shall provide, within five Business Days of delivery of such request (or such other period as may be specified in such request), (A) written verification, satisfactory, in the discretion of the Board of Directors or any authorized officer of the Corporation, to demonstrate the accuracy of any information submitted by the stockholder pursuant to this Section 11, and (B) a written update of any information (including, if requested by the Corporation, written confirmation by such stockholder that it continues to intend to bring such nomination or other business proposal before the meeting) submitted by the stockholder pursuant to this Section 11 as of an earlier date. If a stockholder fails to provide such written verification or written update within such period, the information as to which written verification or a written update was requested may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 11.

(2) Only such individuals who are nominated in accordance with this Section 11 shall be eligible for election by stockholders as directors, and only such business shall be

 

10


conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 11. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with this Section 11.

(3) For purposes of this Section 11, “the date of the proxy statement” shall have the same meaning as “the date of the company’s proxy statement released to shareholders” as used in Rule 14a-8(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as interpreted by the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time. “Public announcement” shall mean disclosure (A) in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or other widely circulated news or wire service or (B) in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act.

(4) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 11. Nothing in this Section 11 shall be deemed to affect any right of a stockholder to request inclusion of a proposal in, or the right of the Corporation to omit a proposal from, any proxy statement filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act. Nothing in this Section 11 shall require disclosure of revocable proxies received by the stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person pursuant to a solicitation of proxies after the filing of an effective Schedule 14A by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act.

(5) Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, except as otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting, if the stockholder giving notice as provided for in this Section 11 does not appear in person or by proxy at such annual or special meeting to present each nominee for election as a director or the proposed business, as applicable, such matter shall not be considered at the meeting.

Section 12. CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITION ACT . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Charter or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the Maryland General Corporation Law, or any successor statute (the “MGCL”), shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation. This section may be repealed, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of control shares and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent control share acquisition.

Section 13. STOCKHOLDERS’ CONSENT IN LIEU OF MEETING . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting if a unanimous consent setting forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each stockholder entitled to vote on the matter and filed with the minutes of proceedings of the stockholders.

 

11


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. GENERAL POWERS . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. NUMBER, TENURE AND RESIGNATION . At any regular meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose, a majority of the entire Board of Directors may establish, increase or decrease the number of directors, provided that the number thereof shall never be less than the minimum number required by the MGCL, nor more than 15, and further provided that the tenure of office of a director shall not be affected by any decrease in the number of directors. Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time by delivering his or her resignation to the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board or the secretary. Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the resignation. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation.

Section 3. ANNUAL AND REGULAR MEETINGS . An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders, no notice other than this Bylaw being necessary. In the event such meeting is not so held, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place of regular meetings of the Board of Directors without other notice than such resolution.

Section 4. SPECIAL MEETINGS . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or a majority of the directors then in office. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the time and place of any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors without other notice than such resolution.

Section 5. NOTICE . Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be delivered personally or by telephone, electronic mail, facsimile transmission, courier or United States mail to each director at his or her business or residence address. Notice by personal delivery, telephone, electronic mail or facsimile transmission shall be given at least 24 hours prior to the meeting. Notice by United States mail shall be given at least three days prior to the meeting. Notice by courier shall be given at least two days prior to the meeting. Telephone notice shall be deemed to be given when the director or his or her agent is personally given such notice in a telephone call to which the director or his or her agent is a party. Electronic mail notice shall be deemed to be given upon transmission of the message to the electronic mail address given to the Corporation by the director. Facsimile transmission notice shall be deemed to be given upon completion of the transmission of the message to the number given to the Corporation by the director and receipt of a completed answer-back indicating receipt. Notice by United States mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail properly addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. Notice by courier shall be deemed to be given when deposited with or delivered to a courier properly

 

12


addressed. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be stated in the notice, unless specifically required by statute or these Bylaws.

Section 6. QUORUM . A majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, provided that, if less than a majority of such directors is present at such meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, and provided further that if, pursuant to applicable law, the Charter or these Bylaws, the vote of a majority or other percentage of a specified group of directors is required for action, a quorum must also include a majority or such other percentage of such group.

The directors present at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough directors to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum.

Section 7. VOTING . The action of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the action of the Board of Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the Charter or these Bylaws. If enough directors have withdrawn from a meeting to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum, but the meeting is not adjourned, the action of the majority of that number of directors necessary to constitute a quorum at such meeting shall be the action of the Board of Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the Charter or these Bylaws.

Section 8. ORGANIZATION . At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board or, in the absence of the chairman, the vice chairman of the board, if any, shall act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of both the chairman and vice chairman of the board, the chief executive officer or, in the absence of the chief executive officer, the president or, in the absence of the president, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present shall act as chairman of the meeting. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary of the Corporation or, in the absence of the secretary and all assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 9. TELEPHONE MEETINGS . Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 10. CONSENT BY DIRECTORS WITHOUT A MEETING . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is given by each director and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

Section 11. VACANCIES . If for any reason any or all the directors cease to be directors, such event shall not terminate the Corporation or affect these Bylaws or the powers of the

 

13


remaining directors hereunder. Except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, any vacancy on the Board of Directors may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum. Any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the class in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is duly elected and qualifies.

Section 12. COMPENSATION . Directors shall not receive any stated salary for their services as directors but, by resolution of the Board of Directors, may receive compensation per year and/or per meeting and/or per visit to real property or other facilities owned or leased by the Corporation and for any service or activity they performed or engaged in as directors. Directors may be reimbursed for expenses of attendance, if any, at each annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof and for their expenses, if any, in connection with each property visit and any other service or activity they perform or engage in as directors; but nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any directors from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 13. RELIANCE . Each director and officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties with respect to the Corporation, be entitled to rely on any information, opinion, report or statement, including any financial statement or other financial data, prepared or presented by an officer or employee of the Corporation whom the director or officer reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented, by a lawyer, certified public accountant or other person, as to a matter which the director or officer reasonably believes to be within the person’s professional or expert competence, or, with respect to a director, by a committee of the Board of Directors on which the director does not serve, as to a matter within its designated authority, if the director reasonably believes the committee to merit confidence.

Section 14. RATIFICATION . The Board of Directors or the stockholders may ratify any action or inaction by the Corporation or its officers to the extent that the Board of Directors or the stockholders could have originally authorized the matter, and if so ratified, shall have the same force and effect as if originally duly authorized, and such ratification shall be binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders. Any action or inaction questioned in any proceeding or any other proceeding on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of a director, officer or stockholder, non-disclosure, miscomputation, the application of improper principles or practices of accounting or otherwise, may be ratified, before or after judgment, by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, and such ratification shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned action or inaction.

Section 15. CERTAIN RIGHTS OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS . Any director or officer, in his or her personal capacity or in a capacity as an affiliate, employee or agent of any other person, or otherwise, may have business interests and engage in business activities similar to, in addition to or in competition with those of or relating to the Corporation.

Section 16. EMERGENCY PROVISIONS . Notwithstanding any other provision in the Charter or these Bylaws, this Section 16 shall apply during the existence of any catastrophe, or other similar emergency condition, as a result of which a quorum of the Board of Directors under Article III of these Bylaws cannot readily be obtained (an “Emergency”). During any Emergency,

 

14


unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, (i) a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof may be called by any director or officer by any means feasible under the circumstances; (ii) notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors during such an Emergency may be given less than 24 hours prior to the meeting to as many directors and by such means as may be feasible at the time, including publication, television or radio; and (iii) the number of directors necessary to constitute a quorum shall be one-third of the entire Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

Section 1. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS . The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and other committees, composed of one or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. In the absence of any member of any such committee, the members thereof present at any meeting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint another director to act in the place of such absent member.

Section 2. POWERS . The Board of Directors may delegate to committees appointed under Section 1 of this Article IV any of the powers of the Board of Directors, except as prohibited by law. Except as may be otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, any committee may delegate some or all of its power and authority to one or more subcommittees, composed of one or more directors, as the committee deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion.

Section 3. MEETINGS . Notice of committee meetings shall be given in the same manner as notice for special meetings of the Board of Directors. A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the committee. The act of a majority of the committee members present at a meeting shall be the act of such committee. The Board of Directors or the members of any committee, by the vote of a majority of the membership of such committee, may designate a chairman of any committee, and such chairman or, in the absence of a chairman, any two members of any committee (if there are at least two members of the committee) may fix the time and place of its meeting unless the Board shall otherwise provide.

Section 4. TELEPHONE MEETINGS . Members of a committee of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 5. CONSENT BY COMMITTEES WITHOUT A MEETING . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is given by each member of the committee and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of such committee.

 

15


Section 6. VACANCIES . Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to change the membership of any committee, to appoint the chair of any committee, to fill any vacancy, to designate an alternate member to replace any absent or disqualified member or to dissolve any such committee.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS . The officers of the Corporation shall include a president, a secretary and a treasurer and may include a chairman of the board, a vice chairman of the board, a chief executive officer, one or more vice presidents, a chief operating officer, a chief financial officer, one or more assistant secretaries and one or more assistant treasurers. In addition, the Board of Directors may from time to time elect such other officers with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary or desirable. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors, except that the chief executive officer or president may from time to time appoint one or more vice presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers or other officers. Each officer shall serve until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until his or her death, or his or her resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. Any two or more offices except president and vice president may be held by the same person. Election of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights between the Corporation and such officer or agent.

Section 2. REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION . Any officer or agent of the Corporation may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors if in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by delivering his or her resignation to the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or the secretary. Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the resignation. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation. Such resignation shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Corporation.

Section 3. VACANCIES . A vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors for the balance of the term.

Section 4. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD . The Board of Directors may designate from among its members a chairman of the board, who shall not, solely by reason of these Bylaws, be an officer of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate the chairman of the board as an executive or non-executive chairman. The chairman of the board shall preside over the meetings of the Board of Directors. The chairman of the board shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by these Bylaws or the Board of Directors.

Section 5. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER . The Board of Directors may designate a chief executive officer. In the absence of such designation, the chairman of the board shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation. The chief executive officer shall have general responsibility for implementation of the policies of the Corporation, as determined by the Board of

 

16


Directors, and for the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of chief executive officer and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

Section 6. CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER . The Board of Directors may designate a chief operating officer. The chief operating officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as determined by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.

Section 7. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER . The Board of Directors may designate a chief financial officer. The chief financial officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as determined by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.

Section 8. PRESIDENT . In the absence of a chief executive officer, the president shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Corporation. In the absence of a designation of a chief operating officer by the Board of Directors, the president shall be the chief operating officer. He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

Section 9. VICE PRESIDENTS . In the absence of the president or in the event of a vacancy in such office, the vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated at the time of their election or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to such vice president by the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president, senior vice president or vice president for particular areas of responsibility.

Section 10. SECRETARY . The secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the Corporation; (d) keep a register of the post office address of each stockholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such stockholder; (e) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation; and (f) in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Directors.

Section 11. TREASURER . The treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Corporation, shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation, shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name

 

17


and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors and in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Directors. In the absence of a designation of a chief financial officer by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation.

The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and Board of Directors, at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors or whenever it may so require, an account of all his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

Section 12. ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS . The assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the secretary or treasurer, respectively, or by the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Directors.

Section 13. COMPENSATION . The compensation of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by or under the authority of the Board of Directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a director.

ARTICLE VI

CONTRACTS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

Section 1. CONTRACTS . The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or agent to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Any agreement, deed, mortgage, lease or other document shall be valid and binding upon the Corporation when duly authorized or ratified by action of the Board of Directors and executed by an authorized person.

Section 2. CHECKS AND DRAFTS . All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or agent of the Corporation in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. DEPOSITS . All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited or invested from time to time to the credit of the Corporation as the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the chief financial officer or any other officer designated by the Board of Directors may determine.

 

18


ARTICLE VII

STOCK

Section 1. CERTIFICATES . Except as may be otherwise provided by the Board of Directors or any officer of the Corporation, stockholders of the Corporation are not entitled to certificates representing the shares of stock held by them. In the event that the Corporation issues shares of stock represented by certificates, such certificates shall be in such form as prescribed by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized officer, shall contain the statements and information required by the MGCL and shall be signed by the officers of the Corporation in any manner permitted by the MGCL. In the event that the Corporation issues shares of stock without certificates, to the extent then required by the MGCL, the Corporation shall provide to the record holders of such shares a written statement of the information required by the MGCL to be included on stock certificates. There shall be no differences in the rights and obligations of stockholders based on whether or not their shares are represented by certificates.

Section 2. TRANSFERS . All transfers of shares of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation, by the holder of the shares, in person or by his or her attorney, in such manner as the Board of Directors or any officer of the Corporation may prescribe and, if such shares are certificated, upon surrender of certificates duly endorsed. The issuance of a new certificate upon the transfer of certificated shares is subject to the determination of the Board of Directors or an officer of the Corporation that such shares shall no longer be represented by certificates. Upon the transfer of any uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall provide to the record holders of such shares, to the extent then required by the MGCL, a written statement of the information required by the MGCL to be included on stock certificates.

The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share of stock as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided by the laws of the State of Maryland.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of shares of any class or series of stock will be subject in all respects to the Charter and all of the terms and conditions contained therein.

Section 3. REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE . Any officer of the Corporation may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated; provided, however, if such shares have ceased to be certificated, no new certificate shall be issued unless requested in writing by such stockholder and the Board of Directors or an officer of the Corporation has determined that such certificates may be issued. Unless otherwise determined by an officer of the Corporation, the owner of such lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, shall be required, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, to give the Corporation a bond in such sums as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation.

 

19


Section 4. FIXING OF RECORD DATE . The Board of Directors may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any other rights, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose. Such date, in any case, shall not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed and shall be not more than 90 days and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, not less than ten days, before the date on which the meeting or particular action requiring such determination of stockholders of record is to be held or taken.

When a record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been set as provided in this section, such record date shall continue to apply to the meeting if postponed or adjourned, except if the meeting is postponed or adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the record date originally fixed for the meeting, in which case a new record date for such meeting shall be determined as set forth herein.

Section 5. STOCK LEDGER . The Corporation shall maintain at its principal office or at the office of its counsel, accountants or transfer agent, an original or duplicate stock ledger containing the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of each class held by such stockholder.

Section 6. FRACTIONAL STOCK; ISSUANCE OF UNITS . The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation to issue fractional shares of stock or authorize the issuance of scrip, all on such terms and under such conditions as it may determine. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Charter or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of units consisting of different securities of the Corporation. Any security issued in a unit shall have the same characteristics as any identical securities issued by the Corporation, except that the Board of Directors may provide that for a specified period securities of the Corporation issued in such unit may be transferred on the books of the Corporation only in such unit.

ARTICLE VIII

ACCOUNTING YEAR

The Board of Directors shall have the power, from time to time, to fix the fiscal year of the Corporation by a duly adopted resolution.

ARTICLE IX

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 1. AUTHORIZATION . Dividends and other distributions upon the stock of the Corporation may be authorized by the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of law and the Charter. Dividends and other distributions may be paid in cash, property or stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of law and the Charter.

 

20


Section 2. CONTINGENCIES . Before payment of any dividend or other distribution, there may be set aside out of any assets of the Corporation available for dividends or other distributions such sum or sums as the Board of Directors may from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund for contingencies, for equalizing dividends or other distributions, for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall determine, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

ARTICLE X

INVESTMENT POLICY

Subject to the provisions of the Charter, the Board of Directors may from time to time adopt, amend, revise or terminate any policy or policies with respect to investments by the Corporation as it shall deem appropriate in its sole discretion.

ARTICLE XI

SEAL

Section 1. SEAL . The Board of Directors may authorize the adoption of a seal by the Corporation. The seal shall contain the name of the Corporation and the year of its incorporation and the words “Incorporated Maryland.” The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof.

Section 2. AFFIXING SEAL . Whenever the Corporation is permitted or required to affix its seal to a document, it shall be sufficient to meet the requirements of any law, rule or regulation relating to a seal to place the word “(SEAL)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to execute the document on behalf of the Corporation.

ARTICLE XII

INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCE OF EXPENSES

To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, the Corporation shall indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, shall pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (a) any individual who is a present or former director or officer of the Corporation and who is made or threatened to be made a party to, or witness in, the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or (b) any individual who, while a director or officer of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, member, manager or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to, or witness in, the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The rights to indemnification and advance of expenses provided by the Charter and these Bylaws shall vest immediately upon election of a director or officer. The

 

21


Corporation may, with the approval of the Board of Directors, provide such indemnification and advance for expenses to an individual who served a predecessor of the Corporation in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation. The indemnification and payment or reimbursement of expenses provided in these Bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of or limit in any way other rights to which any person seeking indemnification or payment or reimbursement of expenses may be or may become entitled under any bylaw, resolution, insurance, agreement or otherwise.

Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article XII, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Charter or these Bylaws inconsistent with this Article XII, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding paragraph of this Article XII with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.

ARTICLE XIII

WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever any notice of a meeting is required to be given pursuant to the Charter or these Bylaws or pursuant to applicable law, a waiver thereof in writing or by electronic transmission, given by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any meeting need be set forth in the waiver of notice of such meeting, unless specifically required by statute. The attendance of any person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE XIV

EXCLUSIVE FORUM FOR CERTAIN LITIGATION

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland, or, if that Court does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Maryland, Baltimore Division, shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of any duty owed by any director or officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or to the stockholders of the Corporation, (c) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer or other employee of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the MGCL, the Charter or these Bylaws, or (d) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer or other employee of the Corporation that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

 

22


ARTICLE XV

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

The Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of these Bylaws and to make new Bylaws.

 

23

Exhibit 10.5

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the      day of                     , 20    , by and between Highlands REIT, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and                              (“Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS, at the request of the Company, Indemnitee currently serves as [a director] [and] [an officer] of the Company and may, therefore, be subjected to claims, suits or proceedings arising as a result of such service;

WHEREAS, as an inducement to Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve in such capacity, the Company has agreed to indemnify Indemnitee and to advance expenses and costs incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any such claims, suits or proceedings, to the maximum extent permitted by law; and

WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Change in Control” means a change in control of the Company occurring after the Effective Date of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided, however, that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if, after the Effective Date (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of all of the Company’s then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors without the prior approval of at least two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors in office immediately prior to such person’s attaining such percentage interest; (ii) the Company is a party to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets, plan of liquidation or other reorganization not approved by at least two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors then in office, as a consequence of which members of the Board of Directors in office immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute less than a majority of the Board of Directors thereafter; or (iii) at any time, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not individuals (A) who were directors as of the Effective Date or (B) whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then in office who were directors as of the Effective Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved.


(b) “Corporate Status” means the status of a person as a present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company. As a clarification and without limiting the circumstances in which Indemnitee may be serving at the request of the Company, service by Indemnitee shall be deemed to be at the request of the Company: (i) if Indemnitee serves or served as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (1) of which a majority of the voting power or equity interest is or was owned directly or indirectly by the Company or (2) the management of which is controlled directly or indirectly by the Company and (ii) if, as a result of Indemnitee’s service to the Company or any of its affiliated entities, Indemnitee is subject to duties by, or required to perform services for, an employee benefit plan or its participants or beneficiaries, including as deemed fiduciary thereof.

(c) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification and/or advance of Expenses is sought by Indemnitee.

(d) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

(e) “Expenses” means any and all reasonable and out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and costs, retainers, court costs, arbitration and mediation costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and any other disbursements or expenses incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in or otherwise participating in a Proceeding. Expenses shall also include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding including, without limitation, the premium, security for and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent.

(f) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to or participant or witness in the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

-2-


(g) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, claim, demand, discovery request, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, except one pending or completed on or before the Effective Date, unless otherwise specifically agreed in writing by the Company and Indemnitee. If Indemnitee reasonably believes that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, such situation shall also be considered a Proceeding.

Section 2. Services by Indemnitee . Indemnitee will serve in the capacity or capacities set forth in the first WHEREAS clause above. However, this Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other entity) and Indemnitee.

Section 3. General . The Company shall indemnify, and advance Expenses to, Indemnitee (a) as provided in this Agreement and (b) otherwise to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect on the Effective Date and as amended from time to time; provided, however, that no change in Maryland law shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to Indemnitee hereunder based on Maryland law as in effect on the Effective Date. The rights of Indemnitee provided in this Section 3 shall include, without limitation, the rights set forth in the other sections of this Agreement, including any additional indemnification permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”), including, without limitation, Section 2-418 of the MGCL.

Section 4. Standard for Indemnification . If, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with any such Proceeding unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 5. Certain Limits on Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 6), Indemnitee shall not be entitled to:

(a) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is adjudged, in a final adjudication of the Proceeding not subject to further appeal, to be liable to the Company;

 

-3-


(b) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is adjudged, in a final adjudication of the Proceeding not subject to further appeal, to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee, whether or not involving action in the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status; or

(c) indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder if the Proceeding was brought by Indemnitee, unless: (i) the Proceeding was brought to enforce indemnification under this Agreement, and then only to the extent in accordance with and as authorized by Section 12 of this Agreement, or (ii) the Company’s charter or Bylaws, a resolution of the stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board of Directors or an agreement approved by the Board of Directors to which the Company is a party expressly provide otherwise.

Section 6. Court-Ordered Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a court of appropriate jurisdiction, upon application of Indemnitee and such notice as the court shall require, may order indemnification of Indemnitee by the Company in the following circumstances:

(a) if such court determines that Indemnitee is entitled to reimbursement under Section 2-418(d)(1) of the MGCL, the court shall order indemnification, in which case Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover the Expenses of securing such reimbursement; or

(b) if such court determines that Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not Indemnitee (i) has met the standards of conduct set forth in Section 2-418(b) of the MGCL or (ii) has been adjudged liable for receipt of an improper personal benefit under Section 2-418(c) of the MGCL, the court may order such indemnification as the court shall deem proper without regard to any limitation on such court-ordered indemnification contemplated by Section 2-418(d)(2)(ii) of the MGCL.

Section 7. Indemnification for Expenses of an Indemnitee Who is Wholly or Partially Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and without limiting any such provision, to the extent that Indemnitee was or is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, made a party to (or otherwise becomes a participant in) any Proceeding and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee under this Section 7 for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each such claim, issue or matter, allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. For purposes of this Section 7 and, without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 8. Advance of Expenses for Indemnitee . If, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, the

 

-4-


Company shall, without requiring a preliminary determination of Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification hereunder, advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding. The Company shall make such advance within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advance from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding and may be in the form of, in the reasonable discretion of the Indemnitee (but without duplication) (a) payment of such Expenses directly to third parties on behalf of Indemnitee, (b) advance of funds to Indemnitee in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses or (c) reimbursement to Indemnitee for Indemnitee’s payment of such Expenses. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written affirmation by Indemnitee and a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or in such form as may be required under applicable law as in effect at the time of the execution thereof. To the extent that Expenses advanced to Indemnitee do not relate to a specific claim, issue or matter in the Proceeding, such Expenses shall be allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. The undertaking required by this Section 8 shall be an unlimited general obligation by or on behalf of Indemnitee and shall be accepted without reference to Indemnitee’s financial ability to repay such advanced Expenses and without any requirement to post security therefor.

Section 9. Indemnification and Advance of Expenses as a Witness or Other Participant . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is or may be, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, made a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any Proceeding, whether instituted by the Company or any other person, and to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be advanced and indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting any such advance or indemnification from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee. In connection with any such advance of Expenses, the Company may require Indemnitee to provide an undertaking and affirmation substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

Section 10. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary or appropriate to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. Indemnitee may submit one or more such requests from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in Indemnitee’s sole discretion. The officer of the Company receiving any such request from Indemnitee shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) above, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall promptly be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control has occurred, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be

 

-5-


delivered to Indemnitee, which Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; or (ii) if a Change in Control has not occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors or, by the majority vote of a group of Disinterested Directors designated by the Disinterested Directors to make the determination, (B) if Independent Counsel has been selected by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL and approved by the Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (C) if so directed by the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company, other than directors or officers who are parties to the Proceeding. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall make payment to Indemnitee within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary or appropriate to such determination in the discretion of the Board of Directors or Independent Counsel if retained pursuant to clause (ii)(B) of this Section 10(b). Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company shall indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(c) The Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel, if one is appointed.

Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

(a) In making any determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of overcoming that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.

(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, does not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct described herein for indemnification.

(c) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any other director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any other right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

-6-


Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) If (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advance of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Sections 8 or 9 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Sections 7 or 9 of this Agreement within ten days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to any other section of this Agreement or the charter or Bylaws of the Company is not made within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court located in the State of Maryland, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, or in an arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification or advance of Expenses. Indemnitee shall commence a proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply to a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under Section 7 of this Agreement. Except as set forth herein, the provisions of Maryland law (without regard to its conflicts of laws rules) shall apply to any such arbitration. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be, under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 12, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed). The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification that was not disclosed in connection with the determination.

(d) In the event that Indemnitee is successful in seeking, pursuant to this Section 12, a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the

 

-7-


Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company for, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in such judicial adjudication or arbitration. If it shall be determined in such judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advance of Expenses sought, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be appropriately prorated.

(e) Interest shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee at the maximum rate allowed to be charged for judgments under the Courts and Judicial Proceedings Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland for amounts which the Company pays or is obligated to pay for the period (i) commencing with either the tenth day after the date on which the Company was requested to advance Expenses in accordance with Sections 8 or 9 of this Agreement or the 60 th day after the date on which the Company was requested to make the determination of entitlement to indemnification under Section 10(b) of this Agreement, as applicable, and (ii) ending on the date such payment is made to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section 13. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding .

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company promptly in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, request or other document relating to any Proceeding which may result in the right to indemnification or the advance of Expenses hereunder and shall include with such notice a description of the nature of the Proceeding and a summary of the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure to give any such notice shall not disqualify Indemnitee from the right, or otherwise affect in any manner any right of Indemnitee, to indemnification or the advance of Expenses under this Agreement unless the Company’s ability to defend in such Proceeding or to obtain proceeds under any insurance policy is materially and adversely prejudiced thereby, and then only to the extent the Company is thereby actually so prejudiced.

(b) Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this Section 13(b) and of Section 13(c) below, the Company shall have the right to defend Indemnitee in any Proceeding which may give rise to indemnification hereunder; provided, however, that the Company shall notify Indemnitee of any such decision to defend within 15 calendar days following receipt of notice of any such Proceeding under Section 13(a) above. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, consent to the entry of any judgment against Indemnitee or enter into any settlement or compromise which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, (ii) does not include, as an unconditional term thereof, the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding, which release shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee, or (iii) would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee. This Section 13(b) shall not apply to a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee under Section 12 of this Agreement.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13(b) above, if in a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, (i) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, that Indemnitee may have separate

 

-8-


defenses or counterclaims to assert with respect to any issue which may not be consistent with other defendants in such Proceeding, (ii) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, that an actual or apparent conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists between Indemnitee and the Company, or (iii) if the Company fails to assume the defense of such Proceeding in a timely manner, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be represented by separate legal counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, at the expense of the Company. In addition, if the Company fails to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement or in the event that the Company or any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any Proceeding to deny or to recover from Indemnitee the benefits intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall have the right to retain counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, at the expense of the Company (subject to Section 12(d) of this Agreement), to represent Indemnitee in connection with any such matter.

Section 14. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation .

(a) The rights of indemnification and advance of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the charter or Bylaws of the Company, any agreement or a resolution of the stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board of Directors, or otherwise. Unless consented to in writing by Indemnitee, no amendment, alteration or repeal of the charter or Bylaws of the Company, this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal, regardless of whether a claim with respect to such action or inaction is raised prior or subsequent to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prohibit the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

Section 15. Insurance .

(a) The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to acquire directors and officers liability insurance, on terms and conditions deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors, with the advice of counsel, covering Indemnitee or any claim made against Indemnitee by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status and covering the Company for any indemnification or advance of Expenses made by the Company to Indemnitee for any claims made against Indemnitee by

 

-9-


reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status. In the event of a Change in Control, the Company shall maintain in force any and all directors and officers liability insurance policies that were maintained by the Company immediately prior to the Change in Control for a period of six years with the insurance carrier or carriers and through the insurance broker in place at the time of the Change in Control; provided, however, (i) if the carriers will not offer the same policy and an expiring policy needs to be replaced, a policy substantially comparable in scope and amount shall be obtained and (ii) if any replacement insurance carrier is necessary to obtain a policy substantially comparable in scope and amount, such insurance carrier shall have an AM Best rating that is the same or better than the AM Best rating of the existing insurance carrier; provided, further, however, in no event shall the Company be required to expend in the aggregate in excess of 250% of the annual premium or premiums paid by the Company for directors and officers liability insurance in effect on the date of the Change in Control. In the event that 250% of the annual premium paid by the Company for such existing directors and officers liability insurance is insufficient for such coverage, the Company shall spend up to that amount to purchase such lesser coverage as may be obtained with such amount.

(b) Without in any way limiting any other obligation under this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for any payment by Indemnitee which would otherwise be indemnifiable hereunder arising out of the amount of any deductible or retention and the amount of any excess of the aggregate of all judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding over the coverage of any insurance referred to in Section 15(a). The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such insurance shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company or Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company under any such insurance policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.

(c) The Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Company or any insurance carrier of the Company with respect to any Proceeding.

Section 16. Coordination of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable or payable or reimbursable as Expenses hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

Section 17. Contribution . If the indemnification provided in this Agreement is unavailable in whole or in part and may not be paid to Indemnitee for any reason, other than for failure to satisfy the standard of conduct set forth in Section 4 or due to the provisions of Section 5, then, in respect to any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying and holding harmless Indemnitee, shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, penalties, and/or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have at any time against Indemnitee.

 

-10-


Section 18. Reports to Stockholders . To the extent required by the MGCL, the Company shall report in writing to its stockholders the payment of any amounts for indemnification of, or advance of Expenses to, Indemnitee under this Agreement arising out of a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company with the notice of the meeting of stockholders of the Company next following the date of the payment of any such indemnification or advance of Expenses or prior to such meeting.

Section 19. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect .

(a) This Agreement shall continue until and terminate on the later of (i) the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company and (ii) the date that Indemnitee is no longer subject to any actual or possible Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto and any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement).

(b) The indemnification and advance of Expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

(c) The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

(d) The Company and Indemnitee agree that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be

 

-11-


precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which Indemnitee may be entitled. Indemnitee shall further be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertakings in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that, in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by a court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.

Section 20. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, void, illegal or otherwise unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 21. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, (delivery of which may be by facsimile, or via e-mail as a portable document format (.pdf) or other electronic format), each of which will be deemed to be an original and it will not be necessary in making proof of this agreement or the terms of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one such counterpart. One such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought shall be sufficient to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 22. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

Section 23. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor, unless otherwise expressly stated, shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

Section 24. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, on the day of such delivery, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

(a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

-12-


(b) If to the Company, to:

Highlands REIT, Inc.

2809 Butterfield Road, Suite 180

Oak Brook, IL 60523

or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

Section 25. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

-13-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:
HIGHLANDS REIT, INC., a
Maryland corporation
By:  

 

Name:
Title:
INDEMNITEE

 

Name:
Address:

 

-14-


EXHIBIT A

AFFIRMATION AND UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED

 

To: The Board of Directors of Highlands REIT, Inc.

 

Re: Affirmation and Undertaking

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Affirmation and Undertaking is being provided pursuant to that certain Indemnification Agreement dated the      day of                     , 20    , by and between Highlands REIT, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned Indemnitee (the “Indemnification Agreement”), pursuant to which I am entitled to advance of Expenses in connection with [Description of Proceeding] (the “Proceeding”).

Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.

I am subject to the Proceeding by reason of my Corporate Status or by reason of alleged actions or omissions by me in such capacity. I hereby affirm my good faith belief that at all times, insofar as I was involved as [a director] [and] [an officer] of the Company, in any of the facts or events giving rise to the Proceeding, I (1) did not act with bad faith or active or deliberate dishonesty, (2) did not receive any improper personal benefit in money, property or services and (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that any act or omission by me was unlawful.

In consideration of the advance by the Company for Expenses incurred by me in connection with the Proceeding (the “Advanced Expenses”), I hereby agree that if, in connection with the Proceeding, it is established that (1) an act or omission by me was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (a) was committed in bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty or (2) I actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, I had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful, then I shall promptly reimburse the portion of the Advanced Expenses relating to the claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which the foregoing findings have been established.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this      day of                     , 20    .

 

Name:  

 

Exhibit 10.6

LOAN AGREEMENT

Dated as of August 30, 2006

Between

MB HERNDON, L.L.C.,

as Borrower

and

BEAR STEARNS COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE, INC.,

as Lender


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS; PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION

     1   
  Section 1.1      Definitions      1   
  Section 1.2      Principles of Construction      21   

ARTICLE II GENERAL TERMS

     21   
  Section 2.1      Loan Commitment; Disbursement to Borrower      21   
  Section 2.2      Interest; Loan Payments; Late Payment Charge      22   
  Section 2.3      Prepayments      23   
  Section 2.4      Intentionally Omitted      25   
  Section 2.5      Release of Property      25   
  Section 2.6      Manner of Making Payments      25   
  Section 2.7      Intentionally Omitted      26   
ARTICLE III CONDITIONS PRECEDENT      26   
  Section 3.1      Conditions Precedent to Closing      26   
ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      30   
  Section 4.1      Borrower Representations      30   
  Section 4.2      Survival of Representations      37   

ARTICLE V BORROWER COVENANTS

     37   
  Section 5.1      Affirmative Covenants      37   
  Section 5.2      Negative Covenants      46   
ARTICLE VI INSURANCE; CASUALTY; CONDEMNATION      52   
  Section 6.1      Insurance      52   
  Section 6.2      Casualty      55   
  Section 6.3      Condemnation      56   
  Section 6.4      Restoration      56   

ARTICLE VII RESERVE FUNDS

     61   
  Section 7.1      Required Repair Funds      61   
  Section 7.2      Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund      62   
  Section 7.3      Replacements and Replacement Reserve      63   
  Section 7.4      Intentionally Omitted      68   
  Section 7.5      Intentionally Omitted      68   
  Section 7.6      Intentionally Omitted      68   
  Section 7.7      Reserve Funds, Generally      68   
ARTICLE VIII DEFAULTS      69   
  Section 8.1      Event of Default      69   
  Section 8.2      Remedies      71   
  Section 8.3      Remedies Cumulative; Waivers      72   
ARTICLE IX SPECIAL PROVISIONS      72   
  Section 9.1      Sale of Notes and Securitization      72   
  Section 9.2      Securitization      73   
  Section 9.3      Rating Surveillance      74   
  Section 9.4      Exculpation      74   

 

-i-


  Section 9.5      Termination of Manager    76
  Section 9.6      Servicer    76
  Section 9.7      Splitting the Loan    76
ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS    77
  Section 10.1      Survival    77
  Section 10.2      Lender’s Discretion    77
  Section 10.3      Governing Law    77
  Section 10.4      Modification, Waiver in Writing    77
  Section 10.5      Delay Not a Waiver    77
  Section 10.6      Notices    78
  Section 10.7      Trial by Jury    79
  Section 10.8      Headings    79
  Section 10.9      Severability    79
  Section 10.10      Preferences    79
  Section 10.11      Waiver of Notice    79
  Section 10.12      Remedies of Borrower    80
  Section 10.13      Expenses; Indemnity    80
  Section 10.14      Schedules Incorporated    81
  Section 10.15      Offsets, Counterclaims and Defenses    81
  Section 10.16      No Joint Venture or Partnership; No Third Party Beneficiaries    81
  Section 10.17      Publicity    82
  Section 10.18      Waiver of Marshalling of Assets    82
  Section 10.19      Waiver of Counterclaim    82
  Section 10.20      Conflict; Construction of Documents; Reliance    82
  Section 10.21      Brokers and Financial Advisors    83
  Section 10.22      Prior Agreements    83
  Section 10.23      Transfer of Loan    83
  Section 10.24      Joint and Several Liability    83

 

SCHEDULES          

Schedule I

    

-

     Intentionally Omitted
Schedule II      -      Leasing Conditions
Schedule III      -      Intentionally Omitted
Schedule IV      -      Required Repairs
Schedule V      -      Rent Roll
Schedule VI      -      Intentionally Omitted
Schedule VII      -      Alteration Conditions
Schedule VIII      -      Intentionally Omitted
Schedule IX      -      Intentionally Omitted
Schedule X      -      Intentionally Omitted
Schedule XI      -      Other Contract Funds Agreements

 

-ii-


LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT , dated as of this 30 th day of August, 2006 (as amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), between BEAR STEARNS COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE, INC., a New York corporation, having an address at 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (“ Lender ”), and MB HERNDON, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, having an address at 2901 Butterfield Road, Oak Brook, Illinois 60523 (“ Borrower ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Borrower desires to obtain the Loan (as hereinafter defined) from Lender; and

WHEREAS, Lender is willing to make the Loan to Borrower, subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as hereinafter defined).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the making of the Loan by Lender and the covenants, agreements, representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto hereby covenant, agree, represent and warrant as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS; PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION

Section 1.1 Definitions . For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly required or unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intent:

Additional Insolvency Opinion shall mean any subsequent Insolvency Opinion.

Affiliate shall mean, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person or is a director or officer of such Person or of an Affiliate of such Person.

ALTA shall mean American Land Title Association, or any successor thereto.

Alteration Conditions shall have the meaning set forth on Schedule VII hereof.

Anchor Tenant shall mean, collectively, Cisco Systems, Inc. and Lockheed Martin Corporation, pursuant to the Anchor Tenant Lease.

Anchor Tenant Lease shall mean, collectively the Cisco Lease and the Lockheed Martin Lease.


Annual Budget shall mean the operating budget, including all planned capital expenditures, for the Property prepared by Borrower for the applicable Fiscal Year or other period.

Applicable Net Worth Requirement shall mean, (i) in the case of an entity that is a joint venturer with Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc., or which acquires an ownership interest in Borrower, wherein Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc. retains at least a 20% interest in Borrower or the Property, $25,000,000, (ii) in the case of an entity that is a joint venturer with Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc., or which acquires an ownership interest in Borrower, wherein Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc. retains at least a 10% interest, but less than a 20% interest, in Borrower or the Property, $50,000,000, (iii) in the case of an entity that is a joint venturer with Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc., or which acquires an ownership interest in Borrower, wherein Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc. retains at least a 1% interest, but less than a 10% interest, in Borrower or the Property, $100,000,000, and (iv) in any other case, $200,000,000.

Assignment of Leases shall mean, with respect to the Property, that certain first priority Assignment of Leases and Rents, dated as of the Closing Date, from Borrower, as assignor, to MERS, as nominee of Lender, as assignee, assigning to Lender all of Borrower’s interest in and to the Leases and Rents of the Property as security for the Loan, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Assignment of Management Agreement shall mean that certain Assignment of Management Agreement and Subordination of Management Fees dated as of the Closing Date among Lender, Borrower and Manager, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Award s hall mean any compensation paid by any Governmental Authority in connection with a Condemnation in respect of all or any part of the Property.

Basic Carrying Costs shall mean, with respect to the Property, the sum of the following costs associated with the Property for the relevant Fiscal Year or payment period: (i) Taxes and (ii) Insurance Premiums.

Borrower shall mean MB HERNDON, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, together with its permitted successors and assigns.

Business Day shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which national banks in New York, New York are not open for business.

Capital Expenditures shall mean, for any period, the amount expended for items capitalized under accounting principles reasonably acceptable to Lender, consistently applied (including expenditures for building improvements or major repairs, leasing commissions and tenant improvements).

Cash Expenses shall mean, for any period, the operating expenses for the operation of the Property as set forth in an Approved Annual Budget to the extent that such expenses are actually incurred by Borrower minus any payments into the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund.

 

2


Cash Management Agreement shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.6.3.

Cash Management Termination Event shall mean (a) the Debt Service Coverage Ratio shall be equal to or greater than 1.35 to 1.0 for two (2) complete, consecutive calendar quarters following the calendar quarter in which the Cash Management Trigger caused by a Debt Service Coverage Ratio deficiency occurred, or (b) in the event the Cash Management Trigger is caused by (iv), (v) or (vi) of Cash Management Trigger definition, Lender’s receipt of (a) one or more new leases entered into in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (the “New Leases”) with Lockheed or Cisco, as applicable, or one or more tenants reasonably acceptable to Lender (the “New Tenants”) pursuant to which Lockheed, Cisco and/or the New Tenants have leased space within the Lockheed Premises, Lockheed 300 Premises or Cisco Premises, as applicable for a term of at least five (5) years beyond the expiration date of the Lockheed Lease Suite 500 & 600, Lockheed Lease Suite 300 or Cisco Lease, as applicable, on similar terms and at a similar rent as provided for in the extension option section of the Lockheed Lease Suite 500 & 600, Lockheed Lease Suite 300 or Cisco Lease, as applicable and (b) tenant estoppels reasonably acceptable to Lender from Lockheed, Cisco and/or the New Tenants confirming that (i) the New Leases are in full force and effect, (ii) to Lockheed’s, Cisco’s or the New Tenants’ knowledge, as applicable, neither Borrower nor Lockheed, Cisco or the New Tenants, as applicable, are in default under the New Leases, (iii) Lockheed, Cisco and/or the New Tenants, as applicable, are in occupancy of substantially all of the premises demised under the New Leases, and (iv) Lockheed, Cisco or the New Tenants, as applicable, are open for business in substantially all of the premises demised under the New Leases and are paying rent without any right to offset or credit, provided, however , there shall not be more than two (2) Cash Management Termination Events during the term of the Loan.

Cash Management Trigger shall mean (i) the existence of an Event of Default, (ii) the bankruptcy or insolvency of Borrower, Manager or Anchor Tenant, (iii) Lender’s determination that the Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the preceding six (6) months annualized is less than or equal to 1.25 to 1.0, (iv) the Cisco Lease expiring May 31, 2011 is not renewed on or before June 1, 2010, (v) the Lockheed Lease Suite 500 & 600 expiring February 28, 2013 is not renewed on or before March 1, 2012, or (vi) the Lockheed Lease Suite 300 is not renewed on or before January 1, 2011.

Casualty shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.2 hereof.

Casualty/Condemnation Prepayment shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.4(e) hereof.

C asualty Consultant shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b)(iii) hereof.

Casualty Retainage shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b)(iv) hereof.

 

3


Cisco Lease shall mean that certain lease agreement between Cisco Systems, Inc., as tenant and Valley View Associates Limited Partnership (successor to DTC Associates, LLC), as landlord, dated December 20, 2000 for the Cisco Premises, as amended by the First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated as of October 8, 2001, and as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease, Assignment and Consent dated as of August 25, 2004.

Cisco Premises shall mean Dulles Executive Plaza II, 13560 Dulles Technology Drive, Herndon, Virginia, consisting of approximately 189,764 rentable square feet of space.

Closing Date shall mean the date hereof.

Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as it may be further amended from time to time, and any successor statutes thereto, and applicable U.S. Department of Treasury regulations issued pursuant thereto in temporary or final form.

Condemnation shall mean a temporary or permanent taking by any Governmental Authority as the result or in lieu or in anticipation of the exercise of the right of condemnation or eminent domain, of all or any part of the Property, or any interest therein or right accruing thereto, including any right of access thereto or any change of grade affecting the Property or any part thereof.

Debt shall mean the outstanding principal amount set forth in, and evidenced by, this Agreement and the Note together with all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other sums (including the Prepayment Consideration) due to Lender in respect of the Loan under the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage or any other Loan Document.

Debt Service shall mean, with respect to any particular period of time, scheduled interest payments under the Note.

Debt Service Coverage Ratio shall mean a ratio for the applicable period in which:

(a) the numerator is the Net Operating Income (excluding interest on credit accounts) for such period as set forth in the statements required hereunder, without deduction for (i) actual management fees incurred in connection with the operation of the Property, (ii) amounts paid to the Reserve Funds, less (A) management fees equal to the greater of (1) assumed management fees of four and a half percent (4.5%) of Gross Income from Operations or (2) the actual management fees incurred, (B) assumed Replacement Reserve Fund contributions equal to $0.20 per square foot of gross leaseable area at the Property; and (C) assumed reserves for tenant improvements and leasing commissions equal to $.79 per square foot of gross leaseable area at the Property; and

(b) the denominator is the aggregate amount of interest due and payable on the Note for such applicable period.

 

4


Default ” shall mean the occurrence of any event hereunder or under any other Loan Document which, but for the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” shall mean, with respect to the Loan, a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (a) the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, or (b) five percent (5%) above the Interest Rate.

Disclosure Document ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2 hereof.

Eligible Account ” shall mean a separate and identifiable account from all other funds held by the holding institution that is either (a) an account or accounts maintained with a federal or state-chartered depository institution or trust company which complies with the definition of Eligible Institution or (b) a segregated trust account or accounts maintained with a federal or state chartered depository institution or trust company acting in its fiduciary capacity which, in the case of a .state chartered depository institution or trust company, is subject to regulations substantially similar to 12 C.F.R. §9.10(b), having in either case a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by federal and state authority. An Eligible Account will not be evidenced by a certificate of deposit, passbook or other instrument.

Eligible Institution ” shall mean a depository institution or trust company insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation the short term unsecured debt obligations or commercial paper of which are rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, P-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and F-1+ by Fitch, Inc. in the case of accounts in which funds are held for 30 days or less (or, in the case of accounts in which funds are held for more than 30 days, the long term unsecured debt obligations of which are rated at least “AA” by Fitch and S&P and “Aa” by Moody’s).

Environmental Indemnity ” shall mean that certain Environmental Indemnity Agreement executed by Borrower in connection with the Loan for the benefit of Lender, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Environmental Report ” shall have the meaning as defined in the Environmental Indemnity executed by the Borrower.

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(a) hereof.

Excess Cash Flow shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.3 hereof.

Exchange Act ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2 hereof.

Fiscal Year ” shall mean each twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 during each year of the term of the Loan.

 

5


Governmental Authority ” shall mean any court, board, agency, commission, office or other authority of any nature whatsoever for any governmental unit (federal, state, county, district, municipal, city or otherwise) whether now or hereafter in existence.

Gross Income from Operations ” shall mean all sustainable income as reported on the financial statements delivered by the Borrower in accordance with this Agreement, computed in accordance with accounting principles reasonably acceptable to Lender, consistently applied, derived from the ownership and operation of the Property from whatever source, including , but not limited to, (i) Rents from Tenants that are in occupancy, open for business and paying unabated Rent, (ii) utility charges, (iii) escalations, (iv) intentionally omitted; (v) service fees or charges, (vi) license fees, (vii) parking fees, and (viii) other required pass-throughs but excluding (i) Rents from Tenants that are subject to any bankruptcy proceeding (unless such Tenant has affirmed its Lease or Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc. has master leased such Tenant’s premises for full contract rent for a period not less than three years, and the net worth of Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc. (as determined by Lender) is not less than such entity’s net worth as of March 31, 2006), or are not in occupancy, open for business or paying unabated Rent, (ii) sales, use and occupancy or other taxes on receipts required to be accounted for by Borrower to any Governmental Authority, (iii) refunds and uncollectible accounts, (iv) sales of furniture, fixtures and equipment, (v) Insurance Proceeds (other than business interruption or other loss of income insurance), (vi) Awards, (vii) unforfeited security deposits, (viii) utility and other similar deposits and (ix) any disbursements to Borrower from the Reserve Funds. Gross income shall not be diminished as a result of the Mortgage or the creation of any intervening estate or interest in the Property or any part thereof.

Improvements ” shall have the meaning set forth in the granting clause of the Mortgage with respect to the Property.

Indebtedness ” of a Person, at a particular date, means the sum (without duplication) at such date of (a) indebtedness or liability for borrowed money; (b) obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments; (c) obligations for the deferred purchase price of property or services (including trade obligations); (d) obligations under letters of credit; (e) obligations under acceptance facilities; (f) all guaranties, endorsements (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business) and other contingent obligations to purchase, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds, to invest in any Person or entity, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss; and (g) obligations secured by any Liens, whether or not the obligations have been assumed.

Indemnitor ” shall mean Minto Builders (Florida), Inc., a Florida corporation.

Indemnity Agreement ” shall mean that certain Indemnity Agreement dated as of the Closing Date by Borrower and Indemnitor in favor of Lender.

Independent Manager ” shall mean a manager of a limited liability company who is not at the time of initial appointment, or at any time while serving as a manager of such an entity, and has not been at any time during the preceding five (5) years: (a) a stockholder, director (with the exception of serving as the Independent Manager), officer, employee, partner, attorney or counsel of the Borrower or any Affiliate of either of them; (b) a customer, supplier or

 

6


other person who derives any of its purchases or revenues from its activities with the Borrower or any Affiliate of either of them; (c) a Person controlling or under common control with any such stockholder, director, officer, partner, customer, supplier or other Person; or (d) a member of the immediate family of any such stockholder, director, officer, employee, partner, customer, supplier or other person. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management, policies or activities of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc .” shall mean Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

Inland Western Retail Real Estate Trust, Inc . ” shall mean Inland Western Retail Real Estate Trust, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

Insolvency Opinion ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.6 hereof.

Insurance Premiums ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 (b) hereof.

Insurance Proceeds ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b) hereof.

Interest Rate ” shall mean five and eight hundred fifty one one-thousandths percent (5.851%) per annum.

Lease ” shall mean any lease, sublease or subsublease, letting, license, concession or other agreement (whether written or oral and whether now or hereafter in effect) pursuant to which any Person is granted a possessory interest in, or right to use or occupy all or any portion of any space in the Property of Borrower, and every modification, amendment or other agreement relating to such lease, sublease, subsublease, or other agreement entered into in connection with such lease, sublease, subsublease, or other agreement and every guarantee of the performance and observance of the covenants, conditions and agreements to be performed and observed by the other party thereto.

Leasing Conditions ” shall have the meaning set forth in Schedule II hereof.

Legal Requirements ” shall mean, with respect to the Property, all federal, state, county, municipal and other governmental statutes, laws, rules, orders, regulations, ordinances, judgments, decrees and injunctions of Governmental Authorities affecting the Property or any part thereof, or the construction, use, alteration or operation thereof, or any part thereof, whether now or hereafter enacted and in force, and all permits, licenses and authorizations and regulations relating thereto, and all covenants, agreements, restrictions and encumbrances contained in any instruments, either of record or known to Borrower, at any time in force affecting the Property or any part thereof, including, without limitation, any which may (a) require repairs, modifications or alterations in or to the Property or any part thereof, or (b) in any way limit the use and enjoyment thereof.

Lender ” shall mean Bear Stearns Commercial Mortgage, Inc., together with its successors and assigns.

 

7


Licenses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.22 hereof.

Lien ” shall mean, with respect to the Property, any mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, lien, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, security interest, or any other encumbrance, charge or transfer of, on or affecting Borrower, the Property, any portion thereof or any interest therein, including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, the filing of any financing statement, and mechanic’s, materialmen’s and other similar liens and encumbrances.

Loan ” shall mean the loan made by Lender to Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and evidenced by the Note.

Loan Amount ” shall mean the maximum principal balance of the Note.

Loan Documents ” shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage, the Assignment of Leases, the Environmental Indemnity, the Assignment of Management Agreement, the Indemnity Agreement and all other documents executed and/or delivered in connection with the Loan.

Lockbox Account shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.6.3 hereof.

Lockbox Bank shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.6.3 hereof.

Lockbox Trigger shall mean (i) Lender’s determination that the Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the preceding six (6) months annualized is less than or equal to 1.75 to 1.0 or (ii) a Cash Management Trigger.

Lockheed Lease Suite 500 & 600 ” shall mean that certain Lease Agreement between Valley View Associates Limited Partnership, as landlord and Lockheed Martin Corporation, as tenant dated as of November 22, 2005 for the Lockheed Premises, as amended by the First Amendment to Lease dated as of March 23, 2006.

Lockheed Lease Suite 300 ” shall mean that certain Lease Agreement between Valley View Associates Limited Partnership, as landlord and Lockheed Martin Corporation, as tenant dated as of March 23, 2006, for the Lockheed 300 Premises.

Lockheed Premises ” shall mean Dulles Executive Plaza I, 13530 Dulles Technology Drive, Herndon, Virginia, Suite # 500 and 600, consisting of approximately 65,831 rentable square feet.

Lockheed 300 Premises ” shall mean Dulles Executive Plaza I, 13530 Dulles Technology Drive, Herndon, Virginia, Floor 3, consisting of approximately 33,037 rentable square feet.

Management Agreement ” shall mean, with respect to the Property, the management agreement entered into by and between Borrower and the Manager, pursuant to which the Manager is to provide management and other services with respect to the Property.

 

8


Manager ” shall mean Inland American Office Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Maturity Date ” shall mean September 1, 2016, or such other date on which the final payment of principal of the Note becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided; whether at such stated maturity date, by declaration of acceleration, or otherwise.

Maximum Legal Rate ” shall mean the maximum nonusurious interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, taken, reserved, charged or received on the indebtedness evidenced by the Note and as provided for herein or the other Loan Documents, under the laws of such state or states whose laws are held by any court of competent jurisdiction to govern the interest rate provisions of the Loan.

MERS ” shall mean Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Minto Builders (Florida), Inc . ” shall mean Minto Builders (Florida), Inc., a Florida corporation.

Monthly Debt Service Payment Amount ” shall mean an amount equal to $335,213.54.

Mortgage ” shall mean, with respect to the Property, that certain first priority Deed of Trust, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing, dated the Closing Date, executed and delivered by Borrower to (or for the benefit of) MERS, as nominee of Lender, as security for the Loan and encumbering the Property, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Net Cash Flow ” shall mean, with respect to the Property for any period, the amount obtained by subtracting Operating Expenses and Capital Expenditures for such period from Gross Income from Operations for such period.

Net Cash Flow After Debt Service ” shall mean, with respect to the Property for any period, the amount obtained by subtracting Debt Service for such period from Net Cash Flow for such period.

Net Cash Flow Schedule ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.11(b) hereof.

Net Operating Income ” shall mean the amount obtained by subtracting from Gross Income from Operations (i) Operating Expenses, and (ii) a vacancy allowance equal to the greater of (x) market vacancy (as reasonably determined by Lender), less actual vacancy, and (y) underwritten vacancy of 5%, less actual vacancy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if actual vacancy exceeds market vacancy and underwritten vacancy, then there shall be no adjustment for a vacancy allowance.

Net Proceeds ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b) hereof.

 

9


Net Proceeds Deficiency shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b )(vi) hereof.

Net Proceeds Prepayment shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(e) hereof.

Note shall mean that certain Promissory Note of even date herewith in the principal amount of SIXTY EIGHT MILLION SEVEN HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND and NO/100 Dollars ($68,750,000.00), made by Borrower in favor of Lender, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Officers’ Certificate shall mean a certificate delivered to Lender by Borrower which is signed by the Sole Member.

Operating Expenses shall mean the total of all expenditures, computed in accordance with accounting principles reasonably acceptable to Lender, consistently applied, of whatever kind relating to the operation, maintenance and management of the Property that are incurred on a regular monthly or other periodic basis, including without limitation, utilities, ordinary repairs and maintenance, insurance, license fees, property taxes and assessments, advertising expenses, management fees, payroll and related taxes, computer processing charges, operational equipment or other lease payments as approved by Lender, and other similar costs, but excluding depreciation, Debt Service, Capital Expenditures and contributions to the Reserve Funds.

Other Charges shall mean all ground rents, maintenance charges, impositions other than Taxes, and any other charges, including, without limitation, vault charges and license fees for the use of vaults, chutes and similar areas adjoining the Property, now or hereafter levied or assessed or imposed against the Property or any part thereof.

Other Contract Funds shall mean any payment due to Borrower under any of the agreements described on Schedule X .

Payment Date shall mean the first (1st) day of each calendar month during the term of the Loan or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately succeeding Business Day.

Permitted Encumbrances shall mean, with respect to the Property, collectively, (a) the Liens and security interests created by the Loan Documents, (b) all Liens, encumbrances and other matters disclosed in the Title Insurance Policy relating to the Property or any part thereof, (c) Liens, if any, for Taxes imposed by any Governmental Authority not yet due or delinquent, (d) easements or other encumbrances granted pursuant to Section 5.2.13(d) hereof, and (e) such other title and survey exceptions as Lender has approved or may approve in writing in Lender’s reasonable discretion, which Permitted Encumbrances in the aggregate do not materially adversely affect the value or use of the Property or Borrower’s ability to repay the Loan.

 

10


Permitted Investments shall mean any one or more of the following obligations or securities acquired at a purchase price of not greater than par, including those issued by Servicer, the trustee under any Securitization or any of their respective Affiliates, payable on demand or having a maturity date not later than the Business Day immediately prior to the first Payment Date following the date of acquiring such investment and meeting one of the appropriate standards set forth below:

(i) obligations of, or obligations fully guaranteed as to payment of principal and interest by, the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof provided such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America including, without limitation, obligations of: the U.S. Treasury (all direct or fully guaranteed obligations), the Farmers Home Administration (certificates of beneficial ownership), the General Services Administration (participation certificates), the U.S. Maritime Administration (guaranteed Title XI financing), the Small Business Administration (guaranteed participation certificates and guaranteed pool certificates), the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (local authority bonds) and the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority (guaranteed transit bonds); provided , however , that the investments described in this clause must (A) have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (B) if rated by S&P, must not have an “r” highlighter affixed to their rating, (C) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, such interest rate must be tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (D) such investments must not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

(ii) Federal Housing Administration debentures;

(iii) obligations of the following United States government sponsored agencies: Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp. (debt obligations), the Farm Credit System (consolidated systemwide bonds and notes), the Federal Home Loan Banks (consolidated debt obligations), the Federal National Mortgage Association (debt obligations), the Student Loan Marketing Association (debt obligations), the Financing Corp. (debt obligations), and the Resolution Funding Corp. (debt obligations); provided , however , that the investments described in this clause must (A) have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (B) if rated by S&P, must not have an “r” highlighter affixed to their rating, (C) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, such interest rate must be tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (D) such investments must not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

(iv) federal funds, unsecured certificates of deposit, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and repurchase agreements with maturities of not more than 365 days of any bank, the short term obligations of which at all times are rated in the highest short term rating category by each Rating Agency (or, if not rated by all Rating Agencies, rated by at least one Rating Agency in the highest short term rating category and otherwise acceptable to each other Rating Agency, as confirmed in writing that such investment would not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the Securities); provided , however , that the investments described in this clause must (A) have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (B) if rated by S&P, must not

 

11


have an “r” highlighter affixed to their rating, (C) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, such interest rate must be tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (D) such investments must not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

(v) fully Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured demand and time deposits in, or certificates of deposit of, or bankers’ acceptances issued by, any bank or trust company, savings and loan association or savings bank, the short term obligations of which at all times are rated in the highest short term rating category by each Rating Agency (or, if not rated by all Rating Agencies, rated by at least one Rating Agency in the highest short term rating category and otherwise acceptable to each other Rating Agency, as confirmed in writing that such investment would not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the Securities); provided , however , that the investments described in this clause must (A) have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (B) if rated by S&P, must not have an “r” highlighter affixed to their rating, (C) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, such interest rate must be tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (D) such investments must not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

(vi) debt obligations with maturities of not more than 365 days and at all times rated by each Rating Agency (or, if not rated by all Rating Agencies, rated by at least one Rating Agency and otherwise acceptable to each other Rating Agency, as confirmed in writing that such investment would not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the Securities) in its highest long-term unsecured rating category; provided , however , that the investments described in this clause must (A) have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (B) if rated by S&P, must not have an “r” highlighter affixed to their rating, (C) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, such interest rate must be tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (D) such investments must not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

(vii) commercial paper (including both non-interest-bearing discount obligations and interest-bearing obligations payable on demand or on a specified date not more than one year after the date of issuance thereof) with maturities of not more than 365 days and that at all times is rated by each Rating Agency (or, if not rated by all Rating Agencies, rated by at least one Rating Agency and otherwise acceptable to each other Rating Agency, as confirmed in writing that such investment would not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the Securities) in its highest short-term unsecured debt rating; provided , however , that the investments described in this clause must (A) have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (B) if rated by S&P, must not have an “r” highlighter affixed to their rating, (C) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, such interest rate must be tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (D) such investments must not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

 

12


(viii) units of taxable money market funds, which funds are regulated investment companies, seek to maintain a constant net asset value per share and invest solely in obligations backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, which funds have the highest rating available from each Rating Agency (or, if not rated by all Rating Agencies, rated by at least one Rating Agency and otherwise acceptable to each other Rating Agency, as confirmed in writing that such investment would not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the Securities) for money market funds; and

(ix) any other security, obligation or investment which has been approved as a Permitted Investment in writing by (a) Lender and (b) each Rating Agency, as evidenced by a written confirmation that the designation of such security, obligation or investment as a Permitted Investment will not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the Securities by such Rating Agency;

provided , however , that no obligation or security shall be a Permitted Investment if (A) such obligation or security evidences a right to receive only interest payments or (B) the right to receive principal and interest payments on such obligation or security are derived from an underlying investment that provides a yield to maturity in excess of 120% of the yield to maturity at par of such underlying investment.

Permitted Prepayment Date shall mean the date that is three (3) years from the first day of the calendar month immediately following the Closing Date.

Person shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, unincorporated association, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing.

Personal Property shall have the meaning set forth in the granting clause of the Mortgage with respect to the Property.

Physical Conditions Report shall mean, with respect to the Property, a report prepared by a company satisfactory to Lender regarding the physical condition of the Property, satisfactory in form and substance to Lender in its sole discretion, which report shall, among other things, (a) confirm that the Property and its use complies, in all material respects, with all applicable Legal Requirements (including, without limitation, zoning, subdivision and building laws) and (b) include a copy of a final certificate of occupancy with respect to all Improvements on the Property.

Policies shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.1(b) hereof.

Prepayment Consideration shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.1.

 

13


Prepayment Rate shall mean the bond equivalent yield (in the secondary market) on the United States Treasury Security that as of the Prepayment Rate Determination Date has a remaining term to maturity closest to, but not exceeding, the remaining term of the Note to its Maturity Date, as most recently published in the “Treasury Bonds, Notes and Bills” section in The Wall Street Journal as of the date of the related tender of the payment. If more than one issue of United States Treasury Securities has the remaining term to the Maturity Date referred to above, the “Prepayment Rate” shall be the yield on the United States Treasury Security most recently issued as of such date. If the publication of the Prepayment Rate in The Wall Street Journal is discontinued, Lender shall determine the Prepayment Rate on the basis of “Statistical Release H.15(519), Selected Interest Rates,” or any .successor publication, published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or on the basis of such other publication or statistical guide as Lender may reasonably select.

Prepayment Rate Determination Date shall mean the date which is five (5) Business Days prior to the prepayment date.

Property shall mean the parcel of real property, the Improvements thereon and all personal property owned by Borrower and encumbered by the Mortgage, together with all rights pertaining to such property and Improvements, as more particularly described in the Granting Clauses of the Mortgage and referred to therein as the “Property”.

Provided Information shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(a) hereof.

Qualified Entity shall mean an entity (a) with a net worth equal to or greater than the Applicable Net Worth Requirement, (b) with experience in the ownership and management of properties similar to the Property, (c) that has not been a party to any bankruptcy proceedings, voluntary or involuntary, made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or taken advantage of any insolvency act, or any act for the benefit of debtors within (7) years prior to the date of the proposed transfer of the Property, (d) that has no material litigation or regulatory action pending or threatened, and (e) that has not defaulted under its or their obligations with respect to any other indebtedness.

Qualifying Manager shall mean either (a) a reputable and experienced management organization reasonably satisfactory to Lender, which organization or its principals possess at least ten (10) years experience in managing properties similar in size, scope and value of the Property and which, on the date Lender determines whether such management organization is a Qualifying Manager, manages at least one million square feet of office and/or retail space, provided that Borrower shall have obtained prior written confirmation from the Rating Agency that management of the Property by such entity will not cause a downgrading, withdrawal or qualification of the then current rating of the securities issued pursuant to the Securitization, or (b) the fee owner of the Property, provided that such owner possesses experience in managing and operating properties similar in size, scope and value of the Property. Lender acknowledges that on the Closing Date, Manager shall be deemed to be a Qualifying Manager.

 

14


Rating Agencies shall mean each of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of McGraw-Hill, Inc., Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Fitch, Inc., or any other nationally-recognized statistical rating agency which has been approved by Lender.

Rating Surveillance Charge shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.3 hereof.

Relevant Leasing Threshold shall mean, any Lease for an amount of leaseable square footage equal to or greater than 10,000 square feet.

Relevant Restoration Threshold shall mean Three Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 dollars ($350,000.00).

REMIC Trust shall mean a “real estate mortgage investment conduit” within the meaning of Section 860D of the Code that holds the Note.

Rents shall mean, with respect to the Property, all rents, rent equivalents, moneys payable as damages or in lieu of rent or rent equivalents, royalties (including, without limitation, all oil and gas or other mineral royalties and bonuses), income, receivables, receipts, revenues, deposits (including, without limitation, security, utility and other deposits), accounts, cash, issues, profits, charges for services rendered, and other consideration of whatever form or nature received by or paid to or for the account of or benefit of Borrower or its agents or employees from any and all sources arising from or attributable to the Property, and proceeds, if any, from business interruption or other loss of income insurance, including the Other Contract Funds.

Replacement Reserve Account shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.1 hereof.

Replacement Reserve Fund shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.1 hereof.

Replacement Reserve Monthly Deposit shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.1 hereof.

Replacements shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.1(a) hereof.

Required Repair Account shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.1 hereof.

Required Repair Fund shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.1 hereof.

Required Repairs shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.1 hereof.

Reserve Funds shall mean the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund, the Replacement Reserve Fund, the Required Repair Fund (if any), or any other escrow fund established by the Loan Documents.

 

15


Restoration shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 hereof.

Securities shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1 hereof.

Securities Act shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2 hereof.

Securitization shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1 hereof.

Securitization Date shall mean the anticipated date of Securitization as set forth in the Securitization Notice.

Servicer shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6 hereof.

Servicing Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6 hereof.

Severed Loan Documents shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(c) hereof.

Severing Documentation shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.7 hereof.

Sole Member shall mean Minto Builders (Florida), Inc., a Florida corporation.

Special Purpose Entity means a corporation, limited partnership, limited liability company, or Delaware statutory trust which at all times on and after the Closing Date:

(i) is organized solely for the purpose of (A) acquiring, developing, owning, holding, selling, leasing, transferring, exchanging, managing and operating the Property, entering into this Agreement with the Lender, refinancing the Property in connection with a permitted repayment of the Loan, and transacting lawful business that is incident, necessary and appropriate to accomplish the foregoing; or (B) acting as a general partner of the limited partnership that owns the Property, a member of the limited liability company that owns the Property or the beneficiary or trustee of a Delaware statutory trust , that owns the Property;

(ii) is not engaged and will not engage in any business unrelated to (A) the acquisition, development, ownership, management or operation of the Property, (B) acting as general partner of the limited partnership that owns the Property, (C) acting as a member of the limited liability company that owns the Property, or (D) acting as the beneficiary or trustee of a Delaware statutory trust that owns the Property, as applicable;

(iii) does not have and will not have any assets other than those related to the Property or its partnership interest in the limited partnership, the member interest in the limited liability company or the beneficial interest in the Delaware statutory trust that owns the Property or acts as the general partner, managing member or beneficiary or trustee thereof, as applicable;

 

16


(iv) has not engaged, sought or consented to and will not engage in, seek or consent to any dissolution, winding up, liquidation, consolidation, merger, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, transfer of partnership, membership or beneficial or trustee interests (if such entity is a general partner in a limited partnership, a member in a limited liability company or a beneficiary of a Delaware trust) or amendment of its limited partnership agreement, articles of incorporation, articles of organization, certificate of formation, operating agreement or trust formation and governance documents (as applicable) with respect to the matters set forth in this definition;

(v) if such entity is a limited partnership, has as its only general partners, Special Purpose Entities that are corporations, limited partnerships or limited liability companies;

(vi) if such entity is a corporation, has at least one (1) Independent Manager, and has not caused or allowed and will not cause or allow the board of directors of such entity to take any action related to a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or a voluntary dissolution without the unanimous affirmative vote of 100% of the members of its board of directors, including the Independent Manager;

(vii) if such entity is a limited liability company and such limited liability company has more than one member, such limited liability company has as its manager a Special Purpose Entity that is a corporation and that owns at least 1.0% (one percent) of the equity of the limited liability company;

(viii) if such entity is a limited liability company and such limited liability company has only one member, such limited liability company (a) has been formed under Delaware law, and (b) has either a corporation or other person or entity that shall become a member of the limited liability company upon the dissolution or disassociation of the member, and (c) has not less than one (1) Independent Manager, and (d) will not cause or allow its board of directors to take any action related to a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or a voluntary dissolution without the affirmative vote of the Independent Manager;

(ix) if such entity is (a) a limited liability company, has articles of organization, a certificate of formation and/or an operating agreement, as applicable, (b) a limited partnership, has a limited partnership agreement, (c) a corporation, has a certificate or articles of incorporation and bylaws, as applicable, or (d) a Delaware statutory trust, has organizational documents that, in each case, provide that such entity will not: (1) dissolve, merge, liquidate, consolidate; (2) except as permitted herein, sell all or substantially all of its assets or the assets of the Borrower (as applicable) except as permitted herein; (3) engage in any other business activity, or amend its organizational documents with respect to the matters set forth in this definition without the consent of the Lender; or (4) without the affirmative vote of all directors of the corporation (that is such entity or the general partner or managing or co-managing member or manager of such entity), file a bankruptcy or insolvency petition or otherwise institute insolvency proceedings with respect to itself or to any other entity in which it has a direct or indirect legal or beneficial ownership interest;

 

17


(x) has not entered into or been a party to, and will not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, beneficiaries, shareholders or Affiliates except (A) in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are intrinsically fair, commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party and (B) in connection with this Agreement;

(xi) is solvent and pays its debts and liabilities (including, as applicable, shared personnel and overhead expenses) from its assets as the same become due, and is maintaining adequate capital for the normal obligations reasonably foreseeable in a business of its size and character and in light of its contemplated business operations;

(xii) has not failed and will not fail to correct any known misunderstanding regarding the separate identity of such entity;

(xiii) will file its own tax returns; provided , however, that Borrower’s assets and income may be included in a consolidated tax return of its parent companies if inclusion on such consolidated tax return is in compliance with applicable law;

(xiv) has maintained and will maintain its own resolutions and agreements;

(xv) (a) has not commingled and will not commingle its funds or assets with those of any other Person and (b) has not participated and will not participate in any cash management system with any other Person, except with respect to a custodial account maintained by the Manager on behalf of Affiliates of Borrower and, with respect to funds in such custodial account, has separately accounted, and will continue to separately account for, each item of income and expense applicable to the Property and Borrower;

(xvi) has held and will hold its assets in its own name;

(xvii) has conducted and will conduct its business in its name or in a name franchised or licensed to it by an entity other than an Affiliate of Borrower;

(xviii) has maintained and will maintain its balance sheets, operating statements and other entity documents separate from any other Person and has not permitted and will not permit its assets to be listed as assets on the financial statement of any other entity except as required or permitted by applicable accounting principles acceptable to Lender, consistently applied; provided , however , that (i) any such consolidated financial statement shall contain a note indicating that it maintains separate balance sheets and operating statements for the Borrower and the Property, or (ii) if such Person is controlled by Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc., then such Person may be included in the consolidated financial statement of Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc. provided such consolidated financial statement contains a note indicating that it maintains separate financial records for each Person controlled by Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc.;

(xix) has a sufficient number of employees in light of its contemplated business operations, which may be none;

 

18


(xx) has observed and will observe all partnership, corporate, limited liability company or Delaware statutory trust formalities, as applicable;

(xxi) has and will have no Indebtedness (including loans (whether or not such loans are evidenced by a written agreement) between Borrower and any Affiliates of Borrower and relating to the management of funds in the custodial account maintained by the Manager) other than (i) the Loan, (ii) liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business relating to the ownership and operation of the Property and the routine administration of Borrower, which liabilities are not more than sixty (60) days past the date incurred (unless disputed in accordance with applicable law), are not evidenced by a note and are paid when due, and which amounts are normal and reasonable under the circumstances, and (iii) such other liabilities that are permitted pursuant to this Agreement;

(xxii) has not and will not assume or guarantee or become obligated for the debts of any other Person or hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligations of any other Person except as otherwise permitted pursuant to this Agreement;

(xxiii) has not and will not acquire obligations or securities of its partners, members, beneficiaries or shareholders or any other Affiliate;

(xxiv) has allocated and will allocate fairly and reasonably any overhead expenses that are shared with any Affiliate, including, but not limited to, paying for shared office space and services performed by any employee of an affiliate;

(xxv) has not maintained or used, and will not maintain or use, invoices and checks bearing the name of any other Person, provided , however , that Manager, on behalf of such Person, may maintain and use invoices and checks bearing Manager’s name;

(xxvi) has not pledged and will not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person except as permitted or required pursuant to this Agreement;

(xxvii) has held itself out and identified itself and will hold itself out and identify itself as a separate and distinct entity under its own name or in a name franchised or licensed to it by an entity other than an Affiliate of Borrower and not as a division or part of any other Person, except for services rendered by Manager under the Management Agreement, so long as Manager holds itself out as an agent of the Borrower;

(xxviii) has maintained and will maintain its assets in such a manner that it will not be costly or difficult to segregate, ascertain or identify its individual assets from those of any other Person;

(xxix) has not made and will not make loans to any Person or hold evidence of indebtedness issued by any other person or entity (other than cash and investment-grade securities issued by an entity that is not an Affiliate of or subject to common ownership with such entity);

 

19


(xxx) has not identified and will not identify its partners, members, beneficiaries or shareholders, or any Affiliate of any of them, as a division or part of it, and has not identified itself and shall not identify itself as a division of any other Person;

(xxxi) does not and will not have any of its obligations guaranteed by any Affiliate except as otherwise required in the Loan Documents;

(xxxii) has not entered into or been a party to, and will not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, beneficiaries, shareholders or Affiliates except (A) in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are intrinsically fair, commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party and (B) in connection with this Agreement; and

(xxxiii) has complied and will comply with all of the terms and provisions contained in its organizational documents. The statement of facts contained in its organizational documents are true and correct and will remain true and correct.

State shall mean, with respect to the Property, the State or Commonwealth in which the Property or any part thereof is located.

Survey shall mean a survey of the Property in question prepared by a surveyor licensed in the State and satisfactory to Lender and the company or companies issuing the Title Insurance Policy, and containing a certification of such surveyor satisfactory to Lender.

Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 hereof regardless of whether the funds held therein are held by Lender for the payment of Taxes or Insurance Premiums or both.

Taxes shall mean all real estate and personal property taxes, assessments, water rates or sewer rents, now or hereafter levied or assessed or imposed against the Property or any part thereof.

Tenant shall mean any person or entity with a possessory right to all or any part of the Property pursuant to a Lease or other written agreement.

Tenant Direction Letter shall mean a letter in the form of Schedule I attached hereto from Borrower to the tenant under each Lease with respect to the Property (whether such Lease is presently effective or executed after the Closing Date) directing such tenant to send directly to the Lockbox Account all payments of Rent payable to Borrower under such Lease.

Terrorism Insurance Guarantor shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 hereof.

Threshold Amount shall mean the greater of five percent (5%) of the Loan Amount and $350,000.

 

20


Title Insurance Policy shall mean, with respect to the Property, an ALTA mortgagee title insurance policy in the form (acceptable to Lender) (or, if the Property is in a State which does not permit the issuance of such ALTA policy, such form as shall be permitted in such State and acceptable to Lender) issued with respect to the Property and insuring the lien of the Mortgage encumbering the Property.

Transfer shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 .2.13 hereof.

Transferee shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.13 hereof.

UCC or Uniform Commercial Code shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the applicable State in which the Property is located.

U.S. Obligations shall mean direct non-callable obligations of the United States of America as defined in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act as amended (15 USC 80a-1) stated in REMIC Section 1.86 OG-2(a)(8).

Section 1.2 Principles of Construction . All references to sections and schedules are to sections and schedules in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All uses of the word “including” shall mean “including, without limitation” unless the context shall indicate otherwise. Unless otherwise specified, the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all meanings attributed to defined terms herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms so defined.

ARTICLE II

GENERAL TERMS

Section 2.1 Loan Commitment; Disbursement to Borrower .

2.1.1 The Loan . Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, Lender hereby agrees to make and Borrower hereby agrees to accept the Loan on the Closing Date.

2.1.2 Disbursement to Borrower . Borrower may request and receive only one borrowing hereunder in respect of the Loan and any amount borrowed and repaid hereunder in respect of the Loan may not be reborrowed.

2.1.3 The Note, Mortgage and Loan Documents . The Loan shall be evidenced by the Note and secured by the Mortgage, the Assignment of Leases and the other Loan Documents.

2.1.4 Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loan to (a) repay and discharge any existing loans relating to the Property, (b) pay all past-due Basic Carrying Costs, if any, in respect of the Property, (c) make deposits into the Reserve Funds on the Closing Date in the amounts provided herein, (d) pay costs and expenses incurred in connection with the closing of the Loan, as approved by Lender, (e) fund any working capital requirements of the Property, and (f) distribute the balance, if any, to Borrower.

 

21


Section 2.2 Interest; Loan Payments; Late Payment Charge .

2.2.1 Interest Generally . Interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Loan shall accrue from the Closing Date to but excluding the Maturity Date at the Interest Rate.

2.2.2 Interest Calculation . Interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Loan shall be calculated on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year comprised of twelve (12) months of thirty (30) days each, except that interest due and payable for a period of less than a full month shall be calculated by multiplying the actual number of days elapsed in the period for which the calculation is being made by a daily rate based on a three hundred sixty (360) day year.

2.2.3 Payments Generally . Borrower shall pay to Lender (a) on the Closing Date, an amount equal to interest only on the outstanding principal balance of the Loan from the Closing Date up to but not including the first Payment Date following the Closing Date, and (b) on October 1, 2006 and each Payment Date thereafter up to but not including the Maturity Date, an amount equal to the Monthly Debt Service Payment Amount, which shall be applied to interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Loan for the prior calendar month at the Interest Rate.

2.2.4 Intentionally Omitted .

2.2.5 Payment on Maturity Date . Borrower shall pay to Lender on the Maturity Date the outstanding principal balance of the Loan, all accrued and unpaid interest and all other amounts due hereunder and under the Note, the Mortgage and other the Loan Documents.

2.2.6 Payments after Default . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Loan and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest and other amounts due in respect of the Loan, shall accrue at the Default Rate, calculated from the date such payment was due without regard to any grace or cure periods contained herein. Interest at the Default Rate shall be computed from the occurrence of the Event of Default until the earlier of (i) in the event of a non-monetary default, the cure of such Event of Default by Borrower and acceptance of such cure by Lender, and (ii) in the event of a monetary default, the actual receipt and collection of the Debt (or that portion thereof that is then due). To the extent permitted by applicable law, interest at the Default Rate shall be added to the Debt, shall itself accrue interest at the same rate as the Loan and shall be secured by the Mortgage. This paragraph shall not be construed as an agreement or privilege to extend the date of the payment of the Debt, nor as a waiver of any other right or remedy accruing to Lender by reason of the occurrence of any Event of Default and Lender retains its rights under the Note and this Agreement to accelerate and to continue to demand payment of the Debt upon the happening and continuance of any Event of Default.

2.2.7 Late Payment Charge . If any principal, interest or any other sums due under the Loan Documents is not paid by Borrower on or prior to the date which is five (5) days after the date on which it is due, Borrower shall pay to Lender upon demand an amount equal to

 

22


the lesser of five percent (5%) of such unpaid sum or the maximum amount permitted by applicable law in order to defray the expense incurred by Lender in handling and processing such delinquent payment and to compensate Lender for the loss of the use of such delinquent payment. Any such amount shall be secured by the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents to the extent permitted by applicable law. The foregoing late payment charge shall not apply to the payment of all outstanding principal, interest and other sums due on the Maturity Date.

2.2.8 Usury Savings . This Agreement and the Note are subject to the express condition that at no time shall Borrower be obligated or required to pay interest on the principal balance of the Loan at a rate which could subject Lender to either civil or criminal liability as a result of being in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate. If, by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, Borrower is at any time required or obligated to pay interest on the principal balance due hereunder at a rate in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate, the Interest Rate or the Default Rate, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be immediately reduced to the Maximum Legal Rate and all previous payments in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of principal and not on account of the interest due hereunder. All sums paid or agreed to be paid to Lender for the use, forbearance, or detention of the sums due under the Loan, shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated, allocated, and spread throughout the full stated term of the Loan until payment in full so that the rate or amount of interest on account of the Loan does not exceed the Maximum Legal Rate of interest from time to time in effect and applicable to the Loan for so long as the Loan is outstanding.

Section 2.3 Prepayments .

2.3.1 Voluntary Prepayments .

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, Borrower shall not have the right to prepay the Loan in whole or in part prior to the Permitted Prepayment Date. On or after the Permitted Prepayment Date, Borrower may, provided it has given Lender prior written notice in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, prepay the unpaid principal balance of the Loan in whole, but not in part, by paying, together with the amount to be prepaid, (i) interest accrued and unpaid on the outstanding principal balance of the Loan being prepaid to and including the date of prepayment, (ii) unless prepayment is tendered on a Payment Date, an amount equal to the interest that would have accrued on the amount being prepaid after the date of prepayment through and including the next Payment Date had the prepayment not been made (which amount shall constitute additional consideration for the prepayment), (iii) all other sums then due under this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents, and (iv) if prepayment occurs prior to the Payment Date which is one month prior to the Maturity Date, a prepayment consideration (the “Prepayment Consideration”) equal to the greater of (A) one percent (1%) of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan being prepaid or (B) the excess, if any, of (1) the sum of the present values of all then-scheduled payments of principal and interest under this Agreement including, but not limited to, principal and interest on the Maturity Date (with each such payment discounted to its present value at the date of prepayment at the rate which, when compounded monthly, is equivalent to the Prepayment Rate), over (2) the outstanding principal amount of the Loan. Lender shall notify Borrower of the amount and the basis of determination of the required prepayment consideration.

 

23


(b) On the Payment Date that is one month prior to the Maturity Date, and on each day thereafter through the Maturity Date, Borrower may, at its option, prepay the Debt without payment of any Prepayment Consideration or other penalty or premium; provided , however , if such prepayment is not paid on a regularly scheduled Payment Date, the Debt shall include interest that would have accrued on such prepayment through and including the day immediately preceding the Maturity Date. Borrower’s right to prepay any portion of the principal balance of the Loan shall be subject to (i) Borrower’s submission of a notice to Lender setting forth the amount to be prepaid and the projected date of prepayment, which date shall be no less than thirty (30) days from the date of such notice, and (ii) Borrower’s actual payment to Lender of the amount to be prepaid as set forth in such notice on the projected date set forth in such notice or any day following such projected date occurring in the same calendar month as such projected date.

2.3.2 Mandatory Prepayments . (a) On the next occurring Payment Date following the date on which Borrower actually receives any Net Proceeds, if Lender is not obligated to make such Net Proceeds available to Borrower pursuant to this Agreement for the restoration of the Property, Borrower shall, at Lender’s option, prepay the outstanding principal balance of the Note in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such Net Proceeds. No Prepayment Consideration or other penalty or premium shall be due in connection with any prepayment made pursuant to this Section 2.3.2. Any partial prepayment under this Section shall be applied to the last payments of principal due under the Loan.

(b) On the date on which Borrower tenders a Casualty/Condemnation Prepayment pursuant to Section 6.4(e) below, such tender shall include (a) all accrued and unpaid interest and the principal indebtedness being prepaid, including interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Note through the last day of the month within which such tender occurs, and (b) any other sums due hereunder relating to the Note. Except as set forth in this Section 2.3.2(b), other than following an Event of Default, no Prepayment Consideration or other penalty or premium shall be due in connection with any Casualty/Condemnation Prepayment.

2.3.3 Prepayments after Default . Following an Event of Default, if Borrower or anyone on Borrower’s behalf makes a tender of payment of all or any portion of the Debt at any time prior to a foreclosure sale (including a sale under the power of sale under the Mortgage), or during any redemption period after foreclosure, (i) the tender of payment shall constitute an evasion of Borrower’s obligation to pay any Prepayment Consideration due under this Agreement and such payment shall, therefore, to the maximum extent permitted by law, include a premium equal to the Prepayment Consideration that would have been payable on the date of such tender had the Loan not been so accelerated, or (ii) if at the time of such tender a prepayment of the principal amount of the Loan would have been prohibited under this Agreement had the principal amount of the Loan not been so accelerated, the tender of payment shall constitute an evasion of such prepayment prohibition and shall, therefore, to the maximum extent permitted by law, include an amount equal to the greater of (i) 1% of the then principal amount of the Loan (or the relevant portion thereof being prepaid) and (ii) an amount equal to the excess of (A) the sum of the present values of a series of payments payable at the times and in the amounts equal to the payments of principal and interest (including, but not limited to the principal and interest payable on the Maturity Date) which would have been scheduled to be

 

24


payable after the date of such tender under this Agreement had the Loan (or the relevant portion thereof) not been accelerated, with each such payment discounted to its present value at the date of such tender at the rate which when compounded monthly is equivalent to the Prepayment Rate, over (B) the then principal amount of the Loan.

Section 2.4 Intentionally Omitted .

Section 2.5 Release of Property . Except as set forth in this Section 2.5, no repayment or prepayment of all or any portion of the Loan shall cause, give rise to a right to require, or otherwise result in, the release of any Lien of the Mortgage on the Property. If Borrower has elected to prepay the entire amount of the Loan pursuant to Section 2.3.1 and the requirements of this Section 2.5 have been satisfied, the Property shall be released from the Lien of the Mortgage.

2.5.1 Release on Payment in Full . Lender shall, upon the written request and at the expense of Borrower, upon payment in full of all principal and interest on the Loan and all other amounts due and payable under the Loan Documents in accordance with the terms and provisions of Section 2.3.1 of this Loan Agreement, release the Lien of the Mortgage on the Property not theretofore released.

2.5.2 Intentionally Omitted .

Section 2.6 Manner of Making Payments .

2.6.1 Making of Payments . Each payment by Borrower hereunder or under the Note shall be made in funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System or other funds immediately available to Lender by 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date such payment is due, to Lender by deposit to such account as Lender may designate by written notice to Borrower. Whenever any payment hereunder or under the Note shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day.

2.6.2 No Deductions, Etc . All payments made by Borrower hereunder or under the Note or the other Loan Documents shall be made irrespective of, and without any deduction for, any setoff, defense or counterclaims.

2.6.3 Cash Management . In connection with the Closing, Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender a Tenant Direction Letter for each of the tenants at the Property, which Tenant Direction Letter instructs each such tenant to deposit Rent and other receivables related to the Property directly into an account (the “ Lockbox Account ”) owned and controlled by Lender at a bank to be selected by Lender (the “ Lockbox Bank ”). Borrower covenants and agrees to execute and deliver to Lender a Tenant Direction Letter for each new tenant at the Property within thirty (30) days after the execution of each new Lease for premises at the Property. Lender will hold the Tenant Direction Letters in escrow; provided, however, upon the occurrence of a Lockbox Trigger, Lender shall have the right to deliver a Tenant Direction Letter to each tenant at the Property. Within five (5) Business Days after receiving notice of Lender’s determination that a Lockbox Trigger has occurred, Borrower shall enter into a “cash management agreement” with Lender and Lockbox Bank, in form and substance acceptable to

 

25


Lender (“ Cash Management Agreement ”), which shall provide, among other things, that tenants at the Property shall deposit Rent and other receivables related to the Property directly into Lockbox Account. The Lockbox Bank shall apply funds in the Lockbox Account to pay debt service and required reserves, fees of the Lockbox Bank and budgeted operating expenses for the Property, as to be more particularly set forth in the Cash Management Agreement. Funds remaining in the Lockbox Account after payment of the foregoing (the “ Excess Cash Flow ”) shall be distributed to Borrower; provided , however , upon the occurrence of a Cash Management Trigger and until the occurrence of a Cash Management Termination Event, such Excess Cash Flow shall be distributed to Borrower only to the extent of unbudgeted operating expenses approved by Lender and any remaining funds shall remain in such Lockbox Account as additional collateral for the Loan. Upon the occurrence of a Cash Management Termination Event, the balance of the funds in the Lockbox Account shall be distributed to Borrower. The Borrower shall be responsible for the costs associated with the Lockbox Bank and the Lockbox Account.

Section 2.7. Intentionally Omitted .

ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Section 3.1 Conditions Precedent to Closing . The obligation of Lender to make the Loan hereunder is subject to the fulfillment by Borrower or waiver by Lender of the following conditions precedent no later than the Closing Date:

3.1.1 Representations and Warranties; Compliance with Conditions . The representations and warranties of Borrower contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as if made on and as of such date, and no Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and Borrower shall be in compliance in all material respects with all terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in each other Loan Document on its part to be observed or performed.

3.1.2 Loan Agreement and Note . Lender shall have received a copy of this Agreement and the Note, in each case, duly executed and delivered on behalf of Borrower.

3.1.3 Delivery of Loan Documents; Title Insurance; Reports; Leases, Etc .

(a) Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and other Loan Documents . Lender shall have received from Borrower fully executed and acknowledged counterparts of the Mortgage and the Assignment of Leases and evidence that counterparts of the Mortgage and Assignment of Leases have been delivered to the title company for recording, in the reasonable judgment of Lender, so as to effectively create upon such recording valid and enforceable first priority Liens upon the Property in favor of Lender (or such trustee as may be required under local law), subject only to the Permitted Encumbrances and such other Liens as are permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents. Lender shall have also received from Borrower fully executed counterparts of the Assignment of Management Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

26


(b) Title Insurance . Lender shall have received a Title Insurance Policy issued by a title company acceptable to Lender and dated as of the Closing Date. Such Title Insurance Policy shall (i) provide coverage in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Loan together with, if applicable, a “tie-in” or similar endorsement, (ii) insure Lender that the Mortgage creates a valid first priority lien on the Property encumbered thereby, free and clear of all exceptions from coverage other than Permitted Encumbrances and standard exceptions and exclusions from coverage (as modified by the terms of any endorsements), (iii) contain such endorsements and affirmative coverages as Lender may reasonably request, and (iv) name Lender, its successors and assigns, as the insured. The Title Insurance Policy shall be assignable without cost to Lender. Lender also shall have received evidence that all premiums in respect of such Title Insurance Policy have been paid.

(c) Survey . Lender shall have received a title survey for the Property, certified to the title company and Lender and their successors and assigns, in form and content satisfactory to Lender and prepared by a .professional and properly licensed land surveyor satisfactory to Lender in accordance with the most recent Minimum Standard Detail Requirements for ALTA/ACSM Land Title Surveys. The following additional items from the list of “Optional Survey Responsibilities and Specifications” (Table A) should be added to each survey: 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 13. The survey shall reflect the same legal description contained in the Title Insurance Policy relating to the Property referred to in clause (ii) above and shall include, among other things, a legal description of the real property comprising part of such Property reasonably satisfactory to Lender. The surveyor’s seal shall be affixed to each survey and the surveyor shall provide a certification for each survey in form and substance acceptable to Lender.

(d) Insurance . Lender shall have received valid certificates of insurance for the policies of insurance required hereunder, satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion, and evidence of the payment of all premiums payable for the existing policy period.

(e) Environmental Reports . Lender shall have received an environmental report in respect of the Property, reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

(f) Zoning . With respect to the Property, Lender shall have received, at Lender’s option, (i) letters or other evidence with respect to the Property from the appropriate municipal authorities (or other Persons) concerning applicable zoning and building laws, (ii) an ALTA 3.1 zoning endorsement to the Title Insurance Policy or (iii) other evidence of zoning compliance, in each case in substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

(g) Encumbrances . Borrower shall have taken or caused to be taken such actions in such a manner so that Lender has a valid and perfected first Lien on the Property as of the Closing Date with respect to the Mortgage, subject only to applicable Permitted Encumbrances and such other Liens as are permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents, and Lender shall have received satisfactory evidence thereof.

3.1.4 Related Documents . Each additional document not specifically referenced herein, but relating to the transactions contemplated herein, shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by all parties thereto and Lender shall have received and approved certified copies thereof.

 

27


3.1.5 Delivery of Organizational Documents . On or before the Closing Date, Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Lender copies certified by Borrower of all organizational documentation related to Borrower and/or the formation, structure, existence, good standing and/or qualification to do business, as Lender may request in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, good standing certificates, qualifications to do business in the appropriate jurisdictions, resolutions authorizing the entering into of the Loan and incumbency certificates as may be requested by Lender.

3.1.6 Opinions of Borrower’s Counsel . Lender shall have received opinions of Borrower’s counsel (and if applicable, Borrower’s local counsel) (a) with respect to non-consolidation issues (an “ Insolvency Opinion ”) and (b) with respect to due execution, authority, enforceability of the Loan Documents and such other matters as Lender may reasonably require, all such opinions in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and Lender’s counsel in their reasonable discretion.

3.1.7 Budgets . Borrower shall have delivered, and Lender shall have approved, the Annual Budget for the current Fiscal Year.

3.1.8 Basic Carrying Costs . Borrower shall have paid all Basic Carrying Costs relating to the Property which are in arrears, including without limitation, (a) accrued but unpaid insurance premiums relating to the Property, (b) currently due and payable Taxes (including any in arrears) relating to the Property, and (c) currently due Other Charges relating to the Property, which amounts shall be funded with proceeds of the Loan.

3.1.9 Completion of Proceedings . All organizational proceedings taken or to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and other Loan Documents and all documents incidental thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Lender, and Lender shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified copies of such documents as Lender may reasonably request.

3.1.10 Payments . All payments, deposits or escrows required to be made or established by Borrower under this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid.

3.1.11 Tenant Estoppels . Borrower shall exercise reasonable commercial efforts to deliver estoppel letters from Tenants occupying not less than eighty percent (80%) of the gross leasable area of the Property; provided, however, that, in the event that Borrower is unable to deliver some or all of the estoppels described above in this Section 3.1.11, Lender agrees that the requirement to deliver such letters to Lender shall be waived by Lender as a condition precedent to the closing of the Loan so long as Borrower delivers on or before the Closing Date, a certificate executed by Borrower with respect to all applicable leases which shall be in substantially the same form and contain the same terms as set forth in Lender’s standard form of estoppel certificate. Borrower shall deliver to Lender an estoppel letter executed by Anchor Tenant in form reasonably acceptable to Lender.

 

28


3.1.12 Transaction Costs . Borrower shall have paid or reimbursed Lender for all title insurance premiums, recording and filing fees or taxes, costs of environmental reports, Physical Conditions Reports, appraisals and other reports, the fees and costs of Lender’s counsel and all other third party out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the origination of the Loan.

3.1.13 Material Adverse Change . There shall have been no material adverse change in the financial condition or business condition of Borrower or the Property since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered to Lender. The income and expenses of the Property, the occupancy leases thereof, and all other features of the transaction shall be as represented to Lender without material adverse change. Neither Borrower, any of its constituent Persons, shall be the subject of any bankruptcy, reorganization, or insolvency proceeding.

3.1.14 Leases and Rent Roll . Lender shall have received copies of all tenant leases, certified copies of any tenant leases as requested by Lender and certified copies of all ground leases affecting the Property. Lender shall have received a current certified rent roll of the Property, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Lender.

3.1.15 Subordination and Attornment . Lender shall have received appropriate instruments acceptable to Lender in its commercially reasonable discretion subordinating the Anchor Tenant Leases and any Leases of record prior to the Mortgage and including an agreement by the Anchor Tenant or other Tenants to attorn to Lender in the event of a foreclosure or delivery of a deed in lieu thereof.

3.1.16 Tax Lot . Lender shall have received evidence that the Property constitutes one (1) or more separate tax lots, which evidence shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Lender.

3.1.17 Physical Conditions Reports . Lender shall have received Physical Conditions Reports with respect to the Property, which reports shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Lender.

3.1.18 Management Agreement . Lender shall have received a certified copy of the Management Agreement with respect to the Property which shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Lender. Lender acknowledges that it has reviewed the Management Agreement, and as drafted, such Management Agreement does not violate Borrower’s covenant that affiliated agreements be on terms which are intrinsically fair, commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction with an unrelated third party.

3.1.19 Appraisal . Lender shall have received an appraisal of the Property, which shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Lender.

3.1.20 Financial Statements . Lender shall have received (a) a balance sheet with respect to the Property for the two most recent Fiscal Years and statements of income and statements of cash flows with respect to the Property for the three most recent Fiscal Years, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender or (b) such other financial statements relating to the ownership and operation of the Property, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

 

29


3.1.21 Further Documents . Lender or its counsel shall have received such other and further approvals, opinions, documents and information as Lender or its counsel may have reasonably requested including the Loan Documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.

3.1.22 Environmental Insurance . If required by Lender, Borrower shall have obtained a secured creditor environmental insurance policy with respect to the Property, which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender. Any such policy shall have a term not less than the term of the Loan. Borrower shall have provided to Lender evidence that the premiums for such policy has been paid in full.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 4.1 Borrower Representations . Borrower represents and warrants as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date that:

4.1.1 Organization . Borrower has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing with requisite power and authority to own the Property and to transact the businesses in which it is now engaged. Borrower is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where it is required to be so qualified in connection with the Property, businesses and operations. Borrower possesses all rights, licenses, permits and authorizations, governmental or otherwise, necessary to entitle it to own the Property and to transact the businesses in which it is now engaged, and the sole business of Borrower is the ownership, management and operation of the Property.

4.1.2 Proceedings . Borrower has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. This Agreement and such other Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf, of Borrower and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, subject only to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting rights of creditors generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

4.1.3 No Conflicts . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by Borrower will not conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance (other than pursuant to the Loan Documents) upon any of the property or assets of Borrower pursuant to the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, partnership agreement or other agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which any of Borrower’s property or assets is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over Borrower or any of Borrower’s properties

 

30


or assets, and any consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or any such regulatory authority or other governmental agency or body required for the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents has been obtained and is in full force and effect.

4.1.4 Litigation . To Borrower’s knowledge, there are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity by or before any Governmental Authority or other agency now pending or threatened against or affecting Borrower or the Property, which actions, suits or proceedings, if determined against Borrower or the Property, might materially adversely affect the condition (financial or otherwise) or business of Borrower or the condition or ownership of the Property.

4.1.5 Agreements . Except such instruments and agreements set forth as Permitted Exceptions in the Title Insurance Policy, Borrower is not a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any restriction which might materially and adversely affect Borrower or the Property, or Borrower’s business, properties or assets, operations or condition, financial or otherwise. To Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower is not in default in any material respect in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which Borrower or the Property are bound. Borrower has no material financial obligation under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower or the Property is otherwise bound, other than (a) obligations incurred in the ordinary course of the operation of the Property and (b) obligations under the Loan Documents.

4.1.6 Title . Borrower has good and indefeasible fee simple title to the real property comprising part of the Property and good title to the balance of the Property, free and clear of all Liens whatsoever except the Permitted Encumbrances, such other Liens as are permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents and the Liens created by the Loan Documents. The Mortgage, when properly recorded in the appropriate records, together with any Uniform Commercial Code financing statements required to be filed in connection therewith, will create (a) a valid, perfected lien on the Property, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances and the Liens created by the Loan Documents and (b) perfected security interests in and to, and perfected collateral assignment of, all personalty (including the Leases), all in accordance with the terms thereof, in each case subject only to any applicable Permitted Encumbrances, such other Liens as are permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents and the Liens created by the Loan Documents. There are no claims for payment for work, labor or materials affecting the Property which are due and unpaid under the contracts pursuant to which such work or labor was performed or materials provided which are or may become a lien prior to, or of equal priority with, the Liens created by the Loan Documents.

4.1.7 Solvency; No Bankruptcy Filing . Borrower (a) has not entered into the transaction or executed the Note, this Agreement or any other Loan Documents with the actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud any creditor and (b) received reasonably equivalent value in exchange for its obligations under such Loan Documents. Giving effect to the Loan, the fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets exceeds and will, immediately following the making of the Loan, exceed Borrower’s total liabilities, including, without limitation, subordinated,

 

31


unliquidated, disputed and contingent liabilities. The fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets is and will, immediately following the making of the Loan, be greater than Borrower’s probable liabilities, including the maximum amount of its contingent liabilities on its debts as such debts become absolute and matured. Borrower’s assets do not and, immediately following the making of the Loan will not, constitute unreasonably small capital to carry out its business as conducted or as proposed to be conducted. Borrower does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debt and liabilities (including contingent liabilities and other commitments) beyond its ability to pay such debt and liabilities as they mature (taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be received by Borrower and the amounts to be payable on or in respect of obligations of Borrower). Except as expressly disclosed to Lender in writing, no petition in bankruptcy has been filed against Borrower, or to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, any constituent Person in the last seven (7) years, and neither Borrower, nor to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, any constituent Person in the last seven (7) years has ever made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or taken advantage of any insolvency act for the benefit of debtors. Neither Borrower nor any of its constituent Persons are contemplating either the filing of a petition by it under any state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency laws or the liquidation of all or a major portion of Borrower’s assets or property, and Borrower has no knowledge of any Person contemplating the filing of any such petition against it or such constituent Persons. ·

4.1.8 Full and Accurate Disclosure . To Borrower’s knowledge, no statement of fact made by Borrower in this Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make statements contained herein or therein not misleading. There is no material fact presently known to Borrower which has not been disclosed to Lender which adversely affects, nor as far as Borrower can foresee, might adversely affect, the Property or the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower.

4.1.9 No Plan Assets . Borrower is not an “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, subject to Title I of ERISA, and none of the assets of Borrower constitutes or will constitute “plan assets” of one or more such plans within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101. In addition, (a) Borrower is not a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA and (b) transactions by or with Borrower are not subject to state statutes regulating investment of, and fiduciary obligations with respect to, governmental plans similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code currently in effect, which prohibit or otherwise restrict the transactions contemplated by this Loan Agreement.

4.1.10 Compliance . To Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower and the Property and the use thereof comply in all material respects with all applicable Legal Requirements, including, without limitation, building and zoning ordinances and codes. Borrower is not in default or violation of any order, writ, injunction, decree or demand of any Governmental Authority. There has not been committed by Borrower or, to Borrower’s knowledge, any other Person in occupancy of or involved with the operation or use of the Property any act or omission affording the federal government or any other Governmental Authority the right of forfeiture as against the Property or any part thereof or any monies paid in performance of Borrower’s obligations under any of the Loan Documents.

 

32


4.1.11 Financial Information . All financial data, including, without limitation, the statements of cash flow and income and operating expense, that have been delivered to Lender in respect of the Property (i) are, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, true, complete and correct in all material respects, (ii) accurately represent the financial condition of the Property as of the date of such reports, and (iii) to the extent prepared or audited by an independent certified public accounting firm, have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles reasonably acceptable to Lender, consistently applied throughout the periods covered, except as disclosed therein; provided , however , that if any financial data is delivered to Lender by any Person other than Borrower, Indemnitor or any of their Affiliates, or if such financial data has been prepared by or at the direction of any Person other than Borrower, Indemnitor or any of their Affiliates, then the foregoing representations with respect to such financial data shall be to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, after due inquiry. Borrower does not have any contingent liabilities, liabilities for taxes, unusual forward or long-term commitments or unrealized or anticipated losses from any unfavorable commitments that are known to Borrower and reasonably likely to have a materially adverse effect on the Property or the operation thereof as an office building, except as referred to or reflected in said financial statements. Since the date of such financial statements, there has been no materially adverse change in the financial condition, operations or business of Borrower from that set forth in said financial statements.

4.1.12 Condemnation . No Condemnation or other proceeding has been commenced or, to Borrower’s knowledge, is contemplated with respect to all or any portion of the Property or for the relocation of roadways providing access to the Property.

4.1.13 Federal Reserve Regulations . No part of the proceeds of the Loan will be used for the purpose of purchasing or acquiring any “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or for any other purpose which would be inconsistent with such Regulation U or any other Regulations of such Board of Governors, or for any purposes prohibited by Legal Requirements or by the terms and conditions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

4.1.14 Utilities and Public Access . The Property has rights of access to public ways and is served by water, sewer, sanitary sewer and storm drain facilities adequate to service the Property for its respective intended uses. All public utilities necessary or convenient to the full use and enjoyment of the Property are located either in the public right-of-way abutting the Property (which are connected so as to serve the Property without passing over other property) or in recorded easements serving the Property and such easements are set forth in and insured by the Title Insurance Policy. All roads necessary for the use of the Property for their current respective purposes have been completed and dedicated to public use and accepted by all Governmental Authorities.

4.1.15 Not a Foreign Person . Borrower is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of §1445(f)(3) of the Code.

4.1.16 Separate Lots . The Property is comprised of one (1) or more parcels which constitute a separate tax lot or lots and does not constitute a portion of any other tax lot not a part of the Property.

 

33


4.1.17 Assessments . There are no pending, or to Borrower’s knowledge, proposed special or other assessments for public improvements or otherwise affecting the Property, nor are there any contemplated improvements to the Property that may result in such special or other assessments.

4.1.18 Enforceability . The Loan Documents are not subject to any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense by Borrower, including the defense of usury, nor would the operation of any of the terms of the Loan Documents, or the exercise of any right thereunder, render the Loan Documents unenforceable, and Borrower has not asserted any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense with respect thereto.

4.1.19 No Prior Assignment . There is no prior assignment of the Leases or any portion of the Rents by Borrower or any of its predecessors in interest, given as collateral security which are presently outstanding.

4.1.20 Insurance . Borrower has obtained and has delivered to Lender certified copies of all insurance policies reflecting the insurance coverages, amounts and other requirements set forth in this Agreement. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claims have been made under any such policy, and no Person, including Borrower, has done, by act or omission, anything which would impair the coverage of any such policy.

4.1.21 Use of Property . The Property is used exclusively for office purposes and other appurtenant and related uses.

4.1.22 Certificate of Occupancy; Licenses . All certifications, permits, licenses and approvals, including without limitation, certificates of completion and occupancy permits required to be obtained by Borrower for the legal use, occupancy and operation of the Property as an office building have been obtained and are in full force and effect, and to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, after due inquiry, all certifications, permits, licenses and approvals, including without limitation, certificates of completion and occupancy permits required to be obtained by any Person other than Borrower for the legal use, occupancy and operation of the Property as an office building, have been obtained and are in full force and effect (all of the foregoing certifications, permits, licenses and approvals are collectively referred to as the Licenses ”). Borrower shall and shall cause all other Persons to, keep and maintain all licenses necessary for the operation of the Property as an office building. To Borrower’s knowledge, the use being made of the Property is in conformity with all certificates of occupancy issued for the Property.

4.1.23 Flood Zone . To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, after due inquiry, no Improvements on the Property are located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as an area having special flood hazards.

4.1.24 Physical Condition . Except as disclosed in the Physical Conditions Reports delivered to Lender in connecting with this Loan, to Borrower’s knowledge, the Property, including, without limitation, all buildings, improvements, parking facilities, sidewalks, storm drainage systems, roofs, plumbing systems, HVAC systems, fire protection systems, electrical systems, equipment, elevators, exterior sidings and doors, landscaping,

 

34


irrigation systems and all structural components, are in good condition, order and repair in all material respects; there exists no structural or other material defects or damages in the Property, whether latent or otherwise, and Borrower has not received notice from any insurance company or bonding company of any defects or inadequacies in the Property, or any part thereof, which would adversely affect the insurability of the same or cause the imposition of extraordinary premiums or charges thereon or of any termination or threatened termination of any policy of insurance or bond.

4.1.25 Boundaries . To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, after due inquiry, all of the improvements which were included in determining the appraised value of the Property lie wholly within the boundaries and building restriction lines of the Property, and no improvements on adjoining properties encroach upon the Property, and no easements or other encumbrances upon the Property encroach upon any of the improvements, so as to affect the value or marketability of the Property except those which are insured against by title insurance.

4.1.26 Leases . The Property is not subject to any Leases other than the Leases described on the Rent Roll attached as Schedule V hereto and made a part hereof (and subleases permitted under the Anchor Lease). No Person has any possessory interest in the Property or right to occupy the same except under and pursuant to the provisions of the Leases. The current Leases are in full force and effect and to Borrower’s knowledge after inquiry, there are no defaults thereunder by either party and there are no conditions that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute defaults thereunder. No Rent (including security deposits) has been paid more than one (1) month in advance of its due date. All work to be performed by Borrower under each Lease has been performed as required and has been accepted by the applicable tenant, and any payments, free rent, partial rent, rebate of rent or other payments, credits, allowances or abatements required to be given by Borrower to any tenant has already been received by such tenant. There has been no prior sale, transfer or assignment, hypothecation or pledge of any Lease or of the Rents received therein which is outstanding. To Borrower’s knowledge after inquiry, except as set forth on Schedule V , no tenant listed on Schedule V has assigned its Lease or sublet all or any portion of the premises demised thereby, no such tenant holds its leased premises under assignment or sublease, nor does anyone except such tenant and its employees occupy such leased premises. No tenant under any Lease has a right or option pursuant to such Lease or otherwise to purchase all or any part of the leased premises or the building of which the leased premises are a part. Except as set forth in Schedule V , no tenant under any Lease has any right or option for additional space in the Improvements except as set forth in Schedule V . To Borrower’s actual knowledge based on the Environmental Report delivered to Lender in connection herewith, no hazardous wastes or toxic substances, as defined by applicable federal, state or local statutes, rules and regulations, have been disposed, stored or treated by any tenant under any Lease on or about the leased premises nor does Borrower have any knowledge of any tenant’s intention to use its leased premises for any activity which, directly or indirectly, involves the use, generation, treatment, storage, disposal or transportation of any petroleum product or any toxic or hazardous chemical, material, substance or waste, except in either event, in compliance with applicable federal, state or local statues, rules and regulations.

 

35


4.1.27 Survey . The Survey for the Property delivered to Lender in connection with this Agreement has been prepared in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 .1.3( c) hereof, and does not fail to reflect any material matter affecting the Property or the title thereto.

4.1.28 Loan to Value . The maximum principal amount of the Note does not exceed one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the fair market value of the Property as set forth on the appraisal of the Property delivered to Lender.

4.1.29 Filing and Recording Taxes . All transfer or recordation taxes, deed stamps, intangible taxes or other amounts in the nature of transfer taxes required to be paid by any Person under applicable Legal Requirements currently in effect in connection with the acquisition of the Property by Borrower have been paid or are simultaneously being paid. All mortgage, mortgage recording, stamp, intangible or other similar tax required to be paid by any Person under applicable Legal Requirements currently in effect in connection with the execution, delivery, recordation, filing, registration, perfection or enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the Mortgage, have been paid, and, under current Legal Requirements, the Mortgage is enforceable in accordance with its terms by Lender (or any subsequent holder thereof).

4.1.30 Special Purpose Entity/Separateness . (a) Until the Debt has been paid in full, Borrower hereby represents, warrants and covenants that the Borrower is, shall be and shall continue to be a Special Purpose Entity. If Borrower consists of more than one Person, each such Person shall be a Special Purpose Entity.

(b) The representations, warranties and covenants set forth in Section 4.1.30(a) shall survive for so long as any amount remains payable to Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(c) Any and all of the assumptions made in any Insolvency Opinion, including, but not limited to, any exhibits attached thereto, will have been and shall be true and correct in all respects, and Borrower will have complied and will comply with all of the assumptions made with respect to it in any Insolvency Opinion. Each entity other than Borrower with respect to which an assumption is made in any Insolvency Opinion will have complied and will comply with all of the assumptions made with respect to it in any such Insolvency Opinion.

4.1.31 Management Agreement . The Management Agreement is in full force and effect and, to Borrower’s knowledge, there is no default thereunder by any party thereto and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time and/or the giving of notice would constitute a default thereunder.

4.1.32 Illegal Activity . To Borrower’s knowledge, no portion of the Property has been or will be purchased with proceeds of any illegal activity.

4.1.33 No Change in Facts or Circumstances; Disclosure . All information submitted by Borrower to Lender and in all financial statements, rent rolls, reports, certificates and other documents submitted in connection with the Loan or in satisfaction of the terms thereof and all statements of fact made by Borrower in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, are accurate, complete and correct in all material respects, provided, however, that if

 

36


such information was provided to Borrower by non-affiliated third parties, Borrower represents that such information is, to the best of its knowledge after due inquiry, accurate, complete and correct in all material respects. There has been no material adverse change in any condition, fact, circumstance or event that would make any such information inaccurate, incomplete or otherwise misleading in any material respect or that otherwise materially and adversely affects or’ might materially and adversely affect the Property or the business operations or the financial condition of Borrower. Borrower has disclosed to Lender all material facts and has not failed to disclose any material fact that could cause any representation or warranty made herein to be materially misleading.

4.1.34 Investment Company Act . Borrower is not (a) an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; (b) a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of either a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended; or (c) subject to any other federal or state law or regulation which purports to restrict or regulate its ability to borrow money.

4.1.35 Principal Place of Business and Organization . Borrower shall not change its principal place of business set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement without first giving Lender thirty (30) days prior written notice. Borrower shall not change the place of its organization as set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement without the consent of Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Upon Lender’s request, Borrower shall execute and deliver additional financing statements, security agreements and other instruments which may be necessary to effectively evidence or perfect Lender’s security interest in the Property as a result of such change of principal place of business or place of organization.

Section 4.2 Survival of Representations . Borrower agrees that all of the representations and warranties of Borrower set forth in Section 4.1 and elsewhere in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents shall survive for so long as any amount remains owing to Lender under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents by Borrower. All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents by Borrower shall be deemed to have been relied upon by Lender notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by Lender or on its behalf.

ARTICLE V

BORROWER COVENANTS

Section 5.1 Affirmative Covenants . From the Closing Date and until payment and performance in full of all obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents or the earlier release of the Lien of the Mortgage encumbering the Property (and all related obligations) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees with Lender that:

5.1.1 Existence; Compliance with Legal Requirements; Insurance . Borrower shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and

 

37


effect its existence, rights, licenses, permits and franchises and comply with all Legal Requirements applicable to it and the Property. Borrower shall not commit, nor shall Borrower permit any other Person in occupancy of or involved with the operation or use of the Property to commit, any act or omission affording the federal government or any state or local government the right of forfeiture as against the Property or any part thereof or any monies paid in performance of Borrower’s obligations under any of the Loan Documents. Borrower hereby covenants and agrees not to commit, permit or suffer to exist any act or omission affording such right of forfeiture. Borrower shall at all times maintain, preserve and protect all its franchises and trade names and preserve all the remainder of its property used or useful in the conduct of its business and shall keep the Property in good working order and repair, and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all reasonably necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereto, all as more fully provided in the Mortgage. Borrower shall keep the Property insured at all times by financially sound and reputable insurers, to such extent and against such risks, and maintain liability and such other insurance, as is more fully provided in this Agreement. Borrower shall operate, or cause the tenant to operate, any Property that is the subject of an O&M Agreement (if any) in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof in all material respects. After prior written notice to Lender, Borrower, at its own expense, may contest by appropriate legal proceeding promptly initiated and conducted in. good faith and with due diligence, the validity of any Legal Requirement, the applicability of any Legal Requirement to Borrower or the Property or any alleged violation of any Legal Requirement, provided that (i) no Event of Default has occurred and remains uncured; (ii) intentionally omitted; (iii) such proceeding shall be permitted under and be conducted in accordance with the provisions of any instrument to which Borrower is subject and shall not constitute a default thereunder and such proceeding shall be conducted in accordance with all applicable statutes, laws and ordinances; (iv) the Property or any part thereof or interest therein will not be in danger of being sold, forfeited, terminated, cancelled or lost; (v) Borrower shall promptly upon final determination thereof comply with any such Legal Requirement determined to be valid or applicable or cure any violation of any Legal Requirement; (vi) such proceeding shall suspend the enforcement of the contested Legal Requirement against Borrower or the Property; and (vii) Borrower shall furnish such security as may be required in the proceeding, or as may be requested by Lender, to insure compliance with such Legal Requirement, together with all interest and penalties payable in connection therewith. Lender may apply any such security, as necessary to cause compliance with such Legal Requirement at any time when, in the reasonable judgment of Lender, the validity, applicability or violation of such Legal Requirement is finally established or the Property (or any part thereof or interest therein) shall be in danger of being sold, forfeited, terminated, cancelled or lost.

5.1.2 Taxes and Other Charges . Borrower shall pay or cause to be paid all Taxes and Other Charges now or hereafter levied or assessed or imposed against the Property or any part thereof as the same become due and payable; provided , however , Borrower’s obligation to directly pay to the appropriate taxing authority Taxes shall be suspended for so long as Borrower complies with the terms and provisions of Section 7.2 hereof. Borrower will deliver to Lender receipts for payment or other evidence satisfactory to Lender that the Taxes and Other Charges have been so paid or are not then delinquent no later than ten (10) days prior to the date on which the Taxes and/or Other Charges would otherwise be delinquent if not paid ( provided , however , that Borrower is not required to furnish such receipts for payment of Taxes in the event that such Taxes have been paid by Lender pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof). If Borrower pays or

 

38


causes to be paid all Taxes and Other Charges and provides a copy of the receipt evidencing the payment thereof to Lender, then Lender shall reimburse Borrower, provided that there are then sufficient proceeds in the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund and provided that the Taxes are being paid pursuant to Section 7.2. Upon written request of Borrower, if Lender has paid such Taxes pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof, Lender shall provide Borrower with evidence that such Taxes have been paid. Borrower shall not suffer and shall promptly cause to be paid and discharged any Lien or charge whatsoever which may be or become a Lien or charge against the Property, and shall promptly pay for all utility services provided to the Property. After prior written notice to Lender, Borrower, at its own expense, may contest by appropriate legal proceeding, promptly initiated and conducted in good faith and with due diligence, the amount or validity or application in whole or in part of any Taxes or Other Charges, provided that (i) Borrower is permitted to do so under the provisions of any mortgage or deed of trust superior in lien to the Mortgage; (ii) such proceeding shall be permitted under and be conducted in accordance with the provisions of any other instrument to which Borrower is subject and shall not constitute a default thereunder and such proceeding shall be conducted in accordance with all applicable statutes, laws and ordinances; (iii) neither the Property nor any part thereof or interest therein will be in danger of being sold, forfeited, terminated, cancelled or lost; (iv) Borrower shall promptly upon final determination thereof pay the amount of any such Taxes or Other Charges, together with all costs, interest and penalties which may be payable in connection therewith; (v) such proceeding shall suspend the collection of such contested Taxes or Other Charges from the Property; and (vi) Borrower shall furnish such security as may be required in the proceeding, or as may be reasonably requested by Lender, to insure the payment of any such Taxes or Other Charges, together with all interest and penalties thereon. Lender may pay over any such cash deposit or part thereof held by Lender to the claimant entitled thereto at any time when, in the reasonable judgment of Lender, the entitlement of such claimant is established.

5.1.3 Litigation . Borrower shall give prompt written notice to Lender of any litigation or governmental proceedings pending or threatened against Borrower which might materially adversely affect Borrower’s condition (financial or otherwise) or business or the Property.

5.1.4 Access to Property . Borrower shall permit agents, representatives and employees of Lender to inspect the Property or any part thereof at reasonable hours upon reasonable advance notice, subject to the rights of Tenants under their respective Leases.

5.1.5 Notice of Default . Borrower shall promptly advise Lender of any material adverse change in Borrower’s condition, financial or otherwise, or of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default of which Borrower has knowledge.

5.1.6 Cooperate in Legal Proceedings . Borrower shall cooperate fully with Lender with respect to any proceedings before any court, board or other Governmental Authority which may in any way affect the rights of Lender hereunder or any rights obtained by Lender under any of the other Loan Documents and, in connection therewith, permit Lender, at its election, to participate in any such proceedings.

5.1.7 Perform Loan Documents . Borrower shall observe, perform and satisfy all the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of, and shall pay when due all costs, fees and expenses to the extent required under the Loan Documents executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower.

 

39


5.1.8 Insurance Benefits . Borrower shall cooperate with Lender in obtaining for Lender the benefits of any Insurance Proceeds lawfully or equitably payable in connection with the Property, and Lender shall be reimbursed for any expenses incurred in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, and the payment by Borrower of the expense of an appraisal on behalf of Lender in case of a fire or other casualty affecting the Property or any part thereof) out of such Insurance Proceeds.

5.1.9 Further Assurances . Borrower shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense:

(a) furnish to Lender all instruments, documents, boundary surveys, footing or foundation surveys, certificates, plans and specifications, appraisals, title and other insurance reports and agreements, and each and every other document, certificate, agreement and instrument required to be furnished by Borrower pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents or reasonably requested by Lender in connection therewith;

(b) execute and deliver to Lender such documents, instruments, certificates, assignments and other writings, and do such other acts necessary or desirable, to evidence, preserve and/or protect the collateral at any time securing or intended to secure the obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents, as Lender may reasonably require; and

(c) do and execute all and such further lawful and reasonable acts, conveyances and assurances for the better and more effective carrying out of the intents and purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as Lender shall reasonably require from time to time.

5.1.10 Intentionally Omitted .

5.1.11 Financial Reporting .

(a) Borrower will keep and maintain or will cause to be kept and maintained on a Fiscal’ Year basis, in accordance with the requirements for a Special Purpose Entity set forth above, proper and accurate books, records and accounts reflecting all of the financial affairs of Borrower and all items of income and expense in connection with the operation on an individual basis of the Property. Lender shall have the right from time to time at all times during normal business hours upon reasonable notice to examine such books, records and accounts at the office of Borrower or other Person maintaining such books, records and accounts and to make such copies or extracts thereof as Lender shall desire. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall pay any costs and expenses incurred by Lender to examine Borrower’s accounting records with respect to the Property, as Lender shall reasonably determine to be necessary or appropriate in the protection of Lender’s interest.

(b) Borrower will furnish to Lender annually, within ninety (90) days following the end of each Fiscal Year of Borrower, either (i) a complete copy of Borrower’s annual financial statements audited by an accounting firm or other independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Lender in accordance with the requirements for a Special

 

40


Purpose Entity set forth above, or (ii) a consolidated and annotated financial statement of Borrower and Sole Member (as applicable), audited by an accounting firm or other independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Lender in accordance with the requirements for a Special Purpose Entity set forth above, together with unaudited financial statements relating to the Borrower and the Property. Such financial statements for the Property for such Fiscal Year and shall contain statements of profit and loss for Borrower and the Property and a balance sheet for Borrower. Such statements shall set forth the financial condition and the results of operations for the Property for such Fiscal Year, and shall include, but not be limited to, amounts representing annual Net Cash Flow, Net Operating Income, Gross Income from Operations and Operating Expenses. Borrower’s annual financial statements shall be accompanied by (i) a comparison of the budgeted income and expenses and the actual income and expenses for the prior Fiscal Year, (ii) a certificate executed by the chief financial officer of Borrower or Sole Member, as applicable, stating that each such annual financial statement presents fairly the financial condition and the results of operations of Borrower and the Property being reported upon and has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles reasonably acceptable to Lender, consistently applied, (iii) an unqualified opinion of an accounting firm or other independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Lender, (iv) a certified rent roll containing current rent, lease expiration dates and the square footage occupied by each tenant; (v) a schedule audited by such independent certified public accountant reconciling Net Operating Income to Net Cash Flow (the Net Cash Flow Schedule ), which shall itemize all adjustments made to Net Operating Income to arrive at Net Cash Flow deemed material by such independent certified public accountant. Together with Borrower’s annual financial statements, Borrower shall furnish to Lender an Officer’s Certificate certifying as of the date thereof whether there exists an event or circumstance which constitutes a Default or Event of Default under the Loan Documents executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower, and if such Default or Event of Default exists, the nature thereof, the period of time it has existed and the action then being taken to remedy the same.

(c) Borrower will furnish, or cause to be furnished, to Lender on or before forty five (45) days after the end of each calendar quarter the following items, accompanied by a certificate of the chief financial officer of Borrower or Sole Member, as applicable, stating that such items are true, correct, accurate, and complete and fairly present the financial condition and results of the operations of Borrower and the Property (subject to normal year-end adjustments) as applicable: (i) a rent roll for the subject month accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate with respect thereto; (ii) quarterly and year-to-date operating statements (including Capital Expenditures) prepared for each calendar quarter, noting Net Operating Income, Gross Income from Operations, and Operating Expenses (not including any contributions to the Replacement Reserve Fund, and other information necessary and sufficient to fairly represent the financial position and results of operation of the Property during such calendar month, and containing a comparison of budgeted income and expenses and the actual income and expenses together with a detailed explanation of any variances of five percent (5%) or more between budgeted and actual amounts for such periods, all in form satisfactory to Lender; (iii) a calculation reflecting the annual Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period as of the last day of such month accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate with respect thereto; and (iv) a Net Cash Flow Schedule (such Net Cash Flow for the Borrower may be unaudited if it is certified by an officer of the Borrower). In addition, such certificate shall also be accompanied by a certificate of the chief financial officer of Borrower or Sole Member stating that the representations and warranties of Borrower set forth in Section 4.1.30(a) are true and correct as of the date of such certificate.

 

41


(d) For the partial year period commencing on the Closing Date, and for each Fiscal Year thereafter, Borrower shall submit to Lender an Annual Budget not later than thirty (30) days after the commencement of such period or Fiscal Year in form reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

(e) Borrower shall furnish to Lender, within ten (10) Business Days after request (or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably possible), such further detailed information with respect to the operation of the Property and the financial affairs of Borrower as may be reasonably requested by Lender.

(f) Borrower shall furnish to Lender, within ten (10) Business Days after Lender’s request (or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably possible), financial and sales information from any Tenant designated by Lender (to the extent such financial and sales information is required to be provided under the applicable Lease and same is received by Borrower after request therefor).

(g) Borrower will cause Indemnitor to furnish to Lender annually, within one hundred twenty (120) days following the end of each Fiscal Year of Indemnitor, financial statements audited by an independent certified public accountant, which shall include an annual balance sheet and profit and loss statement of Indemnitor, in the form reasonably required by Lender.

(h) Any reports, statements or other information required to be delivered under this Agreement shall be delivered (i) in paper form, (ii) on a diskette, and (iii) if requested by Lender and within the capabilities of Borrower’s data systems without change or modification thereto, in electronic form and prepared using a Microsoft Word for Windows or WordPerfect for Windows files (which files may be prepared using a spreadsheet program and saved as word processing files).

5.1.12 Business and Operations . Borrower will continue to engage in the businesses presently conducted by it as and to the extent the same are necessary for the ownership, maintenance, management and operation of the Property. Borrower will qualify to do business and will remain in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction as and to the extent the same are required for the ownership, maintenance, management and operation of the Property.

5.1.13 Title to the Property . Borrower will warrant and defend (a) the title to the Property and every part thereof, subject only to Liens permitted hereunder (including Permitted Encumbrances) and (b) the validity and priority of the Liens of the Mortgage and the Assignment of Leases on the Property, subject only to Liens permitted hereunder (including Permitted Encumbrances), in each case against the claims of all Persons whomsoever. Borrower shall reimburse Lender for any losses, costs, damages or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) incurred by Lender if an interest in the Property, other than as permitted hereunder, is claimed by another Person.

 

42


5.1.14 Costs of Enforcement . In the event (a) that the Mortgage encumbering the Property is foreclosed in whole or in part or that the Mortgage is put into the hands of an attorney for collection, suit, action or foreclosure, (b) of the foreclosure of any mortgage prior to or subsequent to the Mortgage encumbering the Property in which proceeding Lender is made a party, or (c) of the bankruptcy, insolvency, rehabilitation or other similar proceeding in respect of Borrower or any of its constituent Persons or an assignment by Borrower or any of its constituent Persons for the benefit of its creditors, Borrower, its successors or assigns, shall be chargeable with and agrees to pay all costs of collection and defense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender or Borrower in connection therewith and in connection with any appellate proceeding or post-judgment action involved therein, together with all required service or use taxes.

5.1.15 Estoppel Statement . (a) After request by Lender, Borrower shall within ten (10) days furnish Lender with a statement, duly acknowledged and certified, setting forth (i) the amount of the original principal amount of the Note, (ii) the unpaid principal amount of the Note, (iii) the applicable interest rate of the Note, (iv) the date installments of interest and/or principal were last paid, (v) any offsets or defenses to the payment of the Debt, if any, and (vi) that the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents are valid, legal and binding obligations and have not been modified or if modified, giving particulars of such modification.

(b) Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to Lender upon request, tenant estoppel certificates from each commercial tenant leasing space at the Property in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender provided that Borrower shall not be required to deliver such certificates more frequently than one (1) time in any calendar year.

(c) Within thirty (30) days of request by Borrower, Lender shall deliver to Borrower a statement setting forth the items described at (a)(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this Section 5.1.15.

5.1.16 Loan Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loan received by it on the Closing Date only for the purposes set forth in Section 2.1.4.

5.1.17 Performance by Borrower . Borrower shall in a timely manner observe, perform and fulfill each and every covenant, term and provision of each Loan Document executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower, and shall not enter into or otherwise suffer or permit any amendment, waiver, supplement, termination or other modification of any Loan Document executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower without the prior written consent of Lender.

5.1.18 Confirmation of Representations . Borrower shall deliver, in connection with any Securitization, (a) one or more Officer’s Certificates certifying as to the accuracy of all representations made by Borrower in the Loan Documents as of the date of the closing of such Securitization, and (b) certificates of the relevant Governmental Authorities in all relevant jurisdictions indicating the good standing and qualification of Borrower and its member as of the date of the Securitization.

 

43


5.1.19 No Joint Assessment . Borrower shall not suffer, permit or initiate the joint assessment of the Property (a) with any other real property constituting a tax lot separate from the Property, and (b) which constitutes real property with any portion of the Property which may be deemed to constitute personal property, or any other procedure whereby the lien of any taxes which may be levied against such personal property shall be assessed or levied or charged to such real property portion of the Property.

5.1.20 Leasing Matters . Borrower may enter into Leases or modify existing Leases demising a portion of the Property less than or equal to the Relevant Leasing Threshold without Lender’s prior approval provided such Leases shall be on commercially reasonable terms and shall not contain any terms which would materially affect Lender’s rights under the Loan Documents, and further provided that such Leases shall provide that they are subordinate to the Mortgage encumbering the Property and that the tenant thereunder agrees to attorn to Lender or any purchaser at a sale by foreclosure or power of sale. Borrower may not enter into a Lease or modify an existing Lease covering all or substantially all of the Property without the prior written approval of Lender, which approval may be given or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender. Borrower may not enter into Leases or modify existing Leases demising a portion of the Property greater than the Relevant Leasing Threshold without the prior written approval of Lender, provided, however, Lender shall not withhold such approval if Borrower delivers to Lender together with its request for approval an abstract or summary of the proposed Lease terms, an affidavit certifying that the Leasing Conditions have been satisfied, and not fewer than three (3) market comps from similar leases in the local market within the last twelve (12) months (or if not available, other market information reasonably acceptable to Lender) supporting such affidavit. To the extent Lender’s approval or consent is required, Lender shall approve or disapprove any such Lease or modification (excluding a Lease for all or substantially all of the Property) within ten (10) Business Days of Lender’s receipt of Borrower’s written request for approval together with the foregoing, and such Lease shall be deemed approved, if Lender does not disapprove such Lease within said ten (10) Business Day period provided such written notice conspicuously states, in large bold type, that “PURSUANT TO SECTION 5.1.20 OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT, THE LEASE SHALL BE DEEMED APPROVED IF LENDER DOES NOT RESPOND TO THE CONTRARY WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS OF LENDER’S RECEIPT OF SUCH LEASE AND WRITTEN NOTICE”. Borrower shall furnish Lender with executed copies of all Leases. Borrower (i) shall observe and perform the obligations imposed upon the lessor under the Leases in a commercially reasonable manner; (ii) shall enforce the terms, covenants and conditions contained in the Leases upon the part of the tenant thereunder to be observed or performed in a commercially reasonable manner and in a manner not to impair the value of the Property involved except that, subject to the terms of this Section 5.1.20, no termination by Borrower or acceptance of surrender by a tenant of any Lease shall be permitted without the written consent of Lender which consent may be withheld in the sole discretion of Lender; (iii) shall not collect any of the rents more than one (1) month in advance (other than security deposits); (iv) shall not execute any other assignment of lessor’s interest in the Leases or the Rents (except as contemplated by the Loan Documents); and (v) shall execute and deliver at the request of Lender all such further assurances, confirmations and assignment in connection with the Leases as Lender shall from time to time reasonably require. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may, without the prior written consent of Lender, terminate (or accept a surrender of) any Lease which demises less than the Relevant Leasing Threshold under any of the following circumstances: (i) the tenant under said Lease is in default beyond any applicable

 

44


grace and cure period, and Borrower has the right to terminate such Lease; (ii) such termination is permitted by the terms of the Lease in question and Borrower has secured an obligation from a third party to lease the space under the Lease to be terminated at a rental equal to or higher than the rental due under the Lease to be terminated; and (iii) if the tenant under the Lease to be terminated has executed a right under said Lease to terminate its Lease upon payment of a termination fee to Borrower, and has in fact terminated its Lease and paid said fee, Borrower may accept said termination. In addition, the requirements set forth in this Section 5.1.20 shall not apply to any sublease by Anchor Tenant pursuant to Article 14 of the Anchor Tenant Lease.

5.1.21 Alterations . Subject to the rights of tenants to make alterations pursuant to the terms of their respective Leases, Borrower shall obtain Lender’s prior written consent to any alterations to any Improvements, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed except with respect to alterations that may have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s financial condition, the value of the Property or the Net Operating Income. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender’s consent shall not be required in connection with any alterations that will not have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s financial condition, the value of the Property or the Net Operating Income, provided that such alterations are made in connection with (a) tenant improvement work performed pursuant to the terms of any Lease executed on or before the Closing Date, or any Lease executed after the Closing Date (to a Lessee that is not an Affiliate of Borrower) for which Lender’s approval was not required or was given, (b) tenant improvement work performed pursuant to the terms and provisions of a Lease and not adversely affecting any structural component of any Improvements, any utility or HVAC system contained in any Improvements or the exterior of any building constituting a part of any Improvements, (c) alterations performed in connection with the restoration of the Property after the occurrence of a casualty in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, (d) any alteration which costs less than the Threshold Amount in the aggregate for all components thereof, or (e) any alteration which costs more than the Threshold Amount but less than $4,000,000 in the aggregate for all components thereof, provided Borrower complies with the Alteration Conditions. If the total unpaid amounts due and payable with respect to alterations to the Improvements at the Property (other than such amounts to be paid or reimbursed by tenants under the Leases) shall at any time equal or exceed the Threshold Amount, Borrower, upon Lender’s request, shall promptly deliver to Lender as security for the payment of such amounts and as additional security for Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents any of the following: (A) cash, (B)   U.S. Obligations, (C) other securities having a rating acceptable to Lender and that the applicable Rating Agencies have confirmed in writing will not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, withdrawal or qualification of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned in connection with any Securitization, or (D)   a completion bond or letter of credit issued by a financial institution having a rating by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group of not less than A-1 + if the term of such bond or letter of credit is no longer than three (3) months or, if such term is in excess of three (3) months, issued by a financial institution having a rating that is acceptable to Lender and that the applicable Rating Agencies have confirmed in writing will not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, withdrawal or qualification of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned in connection with any Securitization. Such security shall be in an amount equal to the excess of the total unpaid amounts with respect to alterations to the Improvements on the Property (other than such amounts to be paid or reimbursed by tenants under the Leases) over the Threshold Amount and, if cash, may be applied from time to time, at the option of Borrower, to pay for such alterations. At the option of Lender, following the occurrence and during the

 

45


continuance of an Event of Default, Lender may terminate any of the alterations and use the deposit to restore the Property to the extent necessary to prevent any material adverse effect on the value of the Property.

5.1.22 Intentionally Omitted .

5.1.23 Intentionally Omitted .

Section 5.2 Negative Covenants . From the Closing Date until payment and performance in full of all obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents or the earlier release of the Lien of the Mortgage encumbering the Property in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that it will not do, directly or indirectly, any of the following:

5.2.1 Operation of Property . Borrower shall not, without the prior consent of Lender, terminate the Management Agreement or otherwise replace the Manager or enter into any other management agreement with respect to the Property unless the Manager is in default thereunder beyond any applicable grace or cure period, in which event no consent by Lender shall be required. Lender agrees that its consent will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned provided that the Person chosen by Borrower as the replacement Manager is a Qualifying Manager and provided further that Borrower shall deliver an acceptable non-consolidation opinion covering such replacement Manager if such Person was not covered by such opinion delivered at the closing of the Loan.

5.2.2 Liens . Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of Lender, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any portion of the Property or permit any such action to be taken, except:

(i) Permitted Encumbrances;

(ii) Liens created by or related to Indebtedness permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents; and

(iii) Liens for Taxes or Other Charges not yet due (or that Borrower is contesting in accordance with the terms of Section 5.1.2 hereof).

5.2.3 Dissolution . Borrower shall not (a) engage in any dissolution, liquidation or consolidation or merger with or into any other business entity, (b) engage in any business activity not related to the ownership and operation of the Property, (c) transfer, lease or sell, in one transaction or any combination of transactions, the assets or all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Borrower except to the extent permitted by the Loan Documents, (d) modify, amend, waive or terminate its organizational documents or its qualification and good standing in any jurisdiction or (e) cause the Sole Member to (i) dissolve, wind up or liquidate or take any action, or omit to take an action, as a result of which the Sole Member would be dissolved, wound up or liquidated in whole or in part, or (ii) amend, modify, waive or terminate the certificate of incorporation of the Sole Member, in each case, without obtaining the prior written consent of Lender or Lender’s designee.

 

46


5.2.4 Change in Business . Borrower shall not enter into any line of business other than the ownership and operation of the Property, or make any material change in the scope or nature of its business objectives, purposes or operations, or undertake or participate in activities other than the continuance of its present business.

5.2.5 Debt Cancellation . Borrower shall not cancel or otherwise forgive or release any claim or debt (other than termination of Leases in accordance herewith) owed to Borrower by any Person, except for adequate consideration and in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business.

5.2.6 Affiliate Transactions . Borrower shall not enter into, or be a party to, any transaction with an Affiliate of Borrower or any of the partners of Borrower except in the ordinary course of business and on terms which are fully disclosed to Lender in advance and are no less favorable to Borrower or such Affiliate than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party.

5.2.7 Zoning . Borrower shall not initiate or consent to any zoning reclassification of any portion of the Property or seek any variance under any existing zoning ordinance or use or permit the use of any portion of the Property in any manner that could result in such use becoming a non-conforming use under any zoning ordinance or any other applicable land use law, rule or regulation, without the prior consent of Lender.

5.2.8 Assets . Borrower shall not purchase or own any properties other than the Property owned by Borrower as of the Closing Date as reflected in the applicable Title Insurance Policy.

5.2.9 Debt . Borrower shall not create, incur or assume any Indebtedness other than the Debt except to the extent expressly permitted hereby.

5.2.10 No Joint Assessment . Borrower shall not suffer, permit or initiate the joint assessment of the Property with (a) any other real property constituting a tax lot separate from the Property, or (b) any portion of the Property which may be deemed to constitute personal property, or any other procedure whereby the Lien of any taxes which may be levied against such personal property shall be assessed or levied or charged to the Property.

5.2.11 Intentionally Omitted .

5.2.12 ERISA . (a) Borrower shall not engage in any transaction which would cause any obligation, or action taken or to be taken, hereunder (or the exercise by Lender of any of its rights under the Note, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents) to be a non-exempt (under a statutory or administrative class exemption) prohibited transaction under ERISA.

 

47


(b) Borrower further covenants and agrees to deliver to Lender such certifications or other evidence from time to time throughout the term of the Loan, as requested by Lender in its sole discretion, that (A) Borrower is not and does not maintain an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, which is subject to Title I of ERISA, or a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA; (B) Borrower is not subject to state statutes regulating investments and fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans; and (C) one or more of the following circumstances is true:

(i) Equity interests in Borrower are publicly offered securities, within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101(b)(2);

(ii) Less than twenty-five percent (25%) of each outstanding class of equity interests in Borrower are held by “benefit plan investors” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-10l(f)(2); or

(iii) Borrower qualifies as an “operating company” or a “real estate operating company” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101(c) or (e).

5.2.13 Transfers .

(a) Unless such action is permitted by the provisions of this Section 5.2.13, Borrower agrees that it will not (i) sell, assign, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of its interests in the Property or any part thereof, (ii) permit any owner, directly or indirectly, of an ownership interest in the Property, to transfer such interest, whether by transfer of stock or other interest in Borrower or any entity, or otherwise, (iii) incur Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement), (iv) mortgage, hypothecate or otherwise encumber or grant a security interest in the Property or any part thereof, (v) sell, assign, convey, transfer, mortgage, encumber, grant a security interest in, or otherwise dispose of any direct or indirect ownership interest in Borrower, or permit any owner of an interest in Borrower to do the same, or (vi) file a declaration of condominium with respect to the Property (any of the foregoing transactions, a Transfer ”). For purposes hereof, a “Transfer” shall not include (A) any issuance, sale or transfer of interests in Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc. or any successor entity resulting from any merger permitted hereunder, (B) transfer by devise or descent or by operation of law upon the death of a member of Borrower, or (C) the merger of the Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc. with any of the following entities: Inland Retail Real Estate Trust, Inc., a Maryland corporation, Inland Real Estate Corporation, a Maryland corporation, Inland Real Estate Investment Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Inland Western Retail, Real Estate Trust, Inc., a Maryland corporation, any other real estate investment trust sponsored by Inland Real Estate Investment Corporation, or any other entity composed entirely of any of the foregoing; provided, however, (i) Lender shall receive not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice of any such proposed merger, (ii) the net worth of the entity surviving such merger shall equal or exceed the net worth of Inland Western Retail Real Estate Trust, Inc. immediately prior to such merger, and (iii) immediately following such merger, the entity surviving the merger shall be publicly traded.

(b) At any time other than the period commencing ninety (90) days prior to the Securitization Date and ending thirty (30) days after the Securitization Date, Lender shall not withhold its consent to a Transfer of the Property, provided that the following conditions are satisfied:

 

  (1)

the transferee of the Property shall be a Qualified Entity and a Special Purpose Entity (the Transferee ”) which at the time of such transfer will

 

48


  be in compliance with the covenants contained in Section 5.1.1 and the representations contained in 4.1.30 hereof and which shall have assumed in writing (subject to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof) and agreed to comply with all the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, expressly including the covenants contained in Section 5.1.1 and the representations contained in 4.1.30 hereof;

 

  (2) if requested by Lender, Borrower shall deliver confirmation in writing from the Rating Agencies that such proposed Transfer will not cause a downgrading, withdrawal or qualification of the then current rating of any securities issued pursuant to such Securitization;

 

  (3) if Manager does not act as manager of the transferred Property then the manager of the Property must be a Qualifying Manager;

 

  (4) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

  (5) Borrower shall deliver, at its sole cost and expense, an endorsement to the existing title policy insuring the Mortgage, as modified by the assumption agreement, as a valid first lien on the Property and naming the Transferee as owner of the fee estate of the Property, which endorsement shall insure that, as of the date of the recording of the assumption agreement, the Property shall not be subject to any additional exceptions or liens other than those contained in the title policy issued on the date hereof, or otherwise permitted by Lender;

 

  (6) Transferee shall deliver opinions regarding its existence, authority and enforceability, and if required or requested by any of the Rating Agencies, Borrower shall deliver an opinion with respect to non-consolidation issues, and a fraudulent conveyance opinion which in each case may be relied upon by the holder of the Note, the Ratings Agencies and their respective counsel, agents and representatives with respect to the proposed transaction, including the Transferee, which opinions customarily would be acceptable to a lender in the context of an assumption of a securitized loan;

 

  (7)

Borrower shall have paid (A) an assumption fee equal to one percent (1.0%) of the then outstanding principal balance of the Loan, and (B) the reasonable and customary third-party expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually incurred by Lender in connection with such Transfer; provided , however , no assumption fee shall be required for a Transfer of the Property to a Transferee acceptable to Lender in connection with a joint venture between Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc. and a Qualified Entity provided (x) Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc., or an Affiliate wholly-owned (directly or indirectly) by Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc., owns at least

 

49


  one percent (1.0%) of the ownership interests in such Transferee, (y) Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc., or an Affiliate wholly-owned (directly or indirectly) by Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc., is the managing entity and otherwise maintains operational and managerial control of such Transferee, and (z) Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc., continues to be Indemnitor, and provided further that Borrower shall pay all of Lender’s reasonable and customary third-party expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually incurred by Lender in connection with such Transfer and a processing fee determined pursuant to the following schedule:

 

Retained interest

 

Processing Fee

At least twenty percent (20%)   $5,000
At least ten percent (10%), but less than twenty percent (20%)   $10,000
At least one percent (1%), but less than ten percent (10%)   The greater of $15,000 and one-quarter of one percent (0.25%) of the then outstanding principal balance of the Loan for the first such Transfer, and one percent (1%) of the then outstanding principal balance of the Loan for each subsequent Transfer

Lender shall approve or disapprove any proposed Transfer governed by this Section 5.2.13(a) within thirty (30) days of Lender’s receipt of a written notice from Borrower requesting Lender’s approval, provided such notice includes all information necessary to make such decision, and further provided that such written notice from Borrower shall conspicuously state, in large bold type, that “PURSUANT TO SECTION 5.2.13 OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT, A RESPONSE IS REQUIRED WITHIN THIRTY (30) DAYS OF LENDER’S RECEIPT OF THIS WRITTEN NOTICE”. If Lender fails to approve or disapprove any such matter within such period, Borrower shall provide a second written notice requesting approval, which written notice shall conspicuously state, in large bold type, that “PURSUANT TO SECTION 5.2.13 OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT, THE MATTER DESCRIBED HEREIN SHALL BE DEEMED APPROVED IF LENDER DOES NOT RESPOND TO THE CONTRARY WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS OF LENDER’S RECEIPT OF THIS WRITTEN NOTICE”. Thereafter, if Lender does not disapprove or approve such matter within said ten (10) day period such matter shall be deemed approved.

(c) At any time other than the period commencing ninety (90) days prior to the Securitization Date and ending thirty (30) days after the Securitization Date, Lender shall not withhold its consent to, and shall not charge an assumption fee in connection with a Transfer of up to, in the aggregate, ninety-nine percent (99%) of the direct or indirect ownership interests in Borrower, provided that (A) if such Transfer exceeds forty-nine percent (49.0%) of the direct or

 

50


indirect ownership interests in Borrower, such Transfer is to a Qualified Entity, (B) Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc., or an Affiliate wholly-owned (directly or indirectly) by Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc., maintains operational and managerial control of Borrower, (C) Minto Builders (Florida), Inc. continues to be Indemnitor, and (D) Borrower shall pay all of Lender’s reasonable and customary third-party expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually incurred by Lender in connection with such Transfer and a processing fee determined pursuant to the table set forth in Section 5.2.13(b), above. If required or requested by any of the Rating Agencies, Borrower shall deliver a substantive non-consolidation opinion with respect to any party not now owning more than 49% of the ownership interests in Borrower acquiring more than 49% of the ownership interests in Borrower.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.2.13 to the contrary, at any time other than the period commencing ninety (90) days prior to the Securitization Date and ending thirty (30) days after the Securitization Date, Borrower shall be permitted to Transfer the entire Property in a single transaction to one new.ly-formed Special Purpose Entity which shall be a wholly-owned subsidiary. of Inland Western Retail Real Estate Trust, Inc. ( Permitted Affiliate Transferee ) which shall be approved by Lender in its reasonable discretion ( Permitted Affiliate Transfer ), provided (1) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (2) the creditworthiness of Inland Western Retail Real Estate Trust, Inc., as applicable, has not deteriorated, in the sole discretion of Lender, from the Closing Date to the date of the proposed Transfer, and (3) Borrower shall have paid all reasonable and customary third party expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually incurred by Lender in connection with such Transfer (but not any assumption or processing fee).

(e) Borrower, without the consent of Lender, may grant easements, restrictions, covenants, reservations and rights of way in the ordinary course of business for access, parking, water and sewer lines, telephone and telegraph lines, electric lines and other utilities or for other similar purposes, provided that no transfer, conveyance or encumbrance shall materially impair the utility and operation of the Property or materially adversely affect the value of the Property or the Net Operating Income of the Property. If Borrower shall receive any consideration in connection with any of said described transfers or conveyances, Borrower shall have the right to use any such proceeds in connection with any alterations performed in connection therewith, or required thereby. In connection with any transfer, conveyance or encumbrance permitted above, the Lender shall execute and deliver any instrument reasonably necessary or appropriate to evidence its consent to said action or to subordinate the Lien of the Mortgage to such easements, restrictions, covenants, reservations and rights of way or other similar grants upon receipt by the Lender of: (A) a copy of the instrument of transfer; and (B) an Officer’s Certificate stating with respect to any transfer described above, that such transfer does not materially impair the utility and operation of the Property or materially reduce the value of the Property or the Net Operating Income of the Property.

 

51


ARTICLE VI

INSURANCE; CASUALTY; CONDEMNATION

Section 6.1 Insurance . (a) Borrower shall obtain and maintain, or shall cause Anchor Tenant to maintain, insurance for Borrower and the Property providing at least the following coverages:

(i) comprehensive all risk insurance on the Improvements and the Personal Property, including contingent liability from Operation of Building Laws, Demolition Costs and Increased Cost of Construction Endorsements, in each case (A) in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the “Full Replacement Cost,” which for purposes of this Agreement shall mean actual replacement value (exclusive of costs of excavations, foundations, underground utilities and footings) with a waiver of depreciation; (B) containing an agreed amount endorsement with respect to the Improvements and Personal Property waiving all co-insurance provisions; (C) providing for no deductible in excess of Ten Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($10,000) for all such insurance coverage; and (D) containing an “Ordinance or Law Coverage” or “Enforcement” endorsement if any of the Improvements or the use of the Property shall at any time constitute legal non-conforming structures or uses. In addition, Borrower shall obtain: (y) if any portion of the Improvements is currently or at any time in the future located in a federally designated “special flood hazard area”, flood hazard insurance in an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the outstanding principal balance of the Note or (2) the maximum amount of such insurance available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 or the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994, as each may be amended or such greater amount as Lender shall require; and (z) earthquake insurance in amounts and in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in the event the Property is located in an area with a high degree of seismic activity, provided that the insurance pursuant to clauses (y) and (z) hereof shall be on terms consistent with the comprehensive all risk insurance policy required under this subsection (i).

(ii) commercial general liability insurance against claims for personal injury, bodily injury, death or property damage occurring upon, in or about the Property, such insurance (A) to be on the so-called “occurrence” form with a combined limit, including umbrella coverage, of not less than Five Million and No/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00); (B) to continue at not less than the aforesaid limit until required to be changed by Lender in writing by reason of changed economic conditions making such protection inadequate; and (C) to cover at least the following hazards: (1) premises and operations; (2) products and completed operations on an “if any” basis; (3) independent contractors; (4) blanket contractual liability for all legal contracts; and (5) contractual liability covering the indemnities contained in Article IX of the Mortgage to the extent the same is available;

(iii) business income insurance (A) with loss payable to Lender; (B) covering all risks required to be covered by the insurance provided for in subsection (i) above; (C) covering rental losses or business interruption, as may be applicable, for a period of at least twelve (12) months after the date of the casualty and containing an extended period of indemnity endorsement which provides that after the physical loss to the Improvements and Personal Property has been repaired, the continued loss of income will be insured until such income either returns to the same level it was at prior to the loss, or the expiration of six (6) months from the date that the Property is repaired or replaced and operations are resumed, whichever first occurs, and notwithstanding that the policy may expire prior to the end of such period; and (D) in an annual amount equal to (100%) of the rents or estimated gross revenues from the operation of the Property (as reduced to reflect expenses not incurred during a period of Restoration). The amount of such business income insurance shall be determined prior to the date hereof and at least once

 

52


each year thereafter based on Borrower’s reasonable estimate of the gross income from the Property for the succeeding twelve (12) month period. All proceeds payable to Lender pursuant to this subsection shall be held by Lender and shall be applied to the obligations secured by the Loan Documents from time to time due and payable hereunder and under the Note; provided , however , that nothing herein contained shall be deemed to relieve Borrower of its obligations to pay the obligations secured by the Loan Documents on the respective dates of payment provided for in the Note and the other Loan Documents except to the extent such amounts are actually paid out of the proceeds of such business income insurance;

(iv) at all times during which structural construction, repairs or alterations are being made with respect to the Improvements, and only if the Property coverage form does not otherwise apply, (A) owner’s contingent or protective liability insurance covering claims not covered by or under the terms or provisions of the above mentioned commercial general liability insurance policy; and (B) the insurance provided for in subsection (i) above written in a so-called builder’s risk completed value form (1) on a non-reporting basis, (2) against all risks insured against pursuant to subsection (i) above, (3) including permission to occupy the Property, and (4) with an agreed amount endorsement waiving co-insurance provisions;

(v) workers’ compensation, subject to the statutory limits of the State;

(vi) comprehensive boiler and machinery insurance, if applicable, in amounts as shall be reasonably required by Lender on terms consistent with the commercial property insurance policy required under subsection (i) above;

(vii) umbrella liability insurance in an amount not less than Five Million and No/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00) per occurrence on terms consistent with the commercial general liability insurance policy required under subsection (ii) above;

(viii) if any of the policies of insurance covering the risks required to be covered under subsections (i) through (vii) above contains an exclusion from coverage for acts of terrorism, Borrower shall obtain and maintain a separate policy providing such coverages in the event of any act of terrorism, provided such coverage is commercially available for properties similar to the Property and located in or around the region in which the Property is located. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall not be required to obtain such a policy, provided (I) Borrower confirms to Lender, in writing, that it shall protect and hold Lender harmless from any losses associated with such risks by, among other things, either (A) depositing with Lender sums sufficient to pay for all uninsured costs related to a Restoration of the Property following any act of terrorism (which sum shall be treated as a Net Proceeds Deficiency), or (B) provided such act of terrorism occurs on or after the Permitted Prepayment Date, prepaying the Loan in accordance with the terms hereof; (II) Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc. ( Terrorism Insurance Guarantor ) executes a guaranty, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, guaranteeing in the event of any act of terrorism, payment to Lender of any sums that Borrower is obligated to pay to Lender under clause (I) above (which shall be applied in accordance with Section 6.4 hereof) and (III) Terrorism Insurance Guarantor maintains a

 

53


net worth of at least $300,000,000 (as determined by such entity’s most recent audited financial statements), such entity maintains a direct or indirect ownership interest in Borrower, and the aggregate loan-to-value ratio (as determined by Lender) (“LTV”) for all properties on which such entity has a direct or indirect ownership interest shall not exceed 55%, however, Terrorism Insurance Guarantor may exceed the 55% LTV for a period not to exceed six (6) months out of any twelve (12) month period either 1) during the time period when Terrorism Insurance Guarantor is offering securities to the public, or 2) when in the business judgment of Terrorism Insurance Guarantor, exceeding an LTV of 55% is necessary given existing circumstances of the credit environment, but in no event shall the LTV exceed 65% if Terrorism Insurance Guarantor maintains a net worth greater than or equal to $300,000,000, but less than $400,000,000, or 70% if Terrorism Insurance Guarantor maintains a net worth of at least $400,000,000.

(ix) upon sixty (60) days’ written notice, such other reasonable insurance and in such reasonable amounts as Lender from time to time may reasonably request against such other insurable hazards which at the time are commonly insured against for property similar to the Property located in or around the region in which the Property is located.

(b) All insurance provided for in Section 6.l(a) shall be obtained under valid and enforceable policies (collectively, the Policies or in the singular, the Policy ”), and shall be subject to the approval of Lender as to insurance companies, amounts, deductibles, loss payees and insureds. The Policies shall be issued by financially sound and responsible insurance companies authorized to do business in the State and having a rating of “A:X” or better in the current Best’s Insurance Reports and a claims paying ability rating of “AA” or better by at least two (2) of the Rating Agencies including, (i) Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, and (ii) Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. if Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. is rating the Securities. The Policies described in Section 6.1 (other than those strictly limited to liability protection) shall designate Lender as loss payee. Not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration dates of the Policies theretofore furnished to Lender, certificates of insurance evidencing the Policies accompanied by evidence satisfactory to Lender of payment of the premiums due thereunder (the Insurance Premiums ”), shall be delivered by Borrower to Lender.

(c) Any blanket insurance Policy shall specifically allocate to the Property the amount of coverage from time to time required hereunder and shall otherwise provide the same protection as would a separate Policy insuring only the Property in compliance with the provisions of Section 6.l(a).

(d) All Policies of insurance provided for or contemplated by Section 6.l(a), except for the Policy referenced in Section 6.l(a)(v), shall name Borrower, or the Tenant, as the insured and Lender as the additional insured, as its interests may appear, and in the case of property damage, boiler and machinery, flood and earthquake insurance, shall contain a so-called New York standard non-contributing mortgagee clause in favor of Lender providing that the loss thereunder shall be payable to Lender.

 

54


(e) All Policies of insurance provided for in Section 6.l(a) shall contain clauses or endorsements to the effect that:

(i) no act or negligence of Borrower, or anyone acting for Borrower, or of any Tenant or other occupant, or failure to comply with the provisions of any Policy, which might otherwise result in a forfeiture of the insurance or any part thereof, shall in any way affect the validity or enforceability of the insurance insofar as Lender is concerned;

(ii) the Policy shall not be materially changed (other than to increase the coverage provided thereby) or canceled without at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to Lender and any other party named therein as an additional insured;

(iii) the issuers thereof shall give written notice to Lender if the Policy has not been renewed fifteen (15) days prior to its expiration; and

(iv) Lender shall not be liable for any Insurance Premiums thereon or subject to any assessments thereunder.

(f) If at any time Lender is not in receipt of written evidence that all insurance required hereunder is in full force and effect, Lender shall have the right, after ten (10) Business Days written notice to Borrower, to take such action as Lender deems necessary to protect its interest in the Property, including, without limitation, the obtaining of such insurance coverage as Lender in its sole discretion deems appropriate. All premiums incurred by Lender in connection with such action or in obtaining such insurance and keeping it in effect shall be paid by Borrower to Lender upon demand and, until paid, shall be secured by the Mortgage and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. If Borrower fails in so insuring the Property or in so assigning and delivering the Policies, Lender may, at its option, obtain such insurance using such carriers and agencies as Lender shall elect from year to year and pay the premiums therefor, and Borrower will reimburse Lender for any premium so paid, with interest thereon as stated in the Note from the time of payment, on demand, and the amount so owning to Lender shall be secured by the Mortgage. The insurance obtained by Lender may, but need not, protect Borrower’s interest and the coverage that Lender purchases may not pay any claim that Borrower makes or any claim that is made against Borrower in connection with the Property.

Section 6.2 Casualty . If the Property shall be damaged or destroyed, in whole or in part, by fire or other casualty (a “Casualty”), Borrower (a) shall give to Lender prompt notice of such damage reasonably estimated by Borrower to cost more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) to repair, and (b) shall promptly commence and diligently prosecute the completion of the repair and restoration of the Property as nearly as possible to the condition the Property was in immediately prior to such fire or other casualty, with such alterations as may be reasonably approved by Lender (a “Restoration”) and otherwise in accordance with Section 6.4. Borrower shall pay all costs of such Restoration whether or not such costs are covered by insurance. Lender may, but shall not be obligated to make proof of loss if not made promptly by Borrower.

 

55


Section 6.3 Condemnation.

(a) Borrower shall promptly give Lender notice of the actual or threatened commencement of any proceeding for the Condemnation of the Property and shall deliver to Lender copies of any and all papers served in connection with such proceedings. Lender may participate in any such proceedings, and Borrower shall from time to time deliver to Lender all instruments requested by it to permit such participation. Borrower shall, at its expense, diligently prosecute any such proceedings, and shall consult with Lender, its attorneys and experts, and cooperate with them in the carrying on or defense of any such proceedings. Notwithstanding any taking by any public or quasi-public authority through Condemnation or otherwise (including but not limited to any transfer made in lieu of or in anticipation of the exercise of such taking), Borrower shall continue to pay the Debt at the time and in the manner provided for its payment in the Note and in this Agreement and the Debt shall not be reduced until any Award shall have been actually received and applied by Lender, after the deduction of expenses of collection, to the reduction or discharge of the Debt. Lender shall not be limited to the interest paid on the Award by the condemning authority but shall be entitled to receive out of the Award interest at the rate or rates provided herein or in the Note. If the Property or any portion thereof is taken by a condemning authority, Borrower shall promptly commence and diligently prosecute the Restoration of the Property and otherwise comply with the provisions of Section 6.4. If the Property is sold, through foreclosure or otherwise, prior to the receipt by Lender of the Award, Lender shall have the right, whether or not a deficiency judgment on the Note shall have been sought, recovered or denied, to receive the Award, or a portion thereof sufficient to pay the Debt.

Section 6.4 Restoration .

(a) If the Net Proceeds shall be less than Relevant Restoration Threshold and the costs of completing the Restoration shall be less than the Relevant Restoration Threshold, the Net Proceeds will be disbursed by Lender to Borrower upon receipt, provided that all of the conditions set forth in clauses (A), (E), (F), (G), (H), (J) and (L) of Section 6.4(b )(i) below are met and Borrower delivers to Lender a written undertaking to expeditiously commence and to satisfactorily complete with due diligence the Restoration in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) If the Net Proceeds are equal to or greater than the Relevant Restoration Threshold or the costs of completing the Restoration is equal to or greater than the Relevant Restoration Threshold, then in either case, Lender shall make the Net Proceeds available for the Restoration in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.4(b). The term Net Proceeds for purposes of this Section 6.4 shall mean: (x) the net amount of all insurance proceeds received by Lender pursuant to Section 6.1 (a)(i), (iv), (vi) and (viii) as a result of such damage or destruction, after deduction of its reasonable costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable counsel fees), if any, in collecting same (“ Insurance Proceeds ”), or (y) the net amount of the Award, after deduction of its reasonable costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable counsel fees), if any, in collecting same (“ Condemnation Proceeds ”), whichever the case may be.

(i) The Net Proceeds shall be made available to Borrower for Restoration provided that each of the following conditions are met:

 

  (A) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

56


(B) (1) in the event the Net Proceeds are Insurance Proceeds, and (x) less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the total floor area of the Improvements on the Property has been damaged, destroyed or rendered unusable as a result of such fire or other casualty, or (y) Borrower is required under a Lease exceeding the Relevant Leasing Threshold to use the Net Proceeds for the restoration of the Property, or (2) in the event the Net Proceeds are Condemnation Proceeds, and (x) less than ten percent (10%) of the land constituting the Property is taken, and such land is located along the perimeter or periphery of the Property, and no portion of the Improvements is located on such land, or (y) Borrower is required under a Lease exceeding the Relevant Leasing Threshold to use the Net Proceeds for the restoration of the Property;

(C) Leases demising in the aggregate a percentage amount equal to or greater than the Rentable Space Percentage of the total rentable space in the Property which has been demised under executed and delivered Leases in effect as of the date of the occurrence of such fire or other casualty or taking, whichever the case may be, shall remain in full force and effect during and after the completion of the Restoration, notwithstanding the occurrence of any such fire or other casualty or taking, whichever the case may be, and will make all necessary repairs and restorations thereto at their sole cost and expense. The term Rentable Space Percentage shall mean (x) in the event the Net Proceeds are Insurance Proceeds, a percentage amount equal to fifty percent (50%) and (y) in the event the Net Proceeds are Condemnation Proceeds, a percentage amount equal to fifty percent (50%);

(D) Borrower shall commence the Restoration as soon as reasonably practicable (but in no event later than ninety (90) days after such damage or destruction or taking, whichever the case may be, occurs) and shall diligently pursue the same to satisfactory completion;

(E) Lender shall be satisfied that any operating deficits, including all scheduled payments of principal and interest under the Note, which will be incurred with respect to the Property as a result of the occurrence of any such fire or other casualty or taking, whichever the case may be, will be covered out of (1) the Net Proceeds, (2) the insurance coverage referred to in Section 6.1(a)(iii), if applicable, or (3) by other funds of Borrower;

(F) Lender shall be satisfied that the Restoration will be completed on or before the earliest to occur of (1) the Maturity Date, (2) the earliest date required for such completion under the terms of any Leases, (3) such time as may be required under applicable zoning law, ordinance, rule or regulation in order to repair and restore the Property to the condition it was in immediately prior to such fire or other casualty or to as nearly as possible the condition it was in immediately prior to such taking, as applicable or (4) the expiration of the insurance coverage referred to in Section 6.1(a)(iii);

 

57


(G) the Property and the use thereof after the Restoration will be in compliance with and permitted under all applicable zoning laws, ordinances, rules and regulations provided, however, that compliance with such zoning laws, ordinances, rules and regulations (including, without limitation, parking requirements) will not require restoration of the Improvements or the Property to a size, condition, or configuration materially different than that which existed immediately prior to such Casualty or taking;

(H) the Restoration shall be done and completed by Borrower in an expeditious and diligent fashion and in compliance with all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations (including, without limitation, all applicable environmental laws);

(I) such fire or other casualty or taking, as applicable, does not result in the loss of access to the Property or the related Improvements;

(J) the Debt Service Coverage Ratio, after giving effect to the Restoration, shall be equal to or greater than 1.04:1.0 based on a loan constant of 9.30%;

(K) Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Lender a signed detailed budget approved in writing by Borrower’s architect or engineer stating the entire cost of completing the Restoration, which budget should be consistent with restoration budgets of similar office properties then owned and operated by nationally recognized owners and operators of office properties located in the areas in which the Property is located; and

(L) the Net Proceeds together with any cash or cash equivalent deposited by Borrower with Lender are sufficient in Lender’s discretion to cover the cost of the Restoration.

(ii) The Net Proceeds shall be held by Lender in an interest bearing account and, until disbursed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.4(b), shall constitute additional security for the Debt and other obligations under the Loan Documents. The Net Proceeds shall be disbursed by Lender to, or as directed by, Borrower from time to time during the course of the Restoration, upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to Lender that (A) all materials installed and work and labor performed to be paid for out of the requested disbursement in connection with the Restoration have been performed, and (B) there exist no notices of pendency, stop orders, mechanic’s or materialman’s liens or notices of intention to file same, or any other liens or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever on the Property which have not either been fully bonded to the satisfaction of Lender and discharged of record or in the alternative fully insured to the satisfaction of Lender by the title company issuing the Title Insurance Policy.

 

58


(iii) All plans and specifications required in connection with the Restoration shall be subject to prior review and acceptance in all respects by Lender and by an independent consulting engineer selected by Lender (the Casualty Consultant ”), such review and acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lender shall have the use of the plans and specifications and all permits, licenses and approvals required or obtained in connection with the Restoration. The identity of the contractors, subcontractors and materialmen engaged in the Restoration, as well as the contracts under which they have been engaged, shall be subject to prior review and acceptance by Lender and the Casualty Consultant, such review and acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. All costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with making the Net Proceeds available for the Restoration including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and disbursements and. the Casualty Consultant’s fees, shall be paid by Borrower.

(iv) In no event shall Lender be obligated to make disbursements of the Net Proceeds in excess of an amount equal to the costs actually incurred from time to time for work in place as part of the Restoration, as certified by the Casualty Consultant, minus the Casualty Retainage. The term Casualty Retainage shall mean an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the costs actually incurred for work in place as part of the Restoration, as certified by the Casualty Consultant, until the Restoration has been completed. The Casualty Retainage shall in no event, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above in this Section 6.4(b ), be less than the amount actually held back by Borrower from contractors, subcontractors and materialmen engaged in the Restoration. The Casualty Retainage shall not be released until the Casualty Consultant certifies to Lender that the Restoration has been completed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.4(b) and that all approvals necessary for the re-occupancy and use of the Property have been obtained from all appropriate governmental and quasi-governmental authorities, and Lender receives evidence satisfactory to Lender that the costs of the Restoration have been paid in full or will be paid in full out of the Casualty Retainage; provided , however , that Lender will release the portion of the Casualty Retainage being held with respect to any contractor, subcontractor or materialman engaged in the Restoration as of the date upon which the Casualty Consultant certifies to Lender that the contractor, subcontractor or materialman has satisfactorily completed all work and has supplied all materials in accordance with the provisions of the contractor’s, subcontractor’s or materialman’s contract, the contractor, subcontractor or materialman delivers the lien waivers and evidence of payment in full of all sums due to the contractor, subcontractor or materialman as may be reasonably requested by Lender or by the title company issuing the Title Insurance Policy, and Lender receives an endorsement to the Title Insurance Policy insuring the continued priority of the lien of the Mortgage and evidence of payment of any premium payable for such endorsement. If required by Lender, the release of any such portion of the Casualty Retainage shall be approved by the surety company, if any, which has issued a payment or performance bond with respect to the contractor, subcontractor or materialman.

 

59


(v) Lender shall not be obligated to make disbursements of the Net Proceeds more frequently than once every calendar month.

(vi) If at any time the Net Proceeds or the undisbursed balance thereof shall not, in the reasonable opinion of Lender in consultation with the Casualty Consultant, be sufficient to pay in full the balance of the costs which are estimated by the Casualty Consultant to be incurred in connection with the completion of the Restoration, Borrower shall deposit the deficiency (the Net Proceeds Deficiency ) with Lender before any further disbursement of the Net Proceeds shall be made. The Net Proceeds Deficiency deposited with Lender shall be held by Lender and shall be disbursed for costs actually incurred in connection with the Restoration on the same conditions applicable to the disbursement of the Net Proceeds, and until so disbursed pursuant to this Section 6.4(b) shall constitute additional security for the Debt and other obligations under the Loan Documents.

(vii) The excess, if any, of the Net Proceeds and the remaining balance, if any, of the Net Proceeds Deficiency deposited with Lender after the Casualty Consultant certifies to Lender that the Restoration has been completed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.4(b), and the receipt by Lender of evidence satisfactory to Lender that all costs incurred in connection with the Restoration have been paid in full, shall be remitted by Lender to Borrower, provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and shall be continuing under the Note, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

(c) All Net Proceeds not required (i) to be made available for the Restoration or (ii) to be returned to Borrower as excess Net Proceeds pursuant to Section 6.4(b)(vii) may be retained and applied by Lender toward the payment of the Debt whether or not then due and payable in such order, priority and proportions as Lender in its sole discretion shall deem proper (provided no Event of Default exists, such Borrower shall not be required to pay any Prepayment Consideration in connection with such payment), or, at the discretion of Lender, the same may be paid, either in whole or in part, to Borrower for such purposes as Lender shall designate, in its discretion.

(d) In the event of foreclosure of the Mortgage with respect to the Property, or other transfer of title to the Property in extinguishment in whole or in part of the Debt all right, title and interest of Borrower in and to the Policies that are not blanket Policies then in force concerning the Property and all proceeds payable thereunder shall thereupon vest in the purchaser at such foreclosure or Lender or other transferee in the event of such other transfer of title.

(e) Lender shall with reasonable promptness following any Casualty or Condemnation notify Borrower whether or not Net Proceeds are required to be made available to Borrower for restoration pursuant to this Section 6.4. All Net Proceeds not required to be made available for Restoration shall be retained and applied by Lender in accordance with Section 2.3.2(a) hereof (a Net Proceeds Prepayment ). If such Net Proceeds Prepayment shall be equal to or greater than FORTY ONE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND and 00/100 Dollars ($41,500,000.00), Borrower shall have the right to elect to prepay the remaining

 

60


outstanding principal balance of the Note (a Casualty/Condemnation Prepayment ”) in accordance with Section 2.3.2(b) hereof upon satisfaction of the following conditions: (i) within thirty (30) days following the date of the Net Proceeds Prepayment, Borrower shall provide Lender with written notice of Borrower’s intention to pay the Note in full, (ii) Borrower shall prepay the Note in accordance with Section 2.3.2(b) hereof on or before the second Payment Date occurring following the date of the Net Proceeds Prepayment, and (iii) no Event of Default shall exist on the date of such Casualty/Condemnation Prepayment. Notwithstanding anything in Section 6.2 or Section 6.3 to the contrary, Borrower shall have no obligation to commence Restoration of the Property upon delivery of the written notice set forth in clause (i) of the preceding sentence (unless Borrower subsequently shall fail to satisfy the requirement of clause (ii) of the preceding sentence).

ARTICLE VII

RESERVE FUNDS

Section 7.1 Required Repair Funds.

7.1.1 Deposits . Borrower shall perform the repairs at the Property, if any, as more particularly set forth on Schedule IV hereto (such repairs hereinafter referred to as Required Repairs ) within six (6) months from the Closing Date, or such earlier time as specified on Schedule IV , provided, however, if Borrower has commenced and is diligently pursuing completion of the work listed as Item 4 on Schedule IV , the time to complete such work will be extended for an additional six (6) months. If Borrower has not delivered to Lender evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender that it has completed all Required Repairs on or before the date that is six (6) months from the Closing Date, or such earlier time as specified on Schedule IV , Borrower shall deposit with Lender the amount for the Property set forth on such Schedule IV hereto, if any (less the amount allocated to the performance of Required Repairs for which evidence of completion has been delivered to Lender), to perform the Required Repairs for the Property. Amounts so deposited with Lender, if any, shall be held by Lender in an interest bearing account. Amounts so deposited, if any, shall hereinafter be referred to as Borrower’s Required Repair Fund and the account, if any, in which such amounts are held shall hereinafter be referred to as Borrower’s Required Repair Account . It shall be an Event of Default under this Agreement if Borrower does not either (i) does not deposit with Lender the Required Repair Fund as set forth above, or (ii) complete the Required Repairs at the Property within nine (9) months from the Closing Date. Upon the occurrence of such an Event of Default, Lender, at its option, may withdraw all Required Repair Funds from the Required Repair Account and Lender may apply such funds either to completion of the Required Repairs at the Property or toward payment of the Debt in such order, proportion and priority as Lender may determine in its sole discretion. Lender’s right to withdraw and apply Required Repair Funds shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies provided to Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

7.1.2 Release of Required Repair Funds . Lender shall disburse to Borrower the Required Repair Funds from the Required Repair Account from time to time upon satisfaction by Borrower of each of the following conditions: (i) Borrower shall submit a written request for payment to Lender at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date on which Borrower requests such payment be made and specifies the Required Repairs to be paid, (ii) on the date such request is

 

61


received by Lender and on the date such payment is to be made, no Default or Event of Default shall exist and remain uncured, (iii) Lender shall have received a certificate from Borrower (A) stating that all Required Repairs at the Property to be funded by the requested disbursement have been completed in good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations, such certificate to be accompanied by a copy of any license, permit or other approval by any Governmental Authority required to commence and/or complete the Required Repairs, (B) identifying each Person that supplied materials or labor in connection with the Required Repairs performed at the Property to be funded by the requested disbursement under a contract in excess of $50,000, and (C) stating that each Person who has supplied materials or labor in connection with the Required Repairs to be funded by the requested disbursement has been paid in full or will be paid in full upon such disbursement, such certificate to be accompanied by lien waivers or other evidence of payment satisfactory to Lender, (iv) at Lender’s option, a title search for the Property indicating that the Property is free from all liens, claims and other encumbrances not previously approved by Lender, and (v) Lender shall have received such other evidence as Lender shall reasonably request that the Required Repairs at the Property to be funded by the requested disbursement have been completed and are paid for or will be paid upon such disbursement to Borrower. Lender shall not be required to make disbursements from the Required Repair Account with respect to the Property more than once each calendar month and such disbursement shall be made only upon satisfaction of each condition contained in this Section 7.1.2.

Section 7.2 Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund.

Borrower shall pay to Lender on each Payment Date (a) one-twelfth of the Taxes that Lender estimates will be payable during the next ensuing twelve (12) months in order to accumulate with Lender sufficient funds to pay all such Taxes at least thirty (30) days prior to their respective due dates and (b) one-twelfth of the Insurance Premiums that Lender estimates will be payable for the renewal of the coverage afforded by the Policies upon the expiration thereof in order to accumulate with Lender sufficient funds to pay all such Insurance Premiums at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Policies, (said amounts in (a) and (b) above are hereinafter called the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund ”). The Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund and the payments of interest or principal or both, payable pursuant to the Note, shall be added together and shall be paid as an aggregate sum by Borrower to Lender. Lender will apply the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund to payments of Taxes and Insurance Premiums required to be made by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and under the Mortgage. In making any payment relating to the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund, Lender may do so according to any bill, statement or estimate procured from the appropriate public office (with respect to Taxes) or insurer or agent (with respect to Insurance Premiums) or from Borrower without inquiry into the accuracy of such bill, statement or estimate or into the validity of any tax, assessment, sale, forfeiture, tax lien or title or claim thereof, provided, however, Lender shall use reasonable efforts to pay such real property taxes sufficiently early to obtain the benefit of any available discounts of which it has knowledge. If the amount of the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund shall exceed the amounts due for Taxes and Insurance Premiums, Lender shall, in its sole discretion, return any excess to Borrower or credit such excess against future payments to be made to the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund. The Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund shall be held by Lender in an interest-bearing account and shall at Lender’s option be held in Eligible Account at an Eligible Institution. Any interest earned on said account shall accrue in said account for the

 

62


benefit of Borrower, but shall remain in and constitute part of the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund, and shall be disbursed in accordance with the terms hereof. Any amount remaining in the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund after the Debt has been paid in full shall be returned to Borrower. In allocating such excess, Lender may deal with the Person shown on the records of Lender to be the owner of the Property. If at any time Lender reasonably determines that the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund is not or will not be sufficient to pay Taxes or Insurance Premiums by the dates set forth above, Lender shall notify Borrower of such determination and Borrower shall increase its monthly payments to Lender by the amount that Lender estimates is sufficient to make up the deficiency at least thirty (30) days prior to delinquency of the Taxes or Insurance Premiums.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary hereinbefore contained, in the event that Borrower provides (1) evidence satisfactory to Lender that the Property is insured in accordance with Section 6.1 of this Agreement and (2) evidence satisfactory to Lender that the Taxes for the Property have been paid in accordance with the requirements set forth in this Agreement, Lender will waive the requirement set forth herein for Borrower to make deposits into the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund for the payment of Insurance Premiums and for payment of such Taxes, provided, however, Lender expressly reserves the right to require Borrower to make deposits to the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund for the payment of Insurance Premiums if at any time the Property is not insured in accordance with Section 6.1 of this Agreement or Taxes are not paid in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement.

Section 7.3 Replacements and Replacement Reserve.

Section 7.3.1 Replacement Reserve Fund . Borrower shall pay to Lender on the Closing Date and on each Payment Date one twelfth of the amount (the Replacement Reserve Monthly Deposit ”) reasonably estimated by Lender in its sole discretion to be due for replacements and repairs required to be made to the Property during the calendar year (collectively, the Replacements ”), which Replacement Reserve Monthly Deposit shall be in an amount equal to no less than $0.20 per year per square foot of gross leasable area. Amounts so deposited shall hereinafter be referred to as Borrower’s Replacement Reserve Fund and the account in which such amounts are held shall hereinafter be referred to as Borrower’ s Replacement Reserve Account ”. Lender may reassess its estimate of the amount necessary for the Replacement Reserve Fund from time to time, and may increase the monthly amounts required to be deposited into the Replacement Reserve Fund upon thirty (30) days notice to Borrower if Lender determines in its reasonable discretion that an increase is necessary to maintain the proper maintenance and operation of the Property. Any amount held in the Replacement Reserve Account and allocated for the Property shall be retained by Lender in an interest bearing account, or, at the option of Lender, in an Eligible Account at an Eligible Institution; provided , however , that, any interest earned on said account shall accrue in said account for the benefit of Borrower, but shall remain in and constitute part of the Replacement Reserve Fund, and shall be disbursed in accordance with the terms hereof.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.3, Borrower shall not be required to make Replacement Reserve Monthly Deposits, provided that: (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred; and (ii) Borrower makes all necessary Replacements and otherwise maintains the Property to Lender’s satisfaction. Upon notice from Lender following: (a) an

 

63


Event of Default; or (b) the failure of Borrower to make necessary Replacements or otherwise maintain the Property to Lender’s satisfaction, Borrower shall begin to deposit the Replacement Reserve Monthly Deposit into the Replacement Reserve Fund beginning on the Payment Date (as defined herein) immediately following the date of such notice.

Section 7.3.2 Disbursements from Replacement Reserve Account .

(a) Lender shall make disbursements from the Replacement Reserve Account to pay Borrower only for the costs of the Replacements. Lender shall not be obligated to make disbursements from the Replacement Reserve Account to reimburse Borrower for the costs of routine maintenance to the Property or for costs which are to be reimbursed from the Required Repair Fund (if any).

(b) Lender shall, upon written request from Borrower and satisfaction of the requirements set forth in this Section 7.3.2, disburse to Borrower amounts from the Replacement Reserve Account necessary to pay for the actual approved costs of Replacements or to reimburse Borrower therefor, upon completion of such Replacements (or, upon partial completion in the case of Replacements made pursuant to Section 7.3.2(f)) as determined by Lender. In no event shall Lender be obligated to disburse funds from the Replacement Reserve Account if a Default or an Event of Default exists.

(c) Each request for disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account shall be in a form specified or approved by Lender and shall specify (i) the specific Replacements for which the disbursement is requested, (ii) the quantity and price of each item purchased, if the Replacement includes the purchase or replacement of specific items, (iii) the price of all materials (grouped by type or category) used in any Replacement other than the purchase or replacement of specific items, and (iv) the cost of all contracted labor or other services applicable to each Replacement for which such request for disbursement is made. With each request Borrower shall certify that all Replacements have been made in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Property to which the Replacements are being provided and, unless Lender has agreed to issue joint checks as described below, each request shall include evidence of payment of all such amounts. Each request for disbursement shall include copies of invoices for all items or materials purchased and all contracted labor or services provided. Except as provided in Section 7.3.2(e), each request for disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account shall be made only after completion of the Replacement for which disbursement is requested. Borrower shall provide Lender evidence of completion satisfactory to Lender in its reasonable judgment.

(d) Borrower shall pay all invoices in connection with the Replacements with respect to which a disbursement is requested prior to submitting such request for disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account or, at the request of Borrower, Lender will issue joint checks, payable to Borrower and the contractor, supplier, materialman, mechanic, subcontractor or other party to whom payment is due in connection with a Replacement. In the case of payments made by joint check, Lender may require a waiver of lien from each Person receiving payment prior to Lender’s disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account. In addition, as a condition to any disbursement, Lender may require Borrower to obtain lien waivers from each contractor, supplier, materialman, mechanic or subcontractor who receives payment in an

 

64


amount equal to or greater than $100,000 for completion of its work or delivery of its materials. Any lien waiver delivered hereunder shall conform to the requirements of applicable law and shall cover all work performed and materials supplied (including equipment and fixtures) for the Property by that contractor, supplier, subcontractor, mechanic or materialman through the date covered by the current reimbursement request (or, in the event that payment to such contractor, supplier, subcontractor, mechanic or materialmen is to be made by a joint check, the release of lien shall be effective through the date covered by the previous release of funds request).

(e) If (i) the cost of a Replacement exceeds $100,000, (ii) the contractor performing such Replacement requires periodic payments pursuant to terms of a written contract, and (iii) Lender has approved in writing in advance such periodic payments, a request for reimbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account may be made after completion of a portion of the work under such contract, provided (A) such contract requires payment upon completion of such portion of the work, (B) the materials for which the request is made are on site at the Property and are properly secured. or have been installed in the Property, (C) all other conditions in this Agreement for disbursement have been satisfied, (D) funds remaining in the Replacement Reserve Account are, in Lender’s judgment, sufficient to complete such Replacement and other Replacements when required, and (E) if required by Lender, each contractor or subcontractor receiving payments under such contract shall provide a waiver of lien with respect to amounts which have been paid to that contractor or subcontractor.

(f) Borrower shall not make a request for disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account more frequently than once in any calendar month and (except in connection with the final disbursement) the total cost of all Replacements in any request shall not be less than $5,000.00.

Section 7.3.3 Performance of Replacements .

(a) Borrower shall make Replacements when required in order to keep the Property in condition and repair consistent with other first class, office properties in the same market segment in the metropolitan area in which the Property is located, and to keep the Property or any portion thereof from deteriorating. Borrower shall complete all Replacements in a good and workmanlike manner as soon as practicable following the commencement of making each such Replacement.

(b) Lender reserves the right, at its option, to approve all contracts or work orders with materialmen, mechanics, suppliers, subcontractors, contractors or other parties providing labor or materials under contracts for an amount in excess of $100,000 in connection with the Replacements performed by Borrower. Upon Lender’s request, Borrower shall assign any contract or subcontract to Lender.

(c) In the event Lender determines in its reasonable discretion that any Replacement is not being performed in a workmanlike or timely manner or that any Replacement has not been completed in a workmanlike or timely manner, and such failure continues to exist for more than thirty (30) days after notice from Lender to Borrower, Lender shall have the option to withhold disbursement for such unsatisfactory Replacement and to proceed under existing contracts or to contract with third parties to complete such Replacement and to apply the

 

65


Replacement Reserve Fund toward the labor and materials necessary to complete such Replacement, without providing any prior notice to Borrower and to exercise any and all other remedies available to Lender upon an Event of Default hereunder.

(d) In order to facilitate Lender’s completion or making of the Replacements pursuant to Section 7.3.3(c) above, Borrower grants Lender the right to enter onto the Property and perform any and all work and labor necessary to complete or make the Replacements and/or employ watchmen to protect the Property from damage, subject to the rights of Tenants. All sums so expended by Lender, to the extent not from the Replacement Reserve Fund, shall be deemed to have been advanced under the Loan to Borrower and secured by the Mortgage. For this purpose Borrower constitutes and appoints Lender its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to complete or undertake the Replacements in the name of Borrower. Such power of attorney shall be deemed to be a power coupled with an interest and cannot be revoked but shall only be effective following an Event of Default. Borrower empowers said attorney-in-fact as follows: (i) to use any funds in the Replacement Reserve Account for the purpose of making or completing the Replacements; (ii) to make such additions, changes and corrections to the Replacements as shall be necessary or desirable to complete the Replacements; (iii) to employ such contractors, subcontractors, agents, architects and inspectors as shall be required for such purposes; (iv) to pay, settle or compromise all existing bills and claims which are or may become Liens against the Property, or as may be necessary or desirable for the completion of the Replacements, or for clearance of title; (v) to execute all applications and certificates in the name of Borrower which may be required by any of the contract documents; (vi) to prosecute and defend all actions or proceedings in connection with the Property or the rehabilitation and repair of the Property; and (vii) to do any and every act which Borrower might do in its own behalf to fulfill the terms of this Agreement.

(e) Nothing in this Section 7.3.3 shall: (i) make Lender responsible for making or completing the Replacements; (ii) require Lender to expend funds in addition to the Replacement Reserve Fund to make or complete any Replacement; (iii) obligate Lender to proceed with the Replacements; or (iv) obligate Lender to demand from Borrower additional sums to make or complete any Replacement.

(f) Borrower shall permit Lender and Lender’s agents and representatives (including, without limitation, Lender’s engineer, architect, or inspector) or third parties making Replacements pursuant to this Section 7.3.3 to enter onto the Property during normal business hours (subject to the rights of tenants under their Leases) to inspect the progress of any Replacements and all materials being used in connection therewith, to examine all plans and shop drawings relating to such Replacements which are or may be kept at the Property, and to complete any Replacements made pursuant to this Section 7.3.3. Borrower shall cause all contractors and subcontractors to cooperate with Lender or Lender’s representatives or such other persons described above in connection with inspections described in this Section 7.3.3(f) or the completion of Replacements pursuant to this Section 7.3.3.

(g) Lender may require an inspection of the Property at Borrower’s expense prior to making a monthly disbursement in excess of $10,000 from the Replacement Reserve Account in order to verify completion of the Replacements for which reimbursement is sought. Lender may require that such inspection be conducted by an appropriate independent qualified

 

66


professional selected by Lender and/or may require a copy of a certificate of completion by an independent qualified professional acceptable to Lender prior to the disbursement of any amounts from the Replacement Reserve Account. Borrower shall pay the expense of the inspection as required hereunder, whether such inspection is conducted by Lender or by an independent qualified professional.

(h) The Replacements and all materials, equipment, fixtures, or any other item comprising a part of any Replacement shall be constructed, installed or completed, as applicable, free and clear of all mechanic’s, materialman’s or other liens (except for those Liens existing on the date of this Agreement which have been approved in writing by Lender).

(i) Before each disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account, Lender may require Borrower to provide Lender with a search of title to the Property effective to the date of the disbursement, which search shows that no mechanic’s or materialmen’s liens or other liens of any nature have been placed against the Property since the date of recordation of the Mortgage and that title to the Property is free and clear of all Liens (other than the lien of the Mortgage and any other Liens previously approved in writing by Lender, if any).

(j) All Replacements shall comply with all applicable Legal Requirements of all Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction over the Property and applicable insurance requirements including, without limitation, applicable building codes, special use permits, environmental regulations, and requirements of insurance underwriters.

(k) In addition to any insurance required under the Loan Documents, Borrower shall provide or cause to be provided workmen’s compensation insurance, builder’s risk, and public liability insurance and other insurance to the extent required under applicable law in connection with a particular Replacement. All such policies shall be in form and amount reasonably satisfactory to Lender. All such policies which can be endorsed with standard mortgagee clauses making loss payable to Lender or its assigns shall be so endorsed. Certified copies of such policies shall be delivered to Lender.

Section 7.3.4 Failure to Make Replacements . (a) It shall be an Event of Default under this Agreement if Borrower fails to comply with any provision of this Section 7.3 and such failure is not cured within thirty (30) days after notice from Lender; provided , however , if such failure is not capable of being cured within said thirty (30) day period, then provided that Borrower commences action to complete such cure and thereafter diligently proceeds to complete such cure, such thirty (30) day period shall be extended for such time as is reasonably necessary for Borrower, in the exercise of due diligence, to cure such failure, but such additional period of time shall not exceed sixty (60) days. Upon the occurrence of such an Event of Default, Lender may use the Replacement Reserve Fund (or any portion thereof) for any purpose, including but not limited to completion of the Replacements as provided in Section 7.3.3, or for any other repair or replacement to the Property or toward payment of the Debt in such order, proportion and priority as Lender may determine in its sole discretion. Lender’s right to withdraw and apply the Replacement Reserve Funds shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies provided to Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

67


(b) Nothing in this Agreement shall obligate Lender to apply all or any portion of the Replacement Reserve Fund on account of an Event of Default to payment of the Debt or in any specific order or priority.

Section 7.3.5 Balance in the Replacement Reserve Account . The insufficiency of any balance in the Replacement Reserve Account shall not relieve Borrower from its obligation to fulfill all preservation and maintenance covenants in the Loan Documents.

Section 7.3.6 Indemnification . Borrower shall indemnify Lender and hold Lender harmless from and against any and all actions, suits, claims, demands, liabilities, losses, damages, obligations and costs and expenses (including litigation costs and reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) arising from or in any way connected with the performance of the Replacements unless the same are solely due to gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lender. Borrower shall assign to Lender all rights and claims Borrower may have against all persons or entities supplying labor or materials in connection with the Replacements; provided , however , that Lender may not pursue any such right or claim unless an Event of Default has occurred and remains uncured.

Section 7.4 Intentionally Omitted.

Section 7.5 Intentionally Omitted.

Section 7.6 Intentionally Omitted.

Section 7.7 Reserve Funds, Generally.

7.7.1 Borrower grants to Lender a first-priority perfected security interest in each of the Reserve Funds and any and all monies now or hereafter deposited in each Reserve Fund as additional security for payment of the Debt. Until expended or applied in accordance herewith, the Reserve Funds shall constitute additional security for the Debt.

7.7.2 Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Lender may, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies available to Lender, apply any sums then present in any or all of the Reserve Funds to the payment of the Debt in any order in its sole discretion.

7.7.3 The Reserve Funds shall not constitute trust funds and may be commingled with other monies held by Lender.

7.7.4 Intentionally omitted.

7.7.5 Borrower shall not, without obtaining the prior written consent of Lender, further pledge, assign or grant any security interest in any Reserve Fund or the monies deposited therein or permit any lien or encumbrance to attach thereto, or any levy to be made thereon, or any UCC-1 Financing Statements, except those naming Lender as the secured party, to be filed with respect thereto.

 

68


7.7.6 Lender shall not be liable for any loss sustained on the investment of any funds constituting the Reserve Funds unless occasioned by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lender.

7.7.7 Upon payment in full of the Debt and performance of all other obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Lender shall disburse to Borrower all remaining Reserve Funds.

ARTICLE VIII

DEFAULTS

Section 8.1 Event of Default . (a) Each of the following events shall constitute an event of default hereunder (an “Event of Default” ):

(i) if any portion of the Debt is not paid within five (5) days of the applicable due date;

(ii) if any of the Taxes or Other Charges are not paid prior to the date when the same become delinquent, except to the extent that Borrower is contesting same in accordance with the terms of Section 5.1.2 hereof, or there are sufficient funds in the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund to pay such Taxes or Other Charges and Lender fails to or refuses to release the same from the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund;

(iii) if the Policies are not kept in full force and effect, or if certified copies of the Policies are not delivered to Lender within ten (10) days of request;

(iv) if Borrower transfers or encumbers any portion of the Property without Lender’s prior written consent (to extent such consent is required) or otherwise violates the provisions of Section 5.2.13 of this Loan Agreement;

(v) if any material representation or warranty made by Borrower herein or in any other Loan Document, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other instrument, agreement or document furnished to Lender shall have been false or misleading in any material respect as of the date the representation or warranty was made;

(vi) if Borrower or indemnitor or any guarantor under any guaranty or indemnity issued in connection with the Loan shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(vii) if a receiver, liquidator or trustee shall be appointed for Borrower or any guarantor or indemnitor under any guarantee or indemnity issued in connection with the Loan or if Borrower or such guarantor or indemnitor shall be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or if any petition for bankruptcy, reorganization or arrangement pursuant to federal bankruptcy law, or any similar federal or state law, shall be filed by or against, consented to, or acquiesced in by, Borrower or such guarantor or indemnitor, or if any proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of Borrower or such guarantor or indemnitor shall be instituted; provided , however , if such appointment, adjudication, petition or

 

69


proceeding was involuntary and not consented to by Borrower or such guarantor or indemnitor, upon the same not being discharged, stayed or dismissed within one hundred eighty (180) days;

(viii) if Borrower attempts to assign its rights under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any interest herein or therein in contravention of the Loan Documents;

(ix) if Borrower breaches any of its respective negative covenants contained in Section 5.2 or any covenant contained in Section 4.1.30 hereof;

(x) with respect to any term, covenant or provision set forth herein which specifically contains a notice requirement or grace period, if Borrower shall be in default under such term, covenant or condition after the giving of such notice or the expiration of such grace period;

(xi) if any of the assumptions contained in any Insolvency Opinion or Additional Insolvency Opinion are or shall become untrue in any material respect;

(xii) if Borrower shall continue to be in Default under any of the other terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement not specified in subsections (i) to (xi) above, for ten (10) days after notice to Borrower from Lender, in the case of any Default which can be cured by the payment of a sum of money, or for thirty (30) days after notice from Lender in the case of any other Default; provided , however , that if such non-monetary Default is susceptible of cure but cannot reasonably be cured within such 30-day period and provided further that Borrower shall have commenced to cure such Default within such 30-day period and thereafter diligently and expeditiously proceeds to cure the same, such 30-day period shall be extended for such time as is reasonably necessary for Borrower in the exercise of due diligence to cure such Default, such additional period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days; or

(xiii) if there shall be default under any of the other Loan Documents beyond , any applicable cure periods contained in such documents, whether as to Borrower or the Property, or if any other such event shall occur or condition shall exist, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate the maturity of any portion of the Debt or to permit Lender to accelerate the maturity of all or any portion of the Debt.

(b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clauses (vi), (vii) or (viii) above) and at any time thereafter Lender may, in addition to any other rights or remedies available to it pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or at law or in equity, Lender may take such action, without notice or demand, that Lender deems advisable to protect and enforce its rights against Borrower and in the Property, including, without limitation, declaring the Debt to be immediately due and payable, and Lender may enforce or avail itself of any or all rights or remedies provided in the Loan Documents against Borrower and the Property, including, without limitation, all rights or remedies available at law or in equity; and upon any Event of Default described in clauses (vi), (vii) or (viii) above, the Debt and all other obligations of Borrower hereunder and under the other

 

70


Loan Documents shall immediately and automatically become due and payable, without notice or demand, and Borrower hereby expressly waives any such notice or demand, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.

Section 8.2 Remedies . (a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, all or any one or more of the rights, powers, privileges and other remedies available to Lender against Borrower under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower or at law or in equity may be exercised by Lender at any time and from time to time, whether or not all or any of the Debt shall be declared due and payable, and whether or not Lender shall have commenced any foreclosure proceeding or other action for the enforcement of its rights and remedies under any of the Loan Documents with respect to the Property. Any such actions taken by Lender shall be cumulative and concurrent and may be pursued independently, singly, successively, together or otherwise, at such time and in such order as Lender may determine in its sole discretion, to the fullest extent permitted by law, without impairing or otherwise affecting the other rights and remedies of Lender permitted by law,. equity or contract or as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Borrower agrees that if an Event of Default is continuing (i) Lender is not subject to any “one action” or “election of remedies” law or rule, and (ii) all liens and other rights, remedies or privileges provided to Lender shall remain in full force and effect until Lender has exhausted all of its remedies against the Property and the Mortgage has been foreclosed, sold and/or otherwise realized upon in satisfaction of the Debt or the Debt has been paid in full.

(b) To the extent permitted by applicable law, Lender shall have the right from time to time to partially foreclose the Mortgage in any manner and for any amounts secured by the Mortgage then due and payable as determined by Lender in its sole discretion including, without limitation, the following circumstances: (i) in the event Borrower defaults beyond any applicable grace period in the payment of one or more scheduled payments of principal and interest, Lender may foreclose the Mortgage to recover such delinquent payments, or (ii) in the event Lender elects to accelerate less than the entire outstanding principal balance of the Loan, Lender may foreclose the Mortgage to recover so much of the principal balance of the Loan as Lender may accelerate and such other sums secured by the Mortgage as Lender may elect. Notwithstanding one or more partial foreclosures, the Property shall remain subject to the Mortgage to secure payment of sums secured by the Mortgage and not previously recovered.

(c) Lender shall have the right from time to time to sever the Note and the other Loan Documents into one or more separate notes, mortgages and other security documents (the Severed Loan Documents ”) in such denominations as Lender shall determine in its sole discretion for purposes of evidencing and enforcing its rights and remedies provided hereunder. Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender from time to time, promptly after the request of Lender, a severance agreement and such other documents as Lender shall request in order to effect the severance described in the preceding sentence, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender. Borrower hereby absolutely and irrevocably appoints Lender following the occurrence of an Event of Default as its true and lawful attorney, coupled with an interest, in its name and stead to make and execute all documents necessary or desirable to effect the aforesaid severance, Borrower ratifying all that its said attorney shall do by virtue thereof; provided , however , Lender shall not make or execute any such documents under such power

 

71


until three (3) days after notice has been given to Borrower by Lender of Lender’s intent to exercise its rights under such power. Borrower shall not be obligated to pay any costs or expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, execution, recording or filing of the Severed Loan Documents, and the Severed Loan Documents shall not contain any representations, warranties or covenants not contained in the Loan Documents and any such representations and warranties contained in the Severed Loan Documents will be given by Borrower only as of the Closing Date.

(d) As used in this Section 8.2, a “foreclosure” shall include any sale by power of sale.

Section 8.3 Remedies Cumulative; Waivers . The rights, powers and remedies of Lender under this Agreement shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any other right, power or remedy which Lender may have against Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Lender’s rights, powers and remedies may be pursued singly, concurrently or otherwise, at such time and in such order as Lender may determine in Lender’s sole discretion. No delay or omission to exercise any remedy, right or power accruing upon an Event of Default shall impair any such remedy, right or power or shall be construed as a waiver thereof, but any such remedy, right or power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient. A waiver of one Default or Event of Default with respect to Borrower shall not be construed to be a waiver of any subsequent Default or Event of Default by Borrower or to impair any remedy, right or power consequent thereon.

ARTICLE IX

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

Section 9.1 Sale of Notes and Securitization . At the request of the holder of the Note and, to the extent not already required to be provided by Borrower under this Agreement, Borrower shall cooperate with Lender to allow Lender to satisfy the market standards to which the holder of the Note customarily adheres or which may be reasonably required in the marketplace or by the Rating Agencies in connection with the sale of the Note or participations therein or the first successful securitization (such sale and/or securitization, the “Securitization”) of rated single or multi-class securities (the “Securities”) secured by or evidencing ownership interests in the Note and the Mortgage. In this regard Borrower shall:

(a) (i) provide such financial and other information with respect to the Property, Borrower and the Manager, (ii) provide budgets relating to the Property and (iii) to perform or permit or cause to be performed or permitted such site inspection, appraisals, market studies, environmental reviews and reports (Phase I’s and, if appropriate, Phase II’s), engineering reports and other due diligence investigations of the Property, as may be reasonably requested by the holder of the Note or the Rating Agencies or as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the Securitization (the Provided Information ”) , together, if customary, with appropriate verification and/or consents of the Provided Information through letters of auditors or opinions of counsel of independent attorneys acceptable to Lender and the Rating Agencies;

 

72


(b) cause counsel to render opinions, which may be relied upon by the holder of the Note, the Rating Agencies and their respective counsel, agents and representatives, as to non-consolidation, fraudulent conveyance, and true sale and/or lease or any other opinion customary in securitization transactions, which counsel and opinions shall be reasonably satisfactory to the holder of the Note and the Rating Agencies;

(c) make such representations and warranties as of the closing date of the Securitization with respect to the Property, Borrower, and the Loan Documents as are consistent with the representations and warranties made in the Loan Documents; and

(d) deliver a substantive non-consolidation opinion, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the holder of the Note and the Rating Agencies, if requested by the holder of the Note or the Rating Agencies;

(e) execute amendments to the Loan Documents and Borrower’s organizational documents to provide for an independent director and/or independent manager, if requested by the holder of the Note or the Rating Agencies or otherwise required in connection with the Securitization; and

(f) execute such other amendments to the Loan Documents and organizational documents as may be reasonably requested by the holder of the Note or the Rating Agencies or otherwise to effect the Securitization; provided , however , that Borrower shall not be required to modify or amend any Loan Document if such modification or amendment would (i) change the interest rate, the stated maturity or the amortization of principal set forth in the Note, or (ii) modify or amend any other material economic term of the Loan.

All material out-of-pocket third party costs and expenses incurred by Borrower in connection with complying with requests made under this Section 9.1 shall be paid by Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower acknowledges that Lender has waived its requirement that Borrower have an independent director and that Borrower provide a non-consolidation opinion and therefore agrees to pay all costs and expenses incurred (including Lender’s legal fees) by Borrower or Lender in connection with Borrower’s compliance with the request in clauses (d) or (e) in this Section 9.1.

Section 9.2 Securitization . Borrower understands that certain of the Provided Information may be included in disclosure documents in connection with the Securitization, including, without limitation, a prospectus, prospectus supplement or private placement memorandum (each, a “Disclosure Document”) and may also be included in filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) , or the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) , or provided or made available to investors or prospective investors in the Securities, the Rating Agencies, and service providers relating to the Securitization. In the event that the Disclosure Document is required to be revised prior to the sale of all Securities, Borrower will cooperate with the holder of the Note in updating the Disclosure Document by providing all current information necessary to keep the Disclosure Document accurate and complete in all material respects.

 

73


Section 9.3 Rating Surveillance . Lender, at its option, may retain the Rating Agencies to provide rating surveillance services on any certificates issued in a Securitization. Such rating surveillance will be at the expense of Lender (the “Rating Surveillance Charge” ).

Section 9.4 Exculpation . Subject to the qualifications below, Lender shall not enforce the liability and obligation of Borrower to perform and observe the obligations contained in the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage or the other Loan Documents by any action or proceeding wherein a money judgment shall be sought against Borrower, except that Lender may bring a foreclosure action, an action for specific performance or any other appropriate action or proceeding to enable Lender to enforce and realize upon its interest under the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents, or in the Property, the Rents following an Event of Default, or any other collateral given to Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents; provided, however, that, except as specifically provided herein, any judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be enforceable against Borrower only to the extent of Borrower’s interest in the Property, in the Rents following an Event of Default and in any other collateral given to Lender, and Lender, by accepting the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents, agrees that it shall not sue for, seek or demand any deficiency judgment against Borrower in any such action or proceeding under or by reason of or under or in connection with the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage or the other Loan Documents. The provisions of this section shall not, however, (a) constitute a waiver, release or impairment of any obligation evidenced or secured by any of the Loan Documents; (b) impair the right of Lender to name Borrower as a party defendant in any action or suit for foreclosure and sale under any of the Mortgage; (c) affect the validity or enforceability of or any guaranty made in connection with the Loan or any of the rights and remedies of Lender thereunder; (d) impair the right of Lender to obtain the appointment of a receiver; (e) impair the enforcement of any of the Assignment of Leases following an Event of Default; (f) constitute a prohibition against Lender commencing any other appropriate action or proceeding in order for Lender to exercise its remedies against the Property; or (g) constitute a waiver of the right of Lender to enforce the liability and obligation of Borrower, by money judgment or otherwise, to the extent of any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability, claim or other obligation incurred by Lender (including attorneys’ fees and costs reasonably incurred) arising out of or in connection with the following:

(i) fraud or intentional misrepresentation by Borrower or any guarantor in connection with the Loan;

(ii) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Borrower;

(iii) material physical waste of the Property;

(iv) the breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or indemnification provision in the Environmental Indemnity or in the Mortgage concerning environmental laws, hazardous substances and asbestos and any indemnification of Lender with respect thereto in either document;

(v) the removal or disposal of any portion of the Property after an Event of Default;

 

74


(vi) the misapplication or conversion by Borrower of (A) any insurance proceeds paid by reason of any loss, damage or destruction to the Property which are not applied by Borrower in accordance with this Agreement, (B) any awards or other amounts received in connection with the condemnation of all or a portion of the Property which are not applied by Borrower in accordance with this Agreement, or (C) any Rents following an Event of Default;

(vii) failure to pay charges for labor or materials or other charges that can create liens on any portion of the Property; or

(viii) any security deposits, advance deposits or any other deposits collected with respect to the Property which are not delivered to Lender upon a foreclosure of the Property or action in lieu thereof, except to the extent any such security deposits were applied in accordance with the terms and conditions of any of the Leases prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default that gave rise to such foreclosure or action in lieu thereof.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Note or any of the Loan Documents, (A) the Debt shall be fully recourse to the Borrower and (B) Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any right which Lender may have under Section 506(a), 506(b), 1111(b) or any other provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code to file a claim for the full amount of the Debt secured by the Mortgage or to require that all collateral shall continue to secure all of the Debt owing to Lender in accordance with the Loan Documents in the event that the (I) first full monthly payment under the Note is not paid within five (5) days of notice that such payment is late (provided, however, that such grace period relates only to the recourse trigger described in this paragraph), or (II) failure of Borrower to permit on-site inspections of the Property subject to the rights of Tenants and any applicable cure period set forth in the Loan Documents, to provide financial information as required under the Loan Documents subject to any applicable cure period (except for financial information required to be delivered by a tenant pursuant to the applicable Lease that has not been delivered to Borrower, provided Borrower has requested such financial information from such tenant), or (III) failure of Borrower to comply with Section 4.1.30 hereof, or (IV) failure of Borrower to obtain Lender’s prior written consent (to extent such consent is required) to any subordinate financing or other voluntary lien encumbering the Property, or (V) failure of Borrower to obtain Lender’s prior written consent to any assignment, transfer or conveyance of the Property, or any portion thereof, or any interest therein as required by this Agreement. Notwithstanding the provision set forth in clause (IV) of this paragraph, a voluntary lien other than a lien securing an extension of credit filed against the Property shall not constitute a recourse trigger for purposes of this paragraph provided such lien (A) is fully bonded to the satisfaction of Lender and discharged of record within ninety (90) days of filing, or (B) within such ninety (90) day period, Lender receives affirmative title insurance from the title insurance company insuring the lien of the Mortgage that such lien is subject and subordinate to the lien of the Mortgage and no enforcement action is commenced by the applicable lien holder. Upon the acceptance by Lender of any cure by Borrower of a recourse trigger described in clauses (I), (II) or (IV) above, the Debt shall no longer be fully recourse to Borrower solely as a result of such trigger. Upon the acceptance by Lender of any cure by Borrower of a recourse trigger described in clauses (III) or (V) above, the Debt shall no longer be fully recourse to Borrower solely as a result of such trigger, provided, however, Borrower shall remain liable to

 

75


the extent of any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability, claim or other obligation incurred by Lender (including attorneys’ fees and costs reasonably incurred) arising out of or in connection with such trigger.

Section 9.5 Termination of Manager . If (a) the amounts evidenced by the Note have been accelerated pursuant to Section 8.1 (b) hereof, (b) the Manager shall become insolvent, (c) the Manager is in default under the terms of the Management Agreement beyond any applicable grace or cure period, or (d) Manager is not managing the Property in accordance with the management practices of nationally recognized management companies managing similar properties in locations comparable to those of the Property, then, in the case of (a), (b), (c) or (d), Borrower shall, at the request of Lender, terminate the Management Agreement and replace the Manager with a manager reasonably approved by Lender on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to Lender, it being understood and agreed that the management fee for such replacement manager shall not exceed then prevailing market rates. In addition and without limiting the rights of Lender hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, in the event that (i) the Management Agreement is terminated, (ii) the Manager no longer manages the Property, or (iii) a receiver, liquidator or trustee shall be appointed for Manager or if Manager shall be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or if any petition for bankruptcy, reorganization or arrangement pursuant to federal bankruptcy law, or any similar federal or state law, shall be filed by or against, consented to, or acquiesced in by, Manager, or if any proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of Manager shall be instituted, then Borrower (at Borrower’s sole cost and expense) shall immediately, in its name, establish new deposit accounts separate from any other Person with a depository satisfactory to Lender into which all Rents and other income from the Property shall be deposited and shall grant Lender a first priority security interest in such account pursuant to documentation satisfactory in form and substance to Lender.

Section 9.6 Servicer . At the option of Lender, the Loan may be serviced by a servicer/trustee (the “Servicer”) selected by Lender and Lender may delegate all or any portion of its responsibilities under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to the Servicer pursuant to a servicing agreement (the “Servicing Agreement”) between Lender and Servicer. Lender shall be responsible for any set-up fees or any other costs relating to or arising under the Servicing Agreement.

Section 9.7 Splitting the Loan . At the election of Lender in its sole discretion, the Loan or any individual Note making up the Loan shall be split and severed into two or more loans which, at Lender’s election, shall not be cross-collateralized or cross-defaulted with each other. Borrower hereby agrees to deliver to Lender to effectuate such severing of the Loan or any individual Note, as the case may be, as reasonably requested by Lender, (a) additional executed documents, or amendments and modifications to the applicable Loan Documents, (b) new opinions or updates to the opinions delivered to Lender in connection with the closing of the Loan, (c) endorsements and/or updates to the title insurance policies delivered to Lender in connection with the closing of the Loan, and (d) any other certificates, instruments and documentation reasonably determined by Lender as necessary or appropriate to such severance (the items described in subsections (a) through (d) collectively hereinafter shall be referred to as “Severing Documentation”), which Severing Documentation shall be acceptable to Lender in form and substance in its reasonable discretion. Lender hereby agrees to be responsible for all reasonable third-party expenses incurred in connection with the preparation and delivery of the

 

76


Severing Documentation and the effectuation of the uncrossing of the Loan from the additional Loans. Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that upon such severing of the Loan, Lender may effect, in its sole discretion, one or more Securitizations of which the severed loans may be a part.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.1 Survival . This Agreement and all covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein and in the certificates delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the making by Lender of the Loan and the execution and delivery to Lender of the Note, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as all or any of the Debt is outstanding and unpaid unless a longer period is expressly set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents. Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the legal representatives, successors and assigns of such party. All covenants, promises and agreements in this Agreement, by or on behalf of Borrower, shall inure to the benefit of the legal representatives, successors and assigns of Lender.

Section 10.2 Lender’s Discretion . Whenever pursuant to this Agreement, Lender exercises any right given to it to approve or disapprove, or any arrangement or term is to be satisfactory to Lender, the decision of Lender to approve or disapprove or to decide whether arrangements or terms are satisfactory or not satisfactory shall (except as is otherwise specifically herein provided) be in the sole discretion of Lender and shall be final and conclusive.

Section 10.3 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT ENTERED INTO PURSUANT TO THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED AND SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE GOVERNED, CONSTRUED, APPLIED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED AND APPLICABLE FEDERAL LAWS.

Section 10.4 Modification, Waiver in Writing . No modification, amendment, extension, discharge, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, or of the Note, or of any other Loan Document, nor consent to any departure by Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance, and for the purpose, for which given. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no notice to, or demand on Borrower, shall entitle Borrower to any other or future notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

Section 10.5 Delay Not a Waiver . Neither any failure nor any delay on the part of Lender in insisting upon strict performance of any term, condition, covenant or agreement, or exercising any right, power, remedy or privilege hereunder, or under the Note or under any other Loan Document, or any other instrument given as security therefor, shall operate as or constitute a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other future exercise, or the exercise of any other right, power, remedy or privilege. In particular, and not by way of limitation, by accepting payment after the due date of any amount payable under this Agreement,

 

77


the Note or any other Loan Document, Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any right either to require prompt payment when due of all other amounts due under this Agreement, the Note or the other Loan Documents, or to declare a default for failure to effect prompt payment of any such other amount.

Section 10.6 Notices . All notices, consents, approvals and requests required or permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be given in writing and shall be effective for all purposes if hand delivered or sent by (a) certified or registered United States mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or (b) expedited prepaid delivery service, either commercial or United States Postal Service, with proof of attempted delivery, and by telecopier (with answer back acknowledged), addressed as follows (or at such other address and Person as shall be designated from time to time by any party hereto, as the case may be, in a written notice to the other parties hereto in the manner provided for in this Section):

If to Lender:

Bear Stearns Commercial Mortgage, Inc.

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

Attention: J. Christopher Hoeffel

with a copy to:

Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP

401 South Tryon Street

Suite 2600

Charlotte, North Carolina 28202-1935

Attention: Daniel S. Huffenus, Esq.

If to Borrower:

MB HERNDON, L.L.C.

2901 Butterfield Road

Oak Brook, IL 60523

Attention: Lori Foust

with a copy to:

Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc.

2901 Butterfield Road

Oak Brook, IL 60523

Attention: Roberta S. Matlin

and with a copy to:

Inland Real Estate Group, Inc.

2901 Butterfield Road

Oak Brook, IL 60523

Attention: General Counsel

 

78


A notice shall be deemed to have been given: in the case of hand delivery, at the time of delivery; in the case of registered or certified mail, when delivered or the first attempted delivery on a Business Day; or in the case of expedited prepaid delivery and telecopy, upon the first attempted delivery on a Business Day.

Section 10.7 Trial by Jury . BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY AGREE NOT TO ELECT A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY ISSUE TRIABLE OF RIGHT BY JURY, AND WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY FULLY TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY SUCH RIGHT SHALL NOW OR HEREAFTER EXIST WITH REGARD TO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER ACTION ARISING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH. THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS GIVEN KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY BY BORROWER AND LENDER, AND IS INTENDED TO ENCOMPASS INDIVIDUALLY EACH INSTANCE AND EACH ISSUE AS TO WHICH THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY WOULD OTHERWISE ACCRUE. LENDER IS HEREBY AUTHORIZED TO FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH IN ANY PROCEEDING AS CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OF THIS WAIVER BY BORROWER AND LENDER.

Section 10.8 Headings . The Article and/or Section headings and the Table of Contents in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

Section 10.9 Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

Section 10.10 Preferences .

Lender shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply or reverse and reapply any and all payments by Borrower to any portion of the obligations of Borrower hereunder. To the extent Borrower makes a payment or payments to Lender, which payment or proceeds or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or proceeds received, the obligations hereunder or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continue in full force and effect, as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by Lender.

Section 10.11 Waiver of Notice . Borrower shall not be entitled to any notices of any nature whatsoever from Lender except with respect to matters for which this Agreement or the other Loan Documents specifically and expressly provide for the giving of notice by Lender to Borrower and except with respect to matters for which Borrower is not, pursuant to applicable

 

79


Legal Requirements, permitted to waive the giving of notice. Borrower hereby expressly waives the right to receive any notice from Lender with respect to any matter for which this Agreement or the other Loan Documents do not specifically and expressly provide for the giving of notice by Lender to Borrower.

Section 10.12 Remedies of Borrower . In the event that a claim or adjudication is made that Lender or its agents have acted unreasonably or unreasonably delayed acting in any case where by law or under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, Lender or such agent, as the case may be, has an obligation to act reasonably or promptly, Borrower agrees that neither Lender nor its agents shall be liable for any monetary damages, and Borrower’s sole remedies shall be limited to commencing an action seeking injunctive relief or declaratory judgment. The parties hereto agree that any action or proceeding to determine whether Lender has acted reasonably shall be determined by an action seeking declaratory judgment.

Section 10.13 Expenses; Indemnity .

(a) Borrower covenants and agrees to pay or, if Borrower fails to pay, to reimburse, Lender upon receipt of written notice from Lender for all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Lender in connection with (i) the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and all the costs of furnishing all opinions by counsel for Borrower (including without limitation any opinions requested by Lender as to any legal matters arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents with respect to the Property); (ii) Borrower’s ongoing performance of and compliance with Borrower’s respective agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on its part to be performed or complied with after the Closing Date, including, without limitation, confirming compliance with environmental and insurance requirements; (iii) Lender’s ongoing performance and compliance with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on its part to be performed or complied with after the Closing Date (except for those costs and expenses expressly assumed herein or in the other Loan Documents by the Lender); (iv) except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and administration of any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents or matters reasonably requested by Lender; (v) securing Borrower’s compliance with any requests made pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement; (vi) the filing and recording fees and expenses, title insurance and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for providing to Lender all required legal opinions, and other similar expenses incurred in creating and perfecting the Liens in favor of Lender pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; (vii) enforcing or preserving any rights, in response to third party claims or the prosecuting or defending of any action or proceeding or other litigation, in each case against, under or affecting Borrower, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Property, or any other security given for the Loan; and (viii) enforcing any obligations of or collecting any payments due from Borrower under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or with respect to the Property or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided under this Agreement in the nature of a “work-out” or of any insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings; provided, however, that Borrower shall not be liable for the payment of any such costs and expenses to the extent the same arise by reason of the gross negligence, illegal acts, fraud or willful misconduct of Lender.

 

80


(b) Borrower shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Lender from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments; suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for Lender in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding commenced or threatened, whether or not Lender shall be designated a party thereto), that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against Lender in any manner relating to or arising out of (i) any breach by Borrower of its obligations under, or any material misrepresentation by Borrower contained in, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or (ii) the use or intended use of the proceeds of the Loan (collectively, the Indemnified Liabilities ”) ; provided , however , that Borrower shall not have any obligation to Lender hereunder to the extent that such Indemnified Liabilities arise from the gross negligence, illegal acts, fraud or willful misconduct of Lender. To the extent that the undertaking to indemnify, defend and hold harmless set forth in the preceding sentence may be unenforceable because it violates any law or public policy, Borrower shall pay the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by Lender.

Section 10.14 Schedules Incorporated . The Schedules annexed hereto are hereby incorporated herein as a part of this Agreement with the same effect as if set forth in the body hereof.

Section 10.15 Offsets, Counterclaims and Defenses . Any assignee of Lender’s interest in and to this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents shall take the same free and clear of all offsets, counterclaims or defenses which are unrelated to such documents which Borrower may otherwise have against any assignor of such documents, and no such unrelated counterclaim or defense shall be interposed or asserted by Borrower in any action or proceeding brought by any such assignee upon such documents and any such right to interpose or assert any such unrelated offset, counterclaim or defense in any such action or proceeding is hereby expressly waived by Borrower.

Section 10.16 No Joint Venture or Partnership; No Third Party Beneficiaries.

(a) Borrower and Lender intend that the relationships created hereunder and under the other Loan Documents be solely that of borrower and lender. Nothing herein or therein is intended to create a joint venture, partnership, tenancy-in-common, or joint tenancy relationship between Borrower and Lender nor to grant Lender any interest in the Property other than that of mortgagee, beneficiary or lender.

(b) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are solely for the benefit of Lender and Borrower and nothing contained in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to confer upon anyone other than Lender and Borrower any right to insist upon or to enforce the performance or observance of any of the obligations contained herein or therein. All conditions to the obligations of Lender to make the Loan hereunder are imposed solely and exclusively for the benefit of Lender and no other Person shall have standing to require

 

81


satisfaction of such conditions in accordance with their terms or be entitled to assume that Lender will refuse to make the Loan in the absence of strict compliance with any or all thereof and no other Person shall under any circumstances be deemed to be a beneficiary of such conditions, any or all of which may be freely waived in whole or in part by Lender if, in Lender’s sole discretion, Lender deems it advisable or desirable to do so.

Section 10.17 Publicity . All news releases, publicity or advertising by Borrower or their Affiliates through any media intended to reach the general public which refers to the Loan Documents or the financing evidenced by the Loan Documents, to Lender, Bear Stearns, or any of their Affiliates shall be subject to the prior written approval of Lender. All news releases, publicity or advertising by Lender through any media intended to reach the general public which refers solely to the Borrower or to the Loan made by the Lender to the Borrower shall be subject to the prior written approval of Borrower, provided however, the foregoing shall not apply to Provided Information included in disclosure documents in connection with a Securitization.

Section 10.18 Waiver of Marshalling of Assets . To the fullest extent permitted by law, Borrower, for itself and its successors and assigns, waives all rights to a marshalling of the assets of Borrower, Borrower’s members and others with interests in Borrower, and of the Property, or to a sale in inverse order of alienation in the event of foreclosure of the Mortgage or sale of the Property by power of sale, and agrees not to assert any right under any laws pertaining to the marshalling of assets, the sale in inverse order of alienation, homestead exemption, the administration of estates of decedents, or any other matters whatsoever to defeat, reduce or affect the right of Lender under the Loan Documents to a sale of the Property for the collection of the Debt without any prior or different resort for collection or of the right of Lender to the payment of the Debt out of the net proceeds of the Property in preference to every other claimant whatsoever.

Section 10.19 Waiver of Counterclaim . Borrower hereby waives the right to assert a counterclaim, other than a compulsory counterclaim, in any action or proceeding brought against it by Lender or its agents.

Section 10.20 Conflict; Construction of Documents; Reliance . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Loan Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Loan Agreement shall control. The parties hereto acknowledge that they were represented by competent counsel in connection with the negotiation, drafting and execution of the Loan Documents and that such Loan Documents shall not be subject to the principle of construing their meaning against the party which drafted same. Borrower acknowledges that, with respect to the Loan, Borrower shall rely solely on its own judgment and advisors in entering into the Loan without relying in any manner on any statements, representations or recommendations of Lender or any parent, subsidiary or Affiliate of Lender. Lender shall not be subject to any limitation whatsoever in the exercise of any rights or remedies available to it under any of the Loan Documents or any other agreements or instruments which govern the Loan by virtue of the ownership by it or any parent, subsidiary or Affiliate of Lender of any equity interest any of them may acquire in Borrower, and Borrower hereby irrevocably waives the right to raise any defense or take any action on the basis of the foregoing with respect to Lender’s exercise of any such rights or remedies. Borrower acknowledges that Lender engages in the business of real estate financings and other real estate transactions and investments which may be viewed as adverse to or competitive with the business of Borrower or its Affiliates.

 

82


Section 10.21 Brokers and Financial Advisors . Borrower hereby represents that it has dealt with no financial advisors, brokers, underwriters, placement agents, agents or finders in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement other than Inland Mortgage Corp. Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Lender harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, costs and expenses of any kind (including Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) in any way relating to or arising from a claim by any Person that such Person acted on behalf of Borrower or Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated herein. The provisions of this Section 10.21 shall survive the expiration and termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Debt.

Section 10.22 Prior Agreements . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents contain the entire agreement of the parties hereto and thereto in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and all prior agreements or understandings among or between such parties, whether oral or written, are superseded by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and unless specifically set forth in a writing contemporaneous herewith the terms, conditions and provisions of such prior agreement do not survive execution of this Agreement.

Section 10.23 Transfer of Loan . In the event that Lender transfers the Loan, Borrower shall continue to make payments at the place set forth in the Note until such time that Borrower is notified in writing by Lender that payments are to be made at another place.

Section 10.24 Joint and Several Liability . If Borrower consists of more than one person or party, the obligations and liabilities of each person or party shall be joint and several.

(THE BALANCE OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

 

83


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:
MB HERNDON, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company
By:   Minto Builders (Florida), Inc., a Florida corporation, its sole member
  By:  

/s/ Valerie Medina

  Name:  

 

Valerie Medina

  Title:   Assistant Secretary
LENDER:
BEAR STEARNS COMMERCIAL
MORTGAGE, INC., a New York corporation
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Managing Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:
MB HERNDON, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company
By:   Minto Builders (Florida), Inc., a Florida corporation, its sole member
  By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
LENDER:
BEAR STEARNS COMMERCIAL
MORTGAGE, INC., a New York corporation
By:   /s/ Michael A. Forastiere
 

 

Michael A. Forastiere

  Managing Director

Exhibit 10.7

LOAN AGREEMENT

Dated as of November 15, 2005

Between

MB HOFFMAN ESTATES, L.L.C.,

as Borrower

and

BEAR STEARNS COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE, INC.,

as Lender


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS; PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION      1   

Section 1.1

  Definitions      1   

Section 1.2

  Principles of Construction      20   
ARTICLE II GENERAL TERMS      20   

Section 2.1

  Loan Commitment; Disbursement to Borrower      20   

Section 2.2

  Interest; Loan Payments; Late Payment Charge      21   

Section 2.3

  Prepayments      23   

Section 2.4

  Intentionally Omitted      24   

Section 2.5

  Release of Property      24   

Section 2.6

  Manner of Making Payments      25   
ARTICLE III CONDITIONS PRECEDENT      26   

Section 3.1

  Conditions Precedent to Closing      26   
ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      29   

Section 4.1

  Borrower Representations      29   

Section 4.2

  Survival of Representations      37   
ARTICLE V BORROWER COVENANTS      37   

Section 5.1

  Affirmative Covenants      37   

Section 5.2

  Negative Covenants      48   
ARTICLE VI INSURANCE; CASUALTY; CONDEMNATION      53   

Section 6.1

  Insurance      53   

Section 6.2

  Casualty      57   

Section 6.3

  Condemnation      57   

Section 6.4

  Restoration      57   
ARTICLE VII RESERVE FUNDS      62   

Section 7.1

  Required Repair Funds      62   

Section 7.2

  Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund      63   

Section 7.3

  Replacements and Replacement Reserve      64   

Section 7.4

  Intentionally Omitted      69   

Section 7.5

  Intentionally Omitted      69   

Section 7.6

  Intentionally Omitted      69   

Section 7.7

  Reserve Funds, Generally      69   
ARTICLE VIII DEFAULTS      70   

Section 8.1

  Event of Default      70   

Section 8.2

  Remedies      72   

Section 8.3

  Remedies Cumulative; Waivers      73   
ARTICLE I X SPECIAL PROVISIONS      73   

Section 9.1

  Sale of Notes and Securitization      73   

Section 9.2

  Securitization      74   

Section 9.3

  Rating Surveillance      75   

Section 9.4

  Exculpation      75   

Section 9.5

  Termination of Manager      77   

 

-i-


Section 9.6

  Servicer      78   

Section 9.7

  Splitting the Loan      78   

ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS

     78   

Section 10.1

  Survival      78   

Section 10.2

  Lender’s Discretion      79   

Section 10.3

  Governing Law      79   

Section 10.4

  Modification, Waiver in Writing      79   

Section 10.5

  Delay Not a Waiver      79   

Section 10.6

  Notices      79   

Section 10.7

  Trial by Jury      80   

Section 10.8

  Headings      81   

Section 10.9

  Severability      81   

Section 10.10

  Preferences      81   

Section 10.11

  Waiver of Notice      81   

Section 10.12

  Remedies of Borrower      81   

Section 10.13

  Expenses; Indemnity      82   

Section 10.14

  Schedules Incorporated      83   

Section 10.15

  Offsets, Counterclaims and Defenses      83   

Section 10.16

  No Joint Venture or Partnership; No Third Party Beneficiaries      83   

Section 10.17

  Publicity      83   

Section 10.18

  Waiver of Marshalling of Assets      83   

Section 10.19

  Waiver of Counterclaim      84   

Section 10.20

  Conflict; Construction of Documents; Reliance      84   

Section 10.21

  Brokers and Financial Advisors      84   

Section 10.22

  Prior Agreements      84   

Section 10.23

  Transfer of Loan      85   

Section 10.24

  Certain Additional Rights of Lender (VCOC)      85   

Section 10.25

  Joint and Several Liability      85   

 

  SCHEDULES   
  Schedule I    -    Tenant Direction Letters
  Schedule II    -    Other Leases
  Schedule III    -    Required Repairs

 

-ii-


LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT, dated as of this 15 th day of November, 2005 (as amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this Agreement ”), between BEAR STEARNS COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE, INC., a New York corporation, having an address at 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (“ Lender ”), and MB HOFFMAN ESTATES, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, having an address at 2901 Butterfield Road, Oak Brook, Illinois 60523 (“ Borrower ”) .

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Borrower desires to obtain the Loan (as hereinafter defined) from Lender; and

WHEREAS, Lender is willing to make the Loan to Borrower, subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as hereinafter defined).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the making of the Loan by Lender and the covenants, agreements, representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto hereby covenant, agree, represent and warrant as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS; PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION

Section 1.1 Definitions . For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly required or unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intent:

Additional Documentation shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.7 hereof.

Additional Insolvency Opinion shall mean any subsequent Insolvency Opinion.

Affiliate shall mean, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person or is a director or officer of such Person or of an Affiliate of such Person.

ALTA shall mean American Land Title Association, or any successor thereto.

Anchor Lease Guarantor shall mean SBC Communications Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Anchor Tenant shall mean SBC Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, pursuant to the Anchor Tenant Lease.

Anchor Tenant Lease shall mean that certain Lease Agreement, dated November 15, 2005 by and between Borrower, as landlord, and Anchor Tenant, as tenant, as the same may be amended, restated, renewed, substituted or replaced (but only to the extent permitted under this Agreement).


Annual Budget shall mean the operating budget, including all planned capital expenditures, for the Property prepared by Borrower for the applicable Fiscal Year or other period.

Anticipated Repayment Date shall mean December 1, 2010.

Assignment of Leases shall mean, with respect to the Property, that certain first priority Assignment of Leases and Rents, dated as of the Closing Date, from Borrower, as assignor, to Lender, as assignee, assigning to Lender all of Borrower’s interest in and to the Leases and Rents of the Property as security for the Loan, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Assignment of Management Agreement shall mean that certain Assignment of Management Agreement and Subordination of Management Fees dated as of the Closing Date among Lender, Borrower and Manager, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Assumption Lockout Period shall mean the period commencing upon notice from Lender to Borrower at a Securitization shall occur within thirty (30) days, and ending thirty (30) days after Securitization.

Award shall mean any compensation paid by any Governmental Authority in connection with a Condemnation in respect of all or any part of the Property.

Basic Carrying Costs shall mean, with respect to the Property, the sum of the following costs associated with the Property for the relevant Fiscal Year or payment period: (i) Taxes and (ii) Insurance Premiums.

Borrower shall mean MB HOFFMAN ESTATES, L.L.C., together with its permitted successors and assigns.

Business Day shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which national banks in New York, New York are not open for business.

Capital Expenditures shall mean, for any period, the amount expended for items capitalized under accounting principles reasonably acceptable to Lender, consistently applied (including expenditures for building improvements or major repairs, leasing commissions and tenant improvements).

Cash Expenses shall mean, for any period, the operating expenses for the operation of the Property as set forth in an approved Annual Budget to the extent that such expenses are actually incurred by Borrower minus any payments into the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund.

Cash Management Termination Event shall mean (a) if the Cash Management Trigger relates solely to clause (i) of the definition thereof, the Event of Default

 

2


shall have been cured, and Lender shall have accepted such cure, provided that Lender has not otherwise accelerated the Loan, moved for a receiver or commenced foreclosure proceedings; (b) if the Cash Management Trigger relates solely to the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Manager, the dismissal of such bankruptcy without adverse consequences to the Loan or the Property, or the replacement of the Manager with a Qualifying Manager satisfactory to Lender in Lender’s reasonable discretion pursuant to a property management agreement satisfactory to Lender in Lender’s reasonable discretion, no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which Manager filed for bankruptcy or on which insolvency proceeding were initiated; (c) if the Cash Management Trigger relates solely to the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Anchor Tenant, the releasing of the entire Property to one or more replacement tenants satisfactory to Lender in Lender’s reasonable discretion pursuant to one or more replacement leases, each at an average rental rate not less than the greater of market rate and the rate paid by Anchor Tenant under the Anchor Tenant Lease, and Lender shall have received an estoppel letter from such replacement tenant confirming, among other things, that such tenant has taken occupancy of its demised premises and commenced payment of rent; (d) if the Cash Management Trigger relates solely to the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Anchor Lease Guarantor, the Anchor Lease Guarantor is replaced with a lease guarantor acceptable to Lender in its sole discretion within thirty (30) days after notice of such Cash Management Trigger; or (e) if the Cash Management Trigger relates solely to the credit rating of Anchor Lease Guarantor falling below investment grade, the restoration and maintaining of an investment grade rating by each Rating Agency for twelve (12) consecutive calendar months; provided, however , that Borrower shall not have the right to cure a Cash Management Trigger that is caused by the bankruptcy or insolvency of Borrower or that is caused by failure to repay the Debt on or before the Anticipated Repayment Date, and further provided, however , there shall not be more than two (2) Cash Management Termination Events during the term of the Loan.

Cash Management Trigger shall mean (i) the existence of an Event of Default, (ii) the bankruptcy or insolvency of Borrower, Manager, Anchor Tenant or Anchor Lease Guarantor, (iii) Lender’s determination that the credit rating of Anchor Lease Guarantor by any Rating Agency shall be below investment grade, or (iv) Borrower’s failure to repay the Debt on or before the Anticipated Repayment Date.

Casualty shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.2 hereof.

Casualty/Condemnation Prepayment shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.4(e) hereof.

Casualty Consultant shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b)(iii) hereof.

Casualty Retainage shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b)(iv) hereof.

Closing Date shall mean the date hereof.

 

3


Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as it may be further amended from time to time, and any successor statutes thereto, and applicable U.S. Department of Treasury regulations issued pursuant thereto in temporary or final form.

Condemnation ” shall mean a temporary or permanent taking by any Governmental Authority as the result or in lieu or in anticipation of the exercise of the right of condemnation or eminent domain, of all or any part of the Property, or any interest therein or right accruing thereto, including any right of access thereto or any change of grade affecting the Property or any part thereof.

Debt ” shall mean the outstanding principal amount set forth in, and evidenced by, this Agreement and the Note together with all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other sums (including the Prepayment Consideration) due to Lender in respect of the Loan under the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage or any other Loan Document.

Debt Service ” shall mean, with respect to any particular period of time, scheduled interest payments under the Note.

Debt Service Coverage Ratio ” shall mean a ratio for the applicable period in which:

(a) the numerator is the Net Operating Income (excluding interest on credit accounts) for such period as set forth in the statements required hereunder, without deduction for (i) actual management fees incurred in connection with the operation of the Property, (ii) amounts paid to the Reserve Funds, less (A) management fees equal to the greater of (I) assumed management fees of two percent (2.0%) of Gross Income from Operations or (2) the actual management fees incurred, (B) assumed Replacement Reserve Fund contributions equal to $0.00 per square foot of gross leaseable area at the Property; and (C) assumed reserves for tenant improvements and leasing commissions equal to $0.00 per square foot of gross leaseable area at the Property; and

(b) the denominator is the aggregate amount of interest due and payable on the Note for such applicable period.

Default ” shall mean the occurrence of any event hereunder or under any other Loan Document which, but for the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” shall mean, with respect to the Loan, a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (a) the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, or (b) five percent (5%) above the Interest Rate or Hyper-Am Interest Rate, as applicable.

Disclosure Document ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2 hereof.

Eligible Account ” shall mean a separate and identifiable account from all other funds held by the holding institution that is either (a) an account or accounts maintained with a federal or state-chartered depository institution or trust company which complies with the definition of Eligible Institution or (b) a segregated trust account or accounts maintained with a

 

4


federal or state chartered depository institution or trust company acting in its fiduciary capacity which, in the case of a state chartered depository institution or trust company, is subject to regulations substantially similar to 12 C.F.R. §9.10(b), having in either case a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by federal and state authority. An Eligible Account will not be evidenced by a certificate of deposit, passbook or other instrument.

Eligible Institution ” shall mean a depository institution or trust company insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation the short term unsecured debt obligations or commercial paper of which are rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, P-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and F-1+ by Fitch, Inc. in the case of accounts in which funds are held for 30 days or less (or, in the case of accounts in which funds are held for more than 30 days, the long term unsecured debt obligations of which are rated at least “AA” by Fitch and S&P and “Aa” by Moody’s).

Embargoed Person ” shall mean any person, entity or government subject to trade restrictions under U.S. law, including, but not limited to, The USA PATRIOT Act (including the anti-terrorism provisions thereof), the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701, et seq., The Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 1 et seq., and any Executive Orders or regulations promulgated thereunder including those related to Specially Designated Nationals and Specially Designated Global Terrorists, with the result that the investment in Borrower, Principal or Guarantor, as applicable (whether directly or indirectly), is prohibited by law or the Loan made by the Lender is in violation of law.

Environmental Indemnity ” shall mean that certain Environmental Indemnity Agreement executed by Borrower in connection with the Loan for the benefit of Lender, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Environmental Report ” shall have the meaning as defined m the Environmental Indemnity executed by the Borrower.

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(a) hereof.

Excess Cash Flow ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.3 hereof.

Exchange Act Filing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.11(i)  hereof.

Extraordinary Expense ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.11(e) hereof.

Fiscal Year ” shall mean each twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 during each year of the term of the Loan.

 

5


Governmental Authority shall mean any court, board, agency, commission, office or other authority of any nature whatsoever for any governmental unit (federal, state, county, district, municipal, city or otherwise) whether now or hereafter in existence.

Gross Income from Operations shall mean all sustainable income as reported on the financial statements delivered by the Borrower in accordance with this Agreement, computed in accordance with accounting principles reasonably acceptable to Lender, consistently applied, derived from the ownership and operation of the Property from whatever source, including , but not limited to, (i) Rents from Tenants that are in occupancy, open for business and paying unabated Rent, (ii) utility charges, (iii) escalations, (iv) intentionally omitted; (v) service fees or charges, (vi) license fees, (vii) parking fees, and (viii) other required pass-throughs but excluding (i) Rents from Tenants that arc subject to any bankruptcy proceeding (unless such Tenant has affirmed its Lease), or are not in occupancy, open for business or paying unabated Rent, (ii) sales, use and occupancy or other taxes on receipts required to be accounted for by Borrower to any Governmental Authority, (iii) refunds and uncollectible accounts, (iv) sales of furniture, fixtures and equipment, (v) Insurance Proceeds (other than business interruption or other loss of income insurance), (vi) Awards, (vii) unforfeited security deposits, (viii) utility and other similar deposits and (ix) any disbursements to Borrower from the Reserve Funds. Gross income shall not be diminished as a result of the Mortgage or the creation of any intervening estate or interest in the Property or any part thereof.

Hyper-Am Interest Rate shall mean a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (a) the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, or (b) two percent (2%) above the Interest Rate.

Hyper-Am Prepayment shall mean any application of Excess Cash Flow to the Debt pursuant to Section 2.2.4.

Improvements shall have the meaning set forth in the granting clause of the Mortgage with respect to the Property.

Indebtedness of a Person, at a particular date, means the sum (without duplication) at such date of (a) indebtedness or liability for borrowed money; (b) obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments; (c) obligations for the deferred purchase price of property or services (including trade obligations); (d) obligations under letters of credit; (e) obligations under acceptance facilities; (f) all guaranties, endorsements (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business) and other contingent obligations to purchase, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds, to invest in any Person or entity, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss; and (g) obligations secured by any Liens, whether or not the obligations have been assumed.

Indemnitor shall mean Inland Western Retail Real Estate Trust, Inc., a Maryland corporation, or any Substitute Indemnitor.

Indemnifying Person shall mean each of Borrower and Indemnitor.

Indemnity Agreement shall mean that certain Indemnity Agreement dated as of the Closing Date by Borrower and Indemnitor in favor of Lender, or any replacement Indemnity Agreement executed by a Substitute Indemnitor.

 

6


Independent Director shall mean a director of a corporation or a director or manager of a limited liability company who is not at the time of initial appointment, or at any time while serving as a director of such an entity, and has not been at any time during the preceding five (5) years: (a) a stockholder, director (with the exception of serving as the Independent Director), officer, employee, partner, attorney or counsel of the Borrower or any Affiliate of either of them; (b) a customer, supplier or other person who derives any of its purchases or revenues from its activities with the Borrower or any Affiliate of either of them; (c) a Person controlling or under common control with any such stockholder, director, officer, partner, customer, supplier or other Person; or (d) a member of the immediate family of any such stockholder, director, officer, employee, partner, customer, supplier or other person. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management, policies or activities of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc .” shall mean Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

Inland Western Retail Real Estate Trust, Inc .” shall mean Inland Western Retail Real Estate Trust, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

Insolvency Opinion shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.6 hereof.

Insurance Premiums shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b) hereof.

Insurance Proceeds shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b) hereof.

Interest Rate shall mean 4.9954% per annum.

Lease shall mean any lease, sublease or subsublease, letting, license, concession or other agreement (whether written or oral and whether now or hereafter in effect) pursuant to which any Person is granted a possessory interest in, or right to use or occupy all or any portion of any space in the Property of Borrower, and every modification, amendment or other agreement relating to such lease, sublease, subsublease, or other agreement entered into in connection with such lease, sublease, subsublease, or other agreement and every guarantee of the performance and observance of the covenants, conditions and agreements to be performed and observed by the other party thereto.

Legal Requirements shall mean, with respect to the Property, all federal, state, county, municipal and other governmental statutes, laws, rules, orders, regulations, ordinances, judgments, decrees and injunctions of Governmental Authorities affecting the Property or any part thereof, or the construction, use, alteration or operation thereof, or any part thereof, whether now or hereafter enacted and in force, and all permits, licenses and authorizations and regulations relating thereto, and all covenants, agreements, restrictions and encumbrances contained in any instruments, either of record or known to Borrower, at any time in force affecting the Property or any part thereof, including, without limitation, any which may (a) require repairs, modifications or alterations in or to the Property or any part thereof, or (b) in any way limit the use and enjoyment thereof.

 

7


Lender shall mean Bear Stearns Commercial Mortgage, Inc., together with its successors and assigns.

Licenses shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.22 hereof.

Lien shall mean, with respect to the Property, any mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, lien, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, security interest, or any other encumbrance, charge or transfer of, on or affecting Borrower, the Property, any portion thereof or any interest therein, including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, the filing of any financing statement, and mechanic’s, materialmen’s and other similar liens and encumbrances.

Loan shall mean the loan made by Lender to Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and evidenced by the Note.

Loan Documents shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage, the Assignment of Leases and Rents, the Environmental Indemnity, the Assignment of Management Agreement, the Indemnity Agreement and all other documents executed and/or delivered in connection with the Loan.

Lockbox Account shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.6.3 hereof.

Management Agreement shall mean, with respect to the Property, the management agreement entered into by and between Borrower and the Manager, pursuant to which the Manager is to provide management and other services with respect to the Property.

Manager shall mean Inland American Office Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Maturity Date shall mean December l, 2035, or such other date on which the final payment of principal of the Note becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at such stated maturity date, by declaration of acceleration, or otherwise.

Maximum Legal Rate shall mean the maximum nonusurious interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, taken, reserved, charged or received on the indebtedness evidenced by the Note and as provided for herein or the other Loan Documents, under the laws of such state or states whose laws are held by any court of competent jurisdiction to govern the interest rate provisions of the Loan.

MERS shall mean Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Monthly Debt Service Payment Amount shall mean an amount equal to $834,531.52.

Mortgage shall mean, with respect to the Property, that certain first priority Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated the Closing Date, executed and delivered by Borrower

 

8


to (or for the benefit of) MERS nominee of Lender, as security for the Loan and encumbering the Property, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Net Cash Flow shall mean, with respect to the Property for any period, the amount obtained by subtracting Operating Expenses and Capital Expenditures for such period from Gross Income from Operations for such period.

Net Cash Flow After Debt Service shall mean, with respect to the Property for any period, the amount obtained by subtracting Debt Service for such period from Net Cash Flow for such period.

Net Cash Flow Schedule shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.11(b) hereof.

Net Operating Income shall mean the amount obtained by subtracting from Gross Income from Operations (i) Operating Expenses, and (ii) a vacancy allowance equal to the greater of (x) market vacancy (as reasonably determined by Lender), less actual vacancy, and (y) underwritten vacancy of 2.0%, less actual vacancy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if actual vacancy exceeds market vacancy and underwritten vacancy, then there shall be no adjustment for a vacancy allowance.

Net Proceeds shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b) hereof.

Net Proceeds Deficiency shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b)(vi) hereof.

Net Proceeds Prepayment shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(e) hereof.

Note shall mean that certain Promissory Note of even date herewith in the principal amount of Two Hundred Million Four Hundred Seventy Two Thousand and NO/100 Dollars ($200,472,000.00), made by Borrower in favor of Lender, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

O&M Agreement shall mean, that certain Operations and Maintenance Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between Borrower and Lender given in connection with the Loan, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Officers’ Certificate shall mean a certificate delivered to Lender by Borrower which is signed by the Sole Member.

Operating Expenses shall mean the total of all expenditures, computed in accordance with accounting principles reasonably acceptable to Lender, consistently applied, of whatever kind relating to the operation, maintenance and management of the Property that are incurred on a regular monthly or other periodic basis, including without limitation, utilities, ordinary repairs and maintenance, insurance, license fees, property taxes and assessments,

 

9


advertising expenses, management fees, payroll and related taxes, computer processing charges, operational equipment or other lease payments as approved by Lender, and other similar costs, but excluding depreciation, Debt Service, Capital Expenditures and contributions to the Reserve Funds.

Other Charges shall mean all ground rents, maintenance charges, impositions other than Taxes, and any other charges, including, without limitation, vault charges and license fees for the use of vaults, chutes and similar areas adjoining the Property, now or hereafter levied or assessed or imposed against the Property or any part thereof.

Other Leases shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.26 hereof.

Payment Date shall mean the first ( lst) day of each calendar month during the term of the Loan or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately succeeding Business Day.

Permitted Encumbrances shall mean, with respect to the Property, collectively, (a) the Liens and security interests created by the Loan Documents, (b) all Liens, encumbrances and other matters disclosed in the Title Insurance Policy relating to the Property or any part thereof, (c) Liens, if any, for Taxes imposed by any Governmental Authority not yet due or delinquent, and (d) such other title and survey exceptions as Lender has approved or may approve in writing in Lender’s reasonable discretion, which Permitted Encumbrances in the aggregate do not materially adversely affect the value or use of the Property or Borrower’s ability to repay the Loan.

Permitted Investments shall mean any one or more of the following obligations or securities acquired at a purchase price of not greater than par, including those issued by Servicer, the trustee under any Securitization or any of their respective Affiliates, payable on demand or having a maturity date not later than the Business Day immediately prior to the first Payment Date following the date of acquiring such investment and meeting one of the appropriate standards set forth below:

(i) obligations of, or obligations fully guaranteed as to payment of principal and interest by, the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof provided such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America including, without limitation, obligations of: the U.S. Treasury (all direct or fully guaranteed obligations), the Farmers Home Administration (certificates of beneficial ownership), the General Services Administration (participation certificates), the U.S. Maritime Administration (guaranteed Title XI financing), the Small Business Administration (guaranteed participation certificates and guaranteed pool certificates), the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (local authority bonds) and the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority (guaranteed transit bonds); provided , however , that the investments described in this clause must (A) have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (B) if rated by S&P, must not have an “r” highlighter affixed to their rating, (C) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, such interest rate must be tied to a single interest rate index plus

 

10


a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (D) such investments must not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

(ii) Federal Housing Administration debentures;

(iii) obligations of the following United States government sponsored agencies: Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp. (debt obligations), the Farm Credit System (consolidated systemwide bonds and notes), the Federal Home Loan Banks (consolidated debt obligations), the Federal National Mortgage Association (debt obligations), the Student Loan Marketing Association (debt obligations), the Financing Corp. (debt obligations), and the Resolution Funding Corp. (debt obligations); provided , however , that the investments described in this clause must (A) have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (B) if rated by S&P, must not have an “r” highlighter affixed to their rating, (C) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, such interest rate must be tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (D) such investments must not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

(iv) federal funds, unsecured certificates of deposit, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and repurchase agreements with maturities of not more than 365 days of any bank, the short term obligations of which at all times are rated in the highest short term rating category by each Rating Agency (or, if not rated by all Rating Agencies, rated by at least one Rating Agency in the highest short term rating category and otherwise acceptable to each other Rating Agency, as confirmed in writing that such investment would not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the Securities); provided , however , that the investments described in this clause must (A) have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that carmot vary or change, (B) if rated by S&P, must not have an “r” highlighter affixed to their rating, (C) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, such interest rate must be tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (D) such investments must not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

(v) fully Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured demand and time deposits in, or certificates of deposit of, or bankers’ acceptances issued by, any bank or trust company, savings and loan association or savings bank, the short term obligations of which at all times are rated in the highest short term rating category by each Rating Agency (or, if not rated by all Rating Agencies, rated by at least one Rating Agency in the highest short term rating category and otherwise acceptable to each other Rating Agency, as confirmed in writing that such investment would not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the Securities); provided , however , that the investments described in this clause must (A) have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (B) if rated by S&P, must not have an “r” highlighter affixed to their rating, (C) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, such interest rate must be tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (D) such investments must not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

 

11


(vi) debt obligations with maturities of not more than 365 days and at all times rated by each Rating Agency (or, if not rated by all Rating Agencies, rated by at least one Rating Agency and otherwise acceptable to each other Rating Agency, as confirmed in writing that such investment would not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the Securities) in its highest long-term unsecured rating category; provided , however , that the investments described in this clause must (A) have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (B) if rated by S&P, must not have an “r” highlighter affixed to their rating, (C) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, such interest rate must be tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (D) such investments must not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

(vii) commercial paper (including both non-interest-bearing discount obligations and interest-bearing obligations payable on demand or on a specified date not more than one year after the date of issuance thereof) with maturities of not more than 365 days and that at all times is rated by each Rating Agency (or, if not rated by all Rating Agencies, rated by at least one Rating Agency and otherwise acceptable to each other Rating Agency, as confirmed in writing that such investment would not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the Securities) in its highest short-term unsecured debt rating; provided , however , that the investments described in this clause must (A) have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (B) if rated by S&P, must not have an “r” highlighter affixed to their rating, (C) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, such interest rate must be tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (D) such investments must not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

(viii) units of taxable money market funds, which funds are regulated investment companies, seek to maintain a constant net asset value per share and invest solely in obligations backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, which funds have the highest rating available from each Rating Agency (or, if not rated by all Rating Agencies, rated by at least one Rating Agency and otherwise acceptable to each other Rating Agency, as confirmed in writing that such investment would not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the Securities) for money market funds; and

(ix) any other security, obligation or investment which has been approved as a Permitted Investment in writing by (a) Lender and (b) each Rating Agency, as evidenced by a written confirmation that the designation of such security, obligation or investment as a Permitted Investment will not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the Securities by such Rating Agency;

 

12


provided , however , that no obligation or security shall be a Permitted Investment if (A) such obligation or security evidences a right to receive only interest payments or (B) the right to receive principal and interest payments on such obligation or security are derived from an underlying investment that provides a yield to maturity in excess of 120% of the yield to maturity at par of such underlying investment.

Permitted Prepayment Date shall mean the date that is three (3) years from the first day of the calendar month immediately following the Closing Date.

Person shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, unincorporated association, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing.

Personal Property shall have the meaning set forth in the granting clause of the Mortgage with respect to the Property.

Physical Conditions Report shall mean, with respect to the Property, a report prepared by a company satisfactory to Lender regarding the physical condition of the Property, satisfactory in form and substance to Lender in its sole discretion, which report shall, among other things, (a) confirm that the Property and its use complies, in all material respects, with all applicable Legal Requirements (including, without limitation, zoning, subdivision and building laws) and (b) include a copy of a final certificate of occupancy with respect to all Improvements on the Property.

Policies shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.l(b) hereof.

Prepayment Consideration shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.1.

Prepayment Rate shall mean the bond equivalent yield (in the secondary market) on the United States Treasury Security that as of the Prepayment Rate Determination Date has a remaining term to maturity closest to, but not exceeding, the remaining term to the Maturity Date, as most recently published in the “Treasury Bonds, Notes and Bills” section in The Wall Street Journal as of the date of the related tender of the payment. If more than one issue of United States Treasury Securities has the remaining term to the Maturity Date referred to above, the “Prepayment Rate” shall be the yield on the United States Treasury Security most recently issued as of such date. If the publication of the Prepayment Rate in The Wall Street Journal is discontinued, Lender shall determine the Prepayment Rate on the basis of “Statistical Release H.l5(519), Selected Interest Rates,” or any successor publication, published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or on the basis of such other publication or statistical guide as Lender may reasonably select.

Prepayment Rate Determination Date shall mean the date which is five (5) Business Days prior to the prepayment date.

Property shall mean the parcel of real property, the Improvements thereon and all personal property owned by Borrower and encumbered by the Mortgage, together with all rights pertaining to such property and Improvements, as more particularly described in the Granting Clauses of the Mortgage and referred to therein as the “Property”.

 

13


Provided Information shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(a) hereof.

Qualifying Entity shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.13(b) hereof.

Qualifying Manager shall mean either (a) a reputable and experienced management organization reasonably satisfactory to Lender, which organization or its principals possess at least ten (10) years experience in managing properties similar in size, scope and value of the Property and which, on the date Lender determines whether such management organization is a Qualifying Manager, manages at least one million square feet of office space, provided that Borrower shall have obtained prior written confirmation from the Rating Agency that management of the Property by such entity will not cause a downgrading, withdrawal or qualification of the then current rating of the securities issued pursuant to the Securitization, or (b) the fee owner of the Property, provided that such owner possesses experience in managing and operating properties similar in size, scope and value of the Property. Lender acknowledges that on the Closing Date, Manager shall be deemed to be a Qualifying Manager.

Rating Agencies shall mean each of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of McGraw-Hill, Inc., Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Fitch, Inc., or any other nationally-recognized statistical rating agency which has been approved by Lender.

Rating Surveillance Charge shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.3 hereof.

Relevant Leasing Threshold shall mean, any Lease for an amount of leaseable square footage equal to or greater than 10,000 square feet.

Relevant Restoration Threshold shall mean Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 dollars ($500,000.00).

REMIC Trust shall mean a “real estate mortgage investment conduit” within the meaning of Section 860D of the Code that holds the Note.

Rents shall mean, with respect to the Property, all rents, rent equivalents, moneys payable as damages or in lieu of rent or rent equivalents, royalties (including, without limitation, all oil and gas or other mineral royalties and bonuses), income, receivables, receipts, revenues, deposits (including, without limitation, security, utility and other deposits), accounts, cash, issues, profits, charges for services rendered, and other consideration of whatever form or nature received by or paid to or for the account of or benefit of Borrower or its agents or employees from any and all sources arising from or attributable to the Property, and proceeds, if any, from business interruption or other loss of income insurance.

Replacement Reserve Account shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.1 hereof.

 

14


Replacement Reserve Fund shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.1 hereof.

Replacement Reserve Monthly Deposit shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.1 hereof.

Replacements shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.l(a) hereof.

Required Repair Account shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.1 hereof.

Required Repair Fund shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.1 hereof.

Required Repairs shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.1 hereof.

Reserve Funds shall mean the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund, the Replacement Reserve Fund, the Required Repair Fund (if any), the Lockbox Account or any other escrow fund established by the Loan Documents.

Restoration shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 hereof.

Securities shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1 hereof.

Securities Act shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2 hereof.

Securitization shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1 hereof.

Servicer shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6 hereof.

Servicing Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6 hereof.

Severed Loan Documents shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(c) hereof.

Sole Member shall mean Minto Builders (Florida), Inc., a Florida corporation

Special Purpose Entity means a corporation, limited partnership, limited liability company, or Delaware statutory trust which at all times on and after the Closing Date:

(i) is organized solely for the purpose of (A) acquiring, developing, owning, holding, selling, leasing, transferring, exchanging, managing and operating the Property, entering into this Agreement with the Lender, refinancing the Property in connection with a permitted repayment of the Loan, and transacting lawful business that is incident, necessary and appropriate to accomplish the foregoing; or (B) acting as a general partner of the limited partnership that owns the Property, a member of the limited liability company that owns the Property or the beneficiary or trustee of a Delaware statutory trust that owns the Property;

 

15


(ii) is not engaged and will not engage in any business unrelated to (A) the acquisition, development, ownership, management or operation of the Property, (B) acting as general partner of the limited partnership that owns the Property, (C) acting as a member of the limited liability company that owns the Property, or (D) acting as the beneficiary or trustee of a Delaware statutory trust that owns the Property, as applicable;

(iii) does not have and will not have any assets other than those related to the Property or its partnership interest in the limited partnership, the member interest in the limited liability company or the beneficial interest in the Delaware statutory trust that owns the Property or acts as the general partner, managing member or beneficiary or trustee thereof, as applicable;

(iv) has not engaged, sought or consented to and will not engage in, seek or consent to any dissolution, winding up, liquidation, consolidation, merger, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, transfer of partnership, membership or beneficial or trustee interests (if such entity is a general partner in a limited partnership, a member in a limited liability company or a beneficiary of a Delaware trust) or amendment of its limited partnership agreement, articles of incorporation, articles of organization, certificate of formation, operating agreement or trust formation and governance documents (as applicable) with respect to the matters set forth in this definition;

(v) if such entity is a limited partnership, has as its only general partners, Special Purpose Entities that are corporations, limited partnerships or limited liability companies;

(vi) if such entity is a corporation, has at least two (2) Independent Directors, and has not caused or allowed and will not cause or allow the board of directors of such entity to take any action related to a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or a voluntary dissolution without the unanimous affirmative vote of 100% of the members of its board of directors, including the Independent Directors;

(vii) if such entity is a limited liability company and such limited liability company has more than one member, such limited liability company has as its manager a Special Purpose Entity that is a corporation and that owns at least 1.0% (one percent) of the equity of the limited liability company;

(viii) if such entity is a limited liability company and such limited liability company has only one member, such limited liability company (a) has been formed under Delaware law, (b) has either a corporation or other person or entity that shall become a member of the limited liability company upon the dissolution or disassociation of the member, and (c) has a board of directors with not less than two (2) Independent Directors, and (d) will not cause or allow its board of directors to take any action related to a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or a voluntary dissolution without the unanimous affirmative vote of 100% of the members of its board of directors, including the Independent Directors;

 

16


(ix) if such entity is (a) a limited liability company, has articles of organization, a certificate of formation and/or an operating agreement, as applicable, (b) a limited partnership, has a limited partnership agreement, (c) a corporation, has a certificate or articles of incorporation and bylaws, as applicable, or (d) a Delaware statutory trust, has organizational documents that, in each case, provide that such entity will not: (1) dissolve, merge, liquidate, consolidate; (2) except as permitted herein, sell all or substantially all of its assets or the assets of the Borrower (as applicable) except as permitted herein; (3) engage in any other business activity, or amend its organizational documents with respect to the matters set forth in this definition without the consent of the Lender; or (4) without the affirmative vote of all directors of the corporation (that is such entity or the general partner or managing or co-managing member or manager of such entity), file a bankruptcy or insolvency petition or otherwise institute insolvency proceedings with respect to itself or to any other entity in which it has a direct or indirect legal or beneficial ownership interest;

(x) has not entered into or been a party to, and will not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, beneficiaries, shareholders or Affiliates except (A) in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are intrinsically fair, commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party and (B) in connection with this Agreement;

(xi) is solvent and pays its debts and liabilities (including, as applicable, shared personnel and overhead expenses) from its assets as the same become due, and is maintaining adequate capital for the normal obligations reasonably foreseeable in a business of its size and character and in light of its contemplated business operations;

(xii) has not failed and will not fail to correct any known misunderstanding regarding the separate identity of such entity;

(xiii) will file its own tax returns; provided , however, that Borrower’s assets and income may be included in a consolidated tax return of its parent companies if inclusion on such consolidated tax return is in compliance with applicable law;

(xiv) has maintained and will maintain its own resolutions and agreements;

(xv) (a) has not commingled and will not commingle its funds or assets with those of any other Person and (b) has not participated and will not participate in any cash management system with any other Person, except with respect to a custodial account maintained by the Manager on behalf of Affiliates of Borrower and, with respect to funds in such custodial account, has separately accounted, and will continue to separately account for, each item of income and expense applicable to the Property and Borrower;

(xvi) has held and will hold its assets in its own name;

(xvii) has conducted and will conduct its business in its name or in a name franchised or licensed to it by an entity other than an Affiliate of Borrower;

 

17


(xviii) has maintained and will maintain its balance sheets, operating statements and other entity documents separate from any other Person and has not permitted and will not permit its assets to be listed as assets on the financial statement of any other entity except as required or permitted by applicable accounting principles acceptable to Lender, consistently applied; provided , however , that (i) any such consolidated financial statement shall contain a note indicating that it maintains separate balance sheets and operating statements for the Borrower and the Property, or (ii) if such Person is controlled by Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc., then such Person may be included in the consolidated financial statement of Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc. provided such consolidated financial statement contains a note indicating that it maintains separate financial records for each Person controlled by Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc.;

(xix) has a sufficient number of employees in light of its contemplated business operations, which may be none;

(xx) has observed and will observe all partnership, corporate, limited liability company or Delaware statutory trust formalities, as applicable;

(xxi) has and will have no Indebtedness (including loans (whether or not such loans are evidenced by a written agreement) between Borrower and any Affiliates of Borrower and relating to the management of funds in the custodial account maintained by the Manager) other than (i) the Loan, (ii) liabilities, not to exceed $1,000,000 outstanding at any time, incurred in the ordinary course of business relating to the ownership and operation of the Property and the routine administration of Borrower, which liabilities are not more than sixty (60) days past the date incurred (unless disputed in accordance with applicable law), are not evidenced by a note and are paid when due, and which amounts are normal and reasonable under the circumstances, and (iii) such other liabilities that are permitted pursuant to this Agreement;

(xxii) has not and will not assume or guarantee or become obligated for the debts of any other Person or hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligations of any other Person except as otherwise permitted pursuant to this Agreement;

(xxiii) has not and will not acquire obligations or securities of its partners, members, beneficiaries or shareholders or any other Affiliate;

(xxiv) has allocated and will allocate fairly and reasonably any overhead expenses that are shared with any Affiliate, including, but not limited to, paying for shared office space and services performed by any employee of an affiliate;

(xxv) has not maintained or used, and will not maintain or use, invoices and checks bearing the name of any other Person, provided , however , that Manager, on behalf of such Person, may maintain and use invoices and checks bearing Manager’s name;

(xxvi) has not pledged and will not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person except as permitted or required pursuant to this Agreement;

 

18


(xxvii) has held itself out and identified itself and will hold itself out and identify itself as a separate and distinct entity under its own name or in a name franchised or licensed to it by an entity other than an Affiliate of Borrower and not as a division or part of any other Person, except for services rendered by Manager under the Management Agreement, so long as Manager holds itself out as an agent of the Borrower;

(xxviii) has maintained and will maintain its assets in such a manner that it will not be costly or difficult to segregate, ascertain or identify its individual assets from those of any other Person;

(xxix) has not made and will not make loans to any Person or hold evidence of indebtedness issued by any other person or entity (other than cash and investment-grade securities issued by an entity that is not an Affiliate of or subject to common ownership with such entity);

(xxx) has not identified and will not identify its partners, members, beneficiaries or shareholders, or any Affiliate of any of them, as a division or part of it, and has not identified itself and shall not identify itself as a division of any other Person;

(xxxi) does not and will not have any of its obligations guaranteed by any Affiliate except as otherwise required in the Loan Documents;

(xxxii) has not entered into or been a party to, and will not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, beneficiaries, shareholders or Affiliates except (A) in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are intrinsically fair, commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party and (B) in connection with this Agreement; and

(xxxiii) has complied and will comply with all of the terms and provisions contained in its organizational documents. The statement of facts contained in its organizational documents are true and correct and will remain true and correct.

State shall mean, with respect to the Property, the State or Commonwealth in which the Property or any part thereof is located.

Substitute Indemnitor shall have the meaning set forth in the Indemnity Agreement.

Survey shall mean a survey of the Property in question prepared by a surveyor licensed in the State and satisfactory to Lender and the company or companies issuing the Title Insurance Policy, and containing a certification of such surveyor satisfactory to Lender.

Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 hereof regardless of whether the funds held therein are held by Lender for the payment of Taxes or Insurance Premiums or both.

 

19


Taxes shall mean all real estate and personal property taxes, assessments, water rates or sewer rents, now or hereafter levied or assessed or imposed against the Property or any part thereof.

Tenant shall mean any person or entity with a possessory right to all or any part of the Property pursuant to a Lease or other written agreement.

Tenant Direction Letter shall mean a letter in the form of Schedule I attached hereto from Borrower to the tenant under each Lease with respect to the Property (whether such Lease is presently effective or executed after the Closing Date) directing such tenant to send directly to Lender for deposit into the Lockbox Account all payments of Rent payable to Borrower under such Lease.

Threshold Amount shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.21 hereof

Title Insurance Policy shall mean, with respect to the Property, an ALTA mortgagee title insurance policy in the form (acceptable to Lender) (or, if the Property is in a State which does not permit the issuance of such ALTA policy, such form as shall be permitted in such State and acceptable to Lender) issued with respect to the Property and insuring the lien of the Mortgage encumbering the Property.

Transferee shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.13 hereof.

UCC or “ Uniform Commercial Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the applicable State in which the Property is located.

U.S. Obligations shall mean direct non-callable obligations of the United States of America as defined in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act as amended (15 USC 80a-l) stated in REMIC Section 1.86 OG-2(a)(8).

Section 1.2 Principles of Construction . All references to sections and schedules are to sections and schedules in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All uses of the word “including” shall mean “including, without limitation” unless the context shall indicate otherwise. Unless otherwise specified, the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all meanings attributed to defined terms herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms so defined.

ARTICLE II

GENERAL TERMS

Section 2.1 Loan Commitment; Disbursement to Borrower .

2.1.1 The Loan . Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, Lender hereby agrees to make and Borrower hereby agrees to accept the Loan on the Closing Date.

 

20


2.1.2 Disbursement to Borrower . Borrower may request and receive only one borrowing hereunder in respect of the Loan and any amount borrowed and repaid hereunder in respect of the Loan may not be reborrowed.

2.1.3 The Note. Mortgage and Loan Documents . The Loan shall be evidenced by the Note and secured by the Mortgage, the Assignment of Leases and the other Loan Documents.

2.1.4 Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loan to (a) acquire the Property and to repay and discharge any existing loans relating to the Property, (b) pay all past-due Basic Carrying Costs, if any, in respect of the Property, (c) make deposits into the Reserve Funds on the Closing Date in the amounts provided herein, (d) pay costs and expenses incurred in connection with the closing of the Loan, as approved by Lender, (e) fund any working capital requirements of the Property, and (f) distribute the balance, if any, to Borrower.

Section 2.2 Interest; Loan Payments; Late Payment Charge .

2.2.1 Interest Generally . Interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Loan shall accrue from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the Anticipated Repayment Date at the Interest Rate, and from and including the Anticipated Repayment Date to but excluding the Maturity Date at the Hyper-Am Interest Rate.

2.2.2 Interest Calculation . Interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Loan shall be calculated on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year comprised of twelve (12) months of thirty (30) days each, except that interest due and payable for a period of less than a full month shall be calculated by multiplying the actual number of days elapsed in the period for which the calculation is being made by a daily rate based on a three hundred sixty (360) day year.

2.2.3 Payments Generally . Borrower shall pay to Lender (a) on the Closing Date, an amount equal to interest only on the outstanding principal balance of the Loan from the Closing Date up to but not including the first Payment Date following the Closing Date, and (b) on January 1, 2006 and each Payment Date thereafter up to but not including the Maturity Date, an amount equal to the Monthly Debt Service Payment Amount, which shall be applied to interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Loan for the prior calendar month at the Interest Rate.

2.2.4 Payments after Anticipated Repayment Date . On each Payment Date after the Anticipated Repayment Date up to but not including the Maturity Date, in addition to the Monthly Debt Service Payment Amount, Borrower shall pay to Lender any Excess Cash Flow for the calendar month preceding such Payment Date. Each such payment of Excess Cash Flow, together with any remaining amount of the Monthly Debt Service Payment Amount paid on such date after the payment of interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Loan at the Interest Rate, shall be applied (i) first, to the prepayment of outstanding principal until the Loan has been paid in full, and (ii) next, to the payment of the difference, if any, between (y) the sum of (i) interest accrued and unpaid on the principal amount of the Loan at the Hyper-Am Rate and (ii) interest on such accrued and unpaid interest at the Hyper-Am Rate and (z) the interest paid at the Interest Rate on such Payment Date.

 

21


2.2.5 Payment on Maturity Date . Borrower shall pay to Lender on the Maturity Date the outstanding principal balance of the Loan, all accrued and unpaid interest and all other amounts due hereunder and under the Note, the Mortgage and other the Loan Documents.

2.2.6 Payments after Default . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Loan and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest and other amounts due in respect of the Loan, shall accrue at the Default Rate, calculated from the date such payment was due without regard to any grace or cure periods contained herein. Interest at the Default Rate shall be computed from the occurrence of the Event of Default until the earlier of (i) in the event of a non-monetary default, the cure of such Event of Default by Borrower and acceptance of such cure by Lender, and (ii) in the event of a monetary default, the actual receipt and collection of the Debt (or that portion thereof that is then due). To the extent permitted by applicable law, interest at the Default Rate shall be added to the Debt, shall itself accrue interest at the same rate as the Loan and shall be secured by the Mortgage. This paragraph shall not be construed as an agreement or privilege to extend the date of the payment of the Debt, nor as a waiver of any other right or remedy accruing to Lender by reason of the occurrence of any Event of Default and Lender retains its rights under the Note and this Agreement to accelerate and to continue to demand payment of the Debt upon the happening and continuance of any Event of Default.

2.2.7 Late Payment Charge . If any principal, interest or any other sums due under the Loan Documents is not paid by Borrower on or prior to the date which is five (5) days after the date on which it is due, Borrower shall pay to Lender upon demand an amount equal to the lesser of five percent (5%) of such unpaid sum or the maximum amount permitted by applicable law in order to defray the expense incurred by Lender in handling and processing such delinquent payment and to compensate Lender for the loss of the use of such delinquent payment. Any such amount shall be secured by the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents to the extent permitted by applicable law. The foregoing late payment charge shall not apply to the payment of all outstanding principal, interest and other sums due on the Maturity Date.

2.2.8 Usury Savings . This Agreement and the Note are subject to the express condition that at no time shall Borrower be obligated or required to pay interest on the principal balance of the Loan at a rate which could subject Lender to either civil or criminal liability as a result of being in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate. If, by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, Borrower is at any time required or obligated to pay interest on the principal balance due hereunder at a rate in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate, the Interest Rate, the Hyper-Am Interest Rate or the Default Rate, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be immediately reduced to the Maximum Legal Rate and all previous payments in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of principal and not on account of the interest due hereunder. All sums paid or agreed to be paid to Lender for the use, forbearance, or detention of the sums due under the Loan, shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated, allocated, and spread throughout the full stated term of the Loan until payment in full so that the rate or amount of interest on account of the Loan does not exceed the Maximum Legal Rate of interest from time to time in effect and applicable to the Loan for so long as the Loan is outstanding.

 

22


Section 2.3 Prepayments .

2.3.1 Voluntary Prepayments .

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, Borrower shall not have the right to prepay the Loan in whole or in part prior to the Permitted Prepayment Date. On or after the Permitted Prepayment Date, Borrower may, provided it has given Lender prior written notice in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, prepay the unpaid principal balance of the Loan in whole, but not in part, by paying, together with the amount to be prepaid, (i) interest accrued and unpaid on the outstanding principal balance of the Loan being prepaid to and including the date of prepayment, (ii) unless prepayment is tendered on a Payment Date, an amount equal to the interest that would have accrued on the amount being prepaid after the date of prepayment through and including the next Payment Date had the prepayment not been made (which amount shall constitute additional consideration for the prepayment), (iii) all other sums then due under this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents, and (iv) if prepayment occurs prior to the Payment Date which is one month prior to the Anticipated Repayment Date, a prepayment consideration (the Prepayment Consideration ”) equal to the greater of (A) one percent (1%) of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan being prepaid or (B) the excess, if any, of (1) the sum of the present values of all then-scheduled payments of principal and interest under this Agreement including, but not limited to, principal and interest on the Anticipated Repayment Date (with each such payment discounted to its present value at the date of prepayment at the rate which, when compounded monthly, is equivalent to the Prepayment Rate), over (2) the outstanding principal amount of the Loan. Lender shall notify Borrower of the amount and the basis of determination of the required prepayment consideration.

(b) On the Payment Date that is one month prior to the Anticipated Repayment Date, and on each day thereafter through the Maturity Date, Borrower may, at its option, prepay the Debt, in whole or in part (including a Hyper-Am Prepayment), without payment of any Prepayment Consideration; provided, however, if such prepayment (other than a Hyper-Am Prepayment) is not paid on a regularly scheduled Payment Date, such prepayment shall include interest that would have accrued on such prepayment through and including the next Payment Date. Except in connection with a Hyper-Am Prepayment, Borrower’s right to prepay any portion of the principal balance of the Loan shall be subject to (i) Borrower’s submission of a notice to Lender setting forth the amount to be prepaid and the projected date of prepayment, which date shall be no less than thirty (30) days from the date of such notice, and (ii) Borrower’s actual payment to Lender of the amount to be prepaid as set forth in such notice on the projected date set forth in such notice or any day following such projected date occurring in the same calendar month as such projected date.

2.3.2 Mandatory Prepayments . (a) On the next occurring Payment Date following the date on which Borrower actually receives any Net Proceeds, if Lender is not obligated to make such Net Proceeds available to Borrower or Anchor Tenant pursuant to this Agreement for the restoration of the Property, Borrower shall, at Lender’s option, prepay the outstanding principal balance of the Note in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of

 

23


such Net Proceeds. No Prepayment Consideration or other penalty or premium shall be due in connection with any prepayment made pursuant to this Section 2.3.2. Any partial prepayment under this Section shall be applied to the last payments of principal due under the Loan.

(b) On the date on which Borrower tenders a Casualty/Condemnation Prepayment pursuant to Section 6.4(e) below, such tender shall include (a) all accrued and unpaid interest and the principal indebtedness being prepaid, including interest on the outstanding principal amount of the applicable Note through the last day of the month within which such tender occurs, and (b) any other sums due hereunder relating to the applicable Note. Except as set forth in this Section 2.3.2(b), other than following an Event of Default, no Prepayment Consideration or other penalty or premium shall be due in connection with any Casualty/Condemnation Prepayment.

2.3.3 Prepayments after Default . Following an Event of Default, if Borrower or anyone on Borrower’s behalf makes a tender of payment of all or any portion of the Debt at any time prior to a foreclosure sale (including a sale under the power of sale under the Mortgage), or during any redemption period after foreclosure, (i) the tender of payment shall constitute an evasion of Borrower’s obligation to pay any Prepayment Consideration due under this Agreement and such payment shall, therefore, to the maximum extent permitted by law, include a premium equal to the Prepayment Consideration that would have been payable on the date of such tender had the Loan not been so accelerated, or (ii) if at the time of such tender a prepayment of the principal amount of the Loan would have been prohibited under this Agreement had the principal amount of the Loan not been so accelerated, the tender of payment shall constitute an evasion of such prepayment prohibition and shall, therefore, to the maximum extent permitted by law, include an amount equal to the greater of (i) 1% of the then principal amount of the Loan (or the relevant portion thereof being prepaid) and (ii) an amount equal to the excess of (A) the sum of the present values of a series of payments payable at the times and in the amounts equal to the payments of principal and interest (including, but not limited to the principal and interest payable on the Anticipated Repayment Date) which would have been scheduled to be payable after the date of such tender under this Agreement had the Loan (or the relevant portion thereof) not been accelerated, with each such payment discounted to its present value at the date of such tender at the rate which when compounded monthly is equivalent to the Prepayment Rate, over (B) the then principal amount of the Loan.

Section 2.4 Intentionally Omitted .

Section 2.5 Release of Property . Except as set forth in this Section 2.5, no repayment or prepayment of all or any portion of the Loan shall cause, give rise to a right to require, or otherwise result in, the release of any Lien of the Mortgage on the Property. If Borrower prepays the entire amount of the Loan pursuant to Section 2.3 and the requirements of this Section 2.5 have been satisfied, the Property shall be released from the Lien of the Mortgage.

2.5.1 Release on Payment in Full . Lender shall, upon the written request and at the expense of Borrower, upon payment in full of all principal and interest on the Loan and all other amounts due and payable under the Loan Documents in accordance with the terms and provisions of Section 2.3.1 of this Loan Agreement, release the Lien of the Mortgage on the Property not theretofore released.

 

24


2.5.2 Intentionally Omitted .

Section 2.6 Manner of Making Payments .

2.6.1 Making of Payments . Each payment by Borrower hereunder or under the Note shall be made in funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System or other funds immediately available to Lender by 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date such payment is due, to Lender by deposit to such account as Lender may designate by written notice to Borrower. Whenever any payment hereunder or under the Note shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day.

2.6.2 No Deductions, Etc . All payments made by Borrower hereunder or under the Note or the other Loan Documents shall be made irrespective of, and without any deduction for, any setoff, defense or counterclaims.

2.6.3 Cash Management . In connection with the Closing, Borrower shall execute and deliver to Anchor Tenant a Tenant Direction Letter, which Tenant Direction Letter instructs Anchor Tenant to deposit Rent and other receivables related to the Property directly with Lender. Borrower covenants and agrees to execute and deliver to Lender a Tenant Direction Letter for each new tenant at the Property within thirty (30) days after the execution of each new Lease for premises at the Property. Rents received by Lender following delivery of the Tenant Direction Letter, shall be held by Lender in an escrow account (the “ Lockbox Account ”). The Lockbox Account shall be an interest-bearing account and shall at Lender’s option be an Eligible Account at an Eligible Institution. Any interest earned on the Lockbox Account shall accrue in said account for the benefit of Borrower, but shall remain in and constitute part of the Lockbox Account, and shall be disbursed in accordance with the terms hereof. Lender shall have the sole right to make withdrawals from the Lockbox Account. Lender shall apply funds in the Lockbox Account to pay debt service, Taxes, Insurance Premiums and required reserves, if any, in such order as Lender deems appropriate. Funds remaining in the Lockbox Account after payment of the foregoing (the “ Excess Cash Flow ”) shall be distributed to Borrower [promptly] pursuant to Borrower’s separate instructions; provided, however , upon the occurrence of a Cash Management Trigger and until the occurrence of a Cash Management Termination Event, such Excess Cash Flow shall be distributed to Borrower only to the extent of operating expenses approved by Lender and any remaining funds shall remain in such Lockbox Account as additional collateral for the Loan. Upon the earlier of (i) repayment of the Debt and (ii) a Cash Management Termination Event, the balance of the funds in the Lockbox Account shall be distributed to Borrower. The Borrower shall be responsible for the costs associated with the Lockbox Account. The insufficiency of funds on deposit in the Lockbox Account shall not relieve Borrower from the obligation to make any payments, as and when due pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and such obligations shall be separate and independent, and not conditioned on any event or circumstance whatsoever.

 

25


ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Section 3.1 Conditions Precedent to Closing . The obligation of Lender to make the Loan hereunder is subject to the fulfillment by Borrower or waiver by Lender of the following conditions precedent no later than the Closing Date:

3.1.1 Representations and Warranties; Compliance with Conditions . The representations and warranties of Borrower contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as if made on and as of such date, and no Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and Borrower shall be in compliance in all material respects with all terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in each other Loan Document on its part to be observed or performed.

3.1.2 Loan Agreement and Note . Lender shall have received a copy of this Agreement and the Note, in each case, duly executed and delivered on behalf of Borrower.

3.1.3 Delivery of Loan Documents; Title Insurance; Reports; Leases. Etc.

(a) Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and other Loan Documents . Lender shall have received from Borrower fully executed and acknowledged counterparts of the Mortgage and the Assignment of Leases and evidence that counterparts of the Mortgage and Assignment of Leases have been delivered to the title company for recording, in the reasonable judgment of Lender, so as to effectively create upon such recording valid and enforceable first priority Liens upon the Property in favor of Lender (or such trustee as may be required under local law), subject only to the Permitted Encumbrances and such other Liens as are permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents. Lender shall have also received from Borrower fully executed counterparts of the Assignment of Management Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(b) Title Insurance . Lender shall have received a Title Insurance Policy issued by a title company acceptable to Lender and dated as of the Closing Date. Such Title Insurance Policy shall (i) provide coverage in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Loan together with, if applicable, a “tie-in” or similar endorsement, (ii) insure Lender that the Mortgage creates a valid first priority lien on the Property encumbered thereby, free and clear of all exceptions from coverage other than Permitted Encumbrances and standard exceptions and exclusions from coverage (as modified by the terms of any endorsements), (iii) contain such endorsements and affirmative coverages as Lender may reasonably request, and (iv) name Lender, its successors and assigns, as the insured. The Title Insurance Policy shall be assignable without cost to Lender. Lender also shall have received evidence that all premiums in respect of such Title Insurance Policy have been paid.

(c) Survey . Lender shall have received a title survey for the Property, certified to the title company and Lender and their successors and assigns, in form and content satisfactory to Lender and prepared by a professional and properly licensed land surveyor satisfactory to Lender in accordance with the most recent Minimum Standard Detail Requirements for ALTA/ACSM Land Title Surveys. The following additional items from the list of “Optional

 

26


Survey Responsibilities and Specifications” (Table A) should be added to each survey: 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 13. The survey shall reflect the same legal description contained in the Title Insurance Policy relating to the Property referred to in clause (ii) above and shall include, among other things, a legal description of the real property comprising part of such Property reasonably satisfactory to Lender. The surveyor’s seal shall be affixed to each survey and the surveyor shall provide a certification for each survey in form and substance acceptable to Lender.

(d) Insurance . Lender shall have received valid certificates of insurance for the policies of insurance required hereunder, satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion, and evidence of the payment of all premiums payable for the existing policy period.

(e) Environmental Reports . Lender shall have received an environmental report in respect of the Property, in each case reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

(f) Zoning . With respect to the Property, Lender shall have received, at Lender’s option, (i) letters or other evidence with respect to the Property from the appropriate municipal authorities (or other Persons) concerning applicable zoning and building laws, (ii) an ALTA 3.1 zoning endorsement to the Title Insurance Policy or (iii) other evidence of zoning compliance, in each case in substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

(g) Encumbrances . Borrower shall have taken or caused to be taken such actions in such a manner so that Lender has a valid and perfected first Lien on the Property as of the Closing Date with respect to the Mortgage, subject only to applicable Permitted Encumbrances and such other Liens as are permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents, and Lender shall have received satisfactory evidence thereof.

3.1.4 Related Documents . Each additional document not specifically referenced herein, but relating to the transactions contemplated herein, shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by all parties thereto and Lender shall have received and approved certified copies thereof.

3.1.5 Delivery of Organizational Documents . On or before the Closing Date, Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Lender copies certified by Borrower of all organizational documentation related to Borrower and/or the formation, structure, existence, good standing and/or qualification to do business, as Lender may request in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, good standing certificates, qualifications to do business in the appropriate jurisdictions, resolutions authorizing the entering into of the Loan and incumbency certificates as may be requested by Lender.

3.1.6 Opinions of Borrower’s Counsel . Lender shall have received opinions of Borrower’s counsel (and if applicable, Borrower’s local counsel) (a) with respect to non-consolidation issues (an Insolvency Opinion ”) and (b) with respect to due execution, authority, enforceability of the Loan Documents and such other matters as Lender may reasonably require, all such opinions in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and Lender’s counsel in their reasonable discretion.

3.1.7 Budgets . Borrower shall have delivered, and Lender shall have approved, the Annual Budget for the current Fiscal Year.

 

27


3.1.8 Basic Carrying Costs . Borrower shall have paid all Basic Carrying Costs relating to the Property which are in arrears, including without limitation, (a) accrued but unpaid insurance premiums relating to the Property, (b) currently due and payable Taxes (including any in arrears) relating to the Property, and (c) currently due Other Charges relating to the Property, which amounts shall be funded with proceeds of the Loan.

3.1.9 Completion of Proceedings . All organizational proceedings taken or to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and other Loan Documents and all documents incidental thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Lender, and Lender shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified copies of such documents as Lender may reasonably request.

3.1.10 Payments . All payments, deposits or escrows required to be made or established by Borrower under this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid.

3.1.11 Tenant Estoppels . Borrower shall deliver to Lender an estoppel letter executed by Anchor Tenant in the form attached to the Anchor Tenant Lease (or such other form as may be reasonably acceptable to Lender). Borrower also shall deliver to Lender an estoppel letter executed by Anchor Lease Guarantor in the form required by the “Parent Guaranty” (as defined in the Anchor Tenant Lease) (or such other form as may be reasonably acceptable to Lender).

3.1.12 Transaction Costs . Borrower shall have paid or reimbursed Lender for all title insurance premiums, recording and filing fees or taxes, costs of environmental reports, Physical Conditions Reports, appraisals and other reports, the fees and costs of Lender’s counsel and all other third party out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the origination of the Loan.

3.1.13 Material Adverse Change . There shall have been no material adverse change in the financial condition or business condition of Borrower or the Property since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered to Lender. The income and expenses of the Property, the occupancy leases thereof, and all other features of the transaction shall be as represented to Lender without material adverse change. Neither Borrower, any of its constituent Persons, shall be the subject of any bankruptcy, reorganization, or insolvency proceeding.

3.1.14 Leases and Rent Roll . Lender shall have received copies of all tenant leases, certified copies of any tenant leases as requested by Lender and certified copies of all ground leases affecting the Property. Lender shall have received a current certified rent roll of the Property, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Lender.

3.1.15 Subordination and Attornment . Lender shall have received an appropriate instrument, in recordable form and acceptable to Lender in its commercially reasonable discretion, subordinating the Anchor Tenant Lease and including an agreement by Anchor Tenant to attorn to Lender in the event of a foreclosure or delivery of a deed in lieu thereof.

3.1.16 Tax Lot . Lender shall have received evidence that the Property constitutes one (1) or more separate tax lots (or the Property will constitute one (1) or more separate tax lots

 

28


as of the immediately succeeding tax year following the accomplishment of certain non-discretionary administrative acts), which evidence shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Lender.

3.1.17 Physical Conditions Reports . Lender shall have received Physical Conditions Reports with respect to the Property, which reports shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Lender.

3.1.18 Management Agreement . Lender shall have received a certified copy of the Management Agreement with respect to the Property which shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Lender. Lender acknowledges that it has reviewed the Management Agreement, and as drafted, such Management Agreement does not violate Borrower’s covenant that affiliated agreements be on terms which are intrinsically fair, commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction with an unrelated third party.

3.1.19 Appraisal . Lender shall have received an appraisal of the Property, which shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Lender.

3.1.20 Financial Statements . Lender shall have received (a) a balance sheet with respect to the Property for the two most recent Fiscal Years and statements of income and statements of cash flows with respect to the Property for the three most recent Fiscal Years, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender or (b) such other financial statements relating to the ownership and operation of the Property, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

3.1.21 Further Documents . Lender or its counsel shall have received such other and further approvals, opinions, documents and information as Lender or its counsel may have reasonably requested including the Loan Documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.

3.1.22 Environmental Insurance . If required by Lender, Borrower shall have obtained a secured creditor environmental insurance policy with respect to the Property, which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender. Any such policy shall have a term not less than the term of the Loan. Borrower shall have provided to Lender evidence that the premiums for such policy has been paid in full.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 4.1 Borrower Representations . Borrower represents and warrants as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date that:

4.1.1 Organization . Borrower has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing with requisite power and authority to own the Property and to transact the businesses in which it is now engaged. Borrower is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where it is required to be so qualified in connection with the Property, businesses and operations. Borrower possesses all rights, licenses, permits and

 

29


authorizations, governmental or otherwise, necessary to entitle it to own the Property and to transact the businesses in which it is now engaged, and the sole business of Borrower is the ownership, management and operation of the Property.

4.1.2 Proceedings . Borrower has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. This Agreement and such other Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of Borrower and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, subject only to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting rights of creditors generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

4.1.3 No Conflicts . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by Borrower will not conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance (other than pursuant to the Loan Documents) upon any of the property or assets of Borrower pursuant to the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, partnership agreement or other agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which any of Borrower’s property or assets is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over Borrower or any of Borrower’s properties or assets, and any consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or any such regulatory authority or other governmental agency or body required for the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents has been obtained and is in full force and effect.

4.1.4 Litigation . To Borrower’s knowledge, there are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity by or before any Governmental Authority or other agency now pending or threatened against or affecting Borrower or the Property, which actions, suits or proceedings, if determined against Borrower or the Property, might materially adversely affect the condition (financial or otherwise) or business of Borrower or the condition or ownership of the Property.

4.1.5 Agreements . Except such instruments and agreements set forth as Permitted Exceptions in the Title Insurance Policy, Borrower is not a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any restriction which might materially and adversely affect Borrower or the Property, or Borrower’s business, properties or assets, operations or condition, financial or otherwise. To Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower is not in default in any material respect in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which Borrower or the Property are bound. Borrower has no material financial obligation under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower or the Property is otherwise bound, other than (a) obligations incurred in the ordinary course of the operation of the Property and (b) obligations under the Loan Documents.

 

30


4.1.6 Title . Borrower has good and indefeasible fee simple title to the real property comprising part of the Property and good title to the balance of the Property, free and clear of all Liens whatsoever except the Permitted Encumbrances, such other Liens as are permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents and the Liens created by the Loan Documents. The Mortgage, when properly recorded in the appropriate records, together with any Uniform Commercial Code financing statements required to be filed in connection therewith, will create (a) a valid, perfected lien on the Property, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances and the Liens created by the Loan Documents and (b) perfected security interests in and to, and perfected collateral assignment of, all personalty (including the Leases), all in accordance with the terms thereof, in each case subject only to any applicable Permitted Encumbrances, such other Liens as are permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents and the Liens created by the Loan Documents. There are no claims for payment for work, labor or materials affecting the Property which are due and unpaid under the contracts pursuant to which such work or labor was performed or materials provided which are or may become a lien prior to, or of equal priority with, the Liens created by the Loan Documents.

4.1.7 Solvency; No Bankruptcy Filing . Borrower (a) has not entered into the transaction or executed the Note, this Agreement or any other Loan Documents with the actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud any creditor and (b) received reasonably equivalent value in exchange for its obligations under such Loan Documents. Giving effect to the Loan, the fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets exceeds and will, immediately following the making of the Loan, exceed Borrower’s total liabilities, including, without limitation, subordinated, unliquidated, disputed and contingent liabilities. The fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets is and will, immediately following the making of the Loan, be greater than Borrower’s probable liabilities, including the maximum amount of its contingent liabilities on its debts as such debts become absolute and matured. Borrower’s assets do not and, immediately following the making of the Loan will not, constitute unreasonably small capital to carry out its business as conducted or as proposed to be conducted. Borrower does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debt and liabilities (including contingent liabilities and other commitments) beyond its ability to pay such debt and liabilities as they mature (taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be received by Borrower and the amounts to be payable on or in respect of obligations of Borrower). Except as expressly disclosed to Lender in writing, no petition in bankruptcy has been filed against Borrower, or to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, any constituent Person in the last seven (7) years, and neither Borrower, nor to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, any constituent Person in the last seven (7) years has ever made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or taken advantage of any insolvency act for the benefit of debtors. Neither Borrower nor any of its constituent Persons are contemplating either the filing of a petition by it under any state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency laws or the liquidation of all or a major portion of Borrower’s assets or property, and Borrower has no knowledge of any Person contemplating the filing of any such petition against it or such constituent Persons.

4.1.8 Full and Accurate Disclosure . To Borrower’s knowledge, no statement of fact made by Borrower in this Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make statements contained herein or therein not misleading. There is no material fact presently known to Borrower which has not been disclosed to Lender which adversely affects, nor as far as Borrower can foresee, might adversely affect, the Property or the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower.

 

31


4.1.9 No Plan Assets . Borrower is not an “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, subject to Title I of ERISA, and none of the assets of Borrower constitutes or will constitute “plan assets” of one or more such plans within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101. In addition, (a) Borrower is not a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA and (b) transactions by or with Borrower are not subject to state statutes regulating investment of, and fiduciary obligations with respect to, governmental plans similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code currently in effect, which prohibit or otherwise restrict the transactions contemplated by this Loan Agreement.

4.1.10 Compliance . To Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower and the Property and the use thereof comply in all material respects with all applicable Legal Requirements, including, without limitation, building and zoning ordinances and codes. Borrower is not in default or violation of any order, writ, injunction, decree or demand of any Governmental Authority. There has not been committed by Borrower or, to Borrower’s knowledge, any other Person in occupancy of or involved with the operation or use of the Property any act or omission affording the federal government or any other Governmental Authority the right of forfeiture as against the Property or any part thereof or any monies paid in performance of Borrower’s obligations under any of the Loan Documents.

4.1.11 Financial Information . All financial data, including, without limitation, the statements of cash flow and income and operating expense, that have been delivered to Lender in respect of the Property (i) are, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, true, complete and correct in all material respects, (ii) accurately represent the financial condition of the Property as of the date of such reports, and (iii) to the extent prepared or audited by an independent certified public accounting firm, have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles reasonably acceptable to Lender, consistently applied throughout the periods covered, except as disclosed therein; provided , however , that if any financial data is delivered to Lender by any Person other than Borrower, Indemnitor or any of their Affiliates, or if such financial data has been prepared by or at the direction of any Person other than Borrower, Indemnitor or any of their Affiliates, then the foregoing representations with respect to such financial data shall be to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, after due inquiry. Borrower does not have any contingent liabilities, liabilities for taxes, unusual forward or long-term commitments or unrealized or anticipated losses from any unfavorable commitments that are known to Borrower and reasonably likely to have a materially adverse effect on the Property or the operation thereof as an office building, except as referred to or reflected in said financial statements. Since the date of such financial statements, there has been no materially adverse change in the financial condition, operations or business of Borrower from that set forth in said financial statements.

4.1.12 Condemnation . No Condemnation or other proceeding has been commenced or, to Borrower’s knowledge, is contemplated with respect to all or any portion of the Property or for the relocation of roadways providing access to the Property.

 

32


4.1.13 Federal Reserve Regulations . No part of the proceeds of the Loan will be used for the purpose of purchasing or acquiring any “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or for any other purpose which would be inconsistent with such Regulation U or any other Regulations of such Board of Governors, or for any purposes prohibited by Legal Requirements or by the terms and conditions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

4.1.14 Utilities and Public Access . The Property has rights of access to public ways and is served by water, sewer, sanitary sewer and storm drain facilities adequate to service the Property for its respective intended uses. All public utilities necessary or convenient to the full use and enjoyment of the Property are located either in the public right-of-way abutting the Property (which are connected so as to serve the Property without passing over other property) or in recorded easements serving the Property and such easements are set forth in and insured by the Title Insurance Policy. All roads necessary for the use of the Property for their current respective purposes have been completed and dedicated to public use and accepted by all Governmental Authorities.

4.1.15 Not a Foreign Person . Borrower is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of §1445(f)(3) of the Code.

4.1.16 Separate Lots . The Property is comprised of one (1) or more parcels which constitute a separate tax lot or lots and does not constitute a portion of any other tax lot not a part of the Property (or the Property will constitute one (1) or more separate tax lots as of the immediately succeeding tax year following the accomplishment of certain non-discretionary administrative acts).

4.1.17 Assessments . There are no pending, or to Borrower’s knowledge, proposed special or other assessments for public improvements or otherwise affecting the Property, nor are there any contemplated improvements to the Property that may result in such special or other assessments.

4.1.18 Enforceability . The Loan Documents are not subject to any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense by Borrower, including the defense of usury, nor would the operation of any of the terms of the Loan Documents, or the exercise of any right thereunder, render the Loan Documents unenforceable, and Borrower has not asserted any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense with respect thereto.

4.1.19 No Prior Assignment . There is no prior assignment of the Leases or any portion of the Rents by Borrower or any of its predecessors in interest, given as collateral security which are presently outstanding.

4.1.20 Insurance . Borrower has obtained and has delivered to Lender certified copies of all insurance policies reflecting the insurance coverages, amounts and other requirements set forth in this Agreement. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claims have been made under any such policy, and no Person, including Borrower, has done, by act or omission, anything which would impair the coverage of any such policy.

 

33


4.1.21 Use of Property . The Property is used exclusively for office purposes and other appurtenant and related uses.

4.1.22 Certificate of Occupancy: Licenses . All certifications, permits, licenses and approvals, including without limitation, certificates of completion and occupancy permits required to be obtained by Borrower for the legal use, occupancy and operation of the Property as an office building have been obtained and are in full force and effect, and to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, after due inquiry, all certifications, permits, licenses and approvals, including without limitation, certificates of completion and occupancy permits required to be obtained by any Person other than Borrower for the legal use, occupancy and operation of the Property as an office building, have been obtained and are in full force and effect (all of the foregoing certifications, permits, licenses and approvals are collectively referred to as the Licenses ). Borrower shall and shall cause all other Persons to, keep and maintain all licenses necessary for the operation of the Property as an office building. To Borrower’s knowledge, the use being made of the Property is in conformity with all certificates of occupancy issued for the Property.

4.1.23 Flood Zone . To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, after due inquiry, no Improvements on the Property are located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as an area having special flood hazards.

4.1.24 Physical Condition . Except as disclosed in the Physical Conditions Reports delivered to Lender in connecting with this Loan, to Borrower’s knowledge, the Property, including, without limitation, all buildings, improvements, parking facilities, sidewalks, storm drainage systems, roofs, plumbing systems, HVAC systems, fire protection systems, electrical systems, equipment, elevators, exterior sidings and doors, landscaping, irrigation systems and all structural components, are in good condition, order and repair in all material respects; there exists no structural or other material defects or damages in the Property, whether latent or otherwise, and Borrower has not received notice from any insurance company or bonding company of any defects or inadequacies in the Property, or any part thereof, which would adversely affect the insurability of the same or cause the imposition of extraordinary premiums or charges thereon or of any termination or threatened termination of any policy of insurance or bond.

4.1.25 Boundaries . To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, after due inquiry, all of the improvements which were included in determining the appraised value of the Property lie wholly within the boundaries and building restriction lines of the Property, and no improvements on adjoining properties encroach upon the Property, and no easements or other encumbrances upon the Property encroach upon any of the improvements, so as to affect the value or marketability of the Property except those which are insured against by title insurance.

4.1.26 Leases . The Property is not subject to any Leases other than the Anchor Tenant Lease (and subleases permitted under the Anchor Tenant Lease) and the other Leases identified on Schedule II hereof (the “ Other Leases ”) (with respect to which Borrower has assigned to Anchor Tenant the right to collect and retain all rent thereunder). No Person has any possessory interest in the Property or right to occupy the same except under and pursuant to the provisions of the Anchor Tenant Lease and the Other Leases. The Anchor Tenant Lease is in full

 

34


force and effect and to Borrower’s knowledge after inquiry, there are no defaults thereunder by either party and there are no conditions that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute defaults thereunder. No Rent (including security deposits) has been paid more than one (1) month in advance of its due date. All work to be performed by Borrower under the Anchor Tenant Lease and each Other Lease has been performed as required and has been accepted by the Anchor Tenant or any other applicable Tenant, and any payments, free rent, partial rent. rebate of rent or other payments, credits, allowances or abatements required to be given by Borrower to Anchor Tenant has already been received by Anchor Tenant. There has been no prior sale, transfer or assignment, hypothecation or pledge of any Lease or of the Rents received therein which is outstanding. To Borrower’s knowledge after inquiry, Anchor Tenant has not assigned the Anchor Tenant Lease or sublet all or any portion of the premises demised thereby, nor does anyone except Anchor Tenant and its employees occupy such leased premises (other than the tenants under the Other Leases). Anchor Tenant does not have a right or option pursuant to the Anchor Tenant Lease or otherwise to purchase all or any part of the leased premises or the building of which the leased premises are a part other than the right of first refusal described in Article 4 of the Anchor Tenant Lease. Except as disclosed in the Environmental Report delivered to Lender in connection herewith, to Borrower’s actual knowledge, no hazardous wastes or toxic substances, as defined by applicable federal, state or local statutes, rules and regulations, have been disposed, stored or treated by Anchor Tenant on or about the leased premises nor does Borrower have any knowledge of Anchor Tenant’s intention to use its leased premises for any activity which, directly or indirectly, involves the use, generation, treatment, storage, disposal or transportation of any petroleum product or any toxic or hazardous chemical, material, substance or waste, except in either event, in compliance with applicable federal, state or local statues, rules and regulations. The guaranty of the Anchor Tenant Lease executed by Anchor Lease Guarantor is in full force and effect.

4.1.27 Survey . The Survey for the Property delivered to Lender in connection with this Agreement has been prepared in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1.3(c) hereof, and does not fail to reflect any material matter affecting the Property or the title thereto.

4.1.28 Loan to Value . The maximum principal amount of the Note does not exceed one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the fair market value of the Property as set forth on the appraisal of the Property delivered to Lender.

4.1.29 Filing and Recording Taxes . All transfer taxes, deed stamps, intangible taxes or other amounts in the nature of transfer taxes required to be paid by any Person under applicable Legal Requirements currently in effect in connection with the acquisition of the Property by Borrower have been paid or are simultaneously being paid. All mortgage, mortgage recording, stamp, intangible or other similar tax required to be paid by any Person under applicable Legal Requirements currently in effect in connection with the execution, delivery, recordation, filing, registration, perfection or enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the Mortgage, have been paid, and, under current Legal Requirements, the Mortgage is enforceable in accordance with its terms by Lender (or any subsequent holder thereof).

4.1.30 Special Purpose Entity/Separateness . (a) Until the Debt has been paid in full, Borrower hereby represents, warrants and covenants that the Borrower is, shall be and shall continue to be a Special Purpose Entity. If Borrower consists of more than one Person, each such Person shall be a Special Purpose Entity.

 

35


(b) The representations, warranties and covenants set forth in Section 4.1.30(a) shall survive for so long as any amount remains payable to Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(c) Any and all of the assumptions made in any Insolvency Opinion, including, but not limited to, any exhibits attached thereto, will have been and shall be true and correct in all respects, and Borrower will have complied and will comply with all of the assumptions made with respect to it in any Insolvency Opinion. Each entity other than Borrower with respect to which an assumption is made in any Insolvency Opinion will have complied and will comply with all of the assumptions made with respect to it in any such Insolvency Opinion.

4.1.31 Management Agreement . The Management Agreement is in full force and effect and, to Borrower’s knowledge, there is no default thereunder by any party thereto and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time and/or the giving of notice would constitute a default thereunder.

4.1.32 Illegal Activity . To Borrower’s knowledge, no portion of the Property has been or will be purchased with proceeds of any illegal activity.

4.1.33 No Change in Facts or Circumstances; Disclosure . All information submitted by Borrower to Lender and in all financial statements, rent rolls, reports, certificates and other documents submitted in connection with the Loan or in satisfaction of the terms thereof and all statements of fact made by Borrower in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, are accurate, complete and correct in all material respects, provided, however, that if such information was provided to Borrower by non-affiliated third parties, Borrower represents that such information is, to the best of its knowledge after due inquiry, accurate, complete and correct in all material respects. There has been no material adverse change in any condition, fact, circumstance or event that would make any such information inaccurate, incomplete or otherwise misleading in any material respect or that otherwise materially and adversely affects or might materially and adversely affect the Property or the business operations or the financial condition of Borrower. Borrower has disclosed to Lender all material facts and has not failed to disclose any material fact that could cause any representation or warranty made herein to be materially misleading.

4.1.34 Investment Company Act . Borrower is not (a) an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; (b) a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of either a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended; or (c) subject to any other federal or state law or regulation which purports to restrict or regulate its ability to borrow money.

4.1.35 Principal Place of Business and Organization . Borrower shall not change its principal place of business set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement without

 

36


first giving Lender thirty (30) days prior written notice. Borrower shall not change the place of its organization as set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement without the consent of Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Upon Lender’s request, Borrower shall execute and deliver additional financing statements, security agreements and other instruments which may be necessary to effectively evidence or perfect Lender’s security interest in the Property as a result of such change of principal place of business or place of organization.

4.1.36 Embargoed Person . As of the Closing Date, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, (a) none of the funds or other assets of Borrower constitute property of, or are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any Embargoed Person; (b) no Embargoed Person has any interest of any nature whatsoever in Borrower with the result that the investment in Borrower (whether directly or indirectly), is prohibited by law or the Loan is in violation of law; and (c) none of the funds of Borrower have been derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the investment in Borrower (whether directly or indirectly), is prohibited by law or the Loan is in violation of law.

Section 4.2 Survival of Representations . Borrower agrees that all of the representations and warranties of Borrower set forth in Section 4.1 and elsewhere in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents shall survive for so long as any amount remains owing to Lender under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents by Borrower. All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents by Borrower shall be deemed to have been relied upon by Lender notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by Lender or on its behalf.

ARTICLE V

BORROWER COVENANTS

Section 5.1 Affirmative Covenants . From the Closing Date and until payment and performance in full of all obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents or the earlier release of the Lien of the Mortgage encumbering the Property (and all related obligations) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees with Lender that:

5.1.1 Existence; Compliance with Legal Requirements; Insurance . Borrower shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights, licenses, permits and franchises and comply with all Legal Requirements applicable to it and the Property. Borrower shall not commit, nor shall Borrower permit any other Person in occupancy of or involved with the operation or use of the Property to commit, any act or omission affording the federal government or any state or local government the right of forfeiture as against the Property or any part thereof or any monies paid in performance of Borrower’s obligations under any of the Loan Documents. Borrower hereby covenants and agrees not to commit, permit or suffer to exist any act or omission affording such right of forfeiture. Borrower shall at all times maintain, preserve and protect all its franchises and trade names and preserve all the remainder of its property used or useful in the conduct of its business and shall keep the Property in good working order and repair, and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all reasonably necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments

 

37


and improvements thereto, all as more fully provided in the Mortgage. Borrower shall keep the Property insured at all times by financially sound and reputable insurers, to such extent and against such risks. and maintain liability and such other insurance, as is more fully provided in this Agreement. Borrower shall operate, or cause Anchor Tenant to operate, any Property that is the subject of the O&M Agreement in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof in all material respects. After prior written notice to Lender, Borrower, at its own expense, may contest by appropriate legal proceeding promptly initiated and conducted in good faith and with due diligence, the validity of any Legal Requirement, the applicability of any Legal Requirement to Borrower or the Property or any alleged violation of any Legal Requirement, provided that (i) no Event of Default has occurred and remains uncured; (ii) intentionally omitted; (iii) such proceeding shall be permitted under and be conducted in accordance with the provisions of any instrument to which Borrower is subject and shall not constitute a default thereunder and such proceeding shall be conducted in accordance with all applicable statutes, laws and ordinances; (iv) the Property or any part thereof or interest therein will not be in danger of being sold, forfeited, terminated, cancelled or lost; (v) Borrower shall promptly upon final determination thereof comply with any such Legal Requirement determined to be valid or applicable or cure any violation of any Legal Requirement; (vi) such proceeding shall suspend the enforcement of the contested Legal Requirement against Borrower or the Property; and (vii) Borrower shall furnish such security as may be required in the proceeding, or as may be requested by Lender, to insure compliance with such Legal Requirement, together with all interest and penalties payable in connection therewith (provided, however, if Anchor Tenant is conducting the contest pursuant to the Anchor Tenant Lease, and is not required under the Anchor Tenant Lease to post any such security, then this clause (vii) shall not apply). Lender may apply any such security, as necessary to cause compliance with such Legal Requirement at any time when, in the reasonable judgment of Lender, the validity, applicability or violation of such Legal Requirement is finally established or the Property (or any part thereof or interest therein) shall be in danger of being sold, forfeited, terminated, cancelled or lost.

5.1.2 Taxes and Other Charges . Borrower shall pay or cause to be paid all Taxes and Other Charges now or hereafter levied or assessed or imposed against the Property or any part thereof as the same become due and payable; provided , however , Borrower’s obligation to directly pay to the appropriate taxing authority Taxes shall be suspended for so long as Borrower escrows for Taxes pursuant to the terms and provisions of Section 7.2 hereof. Borrower will deliver to Lender receipts for payment or other evidence satisfactory to Lender that the Taxes and Other Charges have been so paid or are not then delinquent no later than ten (10) days prior to the date on which the Taxes and/or Other Charges would otherwise be delinquent if not paid ( provided , however , that Borrower is not required to furnish such receipts for payment of Taxes in the event that such Taxes have been paid by Lender pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof). If Borrower pays or causes to be paid all Taxes and Other Charges and provides a copy of the receipt evidencing the payment thereof to Lender, then Lender shall reimburse Borrower, provided that there are then sufficient proceeds in the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund and provided that the Taxes are being paid pursuant to Section 7.2. Upon written request of Borrower, if Lender has paid such Taxes pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof, Lender shall provide Borrower with evidence that such Taxes have been paid. Borrower shall not suffer and shall promptly cause to be paid and discharged any Lien or charge whatsoever which may be or become a Lien or charge against the Property, and shall promptly pay for all utility services provided to the Property. After prior written notice to Lender, Borrower, at its own expense,

 

38


may contest by appropriate legal proceeding, promptly initiated and conducted in good faith and with due diligence, the amount or validity or application in whole or in part of any Taxes or Other Charges, provided that (i) Borrower is permitted to do so under the provisions of any mortgage or deed of trust superior in lien to the Mortgage; (ii) such proceeding shall be permitted under and be conducted in accordance with the provisions of any other instrument to which Borrower is subject and shall not constitute a default thereunder and such proceeding shall be conducted in accordance with all applicable statutes, laws and ordinances; (iii) the Property nor any part thereof or interest therein will be in danger of being sold, forfeited, terminated, cancelled or lost; (iv) Borrower shall promptly upon final determination thereof pay the amount of any such Taxes or Other Charges, together with all costs, interest and penalties which may be payable in connection therewith; (v) such proceeding shall suspend the collection of such contested Taxes or Other Charges from the Property; and (vi) Borrower shall furnish such security as may be required in the proceeding, or as may be reasonably requested by Lender, to insure the payment of any such Taxes or Other Charges, together with all interest and penalties thereon (provided, however, if Anchor Tenant is conducting the contest pursuant to the Anchor Tenant Lease, and is not required under the Anchor Tenant Lease to post any such security, then this clause (vi) shall not apply). Lender may pay over any such cash deposit or part thereof held by Lender to the claimant entitled thereto at any time when, in the reasonable judgment of Lender, the entitlement of such claimant is established.

5.1.3 Litigation . Borrower shall give prompt written notice to Lender of any litigation or governmental proceedings pending or threatened against Borrower which might materially adversely affect Borrower’s condition (financial or otherwise) or business or the Property.

5.1.4 Access to Property . Borrower shall permit agents, representatives and employees of Lender to inspect the Property or any part thereof at reasonable hours upon reasonable advance notice, subject to the rights of Tenants under their respective Leases.

5.1.5 Notice of Default . Borrower shall promptly advise Lender of any material adverse change in Borrower’s condition, financial or otherwise, or of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default of which Borrower has knowledge.

5.1.6 Cooperate in Legal Proceedings . Borrower shall cooperate fully with Lender with respect to any proceedings before any court, board or other Governmental Authority which may in any way affect the rights of Lender hereunder or any rights obtained by Lender under any of the other Loan Documents and, in connection therewith, permit Lender, at its election, to participate in any such proceedings.

5.1.7 Perform Loan Documents . Borrower shall observe, perform and satisfy all the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of, and shall pay when due all costs, fees and expenses to the extent required under the Loan Documents executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower.

5.1.8 Insurance Benefits . Borrower shall cooperate with Lender in obtaining for Lender the benefits of any Insurance Proceeds lawfully or equitably payable in connection with the Property, and Lender shall be reimbursed for any expenses incurred in connection therewith

 

39


(including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, and the payment by Borrower of the expense of an appraisal on behalf of Lender in case of a fire or other casualty affecting the Property or any part thereof) out of such Insurance Proceeds.

5.1.9 Further Assurances . Borrower shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense:

(a) furnish to Lender all instruments, documents, boundary surveys, footing or foundation surveys, certificates, plans and specifications, appraisals, title and other insurance reports and agreements, and each and every other document, certificate, agreement and instrument required to be furnished by Borrower pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents or reasonably requested by Lender in connection therewith;

(b) execute and deliver to Lender such documents, instruments, certificates, assignments and other writings, and do such other acts necessary or desirable, to evidence, preserve and/or protect the collateral at any time securing or intended to secure the obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents, as Lender may reasonably require; and

(c) do and execute all and such further lawful and reasonable acts, conveyances and assurances for the better and more effective carrying out of the intents and purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as Lender shall reasonably require from time to time.

5.1.10 Intentionally Omitted .

5.1.11 Financial Reporting . (a) Borrower will keep and maintain or will cause to be kept and maintained on a Fiscal Year basis, in accordance with the requirements for a Special Purpose Entity set forth above, proper and accurate books, records and accounts reflecting all of the financial affairs of Borrower and all items of income and expense in connection with the operation on an individual basis of the Property. Lender shall have the right from time to time at all times during normal business hours upon reasonable notice to examine such books, records and accounts at the office of Borrower or other Person maintaining such books, records and accounts and to make such copies or extracts thereof as Lender shall desire. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall pay any costs and expenses incurred by Lender to examine Borrower’s accounting records with respect to the Property, as Lender shall reasonably determine to be necessary or appropriate in the protection of Lender’s interest.

(b) Borrower will furnish to Lender annually, within ninety (90) days following the end of each Fiscal Year of Borrower, either (i) a complete copy of Borrower’s annual financial statements audited by an accounting firm or other independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Lender in accordance with the requirements for a Special Purpose Entity set forth above, or (ii) a consolidated and annotated financial statement of Borrower and Sole Member (as applicable), audited by an accounting firm or other independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Lender in accordance with the requirements for a Special Purpose Entity set forth above, together with unaudited financial statements relating to the Borrower and the Property. Such financial statements for the Property for such Fiscal Year and shall contain statements of profit and loss for Borrower and the Property and a balance sheet for Borrower. Such statements shall set forth the financial condition and the results of

 

40


operations for the Property for such Fiscal Year, and shall include, but not be limited to, amounts representing annual Net Cash Flow, Net Operating Income, Gross Income from Operations and Operating Expenses. Borrower’s annual financial statements shall be accompanied by (i) a comparison of the budgeted income and expenses and the actual income and expenses for the prior Fiscal Year, (ii) a certificate executed by the chief financial officer of Borrower or Sole Member, as applicable, stating that each such annual financial statement presents fairly the financial condition and the results of operations of Borrower and the Property being reported upon and has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles reasonably acceptable to Lender, consistently applied, (iii) an unqualified opinion of an accounting firm or other independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Lender, (iv) a certified rent roll containing current rent, lease expiration dates and the square footage occupied by each tenant; (v) a schedule audited by such independent certified public accountant reconciling Net Operating Income to Net Cash Flow (the “ Net Cash Flow Schedule ”), which shall itemize all adjustments made to Net Operating Income to arrive at Net Cash Flow deemed material by such independent certified public accountant. Together with Borrower’s annual financial statements, Borrower shall furnish to Lender an Officer’s Certificate certifying as of the date thereof whether there exists an event or circumstance which constitutes a Default or Event of Default under the Loan Documents executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower, and if such Default or Event of Default exists, the nature thereof, the period of time it has existed and the action then being taken to remedy the same.

(c) Borrower will furnish, or cause to be furnished, to Lender on or before forty five (45) days after the end of each calendar quarter the following items, accompanied by a certificate of the chief financial officer of Borrower or Sole Member, as applicable, stating that such items are true, correct, accurate, and complete and fairly present the financial condition and results of the operations of Borrower and the Property (subject to normal year-end adjustments) as applicable: (i) a rent roll for the subject month accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate with respect thereto; (ii) quarterly and year-to-date operating statements (including Capital Expenditures) prepared for each calendar quarter, noting Net Operating Income, Gross Income from Operations, and Operating Expenses (not including any contributions to the Replacement Reserve Fund, and other information necessary and sufficient to fairly represent the financial position and results of operation of the Property during such calendar month, and containing a comparison of budgeted income and expenses and the actual income and expenses together with a detailed explanation of any variances of five percent (5%) or more between budgeted and actual amounts for such periods, all in form satisfactory to Lender; (iii) a calculation reflecting the annual Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period as of the last day of such month accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate with respect thereto; and (iv) a Net Cash Flow Schedule (such Net Cash Flow for the Borrower may be unaudited if it is certified by an officer of the Borrower). In addition, such certificate shall also be accompanied by a certificate of the chief financial officer of Borrower or Sole Member stating that the representations and warranties of Borrower set forth in Section 4.1.30(a) are true and correct as of the date of such certificate.

(d) For the partial year period commencing on the Closing Date, and for each Fiscal Year thereafter, Borrower shall submit to Lender an Annual Budget not later than thirty (30) days after the commencement of such period or Fiscal Year in form reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

 

41


(e) In the event that, Borrower must incur an extraordinary operating expense or capital expense not set forth in the Approved Annual Budget (each an “Extraordinary Expense”), then Borrower shall promptly deliver to Lender a reasonably detailed explanation of such proposed Extraordinary Expense for Lender’s approval.

(f) If requested by Lender, Borrower shall provide Lender, promptly upon request, with the following financial statements if, at the time one or more Disclosure Documents are being prepared for a Securitization, it is expected that the principal amount of the Loan together with any Affiliated Loans at the time of such Securitization may, or if the principal amount of the Loan together with any Affiliated Loans at any time during which the Loan and any Affiliated Loans are included in a Securitization does, equal or exceed twenty percent (20%) of the aggregate principal amount of all mortgage loans included or expected to be included, as applicable, in the Securitization:

A balance sheet with respect to the Property for the two most recent fiscal years, meeting the requirements of Section 210.3-01 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act and statements of income and statements of cash flows with respect to the Property for the three most recent fiscal years, meeting the requirements of Section 210.3-02 of Regulation S-X, and, to the extent that such balance sheet is more than one hundred thirty-five (135) days old as of the date of the document in which such financial statements are included, interim financial statements of the Property meeting the requirements of Section 210.3-01 and 210.3-02 of Regulation S-X (all of such financial statements, collectively, the “Standard Statements”); provided, however, that if the Property (other than properties that are hotels, nursing homes, or other properties that would be deemed to constitute a business and not real estate under Regulation S-X or other legal requirements) that has been acquired by Borrower from an unaffiliated third party (such Property, “Acquired Property”), as to which the other conditions set forth in Section 210.3-14 of Regulation S-X for provision of financial statements in accordance with such Section have been met, in lieu of the Standard Statements otherwise required by this Section, Borrower shall instead provide the financial statements required by such Section 210.3-14 of Regulation S-X (“Acquired Property Statements”).

Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal quarter following the date hereof, a balance sheet of the Property as of the end of such fiscal quarter, meeting the requirements of Section 210.3-01 of Regulation S-X, and statements of income and statements of cash flows of the Property for the period commencing following the last day of the most recent fiscal year and ending on the date of such balance sheet and for the corresponding period of the most recent fiscal year, meeting the requirements of Section 210.3-02 of Regulation S-X (provided, that if for such corresponding period of the most recent fiscal year Acquired Property Statements were permitted to be provided hereunder pursuant to subsection (i) above, Borrower shall instead provide Acquired Property Statements for such corresponding period).

Not later than seventy-five (75) days after the end of each fiscal year following the date hereof, a balance sheet of the Property as of the end of such fiscal year, meeting the requirements of Section 210.3-01 of Regulation S-X, and statements of income and statements of cash flows of the Property for such fiscal year, meeting the requirements of Section 210.3-02 of Regulation S-X.

Within ten (10) Business Days after notice from Lender in connection with the Securitization of this Loan, such additional financial statements, such that, as of the date (each, an “Offering Document Date”) of each Disclosure Document, Borrower shall have provided Lender

 

42


with all financial statements as described in subsection (f)(i) above; provided that the fiscal year and interim periods for which such financial statements shall be provided shall be determined as of such Offering Document Date.

(g) If requested by Lender, Borrower shall provide Lender, promptly upon request, with summaries of the financial statements referred to in Section 5.1.11(f) hereof if, at the time a Disclosure Document is being prepared for a Securitization, it is expected that the principal amount of the Loan and any Affiliated Loans at the time of such Securitization may, or if the principal amount of the Loan and any Affiliated Loans at any time during which the Loan and any Affiliated Loans are included in a Securitization does, equal or exceed ten percent (10%) (but is less than twenty percent (20%)) of the aggregate principal amount of all mortgage loans included or expected to be included, as applicable, in a Securitization. Such summaries shall meet the requirements for “summarized financial information,” as defined in Section 210.1-02(bb) of Regulation S-X, or such other requirements as may be determined to be necessary or appropriate by Lender.

(h) All financial statements provided by Borrower hereunder pursuant to Section 5.1.11(f) and (g) hereof shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, and shall meet the requirements of Regulation S-X and other applicable legal requirements. All financial statements referred to in Sections 5.1.11(f)(i) and 5.1.11(f)(iii) above shall be audited by independent accountants of Borrower acceptable to Lender in accordance with Regulation S-X and all other applicable legal requirements, shall be accompanied by the manually executed report of the independent accountants thereon, which report shall meet the requirements of Regulation S-X and all other applicable legal requirements, and shall be further accompanied by a manually executed written consent of the independent accountants, in form and substance acceptable to Lender, to the inclusion of such financial statements in any Disclosure Document and any Exchange Act Filing and to the use of the name of such independent accountants and the reference to such independent accountants as “experts” in any Disclosure Document and Exchange Act Filing, all of which shall be provided at the same time as the related financial statements are required to be provided. All financial statements (audited or unaudited) provided by Borrower under Section 5.l.11(f) and (g) shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate, which shall state that such financial statements meet the requirements set forth in the first sentence of this Section 5.1.11(h).

(i) If requested by Lender, Borrower shall provide Lender, promptly upon request, with any other or additional financial statements, or financial, statistical or operating information, as Lender shall determine to be required pursuant to Regulation S-X or any amendment, modification or replacement thereto or other legal requirements in connection with any Disclosure Document or any filing under or pursuant to the Exchange Act in connection with or relating to a Securitization (hereinafter, an “Exchange Act Filing”) or as shall otherwise be reasonably requested by Lender.

(j) In the event Lender determines, in connection with a Securitization, that the financial statements required in order to comply with Regulation S-X or other legal requirements are other than as provided herein, then notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.l.11(f), (g) and (h) hereof, Lender may request, and Borrower shall promptly provide, such Standard Statements or such other financial statements as Lender determines to be necessary or appropriate for such compliance.

 

43


(k) Borrower shall furnish to Lender, within ten (10) Business Days after request (or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably possible), such further detailed information with respect to the operation of the Property and the financial affairs of Borrower as may be reasonably requested by Lender.

(l) Borrower shall furnish to Lender, within ten (10) Business Days after Lender’s request (or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably possible), financial and sales information from any Tenant designated by Lender (to the extent such financial and sales information is required to be provided under the applicable Lease and same is received by Borrower after request therefor).

(m) Borrower will cause Indemnitor to furnish to Lender annually, within one hundred twenty (120) days following the end of each Fiscal Year of Indemnitor, financial statements audited by an independent certified public accountant, which shall include an annual balance sheet and profit and loss statement of Indemnitor, in the form reasonably required by Lender.

(n) Any reports, statements or other information required to be delivered under this Agreement shall be delivered (i) in paper form, (ii) on a diskette, and (iii) if requested by Lender and within the capabilities of Borrower’s data systems without change or modification thereto, in electronic form and prepared using a Microsoft Word for Windows or WordPerfect for Windows files (which files may be prepared using a spreadsheet program and saved as word processing files) .

5.1.12 Business and Operations . Borrower will continue to engage in the businesses presently conducted by it as and to the extent the same are necessary for the ownership, maintenance, management and operation of the Property. Borrower will qualify to do business and will remain in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction as and to the extent the same are required for the ownership, maintenance, management and operation of the Property.

5.1.13 Title to the Property . Borrower will warrant and defend (a) the title to the Property and every part thereof, subject only to Liens permitted hereunder (including Permitted Encumbrances) and (b) the validity and priority of the Liens of the Mortgage and the Assignment of Leases on the Property, subject only to Liens permitted hereunder (including Permitted Encumbrances), in each case against the claims of all Persons whomsoever. Borrower shall reimburse Lender for any losses, costs, damages or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) incurred by Lender if an interest in the Property, other than as permitted hereunder, is claimed by another Person.

5.1.14 Costs of Enforcement . In the event (a) that the Mortgage encumbering the Property is foreclosed in whole or in part or that the Mortgage is put into the hands of an attorney for collection, suit, action or foreclosure, (b) of the foreclosure of any mortgage prior to or subsequent to the Mortgage encumbering the Property in which proceeding Lender is made a

 

44


party, or (c) of the bankruptcy, insolvency, rehabilitation or other similar proceeding in respect of Borrower or any of its constituent Persons or an assignment by Borrower or any of its constituent Persons for the benefit of its creditors, Borrower, its successors or assigns, shall be chargeable with and agrees to pay all costs of collection and defense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender or Borrower in connection therewith and in connection with any appellate proceeding or post-judgment action involved therein, together with all required service or use taxes.

5.1.15 Estoppel Statement . (a) After request by Lender, Borrower shall within ten (10) days furnish Lender with a statement, duly acknowledged and certified, setting forth (i) the amount of the original principal amount of the Note, (ii) the unpaid principal amount of the Note, (iii) the applicable interest rate of the Note, (iv) the date installments of interest and/or principal were last paid, (v) any offsets or defenses to the payment of the Debt, if any, and (vi) that the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents are valid, legal and binding obligations and have not been modified or if modified, giving particulars of such modification.

(b) Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to Lender upon request, estoppel certificates from Anchor Tenant (and/or any replacement tenant leasing space at the Property from Borrower) and Anchor Lease Guarantor in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender provided that Borrower shall not be required to deliver such certificates more frequently than two (2) times in any calendar year.

(c) Within thirty (30) days of request by Borrower, Lender shall deliver to Borrower a statement setting forth the items described at (a)(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this Section 5.1.15.

5.1.16 Loan Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loan received by it on the Closing Date only for the purposes set forth in Section 2.1.4.

5.1.17 Performance by Borrower . Borrower shall in a timely manner observe, perform and fulfill each and every covenant, term and provision of each Loan Document executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower, and shall not enter into or otherwise suffer or permit any amendment, waiver, supplement, termination or other modification of any Loan Document executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower without the prior written consent of Lender.

5.1.18 Confirmation of Representations . Borrower shall deliver, in connection with any Securitization, (a) one or more Officer’s Certificates certifying as to the accuracy of all representations made by Borrower in the Loan Documents as of the date of the closing of such Securitization, and (b) certificates of the relevant Governmental Authorities in all relevant jurisdictions indicating the good standing and qualification of Borrower and its member as of the date of the Securitization.

5.1.19 No Joint Assessment . Borrower shall not suffer, permit or initiate the joint assessment of the Property (a) with any other real property constituting a tax lot separate from the Property after the accomplishment of certain non-discretionary administrative acts when the

 

45


Property will constitute one (1) or more separate tax lots, and (b) which constitutes real property with any portion of the Property which may be deemed to constitute personal property, or any other procedure whereby the lien of any taxes which may be levied against such personal property shall be assessed or levied or charged to such real property portion of the Property.

5.1.20 Leasing Matters . Any Leases with respect to the Property written after the Closing Date for more than the Relevant Leasing Threshold square footage shall be subject to the prior written approval of Lender, which approval may be given or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender. Lender shall approve or disapprove any such Lease other than a Lease for all or substantially all of the Property within ten (10) Business Days of Lender’s receipt of a final execution draft of such Lease (including all exhibits, schedules, supplements, addenda or other agreements relating thereto) and a written notice from Borrower requesting Lender’s approval to such Lease, and such Lease shall be deemed approved, if Lender does not disapprove such Lease within said ten (10) Business Day period provided such written notice conspicuously states, in large bold type, that “PURSUANT TO SECTION 5.1.20 OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT, THE LEASE SHALL BE DEEMED APPROVED IF LENDER DOES NOT RESPOND TO THE CONTRARY WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS OF LENDER’S RECEIPT OF SUCH LEASE AND WRITTEN NOTICE”. Borrower shall furnish Lender with executed copies of all Leases. All renewals of Leases and all proposed Leases shall provide for rental rates comparable to existing local market rates (unless such rental rates are otherwise set forth in the Leases executed prior to the Closing Date). All proposed Leases shall be on commercially reasonable terms and shall not contain any terms which would materially affect Lender’s rights under the Loan Documents. All Leases executed after the Closing Date shall provide that they are subordinate to the Mortgage encumbering the Property and that the tenant thereunder agrees to attorn to Lender or any purchaser at a sale by foreclosure or power of sale. Borrower (i) shall observe and perform the obligations imposed upon the lessor under the Leases in a commercially reasonable manner; (ii) shall enforce the terms, covenants and conditions contained in the Leases upon the part of the tenant thereunder to be observed or performed in a commercially reasonable manner and in a manner not to impair the value of the Property involved except that no termination by Borrower or acceptance of surrender by a tenant of any Lease shall be permitted unless by reason of a tenant default and then only in a commercially reasonable manner to preserve and protect the Property provided , however , that no such termination or surrender of any Lease covering more than the Relevant Leasing Threshold will be permitted without the written consent of Lender which consent may be withheld in the sole discretion of Lender; (iii) shall not collect any of the rents more than one (1) month in advance (other than security deposits); (iv) shall not execute any other assignment of lessor’s interest in the Leases or the Rents (except as contemplated by the Loan Documents); (v) shall not alter, modify or change the terms of the Leases in a manner inconsistent with the provisions of the Loan Documents without the prior written consent of Lender, which consent may be withheld in the sole discretion of Lender, provided, however, with respect to a proposed modification or amendment to the Anchor Tenant Lease, Lender shall have fifteen (15) Business Days after Borrower’s delivery of its request for consent (WHICH CLEARLY SHALL STATE IN BOLD-FACE TYPE THAT THE FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN FIFTEEN (15) BUSINESS DAYS WILL RESULT IN DEEMED CONSENT UPON FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS AFTER A “FAILURE TO RESPOND” SECOND NOTICE) , together with preliminary drawings and specifications for such Alterations, within which Lender may grant or not grant Borrower’s request for consent. If Lender shall not have responded to

 

46


Borrower within such 15-Business Day period, Borrower may give a second notice WHICH CLEARLY SHALL STATE IN BOLD-FACE TYPE THAT THE FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL BE DEEMED CONSENT . If Lender shall not, within five (5) Business Days after such second notice, notify Borrower that such consent will not be granted, such consent shall be deemed to have been granted; and (vi) shall execute and deliver at the request of Lender all such further assurances, confirmations and assignment in connection with the Leases as Lender shall from time to time reasonably require. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may, without the prior written consent of Lender, terminate any Lease which demises less than the Relevant Leasing Threshold under any of the following circumstances: (i) the tenant under said Lease is in default beyond any applicable grace and cure period, and Borrower has the right to terminate such Lease; (ii) such termination is permitted by the terms of the Lease in question and Borrower has secured an obligation from a third party to lease the space under the Lease to be terminated at a rental equal to or higher than the rental due under the Lease to be terminated; and (iii) if the tenant under the Lease to be terminated, has executed a right under said Lease to terminate its lease upon payment of a termination fee to Borrower, and has in fact terminated its lease and paid said fee, Borrower may accept said termination. In addition, the requirements set forth in this Section 5.1.20 shall not apply to any permitted sublease by Anchor Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Anchor Tenant Lease.

5.1.21 Alterations . Subject to the rights of tenants to make alterations pursuant to the terms of the Anchor Tenant Lease, Borrower shall obtain Lender’s prior written consent to any alterations to any Improvements, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed except with respect to alterations that may have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s financial condition, the value of the Property or the Net Operating Income. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender’s consent shall not be required in connection with any alterations that will not have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s financial condition, the value of the Property or the Net Operating Income, provided that such alterations are made in connection with (a) tenant improvement work performed pursuant to the terms of any Lease executed on or before the Closing Date, (b) tenant improvement work performed pursuant to the terms and provisions of a Lease and not adversely affecting any structural component of any Improvements, any utility or HVAC system contained in any Improvements or the exterior of any building constituting a part of any Improvements, (c) alterations performed in connection with the restoration of the Property after the occurrence of a casualty in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement or (d) any structural alteration which costs less than $50,000.00 in the aggregate for all components thereof which constitute such alteration or any non-structural alteration which costs less than $100,000.00 in the aggregate for all components thereof which constitute such alteration. If the total unpaid amounts due and payable with respect to alterations to the Improvements at the Property (other than such amounts to be paid or reimbursed by tenants under the Leases) shall at any time equal or exceed $500,000.00 (the Threshold Amount ), Borrower, upon Lender’s request, shall promptly deliver to Lender as security for the payment of such amounts and as additional security for Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents any of the following: (A) cash, (B) U.S. Obligations, (C) other securities having a rating acceptable to Lender and that the applicable Rating Agencies have confirmed in writing will not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, withdrawal or qualification of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned in connection with any Securitization, or (D) a completion bond or letter of credit issued by a financial institution having a rating by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group of

 

47


not less than A-1+ if the term of such bond or letter of credit is no longer than three (3) months or, if such term is in excess of three (3) months, issued by a financial institution having a rating that is acceptable to Lender and that the applicable Rating Agencies have confirmed in writing will not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, withdrawal or qualification of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned in connection with any Securitization. Such security shall be in an amount equal to the excess of the total unpaid amounts with respect to alterations to the Improvements on the Property (other than such amounts to be paid or reimbursed by tenants under the Leases) over the Threshold Amount and, if cash, may be applied from time to time, at the option of Borrower, to pay for such alterations. At the option of Lender, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender may terminate any of the alterations and use the deposit to restore the Property to the extent necessary to prevent any material adverse effect on the value of the Property. With respect to Alterations for which Borrower must obtain the consent of Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, Lender shall have fifteen (15) Business Days after Borrower’s delivery of its request for consent (WHICH CLEARLY SHALL STATE IN BOLD-FACE TYPE THAT THE FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN FIFTEEN (15) BUSINESS DAYS WILL RESULT IN DEEMED CONSENT UPON FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS AFTER A “FAILURE TO RESPOND” SECOND NOTICE) , together with preliminary drawings and specifications for such Alterations, within which Lender may grant or not grant Borrower’s request for consent. If Lender shall not have responded to Borrower within such 15-Business Day period, Borrower may give a second notice WHICH CLEARLY SHALL STATE IN BOLD-FACE TYPE THAT THE FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL BE DEEMED CONSENT . If Lender shall not, within five (5) Business Days after such second notice, notify Borrower that such consent will not be granted, such consent shall be deemed to have been granted.

5.1.22 Intentionally Omitted .

5.1.23 Intentionally Omitted .

Section 5.2 Negative Covenants . From the Closing Date until payment and performance in full of all obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents or the earlier release of the Lien of the Mortgage encumbering the Property in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that it will not do, directly or indirectly, any of the following:

5.2.1 Operation of Property . Borrower shall not, without the prior consent of Lender, terminate the Management Agreement or otherwise replace the Manager or enter into any other management agreement with respect to the Property unless the Manager is in default thereunder beyond any applicable grace or cure period, in which event no consent by Lender shall be required. Lender agrees that its consent will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned provided that the Person chosen by Borrower as the replacement Manager is a Qualifying Manager and provided further that Borrower shall deliver an acceptable non-consolidation opinion covering such replacement Manager if such Person was not covered by such opinion delivered at the closing of the Loan.

 

48


5.2.2 Liens . Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of Lender, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any portion of the Property or permit any such action to be taken, except:

(i) Permitted Encumbrances;

(ii) Liens created by or related to Indebtedness permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents; and

(iii) Liens for Taxes or Other Charges not yet due (or that Borrower is contesting in accordance with the terms of Section 5.1.2 hereof).

5.2.3 Dissolution . Borrower shall not (a) engage in any dissolution, liquidation or consolidation or merger with or into any other business entity, (b) engage in any business activity not related to the ownership and operation of the Property, (c) transfer, lease or sell, in one transaction or any combination of transactions, the assets or all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Borrower except to the extent permitted by the Loan Documents, (d) modify, amend, waive or terminate its organizational documents or its qualification and good standing in any jurisdiction or (e) cause the Sole Member to (i) dissolve, wind up or liquidate or take any action, or omit to take an action, as a result of which the Sole Member would be dissolved, wound up or liquidated in whole or in part, or (ii) amend, modify, waive or terminate the certificate of limited partnership or partnership agreement of the Sole Member, in each ease, without obtaining the prior written consent of Lender or Lender’s designee.

5.2.4 Change in Business . Borrower shall not enter into any line of business other than the ownership and operation of the Property, or make any material change in the scope or nature of its business objectives, purposes or operations, or undertake or participate in activities other than the continuance of its present business.

5.2.5 Debt Cancellation . Borrower shall not cancel or otherwise forgive or release any claim or debt (other than termination of Leases in accordance herewith) owed to Borrower by any Person, except for adequate consideration and in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business.

5.2.6 Affiliate Transactions . Borrower shall not enter into, or be a party to, any transaction with an Affiliate of Borrower or any of the partners of Borrower except in the ordinary course of business and on terms which are fully disclosed to Lender in advance and are no less favorable to Borrower or such Affiliate than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party.

5.2.7 Zoning . Borrower shall not initiate or consent to any zoning reclassification of any portion of the Property or seek any variance under any existing zoning ordinance or use or permit the use of any portion of the Property in any manner that could result in such use becoming a non-conforming use under any zoning ordinance or any other applicable land use law, rule or regulation, without the prior consent of Lender.

 

49


5.2.8 Assets . Borrower shall not purchase or own any properties other than the Property owned by Borrower as of the Closing Date as reflected in the applicable Title Insurance Policy.

5.2.9 Debt . Borrower shall not create, incur or assume any Indebtedness other than the Debt except to the extent expressly permitted hereby.

5.2.10 No Joint Assessment . Borrower shall not suffer, permit or initiate the joint assessment of the Property with (a) any other real property constituting a tax lot separate from the Property, or (b) any portion of the Property which may be deemed to constitute personal property, or any other procedure whereby the Lien of any taxes which may be levied against such personal property shall be assessed or levied or charged to the Property.

5.2.11 Intentionally Omitted .

5.2.12 ERISA . (a) Borrower shall not engage in any transaction which would cause any obligation, or action taken or to be taken, hereunder (or the exercise by Lender of any of its rights under the Note, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents) to be a non-exempt (under a statutory or administrative class exemption) prohibited transaction under ERISA.

(b) Borrower further covenants and agrees to deliver to Lender such certifications or other evidence from time to time throughout the term of the Loan, as requested by Lender in its sole discretion, that (A) Borrower is not and does not maintain an “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, which is subject to Title I of ERISA, or a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA; (B) Borrower is not subject to state statutes regulating investments and fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans; and (C) one or more of the following circumstances is true:

(i) Equity interests in Borrower are publicly offered securities, within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101(b)(2);

(ii) Less than twenty-five percent (25%) of each outstanding class of equity interests in Borrower are held by “benefit plan investors” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101(f)(2); or

(iii) Borrower qualifies as an “operating company” or a “real estate operating company” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101(c) or (e).

5.2.13 Transfers . Unless such action is permitted by the provisions of this Section 5.2.13, Borrower agrees that it will not (i) sell, assign, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of its interests in the Property or any part thereof, (ii) permit any owner, directly or indirectly, of an ownership interest in the Property, to transfer such interest, whether by transfer of stock or other interest in Borrower or any entity, or otherwise, (iii) incur Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement), (iv) mortgage, hypothecate or otherwise encumber or grant a security interest in the Property or any part thereof, (v) sell, assign, convey, transfer, mortgage, encumber, grant a security interest in, or otherwise dispose of any direct or indirect ownership interest in Borrower, or permit any owner of an interest in Borrower to do the same, or (vi) file a declaration of condominium with respect

 

50


to the Property (any of the foregoing transactions, a “Transfer”). For purposes hereof, a “ Transfer ” shall not include (A) any issuance, sale or transfer of interests in Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc., (B) any issuance, sale or transfer of interests in Sole Member to Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc. or Inland Western Retail Real Estate Trust, Inc., (C) transfer by devise or descent or by operation of law upon the death of a member of Borrower, and (D) a sale, transfer or hypothecation of a membership interest in Borrower, whichever the case may be, by the current member(s), as applicable, to an immediate family member (i.e., parents, spouses, siblings, children or grandchildren) of such member (or a trust for the benefit of any such persons).

(a) At any time other than during the Assumption Lockout Period, Lender shall not withhold its consent to a Transfer of the Property, provided that the following conditions are satisfied:

 

  (1) the transferee of the Property shall be a Special Purpose Entity (the “ Transferee ”) which at the time of such transfer will be in compliance with the covenants contained in Section 5.1.1 and the representations contained in 4.1.30 hereof and which shall have assumed in writing (subject to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof) and agreed to comply with all the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, expressly including the covenants contained in Section 5.1.1 and the representations contained in 4.1.30 hereof;

 

  (2) if requested by Lender, Borrower shall deliver confirmation in writing from the Rating Agencies that such proposed Transfer will not cause a downgrading, withdrawal or qualification of the then current rating of any securities issued pursuant to such Securitization;

 

  (3) if Manager does not act as manager of the transferred Property then the manager of the Property must be a Qualifying Manager;

 

  (4) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

  (5) if required or requested by any of the Rating Agencies, Borrower shall deliver an Additional Insolvency Opinion, and if required by a Rating Agency, a fraudulent conveyance opinion which in each case may be relied upon by the holder of the Note, the Ratings Agencies and their respective counsel, agents and representatives with respect to the proposed transaction, including the Transferee, which opinion shall be acceptable to Lender in its reasonable discretion;

 

  (6)

Borrower shall have paid (A) an assumption fee equal to one percent (1.0%) of the then outstanding principal balance of the Loan, and (B) the reasonable and customary third-party expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually incurred by Lender in connection with such Transfer; provided , however , no assumption fee shall be required for a Transfer of the Property to a Transferee acceptable

 

51


  to Lender in connection with a joint venture between Sole Member or Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc. and an institution acceptable to Lender provided Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc., or an Affiliate wholly-owned (directly or indirectly) by Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc., owns at least twenty percent (20%) of the ownership interests in such Transferee and for which Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc., or an Affiliate wholly-owned (directly or indirectly) by Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc., is the managing entity and otherwise maintains operational and managerial control of such Transferee, provided that Borrower shall pay all of Lender’s reasonable and customary third-party expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually incurred by Lender in connection with such Transfer and a processing fee of $5,000.

Lender shall approve or disapprove any proposed Transfer governed by this Section 5.2.13(a) within thirty (30) days of Lender’s receipt of a written notice from Borrower requesting Lender’s approval, provided such notice includes all information necessary to make such decision, and further provided that such written notice from Borrower shall conspicuously state, in large bold type, that “PURSUANT TO SECTION 5.2.13 OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT, A RESPONSE IS REQUIRED WITHIN THIRTY (30) DAYS OF LENDER’S RECEIPT OF THIS WRITTEN NOTICE”. If Lender fails to disapprove any such matter within such period, Borrower shall provide a second written notice requesting approval, which written notice shall conspicuously state, in large bold type, that “PURSUANT TO SECTION 5.2.13 OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT, THE MATTER DESCRIBED HEREIN SHALL BE DEEMED APPROVED IF LENDER DOES NOT RESPOND TO THE CONTRARY WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS OF LENDER’S RECEIPT OF THIS WRITTEN NOTICE”. Thereafter, if Lender does not disapprove such matter within said ten (10) day period such matter shall be deemed approved.

(b) At any time other than during the Assumption Lockout Period, Lender shall not withhold its consent to, and shall not charge an assumption fee in connection with, (1) a Transfer of up to, in the aggregate, forty-nine percent ( 49%) of the direct or indirect ownership interests in Borrower, or (2) a Transfer of greater than forty-nine percent (49%) of the direct or indirect ownership interest in Borrower, provided that (A) such transfer is to a Qualified Entity (as defined below), (B) Borrower shall deliver confirmation in writing from the Rating Agencies that such proposed Transfer will not cause a downgrading, withdrawal or qualification of the then current rating of any securities issued pursuant to such Securitization, and (C) Borrower shall pay all of Lender’s reasonable and customary third-party expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually incurred by Lender in connection with such Transfer and a processing fee of $5,000. For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Qualified Entity ” shall mean an entity (x) with a net worth of $300,000,000 or more, (y) with sufficient experience (determined by Lender in its reasonable discretion) in the ownership and management of properties similar to the Property, and (z) which owns or manages office properties containing at least 1,000,000 square feet of gross leasable area (excluding the Property). If required or requested by any of the Rating Agencies, Borrower shall deliver a substantive non-consolidation opinion with respect to any party not now owning more than 49% of the ownership interests in Borrower acquiring more than 49% of the ownership interests in Borrower.

 

52


(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.2.13 to the contrary, at any time other than during the Assumption Lockout Period, Borrower shall be permitted to Transfer the entire Property in a single transaction to one newly-formed Special Purpose Entity which shall be wholly-owned subsidiary of Inland Western Retail Real Estate Trust, Inc. (“ Permitted Affiliate Transferee ”) which shall be approved by Lender in its reasonable discretion (“ Permitted Affiliate Transfer ”), provided (1) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (2) the creditworthiness of Inland Western Retail Real Estate Trust, Inc., as applicable, has not deteriorated, in the sole discretion of Lender, from the Closing Date to the date of the proposed Transfer, (3) Borrower shall deliver confirmation in writing from the Rating Agencies that such proposed Transfer will not cause a downgrading, withdrawal or qualification of the then current rating of any securities issued pursuant to such Securitization, and (4) Borrower shall have paid all reasonable and customary third party expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually incurred by Lender in connection with such Transfer (but not any assumption or processing fee).

(d) Borrower, without the consent of Lender, may grant easements, restrictions, covenants, reservations and rights of way in the ordinary course of business for access, parking, water and sewer lines, telephone and telegraph lines, electric lines and other utilities or for other similar purposes, provided that no transfer, conveyance or encumbrance shall materially impair the utility and operation of the Property or materially adversely affect the value of the Property or the Net Operating Income of the Property. If Borrower shall receive any consideration in connection with any of said described transfers or conveyances, Borrower shall have the right to use any such proceeds in connection with any alterations performed in connection therewith, or required thereby. In connection with any transfer, conveyance or encumbrance permitted above, the Lender shall execute and deliver any instrument reasonably necessary or appropriate to evidence its consent to said action or to subordinate the Lien of the Mortgage to such easements, restrictions, covenants, reservations and rights of way or other similar grants upon receipt by the Lender of: (A) a copy of the instrument of transfer; and (B) an Officer’s Certificate stating with respect to any transfer described above, that such transfer does not materially impair the utility and operation of the Property or materially reduce the value of the Property or the Net Operating Income of the Property.

ARTICLE VI

INSURANCE; CASUALTY; CONDEMNATION

Section 6.1 Insurance . (a) Borrower shall obtain and maintain, or shall cause Anchor Tenant to maintain, insurance for Borrower and the Property providing at least the following coverages:

(i) comprehensive all risk insurance on the Improvements and the Personal Property, including contingent liability from Operation of Building Laws, Demolition Costs and Increased Cost of Construction Endorsements, in each case (A) in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the “Full Replacement Cost,” which for purposes of this Agreement shall mean actual replacement value (exclusive of costs of excavations, foundations, underground utilities and footings) with a waiver of depreciation; (B) containing an agreed amount endorsement with respect to the Improvements and Personal Property waiving all co-insurance provisions; (C) providing for no deductible in excess of

 

53


one percent (1%) of Full Replacement Cost for all such insurance coverage; and (D) containing an “Ordinance or Law Coverage” or “Enforcement” endorsement if any of the Improvements or the use of the Property shall at any time constitute legal non-conforming structures or uses. In addition, Borrower shall obtain: (y) if any portion of the Improvements is currently or at any time in the future located in a federally designated “special flood hazard area”, flood hazard insurance in an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the outstanding principal balance of the Note or (2) the maximum amount of such insurance available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 or the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994, as each may be amended or such greater amount as Lender shall require; and (z) earthquake insurance in amounts and in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in the event the Property is located in an area with a high degree of seismic activity, provided that the insurance pursuant to clauses (y) and (z) hereof shall be on terms consistent with the comprehensive all risk insurance policy required under this subsection (i).

(ii) commercial general liability insurance against claims for personal injury, bodily injury, death or property damage occurring upon, in or about the Property, such insurance (A) to be on the so-called “occurrence” form with a combined limit, including umbrella coverage, of not less than Two Million and No/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00); (B) to continue at not less than the aforesaid limit until required to be changed by Lender in writing by reason of changed economic conditions making such protection inadequate; and (C) to cover at least the following hazards: (1) premises and operations; (2) products and completed operations on an “if any” basis; (3) independent contractors; (4) blanket contractual liability for all legal contracts; and (5) contractual liability covering the indemnities contained in Article 9 of the Mortgage to the extent the same is available;

(iii) business income insurance (A) with loss payable to Lender; (B) covering all risks required to be covered by the insurance provided for in subsection (i) above; (C) covering rental losses or business interruption, as may be applicable, for a period of at least twenty four (24) months after the date of the casualty and containing an extended period of indemnity endorsement which provides that after the physical loss to the Improvements and Personal Property has been repaired, the continued loss of income will be insured until such income either returns to the same level it was at prior to the loss, or the expiration of six (6) months from the date that the Property is repaired or replaced and operations are resumed, whichever first occurs, and notwithstanding that the policy may expire prior to the end of such period; and (D) in an annual amount equal to (100%) of the rents or estimated gross revenues from the operation of the Property (as reduced to reflect expenses not incurred during a period of Restoration). The amount of such business income insurance shall be determined prior to the date hereof and at least once each year thereafter based on Borrower’s reasonable estimate of the gross income from the Property for the succeeding twenty four (24) month period. All proceeds payable to Lender pursuant to this subsection shall be held by Lender and shall be applied to the obligations secured by the Loan Documents from time to time due and payable hereunder and under the Note; provided , however , that nothing herein contained shall be deemed to relieve Borrower of its obligations to pay the obligations secured by the Loan Documents on the respective dates of payment provided for in the Note and the other Loan Documents except to the extent such amounts are actually paid out of the proceeds of such business income insurance;

 

54


(iv) at all times during which structural construction, repairs or alterations are being made with respect to the Improvements, and only if the Property coverage form does not otherwise apply, (A) owner’s contingent or protective liability insurance covering claims not covered by or under the terms or provisions of the above mentioned commercial general liability insurance policy; and (B) the insurance provided for in subsection (i) above written in a so-called builder’s risk completed value form (1) on a non-reporting basis, (2) against all risks insured against pursuant to subsection (i) above, (3) including permission to occupy the Property, and (4) with an agreed amount endorsement waiving co-insurance provisions;

(v) workers’ compensation, subject to the statutory limits of the State;

(vi) comprehensive boiler and machinery insurance, if applicable, in amounts as shall be reasonably required by Lender on terms consistent with the commercial property insurance policy required under subsection (i) above;

(vii) umbrella liability insurance in an amount not less than Fifty Million and No/100 Dollars ($50,000,000.00) per occurrence on terms consistent with the commercial general liability insurance policy required under subsection (ii) above;

(viii) if any of the policies of insurance covering the risks required to be covered under subsections (i) through (vii) above contains an exclusion from coverage for acts of terrorism, Borrower shall obtain and maintain a separate policy providing such coverages in the event of any act of terrorism, provided such coverage is commercially available for properties similar to the Property and located in or around the region in which the Property is located.

(ix) upon sixty (60) days’ written notice, such other reasonable insurance and in such reasonable amounts as Lender from time to time may reasonably request against such other insurable hazards which at the time are commonly insured against for property similar to the Property located in or around the region in which the Property is located.

(b) All insurance provided for in Section 6.l(a) shall be obtained under valid and enforceable policies (collectively, the “ Policies ” or in the singular, the Policy ”), and shall be subject to the approval of Lender as to insurance companies, amounts, deductibles, loss payees and insureds. The Policies shall be issued by financially sound and responsible insurance companies authorized to do business in the State and having a rating of “A:VII” or better in the current Best’s Insurance Reports and a claims paying ability rating of “A” or better by at least two (2) of the Rating Agencies including, (i) Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, and (ii) Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. if Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. is rating the Securities. The Policies described in Section 6.1 (other than those strictly limited to liability protection) shall designate Lender as loss payee. Not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration dates of the Policies theretofore furnished to Lender, certificates of insurance evidencing the Policies accompanied by evidence satisfactory to Lender of payment of the premiums due thereunder (the Insurance Premiums ), shall be delivered by Borrower to Lender.

 

55


(c) Any blanket insurance Policy shall specifically allocate to the Property the amount of coverage from time to time required hereunder and shall otherwise provide the same protection as would a separate Policy insuring only the Property in compliance with the provisions of Section 6.1(a).

(d) All Policies of insurance provided for or contemplated by Section 6.1(a), except for the Policy referenced in Section 6.l(a)(v), shall name Borrower, or the Tenant, as the insured and Lender as the additional insured, as its interests may appear, and in the case of property damage, boiler and machinery, flood and earthquake insurance, shall contain a so-called New York standard non-contributing mortgagee clause in favor of Lender providing that the loss thereunder shall be payable to Lender.

(e) All Policies of insurance provided for in Section 6.l(a) shall contain clauses or endorsements to the effect that:

(i) no act or negligence of Borrower, or anyone acting for Borrower, or of any Tenant or other occupant, or failure to comply with the provisions of any Policy, which might otherwise result in a forfeiture of the insurance or any part thereof, shall in any way affect the validity or enforceability of the insurance insofar as Lender is concerned;

(ii) the Policy shall not be materially changed (other than to increase the coverage provided thereby) or canceled without at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to Lender and any other party named therein as an additional insured;

(iii) the issuers thereof shall give written notice to Lender if the Policy has not been renewed fifteen (15) days prior to its expiration; and

(iv) Lender shall not be liable for any Insurance Premiums thereon or subject to any assessments thereunder.

(f) If at any time Lender is not in receipt of written evidence that all insurance required hereunder is in full force and effect, Lender shall have the right, after ten (10) Business Days written notice to Borrower, to take such action as Lender deems necessary to protect its interest in the Property, including, without limitation, the obtaining of such insurance coverage as Lender in its sole discretion deems appropriate. All premiums incurred by Lender in connection with such action or in obtaining such insurance and keeping it in effect shall be paid by Borrower to Lender upon demand and, until paid, shall be secured by the Mortgage and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. If Borrower fails in so insuring the Property or in so assigning and delivering the Policies, Lender may, at its option, obtain such insurance using such carriers and agencies as Lender shall elect from year to year and pay the premiums therefor, and Borrower will reimburse Lender for any premium so paid, with interest thereon as stated in the Note from the time of payment, on demand, and the amount so owning to Lender shall be secured by the Mortgage. The insurance obtained by Lender may, but need not, protect Borrower’s interest and the coverage that Lender purchases may not pay any claim that Borrower makes or any claim that is made against Borrower in connection with the Property.

 

56


Section 6.2 Casualty . If the Property shall be damaged or destroyed, in whole or in part, by fire or other casualty (a “ Casualty ”), Borrower (a) shall give (or cause Anchor Tenant to give) to Lender prompt notice of such damage reasonably estimated by Borrower to cost more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) to repair, and (b) shall promptly commence and diligently prosecute the completion of the repair and restoration of the Property as nearly as possible to the condition the Property was in immediately prior to such fire or other casualty, with such alterations as may be reasonably approved by Lender (a “ Restoration ”) and otherwise in accordance with Section 6.4. Borrower shall pay all costs of such Restoration whether or not such costs are covered by insurance. Lender may, but shall not be obligated to make proof of loss if not made promptly by Borrower.

Section 6.3 Condemnation . Borrower shall promptly give Lender notice of the actual or threatened commencement of any proceeding for the Condemnation of the Property and shall deliver to Lender copies of any and all papers served in connection with such proceedings. Lender may participate in any such proceedings, and Borrower shall from time to time deliver to Lender all instruments requested by it to permit such participation. Borrower shall, at its expense, diligently prosecute any such proceedings, and shall consult with Lender, its attorneys and experts, and cooperate with them in the carrying on or defense of any such proceedings. Notwithstanding any taking by any public or quasi-public authority through Condemnation or otherwise (including but not limited to any transfer made in lieu of or in anticipation of the exercise of such taking), Borrower shall continue to pay the Debt at the time and in the manner provided for its payment in the Note and in this Agreement and the Debt shall not be reduced until any Award shall have been actually received and applied by Lender, after the deduction of expenses of collection, to the reduction or discharge of the Debt. Lender shall not be limited to the interest paid on the Award by the condemning authority but shall be entitled to receive out of the Award interest at the rate or rates provided herein or in the Note. If the Property or any portion thereof is taken by a condemning authority, Borrower shall promptly commence and diligently prosecute the Restoration of the Property and otherwise comply with the provisions of Section 6.4. If the Property is sold, through foreclosure or otherwise, prior to the receipt by Lender of the Award, Lender shall have the right, whether or not a deficiency judgment on the Note shall have been sought, recovered or denied, to receive the Award, or a portion thereof sufficient to pay the Debt.

Section 6.4 Restoration . The following provisions shall apply in connection with the Restoration of the Property:

(a) If the Net Proceeds shall be less than Relevant Restoration Threshold and the costs of completing the Restoration shall be less than the Relevant Restoration Threshold, the Net Proceeds will be disbursed by Lender to Borrower upon receipt, provided that all of the conditions set forth in clauses (A), (E), (F), (G), (H), (J) and (L) of Section 6.4(b)(i) below are met and Borrower delivers to Lender a written undertaking to expeditiously commence and to satisfactorily complete with due diligence the Restoration in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

57


(b) If the Net Proceeds are equal to or greater than the Relevant Restoration Threshold or the costs of completing the Restoration is equal to or greater than the Relevant Restoration Threshold, then in either case, Lender shall make the Net Proceeds available for the Restoration in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.4(b). The term Net Proceeds for purposes of this Section 6.4 shall mean: (x) the net amount of all insurance proceeds received by Lender pursuant to Section 6.1 (a)(i), (iv), (vi) and (viii) as a result of such damage or destruction, after deduction of its reasonable costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable counsel fees), if any, in collecting same (“ Insurance Proceeds ”) , or (y) the net amount of the Award, after deduction of its reasonable costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable counsel fees), if any, in collecting same (“ Condemnation Proceeds ”), whichever the case may be.

(i) The Net Proceeds shall be made available to Borrower for Restoration provided that each of the following conditions are met:

(A) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(B) (1) in the event the Net Proceeds are Insurance Proceeds, and (x) less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the total floor area of the Improvements on the Property has been damaged, destroyed or rendered unusable as a result of such fire or other casualty, or (y) Borrower is required under a Lease exceeding the Relevant Leasing Threshold to use the Net Proceeds for the restoration of the Property, or (2) in the event the Net Proceeds are Condemnation Proceeds, and (x) less than ten percent (10%) of the land constituting the Property is taken, and such land is located along the perimeter or periphery of the Property, and no portion of the Improvements is located on such land, or (y) Borrower is required under a Lease exceeding the Relevant Leasing Threshold to use the Net Proceeds for the restoration of the Property;

(C) Leases demising in the aggregate a percentage amount equal to or greater than the Rentable Space Percentage of the total rentable space in the Property which has been demised under executed and delivered Leases in effect as of the date of the occurrence of such fire or other casualty or taking, whichever the case may be, shall remain in full force and effect during and after the completion of the Restoration, notwithstanding the occurrence of any such fire or other casualty or taking, whichever the case may be, and will make all necessary repairs and restorations thereto at their sole cost and expense. The term Rentable Space Percentage shall mean (x) in the event the Net Proceeds are Insurance Proceeds, a percentage amount equal to fifty percent (50%) and (y) in the event the Net Proceeds are Condemnation Proceeds, a percentage amount equal to fifty percent (50%);

(D) Borrower shall commence the Restoration as soon as reasonably practicable (but in no event later than ninety (90) days after such damage or destruction or taking, whichever the case may be, occurs) and shall diligently pursue the same to satisfactory completion;

 

58


(E) Lender shall be satisfied that any operating deficits, including all scheduled payments of principal and interest under the Note, which will be incurred with respect to the Property as a result of the occurrence of any such fire or other casualty or taking, whichever the case may be, will be covered out of (1) the Net Proceeds, (2) the insurance coverage referred to in Section 6.1(a)(iii), if applicable, or (3) by other funds of Borrower;

(F) Lender shall be satisfied that the Restoration will be completed on or before the earliest to occur of (1) the Anticipated Repayment Date, (2) the earliest date required for such completion under the terms of any Leases, (3) such time as may be required under applicable zoning law, ordinance, rule or regulation in order to repair and restore the Property to the condition it was in immediately prior to such fire or other casualty or to as nearly as possible the condition it was in immediately prior to such taking, as applicable or (4) the expiration of the insurance coverage referred to in Section 6.1(a)(iii);

(G) the Property and the use thereof after the Restoration will be in compliance with and permitted under all applicable zoning laws, ordinances, rules and regulations provided, however, that compliance with such zoning laws, ordinances, rules and regulations (including, without limitation, parking requirements) will not require restoration of the Improvements or the Property to a size, condition, or configuration materially different than that which existed immediately prior to such Casualty or taking;

(H) the Restoration shall be done and completed by Borrower in an expeditious and diligent fashion and in compliance with all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations (including, without limitation, all applicable environmental laws);

(I) such fire or other casualty or taking, as applicable, does not result in the loss of access to the Property or the related Improvements;

(J) the Debt Service Coverage Ratio, after giving effect to the Restoration, shall be equal to or greater than 1.17:1.0;

(K) Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Lender a signed detailed budget approved in writing by Borrower’s architect or engineer stating the entire cost of completing the Restoration, which budget should be consistent with restoration budgets of similar office properties then owned and operated by nationally recognized owners and operators of office properties located in the areas in which the Property is located; and

 

59


(L) the Net Proceeds together with any cash or cash equivalent deposited by Borrower with Lender are sufficient in Lender’s discretion to cover the cost of the Restoration.

(ii) The Net Proceeds shall be held by Lender in an interest bearing account and, until disbursed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.4(b), shall constitute additional security for the Debt and other obligations under the Loan Documents. The Net Proceeds shall be disbursed by Lender to, or as directed by, Borrower from time to time during the course of the Restoration, upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to Lender that (A) all materials installed and work and labor performed to be paid for out of the requested disbursement in connection with the Restoration have been performed, and (B) there exist no notices of pendency, stop orders, mechanic’s or materialman’s liens or notices of intention to file same, or any other liens or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever on the Property which have not either been fully bonded to the satisfaction of Lender and discharged of record or in the alternative fully insured to the satisfaction of Lender by the title company issuing the Title Insurance Policy.

(iii) All plans and specifications required in connection with the Restoration shall be subject to prior review and acceptance in all respects by Lender and by an independent consulting engineer selected by Lender (the “ Casualty Consultant ”), such review and acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lender shall have the use of the plans and specifications and all permits, licenses and approvals required or obtained in connection with the Restoration. The identity of the contractors, subcontractors and materialmen engaged in the Restoration, as well as the contracts under which they have been engaged, shall be subject to prior review and acceptance by Lender and the Casualty Consultant, such review and acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. All costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with making the Net Proceeds available for the Restoration including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and disbursements and the Casualty Consultant’s fees, shall be paid by Borrower.

(iv) In no event shall Lender be obligated to make disbursements of the Net Proceeds in excess of an amount equal to the costs actually incurred from time to time for work in place as part of the Restoration, as certified by the Casualty Consultant, minus the Casualty Retainage. The term “ Casualty Retainage ” shall mean an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the costs actually incurred for work in place as part of the Restoration, as certified by the Casualty Consultant, until the Restoration has been completed. The Casualty Retainage shall in no event, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above in this Section 6.4(b), be less than the amount actually held back by Borrower from contractors, subcontractors and materialmen engaged in the Restoration. The Casualty Retainage shall not be released until the Casualty Consultant certifies to Lender that the Restoration has been completed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.4(b) and that all approvals necessary for the re-occupancy

 

60


and use of the Property have been obtained from all appropriate governmental and quasi-governmental authorities, and Lender receives evidence satisfactory to Lender that the costs of the Restoration have been paid in full or will be paid in full out of the Casualty Retainage; provided , however , that Lender will release the portion of the Casualty Retainage being held with respect to any contractor, subcontractor or materialman engaged in the Restoration as of the date upon which the Casualty Consultant certifies to Lender that the contractor, subcontractor or materialman has satisfactorily completed all work and has supplied all materials in accordance with the provisions of the contractor’s, subcontractor’s or materialman’s contract, the contractor, subcontractor or materialman delivers the lien waivers and evidence of payment in full of all sums due to the contractor, subcontractor or materialman as may be reasonably requested by Lender or by the title company issuing the Title Insurance Policy, and Lender receives an endorsement to the Title Insurance Policy insuring the continued priority of the lien of the Mortgage and evidence of payment of any premium payable for such endorsement. If required by Lender, the release of any such portion of the Casualty Retainage shall be approved by the surety company, if any, which has issued a payment or performance bond with respect to the contractor, subcontractor or materialman.

(v) Lender shall not be obligated to make disbursements of the Net Proceeds more frequently than once every calendar month.

(vi) If at any time the Net Proceeds or the undisbursed balance thereof shall not, in the reasonable opinion of Lender in consultation with the Casualty Consultant, be sufficient to pay in full the balance of the costs which are estimated by the Casualty Consultant to be incurred in connection with the completion of the Restoration, Borrower shall deposit the deficiency (the “ Net Proceeds Deficiency ”) with Lender before any further disbursement of the Net Proceeds shall be made. The Net Proceeds Deficiency deposited with Lender shall be held by Lender and shall be disbursed for costs actually incurred in connection with the Restoration on the same conditions applicable to the disbursement of the Net Proceeds, and until so disbursed pursuant to this Section 6.4(b) shall constitute additional security for the Debt and other obligations under the Loan Documents.

(vii) The excess, if any, of the Net Proceeds and the remaining balance, if any, of the Net Proceeds Deficiency deposited with Lender after the Casualty Consultant certifies to Lender that the Restoration has been completed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.4(b), and the receipt by Lender of evidence satisfactory to Lender that all costs incurred in connection with the Restoration have been paid in full, shall be remitted by Lender to Borrower, provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and shall be continuing under the Note, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

(c) All Net Proceeds not required (i) to be made available for the Restoration or (ii) to be returned to Borrower as excess Net Proceeds pursuant to Section 6.4(b)(vii) may be retained and applied by Lender toward the payment of the Debt whether or not then due and payable in such order, priority and proportions as Lender in its sole discretion shall deem proper (provided no Event of Default exists, such Borrower shall not be required to pay any Prepayment

 

61


Consideration in connection with such payment), or, at the discretion of Lender, the same may be paid, either in whole or in part, to Borrower for such purposes as Lender shall designate, in its discretion.

(d) In the event of foreclosure of the Mortgage with respect to the Property, or other transfer of title to the Property in extinguishment in whole or in part of the Debt all right, title and interest of Borrower in and to the Policies that are not blanket Policies then in force concerning the Property and all proceeds payable thereunder shall thereupon vest in the purchaser at such foreclosure or Lender or other transferee in the event of such other transfer of title.

(e) Lender shall with reasonable promptness following any Casualty or Condemnation notify Borrower whether or not Net Proceeds are required to be made available to Borrower for restoration pursuant to this Section 6.4. All Net Proceeds not required to be made available for Restoration shall be retained and applied by Lender in accordance with Section 2.3.2(a) hereof (a “ Net Proceeds Prepayment ”). If such Net Proceeds Prepayment shall be equal to or greater than One Hundred Fifty Million and 00/100 Dollars ($150,000,000); Borrower shall have the right to elect to prepay the remaining outstanding principal balance of the Note (a “ Casualty/Condemnation Prepayment ”) in accordance with Section 2.3.2(b) hereof upon satisfaction of the following conditions: (i) within thirty (30) days following the date of the Net Proceeds Prepayment, Borrower shall provide Lender with written notice of Borrower’s intention to pay the Note in full, (ii) Borrower shall prepay the Note in accordance with Section 2.3.2(b) hereof on or before the second Payment Date occurring following the date of the Net Proceeds Prepayment, and (iii) no Event of Default shall exist on the date of such Casualty/Condemnation Prepayment. Notwithstanding anything in Section 6.2 or Section 6.3 to the contrary, Borrower shall have no obligation to commence Restoration of the Property upon delivery of the written notice set forth in clause (i) of the preceding sentence (unless Borrower subsequently shall fail to satisfy the requirement of clause (ii) of the preceding sentence).

ARTICLE VII

RESERVE FUNDS

Section 7.1 Required Repair Funds.

7.1.1 Deposits . Borrower shall perform (or shall cause Anchor Tenant to perform) the repairs at the Property, if any, as more particularly set forth on Schedule III hereto (such repairs hereinafter referred to as “ Required Repairs ”) within six (6) months from the Closing Date, or such earlier time as specified on Schedule III . If Borrower has not delivered to Lender evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender that it has completed all Required Repairs on or before the date that is six (6) months from the Closing Date, or such earlier time as specified on Schedule III , Borrower shall deposit with Lender the amount for the Property set forth on such Schedule III hereto, if any (less the amount allocated to the performance of Required Repairs for which evidence of completion has been delivered to Lender), to perform the Required Repairs for the Property. Amounts so deposited with Lender, if any, shall be held by Lender in an interest bearing account. Amounts so deposited, if any, shall hereinafter be referred to as Borrower’s “ Required Repair Fund ” and the account, if any, in which such amounts are held shall hereinafter be referred to as Borrower’s “ Required Repair Account ”. It shall be an

 

62


Event of Default under this Agreement if Borrower does not either (i) does not deposit with Lender the Required Repair Fund as set forth above, or (ii) complete the Required Repairs at the Property within nine (9) months from the Closing Date. Upon the occurrence of such an Event of Default, Lender, at its option, may withdraw all Required Repair Funds from the Required Repair Account and Lender may apply such funds either to completion of the Required Repairs at the Property or toward payment of the Debt in such order, proportion and priority as Lender may determine in its sole discretion. Lender’s right to withdraw and apply Required Repair Funds shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies provided to Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

7.1.2 Release of Required Repair Funds . Lender shall disburse to Borrower the Required Repair Funds from the Required Repair Account from time to time upon satisfaction by Borrower of each of the following conditions: (i) Borrower shall submit a written request for payment to Lender at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date on which Borrower requests such payment be made and specifies the Required Repairs to be paid, (ii) on the date such request is received by Lender and on the date such payment is to be made, no Default or Event of Default shall exist and remain uncured, (iii) Lender shall have received a certificate from Borrower (A) stating that all Required Repairs at the Property to be funded by the requested disbursement have been completed in good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations, such certificate to be accompanied by a copy of any license, permit or other approval by any Governmental Authority required to commence and/or complete the Required Repairs, (B) identifying each Person that supplied materials or labor in connection with the Required Repairs performed at the Property to be funded by the requested disbursement under a contract in excess of $50,000, and (C) stating that each Person who has supplied materials or labor in connection with the Required Repairs to be funded by the requested disbursement has been paid in full or will be paid in full upon such disbursement, such certificate to be accompanied by lien waivers or other evidence of payment satisfactory to Lender, (iv) at Lender’s option, a title search for the Property indicating that the Property is free from all liens, claims and other encumbrances not previously approved by Lender, and (v) Lender shall have received such other evidence as Lender shall reasonably request that the Required Repairs at the Property to be funded by the requested disbursement have been completed and are paid for or will be paid upon such disbursement to Borrower. Lender shall not be required to make disbursements from the Required Repair Account with respect to the Property more than once each calendar month and such disbursement shall be made only upon satisfaction of each condition contained in this Section 7.1.2.

Section 7.2 Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund .

Borrower shall pay to Lender on each Payment Date (a) one-twelfth of the Taxes that Lender estimates will be payable during the next ensuing twelve (12) months in order to accumulate with Lender sufficient funds to pay all such Taxes at least thirty (30) days prior to their respective due dates and (b) one-twelfth of the Insurance Premiums that Lender estimates will be payable for the renewal of the coverage afforded by the Policies upon the expiration thereof in order to accumulate with Lender sufficient funds to pay all such Insurance Premiums at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Policies, (said amounts in (a) and (b) above are hereinafter called the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund ). The Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund and the payments of interest or principal or both, payable pursuant to the Note, shall be

 

63


added together and shall be paid as an aggregate sum by Borrower to Lender. Lender will apply the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund to payments of Taxes and Insurance Premiums required to be made by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and under the Mortgage. In making any payment relating to the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund, Lender may do so according to any bill, statement or estimate procured from the appropriate public office (with respect to Taxes) or insurer or agent (with respect to Insurance Premiums) or from Borrower without inquiry into the accuracy of such bill, statement or estimate or into the validity of any tax, assessment, sale, forfeiture, tax lien or title or claim thereof, provided, however, Lender shall use reasonable efforts to pay such real property taxes sufficiently early to obtain the benefit of any available discounts of which it has knowledge. If the amount of the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund shall exceed the amounts due for Taxes and Insurance Premiums, Lender shall, in its sole discretion, return any excess to Borrower or credit such excess against future payments to be made to the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund. The Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund shall be held by Lender in an interest-bearing account and shall at Lender’s option be held in Eligible Account at an Eligible Institution. Any interest earned on said account shall accrue in said account for the benefit of Borrower, but shall remain in and constitute part of the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund, and shall be disbursed in accordance with the terms hereof. Any amount remaining in the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund after the Debt has been paid in full shall be returned to Borrower. In allocating such excess, Lender may deal with the Person shown on the records of Lender to be the owner of the Property. If at any time Lender reasonably determines that the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund is not or will not be sufficient to pay Taxes or Insurance Premiums by the dates set forth above, Lender shall notify Borrower of such determination and Borrower shall increase its monthly payments to Lender by the amount that Lender estimates is sufficient to make up the deficiency at least thirty (30) days prior to delinquency of the Taxes or Insurance Premiums.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary hereinbefore contained, in the event that Borrower provides (1) evidence satisfactory to Lender that the Property is insured in accordance with Section 6.1 of this Agreement and (2) evidence satisfactory to Lender that the Taxes for the Property have been paid in accordance with the requirements set forth in this Agreement, Lender will waive the requirement set forth herein for Borrower to make deposits into the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund for the payment of Insurance Premiums and for payment of such Taxes, provided, however, Lender expressly reserves the right to require Borrower to make deposits to the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund for the payment of Insurance Premiums if at any time the Property is not insured in accordance with Section 6.1 of this Agreement or Taxes are not paid in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement.

Section 7.3 Replacements and Replacement Reserve .

Section 7.3.1 Replacement Reserve Fund . Borrower shall pay to Lender on the Closing Date and on each Payment Date one twelfth of the amount (the Replacement Reserve Monthly Deposit ) reasonably estimated by Lender in its sole discretion to be due for replacements and repairs required to be made to the Property during the calendar year (collectively, the Replacements ), which Replacement Reserve Monthly Deposit shall be in an amount equal to no less than $0.15 per year per square foot of gross leasable area. Amounts so deposited shall hereinafter be referred to as Borrower’s Replacement Reserve Fund and the account in which such amounts are held shall hereinafter be referred to as Borrower’s

 

64


Replacement Reserve Account . Lender may reassess its estimate of the amount necessary for the Replacement Reserve Fund from time to time, and may increase the monthly amounts required to be deposited into the Replacement Reserve Fund upon thirty (30) days notice to Borrower if Lender determines in its reasonable discretion that an increase is necessary to maintain the proper maintenance and operation of the Property. Any amount held in the Replacement Reserve Account and allocated for the Property shall be retained by Lender in an interest bearing account, or, at the option of Lender, in an Eligible Account at an Eligible Institution; provided , however , that, any interest earned on said account shall accrue in said account for the benefit of Borrower, but shall remain in and constitute part of the Replacement Reserve Fund, and shall be disbursed in accordance with the terms hereof.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.3, Borrower shall not be required to make Replacement Reserve Monthly Deposits, provided that: (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred; and (ii) either (A) Borrower makes all necessary Replacements and otherwise maintains the Property to Lender’s satisfaction, or (B) Anchor Tenant maintains the Property as required pursuant to the Anchor Tenant Lease. Upon notice from Lender following: (a) an Event of Default; or (b) the failure of Borrower to make necessary Replacements and otherwise maintain the Property to Lender’s satisfaction, or the failure of Anchor Tenant to maintain the Property as required pursuant to the Anchor Tenant Lease, as applicable, Borrower shall begin to deposit the Replacement Reserve Monthly Deposit into the Replacement Reserve Fund beginning on the Payment Date (as defined herein) immediately following the date of such notice.

Section 7.3.2 Disbursements from Replacement Reserve Account .

(a) Lender shall make disbursements from the Replacement Reserve Account to pay Borrower only for the costs of the Replacements. Lender shall not be obligated to make disbursements from the Replacement Reserve Account to reimburse Borrower for the costs of routine maintenance to the Property or for costs which are to be reimbursed from the Required Repair Fund (if any).

(b) Lender shall, upon written request from Borrower and satisfaction of the requirements set forth in this Section 7.3.2, disburse to Borrower amounts from the Replacement Reserve Account necessary to pay for the actual approved costs of Replacements or to reimburse Borrower therefor, upon completion of such Replacements (or, upon partial completion in the case of Replacements made pursuant to Section 7.3.2(f)) as determined by Lender. In no event shall Lender be obligated to disburse funds from the Replacement Reserve Account if a Default or an Event of Default exists.

(c) Each request for disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account shall be in a form specified or approved by Lender and shall specify (i) the specific Replacements for which the disbursement is requested, (ii) the quantity and price of each item purchased, if the Replacement includes the purchase or replacement of specific items, (iii) the price of all materials (grouped by type or category) used in any Replacement other than the purchase or replacement of specific items, and (iv) the cost of all contracted labor or other services applicable to each Replacement for which such request for disbursement is made. With each request Borrower shall certify that all Replacements have been made in accordance with all applicable

 

65


Legal Requirements of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Property to which the Replacements are being provided and, unless Lender has agreed to issue joint checks as described below, each request shall include evidence of payment of all such amounts. Each request for disbursement shall include copies of invoices for all items or materials purchased and all contracted labor or services provided. Except as provided in Section 7.3.2(e), each request for disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account shall be made only after completion of the Replacement for which disbursement is requested. Borrower shall provide Lender evidence of completion satisfactory to Lender in its reasonable judgment.

(d) Borrower shall pay all invoices in connection with the Replacements with respect to which a disbursement is requested prior to submitting such request for disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account or, at the request of Borrower, Lender will issue joint checks, payable to Borrower and the contractor, supplier, materialman, mechanic, subcontractor or other party to whom payment is due in connection with a Replacement. In the case of payments made by joint check, Lender may require a waiver of lien from each Person receiving payment prior to Lender’s disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account. In addition, as a condition to any disbursement, Lender may require Borrower to obtain lien waivers from each contractor, supplier, materialman, mechanic or subcontractor who receives payment in an amount equal to or greater than $100,000 for completion of its work or delivery of its materials. Any lien waiver delivered hereunder shall conform to the requirements of applicable law and shall cover all work performed and materials supplied (including equipment and fixtures) for the Property by that contractor, supplier, subcontractor, mechanic or materialman through the date covered by the current reimbursement request (or, in the event that payment to such contractor, supplier, subcontractor, mechanic or materialmen is to be made by a joint check, the release of lien shall be effective through the date covered by the previous release of funds request).

(e) If (i) the cost of a Replacement exceeds $100,000, (ii) the contractor performing such Replacement requires periodic payments pursuant to terms of a written contract, and (iii) Lender has approved in writing in advance such periodic payments, a request for reimbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account may be made after completion of a portion of the work under such contract, provided (A) such contract requires payment upon completion of such portion of the work, (B) the materials for which the request is made are on site at the Property and are properly secured or have been installed in the Property, (C) all other conditions in this Agreement for disbursement have been satisfied, (D) funds remaining in the Replacement Reserve Account are, in Lender’s judgment, sufficient to complete such Replacement and other Replacements when required, and (E) if required by Lender, each contractor or subcontractor receiving payments under such contract shall provide a waiver of lien with respect to amounts which have been paid to that contractor or subcontractor.

(f) Borrower shall not make a request for disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account more frequently than once in any calendar month and (except in connection with the final disbursement) the total cost of all Replacements in any request shall not be less than $5,000.00.

 

66


Section 7.3.3 Performance of Replacements .

(g) Borrower shall make Replacements when required in order to keep the Property in condition and repair consistent with other office properties in the same market segment in the metropolitan area in which the Property is located, and to keep the Property or any portion thereof from deteriorating. Borrower shall complete all Replacements in a good and workmanlike manner as soon as practicable following the commencement of making each such Replacement.

(h) Lender reserves the right, at its option, to approve all contracts or work orders with materialmen, mechanics, suppliers, subcontractors, contractors or other parties providing labor or materials under contracts for an amount in excess of $100,000 in connection with the Replacements performed by Borrower. Upon Lender’s request, Borrower shall assign any contract or subcontract to Lender.

(i) In the event Lender determines in its reasonable discretion that any Replacement is not being performed in a workmanlike or timely manner or that any Replacement has not been completed in a workmanlike or timely manner, and such failure continues to exist for more than thirty (30) days after notice from Lender to Borrower, Lender shall have the option to withhold disbursement for such unsatisfactory Replacement and to proceed under existing contracts or to contract with third parties to complete such Replacement and to apply the Replacement Reserve Fund toward the labor and materials necessary to complete such Replacement, without providing any prior notice to Borrower and to exercise any and all other remedies available to Lender upon an Event of Default hereunder.

(j) In order to facilitate Lender’s completion or making of the Replacements pursuant to Section 7.3.3(c) above, Borrower grants Lender the right to enter onto the Property and perform any and all work and labor necessary to complete or make the Replacements and/or employ watchmen to protect the Property from damage, subject to the rights of Tenants. All sums so expended by Lender, to the extent not from the Replacement Reserve Fund, shall be deemed to have been advanced under the Loan to Borrower and secured by the Mortgage. For this purpose Borrower constitutes and appoints Lender its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to complete or undertake the Replacements in the name of Borrower. Such power of attorney shall be deemed to be a power coupled with an interest and cannot be revoked but shall only be effective following an Event of Default. Borrower empowers said attorney-in-fact as follows: (i) to use any funds in the Replacement Reserve Account for the purpose of making or completing the Replacements; (ii) to make such additions, changes and corrections to the Replacements as shall be necessary or desirable to complete the Replacements; (iii) to employ such contractors, subcontractors, agents, architects and inspectors as shall be required for such purposes; (iv) to pay, settle or compromise all existing bills and claims which are or may become Liens against the Property, or as may be necessary or desirable for the completion of the Replacements, or for clearance of title; (v) to execute all applications and certificates in the name of Borrower which may be required by any of the contract documents; (vi) to prosecute and defend all actions or proceedings in connection with the Property or the rehabilitation and repair of the Property; and (vii) to do any and every act which Borrower might do in its own behalf to fulfill the terms of this Agreement.

(k) Nothing in this Section 7.3.3 shall: (i) make Lender responsible for making or completing the Replacements; (ii) require Lender to expend funds in addition to the Replacement

 

67


Reserve Fund to make or complete any Replacement; (iii) obligate Lender to proceed with the Replacements; or (iv) obligate Lender to demand from Borrower additional sums to make or complete any Replacement.

(I) Borrower shall permit Lender and Lender’s agents and representatives (including, without limitation, Lender’s engineer, architect, or inspector) or third parties making Replacements pursuant to this Section 7.3.3 to enter onto the Property during normal business hours (subject to the rights of tenants under their Leases) to inspect the progress of any Replacements and all materials being used in connection therewith, to examine all plans and shop drawings relating to such Replacements which are or may be kept at the Property, and to complete any Replacements made pursuant to this Section 7.3.3. Borrower shall cause all contractors and subcontractors to cooperate with Lender or Lender’s representatives or such other persons described above in connection with inspections described in this Section 7.3.3(f) or the completion of Replacements pursuant to this Section 7.3.3.

(m) Lender may require an inspection of the Property at Borrower’s expense prior to making a monthly disbursement in excess of $10,000 from the Replacement Reserve Account in order to verify completion of the Replacements for which reimbursement is sought. Lender may require that such inspection be conducted by an appropriate independent qualified professional selected by Lender and/or may require a copy of a certificate of completion by an independent qualified professional acceptable to Lender prior to the disbursement of any amounts from the Replacement Reserve Account. Borrower shall pay the expense of the inspection as required hereunder, whether such inspection is conducted by Lender or by an independent qualified professional.

(n) The Replacements and all materials, equipment, fixtures, or any other item comprising a part of any Replacement shall be constructed, installed or completed, as applicable, free and clear of all mechanic’s, materialman’s or other liens (except for those Liens existing on the date of this Agreement which have been approved in writing by Lender).

(o) Before each disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account, Lender may require Borrower to provide Lender with a search of title to the Property effective to the date of the disbursement, which search shows that no mechanic’s or materialmen’s liens or other liens of any nature have been placed against the Property since the date of recordation of the Mortgage and that title to the Property is free and clear of all Liens (other than the lien of the Mortgage and any other Liens previously approved in writing by Lender, if any).

(p) All Replacements shall comply with all applicable Legal Requirements of all Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction over the Property and applicable insurance requirements including, without limitation, applicable building codes, special use permits, environmental regulations, and requirements of insurance underwriters.

(q) In addition to any insurance required under the Loan Documents, Borrower shall provide or cause to be provided workmen’s compensation insurance, builder’s risk, and public liability insurance and other insurance to the extent required under applicable law in connection with a particular Replacement. All such policies shall be in form and amount reasonably satisfactory to Lender. All such policies which can be endorsed with standard mortgagee clauses making loss payable to Lender or it assigns shall be so endorsed. Certified copies of such policies shall be delivered to Lender.

 

68


Section 7.3.4 Failure to Make Replacements . (a) It shall be an Event of Default under this Agreement if Borrower fails to comply with any provision of this Section 7.3 and such failure is not cured within thirty (30) days after notice from Lender; provided , however , if such failure is not capable of being cured within said thirty (30) day period, then provided that Borrower commences action to complete such cure and thereafter diligently proceeds to complete such cure, such thirty (30) day period shall be extended for such time as is reasonably necessary for Borrower, in the exercise of due diligence, to cure such failure, but such additional period of time shall not exceed sixty (60) days. Upon the occurrence of such an Event of Default, Lender may use the Replacement Reserve Fund (or any portion thereof) for any purpose, including but not limited to completion of the Replacements as provided in Section 7.3.3, or for any other repair or replacement to the Property or toward payment of the Debt in such order, proportion and priority as Lender may determine in its sole discretion. Lender’s right to withdraw and apply the Replacement Reserve Funds shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies provided to Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(s) Nothing in this Agreement shall obligate Lender to apply all or any portion of the Replacement Reserve Fund on account of an Event of Default to payment of the Debt or in any specific order or priority.

Section 7.3.5 Balance in the Replacement Reserve Account . The insufficiency of any balance in the Replacement Reserve Account shall not relieve Borrower from its obligation to fulfill all preservation and maintenance covenants in the Loan Documents.

Section 7.3.6 Indemnification . Borrower shall indemnify Lender and hold Lender harmless from and against any and all actions, suits, claims, demands, liabilities, losses, damages, obligations and costs and expenses (including litigation costs and reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) arising from or in any way connected with the performance of the Replacements unless the same are solely due to gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lender. Borrower shall assign to Lender all rights and claims Borrower may have against all persons or entities supplying labor or materials in connection with the Replacements; provided , however , that Lender may not pursue any such right or claim unless an Event of Default has occurred and remains uncured.

Section 7.4 Intentionally Omitted.

Section 7.5 Intentionally Omitted.

Section 7.6 Intentionally Omitted.

Section 7.7 Reserve Funds, Generally.

7.7.1 Borrower grants to Lender a first-priority perfected security interest in each of the Reserve Funds and any and all monies now or hereafter deposited in each Reserve Fund as additional security for payment of the Debt. Until expended or applied in accordance herewith, the Reserve Funds shall constitute additional security for the Debt.

 

69


7.7.2 Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Lender may, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies available to Lender, apply any sums then present in any or all of the Reserve Funds to the payment of the Debt in any order in its sole discretion.

7.7.3 The Reserve Funds shall not constitute trust funds and may be commingled with other monies held by Lender.

7.7.4 Intentionally omitted.

7.7.5 Borrower shall not, without obtaining the prior written consent of Lender, further pledge, assign or grant any security interest in any Reserve Fund or the monies deposited therein or permit any lien or encumbrance to attach thereto, or any levy to be made thereon, or any UCC- I Financing Statements, except those naming Lender as the secured party, to be filed with respect thereto.

7.7.6 Lender shall not be liable for any loss sustained on the investment of any funds constituting the Reserve Funds unless occasioned by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lender.

7.7.7 Upon payment in full of the Debt and performance of all other obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Lender shall disburse to Borrower all remaining Reserve Funds.

ARTICLE VIII

DEFAULTS

Section 8.1 Event of Default . (a) Each of the following events shall constitute an event of default hereunder (an “ Event of Default ”):

(i) if any portion of the Debt is not paid within five (5) days of the applicable due date;

(ii) if any of the Taxes or Other Charges are not paid prior to the date when the same become delinquent, except to the extent that Borrower is contesting same in accordance with the terms of Section 5.1.2 hereof, or there are sufficient funds in the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund to pay such Taxes or Other Charges and Lender fails to or refuses to release the same from the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund;

(iii) if the Policies are not kept in full force and effect, or if certified copies of the Policies are not delivered to Lender within ten (10) days of request;

(iv) if Borrower transfers or encumbers any portion of the Property without Lender’s prior written consent (to extent such consent is required) or otherwise violates the provisions of Section 5.2.13 of this Loan Agreement;

(v) if any material representation or warranty made by Borrower herein or in any other Loan Document, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other instrument, agreement or document furnished to Lender shall have been false or misleading in any material respect as of the date the representation or warranty was made;

 

70


(vi) if Borrower or indemnitor or any guarantor under any guaranty or indemnity issued in connection with the Loan shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(vii) if a receiver, liquidator or trustee shall be appointed for Borrower or any guarantor or indemnitor under any guarantee or indemnity issued in connection with the Loan or if Borrower or such guarantor or indemnitor shall be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or if any petition for bankruptcy, reorganization or arrangement pursuant to federal bankruptcy law, or any similar federal or state law, shall be filed by or against, consented to, or acquiesced in by, Borrower or such guarantor or indemnitor, or if any proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of Borrower or such guarantor or indemnitor shall be instituted; provided , however , if such appointment, adjudication, petition or proceeding was involuntary and not consented to by Borrower or such guarantor or indemnitor, upon the same not being discharged, stayed or dismissed within one hundred eighty (180) days;

(viii) if Borrower attempts to assign its rights under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any interest herein or therein in contravention of the Loan Documents;

(ix) if Borrower breaches any of its respective negative covenants contained in Section 5.2 or any covenant contained in Section 4.1.30 hereof;

(x) with respect to any term, covenant or provision set forth herein which specifically contains a notice requirement or grace period, if Borrower shall be in default under such term, covenant or condition after the giving of such notice or the expiration of such grace period;

(xi) if any of the assumptions contained in any Insolvency Opinion or Additional Insolvency Opinion are or shall become untrue in any material respect;

(xii) if Borrower shall continue to be in Default under any of the other terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement not specified in subsections (i) to (xi) above, for ten (10) days after notice to Borrower from Lender, in the case of any Default which can be cured by the payment of a sum of money, or for thirty (30) days after notice from Lender in the case of any other Default; provided , however , that if such non-monetary Default is susceptible of cure but cannot reasonably be cured within such 30-day period and provided further that Borrower shall have commenced to cure such Default within such 30-day period and thereafter diligently and expeditiously proceeds to cure the same, such 30-day period shall be extended for such time as is reasonably necessary for Borrower in the exercise of due diligence to cure such Default, such additional period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days; or

(xiii) if there shall be default under any of the other Loan Documents beyond any applicable cure periods contained in such documents, whether as to Borrower or the

 

71


Property, or if any other such event shall occur or condition shall exist, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate the maturity of any portion of the Debt or to permit Lender to accelerate the maturity of all or any portion of the Debt.

(b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clauses (vi), (vii) or (viii) above) and at any time thereafter Lender may, in addition to any other rights or remedies available to it pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or at law or in equity, Lender may take such action, without notice or demand, that Lender deems advisable to protect and enforce its rights against Borrower and in the Property, including, without limitation, declaring the Debt to be immediately due and payable, and Lender may enforce or avail itself of any or all rights or remedies provided in the Loan Documents against Borrower and the Property, including, without limitation, all rights or remedies available at law or in equity; and upon any Event of Default described in clauses (vi), (vii) or (viii) above, the Debt and all other obligations of Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall immediately and automatically become due and payable, without notice or demand, and Borrower hereby expressly waives any such notice or demand, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.

Section 8.2 Remedies . (a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, all or any one or more of the rights, powers, privileges and other remedies available to Lender against Borrower under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower or at law or in equity may be exercised by Lender at any time and from time to time, whether or not all or any of the Debt shall be declared due and payable, and whether or not Lender shall have commenced any foreclosure proceeding or other action for the enforcement of its rights and remedies under any of the Loan Documents with respect to the Property. Any such actions taken by Lender shall be cumulative and concurrent and may be pursued independently, singly, successively, together or otherwise, at such time and in such order as Lender may determine in its sole discretion, to the fullest extent permitted by law, without impairing or otherwise affecting the other rights and remedies of Lender permitted by law, equity or contract or as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Borrower agrees that if an Event of Default is continuing (i) Lender is not subject to any “one action” or “election of remedies” law or rule, and (ii) all liens and other rights, remedies or privileges provided to Lender shall remain in full force and effect until Lender has exhausted all of its remedies against the Property and the Mortgage has been foreclosed, sold and/or otherwise realized upon in satisfaction of the Debt or the Debt has been paid in full.

(b) Lender shall have the right from time to time to partially foreclose the Mortgage in any manner and for any amounts secured by the Mortgage then due and payable as determined by Lender in its sole discretion including, without limitation, the following circumstances: (i) in the event Borrower defaults beyond any applicable grace period in the payment of one or more scheduled payments of principal and interest, Lender may foreclose the Mortgage to recover such delinquent payments, or (ii) in the event Lender elects to accelerate less than the entire outstanding principal balance of the Loan, Lender may foreclose the Mortgage to recover so much of the principal balance of the Loan as Lender may accelerate and such other sums secured by the Mortgage as Lender may elect. Notwithstanding one or more partial foreclosures, the Property shall remain subject to the Mortgage to secure payment of sums secured by the Mortgage and not previously recovered.

 

72


(c) Lender shall have the right from time to time to sever the Note and the other Loan Documents into one or more separate notes, mortgages and other security documents (the “ Severed Loan Documents ”) in such denominations as Lender shall determine in its sole discretion for purposes of evidencing and enforcing its rights and remedies provided hereunder. Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender from time to time, promptly after the request of Lender, a severance agreement and such other documents as Lender shall request in order to effect the severance described in the preceding sentence, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender. Borrower hereby absolutely and irrevocably appoints Lender following the occurrence of an Event of Default as its true and lawful attorney, coupled with an interest, in its name and stead to make and execute all documents necessary or desirable to effect the aforesaid severance, Borrower ratifying all that its said attorney shall do by virtue thereof; provided , however , Lender shall not make or execute any such documents under such power until three (3) days after notice has been given to Borrower by Lender of Lender’s intent to exercise its rights under such power. Borrower shall not be obligated to pay any costs or expenses incurred in cormection with the preparation, execution, recording or filing of the Severed Loan Documents, and the Severed Loan Documents shall not contain any representations, warranties or covenants not contained in the Loan Documents and any such representations and warranties contained in the Severed Loan Documents will be given by Borrower only as of the Closing Date.

(d) As used in this Section 8.2, a “foreclosure” shall include any sale by power of sale.

Section 8.3 Remedies Cumulative; Waivers . The rights, powers and remedies of Lender under this Agreement shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any other right, power or remedy which Lender may have against Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Lender’s rights, powers and remedies may be pursued singly, concurrently or otherwise, at such time and in such order as Lender may determine in Lender’s sole discretion. No delay or omission to exercise any remedy, right or power accruing upon an Event of Default shall impair any such remedy, right or power or shall be construed as a waiver thereof, but any such remedy, right or power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient. A waiver of one Default or Event of Default with respect to Borrower shall not be construed to be a waiver of any subsequent Default or Event of Default by Borrower or to impair any remedy, right or power consequent thereon.

ARTICLE IX

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

Section 9.1 Sale of Notes and Securitization . At the request of the holder of the Note and, to the extent not already required to be provided by Borrower under this Agreement, Borrower shall cooperate with Lender to allow Lender to satisfy the market standards to which the holder of the Note customarily adheres or which may be reasonably required in the marketplace or by the Rating Agencies in connection with the sale of the Note or participations therein or the first successful securitization (such sale and/or securitization, the “ Securitization ”)

 

73


of rated single or multi-class securities (the Securities ) secured by or evidencing ownership interests in the Note and the Mortgage. In this regard Borrower shall:

(a) (i) provide such financial and other information with respect to the Property, Borrower and the Manager, (ii) provide budgets relating to the Property and (iii) to perform or permit or cause to be performed or permitted such site inspection, appraisals, market studies, environmental reviews and reports (Phase I’s and, if appropriate, Phase II’s), engineering reports and other due diligence investigations of the Property, as may be reasonably requested by the holder of the Note or the Rating Agencies or as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the Securitization (the “ Provided Information ”), together, if customary, with appropriate verification and/or consents of the Provided Information through letters of auditors or opinions of counsel of independent attorneys acceptable to Lender and the Rating Agencies;

(b) cause counsel to render opinions, which may be relied upon by the holder of the Note, the Rating Agencies and their respective counsel, agents and representatives, as to non-consolidation, fraudulent conveyance, and true sale and/or lease or any other opinion customary in securitization transactions, which counsel and opinions shall be reasonably satisfactory to the holder of the Note and the Rating Agencies;

(c) make such representations and warranties as of the closing date of the Securitization with respect to the Property, Borrower, and the Loan Documents as are consistent with the representations and warranties made in the Loan Documents; and

(d) execute such amendments to the Loan Documents and organizational documents as may be reasonably requested by the holder of the Note or the Rating Agencies or otherwise to effect the Securitization; provided , however , that Borrower shall not be required to modify or amend any Loan Document if such modification or amendment would (i) change the interest rate, the stated maturity or the amortization of principal set forth in the Note, or (ii) modify or amend any other material economic term of the Loan.

All material out-of-pocket third party costs and expenses incurred by Borrower in connection with complying with requests made under this Section 9.1 shall be paid by Lender.

Section 9.2 Securitization . (a) Borrower understands that certain of the Provided Information may be included in disclosure documents in connection with the Securitization, including, without limitation, a prospectus, prospectus supplement or private placement memorandum (each, a “ Disclosure Document ”) and may also be included in filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), or provided or made available to investors or prospective investors in the Securities, the Rating Agencies, and service providers relating to the Securitization. In the event that the Disclosure Document is required to be revised prior to the sale of all Securities, Borrower will cooperate with the holder of the Note in updating the Disclosure Document by providing all current information necessary to keep the Disclosure Document accurate and complete in all material respects, and otherwise to enable Lender to comply with applicable laws regarding disclosure.

 

74


(b) The Indemnifying Persons agree to provide, in connection with the Securitization, an indemnification agreement certifying that (i) the Indemnifying Persons have carefully examined the Disclosure Documents, (ii) such sections and such other information in the Disclosure Documents (to the extent such information relates to or includes any Provided Information or any information regarding the Properties, Borrower, Manager and/or the Loan) (collectively with the Provided Information, the “ Covered Disclosure Information ”) do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (iii) jointly and severally indemnifying Lender and any Affiliate of Lender involved in the Securitization (collectively, the “ Indemnified Persons ”), for any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses (including without limitation legal fees and expenses for enforcement of these obligations (collectively, the “ Liabilities ”) to which any such Indemnified Person may become subject insofar as the Liabilities arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Covered Disclosure Information or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state in the Covered Disclosure Information a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements in the Covered Disclosure Information, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

Section 9.3 Rating Surveillance . Lender, at its option, may retain the Rating Agencies to provide rating surveillance services on any certificates issued in a Securitization. Such rating surveillance will be at the expense of Lender (the “ Rating Surveillance Charge ”).

Section 9.4 Exculpation . Subject to the qualifications below, Lender shall not enforce the liability and obligation of Borrower to perform and observe the obligations contained in the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage or the other Loan Documents by any action or proceeding wherein a money judgment shall be sought against Borrower, except that Lender may bring a foreclosure action, an action for specific performance or any other appropriate action or proceeding to enable Lender to enforce and realize upon its interest under the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents, or in the Property, the Rents following an Event of Default, or any other collateral given to Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents; provided, however, that, except as specifically provided herein, any judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be enforceable against Borrower only to the extent of Borrower’s interest in the Property, in the Rents following an Event of Default and in any other collateral given to Lender, and Lender, by accepting the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents, agrees that it shall not sue for, seek or demand any deficiency judgment against Borrower in any such action or proceeding under or by reason of or under or in connection with the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage or the other Loan Documents. The provisions of this section shall not, however, (a) constitute a waiver, release or impairment of any obligation evidenced or secured by any of the Loan Documents; (b) impair the right of Lender to name Borrower as a party defendant in any action or suit for foreclosure and sale under any of the Mortgage; (c) affect the validity or enforceability of or any guaranty made in connection with the Loan or any of the rights and remedies of Lender thereunder; (d) impair the right of Lender to obtain the appointment of a receiver; (e) impair the enforcement of any of the Assignment of Leases following an Event of Default; (f) constitute a prohibition against Lender commencing any other appropriate action or proceeding in order for Lender to exercise its remedies against the Property; or (g) constitute a waiver of the right of Lender to enforce the liability and

 

75


obligation of Borrower, by money judgment or otherwise, to the extent of any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability, claim or other obligation incurred by Lender (including attorneys’ fees and costs reasonably incurred) arising out of or in connection with the following:

(i) fraud or intentional misrepresentation by Borrower or any guarantor in connection with the Loan;

(ii) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Borrower;

(iii) material physical waste of the Property;

(iv) the breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or indemnification provision in the Environmental Indemnity or in the Mortgage concerning environmental laws, hazardous substances and asbestos and any indemnification of Lender with respect thereto in either document;

(v) the removal or disposal of any portion of the Property after an Event of Default;

(vi) the misapplication or conversion by Borrower of (A) any insurance proceeds paid by reason of any loss, damage or destruction to the Property which are not applied by Borrower in accordance with this Agreement, (B) any awards or other amounts received in connection with the condemnation of all or a portion of the Property which are not applied by Borrower in accordance with this Agreement, or (C) any Rents following an Event of Default;

(vii) failure to pay charges for labor or materials or other charges that can create liens on any portion of the Property, including, but not limited to, the failure to pay any and all real property taxes or assessments that can create a lien on any portion of the Property notwithstanding that such taxes or assessments also relate to real property that is not part of the Property but that has not yet been designated as a separate tax lot; or

(viii) any security deposits, advance deposits or any other deposits collected with respect to the Property which are not delivered to Lender upon a foreclosure of the Property or action in lieu thereof, except to the extent any such security deposits were applied in accordance with the terms and conditions of any of the Leases prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default that gave rise to such foreclosure or action in lieu thereof.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Note or any of the Loan Documents, (A) the Debt shall be fully recourse to the Borrower and (B) Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any right which Lender may have under Section 506(a), 506(b), 1111(b) or any other provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code to file a claim for the full amount of the Debt secured by the Mortgage or to require that all collateral shall continue to secure all of the Debt owing to Lender in accordance with the Loan Documents in the event that the (I) first full monthly payment under the Note is not paid within five (5) days of notice that such payment is late (provided, however, that such grace period relates only to the recourse trigger described in this paragraph), or (II) failure of Borrower to permit on-site inspections of the Property subject to

 

76


the rights of Tenants and any applicable cure period set forth in the Loan Documents, to provide financial information as required under the Loan Documents subject to any applicable cure period (except for financial information required to be delivered by a tenant pursuant to the applicable Lease that has not been delivered to Borrower, provided Borrower has requested such financial information from such tenant), or (III) failure of Borrower to comply with Section 4.1.30 hereof, or (IV) failure of Borrower to obtain Lender’s prior written consent (to extent such consent is required) to any subordinate financing or other voluntary lien encumbering the Property, or (V) failure of Borrower to obtain Lender’s prior written consent to any assignment, transfer or conveyance of the Property, or any portion thereof, or any interest therein as required by this Agreement. Notwithstanding the provision set forth in clause (IV) of this paragraph, a voluntary lien other than a lien securing an extension of credit filed against the Property shall not constitute a recourse trigger for purposes of this paragraph provided such lien (A) is fully bonded to the satisfaction of Lender and discharged of record within ninety (90) days of filing, or (B) within such ninety (90) day period, Lender receives affirmative title insurance from the title insurance company insuring the lien of the Mortgage that such lien is subject and subordinate to the lien of the Mortgage and no enforcement action is commenced by the applicable lien holder. Upon the acceptance by Lender of any cure by Borrower of a recourse trigger described in clauses (I), (II) or (IV) above, the Debt shall no longer be fully recourse to Borrower solely as a result of such trigger. Upon the acceptance by Lender of any cure by Borrower of a recourse trigger described in clauses (III) or (V) above, the Debt shall no longer be fully recourse to Borrower solely as a result of such trigger, provided, however, Borrower shall remain liable to the extent of any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability, claim or other obligation incurred by Lender (including attorneys’ fees and costs reasonably incurred) arising out of or in connection with such trigger.

Section 9.5 Termination of Manager . If (a) the amounts evidenced by the Note have been accelerated pursuant to Section 8.1(b) hereof, (b) the Manager shall become bankrupt or insolvent, (c) the Manager is in default under the terms of the Management Agreement beyond any applicable grace or cure period, or (d) Manager is not managing the Property in accordance with the management practices of nationally recognized management companies managing similar properties in locations comparable to those of the Property, then, in the case of (a), (b), (c) or (d), Borrower shall, at the request of Lender, terminate the Management Agreement and replace the Manager with a manager reasonably approved by Lender on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to Lender, it being understood and agreed that the management fee for such replacement manager shall not exceed then prevailing market rates. In addition and without limiting the rights of Lender hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, in the event that (i) the Management Agreement is terminated, (ii) the Manager no longer manages the Property, or (iii) a receiver, liquidator or trustee shall be appointed for Manager or if Manager shall be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or if any petition for bankruptcy, reorganization or arrangement pursuant to federal bankruptcy law, or any similar federal or state law, shall be filed by or against, consented to, or acquiesced in by, Manager, or if any proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of Manager shall be instituted, then Borrower (at Borrower’s sole cost and expense) shall immediately, in its name, establish new deposit accounts separate from any other Person with a depository satisfactory to Lender into which all Rents and other income from the Property shall be deposited and shall grant Lender a first priority security interest in such account pursuant to documentation satisfactory in form and substance to Lender.

 

77


Section 9.6 Servicer . At the option of Lender, the Loan may be serviced by a servicer/trustee (the Servicer ) selected by Lender and Lender may delegate all or any portion of its responsibilities under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to the Servicer pursuant to a servicing agreement (the Servicing Agreement ) between Lender and Servicer. Lender shall be responsible for any set-up fees or any other costs relating to or arising under the Servicing Agreement.

Section 9.7 Splitting the Loan . At the election of Lender in its sole discretion, Lender may split the loan into two or more loans, or convert any portion of the Loan to subordinate financing, including one or more tranches of mezzanine debt, preferred equity, subordinate debt or participation in such loan, subordinate to such loan (collectively, Subordinate Financing ). Borrower hereby agrees to deliver to Lender to effectuate such severing of the Loan or Subordinate Financing as reasonably requested by Lender (a) additional executed documents, or amendments and modifications to the applicable Loan Documents, (b) new opinions or updates to the opinions delivered to Lender in connection with the closing of the Loan, (c) endorsements and/or updates to the title insurance policies delivered to Lender in connection with the closing of the Loan, and (d) any other certificates, instruments and documentation reasonably determined by Lender as necessary or appropriate (the items described in subsections (a) through (d) collectively hereinafter shall be referred to as Additional Documentation ), which Additional Documentation shall be acceptable to Lender in form and substance in its reasonable discretion. At Lender’s option, any severed loan or Subordinate Financing shall be cross-defaulted with the Loan. If the Subordinate Financing takes the form of a mezzanine loan, a mezzanine borrower (the Mezzanine Borrower ) may be created which will own 100% of the equity interests in the Borrower. All of the ownership and economic interests in the Mezzanine Borrower may, at Lender’s discretion, be required to be pledged as security for such mezzanine loan or other Subordinate Financing. Such Subordinate Financing shall be subject to an intercreditor agreement by and between the Lender and the subordinate lender(s). The initial weighted average interest rate for the Loan and any such mezzanine loan shall equal the Interest Rate. Lender hereby agrees to be responsible for all reasonable third-party expenses incurred in connection with the preparation and delivery of the Additional Documentation and or other documentation related to Subordinate Financing and, if applicable, the effectuation of the uncrossing of the Loan from the Subordinate Financing. Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that upon such severing of the Loan and/or creation of Subordinate Financing, Lender may effect, in its sole discretion, one or more Securitizations of which the other Loans may be a part.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.1 Survival . This Agreement and all covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein and in the certificates delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the making by Lender of the Loan and the execution and delivery to Lender of the Note, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as all or any of the Debt is outstanding and unpaid unless a longer period is expressly set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents. Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the legal representatives, successors and assigns of such party. All covenants, promises and agreements in this Agreement, by or on behalf of Borrower, shall inure to the benefit of the legal representatives, successors and assigns of Lender.

 

78


Section 10.2 Lender’s Discretion . Whenever pursuant to this Agreement, Lender exercises any right given to it to approve or disapprove, or any arrangement or term is to be satisfactory to Lender, the decision of Lender to approve or disapprove or to decide whether arrangements or terms are satisfactory or not satisfactory shall (except as is otherwise specifically herein provided) be in the sole discretion of Lender and shall be final and conclusive.

Section 10.3 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT ENTERED INTO PURSUANT TO THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED AND SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE GOVERNED, CONSTRUED, APPLIED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED AND APPLICABLE FEDERAL LAWS.

Section 10.4 Modification, Waiver in Writing . No modification, amendment, extension, discharge, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, or of the Note, or of any other Loan Document, nor consent to any departure by Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance, and for the purpose, for which given. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no notice to, or demand on Borrower, shall entitle Borrower to any other or future notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

Section 10.5 Delay Not a Waiver . Neither any failure nor any delay on the part of Lender in insisting upon strict performance of any term, condition, covenant or agreement, or exercising any right, power, remedy or privilege hereunder, or under the Note or under any other Loan Document, or any other instrument given as security therefor, shall operate as or constitute a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other future exercise, or the exercise of any other right, power, remedy or privilege. In particular, and not by way of limitation, by accepting payment after the due date of any amount payable under this Agreement, the Note or any other Loan Document, Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any right either to require prompt payment when due of all other amounts due under this Agreement, the Note or the other Loan Documents, or to declare a default for failure to effect prompt payment of any such other amount.

Section 10.6 Notices . All notices, consents, approvals and requests required or permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be given in writing and shall be effective for all purposes if hand delivered or sent by (a) certified or registered United States mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or (b) expedited prepaid delivery service, either commercial or United States Postal Service, with proof of attempted delivery, and by telecopier (with answer back acknowledged), addressed as follows (or at such other address and Person as shall be designated from time to time by any party hereto, as the case may be, in a written notice to the other parties hereto in the manner provided for in this Section):

If to Lender:

Bear Steams Commercial Mortgage, Inc.

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

Attention: J. Christopher Hoeffel

 

79


with a copy to:

Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP

401 South Tryon Street

Suite 2600

Charlotte, North Carolina 28202-1935

Attention: Daniel S. Huffenus, Esq.

If to Borrower:

MB HOFFMAN ESTATES, L.L.C.

2901 Butterfield Road

Oak Brook, IL 60523

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

with a copy to:

Inland Real Estate Group, Inc.

2901 Butterfield Road

Oak Brook, IL 60523

Attention: Robert H. Baum, Esq.

and with a copy to:

Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc.

2901 Butterfield Road

Oak Brook, IL 60523

Attention: CFO

A notice shall be deemed to have been given: in the case of hand delivery, at the time of delivery; in the case of registered or certified mail, when delivered or the first attempted delivery on a Business Day; or in the case of expedited prepaid delivery and telecopy, upon the first attempted delivery on a Business Day.

Section 10.7 Trial by Jury . BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY AGREE NOT TO ELECT A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY ISSUE TRIABLE OF RIGHT BY JURY, AND WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY FULLY TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY SUCH RIGHT SHALL NOW OR HEREAFTER EXIST WITH REGARD TO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER ACTION ARISING lN CONNECTION THEREWITH. THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS GIVEN KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY BY

 

80


BORROWER AND LENDER, AND IS INTENDED TO ENCOMPASS INDIVIDUALLY EACH INSTANCE AND EACH ISSUE AS TO WHICH THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY WOULD OTHERWISE ACCRUE. LENDER IS HEREBY AUTHORIZED TO FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH IN ANY PROCEEDING AS CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OF THIS WAIVER BY BORROWER AND LENDER.

Section 10.8 Headings . The Article and/or Section headings and the Table of Contents in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

Section 10.9 Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

Section 10.10 Preferences .

Lender shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply or reverse and reapply any and all payments by Borrower to any portion of the obligations of Borrower hereunder. To the extent Borrower makes a payment or payments to Lender, which payment or proceeds or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or proceeds received, the obligations hereunder or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continue in full force and effect, as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by Lender.

Section 10.11 Waiver of Notice . Borrower shall not be entitled to any notices of any nature whatsoever from Lender except with respect to matters for which this Agreement or the other Loan Documents specifically and expressly provide for the giving of notice by Lender to Borrower and except with respect to matters for which Borrower is not, pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements, permitted to waive the giving of notice. Borrower hereby expressly waives the right to receive any notice from Lender with respect to any matter for which this Agreement or the other Loan Documents do not specifically and expressly provide for the giving of notice by Lender to Borrower.

Section 10.12 Remedies of Borrower . In the event that a claim or adjudication is made that Lender or its agents have acted unreasonably or unreasonably delayed acting in any case where by law or under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, Lender or such agent, as the case may be, has an obligation to act reasonably or promptly, Borrower agrees that neither Lender nor its agents shall be liable for any monetary damages, and Borrower’s sole remedies shall be limited to commencing an action seeking injunctive relief or declaratory judgment. The parties hereto agree that any action or proceeding to determine whether Lender has acted reasonably shall be determined by an action seeking declaratory judgment.

 

81


Section 10.13 Expenses; Indemnity .

(a) Borrower covenants and agrees to pay or, if Borrower fails to pay, to reimburse, Lender upon receipt of written notice from Lender for all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Lender in connection with (i) the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and all the costs of furnishing all opinions by counsel for Borrower (including without limitation any opinions requested by Lender as to any legal matters arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents with respect to the Property); (ii) Borrower’s ongoing performance of and compliance with Borrower’s respective agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on its part to be performed or complied with after the Closing Date, including, without limitation, confirming compliance with environmental and insurance requirements; (iii) Lender’s ongoing performance and compliance with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on its part to be performed or complied with after the Closing Date; (iv) except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and administration of any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents or matters reasonably requested by Lender; (v) securing Borrower’s compliance with any requests made pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement; (vi) the filing and recording fees and expenses, title insurance and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for providing to Lender all required legal opinions, and other similar expenses incurred in creating and perfecting the Liens in favor of Lender pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; (vii) enforcing or preserving any rights, in response to third party claims or the prosecuting or defending of any action or proceeding or other litigation, in each case against, under or affecting Borrower, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Property, or any other security given for the Loan; and (viii) enforcing any obligations of or collecting any payments due from Borrower under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or with respect to the Property or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided under this Agreement in the nature of a “work-out” or of any insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings; provided, however, that Borrower shall not be liable for the payment of any such costs and expenses to the extent the same arise by reason of the gross negligence, illegal acts, fraud or willful misconduct of Lender.

(b) Borrower shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Lender from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for Lender in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding commenced or threatened, whether or not Lender shall be designated a party thereto), that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against Lender in any manner relating to or arising out of (i) any breach by Borrower of its obligations under, or any material misrepresentation by Borrower contained in, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or (ii) the use or intended use of the proceeds of the Loan (collectively, the Indemnified Liabilities ”); provided , however , that Borrower shall not have any obligation to Lender hereunder to the extent that such Indemnified Liabilities arise from the gross negligence, illegal acts, fraud or willful misconduct of Lender. To the extent that the undertaking to indemnify, defend and hold harmless set forth in the preceding sentence may be unenforceable because it violates any law or public policy, Borrower shall pay the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by Lender.

 

82


Section 10.14 Schedules Incorporated . The Schedules annexed hereto are hereby incorporated herein as a part of this Agreement with the same effect as if set forth in the body hereof.

Section 10.15 Offsets, Counterclaims and Defenses . Any assignee of Lender’s interest in and to this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents shall take the same free and clear of all offsets, counterclaims or defenses which are unrelated to such documents which Borrower may otherwise have against any assignor of such documents, and no such unrelated counterclaim or defense shall be interposed or asserted by Borrower in any action or proceeding brought by any such assignee upon such documents and any such right to interpose or assert any such unrelated offset, counterclaim or defense in any such action or proceeding is hereby expressly waived by Borrower.

Section 10.16 No Joint Venture or Partnership; No Third Party Beneficiaries .

(a) Borrower and Lender intend that the relationships created hereunder and under the other Loan Documents be solely that of borrower and lender. Nothing herein or therein is intended to create a joint venture, partnership, tenancy- in- common, or joint tenancy relationship between Borrower and Lender nor to grant Lender any interest in the Property other than that of mortgagee, beneficiary or lender.

(b) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are solely for the benefit of Lender and Borrower and nothing contained in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to confer upon anyone other than Lender and Borrower any right to insist upon or to enforce the performance or observance of any of the obligations contained herein or therein. All conditions to the obligations of Lender to make the Loan hereunder are imposed solely and exclusively for the benefit of Lender and no other Person shall have standing to require satisfaction of such conditions in accordance with their terms or be entitled to assume that Lender will refuse to make the Loan in the absence of strict compliance with any or all thereof and no other Person shall under any circumstances be deemed to be a beneficiary of such conditions, any or all of which may be freely waived in whole or in part by Lender if, in Lender’s sole discretion, Lender deems it advisable or desirable to do so.

Section 10.17 Publicity . All news releases, publicity or advertising by Borrower or their Affiliates through any media intended to reach the general public which refers to the Loan Documents or the financing evidenced by the Loan Documents, to Lender, Bear Steams, or any of their Affiliates shall be subject to the prior written approval of Lender. All news releases, publicity or advertising by Lender through any media intended to reach the general public which refers solely to the Borrower or to the Loan made by the Lender to the Borrower shall be subject to the prior written approval of Borrower, provided however, the foregoing shall not apply to Provided Information included in disclosure documents in connection with a Securitization.

Section 10.18 Waiver of Marshalling of Assets . To the fullest extent permitted by law, Borrower, for itself and its successors and assigns, waives all rights to a marshalling of

 

83


the assets of Borrower, Borrower’s partners and others with interests in Borrower, and of the Property, or to a sale in inverse order of alienation in the event of foreclosure of the Mortgage or sale of the Property by power of sale, and agrees not to assert any right under any laws pertaining to the marshalling of assets, the sale in inverse order of alienation, homestead exemption, the administration of estates of decedents, or any other matters whatsoever to defeat, reduce or affect the right of Lender under the Loan Documents to a sale of the Property for the collection of the Debt without any prior or different resort for collection or of the right of Lender to the payment of the Debt out of the net proceeds of the Property in preference to every other claimant whatsoever.

Section 10.19 Waiver of Counterclaim . Borrower hereby waives the right to assert a counterclaim, other than a compulsory counterclaim, in any action or proceeding brought against it by Lender or its agents .

Section 10.20 Conflict; Construction of Documents; Reliance . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Loan Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Loan Agreement shall control. The parties hereto acknowledge that they were represented by competent counsel in connection with the negotiation, drafting and execution of the Loan Documents and that such Loan Documents shall not be subject to the principle of construing their meaning against the party which drafted same. Borrower acknowledges that, with respect to the Loan, Borrower shall rely solely on its own judgment and advisors in entering into the Loan without relying in any manner on any statements, representations or recommendations of Lender or any parent, subsidiary or Affiliate of Lender. Lender shall not be subject to any limitation whatsoever in the exercise of any rights or remedies available to it under any of the Loan Documents or any other agreements or instruments which govern the Loan by virtue of the ownership by it or any parent, subsidiary or Affiliate of Lender of any equity interest any of them may acquire in Borrower, and Borrower hereby irrevocably waives the right to raise any defense or take any action on the basis of the foregoing with respect to Lender’s exercise of any such rights or remedies. Borrower acknowledges that Lender engages in the business of real estate financings and other real estate transactions and investments which may be viewed as adverse to or competitive with the business of Borrower or its Affiliates.

Section 10.21 Brokers and Financial Advisors . Borrower hereby represents that it has dealt with no financial advisors, brokers, underwriters, placement agents, agents or finders in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement other than Inland Mortgage Corp. Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Lender harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, costs and expenses of any kind (including Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) in any way relating to or arising from a claim by any Person that such Person acted on behalf of Borrower or Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated herein. The provisions of this Section I 0.21 shall survive the expiration and termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Debt.

Section 10.22 Prior Agreements . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents contain the entire agreement of the parties hereto and thereto in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and all prior agreements or understandings among or between such parties, whether oral or written, are superseded by the terms of this Agreement and the other

 

84


Loan Documents and unless specifically set forth in a writing contemporaneous herewith the terms, conditions and provisions of such prior agreement do not survive execution of this Agreement.

Section 10.23 Transfer of Loan . In the event that Lender transfers the Loan, Borrower shall continue to make payments at the place set forth in the Note until such time that Borrower is notified in writing by Lender that payments are to be made at another place.

Section 10.24 Certain Additional Rights of Lender (VCOC) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Lender shall have:

(a) the right to routinely consult with and advise Borrower’s management regarding the significant business activities and business and financial developments of Borrower; provided , however , that such consultations shall not include discussions of environmental compliance programs or disposal of hazardous substances. Consultation meetings should occur on a regular basis (no less frequently than quarterly) with Lender having the right to call special meetings at any reasonable times and upon reasonable advance notice;

(b) the right, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, to examine the books and records of Borrower at any reasonable times upon reasonable notice;

(c) the right, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 5.1.11 hereof, to receive monthly, quarterly and year end financial reports, including balance sheets, statements of income, shareholder’s equity and cash flow, a management report and schedules of outstanding indebtedness; and

(d) the right, without restricting any other rights of Lender under this Agreement (including any similar right), to approve any acquisition by Borrower of any other significant property (other than personal property required for the day to day operation of the Property).

The rights described above in this Section 10.24 may be exercised by any entity which owns and controls, directly or indirectly, substantially all of the interests in Lender.

Section 10.25 Joint and Several Liability . If Borrower consists of more than one person or party, the obligations and liabilities of each person or party shall be joint and several.

(THE BALANCE OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

 

85


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:
MB HOFFMAN ESTATES, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company
By:   Minto Builders (Florida), Inc., a Florida
  corporation, its sole member
  By:  

/s/ Valerie Medina

 

  Name:   Valerie Medina
  Title:   Assistant Secretary
LENDER:  
BEAR STEARNS COMMERCIAL
MORTGAGE, INC., a New York corporation
By:  

 

  Name:
  Managing Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the panies hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:
MB HOFFMAN ESTATES, L.LC., a Delaware limited liability company
By:   Minto Builders (Florida), Inc., a Florida
  corporation, its sole member
  By:  

 

    Name:
    Title:
LENDER:
BEAR STEARNS COMMERCIAL
MORTGAGE, INC., a New York corporation
By:  

/s/ Michael A. Forastiere

 

  Michael A. Forastiere
  Managing Director

Exhibit 10.8

LOAN AGREEMENT

Dated as of December 21, 2006

Between

MB ST. LOUIS CHESTNUT, L.L.C.,

as Borrower

and

BEAR STEARNS COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE, INC.,

as Lender


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS; PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION      1   
    Section 1.1      Definitions      1   
    Section 1.2      Principles of Construction      21   
ARTICLE II GENERAL TERMS      21   
    Section 2.1      Loan Commitment; Disbursement to Borrower      21   
    Section 2.2      Interest; Loan Payments; Late Payment Charge      21   
    Section 2.3      Prepayments      23   
    Section 2.4      Intentionally Omitted      25   
    Section 2.5      Release of Property      25   
    Section 2.6      Manner of Making Payments      25   
ARTICLE III CONDITIONS PRECEDENT      26   
    Section 3.1      Conditions Precedent to Closing      26   
ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      30   
    Section 4.1      Borrower Representations      30   
    Section 4.2      Survival of Representations      37   
ARTICLE V BORROWER COVENANTS      38   
    Section 5.1      Affirmative Covenants      38   
    Section 5.2      Negative Covenants      49   
ARTICLE VI INSURANCE; CASUALTY; CONDEMNATION      54   
    Section 6.1      Insurance      54   
    Section 6.2      Casualty      58   
    Section 6.3      Condemnation      58   
    Section 6.4      Restoration      58   
ARTICLE VII RESERVE FUNDS      63   
    Section 7.1      Required Repair Funds      63   
    Section 7.2      Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund      64   
    Section 7.3      Replacements and Replacement Reserve      65   
    Section 7.4      Intentionally Omitted      70   
    Section 7.5      Intentionally Omitted      70   
    Section 7.6      Intentionally Omitted      70   
    Section 7.7      Reserve Funds, Generally      70   
ARTICLE VIII DEFAULTS      71   
    Section 8.1      Event of Default      71   
    Section 8.2      Remedies      73   
    Section 8.3      Remedies Cumulative; Waivers      74   
ARTICLE IX SPECIAL PROVISIONS      74   
    Section 9.1      Sale of Notes and Securitization      74   
    Section 9.2      Securitization      75   
    Section 9.3      Rating Surveillance      76   
    Section 9.4      Exculpation      76   
    Section 9.5      Termination of Manager      78   

 

-i-


    Section 9.6

     Servicer      78   

    Section 9.7

     Splitting the Loan      79   

ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS

     79   

    Section 10.1

     Survival      79   

    Section 10.2

     Lender’s Discretion      80   

    Section 10.3

     Governing Law      80   

    Section 10.4

     Modification, Waiver in Writing      80   

    Section 10.5

     Delay Not a Waiver      80   

    Section 10.6

     Notices      80   

    Section 10.7

     Trial by Jury      81   

    Section 10.8

     Headings      82   

    Section 10. 9

     Severability      82   

    Section 10.10

     Preferences      82   

    Section 10.11

     Waiver of Notice      82   

    Section 10.12

     Remedies of Borrower      82   

    Section 10.13

     Expenses; Indemnity      83   

    Section 10.14

     Schedules Incorporated      84   

    Section 10.15

     Offsets, Counterclaims and Defenses      84   

    Section 10.16

     No Joint Venture or Partnership; No Third Party Beneficiaries      84   

    Section 10.17

     Publicity      84   

    Section 10.18

     Waiver of Marshalling of Assets      85   

    Section 10.19

     Waiver of Counterclaim      85   

    Section 10.20

     Conflict; Construction of Documents; Reliance      85   

    Section 10.21

     Brokers and Financial Advisors      85   

    Section 10.22

     Prior Agreements      85   

    Section 10.23

     Transfer of Loan      86   

    Section 10.24

     Certain Additional Rights of Lender (VCOC)      86   

    Section 10.25

     Joint and Several Liability      86   

 

SCHEDULES

Schedule I

    

-

     Tenant Direction Letters

Schedule II

    

-

     Other Leases

Schedule III

    

-

     Required Repairs

 

-ii-


LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT , dated as of this 21 day of December, 2006 (as amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this Agreement ) , between BEAR STEARNS COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE, INC. , a New York corporation, having an address at 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (“ Lender ”) , and MB ST. LOUIS CHESTNUT, L.L.C. , a Delaware limited liability company, having an address at 2901 Butterfield Road, Oak Brook, Illinois 60523 (“ Borrower ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Borrower desires to obtain the Loan (as hereinafter defined) from Lender; and

WHEREAS, Lender is willing to make the Loan to Borrower, subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as hereinafter defined).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the making of the Loan by Lender and the covenants, agreements, representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto hereby covenant, agree, represent and warrant as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS; PRINCIPLES OF CONSTRUCTION

Section 1.1 Definitions . For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly required or unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intent:

Accrued Interest ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.4 hereof

Additional Documentation ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.7 hereof.

Additional Insolvency Opinion ” shall mean any subsequent Insolvency Opinion.

Affiliate ” shall mean, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person or is a director or officer of such Person or of an Affiliate of such Person.

ALTA ” shall mean American Land Title Association, or any successor thereto.

Anchor Lease Guarantor ” shall mean AT&T Incorporated, a Delaware corporation.

Anchor Tenant ” shall mean AT&T Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, pursuant to the Anchor Tenant Lease.


Anchor Tenant Lease ” shall mean that certain Lease Agreement, dated December     , 2006 by and between Borrower, as landlord, and Anchor Tenant, as tenant, as the same may be amended, restated, renewed, substituted or replaced (but only to the extent permitted under this Agreement).

Annual Budget ” shall mean the operating budget, including all planned capital expenditures, for the Property prepared by Borrower for the applicable Fiscal Year or other period.

Anticipated Repayment Date ” shall mean January 1, 2017.

Applicable Net Worth Requirement ” shall mean, (i) in the case of an entity that is a joint venturer with Minto Builders (Florida), Inc., or which acquires an ownership interest in Borrower, wherein Minto Builders (Florida), Inc. retains at least a 20% interest in Borrower or the Property, $         , (ii) in the case of an entity that is a joint venturer with Minto Builders (Florida), Inc., or which acquires an ownership interest in Borrower, wherein Minto Builders (Florida), Inc. retains at least a 10% interest, but less than a 20% interest, in Borrower or the Property, $         , (iii) in the case of an entity that is a joint venturer with Minto Builders (Florida), Inc., or which acquires an ownership interest in Borrower, wherein Minto Builders (Florida), Inc. retains at least a 1% interest, but less than a 10% interest, in Borrower or the Property, $         , and (iv) in any other case, $        .

Assignment of Leases ” shall mean, with respect to the Property, that certain first priority Assignment of Leases and Rents, dated as of the Closing Date, from Borrower, as assignor, to Lender, as assignee, assigning to Lender all of Borrower’s interest in and to the Leases and Rents of the Property as security for the Loan, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Assignment of Management Agreement ” shall mean that certain Assignment of Management Agreement and Subordination of Management Fees dated as of the Closing Date among Lender, Borrower and Manager, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Assumption Lockout Period ” shall mean the period commencing upon notice from Lender to Borrower at a Securitization shall occur within thirty (30) days, and ending thirty (30) days after Securitization.

Award ” shall mean any compensation paid by any Governmental Authority in connection with a Condemnation in respect of all or any part of the Property.

Basic Carrying Costs ” shall mean, with respect to the Property, the sum of the following costs associated with the Property for the relevant Fiscal Year or payment period: (i) Taxes and (ii) Insurance Premiums.

Borrower ” shall mean MB ST. LOUIS CHESTNUT, L.L.C., together with its permitted successors and assigns.

 

2


Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which national banks in New York, New York are not open for business.

Capital Expenditures ” shall mean, for any period, the amount expended for items capitalized under accounting principles reasonably acceptable to Lender, consistently applied (including expenditures for building improvements or major repairs, leasing commissions and tenant improvements).

Cash Expenses ” shall mean, for any period, the operating expenses for the operation of the Property as set forth in an approved Annual Budget to the extent that such expenses are actually incurred by Borrower minus any payments into the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund.

Cash Management Termination Event ” shall mean (a) if the Cash Management Trigger relates solely to clause (i) of the definition thereof, the Event of Default shall have been cured, and Lender shall have accepted such cure, provided that Lender has not otherwise accelerated the Loan, moved for a receiver or commenced foreclosure proceedings; (b) if the Cash Management Trigger relates solely to the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Manager, the dismissal of such bankruptcy without adverse consequences to the Loan or the Property, or the replacement of the Manager with a Qualifying Manager satisfactory to Lender in Lender’s reasonable discretion pursuant to a property management agreement satisfactory to Lender in Lender’s reasonable discretion, no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which Manager filed for bankruptcy or on which insolvency proceeding were initiated; (c) if the Cash Management Trigger relates solely to the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Anchor Tenant, the releasing of the entire Property to one or more replacement tenants satisfactory to Lender in Lender’s reasonable discretion pursuant to one or more replacement leases, each at an average rental rate not less than the greater of market rate and the rate paid by Anchor Tenant under the Anchor Tenant Lease at the time of such Cash Management Trigger, and Lender shall have received an estoppel letter from such replacement tenant confirming, among other things, that such tenant has taken occupancy of its demised premises and commenced payment of rent; (d) if the Cash Management Trigger relates solely to the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Anchor Lease Guarantor, the Anchor Lease Guarantor is replaced with a lease guarantor acceptable to Lender in its sole discretion within thirty (30) days after notice of such Cash Management Trigger; (e) if the Cash Management Trigger relates solely to the credit rating of Anchor Lease Guarantor falling below investment grade, the restoration and maintaining of an investment grade rating by each Rating Agency for twelve (12) consecutive calendar months; or (f), if the Cash Management Trigger relates solely to clause (iv) of the definition thereof, the releasing of the entire Property to one or more replacement tenants satisfactory to Lender in Lender’s reasonable discretion pursuant to one or more replacement leases, each at an average rental rate not less than the greater of market rate and the rate paid by Anchor Tenant under the Anchor Tenant Lease at the time of such Cash Management Trigger, and Lender shall have received an estoppel letter from such replacement tenant confirming, among other things, that such tenant has taken occupancy of its demised premises and commenced payment of rent; provided, however , that Borrower shall not have the right to cure a Cash Management Trigger that is caused by the bankruptcy or insolvency of Borrower or that is caused by failure to repay the Debt on or before the Anticipated Repayment Date, and further provided, however , there shall not be more than two (2) Cash Management Termination Events during the term of the Loan.

 

3


Cash Management Trigger ” shall mean (i) the existence of an Event of Default, (ii) the bankruptcy or insolvency of Borrower, Manager, Anchor Tenant or Anchor Lease Guarantor, (iii) Lender’s determination that the credit rating of Anchor Lease Guarantor by any Rating Agency shall be below investment grade, (iv) the earlier of the date on which Borrower receives notice that Anchor Tenant has elected not to renew the Anchor Tenant Lease at the end of the initial term thereof and (provided Anchor Tenant has not elected to renew the Anchor Tenant Lease) the date which is twelve (12) months prior to the expiration date of the initial term of the Anchor Tenant Lease, or (v) Borrower’s failure to repay the Debt on or before the Anticipated Repayment Date.

Casualty ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.2 hereof.

Casualty/Condemnation Prepayment ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.4(e) hereof.

Casualty Consultant ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b)(iii) hereof.

Casualty Retainage ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b)(iv) hereof.

Closing Date ” shall mean the date hereof.

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as it may be further amended from time to time, and any successor statutes thereto, and applicable U.S. Department of Treasury regulations issued pursuant thereto in temporary or final form.

Condemnation ” shall mean a temporary or permanent taking by any Governmental Authority as the result or in lieu or in anticipation of the exercise of the right of condemnation or eminent domain, of all or any part of the Property, or any interest therein or right accruing thereto, including any right of access thereto or any change of grade affecting the Property or any part thereof.

Debt ” shall mean the outstanding principal amount set forth in, and evidenced by, this Agreement and the Note together with all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other sums (including the Prepayment Consideration) due to Lender in respect of the Loan under the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage or any other Loan Document.

Debt Service ” shall mean, with respect to any particular period of time, scheduled interest payments under the Note.

Debt Service Coverage Ratio ” shall mean a ratio for the applicable period in which:

(a) the numerator is the Net Operating Income (excluding interest on credit accounts) for such period as set forth in the statements required hereunder, without deduction for (i) actual management fees incurred in connection with the operation of the Property, (ii) amounts paid to the Reserve Funds, less (A) management fees equal to the greater of (1)

 

4


assumed management fees of two percent (2.0%) of Gross Income from Operations or (2) the actual management fees incurred, (B) assumed Replacement Reserve Fund contributions equal to $0.00 per square foot of gross leaseable area at the Property; and (C) assumed reserves for tenant improvements and leasing commissions equal to $0.00 per square foot of gross leaseable area at the Property; and

(b) the denominator is the aggregate amount of interest due and payable on the Note for such applicable period.

Default ” shall mean the occurrence of any event hereunder or under any other Loan Document which, but for the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” shall mean, with respect to the Loan, a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (a) the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, or (b) five percent (5%) above the Interest Rate or Hyper-Am Interest Rate, as applicable.

Disclosure Document ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2 hereof.

Eligible Account ” shall mean a separate and identifiable account from all other funds held by the holding institution that is either (a) an account or accounts maintained with a federal or state-chartered depository institution or trust company which complies with the definition of Eligible Institution or (b) a segregated trust account or accounts maintained with a federal or state chartered depository institution or trust company acting in its fiduciary capacity which, in the case of a state chartered depository institution or trust company, is subject to regulations substantially similar to 12 C.F.R. §9.10(b), having in either case a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by federal and state authority. An Eligible Account will not be evidenced by a certificate of deposit, passbook or other instrument.

Eligible Institution ” shall mean a depository institution or trust company insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation the short term unsecured debt obligations or commercial paper of which are rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, P-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and F-1+ by Fitch, Inc. in the case of accounts in which funds are held for 30 days or less (or, in the case of accounts in which funds are held for more than 30 days, the long term unsecured debt obligations of which are rated at least “AA” by Fitch and S&P and “Aa” by Moody’s).

Embargoed Person ” shall mean any person, entity or government subject to trade restrictions under U.S. law, including, but not limited to, The USA PATRIOT Act (including the anti-terrorism provisions thereof), the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701, et seq., The Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 1 et seq., and any Executive Orders or regulations promulgated thereunder including those related to Specially Designated Nationals and Specially Designated Global Terrorists, with the result that the investment in Borrower, Principal or Guarantor, as applicable (whether directly or indirectly), is prohibited by law or the Loan made by the Lender is in violation of law.

 

5


Environmental Indemnity ” shall mean that certain Environmental Indemnity Agreement executed by Borrower in connection with the Loan for the benefit of Lender, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Environmental Report ” shall have the meaning as defined in the Environmental Indemnity executed by the Borrower.

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(a) hereof.

Excess Cash Flow shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.3 hereof.

Exchange Act Filing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.11(i) hereof.

Extraordinary Expense ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.11(e) hereof.

Fiscal Year ” shall mean each twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 during each year of the term of the Loan.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any court, board, agency, commission, office or other authority of any nature whatsoever for any governmental unit (federal, state, county, district, municipal, city or otherwise) whether now or hereafter in existence.

Gross Income from Operations ” shall mean all sustainable income as reported on the financial statements delivered by the Borrower in accordance with this Agreement, computed in accordance with accounting principles reasonably acceptable to Lender, consistently applied, derived from the ownership and operation of the Property from whatever source, including , but not limited to, (i) Rents from Tenants that are in occupancy, open for business and paying unabated Rent, (ii) utility charges, (iii) escalations, (iv) intentionally omitted; (v) service fees or charges, (vi) license fees, (vii) parking fees, and (viii) other required pass-throughs but excluding (i) Rents from Tenants that are subject to any bankruptcy proceeding (unless such Tenant has affirmed its Lease), or are not in occupancy, open for business or paying unabated Rent, (ii) sales, use and occupancy or other taxes on receipts required to be accounted for by Borrower to any Governmental Authority, (iii) refunds and uncollectible accounts, (iv) sales of furniture, fixtures and equipment, (v) Insurance Proceeds (other than business interruption or other loss of income insurance), (vi) Awards, (vii) unforfeited security deposits, (viii) utility and other similar deposits and (ix) any disbursements to Borrower from the Reserve Funds. Gross income shall not be diminished as a result of the Mortgage or the creation of any intervening estate or interest in the Property or any part thereof.

Hyper-Am Interest Rate ” shall mean a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (a) the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, or (b) two percent (2%) above the Interest Rate.

 

6


Hyper-Am Prepayment ” shall mean any application of Excess Cash Flow to the Debt pursuant to Section 2.2.4.

Improvements ” shall have the meaning set forth in the granting clause of the Mortgage with respect to the Property.

Indebtedness ” of a Person, at a particular date, means the sum (without duplication) at such date of (a) indebtedness or liability for borrowed money; (b) obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments; (c) obligations for the deferred purchase price of property or services (including trade obligations); (d) obligations under letters of credit; (e) obligations under acceptance facilities; (f) all guaranties, endorsements (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business) and other contingent obligations to purchase, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds, to invest in any Person or entity, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss; and (g) obligations secured by any Liens, whether or not the obligations have been assumed.

Indemnitor ” shall mean Sole Member, or any Substitute Indemnitor.

Indemnifying Person ” shall mean each of Borrower and Indemnitor.

Indemnity Agreement ” shall mean that certain Indemnity Agreement dated as of the Closing Date by Borrower and Indemnitor in favor of Lender, or any replacement Indemnity Agreement executed by a Substitute Indemnitor.

Independent Director shall mean a director of a corporation or a director or manager of a limited liability company who is not at the time of initial appointment, or at any time while serving as a director of such an entity, and has not been at any time during the preceding five (5) years: (a) a stockholder, director (with the exception of serving as the Independent Director), officer, employee, partner, attorney or counsel of the Borrower or any Affiliate of either of them; (b) a customer, supplier or other person who derives any of its purchases or revenues from its activities with the Borrower or any Affiliate of either of them; (c) a Person controlling or under common control with any such stockholder, director, officer, partner, customer, supplier or other Person; or (d) a member of the immediate family of any such stockholder, director, officer, employee, partner, customer, supplier or other person. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management, policies or activities of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc . ” shall mean Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

Insolvency Opinion shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.6 hereof.

Insurance Premiums ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b) hereof.

Insurance Proceeds ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b) hereof.

Interest Rate ” shall mean 5.3425% per annum.

 

7


Lease ” shall mean any lease, sublease or subsublease, letting, license, concession or other agreement (whether written or oral and whether now or hereafter in effect) pursuant to which any Person is granted a possessory interest in, or right to use or occupy all or any portion of any space in the Property of Borrower, and every modification, amendment or other agreement relating to such lease, sublease, subsublease, or other agreement entered into in connection with such lease, sublease, subsublease, or other agreement and every guarantee of the performance and observance of the covenants, conditions and agreements to be performed and observed by the other party thereto.

Legal Requirements ” shall mean, with respect to the Property, all federal, state, county, municipal and other governmental statutes, laws, rules, orders, regulations, ordinances, judgments, decrees and injunctions of Governmental Authorities affecting the Property or any part thereof, or the construction, use, alteration or operation thereof, or any part thereof, whether now or hereafter enacted and in force, and all permits, licenses and authorizations and regulations relating thereto, and all covenants, agreements, restrictions and encumbrances contained in any instruments, either of record or known to Borrower, at any time in force affecting the Property or any part thereof, including, without limitation, any which may (a) require repairs, modifications or alterations in or to the Property or any part thereof, or (b) in any way limit the use and enjoyment thereof.

Lender ” shall mean Bear Steams Commercial Mortgage, Inc., together with its successors and assigns.

Licenses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.22 hereof.

Lien ” shall mean, with respect to the Property, any mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, lien, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, security interest, or any other encumbrance, charge or transfer of, on or affecting Borrower, the Property, any portion thereof or any interest therein, including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, the filing of any financing statement, and mechanic’s, materialmen’s and other similar liens and encumbrances.

Loan ” shall mean the loan made by Lender to Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and evidenced by the Note.

Loan Documents ” shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage, the Assignment of Leases and Rents, the Environmental Indemnity, the Assignment of Management Agreement, the Indemnity Agreement and all other documents executed and/or delivered in connection with the Loan.

Lockbox Account ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.6.3 hereof.

Management Agreement ” shall mean, with respect to the Property, the management agreement entered into by and between Borrower and the Manager, pursuant to which the Manager is to provide management and other services with respect to the Property.

 

8


Manager shall mean Inland American Office Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Maturity Date shall mean January 1, 2037, or such other date on which the final payment of principal of the Note becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at such stated maturity date, by declaration of acceleration, or otherwise.

Maximum Legal Rate shall mean the maximum nonusurious interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, taken, reserved, charged or received on the indebtedness evidenced by the Note and as provided for herein or the other Loan Documents, under the laws of such state or states whose laws are held by any court of competent jurisdiction to govern the interest rate provisions of the Loan.

MERS shall mean Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Monthly Debt Service Payment Amount shall mean an amount equal to $501,727.53.

Mortgage shall mean, with respect to the Property, that certain first priority Deed of Trust, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing, dated the Closing Date, executed and delivered by Borrower to (or for the benefit of) MERS nominee of Lender, as security for the Loan and encumbering the Property, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Net Cash Flow shall mean, with respect to the Property for any period, the amount obtained by subtracting Operating Expenses and Capital Expenditures for such period from Gross Income from Operations for such period.

Net Cash Flow After Debt Service shall mean, with respect to the Property for any period, the amount obtained by subtracting Debt Service for such period from Net Cash Flow for such period.

Net Cash Flow Schedule ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.11(b) hereof.

Net Operating Income shall mean the amount obtained by subtracting from Gross Income from Operations (i) Operating Expenses, and (ii) a vacancy allowance equal to the greater of (x) market vacancy (as reasonably determined by Lender), less actual vacancy, and (y) underwritten vacancy of 2.0%, less actual vacancy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if actual vacancy exceeds market vacancy and underwritten vacancy, then there shall be no adjustment for a vacancy allowance.

Net Proceeds shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b) hereof.

Net Proceeds Deficiency ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b)(vi) hereof.

 

9


Net Proceeds Prepayment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(e) hereof.

Note ” shall mean that certain Promissory Note of even date herewith in the principal amount of One Hundred Twelve Million Six Hundred Ninety Five Thousand and NO/100 Dollars ($112,695,000.00), made by Borrower in favor of Lender, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

[“ O&M Agreement ” shall mean, that certain Operations and Maintenance Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between Borrower and Lender given in connection with the Loan, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.]

Officers’ Certificate ” shall mean a certificate delivered to Lender by Borrower which is signed by the Sole Member.

Operating Expenses ” shall mean the total of all expenditures, computed in accordance with accounting principles reasonably acceptable to Lender, consistently applied, of whatever kind relating to the operation, maintenance and management of the Property that are incurred on a regular monthly or other periodic basis, including without limitation, utilities, ordinary repairs and maintenance, insurance, license fees, property taxes and assessments, advertising expenses, management fees, payroll and related taxes, computer processing charges, operational equipment or other lease payments as approved by Lender, and other similar costs, but excluding depreciation, Debt Service, Capital Expenditures and contributions to the Reserve Funds.

Other Charges ” shall mean all ground rents, maintenance charges, impositions other than Taxes, and any other charges, including, without limitation, vault charges and license fees for the use of vaults, chutes and similar areas adjoining the Property, now or hereafter levied or assessed or imposed against the Property or any part thereof.

Other Leases ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.26 hereof.

Payment Date ” shall mean the first (1st) day of each calendar month during the term of the Loan or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately succeeding Business Day.

Permitted Encumbrances ” shall mean, with respect to the Property, collectively, (a) the Liens and security interests created by the Loan Documents, (b) all Liens, encumbrances and other matters disclosed in the Title Insurance Policy relating to the Property or any part thereof, (c) Liens, if any, for Taxes imposed by any Governmental Authority not yet due or delinquent, (d) easements or other encumbrances granted pursuant to Section 5.2.13(d) hereof, and (e) such other title and survey exceptions as Lender has approved or may approve in writing in Lender’s reasonable discretion, which Permitted Encumbrances in the aggregate do not materially adversely affect the value or use of the Property or Borrower’s ability to repay the Loan.

 

10


Permitted Investments ” shall mean any one or more of the following obligations or securities acquired at a purchase price of not greater than par, including those issued by Servicer, the trustee under any Securitization or any of their respective Affiliates, payable on demand or having a maturity date not later than the Business Day immediately prior to the first Payment Date following the date of acquiring such investment and meeting one of the appropriate standards set forth below:

(i) obligations of, or obligations fully guaranteed as to payment of principal and interest by, the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof provided such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America including, without limitation, obligations of: the U.S. Treasury (all direct or fully guaranteed obligations), the Farmers Home Administration (certificates of beneficial ownership), the General Services Administration (participation certificates), the U.S. Maritime Administration (guaranteed Title XI financing), the Small Business Administration (guaranteed participation certificates and guaranteed pool certificates), the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (local authority bonds) and the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority (guaranteed transit bonds); provided , however , that the investments described in this clause must (A) have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (B) if rated by S&P, must not have an “r highlighter affixed to their rating, (C) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, such interest rate must be tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (D) such investments must not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

(ii) Federal Housing Administration debentures;

(iii) obligations of the following United States government sponsored agencies: Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp. (debt obligations), the Farm Credit System (consolidated systemwide bonds and notes), the Federal Home Loan Banks (consolidated debt obligations), the Federal National Mortgage Association (debt obligations), the Student Loan Marketing Association (debt obligations), the Financing Corp. (debt obligations), and the Resolution Funding Corp. (debt obligations); provided , however , that the investments described in this clause must (A) have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (B) if rated by S&P, must not have an “r” highlighter affixed to their rating, (C) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, such interest rate must be tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (D) such investments must not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

(iv) federal funds, unsecured certificates of deposit, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and repurchase agreements with maturities of not more than 365 days of any bank, the short term obligations of which at all times are rated in the highest short term rating category by each Rating Agency (or, if not rated by all Rating Agencies, rated by at least one Rating Agency in the highest short term rating category and otherwise acceptable to each other Rating Agency, as confirmed in writing that such investment would not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the Securities); provided , however ,

 

11


that the investments described in this clause must (A) have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (B) if rated by S&P, must not have an “r” highlighter affixed to their rating, (C) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, such interest rate must be tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (D) such investments must not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

(v) fully Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured demand and time deposits in, or certificates of deposit of, or bankers’ acceptances issued by, any bank or trust company, savings and loan association or savings bank, the short term obligations of which at all times are rated in the highest short term rating category by each Rating Agency (or, if not rated by all Rating Agencies, rated by at least one Rating Agency in the highest short term rating category and otherwise acceptable to each other Rating Agency, as confirmed in writing that such investment would not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the Securities); provided , however , that the investments described in this clause must (A) have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (B) if rated by S&P, must not have an “r” highlighter affixed to their rating, (C) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, such interest rate must be tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (D) such investments must not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

(vi) debt obligations with maturities of not more than 365 days and at all times rated by each Rating Agency (or, if not rated by all Rating Agencies, rated by at least one Rating Agency and otherwise acceptable to each other Rating Agency, as confirmed in writing that such investment would not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the Securities) in its highest long-term unsecured rating category; provided , however , that the investments described in this clause must (A) have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (B) if rated by S&P, must not have an “r” highlighter affixed to their rating, (C) if such investments have a variable rate of interest, such interest rate must be tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (D) such investments must not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

(vii) commercial paper (including both non-interest-bearing discount obligations and interest-bearing obligations payable on demand or on a specified date not more than one year after the date of issuance thereof) with maturities of not more than 365 days and that at all times is rated by each Rating Agency (or, if not rated by all Rating Agencies, rated by at least one Rating Agency and otherwise acceptable to each other Rating Agency, as confirmed in writing that such investment would not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the Securities) in its highest short-term unsecured debt rating; provided , however , that the investments described in this clause must (A) have a predetermined fixed dollar of principal due at maturity that cannot vary or change, (B) if rated by S&P, must not have an “r” highlighter affixed to their rating, (C) if such

 

12


investments have a variable rate of interest, such interest rate must be tied to a single interest rate index plus a fixed spread (if any) and must move proportionately with that index, and (D) such investments must not be subject to liquidation prior to their maturity;

(viii) units of taxable money market funds, which funds are regulated investment companies, seek to maintain a constant net asset value per share and invest solely in obligations backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, which funds have the highest rating available from each Rating Agency (or, if not rated by all Rating Agencies, rated by at least one Rating Agency and otherwise acceptable to each other Rating Agency, as confirmed in writing that such investment would not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the Securities) for money market funds; and

(ix) any other security, obligation or investment which has been approved as a Permitted Investment in writing by (a) Lender and (b) each Rating Agency, as evidenced by a written confirmation that the designation of such security, obligation or investment as a Permitted Investment will not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, qualification or withdrawal of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned to the Securities by such Rating Agency;

provided , however , that no obligation or security shall be a Permitted Investment if (A) such obligation or security evidences a right to receive only interest payments or (B) the right to receive principal and interest payments on such obligation or security are derived from an underlying investment that provides a yield to maturity in excess of 120% of the yield to maturity at par of such underlying investment.

Permitted Prepayment Date ” shall mean the date that is three (3) years from the first day of the calendar month immediately following the Closing Date.

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, unincorporated association, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing.

Personal Property ” shall have the meaning set forth in the granting clause of the Mortgage with respect to the Property.

Physical Conditions Report ” shall mean, with respect to the Property, a report prepared by a company satisfactory to Lender regarding the physical condition of the Property, satisfactory in form and substance to Lender in its sole discretion, which report shall, among other things, (a) confirm that the Property and its use complies, in all material respects, with all applicable Legal Requirements (including, without limitation, zoning, subdivision and building laws) and (b) include a copy of a final certificate of occupancy with respect to all Improvements on the Property.

Policies ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.1 (b) hereof.

Prepayment Consideration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.1.

 

13


Prepayment Rate ” shall mean the bond equivalent yield (in the secondary market) on the United States Treasury Security that as of the Prepayment Rate Determination Date has a remaining term to maturity closest to, but not exceeding, the remaining term to the Maturity Date, as most recently published in the “Treasury Bonds, Notes and Bills” section in The Wall Street Journal as of the date of the related tender of the payment. If more than one issue of United States Treasury Securities has the remaining term to the Maturity Date referred to above, the “Prepayment Rate” shall be the yield on the United States Treasury Security most recently issued as of such date. If the publication of the Prepayment Rate in The Wall Street Journal is discontinued, Lender shall determine the Prepayment Rate on the basis of “Statistical Release H.15(519), Selected Interest Rates,” or any successor publication, published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or on the basis of such other publication or statistical guide as Lender may reasonably select.

Prepayment Rate Determination Date ” shall mean the date which is five (5) Business Days prior to the prepayment date.

Property ” shall mean the parcel of real property, the Improvements thereon and all personal property owned by Borrower and encumbered by the Mortgage, together with all rights pertaining to such property and Improvements, as more particularly described in the Granting Clauses of the Mortgage and referred to therein as the “Property”.

Provided Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(a) hereof.

Qualified Entity ” shall mean an entity (a) with a net worth equal to or greater than the Applicable Net Worth Requirement, (b) with experience in the ownership and management of properties similar to the Property, (c) that has not been a party to any bankruptcy proceedings, voluntary or involuntary, made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or taken advantage of any insolvency act, or any act for the benefit of debtors within (7) years prior to the date of the proposed transfer of the Property, (d) that has no material litigation or regulatory action pending or threatened, and (e) that has not defaulted under its or their obligations with respect to any other indebtedness.

Qualifying Manager ” shall mean either (a) a reputable and experienced management organization reasonably satisfactory to Lender, which organization or its principals possess at least ten (10) years experience in managing properties similar in size, scope and value of the Property and which, on the date Lender determines whether such management organization is a Qualifying Manager, manages at least one million square feet of office space, provided that Borrower shall have obtained prior written confirmation from the Rating Agency that management of the Property by such entity will not cause a downgrading, withdrawal or qualification of the then current rating of the securities issued pursuant to the Securitization, or (b) the fee owner of the Property, provided that such owner possesses experience in managing and operating properties similar in size, scope and value of the Property. Lender acknowledges that on the Closing Date, Manager shall be deemed to be a Qualifying Manager.

 

14


Rating Agencies shall mean each of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of McGraw-Hill, Inc., Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Fitch, Inc., or any other nationally-recognized statistical rating agency which has been approved by Lender.

Rating Surveillance Charge shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.3 hereof.

Relevant Leasing Threshold shall mean, any Lease for an amount of leaseable square footage equal to or greater than 10,000 square feet.

Relevant Restoration Threshold shall mean Five Hundred Thousand and No/1 00 dollars ($500,000.00).

REMIC Trust shall mean a “real estate mortgage investment conduit” within the meaning of Section 860D of the Code that holds the Note.

Rents shall mean, with respect to the Property, all rents, rent equivalents, moneys payable as damages or in lieu of rent or rent equivalents, royalties (including, without limitation, all oil and gas or other mineral royalties and bonuses), income, receivables, receipts, revenues, deposits (including, without limitation, security, utility and other deposits), accounts, cash, issues, profits, charges for services rendered, and other consideration of whatever form or nature received by or paid to or for the account of or benefit of Borrower or its agents or employees from any and all sources arising from or attributable to the Property, and proceeds, if any, from business interruption or other loss of income insurance.

Replacement Reserve Account shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.1 hereof.

Replacement Reserve Fund shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.1 hereof.

Replacement Reserve Monthly Deposit shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.1 hereof.

Replacements shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.3.1(a) hereof.

Required Repair Account shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.1 hereof.

Required Repair Fund shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.1 hereof.

Required Repairs shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.1 hereof.

Reserve Funds shall mean the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund, the Replacement Reserve Fund, the Required Repair Fund (if any), the Lockbox Account or any other escrow fund established by the Loan Documents.

 

15


Restoration shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 hereof.

Securities shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1 hereof.

Securities Act shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2 hereof.

Securitization shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1 hereof.

Servicer shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6 hereof.

Servicing Agreement shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6 hereof.

Severed Loan Documents shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(c) hereof.

Sole Member shall mean Minto Builders (Florida), Inc., a Florida corporation

Special Purpose Entity means a corporation, limited partnership, limited liability company, or Delaware statutory trust which at all times on and after the Closing Date:

(i) is organized solely for the purpose of (A) acquiring, developing, owning, holding, selling, leasing, transferring, exchanging, managing and operating the Property, entering into this Agreement with the Lender, refinancing the Property in connection with a permitted repayment of the Loan, and transacting lawful business that is incident, necessary and appropriate to accomplish the foregoing; or (B) acting as a general partner of the limited partnership that owns the Property, a member of the limited liability company that owns the Property or the beneficiary or trustee of a Delaware statutory trust that owns the Property;

(ii) is not engaged and will not engage in any business unrelated to (A) the acquisition, development, ownership, management or operation of the Property, (B) acting as general partner of the limited partnership that owns the Property, (C) acting as a member of the limited liability company that owns the Property, or (D) acting as the beneficiary or trustee of a Delaware statutory trust that owns the Property, as applicable;

(iii) does not have and will not have any assets other than those related to the Property or its partnership interest in the limited partnership, the member interest in the limited liability company or the beneficial interest in the Delaware statutory trust that owns the Property or acts as the general partner, managing member or beneficiary or trustee thereof, as applicable;

(iv) has not engaged, sought or consented to and will not engage in, seek or consent to any dissolution, winding up, liquidation, consolidation, merger, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, transfer of partnership, membership or beneficial or trustee interests (if such entity is a general partner in a limited partnership, a member in a limited liability company or a beneficiary of a Delaware trust) or amendment of its limited partnership agreement, articles of incorporation, articles of organization, certificate of formation, operating agreement or trust formation and governance documents (as applicable) with respect to the matters set forth in this definition;

 

16


(v) if such entity is a limited partnership, has as its only general partners, Special Purpose Entities that are corporations, limited partnerships or limited liability companies;

(vi) if such entity is a corporation, has at least two (2) Independent Directors, and has not caused or allowed and will not cause or allow the board of directors of such entity to take any action related to a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or a voluntary dissolution without the unanimous affirmative vote of 100% of the members of its board of directors, including the Independent Directors;

(vii) if such entity is a limited liability company and such limited liability company has more than one member, such limited liability company has as its manager a Special Purpose Entity that is a corporation and that owns at least 1.0% (one percent) of the equity of the limited liability company;

(viii) if such entity is a limited liability company and such limited liability company has only one member, such limited liability company (a) has been formed under Delaware law, (b) has either a corporation or other person or entity that shall become a member of the limited liability company upon the dissolution or disassociation of the member, and (c) has a board of directors with not less than two (2) Independent Directors, and (d) will not cause or allow its board of directors to take any action related to a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding or a voluntary dissolution without the unanimous affirmative vote of 100% of the members of its board of directors, including the Independent Directors;

(ix) if such entity is (a) a limited liability company, has articles of organization, a certificate of formation and/or an operating agreement, as applicable, (b) a limited partnership, has a limited partnership agreement, (c) a corporation, has a certificate or articles of incorporation and bylaws, as applicable, or (d) a Delaware statutory trust, has organizational documents that, in each case, provide that such entity will not: (1) dissolve, merge, liquidate, consolidate; (2) except as permitted herein, sell all or substantially all of its assets or the assets of the Borrower (as applicable) except as permitted herein; (3) engage in any other business activity, or amend its organizational documents with respect to the matters set forth in this definition without the consent of the Lender; or (4) without the affirmative vote of all directors of the corporation (that is such entity or the general partner or managing or co-managing member or manager of such entity), file a bankruptcy or insolvency petition or otherwise institute insolvency proceedings with respect to itself or to any other entity in which it has a direct or indirect legal or beneficial ownership interest;

(x) has not entered into or been a party to, and will not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, beneficiaries, shareholders or Affiliates except (A) in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are intrinsically fair, commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party and (B) in connection with this Agreement;

 

17


(xi) is solvent and pays its debts and liabilities (including, as applicable, shared personnel and overhead expenses) from its assets as the same become due, and is maintaining adequate capital for the normal obligations reasonably foreseeable in a business of its size and character and in light of its contemplated business operations;

(xii) has not failed and will not fail to correct any known misunderstanding regarding the separate identity of such entity;

(xiii) will file its own tax returns; provided , however, that Borrower’s assets and income may be included in a consolidated tax return of its parent companies if inclusion on such consolidated tax return is in compliance with applicable law;

(xiv) has maintained and will maintain its own resolutions and agreements;

(xv) (a) has not commingled and will not commingle its funds or assets with those of any other Person and (b) has not participated and will not participate in any cash management system with any other Person, except with respect to a custodial account maintained by the Manager on behalf of Affiliates of Borrower and, with respect to funds in such custodial account, has separately accounted, and will continue to separately account for, each item of income and expense applicable to the Property and Borrower;

(xvi) has held and will hold its assets in its own name;

(xvii) has conducted and will conduct its business in its name or in a name franchised or licensed to it by an entity other than an Affiliate of Borrower;

(xviii) has maintained and will maintain its balance sheets, operating statements and other entity documents separate from any other Person and has not permitted and will not permit its assets to be listed as assets on the financial statement of any other entity except as required or permitted by applicable accounting principles acceptable to Lender, consistently applied; provided , however , that (i) any such consolidated financial statement shall contain a note indicating that it maintains separate balance sheets and operating statements for the Borrower and the Property, or (ii) if such Person is controlled by Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc., then such Person may be included in the consolidated financial statement of Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc. provided such consolidated financial statement contains a note indicating that it maintains separate financial records for each Person controlled by Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc.;

(xix) has a sufficient number of employees in light of its contemplated business operations, which may be none;

(xx) has observed and will observe all partnership, corporate, limited liability company or Delaware statutory trust formalities, as applicable;

 

18


(xxi) has and will have no Indebtedness (including loans (whether or not such loans are evidenced by a written agreement) between Borrower and any Affiliates of Borrower and relating to the management of funds in the custodial account maintained by the Manager) other than (i) the Loan, (ii) liabilities, not to exceed $1,000,000 outstanding at any time, incurred in the ordinary course of business relating to the ownership and operation of the Property and the routine administration of Borrower, which liabilities are not more than sixty (60) days past the date incurred (unless disputed in accordance with applicable law), are not evidenced by a note and are paid when due, and which amounts are normal and reasonable under the circumstances, and (iii) such other liabilities that are permitted pursuant to this Agreement;

(xxii) has not and will not assume or guarantee or become obligated for the debts of any other Person or hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligations of any other Person except as otherwise permitted pursuant to this Agreement;

(xxiii) has not and will not acquire obligations or securities of its partners, members, beneficiaries or shareholders or any other Affiliate;

(xxiv) has allocated and will allocate fairly and reasonably any overhead expenses that are shared with any Affiliate, including, but not limited to, paying for shared office space and services performed by any employee of an affiliate;

(xxv) has not maintained or used, and will not maintain or use, invoices and checks bearing the name of any other Person, provided , however , that Manager, on behalf of such Person, may maintain and use invoices and checks bearing Manager’s name;

(xxvi) has not pledged and will not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person except as permitted or required pursuant to this Agreement;

(xxvii) has held itself out and identified itself and will hold itself out and identify itself as a separate and distinct entity under its own name or in a name franchised or licensed to it by an entity other than an Affiliate of Borrower and not as a division or part of any other Person, except for services rendered by Manager under the Management Agreement, so long as Manager holds itself out as an agent of the Borrower;

(xxviii) has maintained and will maintain its assets in such a manner that it will not be costly or difficult to segregate, ascertain or identify its individual assets from those of any other Person;

(xxix) has not made and will not make loans to any Person or hold evidence of indebtedness issued by any other person or entity (other than cash and investment-grade securities issued by an entity that is not an Affiliate of or subject to common ownership with such entity);

(xxx) has not identified and will not identify its partners, members, beneficiaries or shareholders, or any Affiliate of any of them, as a division or part of it, and has not identified itself and shall not identify itself as a division of any other Person;

 

19


(xxxi) does not and will not have any of its obligations guaranteed by any Affiliate except as otherwise required in the Loan Documents;

(xxxii) has not entered into or been a party to, and will not enter into or be a party to, any transaction with its partners, members, beneficiaries, shareholders or Affiliates except (A) in the ordinary course of its business and on terms which are intrinsically fair, commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party and (B) in connection with this Agreement; and

(xxxiii) has complied and will comply with all of the terms and provisions contained in its organizational documents. The statement of facts contained in its organizational documents are true and correct and will remain true and correct.

State shall mean, with respect to the Property, the State or Commonwealth in which the Property or any part thereof is located.

Substitute Indemnitor shall have the meaning set forth in the Indemnity Agreement.

Survey shall mean a survey of the Property in question prepared by a surveyor licensed in the State and satisfactory to Lender and the company or companies issuing the Title Insurance Policy, and containing a certification of such surveyor satisfactory to Lender.

Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 hereof regardless of whether the funds held therein are held by Lender for the payment of Taxes or Insurance Premiums or both.

Taxes shall mean all real estate and personal property taxes, assessments, water rates or sewer rents, now or hereafter levied or assessed or imposed against the Property or any part thereof.

Tenant shall mean any person or entity with a possessory right to all or any part of the Property pursuant to a Lease or other written agreement.

Tenant Direction Letter shall mean a letter in the form of Schedule I attached hereto from Borrower to the tenant under each Lease with respect to the Property (whether such Lease is presently effective or executed after the Closing Date) directing such tenant to send directly to Lender for deposit into the Lockbox Account all payments of Rent payable to Borrower under such Lease.

Threshold Amount shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.21 hereof

Title Insurance Policy shall mean, with respect to the Property, an ALTA mortgagee title insurance policy in the form (acceptable to Lender) (or, if the Property is in a State which does not permit the issuance of such ALTA policy, such form as shall be permitted in such State and acceptable to Lender) issued with respect to the Property and insuring the lien of the Mortgage encumbering the Property.

 

20


Transferee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.13 hereof.

UCC ” or “ Uniform Commercial Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the applicable State in which the Property is located.

U.S. Obligations ” shall mean direct non-callable obligations of the United States of America as defined in Section 2(a)(l6) of the Investment Company Act as amended (15 USC 80a-l) stated in REMIC Section 1.86 OG-2(a)(8).

Section 1.2 Principles of Construction . All references to sections and schedules are to sections and schedules in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All uses of the word “including” shall mean “including, without limitation” unless the context shall indicate otherwise. Unless otherwise specified, the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all meanings attributed to defined terms herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms so defined.

ARTICLE II

GENERAL TERMS

Section 2.1 Loan Commitment; Disbursement to Borrower .

2.1.1 The Loan . Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, Lender hereby agrees to make and Borrower hereby agrees to accept the Loan on the Closing Date.

2.1.2 Disbursement to Borrower . Borrower may request and receive only one borrowing hereunder in respect of the Loan and any amount borrowed and repaid hereunder in respect of the Loan may not be reborrowed.

2.1.3 The Note, Mortgage and Loan Documents . The Loan shall be evidenced by the Note and secured by the Mortgage, the Assignment of Leases and the other Loan Documents.

2.1.4 Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loan to (a) acquire the Property and to repay and discharge any existing loans relating to the Property, (b) pay all past-due Basic Carrying Costs, if any, in respect of the Property, (c) make deposits into the Reserve Funds on the Closing Date in the amounts provided herein, (d) pay costs and expenses incurred in connection with the closing of the Loan, as approved by Lender, (e) fund any working capital requirements of the Property, and (f) distribute the balance, if any, to Borrower.

Section 2.2 Interest; Loan Payments; Late Payment Charge .

2.2.1 Interest Generally . Interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Loan shall accrue from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the Anticipated Repayment Date at the Interest Rate, and from and including the Anticipated Repayment Date to but excluding the Maturity Date at the Hyper-Am Interest Rate.

 

21


2.2.2 Interest Calculation . Interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Loan shall be calculated on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year comprised of twelve (12) months of thirty (30) days each, except that interest due and payable for a period of less than a full month shall be calculated by multiplying the actual number of days elapsed in the period for which the calculation is being made by a daily rate based on a three hundred sixty (360) day year.

2.2.3 Payments Generally . Borrower shall pay to Lender (a) on the Closing Date, an amount equal to interest only on the outstanding principal balance of the Loan from the Closing Date up to but not including the first Payment Date following the Closing Date, and (b) on February 1, 2007 and each Payment Date thereafter up to but not including the Maturity Date, an amount equal to the Monthly Debt Service Payment Amount, which shall be applied to interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Loan for the prior calendar month (without adjustment for Accrued Interest, if applicable) at the Interest Rate.

2.2.4 Payments after Anticipated Repayment Date . On each Payment Date after the Anticipated Repayment Date up to but not including the Maturity Date, in addition to the Monthly Debt Service Payment Amount, Borrower shall pay to Lender any Excess Cash Flow for the calendar month preceding such Payment Date. Each such payment of Excess Cash Flow, together with any remaining amount of the Monthly Debt Service Payment Amount paid on such date after the payment of interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Loan at the Interest Rate, if any, shall be applied (i) first, to the prepayment of outstanding principal until the Loan has been paid in full, and (ii) next, to the payment of the difference, if any, between (y) the sum of (i) interest accrued and unpaid on the principal amount of the Loan at the Hyper-Am Rate and (ii) interest on such accrued and unpaid interest at the Hyper-Am Rate and (z) the interest paid at the Interest Rate on such Payment Date. Interest accrued at the Hyper-Am Rate and not paid pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be added to the outstanding principal balance on the first day following such Payment Date and shall earn interest at the Hyper-Am Rate to the extent permitted by law (such accrued interest referred to as, “ Accrued Interest ”).

2.2.5 Payment on Maturity Date . Borrower shall pay to Lender on the Maturity Date the outstanding principal balance of the Loan, all accrued and unpaid interest and all other amounts due hereunder and under the Note, the Mortgage and other the Loan Documents.

2.2.6 Payments after Default . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Loan and, to the extent permitted by law, overdue interest and other amounts due in respect of the Loan, shall accrue at the Default Rate, calculated from the date such payment was due without regard to any grace or cure periods contained herein. Interest at the Default Rate shall be computed from the occurrence of the Event of Default until the earlier of (i) in the event of a non-monetary default, the cure of such Event of Default by Borrower and acceptance of such cure by Lender, and (ii) in the event of a monetary default, the actual receipt and collection of the Debt (or that portion thereof that is then due). To the extent permitted by applicable law, interest at the Default Rate shall be added to the Debt, shall itself accrue interest at the same rate as the Loan and shall be

 

22


secured by the Mortgage. This paragraph shall not be construed as an agreement or privilege to extend the date of the payment of the Debt, nor as a waiver of any other right or remedy accruing to Lender by reason of the occurrence of any Event of Default and Lender retains its rights under the Note and this Agreement to accelerate and to continue to demand payment of the Debt upon the happening and continuance of any Event of Default.

2.2.7 Late Payment Charge . If any principal, interest or any other sums due under the Loan Documents is not paid by Borrower on or prior to the date which is five (5) days after the date on which it is due, Borrower shall pay to Lender upon demand an amount equal to the lesser of five percent (5%) of such unpaid sum or the maximum amount permitted by applicable law in order to defray the expense incurred by Lender in handling and processing such delinquent payment and to compensate Lender for the loss of the use of such delinquent payment. Any such amount shall be secured by the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents to the extent permitted by applicable law. The foregoing late payment charge shall not apply to the payment of all outstanding principal, interest and other sums due on the Maturity Date.

2.2.8 Usury Savings . This Agreement and the Note are subject to the express condition that at no time shall Borrower be obligated or required to pay interest on the principal balance of the Loan at a rate which could subject Lender to either civil or criminal liability as a result of being in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate. If, by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, Borrower is at any time required or obligated to pay interest on the principal balance due hereunder at a rate in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate, the Interest Rate, the Hyper-Am Interest Rate or the Default Rate, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be immediately reduced to the Maximum Legal Rate and all previous payments in excess of the Maximum Legal Rate shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of principal and not on account of the interest due hereunder. All sums paid or agreed to be paid to Lender for the use, forbearance, or detention of the sums due under the Loan, shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized, prorated, allocated, and spread throughout the full stated term of the Loan until payment in full so that the rate or amount of interest on account of the Loan does not exceed the Maximum Legal Rate of interest from time to time in effect and applicable to the Loan for so long as the Loan is outstanding.

Section 2.3 Prepayments .

2.3.1 Voluntary Prepayments .

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, Borrower shall not have the right to prepay the Loan in whole or in part prior to the Permitted Prepayment Date. On or after the Permitted Prepayment Date, Borrower may, provided it has given Lender prior written notice in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, prepay the unpaid principal balance of the Loan in whole, but not in part, by paying, together with the amount to be prepaid, (i) interest accrued and unpaid on the outstanding principal balance of the Loan being prepaid to and including the date of prepayment, (ii) unless prepayment is tendered on a Payment Date, an amount equal to the interest that would have accrued on the amount being prepaid after the date of prepayment through and including the next Payment Date had the prepayment not been made (which amount shall constitute additional consideration for the prepayment), (iii) all other sums then due under this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents, and (iv) if prepayment

 

23


occurs prior to the Payment Date which is one month prior to the Anticipated Repayment Date, a prepayment consideration (the “ Prepayment Consideration ”) equal to the greater of (A) one percent (1%) of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan being prepaid or (B) the excess, if any, of (1) the sum of the present values of all then-scheduled payments of principal and interest under this Agreement including, but not limited to, principal and interest on the Anticipated Repayment Date (with each such payment discounted to its present value at the date of prepayment at the rate which, when compounded monthly, is equivalent to the Prepayment Rate), over (2) the outstanding principal amount of the Loan. Lender shall notify Borrower of the amount and the basis of determination of the required prepayment consideration.

(b) On the Payment Date that is one month prior to the Anticipated Repayment Date, and on each day thereafter through the Maturity Date, Borrower may, at its option, prepay the Debt, in whole or in part (including a Hyper-Am Prepayment), without payment of any Prepayment Consideration; provided, however, if such prepayment (other than a Hyper-Am Prepayment) is not paid on a regularly scheduled Payment Date, such prepayment shall include interest that would have accrued on such prepayment through and including the next Payment Date. Except in connection with a Hyper-Am Prepayment, Borrower’s right to prepay any portion of the principal balance of the Loan shall be subject to (i) Borrower’s submission of a notice to Lender setting forth the amount to be prepaid and the projected date of prepayment, which date shall be no less than thirty (30) days from the date of such notice, and (ii) Borrower’s actual payment to Lender of the amount to be prepaid as set forth in such notice on the projected date set forth in such notice or any day following such projected date occurring in the same calendar month as such projected date.

2.3.2 Mandatory Prepayments . (a) On the next occurring Payment Date following the date on which Borrower actually receives any Net Proceeds, if Lender is not obligated to make such Net Proceeds available to Borrower or Anchor Tenant pursuant to this Agreement for the restoration of the Property, Borrower shall, at Lender’s option, prepay the outstanding principal balance of the Note in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such Net Proceeds. No Prepayment Consideration or other penalty or premium shall be due in connection with any prepayment made pursuant to this Section 2.3.2. Any partial prepayment under this Section shall be applied to the last payments of principal due under the Loan.

(b) On the date on which Borrower tenders a Casualty/Condemnation Prepayment pursuant to Section 6.4(e) below, such tender shall include (a) all accrued and unpaid interest and the principal indebtedness being prepaid, including interest on the outstanding principal amount of the applicable Note through the last day of the month within which such tender occurs, and (b) any other sums due hereunder relating to the applicable Note. Except as set forth in this Section 2.3.2(b), other than following an Event of Default, no Prepayment Consideration or other penalty or premium shall be due in connection with any Casualty/Condemnation Prepayment.

2.3.3 Prepayments after Default . Following an Event of Default, if Borrower or anyone on Borrower’s behalf makes a tender of payment of all or any portion of the Debt at any time prior to a foreclosure sale (including a sale under the power of sale under the Mortgage), or during any redemption period after foreclosure, (i) the tender of payment shall constitute an evasion of Borrower’s obligation to pay any Prepayment Consideration due under this

 

24


Agreement and such payment shall, therefore, to the maximum extent permitted by law, include a premium equal to the Prepayment Consideration that would have been payable on the date of such tender had the Loan not been so accelerated, or (ii) if at the time of such tender a prepayment of the principal amount of the Loan would have been prohibited under this Agreement had the principal amount of the Loan not been so accelerated, the tender of payment shall constitute an evasion of such prepayment prohibition and shall, therefore, to the maximum extent permitted by law, include an amount equal to the greater of (i) 1% of the then principal amount of the Loan (or the relevant portion thereof being prepaid) and (ii) an amount equal to the excess of (A) the sum of the present values of a series of payments payable at the times and in the amounts equal to the payments of principal and interest (including, but not limited to the principal and interest payable on the Anticipated Repayment Date) which would have been scheduled to be payable after the date of such tender under this Agreement had the Loan (or the relevant portion thereof) not been accelerated, with each such payment discounted to its present value at the date of such tender at the rate which when compounded monthly is equivalent to the Prepayment Rate, over (B) the then principal amount of the Loan.

Section 2.4 Intentionally Omitted .

Section 2.5 Release of Property . Except as set forth in this Section 2.5, no repayment or prepayment of all or any portion of the Loan shall cause, give rise to a right to require, or otherwise result in, the release of any Lien of the Mortgage on the Property. If Borrower prepays the entire amount of the Loan pursuant to Section 2.3 and the requirements of this Section 2.5 have been satisfied, the Property shall be released from the Lien of the Mortgage.

2.5.1 Release on Payment in Full . Lender shall, upon the written request and at the expense of Borrower, upon payment in full of all principal and interest on the Loan and all other amounts due and payable under the Loan Documents in accordance with the terms and provisions of Section 2.3.1 of this Loan Agreement, release the Lien of the Mortgage on the Property not theretofore released.

2.5.2 Intentionally Omitted .

Section 2.6 Manner of Making Payments .

2.6.1 Making of Payments . Each payment by Borrower hereunder or under the Note shall be made in funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System or other funds immediately available to Lender by 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date such payment is due, to Lender by deposit to such account as Lender may designate by written notice to Borrower. Whenever any payment hereunder or under the Note shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day.

2.6.2 No Deductions, Etc . All payments made by Borrower hereunder or under the Note or the other Loan Documents shall be made irrespective of, and without any deduction for, any setoff, defense or counterclaims.

 

25


2.6.3 Cash Management . In connection with the Closing, Borrower shall execute and deliver to Anchor Tenant a Tenant Direction Letter, which Tenant Direction Letter instructs Anchor Tenant to deposit Rent and other receivables related to the Property directly with Lender. Borrower covenants and agrees to execute and deliver to Lender a Tenant Direction Letter for each new tenant at the Property within thirty (30) days after the execution of each new Lease for premises at the Property. Rents received by Lender following delivery of the Tenant Direction Letter, shall be held by Lender in an escrow account (the Lockbox Account ”). The Lockbox Account shall be an interest-bearing account and shall at Lender’s option be an Eligible Account at an Eligible Institution. Any interest earned on the Lockbox Account shall accrue in said account for the benefit of Borrower, but shall remain in and constitute part of the Lockbox Account, and shall be disbursed in accordance with the terms hereof. Lender shall have the sole right to make withdrawals from the Lockbox Account. Lender shall apply funds in the Lockbox Account to pay debt service, Taxes, Insurance Premiums and required reserves, if any, in such order as Lender deems appropriate. Funds remaining in the Lockbox Account after payment of the foregoing (the Excess Cash Flow ) shall be distributed to Borrower promptly pursuant to Borrower’s separate instructions; provided , however , upon the occurrence of a Cash Management Trigger and until the occurrence of a Cash Management Termination Event, such Excess Cash Flow shall be distributed to Borrower only to the extent of operating expenses approved by Lender and any remaining funds shall remain in such Lockbox Account as additional collateral for the Loan. Upon the earlier of (i) repayment of the Debt and (ii) a Cash Management Termination Event, the balance of the funds in the Lockbox Account shall be distributed to Borrower. The Borrower shall be responsible for the costs associated with the Lockbox Account. The insufficiency of funds on deposit in the Lockbox Account shall not relieve Borrower from the obligation to make any payments, as and when due pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and such obligations shall be separate and independent, and not conditioned on any event or circumstance whatsoever.

ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Section 3.1 Conditions Precedent to Closing . The obligation of Lender to make the Loan hereunder is subject to the fulfillment by Borrower or waiver by Lender of the following conditions precedent no later than the Closing Date:

3.1.1 Representations and Warranties; Compliance with Conditions . The representations and warranties of Borrower contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as if made on and as of such date, and no Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and Borrower shall be in compliance in all material respects with all terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in each other Loan Document on its part to be observed or performed.

3.1.2 Loan Agreement and Note . Lender shall have received a copy of this Agreement and the Note, in each case, duly executed and delivered on behalf of Borrower.

3.1.3 Delivery of Loan Documents: Title Insurance; Reports; Leases, Etc.

 

26


(a) Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and other Loan Documents . Lender shall have received from Borrower fully executed and acknowledged counterparts of the Mortgage and the Assignment of Leases and evidence that counterparts of the Mortgage and Assignment of Leases have been delivered to the title company for recording, in the reasonable judgment of Lender, so as to effectively create upon such recording valid and enforceable first priority Liens upon the Property in favor of Lender or its nominee (or such trustee as may be required under local law), subject only to the Permitted Encumbrances and such other Liens as are permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents. Lender shall have also received from Borrower fully executed counterparts of the Assignment of Management Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(b) Title Insurance . Lender shall have received a Title Insurance Policy issued by a title company acceptable to Lender and dated as of the Closing Date. Such Title Insurance Policy shall (i) provide coverage in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Loan together with, if applicable, a “tie-in” or similar endorsement, (ii) insure Lender that the Mortgage creates a valid first priority lien on the Property encumbered thereby, free and clear of all exceptions from coverage other than Permitted Encumbrances and standard exceptions and exclusions from coverage (as modified by the terms of any endorsements), (iii) contain such endorsements and affirmative coverages as Lender may reasonably request, and (iv) name Lender, its successors and assigns, as the insured. The Title Insurance Policy shall be assignable without cost to Lender. Lender also shall have received evidence that all premiums in respect of such Title Insurance Policy have been paid.

(c) Survey . Lender shall have received a title survey for the Property, certified to the title company and Lender and their successors and assigns, in form and content satisfactory to Lender and prepared by a professional and properly licensed land surveyor satisfactory to Lender in accordance with the most recent Minimum Standard Detail Requirements for ALTA/ACSM Land Title Surveys. The following additional items from the list of “Optional Survey Responsibilities and Specifications” (Table A) should be added to each survey: 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 13. The survey shall reflect the same legal description contained in the Title Insurance Policy relating to the Property referred to in clause (ii) above and shall include, among other things, a legal description of the real property comprising part of such Property reasonably satisfactory to Lender. The surveyor’s seal shall be affixed to each survey and the surveyor shall provide a certification for each survey in form and substance acceptable to Lender.

(d) Insurance . Lender shall have received valid certificates of insurance for the policies of insurance required hereunder, satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion, and evidence of the payment of all premiums payable for the existing policy period.

(e) Environmental Reports . Lender shall have received an environmental report in respect of the Property, in each case reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

(f) Zoning . With respect to the Property, Lender shall have received, at Lender’s option, (i) letters or other evidence with respect to the Property from the appropriate municipal authorities (or other Persons) concerning applicable zoning and building laws, (ii) an ALTA 3.1 zoning endorsement to the Title Insurance Policy or (iii) other evidence of zoning compliance, in each case in substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

 

27


(g) Encumbrances . Borrower shall have taken or caused to be taken such actions in such a manner so that Lender has a valid and perfected first Lien on the Property as of the Closing Date with respect to the Mortgage, subject only to applicable Permitted Encumbrances and such other Liens as are permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents, and Lender shall have received satisfactory evidence thereof.

3.1.4 Related Documents . Each additional document not specifically referenced herein, but relating to the transactions contemplated herein, shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by all parties thereto and Lender shall have received and approved certified copies thereof.

3.1.5 Delivery of Organizational Documents . On or before the Closing Date, Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Lender copies certified by Borrower of all organizational documentation related to Borrower and/or the formation, structure, existence, good standing and/or qualification to do business, as Lender may request in its sole discretion, including, without limitation, good standing certificates, qualifications to do business in the appropriate jurisdictions, resolutions authorizing the entering into of the Loan and incumbency certificates as may be requested by Lender.

3.1.6 Opinions of Borrower’s Counsel . Lender shall have received opinions of Borrower’s counsel (and if applicable, Borrower’s local counsel) (a) with respect to non-consolidation issues (an Insolvency Opinion ) and (b) with respect to due execution, authority, enforceability of the Loan Documents and such other matters as Lender may reasonably require, all such opinions in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and Lender’s counsel in their reasonable discretion.

3.1.7 Budgets . Borrower shall have delivered, and Lender shall have approved, the Annual Budget for the current Fiscal Year.

3.1.8 Basic Carrying Costs . Borrower shall have paid all Basic Carrying Costs relating to the Property which are in arrears, including without limitation, (a) accrued but unpaid insurance premiums relating to the Property, (b) currently due and payable Taxes (including any in arrears) relating to the Property, and (c) currently due Other Charges relating to the Property, which amounts shall be funded with proceeds of the Loan.

3.1.9 Completion of Proceedings . All organizational proceedings taken or to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and other Loan Documents and all documents incidental thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Lender, and Lender shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified copies of such documents as Lender may reasonably request.

3.1.10 Payments . All payments, deposits or escrows required to be made or established by Borrower under this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid.

3.1.11 Tenant Estoppels . Borrower shall deliver to Lender an estoppel letter executed by Anchor Tenant in the form attached to the Anchor Tenant Lease (or such other form as may be reasonably acceptable to Lender). Borrower also shall deliver to Lender an estoppel

 

28


letter executed by Anchor Lease Guarantor in the form required by the “Parent Guaranty” (as defined in the Anchor Tenant Lease) (or such other form as may be reasonably acceptable to Lender).

3.1.12 Transaction Costs . Borrower shall have paid or reimbursed Lender for all title insurance premiums, recording and filing fees or taxes, costs of environmental reports, Physical Conditions Reports, appraisals and other reports, the fees and costs of Lender’s counsel and all other third party out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the origination of the Loan.

3.1.13 Material Adverse Change . There shall have been no material adverse change in the financial condition or business condition of Borrower or the Property since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered to Lender. The income and expenses of the Property, the occupancy leases thereof, and all other features of the transaction shall be as represented to Lender without material adverse change. Neither Borrower, any of its constituent Persons, shall be the subject of any bankruptcy, reorganization, or insolvency proceeding.

3.1.14 Leases and Rent Roll . Lender shall have received copies of all tenant leases, certified copies of any tenant leases as requested by Lender and certified copies of all ground leases affecting the Property. Lender shall have received a current certified rent roll of the Property, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Lender.

3.1.15 Subordination and Attornment . Lender shall have received an appropriate instrument, in recordable form and acceptable to Lender in its commercially reasonable discretion, subordinating the Anchor Tenant Lease and including an agreement by Anchor Tenant to attorn to Lender in the event of a foreclosure or delivery of a deed in lieu thereof.

3.1.16 Tax Lot . Lender shall have received evidence that the Property constitutes one (1) or more separate tax lots which evidence shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Lender.

3.1.17 Physical Conditions Reports . Lender shall have received Physical Conditions Reports with respect to the Property, which reports shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Lender.

3.1.18 Management Agreement . Lender shall have received a certified copy of the Management Agreement with respect to the Property which shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Lender. Lender acknowledges that it has reviewed the Management Agreement, and as drafted, such Management Agreement does not violate Borrower’s covenant that affiliated agreements be on terms which are intrinsically fair, commercially reasonable and are no less favorable to it than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction with an unrelated third party.

3.1.19 Appraisal . Lender shall have received an appraisal of the Property, which shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Lender.

3.1.20 Financial Statements . Lender shall have received (a) a balance sheet with respect to the Property for the two most recent Fiscal Years and statements of income and

 

29


statements of cash flows with respect to the Property for the three most recent Fiscal Years, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender or (b) such other financial statements relating to the ownership and operation of the Property, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

3.1.21 Further Documents . Lender or its counsel shall have received such other and further approvals, opinions, documents and information as Lender or its counsel may have reasonably requested including the Loan Documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.

3.1.22 Environmental Insurance . If required by Lender, Borrower shall have obtained a secured creditor environmental insurance policy with respect to the Property, which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender. Any such policy shall have a term not less than the term of the Loan. Borrower shall have provided to Lender evidence that the premiums for such policy has been paid in full.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 4.1 Borrower Representations . Borrower represents and warrants as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date that:

4.1.1 Organization . Borrower has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing with requisite power and authority to own the Property and to transact the businesses in which it is now engaged. Borrower is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where it is required to be so qualified in connection with the Property, businesses and operations. Borrower possesses all rights, licenses, permits and authorizations, governmental or otherwise, necessary to entitle it to own the Property and to transact the businesses in which it is now engaged, and the sole business of Borrower is the ownership, management and operation of the Property.

4.1.2 Proceedings . Borrower has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. This Agreement and such other Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of Borrower and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, subject only to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting rights of creditors generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

4.1.3 No Conflicts . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by Borrower will not conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance (other than pursuant to the Loan Documents) upon any of the property or assets of Borrower pursuant to the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, partnership agreement or other agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which any of Borrower’s property or assets is subject, nor will such action result in

 

30


any violation of the provisions of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over Borrower or any of Borrower’s properties or assets, and any consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or any such regulatory authority or other governmental agency or body required for the execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents has been obtained and is in full force and effect.

4.1.4 Litigation . To Borrower’s knowledge, there are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity by or before any Governmental Authority or other agency now pending or threatened against or affecting Borrower or the Property, which actions, suits or proceedings, if determined against Borrower or the Property, might materially adversely affect the condition (financial or otherwise) or business of Borrower or the condition or ownership of the Property.

4.1.5 Agreements . Except such instruments and agreements set forth as Permitted Exceptions in the Title Insurance Policy, Borrower is not a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any restriction which might materially and adversely affect Borrower or the Property, or Borrower’s business, properties or assets, operations or condition, financial or otherwise. To Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower is not in default in any material respect in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which Borrower or the Property are bound. Borrower has no material financial obligation under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower or the Property is otherwise bound, other than (a) obligations incurred in the ordinary course of the operation of the Property and (b) obligations under the Loan Documents.

4.1.6 Title . Borrower has good and indefeasible fee simple title to the real property comprising part of the Property and good title to the balance of the Property, free and clear of all Liens whatsoever except the Permitted Encumbrances, such other Liens as are permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents and the Liens created by the Loan Documents. The Mortgage, when properly recorded in the appropriate records, together with any Uniform Commercial Code financing statements required to be filed in connection therewith, will create (a) a valid, perfected lien on the Property, subject only to Permitted Encumbrances and the Liens created by the Loan Documents and (b) perfected security interests in and to, and perfected collateral assignment of, all personalty (including the Leases), all in accordance with the terms thereof, in each case subject only to any applicable Permitted Encumbrances, such other Liens as are permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents and the Liens created by the Loan Documents. There are no claims for payment for work, labor or materials affecting the Property which are due and unpaid under the contracts pursuant to which such work or labor was performed or materials provided which are or may become a lien prior to, or of equal priority with, the Liens created by the Loan Documents.

4.1.7 Solvency; No Bankruptcy Filing . Borrower (a) has not entered into the transaction or executed the Note, this Agreement or any other Loan Documents with the actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud any creditor and (b) received reasonably equivalent value in exchange for its obligations under such Loan Documents. Giving effect to the Loan, the fair

 

31


saleable value of Borrower’s assets exceeds and will, immediately following the making of the Loan, exceed Borrower’s total liabilities, including, without limitation, subordinated, unliquidated, disputed and contingent liabilities. The fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets is and will, immediately following the making of the Loan, be greater than Borrower’s probable liabilities, including the maximum amount of its contingent liabilities on its debts as such debts become absolute and matured. Borrower’s assets do not and, immediately following the making of the Loan will not, constitute unreasonably small capital to carry out its business as conducted or as proposed to be conducted. Borrower does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debt and liabilities (including contingent liabilities and other commitments) beyond its ability to pay such debt and liabilities as they mature (taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be received by Borrower and the amounts to be payable on or in respect of obligations of Borrower). Except as expressly disclosed to Lender in writing, no petition in bankruptcy has been filed against Borrower, or to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, any constituent Person in the last seven (7) years, and neither Borrower, nor to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, any constituent Person in the last seven (7) years has ever made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or taken advantage of any insolvency act for the benefit of debtors. Neither Borrower nor any of its constituent Persons are contemplating either the filing of a petition by it under any state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency laws or the liquidation of all or a major portion of Borrower’s assets or property, and Borrower has no knowledge of any Person contemplating the filing of any such petition against it or such constituent Persons.

4.1.8 Full and Accurate Disclosure . To Borrower’s knowledge, no statement of fact made by Borrower in this Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make statements contained herein or therein not misleading. There is no material fact presently known to Borrower which has not been disclosed to Lender which adversely affects, nor as far as Borrower can foresee, might adversely affect, the Property or the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower.

4.1.9 No Plan Assets . Borrower is not an “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, subject to Title I of ERISA, and none of the assets of Borrower constitutes or will constitute “plan assets” of one or more such plans within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101. In addition, (a) Borrower is not a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA and (b) transactions by or with Borrower are not subject to state statutes regulating investment of, and fiduciary obligations with respect to, governmental plans similar to the provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code currently in effect, which prohibit or otherwise restrict the transactions contemplated by this Loan Agreement.

4.1.10 Compliance . To Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower and the Property and the use thereof comply in all material respects with all applicable Legal Requirements, including, without limitation, building and zoning ordinances and codes. Borrower is not in default or violation of any order, writ, injunction, decree or demand of any Governmental Authority. There has not been committed by Borrower or, to Borrower’s knowledge, any other Person in occupancy of or involved with the operation or use of the Property any act or omission affording the federal government or any other Governmental Authority the right of forfeiture as against the Property or any part thereof or any monies paid in performance of Borrower’s obligations under any of the Loan Documents.

 

32


4.1.11 Financial Information . All financial data, including, without limitation, the statements of cash flow and income and operating expense, that have been delivered to Lender in respect of the Property (i) are, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, true, complete and correct in all material respects, (ii) accurately represent the financial condition of the Property as of the date of such reports, and (iii) to the extent prepared or audited by an independent certified public accounting firm, have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles reasonably acceptable to Lender, consistently applied throughout the periods covered, except as disclosed therein; provided , however , that if any financial data is delivered to Lender by any Person other than Borrower, Indemnitor or any of their Affiliates, or if such financial data has been prepared by or at the direction of any Person other than Borrower, Indemnitor or any of their Affiliates, then the foregoing representations with respect to such financial data shall be to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, after due inquiry. Borrower does not have any contingent liabilities, liabilities for taxes, unusual forward or long-term commitments or unrealized or anticipated losses from any unfavorable commitments that are known to Borrower and reasonably likely to have a materially adverse effect on the Property or the operation thereof as an office building, except as referred to or reflected in said financial statements. Since the date of such financial statements, there has been no materially adverse change in the financial condition, operations or business of Borrower from that set forth in said financial statements.

4.1.12 Condemnation . No Condemnation or other proceeding has been commenced or, to Borrower’s knowledge, is contemplated with respect to all or any portion of the Property or for the relocation of roadways providing access to the Property.

4.1.13 Federal Reserve Regulations . No part of the proceeds of the Loan will be used for the purpose of purchasing or acquiring any “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or for any other purpose which would be inconsistent with such Regulation U or any other Regulations of such Board of Governors, or for any purposes prohibited by Legal Requirements or by the terms and conditions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

4.1.14 Utilities and Public Access . The Property has rights of access to public ways and is served by water, sewer, sanitary sewer and storm drain facilities adequate to service the Property for its respective intended uses. All public utilities necessary or convenient to the full use and enjoyment of the Property are located either in the public right-of-way abutting the Property (which are connected so as to serve the Property without passing over other property) or in recorded easements serving the Property and such easements are set forth in and insured by the Title Insurance Policy. All roads necessary for the use of the Property for their current respective purposes have been completed and dedicated to public use and accepted by all Governmental Authorities.

4.1.15 Not a Foreign Person . Borrower is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of §1445(f)(3) of the Code.

 

33


4.1.16 Separate Lots . The Property is comprised of one (1) or more parcels which constitute a separate tax lot or lots and does not constitute a portion of any other tax lot not a part of the Property.

4.1.17 Assessments . There are no pending, or to Borrower’s knowledge, proposed special or other assessments for public improvements or otherwise affecting the Property, nor are there any contemplated improvements to the Property that may result in such special or other assessments.

4.1.18 Enforceability . The Loan Documents are not subject to any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense by Borrower, including the defense of usury, nor would the operation of any of the terms of the Loan Documents, or the exercise of any right thereunder, render the Loan Documents unenforceable, and Borrower has not asserted any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense with respect thereto.

4.1.19 No Prior Assignment . There is no prior assignment of the Leases or any portion of the Rents by Borrower or any of its predecessors in interest, given as collateral security which are presently outstanding.

4.1.20 Insurance . Borrower has obtained and has delivered to Lender certified copies of all insurance policies reflecting the insurance coverages, amounts and other requirements set forth in this Agreement. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claims have been made under any such policy, and no Person, including Borrower, has done, by act or omission, anything which would impair the coverage of any such policy.

4.1.21 Use of Property . The Property is used exclusively for office purposes and other appurtenant and related uses.

4.1.22 Certificate of Occupancy; Licenses . All certifications, permits, licenses and approvals, including without limitation, certificates of completion and occupancy permits required to be obtained by Borrower for the legal use, occupancy and operation of the Property as an office building have been obtained and are in full force and effect, and to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, after due inquiry, all certifications, permits, licenses and approvals, including without limitation, certificates of completion and occupancy permits required to be obtained by any Person other than Borrower for the legal use, occupancy and operation of the Property as an office building, have been obtained and are in full force and effect (all of the foregoing certifications, permits, licenses and approvals are collectively referred to as the Licenses ) . Borrower shall and shall cause all other Persons to, keep and maintain all licenses necessary for the operation of the Property as an office building. To Borrower’s knowledge, the use being made of the Property is in conformity with all certificates of occupancy issued for the Property.

4.1.23 Flood Zone . To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, after due inquiry, no Improvements on the Property are located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as an area having special flood hazards.

 

34


4.1.24 Physical Condition . Except as disclosed in the Physical Conditions Reports delivered to Lender in connecting with this Loan, to Borrower’s knowledge, the Property, including, without limitation, all buildings, improvements, parking facilities, sidewalks, storm drainage systems, roofs, plumbing systems, HVAC systems, fire protection systems, electrical systems, equipment, elevators, exterior sidings and doors, landscaping, irrigation systems and all structural components, are in good condition, order and repair in all material respects; there exists no structural or other material defects or damages in the Property, whether latent or otherwise, and Borrower has not received notice from any insurance company or bonding company of any defects or inadequacies in the Property, or any part thereof, which would adversely affect the insurability of the same or cause the imposition of extraordinary premiums or charges thereon or of any termination or threatened termination of any policy of insurance or bond.

4.1.25 Boundaries . To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, after due inquiry, all of the improvements which were included in determining the appraised value of the Property lie wholly within the boundaries and building restriction lines of the Property, and no improvements on adjoining properties encroach upon the Property, and no easements or other encumbrances upon the Property encroach upon any of the improvements, so as to affect the value or marketability of the Property except those which are insured against by title insurance.

4.1.26 Leases . The Property is not subject to any Leases other than the Anchor Tenant Lease (and subleases permitted under the Anchor Tenant Lease) and the other Leases identified on Schedule II hereof (the “ Other Leases ”)(with respect to which Borrower has assigned to Anchor Tenant the right to collect and retain all rent thereunder). No Person has any possessory interest in the Property or right to occupy the same except under and pursuant to the provisions of the Anchor Tenant Lease and the Other Leases. The Anchor Tenant Lease is in full force and effect and to Borrower’s knowledge after inquiry, there are no defaults thereunder by either party and there are no conditions that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute defaults thereunder. No Rent (including security deposits) has been paid more than one (1) month in advance of its due date. All work to be performed by Borrower under the Anchor Tenant Lease and each Other Lease has been performed as required and has been accepted by the Anchor Tenant or any other applicable Tenant, and any payments, free rent, partial rent, rebate of rent or other payments, credits, allowances or abatements required to be given by Borrower to Anchor Tenant has already been received by Anchor Tenant. There has been no prior sale, transfer or assignment, hypothecation or pledge of any Lease or of the Rents received therein which is outstanding. To Borrower’s knowledge after inquiry, Anchor Tenant has not assigned the Anchor Tenant Lease or sublet all or any portion of the premises demised thereby, nor does anyone except Anchor Tenant and its employees occupy such leased premises (other than the tenants under the Other Leases). Anchor Tenant does not have a right or option pursuant to the Anchor Tenant Lease or otherwise to purchase all or any part of the leased premises or the building of which the leased premises are a part other than the right of first refusal described in Article 4 of the Anchor Tenant Lease. Except as disclosed in the Environmental Report delivered to Lender in connection herewith, to Borrower’s actual knowledge, no hazardous wastes or toxic substances, as defined by applicable federal, state or local statutes, rules and regulations, have been disposed, stored or treated by Anchor Tenant on or about the leased premises nor does Borrower have any knowledge of Anchor Tenant’s intention to use its leased premises for any activity which, directly or indirectly, involves the use, generation, treatment, storage, disposal or transportation of any petroleum product or any toxic or hazardous chemical, material, substance or waste, except in either event, in compliance with applicable federal, state or local statues, rules and regulations. The guaranty of the Anchor Tenant Lease executed by Anchor Lease Guarantor is in full force and effect.

 

35


4.1.27 Survey . The Survey for the Property delivered to Lender in connection with this Agreement has been prepared in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1.3(c) hereof, and does not fail to reflect any material matter affecting the Property or the title thereto.

4.1.28 Loan to Value . The maximum principal amount of the Note does not exceed one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the fair market value of the Property as set forth on the appraisal of the Property delivered to Lender.

4.1.29 Filing and Recording Taxes . All transfer taxes, deed stamps, intangible taxes or other amounts in the nature of transfer taxes required to be paid by any Person under applicable Legal Requirements currently in effect in connection with the acquisition of the Property by Borrower have been paid or are simultaneously being paid. All mortgage, mortgage recording, stamp, intangible or other similar tax required to be paid by any Person under applicable Legal Requirements currently in effect in connection with the execution, delivery, recordation, filing, registration, perfection or enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the Mortgage, have been paid, and, under current Legal Requirements, the Mortgage is enforceable in accordance with its terms by Lender (or any subsequent holder thereof).

4.1.30 Special Purpose Entity/Separateness . (a) Until the Debt has been paid in full, Borrower hereby represents, warrants and covenants that the Borrower is, shall be and shall continue to be a Special Purpose Entity. If Borrower consists of more than one Person, each such Person shall be a Special Purpose Entity.

(b) The representations, warranties and covenants set forth in Section 4.1.30(a) shall survive for so long as any amount remains payable to Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(c) Any and all of the assumptions made in any Insolvency Opinion, including, but not limited to, any exhibits attached thereto, will have been and shall be true and correct in all respects, and Borrower will have complied and will comply with all of the assumptions made with respect to it in any Insolvency Opinion. Each entity other than Borrower with respect to which an assumption is made in any Insolvency Opinion will have complied and will comply with all of the assumptions made with respect to it in any such Insolvency Opinion.

4.1.31 Management Agreement . The Management Agreement is in full force and effect and, to Borrower’s knowledge, there is no default thereunder by any party thereto and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time and/or the giving of notice would constitute a default thereunder.

4.1.32 Illegal Activity . To Borrower’s knowledge, no portion of the Property has been or will be purchased with proceeds of any illegal activity.

 

36


4.1.33 No Change in Facts or Circumstances; Disclosure . All information submitted by Borrower to Lender and in all financial statements, rent rolls, reports, certificates and other documents submitted in connection with the Loan or in satisfaction of the terms thereof and all statements of fact made by Borrower in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, are accurate, complete and correct in all material respects, provided, however, that if such information was provided to Borrower by non-affiliated third parties, Borrower represents that such information is, to the best of its knowledge after due inquiry, accurate, complete and correct in all material respects. There has been no material adverse change in any condition, fact, circumstance or event that would make any such information inaccurate, incomplete or otherwise misleading in any material respect or that otherwise materially and adversely affects or might materially and adversely affect the Property or the business operations or the financial condition of Borrower. Borrower has disclosed to Lender all material facts and has not failed to disclose any material fact that could cause any representation or warranty made herein to be materially misleading.

4.1.34 Investment Company Act . Borrower is not (a) an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; (b) a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of either a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended; or (c) subject to any other federal or state law or regulation which purports to restrict or regulate its ability to borrow money.

4.1.35 Principal Place of Business and Organization . Borrower shall not change its principal place of business set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement without first giving Lender thirty (30) days prior written notice. Borrower shall not change the place of its organization as set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement without the consent of Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Upon Lender’s request, Borrower shall execute and deliver additional financing statements, security agreements and other instruments which may be necessary to effectively evidence or perfect Lender’s security interest in the Property as a result of such change of principal place of business or place of organization.

4.1.36 Embargoed Person . As of the Closing Date, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, (a) none of the funds or other assets of Borrower constitute property of, or are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any Embargoed Person; (b) no Embargoed Person has any interest of any nature whatsoever in Borrower with the result that the investment in Borrower (whether directly or indirectly), is prohibited by law or the Loan is in violation of law; and (c) none of the funds of Borrower have been derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the investment in Borrower (whether directly or indirectly), is prohibited by law or the Loan is in violation of law.

Section 4.2 Survival of Representations . Borrower agrees that all of the representations and warranties of Borrower set forth in Section 4.1 and elsewhere in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents shall survive for so long as any amount remains owing to Lender under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents by Borrower. All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents by Borrower shall be deemed to have been relied upon by Lender notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by Lender or on its behalf.

 

37


ARTICLE V

BORROWER COVENANTS

Section 5.1 Affirmative Covenants . From the Closing Date and until payment and performance in full of all obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents or the earlier release of the Lien of the Mortgage encumbering the Property (and all related obligations) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees with Lender that:

5.1.1 Existence; Compliance with Legal Requirements; Insurance . Borrower shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights, licenses, permits and franchises and comply with all Legal Requirements applicable to it and the Property. Borrower shall not commit, nor shall Borrower permit any other Person in occupancy of or involved with the operation or use of the Property to commit, any act or omission affording the federal government or any state or local government the right of forfeiture as against the Property or any part thereof or any monies paid in performance of Borrower’s obligations under any of the Loan Documents. Borrower hereby covenants and agrees not to commit, permit or suffer to exist any act or omission affording such right of forfeiture. Borrower shall at all times maintain, preserve and protect all its franchises and trade names and preserve all the remainder of its property used or useful in the conduct of its business and shall keep the Property in good working order and repair, and from time to time make, or cause to be made, all reasonably necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereto, all as more fully provided in the Mortgage. Borrower shall keep the Property insured at all times by financially sound and reputable insurers, to such extent and against such risks, and maintain liability and such other insurance, as is more fully provided in this Agreement. [Borrower shall operate, or cause Anchor Tenant to operate, the Property (or any portion thereof) that is the subject of the O&M Agreement in accordance with the terms and provisions thereof in all material respects.] After prior written notice to Lender, Borrower, at its own expense, may contest by appropriate legal proceeding promptly initiated and conducted in good faith and with due diligence, the validity of any Legal Requirement, the applicability of any Legal Requirement to Borrower or the Property or any alleged violation of any Legal Requirement, provided that (i) no Event of Default has occurred and remains uncured; (ii) intentionally omitted; (iii) such proceeding shall be permitted under and be conducted in accordance with the provisions of any instrument to which Borrower is subject and shall not constitute a default thereunder and such proceeding shall be conducted in accordance with all applicable statutes, laws and ordinances; (iv) the Property or any part thereof or interest therein will not be in danger of being sold, forfeited, terminated, cancelled or lost; (v) Borrower shall promptly upon final determination thereof comply with any such Legal Requirement determined to be valid or applicable or cure any violation of any Legal Requirement; (vi) such proceeding shall suspend the enforcement of the contested Legal Requirement against Borrower or the Property; and (vii) Borrower shall furnish such security as may be required in the proceeding, or as may be requested by Lender, to insure compliance with such Legal Requirement, together with all interest and penalties payable in connection therewith (provided, however, if Anchor Tenant is conducting the contest pursuant to the Anchor Tenant Lease, and is not required under the Anchor Tenant Lease to post any such security, then this clause (vii) shall not apply). Lender may apply any such security, as necessary to cause compliance with such Legal Requirement at any time when, in the reasonable judgment of Lender, the validity, applicability or violation of such Legal Requirement is finally established or the Property (or any part thereof or interest therein) shall be in danger of being sold, forfeited, terminated, cancelled or lost.

 

38


5.1.2 Taxes and Other Charges . Borrower shall pay or cause to be paid all Taxes and Other Charges now or hereafter levied or assessed or imposed against the Property or any part thereof as the same become due and payable; provided , however , Borrower’s obligation to directly pay to the appropriate taxing authority Taxes shall be suspended for so long as Borrower escrows for Taxes pursuant to the terms and provisions of Section 7.2 hereof. Borrower will deliver to Lender receipts for payment or other evidence satisfactory to Lender that the Taxes and Other Charges have been so paid or are not then delinquent no later than ten (10) days prior to the date on which the Taxes and/or Other Charges would otherwise be delinquent if not paid ( provided , however , that Borrower is not required to furnish such receipts for payment of Taxes in the event that such Taxes have been paid by Lender pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof). If Borrower pays or causes to be paid all Taxes and Other Charges and provides a copy of the receipt evidencing the payment thereof to Lender, then Lender shall reimburse Borrower, provided that there are then sufficient proceeds in the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund and provided that the Taxes are being paid pursuant to Section 7.2. Upon written request of Borrower, if Lender has paid such Taxes pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof, Lender shall provide Borrower with evidence that such Taxes have been paid. Borrower shall not suffer and shall promptly cause to be paid and discharged any Lien or charge whatsoever which may be or become a Lien or charge against the Property, and shall promptly pay for all utility services provided to the Property. After prior written notice to Lender, Borrower, at its own expense, may contest by appropriate legal proceeding, promptly initiated and conducted in good faith and with due diligence, the amount or validity or application in whole or in part of any Taxes or Other Charges, provided that (i) Borrower is permitted to do so under the provisions of any mortgage or deed of trust superior in lien to the Mortgage; (ii) such proceeding shall be permitted under and be conducted in accordance with the provisions of any other instrument to which Borrower is subject and shall not constitute a default thereunder and such proceeding shall be conducted in accordance with all applicable statutes, laws and ordinances; (iii) the Property nor any part thereof or interest therein will be in danger of being sold, forfeited, terminated, cancelled or lost; (iv) Borrower shall promptly upon final determination thereof pay the amount of any such Taxes or Other Charges, together with all costs, interest and penalties which may be payable in connection therewith; (v) such proceeding shall suspend the collection of such contested Taxes or Other Charges from the Property; and (vi) Borrower shall furnish such security as may be required in the proceeding, or as may be reasonably requested by Lender, to insure the payment of any such Taxes or Other Charges, together with all interest and penalties thereon (provided, however, if Anchor Tenant is conducting the contest pursuant to the Anchor Tenant Lease, and is not required under the Anchor Tenant Lease to post any such security, then this clause (vi) shall not apply). Lender may pay over any such cash deposit or part thereof held by Lender to the claimant entitled thereto at any time when, in the reasonable judgment of Lender, the entitlement of such claimant is established.

5.1.3 Litigation . Borrower shall give prompt written notice to Lender of any litigation or governmental proceedings pending or threatened against Borrower which might materially adversely affect Borrower’s condition (financial or otherwise) or business or the Property.

 

39


5.1.4 Access to Property . Borrower shall permit agents, representatives and employees of Lender to inspect the Property or any part thereof at reasonable hours upon reasonable advance notice, subject to the rights of Tenants under their respective Leases.

5.1.5 Notice of Default . Borrower shall promptly advise Lender of any material adverse change in Borrower’s condition, financial or otherwise, or of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default of which Borrower has knowledge.

5.1.6 Cooperate in Legal Proceedings . Borrower shall cooperate fully with Lender with respect to any proceedings before any court, board or other Governmental Authority which may in any way affect the rights of Lender hereunder or any rights obtained by Lender under any of the other Loan Documents and, in connection therewith, permit Lender, at its election, to participate in any such proceedings.

5.1.7 Perform Loan Documents . Borrower shall observe, perform and satisfy all the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of, and shall pay when due all costs, fees and expenses to the extent required under the Loan Documents executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower.

5.1.8 Insurance Benefits . Borrower shall cooperate with Lender in obtaining for Lender the benefits of any Insurance Proceeds lawfully or equitably payable in connection with the Property, and Lender shall be reimbursed for any expenses incurred in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, and the payment by Borrower of the expense of an appraisal on behalf of Lender in case of a fire or other casualty affecting the Property or any part thereof) out of such Insurance Proceeds.

5.1.9 Further Assurances . Borrower shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense:

(a) furnish to Lender all instruments, document, boundary surveys, footing or foundation surveys, certificates, plans and specifications, appraisals, title and other insurance reports and agreements, and each and every other document, certificate, agreement and instrument required to be furnished by Borrower pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents or reasonably requested by Lender in connection therewith;

(b) execute and deliver to Lender such documents, instruments, certificates, assignments and other writings, and do such other acts necessary or desirable, to evidence, preserve and/or protect the collateral at any time securing or intended to secure the obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents, as Lender may reasonably require; and

(c) do and execute all and such further lawful and reasonable acts, conveyances and assurances for the better and more effective carrying out of the intents and purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as Lender shall reasonably require from time to time.

5.1.10 Intentionally Omitted .

5.1.11 Financial Reporting . (a) Borrower will keep and maintain or will cause to be kept and maintained on a Fiscal Year basis, in accordance with the requirements for a Special Purpose Entity set forth above, proper and accurate books, records and accounts reflecting all of

 

40


the financial affairs of Borrower and all items of income and expense in connection with the operation on an individual basis of the Property. Lender shall have the right from time to time at all times during normal business hours upon reasonable notice to examine such books, records and accounts at the office of Borrower or other Person maintaining such books, records and accounts and to make such copies or extracts thereof as Lender shall desire. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall pay any costs and expenses incurred by Lender to examine Borrower’s accounting records with respect to the Property, as Lender shall reasonably determine to be necessary or appropriate in the protection of Lender’s interest.

(b) Borrower will furnish to Lender annually, within ninety (90) days following the end of each Fiscal Year of Borrower, either (i) a complete copy of Borrower’s annual financial statements audited by an accounting firm or other independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Lender in accordance with the requirements for a Special Purpose Entity set forth above, or (ii) a consolidated and annotated financial statement of Borrower and Sole Member (as applicable), audited by an accounting firm or other independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Lender in accordance with the requirements for a Special Purpose Entity set forth above, together with unaudited financial statements relating to the Borrower and the Property. Such financial statements for the Property for such Fiscal Year and shall contain statements of profit and loss for Borrower and the Property and a balance sheet for Borrower. Such statements shall set forth the financial condition and the results of operations for the Property for such Fiscal Year, and shall include, but not be limited to, amounts representing annual Net Cash Flow, Net Operating Income, Gross Income from Operations and Operating Expenses. Borrower’s annual financial statements shall be accompanied by (i) a comparison of the budgeted income and expenses and the actual income and expenses for the prior Fiscal Year, (ii) a certificate executed by the chief financial officer of Borrower or Sole Member, as applicable, stating that each such annual financial statement presents fairly the financial condition and the results of operations of Borrower and the Property being reported upon and has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles reasonably acceptable to Lender, consistently applied, (iii) an unqualified opinion of an accounting firm or other independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Lender, (iv) a certified rent roll containing current rent, lease expiration dates and the square footage occupied by each tenant; (v) a schedule audited by such independent certified public accountant reconciling Net Operating Income to Net Cash Flow (the “ Net Cash Flow Schedule ”), which shall itemize all adjustments made to Net Operating Income to arrive at Net Cash Flow deemed material by such independent certified public accountant. Together with Borrower’s annual financial statements, Borrower shall furnish to Lender an Officer’s Certificate certifying as of the date thereof whether there exists an event or circumstance which constitutes a Default or Event of Default under the Loan Documents executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower, and if such Default or Event of Default exists, the nature thereof, the period of time it has existed and the action then being taken to remedy the same.

(c) Borrower will furnish, or cause to be furnished, to Lender on or before forty five ( 45) days after the end of each calendar quarter the following items, accompanied by a certificate of the chief financial officer of Borrower or Sole Member, as applicable, stating that such items are true, correct, accurate, and complete and fairly present the financial condition and results of the operations of Borrower and the Property (subject to normal year-end adjustments)

 

41


as applicable: (i) a rent roll for the subject month accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate with respect thereto; (ii) quarterly and year-to-date operating statements (including Capital Expenditures) prepared for each calendar quarter, noting Net Operating Income, Gross Income from Operations, and Operating Expenses (not including any contributions to the Replacement Reserve Fund, and other information necessary and sufficient to fairly represent the financial position and results of operation of the Property during such calendar month, and containing a comparison of budgeted income and expenses and the actual income and expenses together with a detailed explanation of any variances of five percent (5%) or more between budgeted and actual amounts for such periods, all in form satisfactory to Lender; (iii) a calculation reflecting the annual Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period as of the last day of such month accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate with respect thereto; and (iv) a Net Cash Flow Schedule (such Net Cash Flow for the Borrower may be unaudited if it is certified by an officer of the Borrower). In addition, such certificate shall also be accompanied by a certificate of the chief financial officer of Borrower or Sole Member stating that the representations and warranties of Borrower set forth in Section 4.1.30(a) are true and correct as of the date of such certificate.

(d) For the partial year period commencing on the Closing Date, and for each Fiscal Year thereafter, Borrower shall submit to Lender an Annual Budget not later than thirty (30) days after the commencement of such period or Fiscal Year in form reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

(e) In the event that, Borrower must incur an extraordinary operating expense or capital expense not set forth in the Approved Annual Budget (each an “Extraordinary Expense”), then Borrower shall promptly deliver to Lender a reasonably detailed explanation of such proposed Extraordinary Expense for Lender’s approval.

(f) If requested by Lender, Borrower shall provide Lender, promptly upon request, with the following financial statements if, at the time one or more Disclosure Documents are being prepared for a Securitization, it is expected that the principal amount of the Loan together with any Affiliated Loans at the time of such Securitization may, or if the principal amount of the Loan together with any Affiliated Loans at any time during which the Loan and any Affiliated Loans are included in a Securitization does, equal or exceed twenty percent (20%) of the aggregate principal amount of all mortgage loans included or expected to be included, as applicable, in the Securitization:

A balance sheet with respect to the Property for the two most recent fiscal years, meeting the requirements of Section 210.3-01 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act and statements of income and statements of cash flows with respect to the Property for the three most recent fiscal years, meeting the requirements of Section 210.3-02 of Regulation S-X, and, to the extent that such balance sheet is more than one hundred thirty-five (135) days old as of the date of the document in which such financial statements are included, interim financial statements of the Property meeting the requirements of Section 210.3-01 and 210.3-02 of Regulation S-X (all of such financial statements, collectively, the “Standard Statements”); provided, however, that if the Property (other than properties that are hotels, nursing homes, or other properties that would be deemed to constitute a business and not real estate under Regulation S-X or

 

42


other legal requirements) that has been acquired by Borrower from an unaffiliated third party (such Property, “Acquired Property”), as to which the other conditions set forth in Section 210.3-14 of Regulation S-X for provision of financial statements in accordance with such Section have been met, in lieu of the Standard Statements otherwise required by this Section, Borrower shall instead provide the financial statements required by such Section 210.3-14 of Regulation S-X (“Acquired Property Statements”).

Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal quarter following the date hereof, a balance sheet of the Property as of the end of such fiscal quarter, meeting the requirements of Section 210.3-01 of Regulation S-X, and statements of income and statements of cash flows of the Property for the period commencing following the last day of the most recent fiscal year and ending on the date of such balance sheet and for the corresponding period of the most recent fiscal year, meeting the requirements of Section 210.3-02 of Regulation S-X (provided, that if for such corresponding period of the most recent fiscal year Acquired Property Statements were permitted to be provided hereunder pursuant to subsection (i) above, Borrower shall instead provide Acquired Property Statements for such corresponding period).

Not later than seventy-five (75) days after the end of each fiscal year following the date hereof, a balance sheet of the Property as of the end of such fiscal year, meeting the requirements of Section 210.3-01 of Regulation S-X, and statements of income and statements of cash flows of the Property for such fiscal year, meeting the requirements of Section 210.3-02 of Regulation S-X.

Within ten (10) Business Days after notice from Lender in connection with the Securitization of this Loan, such additional financial statements, such that, as of the date (each, an “Offering Document Date”) of each Disclosure Document, Borrower shall have provided Lender with all financial statements as described in subsection (f)(i) above; provided that the fiscal year and interim periods for which such financial statements shall be provided shall be determined as of such Offering Document Date.

(g) If requested by Lender, Borrower shall provide Lender, promptly upon request, with summaries of the financial statements referred to in Section 5.1.11(f) hereof if, at the time a Disclosure Document is being prepared for a Securitization, it is expected that the principal amount of the Loan and any Affiliated Loans at the time of such Securitization may, or if the principal amount of the Loan and any Affiliated Loans at any time during which the Loan and any Affiliated Loans are included in a Securitization does, equal or exceed ten percent (10%) (but is less than twenty percent (20%)) of the aggregate principal amount of all mortgage loans included or expected to be included, as applicable, in a Securitization. Such summaries shall meet the requirements for “summarized financial information,” as defined in Section 210.1-02(bb) of Regulation S-X, or such other requirements as may be determined to be necessary or appropriate by Lender.

(h) All financial statements provided by Borrower hereunder pursuant to Section 5.1.11(f) and (g) hereof shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, and shall meet the requirements of Regulation S-X and other applicable legal requirements. All financial statements referred to in Sections 5.1.11(f)(i) and 5.l.11(f)(iii) above shall be audited by

 

43


independent accountants of Borrower acceptable to Lender in accordance with Regulation S-X and all other applicable legal requirements, shall be accompanied by the manually executed report of the independent accountants thereon, which report shall meet the requirements of Regulation S-X and all other applicable legal requirements, and shall be further accompanied by a manually executed written consent of the independent accountants, in form and substance acceptable to Lender, to the inclusion of such financial statements in any Disclosure Document and any Exchange Act Filing and to the use of the name of such independent accountants and the reference to such independent accountants as “experts” in any Disclosure Document and Exchange Act Filing, all of which shall be provided at the same time as the related financial statements are required to be provided. All financial statements (audited or unaudited) provided by Borrower under Section 5.1.11(f) and (g) shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate, which shall state that such financial statements meet the requirements set forth in the first sentence of this Section 5.1.11(h).

(i) If requested by Lender, Borrower shall provide Lender, promptly upon request, with any other or additional financial statements, or financial, statistical or operating information, as Lender shall determine to be required pursuant to Regulation S-X or any amendment, modification or replacement thereto or other legal requirements in connection with any Disclosure Document or any filing under or pursuant to the Exchange Act in connection with or relating to a Securitization (hereinafter, an “Exchange Act Filing”) or as shall otherwise be reasonably requested by Lender.

(j) In the event Lender determines, in connection with a Securitization, that the financial statements required in order to comply with Regulation S-X or other legal requirements are other than as provided herein, then notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.1.11 (f), (g) and (h) hereof, Lender may request, and Borrower shall promptly provide, such Standard Statements or such other financial statements as Lender determines to be necessary or appropriate for such compliance.

(k) Borrower shall furnish to Lender, within ten (10) Business Days after request (or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably possible), such further detailed information with respect to the operation of the Property and the financial affairs of Borrower as may be reasonably requested by Lender.

(l) Borrower shall furnish to Lender, within ten (10) Business Days after Lender’s request (or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably possible), financial and sales information from any Tenant designated by Lender (to the extent such financial and sales information is required to be provided under the applicable Lease and same is received by Borrower after request therefor).

(m) Borrower will cause Indemnitor to furnish to Lender annually, within one hundred twenty (120) days following the end of each Fiscal Year of Indemnitor, financial statements audited by an independent certified public accountant, which shall include an annual balance sheet and profit and loss statement of Indemnitor, in the form reasonably required by Lender.

 

44


(n) Any reports, statements or other information required to be delivered under this Agreement shall be delivered (i) in paper form, (ii) on a diskette, and (iii) if requested by Lender and within the capabilities of Borrower’s data systems without change or modification thereto, in electronic form and prepared using a Microsoft Word for Windows or WordPerfect for Windows files (which files may be prepared using a spreadsheet program and saved as word processing files).

5.1.12 Business and Operations . Borrower will continue to engage in the businesses presently conducted by it as and to the extent the same are necessary for the ownership, maintenance, management and operation of the Property. Borrower will qualify to do business and will remain in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction as and to the extent the same are required for the ownership, maintenance, management and operation of the Property.

5.1.13 Title to the Property . Borrower will warrant and defend (a) the title to the Property and every part thereof, subject only to Liens permitted hereunder (including Permitted Encumbrances) and (b) the validity and priority of the Liens of the Mortgage and the Assignment of Leases on the Property, subject only to Liens permitted hereunder (including Permitted Encumbrances), in each case against the claims of all Persons whomsoever. Borrower shall reimburse Lender for any losses, costs, damages or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) incurred by Lender if an interest in the Property, other than as permitted hereunder, is claimed by another Person.

5.1.14 Costs of Enforcement . In the event (a) that the Mortgage encumbering the Property is foreclosed in whole or in part or that the Mortgage is put into the hands of an attorney for collection, suit, action or foreclosure, (b) of the foreclosure of any mortgage prior to or subsequent to the Mortgage encumbering the Property in which proceeding Lender is made a party, or (c) of the bankruptcy, insolvency, rehabilitation or other similar proceeding in respect of Borrower or any of its constituent Persons or an assignment by Borrower or any of its constituent Persons for the benefit of its creditors, Borrower, its successors or assigns, shall be chargeable with and agrees to pay all costs of collection and defense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender or Borrower in connection therewith and in connection with any appellate proceeding or post-judgment action involved therein, together with all required service or use taxes.

5.1.15 Estoppel Statement . (a) After request by Lender, Borrower shall within ten (1 0) days furnish Lender with a statement, duly acknowledged and certified, setting forth (i) the amount of the original principal amount of the Note, (ii) the unpaid principal amount of the Note, (iii) the applicable interest rate of the Note, (iv) the date installments of interest and/or principal were last paid, (v) any offsets or defenses to the payment of the Debt, if any, and (vi) that the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents are valid, legal and binding obligations and have not been modified or if modified, giving particulars of such modification.

(b) Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to Lender upon request, estoppel certificates from Anchor Tenant (and/or any replacement tenant leasing space at the Property from Borrower) and Anchor Lease Guarantor in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender provided that Borrower shall not be required to deliver such certificates more frequently than two (2) times in any calendar year.

 

45


(c) Within thirty (30) days of request by Borrower, Lender shall deliver to Borrower a statement setting forth the items described at (a)(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this Section 5.1.15.

5.1.16 Loan Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loan received by it on the Closing Date only for the purposes set forth in Section 2.1.4.

5.1.17 Performance by Borrower . Borrower shall in a timely manner observe, perform and fulfill each and every covenant, term and provision of each Loan Document executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower, and shall not enter into or otherwise suffer or permit any amendment, waiver, supplement, termination or other modification of any Loan Document executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower without the prior written consent of Lender.

5.1.18 Confirmation of Representations . Borrower shall deliver, in connection with any Securitization, (a) one or more Officer’s Certificates certifying as to the accuracy of all representations made by Borrower in the Loan Documents as of the date of the closing of such Securitization, and (b) certificates of the relevant Governmental Authorities in all relevant jurisdictions indicating the good standing and qualification of Borrower and its member as of the date of the Securitization.

5.1.19 No Joint Assessment . Borrower shall not suffer, permit or initiate the joint assessment of the Property (a) with any other real property constituting a tax lot separate from the Property, and (b) which constitutes real property with any portion of the Property which may be deemed to constitute personal property, or any other procedure whereby the lien of any taxes which may be levied against such personal property shall be assessed or levied or charged to such real property portion of the Property.

5.1.20 Leasing Matters . Any Leases with respect to the Property written after the Closing Date for more than the Relevant Leasing Threshold square footage shall be subject to the prior written approval of Lender, which approval may be given or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender. Lender shall approve or disapprove any such Lease other than a Lease for all or substantially all of the Property within ten (1 0) Business Days of Lender’s receipt of a final execution draft of such Lease (including all exhibits, schedules, supplements, addenda or other agreements relating thereto) and a written notice from Borrower requesting Lender’s approval to such Lease, and such Lease shall be deemed approved, if Lender does not disapprove such Lease within said ten (10) Business Day period provided such written notice conspicuously states, in large bold type, that “PURSUANT TO SECTION 5.1.20 OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT, THE LEASE SHALL BE DEEMED APPROVED IF LENDER DOES NOT RESPOND TO THE CONTRARY WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS OF LENDER’S RECEIPT OF SUCH LEASE AND WRITTEN NOTICE”. Borrower shall furnish Lender with executed copies of all Leases. All renewals of Leases and all proposed Leases shall provide for rental rates comparable to existing local market rates (unless such rental rates are otherwise set forth in the Leases executed prior to the Closing Date). All proposed Leases shall be on commercially

 

46


reasonable terms and shall not contain any terms which would materially affect Lender’s rights under the Loan Documents. All Leases executed after the Closing Date shall provide that they are subordinate to the Mortgage encumbering the Property and that the tenant thereunder agrees to attorn to Lender or any purchaser at a sale by foreclosure or power of sale. Borrower (i) shall observe and perform the obligations imposed upon the lessor under the Leases in a commercially reasonable manner; (ii) shall enforce the terms, covenants and conditions contained in the Leases upon the part of the tenant thereunder to be observed or performed in a commercially reasonable manner and in a manner not to impair the value of the Property involved except that no termination by Borrower or acceptance of surrender by a tenant of any Lease shall be permitted unless by reason of a tenant default and then only in a commercially reasonable manner to preserve and protect the Property provided , however , that no such termination or surrender of any Lease covering more than the Relevant Leasing Threshold will be permitted without the written consent of Lender which consent may be withheld in the sole discretion of Lender; (iii) shall not collect any of the rents more than one (I) month in advance (other than security deposits); (iv) shall not execute any other assignment of lessor’s interest in the Leases or the Rents (except as contemplated by the Loan Documents); (v) shall not alter, modify or change the terms of the Leases in a manner inconsistent with the provisions of the Loan Documents without the prior written consent of Lender, which consent may be withheld in the sole discretion of Lender, provided, however, with respect to a proposed modification or amendment to the Anchor Tenant Lease, Lender shall have fifteen (15) Business Days after Borrower’s delivery of its request for consent ( WHICH CLEARLY SHALL STATE IN BOLD-FACE TYPE THAT THE FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN FIFTEEN (15) BUSINESS DAYS WILL RESULT IN DEEMED CONSENT UPON FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS AFTER A “FAILURE TO RESPOND” SECOND NOTICE) , together with preliminary drawings and specifications for such Alterations, within which Lender may grant or not grant Borrower’s request for consent. If Lender shall not have responded to Borrower within such 15-Business Day period, Borrower may give a second notice WHICH CLEARLY SHALL STATE IN BOLD-FACE TYPE THAT THE FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL BE DEEMED CONSENT . If Lender shall not, within five (5) Business Days after such second notice, notify Borrower that such consent will not be granted, such consent shall be deemed to have been granted; and (vi) shall execute and deliver at the request of Lender all such further assurances, confirmations and assignment in connection with the Leases as Lender shall from time to time reasonably require. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may, without the prior written consent of Lender, terminate any Lease which demises less than the Relevant Leasing Threshold under any of the following circumstances: (i) the tenant under said Lease is in default beyond any applicable grace and cure period, and Borrower has the right to terminate such Lease; (ii) such termination is permitted by the terms of the Lease in question and Borrower has secured an obligation from a third party to lease the space under the Lease to be terminated at a rental equal to or higher than the rental due under the Lease to be terminated; and (iii) if the tenant under the Lease to be terminated, has executed a right under said Lease to terminate its Lease upon payment of a termination fee to Borrower, and has in fact terminated its Lease and paid said fee, Borrower may accept said termination. In addition, the requirements set forth in this Section 5.1.20 shall not apply to any permitted sublease by Anchor Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Anchor Tenant Lease.

 

47


5.1.21 Alterations . Subject to the rights of tenants to make alterations pursuant to the terms of the Anchor Tenant Lease, Borrower shall obtain Lender’s prior written consent to any alterations to any Improvements, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed except with respect to alterations that may have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s financial condition, the value of the Property or the Net Operating Income. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender’s consent shall not be required in connection with any alterations that will not have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s financial condition, the value of the Property or the Net Operating Income, provided that such alterations are made in connection with (a) tenant improvement work performed pursuant to the terms of any Lease executed on or before the Closing Date, (b) tenant improvement work performed pursuant to the terms and provisions of a Lease and not adversely affecting any structural component of any Improvements, any utility or HV AC system contained in any Improvements or the exterior of any building constituting a part of any Improvements, (c) alterations performed in connection with the restoration of the Property after the occurrence of a casualty in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement or (d) any structural alteration which costs less than $50,000.00 in the aggregate for all components thereof which constitute such alteration or any non-structural alteration which costs less than $100,000.00 in the aggregate for all components thereof which constitute such alteration. If the total unpaid amounts due and payable with respect to alterations to the Improvements at the Property (other than such amounts to be paid or reimbursed by tenants under the Leases) shall at any time equal or exceed $500,000.00 (the “ Threshold Amount ”), Borrower, upon Lender’s request, shall promptly deliver to Lender as security for the payment of such amounts and as additional security for Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents any of the following: (A) cash, (B) U.S. Obligations, (C) other securities having a rating acceptable to Lender and that the applicable Rating Agencies have confirmed in writing will not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, withdrawal or qualification of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned in connection with any Securitization, or (D) a completion bond or letter of credit issued by a financial institution having a rating by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group of not less than A-1+ if the term of such bond or letter of credit is no longer than three (3) months or, if such term is in excess of three (3) months, issued by a financial institution having a rating that is acceptable to Lender and that the applicable Rating Agencies have confirmed in writing will not, in and of itself, result in a downgrade, withdrawal or qualification of the initial, or, if higher, then current ratings assigned in connection with any Securitization. Such security shall be in an amount equal to the excess of the total unpaid amounts with respect to alterations to the Improvements on the Property (other than such amounts to be paid or reimbursed by tenants under the Leases) over the Threshold Amount and, if cash, may be applied from time to time, at the option of Borrower, to pay for such alterations. At the option of Lender, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender may terminate any of the alterations and use the deposit to restore the Property to the extent necessary to prevent any material adverse effect on the value of the Property. With respect to Alterations for which Borrower must obtain the consent of Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, Lender shall have fifteen (15) Business Days after Borrower’s delivery of its request for consent ( WHICH CLEARLY SHALL STATE IN BOLD-FACE TYPE THAT THE FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN FIFTEEN (15) BUSINESS DAYS WILL RESULT IN DEEMED CONSENT UPON FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS AFTER A “FAlLURE TO RESPOND” SECOND NOTICE) , together with preliminary drawings and specifications for such Alterations, within which Lender may grant or not grant

 

48


Borrower’s request for consent. If Lender shall not have responded to Borrower within such 15-Business Day period, Borrower may give a second notice WHICH CLEARLY SHALL STATE IN BOLD-FACE TYPE THAT THE FAILURE TO RESPOND WITHIN FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS SHALL BE DEEMED CONSENT . If Lender shall not, within five (5) Business Days after such second notice, notify Borrower that such consent will not be granted, such consent shall be deemed to have been granted.

5.1.22 Intentionally Omitted .

5.1.23 Intentionally Omitted .

Section 5.2 Negative Covenants . From the Closing Date until payment and performance in full of all obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents or the earlier release of the Lien of the Mortgage encumbering the Property in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that it will not do, directly or indirectly, any of the following:

5.2.1 Operation of Property . Borrower shall not, without the prior consent of Lender, terminate the Management Agreement or otherwise replace the Manager or enter into any other management agreement with respect to the Property unless the Manager is in default thereunder beyond any applicable grace or cure period, in which event no consent by Lender shall be required. Lender agrees that its consent will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned provided that the Person chosen by Borrower as the replacement Manager is a Qualifying Manager and provided further that Borrower shall deliver an acceptable non-consolidation opinion covering such replacement Manager if such Person was not covered by such opinion delivered at the closing of the Loan.

5.2.2 Liens . Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of Lender, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any portion of the Property or permit any such action to be taken, except:

(i) Permitted Encumbrances;

(ii) Liens created by or related to Indebtedness permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents; and

(iii) Liens for Taxes or Other Charges not yet due (or that Borrower is contesting in accordance with the terms of Section 5.1.2 hereof).

5.2.3 Dissolution . Borrower shall not (a) engage in any dissolution, liquidation or consolidation or merger with or into any other business entity, (b) engage in any business activity not related to the ownership and operation of the Property, (c) transfer, lease or sell, in one transaction or any combination of transactions, the assets or all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Borrower except to the extent permitted by the Loan Documents, (d) modify, amend, waive or terminate its organizational documents or its qualification and good standing in any jurisdiction or (e) cause the Sole Member to (i) dissolve, wind up or liquidate or take any action, or omit to take an action, as a result of which the Sole Member would be dissolved, wound up or liquidated in whole or in part, or (ii) amend, modify, waive or terminate the certificate of limited partnership or partnership agreement of the Sole Member, in each case, without obtaining the prior written consent of Lender or Lender’s designee.

 

49


5.2.4 Change in Business . Borrower shall not enter into any line of business other than the ownership and operation of the Property, or make any material change in the scope or nature of its business objectives, purposes or operations, or undertake or participate in activities other than the continuance of its present business.

5.2.5 Debt Cancellation . Borrower shall not cancel or otherwise forgive or release any claim or debt (other than termination of Leases in accordance herewith) owed to Borrower by any Person, except for adequate consideration and in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business.

5.2.6 Affiliate Transactions . Borrower shall not enter into, or be a party to, any transaction with an Affiliate of Borrower or any of the partners of Borrower except in the ordinary course of business and on terms which are fully disclosed to Lender in advance and are no less favorable to Borrower or such Affiliate than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated third party.

5.2.7 Zoning . Borrower shall not initiate or consent to any zoning reclassification of any portion of the Property or seek any variance under any existing zoning ordinance or use or permit the use of any portion of the Property in any manner that could result in such use becoming a non-conforming use under any zoning ordinance or any other applicable land use law, rule or regulation, without the prior consent of Lender.

5.2.8 Assets . Borrower shall not purchase or own any properties other than the Property owned by Borrower as of the Closing Date as reflected in the applicable Title Insurance Policy.

5.2.9 Debt . Borrower shall not create, incur or assume any Indebtedness other than the Debt except to the extent expressly permitted hereby.

5.2.10 No Joint Assessment . Borrower shall not suffer, permit or initiate the joint assessment of the Property with (a) any other real property constituting a tax lot separate from the Property, or (b) any portion of the Property which may be deemed to constitute personal property, or any other procedure whereby the Lien of any taxes which may be levied against such personal property shall be assessed or levied or charged to the Property.

5.2.11 Intentionally Omitted .

5.2.12 ERISA . (a) Borrower shall not engage in any transaction which would cause any obligation, or action taken or to be taken, hereunder (or the exercise by Lender of any of its rights under the Note, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents) to be a non-exempt (under a statutory or administrative class exemption) prohibited transaction under ERISA.

(b) Borrower further covenants and agrees to deliver to Lender such certifications or other evidence from time to time throughout the term of the Loan, as requested by Lender in its sole discretion, that (A) Borrower is not and does not maintain an “employee benefit plan” as

 

50


defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, which is subject to Title I of ERISA, or a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA; (B) Borrower is not subject to state statutes regulating investments and fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans; and (C) one or more of the following circumstances is true:

(i) Equity interests in Borrower are publicly offered securities, within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-10l(b)(2);

(ii) Less than twenty-five percent (25%) of each outstanding class of equity interests in Borrower are held by “benefit plan investors” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101(f)(2); or

(iii) Borrower qualifies as an “operating company” or a “real estate operating company” within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101(c) or (e).

5.2.13 Transfers . Unless such action is permitted by the provisions of this Section 5.2.13, Borrower agrees that it will not (i) sell, assign, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of its interests in the Property or any part thereof, (ii) permit any owner, directly or indirectly, of an ownership interest in the Property, to transfer such interest, whether by transfer of stock or other interest in Borrower or any entity, or otherwise, (iii) incur Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement), (iv) mortgage, hypothecate or otherwise encumber or grant a security interest in the Property or any part thereof, (v) sell, assign, convey, transfer, mortgage, encumber, grant a security interest in, or otherwise dispose of any direct or indirect ownership interest in Borrower, or permit any owner of an interest in Borrower to do the same, or (vi) file a declaration of condominium with respect to the Property (any of the foregoing transactions, a “Transfer”). For purposes hereof, a “Transfer” shall not include (A) any issuance, sale or transfer of interests in Sole Member or any successor entity resulting from any merger permitted hereunder, (B) transfer by devise or descent or by operation of law upon the death of a member of Borrower, or (C) the merger of Sole Member with any of the following entities: Inland Retail Real Estate Trust, Inc., a Maryland corporation, Inland Real Estate Corporation, a Maryland corporation, Inland Real Estate Investment Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc., a Maryland corporation, Inland Western Retail Estate Trust, Inc., a Maryland corporation, any other real estate investment trust sponsored by Inland Real Estate Investment Corporation, or any other entity composed entirely of any of the foregoing; provided , however , (i) Lender shall receive not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice of any such proposed merger, (ii) the net worth of the entity surviving such merger shall equal or exceed the net worth of Sole Member immediately prior to such merger, and (iii) immediately following such merger, the entity surviving the merger shall be publicly traded.

(a) At any time other than during the Assumption Lockout Period, Lender shall not withhold its consent to a Transfer of the Property, provided that the following conditions are satisfied:

 

  (1)

the transferee of the Property shall be a Qualified Entity and a Special Purpose Entity (the “Transferee”) which at the time of such transfer will be in compliance with the covenants contained in Section 5.1.1 and the

 

51


  representations contained in 4.1.30 hereof and which shall have assumed in writing (subject to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof) and agreed to comply with all the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, expressly including the covenants contained in Section 5.1.1 and the representations contained in 4.1.30 hereof;

 

  (2) if requested by Lender, Borrower shall deliver confirmation in writing from the Rating Agencies that such proposed Transfer will not cause a downgrading, withdrawal or qualification of the then current rating of any securities issued pursuant to such Securitization;

 

  (3) if Manager does not act as manager of the transferred Property then the manager of the Property must be a Qualifying Manager;

 

  (4) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

  (5) Borrower shall deliver, at its sole cost and expense, an endorsement to the existing title policy insuring the Mortgage, as modified by the assumption agreement, as a valid first lien on the Property and naming the Transferee as owner of the fee estate of the Property, which endorsement shall insure that, as of the date of the recording of the assumption agreement, the Property shall not be subject to any additional exceptions or liens other than those contained in the title policy issued on the date hereof, or otherwise permitted by Lender

 

  (6) Transferee shall deliver opinions regarding its existence, authority and enforceability, and if required or requested by any of the Rating Agencies, an Additional Insolvency Opinion and a fraudulent conveyance opinion which in each case may be relied upon by the holder of the Note, the Ratings Agencies and their respective counsel, agents and representatives with respect to the proposed transaction, including the Transferee, which opinion shall be acceptable to Lender in its reasonable discretion;

 

  (7)

Borrower shall have paid (A) an assumption fee equal to one percent (1.0%) of the then outstanding principal balance of the Loan, and (B) the reasonable and customary third-party expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually incurred by Lender in connection with such Transfer; provided , however , no assumption fee shall be required for a Transfer of the Property to a Transferee acceptable to Lender in connection with a joint venture between Sole Member or Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc. and a Qualified Entity, provided (x) Sole Member, or an Affiliate wholly-owned (directly or indirectly) by Sole Member, owns at least one percent (1.0%) of the ownership interests in such Transferee, and for which (y) Sole Member, or an Affiliate wholly-owned (directly or indirectly) by Sole Member is the managing entity and otherwise maintains operational and managerial control of such

 

52


  Transferee, and (z) Sole Member continues to be Indemnitor, and provided further that Borrower shall pay all of Lender’s reasonable and customary third-party expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually incurred by Lender in connection with such Transfer and a processing fee determined pursuant to the following schedule:

 

Retained interest

 

Processing Fee

At least twenty percent (20%)   $5,000
At least ten percent (10%), but less than twenty percent (20%)   $10,000
At least one percent (1%), but less than ten percent (10%)   The greater of $15,000 and one-quarter of one percent (0.25%) of the then outstanding principal balance of the Loan for the first such Transfer, and one percent (1%) of the then outstanding principal balance of the Loan for each subsequent Transfer

Lender shall approve or disapprove any proposed Transfer governed by this Section 5.2.13(a) within thirty (30) days of Lender’s receipt of a written notice from Borrower requesting Lender’s approval, provided such notice includes all information necessary to make such decision, and further provided that such written notice from Borrower shall conspicuously state, in large bold type, that “PURSUANT TO SECTION 5.2.13 OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT, A RESPONSE IS REQUIRED WITHIN THIRTY (30) DAYS OF LENDER’S RECEIPT OF THIS WRITTEN NOTICE”. If Lender fails to disapprove any such matter within such period, Borrower shall provide a second written notice requesting approval, which written notice shall conspicuously state, in large bold type, that “PURSUANT TO SECTION 5.2.13 OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT, THE MATTER DESCRIBED HEREIN SHALL BE DEEMED APPROVED IF LENDER DOES NOT RESPOND TO THE CONTRARY WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS OF LENDER’S RECEIPT OF THIS WRITTEN NOTICE”. Thereafter, if Lender does not disapprove such matter within said ten (10) day period such matter shall be deemed approved.

(b) At any time other than during the Assumption Lockout Period, Lender shall not withhold its consent to, and shall not charge an assumption fee in connection with a Transfer of up to, in the aggregate, ninety-nine percent (99%) of the direct or indirect ownership interests in Borrower, provided that (A) if such Transfer exceeds forty-nine percent (49.0%) of the direct or indirect ownership interests in Borrower, such Transfer is to a Qualified Entity, (B) Sole Member, or an Affiliate wholly-owned (directly or indirectly) by Sole Member, maintains operational and managerial control of Borrower, (C) Sole Member continues to be Indemnitor,

 

53


and (D) Borrower shall pay all of Lender’s reasonable and customary third-party expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually incurred by Lender in connection with such Transfer and a processing fee determined pursuant to the table set forth in Section 5.2.13(b), above. If required or requested by any of the Rating Agencies, Borrower shall deliver a substantive non-consolidation opinion with respect to any party not now owning more than 49% of the ownership interests in Borrower acquiring more than 49% of the ownership interests in Borrower.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.2.13 to the contrary, at any time other than during the Assumption Lockout Period, Borrower shall be permitted to Transfer the entire Property in a single transaction to one newly-formed Special Purpose Entity which shall be wholly-owned subsidiary of Sole Member (“ Permitted Affiliate Transferee ”) which shall be approved by Lender in its reasonable discretion (“ Permitted Affiliate Transfer ”), provided (1) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (2) the creditworthiness of Sole Member has not deteriorated, in the sole discretion of Lender, from the Closing Date to the date of the proposed Transfer, and (3) Borrower shall have paid all reasonable and customary third party expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually incurred by Lender in connection with such Transfer (but not any assumption or processing fee).

(d) Borrower, without the consent of Lender, may grant easements, restrictions, covenants, reservations and rights of way in the ordinary course of business for access, parking, water and sewer lines, telephone and telegraph lines, electric lines and other utilities or for other similar purposes, and may enter into easements with respect to the skywalk appurtenant to the Property, rooftop telecommunications equipment, and the use of existing and future cables within the Property, provided that no transfer, conveyance or encumbrance shall materially impair the utility and operation of the Property or materially adversely affect the value of the Property or the Net Operating Income of the Property. If Borrower shall receive any consideration in connection with any of said described transfers or conveyances, Borrower shall have the right to use any such proceeds in connection with any alterations performed in connection therewith, or required thereby. In connection with any transfer, conveyance or encumbrance permitted above, the Lender shall execute and deliver any instrument reasonably necessary or appropriate to evidence its consent to said action or to subordinate the Lien of the Mortgage to such easements, restrictions, covenants, reservations and rights of way or other similar grants upon receipt by the Lender of: (A) a copy of the instrument of transfer; and (B) an Officer’s Certificate stating with respect to any transfer described above, that such transfer does not materially impair the utility and operation of the Property or materially reduce the value of the Property or the Net Operating Income of the Property.

ARTICLE VI

INSURANCE; CASUALTY; CONDEMNATION

Section 6.1 Insurance . (a) Borrower shall obtain and maintain, or shall cause Anchor Tenant to maintain, insurance for Borrower and the Property providing at least the following coverages:

(i) comprehensive all risk insurance on the Improvements and the Personal Property, including contingent liability from Operation of Building Laws, Demolition

 

54


Costs and Increased Cost of Construction Endorsements, in each case (A) in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the “Full Replacement Cost,” which for purposes of this Agreement shall mean actual replacement value (exclusive of costs of excavations, foundations, underground utilities and footings) with a waiver of depreciation; (B) containing an agreed amount endorsement with respect to the Improvements and Personal Property waiving all co-insurance provisions; (C) providing for no deductible in excess of one percent (1%) of Full Replacement Cost for all such insurance coverage; and (D) containing an “Ordinance or Law Coverage” or “Enforcement” endorsement if any of the Improvements or the use of the Property shall at any time constitute legal non-conforming structures or uses. In addition, Borrower shall obtain: (y) if any portion of the Improvements is currently or at any time in the future located in a federally designated “special flood hazard area”, flood hazard insurance in an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the outstanding principal balance of the Note or (2) the maximum amount of such insurance available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 or the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994, as each may be amended or such greater amount as Lender shall require; and (z) earthquake insurance in amounts and in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in the event the Property is located in an area with a high degree of seismic activity, provided that the insurance pursuant to clauses (y) and (z) hereof shall be on terms consistent with the comprehensive all risk insurance policy required under this subsection (i).

(ii) commercial general liability insurance against claims for personal injury, bodily injury, death or property damage occurring upon, in or about the Property, such insurance (A) to be on the so-called “occurrence” form with a combined limit, including umbrella coverage, of not less than Two Million and No/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00); (B) to continue at not less than the aforesaid limit until required to be changed by Lender in writing by reason of changed economic conditions making such protection inadequate; and (C) to cover at least the following hazards: (1) premises and operations; (2) products and completed operations on an “if any” basis; (3) independent contractors; (4) blanket contractual liability for all legal contracts; and ( 5) contractual liability covering the indemnities contained in Article 9 of the Mortgage to the extent the same is available;

(iii) business income insurance (A) with loss payable to Lender; (B) covering all risks required to be covered by the insurance provided for in subsection (i) above; (C) covering rental losses or business interruption, as may be applicable, for a period of at least twenty four (24) months after the date of the casualty and containing an extended period of indemnity endorsement which provides that after the physical loss to the Improvements and Personal Property has been repaired, the continued loss of income will be insured until such income either returns to the same level it was at prior to the loss, or the expiration of six (6) months from the date that the Property is repaired or replaced and operations are resumed, whichever first occurs, and notwithstanding that the policy may expire prior to the end of such period; and (D) in an annual amount equal to (100%) of the rents or estimated gross revenues from the operation of the Property (as reduced to reflect expenses not incurred during a period of Restoration). The amount of such business income insurance shall be determined prior to the date hereof and at least once each year thereafter based on Borrower’s reasonable estimate of the gross income from the Property for the succeeding twenty four (24) month period. All proceeds payable to

 

55


Lender pursuant to this subsection shall be held by Lender and shall be applied to the obligations secured by the Loan Documents from time to time due and payable hereunder and under the Note; provided , however , that nothing herein contained shall be deemed to relieve Borrower of its obligations to pay the obligations secured by the Loan Documents on the respective dates of payment provided for in the Note and the other Loan Documents except to the extent such amounts are actually paid out of the proceeds of such business income insurance;

(iv) at all times during which structural construction, repairs or alterations are being made with respect to the Improvements, and only if the Property coverage form does not otherwise apply, (A) owner’s contingent or protective liability insurance covering claims not covered by or under the terms or provisions of the above mentioned commercial general liability insurance policy; and (B) the insurance provided for in subsection (i) above written in a so-called builder’s risk completed value form (1) on a non-reporting basis, (2) against all risks insured against pursuant to subsection (i) above, (3) including permission to occupy the Property, and (4) with an agreed amount endorsement waiving co-insurance provisions;

(v) workers’ compensation, subject to the statutory limits of the State;

(vi) comprehensive boiler and machinery insurance, if applicable, in amounts as shall be reasonably required by Lender on terms consistent with the commercial property insurance policy required under subsection (i) above;

(vii) umbrella liability insurance in an amount not less than Fifty Million and No/100 Dollars ($50,000,000.00) per occurrence on terms consistent with the commercial general liability insurance policy required under subsection (ii) above;

(viii) if any of the policies of insurance covering the risks required to be covered under subsections (i) through (vii) above contains an exclusion from coverage for acts of terrorism, Borrower shall obtain and maintain a separate policy providing such coverages in the event of any act of terrorism, provided such coverage is commercially available for properties similar to the Property and located in or around the region in which the Property is located.

(ix) upon sixty (60) days’ written notice, such other reasonable insurance and in such reasonable amounts as Lender from time to time may reasonably request against such other insurable hazards which at the time are commonly insured against for property similar to the Property located in or around the region in which the Property is located.

(b) All insurance provided for in Section 6.1(a) shall be obtained under valid and enforceable policies (collectively, the “ Policies ” or in the singular, the “ Policy ”), and shall be subject to the approval of Lender as to insurance companies, amounts, deductibles, loss payees and insureds. The Policies shall be issued by financially sound and responsible insurance companies authorized to do business in the State and having a rating of “A: VII” or better in the current Best’s Insurance Reports and a claims paying ability rating of “A” or better by at least two (2) of the Rating Agencies including, (i) Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, and (ii) Moody’s

 

56


Investors Services, Inc. if Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. is rating the Securities. The Policies described in Section 6.1 (other than those strictly limited to liability protection) shall designate Lender as loss payee. Not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration dates of the Policies theretofore furnished to Lender, certificates of insurance evidencing the Policies accompanied by evidence satisfactory to Lender of payment of the premiums due thereunder (the “ Insurance Premiums ”), shall be delivered by Borrower to Lender.

(c) Any blanket insurance Policy shall specifically allocate to the Property the amount of coverage from time to time required hereunder and shall otherwise provide the same protection as would a separate Policy insuring only the Property in compliance with the provisions of Section 6.l(a).

(d) All Policies of insurance provided for or contemplated by Section 6.l(a), except for the Policy referenced in Section 6.l(a)(v), shall name Borrower, or the Tenant, as the insured and Lender as the additional insured, as its interests may appear, and in the case of property damage, boiler and machinery, flood and earthquake insurance, shall contain a so-called New York standard non-contributing mortgagee clause in favor of Lender providing that the loss thereunder shall be payable to Lender.

(e) All Policies of insurance provided for in Section 6.1 (a) shall contain clauses or endorsements to the effect that:

(i) no act or negligence of Borrower, or anyone acting for Borrower, or of any Tenant or other occupant, or failure to comply with the provisions of any Policy, which might otherwise result in a forfeiture of the insurance or any part thereof, shall in any way affect the validity or enforceability of the insurance insofar as Lender is concerned;

(ii) the Policy shall not be materially changed (other than .to increase the coverage provided thereby) or canceled without at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to Lender and any other party named therein as an additional insured;

(iii) the issuers thereof shall give written notice to Lender if the Policy has not been renewed fifteen (15) days prior to its expiration; and

(iv) Lender shall not be liable for any Insurance Premiums thereon or subject to any assessments thereunder.

(f) If at any time Lender is not in receipt of written evidence that all insurance required hereunder is in full force and effect, Lender shall have the right, after ten (10) Business Days written notice to Borrower, to take such action as Lender deems necessary to protect its interest in the Property, including, without limitation, the obtaining of such insurance coverage as Lender in its sole discretion deems appropriate. All premiums incurred by Lender in connection with such action or in obtaining such insurance and keeping it in effect shall be paid by Borrower to Lender upon demand and, until paid, shall be secured by the Mortgage and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. If Borrower fails in so insuring the Property or in so assigning and delivering the Policies, Lender may, at its option, obtain such insurance using such carriers and agencies as Lender shall elect from year to year and pay the premiums therefor, and

 

57


Borrower will reimburse Lender for any premium so paid, with interest thereon as stated in the Note from the time of payment, on demand, and the amount so owning to Lender shall be secured by the Mortgage. The insurance obtained by Lender may, but need not, protect Borrower’s interest and the coverage that Lender purchases may not pay any claim that Borrower makes or any claim that is made against Borrower in connection with the Property.

Section 6.2 Casualty . If the Property shall be damaged or destroyed, in whole or in part, by fire or other casualty (a “ Casualty ”), Borrower (a) shall give (or cause Anchor Tenant to give) to Lender prompt notice of such damage reasonably estimated by Borrower to cost more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) to repair, and (b) shall promptly commence and diligently prosecute the completion of the repair and restoration of the Property as nearly as possible to the condition the Property was in immediately prior to such fire or other casualty, with such alterations as may be reasonably approved by Lender (a “ Restoration ”) and otherwise in accordance with Section 6.4. Borrower shall pay all costs of such Restoration whether or not such costs are covered by insurance. Lender may, but shall not be obligated to make proof of loss if not made promptly by Borrower.

Section 6.3 Condemnation . Borrower shall promptly give Lender notice of the actual or threatened commencement of any proceeding for the Condemnation of the Property and shall deliver to Lender copies of any and all papers served in connection with such proceedings. Lender may participate in any such proceedings, and Borrower shall from time to time deliver to Lender all instruments requested by it to permit such participation. Borrower shall, at its expense, diligently prosecute any such proceedings, and shall consult with Lender, its attorneys and experts, and cooperate with them in the carrying on or defense of any such proceedings. Notwithstanding any taking by any public or quasi-public authority through Condemnation or otherwise (including but not limited to any transfer made in lieu of or in anticipation of the exercise of such taking), Borrower shall continue to pay the Debt at the time and in the manner provided for its payment in the Note and in this Agreement and the Debt shall not be reduced until any Award shall have been actually received and applied by Lender, after the deduction of expenses of collection, to the reduction or discharge of the Debt. Lender shall not be limited to the interest paid on the Award by the condemning authority but shall be entitled to receive out of the Award interest at the rate or rates provided herein or in the Note. If the Property or any portion thereof is taken by a condemning authority, Borrower shall promptly commence and diligently prosecute the Restoration of the Property and otherwise comply with the provisions of Section 6.4. If the Property is sold, through foreclosure or otherwise, prior to the receipt by Lender of the Award, Lender shall have the right, whether or not a deficiency judgment on the Note shall have been sought, recovered or denied, to receive the Award, or a portion thereof sufficient to pay the Debt.

Section 6.4 Restoration . The following provisions shall apply in connection with the Restoration of the Property:

(a) If the Net Proceeds shall be less than Relevant Restoration Threshold and the costs of completing the Restoration shall be less than the Relevant Restoration Threshold, the Net Proceeds will be disbursed by Lender to Borrower upon receipt, provided that all of the conditions set forth in clauses (A), (E), (F), (G), (H), (J) and (L) of Section 6.4(b)(i) below are met and Borrower delivers to Lender a written undertaking to expeditiously commence and to satisfactorily complete with due diligence the Restoration in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

58


(b) If the Net Proceeds are equal to or greater than the Relevant Restoration Threshold or the costs of completing the Restoration is equal to or greater than the Relevant Restoration Threshold, then in either case, Lender shall make the Net Proceeds available for the Restoration in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.4(b). The term “ Net Proceeds ” for purposes of this Section 6.4 shall mean: (x) the net amount of all insurance proceeds received by Lender pursuant to Section 6.1 (a)(i), (iv), (vi) and (viii) as a result of such damage or destruction, after deduction of its reasonable costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable counsel fees), if any, in collecting same (“ Insurance Proceeds ”), or (y) the net amount of the Award, after deduction of its reasonable costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable counsel fees), if any, in collecting same (“ Condemnation Proceeds ”), whichever the case may be.

(i) The Net Proceeds shall be made available to Borrower for Restoration provided that each of the following conditions are met:

(A) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(B) (l) in the event the Net Proceeds are Insurance Proceeds, and (x) less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the total floor area of the Improvements on the Property has been damaged, destroyed or rendered unusable as a result of such fire or other casualty, or (y) Borrower is required under a Lease exceeding the Relevant Leasing Threshold to use the Net Proceeds for the restoration of the Property, or (2) in the event the Net Proceeds are Condemnation Proceeds, and (x) less than ten percent (10%) of the land constituting the Property is taken, and such land is located along the perimeter or periphery of the Property, and no portion of the Improvements is located on such land, or (y) Borrower is required under a Lease exceeding the Relevant Leasing Threshold to use the Net Proceeds for the restoration of the Property;

(C) Leases demising in the aggregate a percentage amount equal to or greater than the Rentable Space Percentage of the total rentable space in the Property which has been demised under executed and delivered Leases in effect as of the date of the occurrence of such fire or other casualty or taking, whichever the case may be, shall remain in full force and effect during and after the completion of the Restoration, notwithstanding the occurrence of any such fire or other casualty or taking, whichever the case may be, and will make all necessary repairs and restorations thereto at their sole cost and expense. The term “ Rentable Space Percentage ” shall mean (x) in the event the Net Proceeds are Insurance Proceeds, a percentage amount equal to fifty percent (50%) and (y) in the event the Net Proceeds are Condemnation Proceeds, a percentage amount equal to fifty percent (50%);

 

59


(D) Borrower shall commence the Restoration as soon as reasonably practicable (but in no event later than ninety (90) days after such damage or destruction or taking, whichever the case may be, occurs) and shall diligently pursue the same to satisfactory completion;

(E) Lender shall be satisfied that any operating deficits, including all scheduled payments of principal and interest under the Note, which will be incurred with respect to the Property as a result of the occurrence of any such fire or other casualty or taking, whichever the case may be, will be covered out of (1) the Net Proceeds, (2) the insurance coverage referred to in Section 6.1(a)(iii), if applicable, or (3) by other funds of Borrower;

(F) Lender shall be satisfied that the Restoration will be completed on or before the earliest to occur of (1) the Anticipated Repayment Date, (2) the earliest date required for such completion under the terms of any Leases, (3) such time as may be required under applicable zoning law, ordinance, rule or regulation in order to repair and restore the Property to the condition it was in immediately prior to such fire or other casualty or to as nearly as possible the condition it was in immediately prior to such taking, as applicable or (4) the expiration of the insurance coverage referred to in Section 6.1 (a)(iii);

(G) the Property and the use thereof after the Restoration will be in compliance with and permitted under all applicable zoning laws, ordinances, rules and regulations provided, however, that compliance with such zoning laws, ordinances, rules and regulations (including, without limitation, parking requirements) will not require restoration of the Improvements or the Property to a size, condition, or configuration materially different than that which existed immediately prior to such Casualty or taking;

(H) the Restoration shall be done and completed by Borrower in an expeditious and diligent fashion and in compliance with all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations (including, without limitation, all applicable environmental laws);

(I) such fire or other casualty or taking, as applicable, does not result in the loss of access to the Property or the related Improvements;

(J) the Debt Service Coverage Ratio, after giving effect to the Restoration, shall be equal to or greater than 1.17: 1.0;

(K) Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Lender a signed detailed budget approved in writing by Borrower’s architect or engineer stating the entire cost of completing the Restoration, which budget should be consistent with restoration budgets of similar office

 

60


properties then owned and operated by nationally recognized owners and operators of office properties located in the areas in which the Property is located; and

(L) the Net Proceeds together with any cash or cash equivalent deposited by Borrower with Lender are sufficient in Lender’s discretion to cover the cost of the Restoration.

(ii) The Net Proceeds shall be held by Lender in an interest bearing account and, until disbursed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.4(b), shall constitute additional security for the Debt and other obligations under the Loan Documents. The Net Proceeds shall be disbursed by Lender to, or as directed by, Borrower from time to time during the course of the Restoration, upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to Lender that (A) all materials installed and work and labor performed to be paid for out of the requested disbursement in connection with the Restoration have been performed, and (B) there exist no notices of pendency, stop orders, mechanic’s or materialman’s liens or notices of intention to file same, or any other liens or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever on the Property which have not either been fully bonded to the satisfaction of Lender and discharged of record or in the alternative fully insured to the satisfaction of Lender by the title company issuing the Title Insurance Policy.

(iii) All plans and specifications required in connection with the Restoration shall be subject to prior review and acceptance in all respects by Lender and by an independent consulting engineer selected by Lender (the “ Casualty Consultant ”), such review and acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lender shall have the use of the plans and specifications and all permits, licenses and approvals required or obtained in connection with the Restoration. The identity of the contractors, subcontractors and materialmen engaged in the Restoration, as well as the contracts under which they have been engaged, shall be subject to prior review and acceptance by Lender and the Casualty Consultant, such review and acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. All costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with making the Net Proceeds available for the Restoration including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and disbursements and the Casualty Consultant’s fees, shall be paid by Borrower.

(iv) In no event shall Lender be obligated to make disbursements of the Net Proceeds in excess of an amount equal to the costs actually incurred from time to time for work in place as part of the Restoration, as certified by the Casualty Consultant, minus the Casualty Retainage. The term “ Casualty Retainage ” shall mean an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the costs actually incurred for work in place as part of the Restoration, as certified by the Casualty Consultant, until the Restoration has been completed. The Casualty Retainage shall in no event, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above in this Section 6.4(b), be less than the amount actually held back by Borrower from contractors, subcontractors and materialmen engaged in the Restoration. The Casualty Retainage shall not be released until the Casualty Consultant certifies to Lender that the Restoration has been completed in accordance with the

 

61


provisions of this Section 6.4(b) and that all approvals necessary for the re-occupancy and use of the Property have been obtained from all appropriate governmental and quasi-governmental authorities, and Lender receives evidence satisfactory to Lender that the costs of the Restoration have been paid in full or will be paid in full out of the Casualty Retainage; provided , however , that Lender will release the portion of the Casualty Retainage being held with respect to any contractor, subcontractor or materialman engaged in the Restoration as of the date upon which the Casualty Consultant certifies to Lender that the contractor, subcontractor or materialman has satisfactorily completed all work and has supplied all materials in accordance with the provisions of the contractor’s, subcontractor’s or materialman’s contract, the contractor, subcontractor or materialman delivers the lien waivers and evidence of payment in full of all sums due to the contractor, subcontractor or materialman as may be reasonably requested by Lender or by the title company issuing the Title Insurance Policy, and Lender receives an endorsement to the Title Insurance Policy insuring the continued priority of the lien of the Mortgage and evidence of payment of any premium payable for such endorsement. If required by Lender, the release of any such portion of the Casualty Retainage shall be approved by the surety company, if any, which has issued a payment or performance bond with respect to the contractor, subcontractor or materialman.

(v) Lender shall not be obligated to make disbursements of the Net Proceeds more frequently than once every calendar month.

(vi) If at any time the Net Proceeds or the undisbursed balance thereof shall not, in the reasonable opinion of Lender in consultation with the Casualty Consultant, be sufficient to pay in full the balance of the costs which are estimated by the Casualty Consultant to be incurred in connection with the completion of the Restoration, Borrower shall deposit the deficiency (the “ Net Proceeds Deficiency ”) with Lender before any further disbursement of the Net Proceeds shall be made. The Net Proceeds Deficiency deposited with Lender shall be held by Lender and shall be disbursed for costs actually incurred in connection with the Restoration on the same conditions applicable to the disbursement of the Net Proceeds, and until so disbursed pursuant to this Section 6.4(b) shall constitute additional security for the Debt and other obligations under the Loan Documents.

(vii) The excess, if any, of the Net Proceeds and the remaining balance, if any, of the Net Proceeds Deficiency deposited with Lender after the Casualty Consultant certifies to Lender that the Restoration has been completed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.4(b), and the receipt by Lender of evidence satisfactory to Lender that all costs incurred in connection with the Restoration have been paid in full, shall be remitted by Lender to Borrower, provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and shall be continuing under the Note, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

(c) All Net Proceeds not required (i) to be made available for the Restoration or (ii) to be returned to Borrower as excess Net Proceeds pursuant to Section 6.4(b)(vii) may be retained and applied by Lender toward the payment of the Debt whether or not then due and payable in such order, priority and proportions as Lender in its sole discretion shall deem proper

 

62


(provided no Event of Default exists, such Borrower shall not be required to pay any Prepayment Consideration in connection with such payment), or, at the discretion of Lender, the same may be paid, either in whole or in part, to Borrower for such purposes as Lender shall designate, in its discretion.

(d) In the event of foreclosure of the Mortgage with respect to the Property, or other transfer of title to the Property in extinguishment in whole or in part of the Debt all right, title and interest of Borrower in and to the Policies that are not blanket Policies then in force concerning the Property and all proceeds payable thereunder shall thereupon vest in the purchaser at such foreclosure or Lender or other transferee in the event of such other transfer of title.

(e) Lender shall with reasonable promptness following any Casualty or Condemnation notify Borrower whether or not Net Proceeds are required to be made available to Borrower for restoration pursuant to this Section 6.4. All Net Proceeds not required to be made available for Restoration shall be retained and applied by Lender in accordance with Section 2.3.2(a) hereof (a “ Net Proceeds Prepayment ”). If such Net Proceeds Prepayment shall be equal to or greater than Seventy Five Million and 00/100 Dollars ($75,000,000); Borrower shall have the right to elect to prepay the remaining outstanding principal balance of the Note (a “ Casualty/Condemnation Prepayment ”) in accordance with Section 2.3.2(b) hereof upon satisfaction of the following conditions: (i) within thirty (30) days following the date of the Net Proceeds Prepayment, Borrower shall provide Lender with written notice of Borrower’s intention to pay the Note in full, (ii) Borrower shall prepay the Note in accordance with Section 2.3.2(b) hereof on or before the second Payment Date occurring following the date of the Net Proceeds Prepayment, and (iii) no Event of Default shall exist on the date of such Casualty/Condemnation Prepayment. Notwithstanding anything in Section 6.2 or Section 6.3 to the contrary, Borrower shall have no obligation to commence Restoration of the Property upon delivery of the written notice set forth in clause (i) of the preceding sentence (unless Borrower subsequently shall fail to satisfy the requirement of clause (ii) of the preceding sentence).

ARTICLE VII

RESERVE FUNDS

Section 7.1 Required Repair Funds.

7.1.1 Deposits . Borrower shall perform (or shall cause Anchor Tenant to perform) the repairs at the Property, if any, as more particularly set forth on Schedule III hereto (such repairs hereinafter referred to as “ Required Repairs ”) within six (6) months from the Closing Date, or such earlier time as specified on Schedule III . If Borrower has not delivered to Lender evidence reasonably satisfactory to Lender that it has completed all Required Repairs on or before the date that is six (6) months from the Closing Date, or such earlier time as specified on Schedule III , Borrower shall deposit with Lender the amount for the Property set forth on such Schedule III hereto, if any (less the amount allocated to the performance of Required Repairs for which evidence of completion has been delivered to Lender), to perform the Required Repairs for the Property. Amounts so deposited with Lender, if any, shall be held by Lender in an interest bearing account. Amounts so deposited, if any, shall hereinafter be referred to as Borrower’s “ Required Repair Fund ” and the account, if any, in which such amounts are

 

63


held shall hereinafter be referred to as Borrower’s “ Required Repair Account ”. It shall be an Event of Default under this Agreement if Borrower does not either (i) does not deposit with Lender the Required Repair Fund as set forth above, or (ii) complete the Required Repairs at the Property within nine (9) months from the Closing Date. Upon the occurrence of such an Event of Default, Lender, at its option, may withdraw all Required Repair Funds from the Required Repair Account and Lender may apply such funds either to completion of the Required Repairs at the Property or toward payment of the Debt in such order, proportion and priority as Lender may determine in its sole discretion. Lender’s right to withdraw and apply Required Repair Funds shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies provided to Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

7.1.2 Release of Required Repair Funds . Lender shall disburse to Borrower the Required Repair Funds from the Required Repair Account from time to time upon satisfaction by Borrower of each of the following conditions: (i) Borrower shall submit a written request for payment to Lender at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date on which Borrower requests such payment be made and specifies the Required Repairs to be paid, (ii) on the date such request is received by Lender and on the date such payment is to be made, no Default or Event of Default shall exist and remain uncured, (iii) Lender shall have received a certificate from Borrower (A) stating that all Required Repairs at the Property to be funded by the requested disbursement have been completed in good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations, such certificate to be accompanied by a copy of any license, permit or other approval by any Governmental Authority required to commence and/or complete the Required Repairs, (B) identifying each Person that supplied materials or labor in connection with the Required Repairs performed at the Property to be funded by the requested disbursement under a contract in excess of $50,000, and (C) stating that each Person who has supplied materials or labor in connection with the Required Repairs to be funded by the requested disbursement has been paid in full or will be paid in full upon such disbursement, such certificate to be accompanied by lien waivers or other evidence of payment satisfactory to Lender, (iv) at Lender’s option, a title search for the Property indicating that the Property is free from all liens, claims and other encumbrances not previously approved by Lender, and (v) Lender shall have received such other evidence as Lender shall reasonably request that the Required Repairs at the Property to be funded by the requested disbursement have been completed and are paid for or will be paid upon such disbursement to Borrower. Lender shall not be required to make disbursements from the Required Repair Account with respect to the Property more than once each calendar month and such disbursement shall be made only upon satisfaction of each condition contained in this Section 7.1.2.

Section 7.2 Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund.

Borrower shall pay to Lender on each Payment Date (a) one-twelfth of the Taxes that Lender estimates will be payable during the next ensuing twelve (12) months in order to accumulate with Lender sufficient funds to pay all such Taxes at least thirty (30) days prior to their respective due dates and (b) one-twelfth of the Insurance Premiums that Lender estimates will be payable for the renewal of the coverage afforded by the Policies upon the expiration thereof in order to accumulate with Lender sufficient funds to pay all such Insurance Premiums at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Policies, (said amounts in (a) and (b) above are hereinafter called the “ Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund ”). The Tax and Insurance Escrow

 

64


Fund and the payments of interest or principal or both, payable pursuant to the Note, shall be added together and shall be paid as an aggregate sum by Borrower to Lender. Lender will apply the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund to payments of Taxes and Insurance Premiums required to be made by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and under the Mortgage. In making any payment relating to the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund, Lender may do so according to any bill, statement or estimate procured from the appropriate public office (with respect to Taxes) or insurer or agent (with respect to Insurance Premiums) or from Borrower without inquiry into the accuracy of such bill, statement or estimate or into the validity of any tax, assessment, sale, forfeiture, tax lien or title or claim thereof, provided, however, Lender shall use reasonable efforts to pay such real property taxes sufficiently early to obtain the benefit of any available discounts of which it has knowledge. If the amount of the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund shall exceed the amounts due for Taxes and Insurance Premiums, Lender shall, in its sole discretion, return any excess to Borrower or credit such excess against future payments to be made to the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund. The Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund shall be held by Lender in an interest-bearing account and shall at Lender’s option be held in Eligible Account at an Eligible Institution. Any interest earned on said account shall accrue in said account for the benefit of Borrower, but shall remain in and constitute part of the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund, and shall be disbursed in accordance with the terms hereof. Any amount remaining in the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund after the Debt has been paid in full shall be returned to Borrower. In allocating such excess, Lender may deal with the Person shown on the records of Lender to be the owner of the Property. If at any time Lender reasonably determines that the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund is not or will not be sufficient to pay Taxes or Insurance Premiums by the dates set forth above, Lender shall notify Borrower of such determination and Borrower shall increase its monthly payments to Lender by the amount that Lender estimates is sufficient to make up the deficiency at least thirty (30) days prior to delinquency of the Taxes or Insurance Premiums.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary hereinbefore contained, in the event that Borrower provides (1) evidence satisfactory to Lender that the Property is insured in accordance with Section 6.1 of this Agreement and (2) evidence satisfactory to Lender that the Taxes for the Property have been paid in accordance with the requirements set forth in this Agreement, Lender will waive the requirement set forth herein for Borrower to make deposits into the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund for the payment of Insurance Premiums and for payment of such Taxes, provided, however, Lender expressly reserves the right to require Borrower to make deposits to the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund for the payment of Insurance Premiums if at any time the Property is not insured in accordance with Section 6.1 of this Agreement or Taxes are not paid in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement.

Section 7.3 Replacements and Replacement Reserve .

Section 7.3.1 Replacement Reserve Fund . Borrower shall pay to Lender on the Closing Date and on each Payment Date one twelfth of the amount (the “ Replacement Reserve Monthly Deposit ”) reasonably estimated by Lender in its sole discretion to be due for replacements and repairs required to be made to the Property during the calendar year (collectively, the “ Replacements ”), which Replacement Reserve Monthly Deposit shall be in an amount equal to no less than $0.15 per year per square foot of gross leasable area. Amounts so deposited shall hereinafter be referred to as Borrower’s “ Replacement Reserve Fund ” and the

 

65


account in which such amounts are held shall hereinafter be referred to as Borrower’s “ Replacement Reserve Account ”. Lender may reassess its estimate of the amount necessary for the Replacement Reserve Fund from time to time, and may increase the monthly amounts required to be deposited into the Replacement Reserve Fund upon thirty (30) days notice to Borrower if Lender determines in its reasonable discretion that an increase is necessary to maintain the proper maintenance and operation of the Property. Any amount held in the Replacement Reserve Account and allocated for the Property shall be retained by Lender in an interest bearing account, or, at the option of Lender, in an Eligible Account at an Eligible Institution; provided , however , that, any interest earned on said account shall accrue in said account for the benefit of Borrower, but shall remain in and constitute part of the Replacement Reserve Fund, and shall be disbursed in accordance with the terms hereof.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.3, Borrower shall not be required to make Replacement Reserve Monthly Deposits, provided that: (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred; and (ii) either (A) Borrower makes all necessary Replacements and otherwise maintains the Property to Lender’s satisfaction, or (B) Anchor Tenant maintains the Property as required pursuant to the Anchor Tenant Lease. Upon notice from Lender following: (a) an Event of Default; or (b) the failure of Borrower to make necessary Replacements and otherwise maintain the Property to Lender’s satisfaction, or the failure of Anchor Tenant to maintain the Property as required pursuant to the Anchor Tenant Lease, as applicable, Borrower shall begin to deposit the Replacement Reserve Monthly Deposit into the Replacement Reserve Fund beginning on the Payment Date (as defined herein) immediately following the date of such notice.

Section 7.3.2 Disbursements from Replacement Reserve Account .

(a) Lender shall make disbursements from the Replacement Reserve Account to pay Borrower only for the costs of the Replacements. Lender shall not be obligated to make disbursements from the Replacement Reserve Account to reimburse Borrower for the costs of routine maintenance to the Property or for costs which are to be reimbursed from the Required Repair Fund (if any).

(b) Lender shall, upon written request from Borrower and satisfaction of the requirements set forth in this Section 7.3.2, disburse to Borrower amounts from the Replacement Reserve Account necessary to pay for the actual approved costs of Replacements or to reimburse Borrower therefor, upon completion of such Replacements (or, upon partial completion in the case of Replacements made pursuant to Section 7.3.2(f)) as determined by Lender. In no event shall Lender be obligated to disburse funds from the Replacement Reserve Account if a Default or an Event of Default exists.

(c) Each request for disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account shall be in a form specified or approved by Lender and shall specify (i) the specific Replacements for which the disbursement is requested, (ii) the quantity and price of each item purchased, if the Replacement includes the purchase or replacement of specific items, (iii) the price of all materials (grouped by type or category) used in any Replacement other than the purchase or replacement of specific items, and (iv) the cost of all contracted labor or other services applicable to each Replacement for which such request for disbursement is made. With each request

 

66


Borrower shall certify that all Replacements have been made in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Property to which the Replacements are being provided and, unless Lender has agreed to issue joint checks as described below, each request shall include evidence of payment of all such amounts. Each request for disbursement shall include copies of invoices for all items or materials purchased and all contracted labor or services provided. Except as provided in Section 7.3.2(e), each request for disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account shall be made only after completion of the Replacement for which disbursement is requested. Borrower shall provide Lender evidence of completion satisfactory to Lender in its reasonable judgment.

(d) Borrower shall pay all invoices in connection with the Replacements with respect to which a disbursement is requested prior to submitting such request for disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account or, at the request of Borrower, Lender will issue joint checks, payable to Borrower and the contractor, supplier, materialman, mechanic, subcontractor or other party to whom payment is due in connection with a Replacement. In the case of payments made by joint check, Lender may require a waiver of lien from each Person receiving payment prior to Lender’s disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account. In addition, as a condition to any disbursement, Lender may require Borrower to obtain lien waivers from each contractor, supplier, materialman, mechanic or subcontractor who receives payment in an amount equal to or greater than $100,000 for completion of its work or delivery of its materials. Any lien waiver delivered hereunder shall conform to the requirements of applicable law and shall cover all work performed and materials supplied (including equipment and fixtures) for the Property by that contractor, supplier, subcontractor, mechanic or materialman through the date covered by the current reimbursement request (or, in the event that payment to such contractor, supplier, subcontractor, mechanic or materialmen is to be made by a joint check, the release of lien shall be effective through the date covered by the previous release of funds request).

(e) If (i) the cost of a Replacement exceeds $100,000, (ii) the contractor performing such Replacement requires periodic payments pursuant to terms of a written contract, and (iii) Lender has approved in writing in advance such periodic payments, a request for reimbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account may be made after completion of a portion of the work under such contract, provided (A) such contract requires payment upon completion of such portion of the work, (B) the materials for which the request is made are on site at the Property and are properly secured or have been installed in the Property, (C) all other conditions in this Agreement for disbursement have been satisfied, (D) funds remaining in the Replacement Reserve Account are, in Lender’s judgment, sufficient to complete such Replacement and other Replacements when required, and (E) if required by Lender, each contractor or subcontractor receiving payments under such contract shall provide a waiver of lien with respect to amounts which have been paid to that contractor or subcontractor.

(f) Borrower shall not make a request for disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account more frequently than once in any calendar month and (except in connection with the final disbursement) the total cost of all Replacements in any request shall not be less than $5,000.00.

 

67


Section 7.3.3 Performance of Replacements .

(g) Borrower shall make Replacements when required in order to keep the Property in condition and repair consistent with other office properties in the same market segment in the metropolitan area in which the Property is located, and to keep the Property or any portion thereof from deteriorating. Borrower shall complete all Replacements in a good and workmanlike manner as soon as practicable following the commencement of making each such Replacement.

(h) Lender reserves the right, at its option, to approve all contracts or work orders with materialmen, mechanics, suppliers, subcontractors, contractors or other parties providing labor or materials under contracts for an amount in excess of $100,000 in connection with the Replacements performed by Borrower. Upon Lender’s request, Borrower shall assign any contract or subcontract to Lender.

(i) In the event Lender determines in its reasonable discretion that any Replacement is not being performed in a workmanlike or timely manner or that any Replacement has not been completed in a workmanlike or timely manner, and such failure continues to exist for more than thirty (30) days after notice from Lender to Borrower, Lender shall have the option to withhold disbursement for such unsatisfactory Replacement and to proceed under existing contracts or to contract with third parties to complete such Replacement and to apply the Replacement Reserve Fund toward the labor and materials necessary to complete such Replacement, without providing any prior notice to Borrower and to exercise any and all other remedies available to Lender upon an Event of Default hereunder.

(j) In order to facilitate Lender’s completion or making of the Replacements pursuant to Section 7.3.3(c) above, Borrower grants Lender the right to enter onto the Property and perform any and all work and labor necessary to complete or make the Replacements and/or employ watchmen to protect the Property from damage, subject to the rights of Tenants. All sums so expended by Lender, to the extent not from the Replacement Reserve Fund, shall be deemed to have been advanced under the Loan to Borrower and secured by the Mortgage. For this purpose Borrower constitutes and appoints Lender its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to complete or undertake the Replacements in the name of Borrower. Such power of attorney shall be deemed to be a power coupled with an interest and cannot be revoked but shall only be effective following an Event of Default. Borrower empowers said attorney-in-fact as follows: (i) to use any funds in the Replacement Reserve Account for the purpose of making or completing the Replacements; (ii) to make such additions, changes and corrections to the Replacements as shall be necessary or desirable to complete the Replacements; (iii) to employ such contractors, subcontractors, agents, architects and inspectors as shall be required for such purposes; (iv) to pay, settle or compromise all existing bills and claims which are or may become Liens against the Property, or as may be necessary or desirable for the completion of the Replacements, or for clearance of title; (v) to execute all applications and certificates in the name of Borrower which may be required by any of the contract documents; (vi) to prosecute and defend all actions or proceedings in connection with the Property or the rehabilitation and repair of the Property; and (vii) to do any and every act which Borrower might do in its own behalf to fulfill the terms of this Agreement.

 

68


(k) Nothing in this Section 7.3.3 shall: (i) make Lender responsible for making or completing the Replacements; (ii) require Lender to expend funds in addition to the Replacement Reserve Fund to make or complete any Replacement; (iii) obligate Lender to proceed with the Replacements; or (iv) obligate Lender to demand from Borrower additional sums to make or complete any Replacement.

(l) Borrower shall permit Lender and Lender’s agents and representatives (including, without limitation, Lender’s engineer, architect, or inspector) or third parties making Replacements pursuant to this Section 7.3.3 to enter onto the Property during normal business hours (subject to the rights of tenants under their Leases) to inspect the progress of any Replacements and all materials being used in connection therewith, to examine all plans and shop drawings relating to such Replacements which are or may be kept at the Property, and to complete any Replacements made pursuant to this Section 7.3.3. Borrower shall cause all contractors and subcontractors to cooperate with Lender or Lender’s representatives or such other persons described above in connection with inspections described in this Section 7.3.3(f) or the completion of Replacements pursuant to this Section 7.3.3.

(m) Lender may require an inspection of the Property at Borrower’s expense prior to making a monthly disbursement in excess of $10,000 from the Replacement Reserve Account in order to verify completion of the Replacements for which reimbursement is sought. Lender may require that such inspection be conducted by an appropriate independent qualified professional selected by Lender and/or may require a copy of a certificate of completion by an independent qualified professional acceptable to Lender prior to the disbursement of any amounts from the Replacement Reserve Account. Borrower shall pay the expense of the inspection as required hereunder, whether such inspection is conducted by Lender or by an independent qualified professional.

(n) The Replacements and all materials, equipment, fixtures, or any other item comprising a part of any Replacement shall be constructed, installed or completed, as applicable, free and clear of all mechanic’s, materialman’s or other liens (except for those Liens existing on the date of this Agreement which have been approved in writing by Lender).

(o) Before each disbursement from the Replacement Reserve Account, Lender may require Borrower to provide Lender with a search of title to the Property effective to the date of the disbursement, which search shows that no mechanic’s or materialmen’s liens or other liens of any nature have been placed against the Property since the date of recordation of the Mortgage and that title to the Property is free and clear of all Liens (other than the lien of the Mortgage and any other Liens previously approved in writing by Lender, if any).

(p) All Replacements shall comply with all applicable Legal Requirements of all Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction over the Property and applicable insurance requirements including, without limitation, applicable building codes, special use permits, environmental regulations, and requirements of insurance underwriters.

(q) In addition to any insurance required under the Loan Documents, Borrower shall provide or cause to be provided workmen’s compensation insurance, builder’s risk, and public liability insurance and other insurance to the extent required under applicable law in connection with a particular Replacement. All such policies shall be in form and amount reasonably satisfactory to Lender. All such policies which can be endorsed with standard mortgagee clauses making loss payable to Lender or its assigns shall be so endorsed. Certified copies of such policies shall be delivered to Lender.

 

69


Section 7.3.4 Failure to Make Replacements . (a) It shall be an Event of Default under this Agreement if Borrower fails to comply with any provision of this Section 7.3 and such failure is not cured within thirty (30) days after notice from Lender; provided , however , if such failure is not capable of being cured within said thirty (30) day period, then provided that Borrower commences action to complete such cure and thereafter diligently proceeds to complete such cure, such thirty (30) day period shall be extended for such time as is reasonably necessary for Borrower, in the exercise of due diligence, to cure such failure, but such additional period of time shall not exceed sixty (60) days. Upon the occurrence of such an Event of Default, Lender may use the Replacement Reserve Fund (or any portion thereof) for any purpose, including but not limited to completion of the Replacements as provided in Section 7.3.3, or for any other repair or replacement to the Property or toward payment of the Debt in such order, proportion and priority as Lender may determine in its sole discretion. Lender’s right to withdraw and apply the Replacement Reserve Funds shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies provided to Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(s) Nothing in this Agreement shall obligate Lender to apply all or any portion of the Replacement Reserve Fund on account of an Event of Default to payment of the Debt or in any specific order or priority.

Section 7.3.5 Balance in the Replacement Reserve Account . The insufficiency of any balance in the Replacement Reserve Account shall not relieve Borrower from its obligation to fulfill all preservation and maintenance covenants in the Loan Documents.

Section 7.3.6 Indemnification . Borrower shall indemnify Lender and hold Lender harmless from and against any and all actions, suits, claims, demands, liabilities, losses, damages, obligations and costs and expenses (including litigation costs and reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) arising from or in any way connected with the performance of the Replacements unless the same are solely due to gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lender. Borrower shall assign to Lender all rights and claims Borrower may have against all persons or entities supplying labor or materials in connection with the Replacements; provided , however , that Lender may not pursue any such right or claim unless an Event of Default has occurred and remains uncured.

Section 7.4 Intentionally Omitted .

Section 7.5 Intentionally Omitted .

Section 7.6 Intentionally Omitted .

Section 7.7 Reserve Funds, Generally .

7.7.1 Borrower grants to Lender a first-priority perfected security interest in each of the Reserve Funds and any and all monies now or hereafter deposited in each Reserve Fund as additional security for payment of the Debt. Until expended or applied in accordance herewith, the Reserve Funds shall constitute additional security for the Debt.

 

70


7.7.2 Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Lender may, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies available to Lender, apply any sums then present in any or all of the Reserve Funds to the payment of the Debt in any order in its sole discretion.

7.7.3 The Reserve Funds shall not constitute trust funds and may be commingled with other monies held by Lender.

7. 7.4 Intentionally omitted.

7.7.5 Borrower shall not, without obtaining the prior written consent of Lender, further pledge, assign or grant any security interest in any Reserve Fund or the monies deposited therein or permit any lien or encumbrance to attach thereto, or any levy to be made thereon, or any UCC-1 Financing Statements, except those naming Lender as the secured party, to be filed with respect thereto.

7.7.6 Lender shall not be liable for any loss sustained on the investment of any funds constituting the Reserve Funds unless occasioned by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lender.

7.7.7 Upon payment in full of the Debt and performance of all other obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Lender shall disburse to Borrower all remaining Reserve Funds.

ARTICLE VIII

DEFAULTS

Section 8.1 Event of Default . (a) Each of the following events shall constitute an event of default hereunder (an “ Event of Default ”):

(i) if any portion of the Debt is not paid within five (5) days of the applicable due date, or is not paid on or before the Maturity Date;

(ii) if any of the Taxes or Other Charges are not paid prior to the date when the same become delinquent, except to the extent that Borrower is contesting same in accordance with the terms of Section 5.1.2 hereof, or there are sufficient funds in the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund to pay such Taxes or Other Charges and Lender fails to or refuses to release the same from the Tax and Insurance Escrow Fund;

(iii) if the Policies are not kept in full force and effect, or if certified copies of the Policies are not delivered to Lender within ten (10) days of request;

(iv) if Borrower transfers or encumbers any portion of the Property without Lender’s prior written consent (to extent such consent is required) or otherwise violates the provisions of Section 5.2.13 of this Loan Agreement;

(v) if any material representation or warranty made by Borrower herein or in any other Loan Document, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other instrument, agreement or document furnished to Lender shall have been false or misleading in any material respect as of the date the representation or warranty was made;

 

71


(vi) if Borrower or indemnitor or any guarantor under any guaranty or indemnity issued in connection with the Loan shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(vii) if a receiver, liquidator or trustee shall be appointed for Borrower or any guarantor or indemnitor under any guarantee or indemnity issued in connection with the Loan or if Borrower or such guarantor or indemnitor shall be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or if any petition for bankruptcy, reorganization or arrangement pursuant to federal bankruptcy law, or any similar federal or state law, shall be filed by or against, consented to, or acquiesced in by, Borrower or such guarantor or indemnitor, or if any proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of Borrower or such guarantor or indemnitor shall be instituted; provided , however , if such appointment, adjudication, petition or proceeding was involuntary and not consented to by Borrower or such guarantor or indemnitor, upon the same not being discharged, stayed or dismissed within one hundred eighty (180) days;

(viii) if Borrower attempts to assign its rights under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any interest herein or therein in contravention of the Loan Documents;

(ix) if Borrower breaches any of its respective negative covenants contained in Section 5.2 or any covenant contained in Section 4.1.30 hereof;

(x) with respect to any term, covenant or provision set forth herein which specifically contains a notice requirement or grace period, if Borrower shall be in default under such term, covenant or condition after the giving of such notice or the expiration of such grace period;

(xi) if any of the assumptions contained in any Insolvency Opinion or Additional Insolvency Opinion are or shall become untrue in any material respect;

(xii) if Borrower shall continue to be in Default under any of the other terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement not specified in subsections (i) to (xi) above, for ten (10) days after notice to Borrower from Lender, in the case of any Default which can be cured by the payment of a sum of money, or for thirty (30) days after notice from Lender in the case of any other Default; provided , however , that if such non-monetary Default is susceptible of cure but cannot reasonably be cured within such 30-day period and provided further that Borrower shall have commenced to cure such Default within such 30-day period and thereafter diligently and expeditiously proceeds to cure the same, such 30-day period shall be extended for such time as is reasonably necessary for Borrower in the exercise of due diligence to cure such Default, such additional period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days; or

 

72


(xiii) if there shall be default under any of the other Loan Documents beyond any applicable cure periods contained in such documents, whether as to Borrower or the Property, or if any other such event shall occur or condition shall exist, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate the maturity of any portion of the Debt or to permit Lender to accelerate the maturity of all or any portion of the Debt.

(b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clauses (vi), (vii) or (viii) above) and at any time thereafter Lender may, in addition to any other rights or remedies available to it pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or at law or in equity, Lender may take such action, without notice or demand, that Lender deems advisable to protect and enforce its rights against Borrower and in the Property, including, without limitation, declaring the Debt to be immediately due and payable, and Lender may enforce or avail itself of any or all rights or remedies provided in the Loan Documents against Borrower and the Property, including, without limitation, all rights or remedies available at law or in equity; and upon any Event of Default described in clauses (vi), (vii) or (viii) above, the Debt and all other obligations of Borrower hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall immediately and automatically become due and payable, without notice or demand, and Borrower hereby expressly waives any such notice or demand, anything contained herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding.

Section 8.2 Remedies . (a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, all or any one or more of the rights, powers, privileges and other remedies available to Lender against Borrower under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents executed and delivered by, or applicable to, Borrower or at law or in equity may be exercised by Lender at any time and from time to time, whether or not all or any of the Debt shall be declared due and payable, and whether or not Lender shall have commenced any foreclosure proceeding or other action for the enforcement of its rights and remedies under any of the Loan Documents with respect to the Property. Any such actions taken by Lender shall be cumulative and concurrent and may be pursued independently, singly, successively, together or otherwise, at such time and in such order as Lender may determine in its sole discretion, to the fullest extent permitted by law, without impairing or otherwise affecting the other rights and remedies of Lender permitted by law, equity or contract or as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Borrower agrees that if an Event of Default is continuing (i) Lender is not subject to any “one action” or “election of remedies” law or rule, and (ii) all liens and other rights, remedies or privileges provided to Lender shall remain in full force and effect until Lender has exhausted all of its remedies against the Property and the Mortgage has been foreclosed, sold and/or otherwise realized upon in satisfaction of the Debt or the Debt has been paid in full.

(b) To the extent permitted by applicable law, Lender shall have the right from time to time to partially foreclose the Mortgage in any manner and for any amounts secured by the Mortgage then due and payable as determined by Lender in its sole discretion including, without limitation, the following circumstances: (i) in the event Borrower defaults beyond any applicable grace period in the payment of one or more scheduled payments of principal and interest, Lender may foreclose the Mortgage to recover such delinquent payments, or (ii) in the event Lender elects to accelerate less than the entire outstanding principal balance of the Loan, Lender may foreclose the Mortgage to recover so much of the principal balance of the Loan as Lender may accelerate and such other sums secured by the Mortgage as Lender may elect. Notwithstanding one or more partial foreclosures, the Property shall remain subject to the Mortgage to secure payment of sums secured by the Mortgage and not previously recovered.

 

73


(c) Lender shall have the right from time to time to sever the Note and the other Loan Documents into one or more separate notes, mortgages and other security documents (the “ Severed Loan Documents ”) in such denominations as Lender shall determine in its sole discretion for purposes of evidencing and enforcing its rights and remedies provided hereunder. Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender from time to time, promptly after the request of Lender, a severance agreement and such other documents as Lender shall request in order to effect the severance described in the preceding sentence, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender. Borrower hereby absolutely and irrevocably appoints Lender following the occurrence of an Event of Default as its true and lawful attorney, coupled with an interest, in its name and stead to make and execute all documents necessary or desirable to effect the aforesaid severance, Borrower ratifying all that its said attorney shall do by virtue thereof; provided , however , Lender shall not make or execute any such documents under such power until three (3) days after notice has been given to Borrower by Lender of Lender’s intent to exercise its rights under such power. Borrower shall not be obligated to pay any costs or expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, execution, recording or filing of the Severed Loan Documents, and the Severed Loan Documents shall not contain any representations, warranties or covenants not contained in the Loan Documents and any such representations and warranties contained in the Severed Loan Documents will be given by Borrower only as of the Closing Date.

(d) As used in this Section 8.2, a “foreclosure” shall include any sale by power of sale.

Section 8.3 Remedies Cumulative; Waivers . The rights, powers and remedies of Lender under this Agreement shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any other right, power or remedy which Lender may have against Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Lender’s rights, powers and remedies may be pursued singly, concurrently or otherwise, at such time and in such order as Lender may determine in Lender’s sole discretion. No delay or omission to exercise any remedy, right or power accruing upon an Event of Default shall impair any such remedy, right or power or shall be construed as a waiver thereof, but any such remedy, right or power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient. A waiver of one Default or Event of Default with respect to Borrower shall not be construed to be a waiver of any subsequent Default or Event of Default by Borrower or to impair any remedy, right or power consequent thereon.

ARTICLE IX

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

Section 9.1 Sale of Notes and Securitization . At the request of the holder of the Note and, to the extent not already required to be provided by Borrower under this Agreement, Borrower shall cooperate with Lender to allow Lender to satisfy the market standards to which the holder of the Note customarily adheres or which may be reasonably required in the marketplace or by the Rating Agencies in connection with the sale of the Note or participations therein or the first successful securitization (such sale and/or securitization, the “ Securitization ”) of rated single or multi-class securities (the “ Securities ”) secured by or evidencing ownership interests in the Note and the Mortgage. In this regard Borrower shall:

 

74


(a) (i) provide such financial and other information with respect to the Property, Borrower and the Manager, (ii) provide budgets relating to the Property and (iii) to perform or permit or cause to be performed or permitted such site inspection, appraisals, market studies, environmental reviews and reports (Phase I’s and, if appropriate, Phase II’s), engineering reports and other due diligence investigations of the Property, as may be reasonably requested by the holder of the Note or the Rating Agencies or as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the Securitization (the “ Provided Information ”), together, if customary, with appropriate verification and/or consents of the Provided Information through letters of auditors or opinions of counsel of independent attorneys acceptable to Lender and the Rating Agencies;

(b) cause counsel to render opinions, which may be relied upon by the holder of the Note, the Rating Agencies and their respective counsel, agents and representatives, as to non-consolidation, fraudulent conveyance, and true sale and/or lease or any other opinion customary in securitization transactions, which counsel and opinions shall be reasonably satisfactory to the holder of the Note and the Rating Agencies;

(c) make such representations and warranties as of the closing date of the Securitization with respect to the Property, Borrower, and the Loan Documents as are consistent with the representations and warranties made in the Loan Documents; and

(d) execute such amendments to the Loan Documents and organizational documents as may be reasonably requested by the holder of the Note or the Rating Agencies or otherwise to effect the Securitization; provided , however , that Borrower shall not be required to modify or amend any Loan Document if such modification or amendment would (i) change the interest rate, the stated maturity or the amortization of principal set forth in the Note, or (ii) modify or amend any other material economic term of the Loan.

All material out-of-pocket third party costs and expenses incurred by Borrower in connection with complying with requests made under this Section 9.1 shall be paid by Lender.

Section 9.2 Securitization . (a) Borrower understands that certain of the Provided Information may be included in disclosure documents in connection with the Securitization, including, without limitation, a prospectus, prospectus supplement or private placement memorandum (each, a “ Disclosure Document ”) and may also be included in filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), or provided or made available to investors or prospective investors in the Securities, the Rating Agencies, and service providers relating to the Securitization. In the event that the Disclosure Document is required to be revised prior to the sale of all Securities, Borrower will cooperate with the holder of the Note in updating the Disclosure Document by providing all current information necessary to keep the Disclosure Document accurate and complete in all material respects, and otherwise to enable Lender to comply with applicable laws regarding disclosure.

 

75


(b) The Indemnifying Persons agree to provide, in connection with the Securitization, an indemnification agreement certifying that (i) the Indemnifying Persons have carefully examined the Disclosure Documents, (ii) such sections and such other information in the Disclosure Documents (to the extent such information relates to or includes any Provided Information or any information regarding the Properties, Borrower, Manager and/or the Loan) (collectively with the Provided Information, the “ Covered Disclosure Information ”) do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (iii) jointly and severally indemnifying Lender and any Affiliate of Lender involved in the Securitization (collectively, the “ Indemnified Persons ”), for any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses (including without limitation legal fees and expenses for enforcement of these obligations (collectively, the “ Liabilities ”) to which any such Indemnified Person may become subject insofar as the Liabilities arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Covered Disclosure Information or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state in the Covered Disclosure Information a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements in the Covered Disclosure Information, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

Section 9.3 Rating Surveillance . Lender, at its option, may retain the Rating Agencies to provide rating surveillance services on any certificates issued in a Securitization. Such rating surveillance will be at the expense of Lender (the “ Rating Surveillance Charge ”).

Section 9.4 Exculpation . Subject to the qualifications below, Lender shall not enforce the liability and obligation of Borrower to perform and observe the obligations contained in the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage or the other Loan Documents by any action or proceeding wherein a money judgment shall be sought against Borrower, except that Lender may bring a foreclosure action, an action for specific performance or any other appropriate action or proceeding to enable Lender to enforce and realize upon its interest under the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents, or in the Property, the Rents following an Event of Default, or any other collateral given to Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents; provided, however, that, except as specifically provided herein, any judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be enforceable against Borrower only to the extent of Borrower’s interest in the Property, in the Rents following an Event of Default and in any other collateral given to Lender, and Lender, by accepting the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage and the other Loan Documents, agrees that it shall not sue for, seek or demand any deficiency judgment against Borrower in any such action or proceeding under or by reason of or under or in connection with the Note, this Agreement, the Mortgage or the other Loan Documents. The provisions of this section shall not, however, (a) constitute a waiver, release or impairment of any obligation evidenced or secured by any of the Loan Documents; (b) impair the right of Lender to name Borrower as a party defendant in any action or suit for foreclosure and sale under any of the Mortgage; (c) affect the validity or enforceability of or any guaranty made in connection with the Loan or any of the rights and remedies of Lender thereunder; (d) impair the right of Lender to obtain the appointment of a receiver; (e) impair the enforcement of any of the Assignment of Leases following an Event of Default; (f) constitute a prohibition against Lender commencing any other appropriate action or proceeding in order for Lender to exercise its remedies against the Property; or (g) constitute a waiver of the right of Lender to enforce the liability and

 

76


obligation of Borrower, by money judgment or otherwise, to the extent of any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability, claim or other obligation incurred by Lender (including attorneys’ fees and costs reasonably incurred) arising out of or in connection with the following:

(i) fraud or intentional misrepresentation by Borrower or any guarantor in connection with the Loan;

(ii) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Borrower;

(iii) material physical waste of the Property;

(iv) the breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or indemnification provision in the Environmental Indemnity or in the Mortgage concerning environmental laws, hazardous substances and asbestos and any indemnification of Lender with respect thereto in either document;

(v) the removal or disposal of any portion of the Property after an Event of Default;

(vi) the misapplication or conversion by Borrower of (A) any insurance proceeds paid by reason of any loss, damage or destruction to the Property which are not applied by Borrower in accordance with this Agreement, (B) any awards or other amounts received in connection with the condemnation of all or a portion of the Property which are not applied by Borrower in accordance with this Agreement, or (C) any Rents following an Event of Default;

(vii) failure to pay charges for labor or materials or other charges that can create liens on any portion of the Property; or

(viii) any security deposits, advance deposits or any other deposits collected with respect to the Property which are not delivered to Lender upon a foreclosure of the Property or action in lieu thereof, except to the extent any such security deposits were applied in accordance with the terms and conditions of any of the Leases prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default that gave rise to such foreclosure or action in lieu thereof.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Note or any of the Loan Documents, (A) the Debt shall be fully recourse to the Borrower and (B) Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any right which Lender may have under Section 506(a), 506(b), 1111 (b) or any other provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code to file a claim for the full amount of the Debt secured by the Mortgage or to require that all collateral shall continue to secure all of the Debt owing to Lender in accordance with the Loan Documents in the event that the (I) first full monthly payment under the Note is not paid within five (5) days of notice that such payment is late (provided, however, that such grace period relates only to the recourse trigger described in this paragraph), or (II) failure of Borrower to permit on-site inspections of the Property subject to the rights of Tenants and any applicable cure period set forth in the Loan Documents, to provide financial information as required under the Loan Documents subject to any applicable cure period (except for financial information required to be delivered by a tenant pursuant to the

 

77


applicable Lease that has not been delivered to Borrower, provided Borrower has requested such financial information from such tenant), or (III) failure of Borrower to comply with Section 4.1.30 hereof, or (IV) failure of Borrower to obtain Lender’s prior written consent (to extent such consent is required) to any subordinate financing or other voluntary lien encumbering the Property, or (V) failure of Borrower to obtain Lender’s prior written consent to any assignment, transfer or conveyance of the Property, or any portion thereof, or any interest therein as required by this Agreement. Notwithstanding the provision set forth in clause (IV) of this paragraph, a voluntary lien other than a lien securing an extension of credit filed against the Property shall not constitute a recourse trigger for purposes of this paragraph provided such lien (A) is fully bonded to the satisfaction of Lender and discharged of record within ninety (90) days of filing, or (B) within such ninety (90) day period, Lender receives affirmative title insurance from the title insurance company insuring the lien of the Mortgage that such lien is subject and subordinate to the lien of the Mortgage and no enforcement action is commenced by the applicable lien holder. Upon the acceptance by Lender of any cure by Borrower of a recourse trigger described in clauses (I), (II) or (IV) above, the Debt shall no longer be fully recourse to Borrower solely as a result of such trigger. Upon the acceptance by Lender of any cure by Borrower of a recourse trigger described in clauses (III) or (V) above, the Debt shall no longer be fully recourse to Borrower solely as a result of such trigger, provided, however, Borrower shall remain liable to the extent of any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability, claim or other obligation incurred by Lender (including attorneys’ fees and costs reasonably incurred) arising out of or in connection with such trigger.

Section 9.5 Termination of Manager . If (a) the amounts evidenced by the Note have been accelerated pursuant to Section 8.1(b) hereof, (b) the Manager shall become bankrupt or insolvent, (c) the Manager is in default under the terms of the Management Agreement beyond any applicable grace or cure period, or (d) Manager is not managing the Property in accordance with the management practices of nationally recognized management companies managing similar properties in locations comparable to those of the Property, then, in the case of (a), (b), (c) or (d), Borrower shall, at the request of Lender, terminate the Management Agreement and replace the Manager with a manager reasonably approved by Lender on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to Lender, it being understood and agreed that the management fee for such replacement manager shall not exceed then prevailing market rates. In addition and without limiting the rights of Lender hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, in the event that (i) the Management Agreement is terminated, (ii) the Manager no longer manages the Property, or (iii) a receiver, liquidator or trustee shall be appointed for Manager or if Manager shall be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or if any petition for bankruptcy, reorganization or arrangement pursuant to federal bankruptcy law, or any similar federal or state law, shall be filed by or against, consented to, or acquiesced in by, Manager, or if any proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of Manager shall be instituted, then Borrower (at Borrower’s sole cost and expense) shall immediately, in its name, establish new deposit accounts separate from any other Person with a depository satisfactory to Lender into which all Rents and other income from the Property shall be deposited and shall grant Lender a first priority security interest in such account pursuant to documentation satisfactory in form and substance to Lender.

Section 9.6 Servicer . At the option of Lender, the Loan may be serviced by a servicer/trustee (the “ Servicer ”) selected by Lender and Lender may delegate all or any portion of its responsibilities under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to the Servicer

 

78


pursuant to a servicing agreement (the Servicing Agreement ) between Lender and Servicer. Lender shall be responsible for any set-up fees or any other costs relating to or arising under the Servicing Agreement.

Section 9.7 Splitting the Loan . At the election of Lender in its sole discretion, Lender may split the loan into two or more loans, or convert any portion of the Loan to subordinate financing, including one or more tranches of mezzanine debt, preferred equity, subordinate debt or participation in such loan, subordinate to such loan (collectively, “ Subordinate Financing ”). Borrower hereby agrees to deliver to Lender to effectuate such severing of the Loan or Subordinate Financing as reasonably requested by Lender (a) additional executed documents, or amendments and modifications to the applicable Loan Documents, (b) new opinions or updates to the opinions delivered to Lender in connection with the closing of the Loan, (c) endorsements and/or updates to the title insurance policies delivered to Lender in connection with the closing of the Loan, and (d) any other certificates, instruments and documentation reasonably determined by Lender as necessary or appropriate (the items described in subsections (a) through (d) collectively hereinafter shall be referred to as “ Additional Documentation ”), which Additional Documentation shall be acceptable to Lender in form and substance in its reasonable discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall not be required to execute such Additional Documentation if such Additional Documentation would (i) change the interest rate, the stated maturity or the amortization of principal set forth in the Note, or (ii) modify or amend any other material economic term of the Loan. At Lender’s option, any severed loan or Subordinate Financing shall be cross-defaulted with the Loan. If the Subordinate Financing takes the form of a mezzanine loan, a mezzanine borrower (the “ Mezzanine Borrower ”) may be created which will own 100% of the equity interests in the Borrower. All of the ownership and economic interests in the Mezzanine Borrower may, at Lender’s discretion, be required to be pledged as security for such mezzanine loan or other Subordinate Financing. Such Subordinate Financing shall be subject to an intercreditor agreement by and between the Lender and the subordinate lender(s). The initial weighted average interest rate for the Loan and any such mezzanine loan shall equal the Interest Rate. Lender hereby agrees to be responsible for all reasonable third-party expenses incurred in connection with the preparation and delivery of the Additional Documentation and or other documentation related to Subordinate Financing and, if applicable, the effectuation of the uncrossing of the Loan from the Subordinate Financing. Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that upon such severing of the Loan and/or creation of Subordinate Financing, Lender may effect, in its sole discretion, one or more Securitizations of which the other Loans may be a part.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.1 Survival . This Agreement and all covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein and in the certificates delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the making by Lender of the Loan and the execution and delivery to Lender of the Note, and shall continue in full force and effect so long as all or any of the Debt is outstanding and unpaid unless a longer period is expressly set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents. Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the legal representatives, successors and assigns of such party. All covenants, promises and agreements in this Agreement, by or on behalf of Borrower, shall inure to the benefit of the legal representatives, successors and assigns of Lender.

 

79


Section 10.2 Lender’s Discretion . Whenever pursuant to this Agreement, Lender exercises any right given to it to approve or disapprove, or any arrangement or term is to be satisfactory to Lender, the decision of Lender to approve or disapprove or to decide whether arrangements or terms are satisfactory or not satisfactory shall (except as is otherwise specifically herein provided) be in the sole discretion of Lender and shall be final and conclusive.

Section 10.3 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT ENTERED INTO PURSUANT TO THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED AND SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE GOVERNED, CONSTRUED, APPLIED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED AND APPLICABLE FEDERAL LAWS .

Section 10.4 Modification, Waiver in Writing . No modification, amendment, extension, discharge, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, or of the Note, or of any other Loan Document, nor consent to any departure by Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance, and for the purpose, for which given. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no notice to, or demand on Borrower, shall entitle Borrower to any other or future notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

Section 10.5 Delay Not a Waiver . Neither any failure nor any delay on the part of Lender in insisting upon strict performance of any term, condition, covenant or agreement, or exercising any right, power, remedy or privilege hereunder, or under the Note or under any other Loan Document, or any other instrument given as security therefor, shall operate as or constitute a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other future exercise, or the exercise of any other right, power, remedy or privilege. In particular, and not by way of limitation, by accepting payment after the due date of any amount payable under this Agreement, the Note or any other Loan Document, Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any right either to require prompt payment when due of all other amounts due under this Agreement, the Note or the other Loan Documents, or to declare a default for failure to effect prompt payment of any such other amount.

Section 10.6 Notices . All notices, consents, approvals and requests required or permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be given in writing and shall be effective for all purposes if hand delivered or sent by (a) certified or registered United States mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or (b) expedited prepaid delivery service, either commercial or United States Postal Service, with proof of attempted delivery, and by telecopier (with answer back acknowledged), addressed as follows (or at such other address and Person as shall be designated from time to time by any party hereto, as the case may be, in a written notice to the other parties hereto in the manner provided for in this Section):

If to Lender:

Bear Stearns Commercial Mortgage, Inc.

383 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10179

Attention: J. Christopher Hoeffel

 

80


with a copy to:

Katten Muchin Rosenman LLP

401 South Tryon Street

Suite 2600

Charlotte, North Carolina 28202-1935

Attention: Daniel S. Huffenus, Esq.

If to Borrower:

MB St. Louis Chestnut, L.L.C.

2901 Butterfield Road

Oak Brook, IL 60523

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

with a copy to:

Inland Real Estate Group, Inc.

2901 Butterfield Road

Oak Brook, IL 60523

Attention: Robert H. Baum, Esq.

and with a copy to:

Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc.

2901 Butterfield Road

Oak Brook, IL 60523

Attention: CFO

A notice shall be deemed to have been given: in the case of hand delivery, at the time of delivery; in the case of registered or certified mail, when delivered or the first attempted delivery on a Business Day; or in the case of expedited prepaid delivery and telecopy, upon the first attempted delivery on a Business Day.

Section 10.7 Trial by Jury . BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY AGREE NOT TO ELECT A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY ISSUE TRIABLE OF RIGHT BY JURY, AND WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY FULLY TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY SUCH RIGHT SHALL NOW OR HEREAFTER EXIST WITH REGARD TO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER ACTION ARISING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH. THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS GIVEN KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY BY

 

81


BORROWER AND LENDER, AND IS INTENDED TO ENCOMPASS INDIVIDUALLY EACH INSTANCE AND EACH ISSUE AS TO WHICH THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY WOULD OTHERWISE ACCRUE. LENDER IS HEREBY AUTHORIZED TO FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH IN ANY PROCEEDING AS CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OF THIS WAIVER BY BORROWER AND LENDER.

Section 10.8 Headings . The Article and/or Section headings and the Table of Contents in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

Section 10.9 Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

Section 10.10 Preferences .

Lender shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply or reverse and reapply any and all payments by Borrower to any portion of the obligations of Borrower hereunder. To the extent Borrower makes a payment or payments to Lender, which payment or proceeds or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or proceeds received, the obligations hereunder or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continue in full force and effect, as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by Lender.

Section 10.11 Waiver of Notice . Borrower shall not be entitled to any notices of any nature whatsoever from Lender except with respect to matters for which this Agreement or the other Loan Documents specifically and expressly provide for the giving of notice by Lender to Borrower and except with respect to matters for which Borrower is not, pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements, permitted to waive the giving of notice. Borrower hereby expressly waives the right to receive any notice from Lender with respect to any matter for which this Agreement or the other Loan Documents do not specifically and expressly provide for the giving of notice by Lender to Borrower.

Section 10.12 Remedies of Borrower . In the event that a claim or adjudication is made that Lender or its agents have acted unreasonably or unreasonably delayed acting in any case where by law or under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, Lender or such agent, as the case may be, has an obligation to act reasonably or promptly, Borrower agrees that neither Lender nor its agents shall be liable for any monetary damages, and Borrower’s sole remedies shall be limited to commencing an action seeking injunctive relief or declaratory judgment. The parties hereto agree that any action or proceeding to determine whether Lender has acted reasonably shall be determined by an action seeking declaratory judgment.

 

82


Section 10.13 Expenses; Indemnity .

(a) Borrower covenants and agrees to pay or, if Borrower fails to pay, to reimburse, Lender upon receipt of written notice from Lender for all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Lender in connection with (i) the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and all the costs of furnishing all opinions by counsel for Borrower (including without limitation any opinions requested by Lender as to any legal matters arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents with respect to the Property); (ii) Borrower’s ongoing performance of and compliance with Borrower’s respective agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on its part to be performed or complied with after the Closing Date, including, without limitation, confirming compliance with environmental and insurance requirements; (iii) Lender’s ongoing performance and compliance with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on its part to be performed or complied with after the Closing Date; (iv) except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and administration of any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents or matters reasonably requested by Lender; (v) securing Borrower’s compliance with any requests made pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement; (vi) the filing and recording fees and expenses, title insurance and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for providing to Lender all required legal opinions, and other similar expenses incurred in creating and perfecting the Liens in favor of Lender pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; (vii) enforcing or preserving any rights, in response to third party claims or the prosecuting or defending of any action or proceeding or other litigation, in each case against, under or affecting Borrower, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Property, or any other security given for the Loan; and (viii) enforcing any obligations of or collecting any payments due from Borrower under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or with respect to the Property or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided under this Agreement in the nature of a “work-out” or of any insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings; provided, however, that Borrower shall not be liable for the payment of any such costs and expenses to the extent the same arise by reason of the gross negligence, illegal acts, fraud or willful misconduct of Lender.

(b) Borrower shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Lender from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for Lender in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding commenced or threatened, whether or not Lender shall be designated a party thereto), that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against Lender in any manner relating to or arising out of (i) any breach by Borrower of its obligations under, or any material misrepresentation by Borrower contained in, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or (ii) the use or intended use of the proceeds of the Loan (collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”); provided , however , that Borrower shall not have any obligation to Lender hereunder to the extent that such Indemnified Liabilities arise from the gross negligence, illegal acts, fraud or willful misconduct of Lender. To the extent that the undertaking to indemnify, defend and hold harmless set forth in the preceding sentence may be unenforceable because it violates any law or public policy, Borrower shall pay the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by Lender.

 

83


Section 10.14 Schedules Incorporated . The Schedules annexed hereto are hereby incorporated herein as a part of this Agreement with the same effect as if set forth in the body hereof.

Section 10.15 Offsets, Counterclaims and Defenses . Any assignee of Lender’s interest in and to this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents shall take the same free and clear of all offsets, counterclaims or defenses which are unrelated to such documents which Borrower may otherwise have against any assignor of such documents, and no such unrelated counterclaim or defense shall be interposed or asserted by Borrower in any action or proceeding brought by any such assignee upon such documents and any such right to interpose or assert any such unrelated offset, counterclaim or defense in any such action or proceeding is hereby expressly waived by Borrower.

Section 10.16 No Joint Venture or Partnership; No Third Party Beneficiaries .

(a) Borrower and Lender intend that the relationships created hereunder and under the other Loan Documents be solely that of borrower and lender. Nothing herein or therein is intended to create a joint venture, partnership, tenancy-in-common, or joint tenancy relationship between Borrower and Lender nor to grant Lender any interest in the Property other than that of mortgagee, beneficiary or lender.

(b) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are solely for the benefit of Lender and Borrower and nothing contained in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to confer upon anyone other than Lender and Borrower any right to insist upon or to enforce the performance or observance of any of the obligations contained herein or therein. All conditions to the obligations of Lender to make the Loan hereunder are imposed solely and exclusively for the benefit of Lender and no other Person shall have standing to require satisfaction of such conditions in accordance with their terms or be entitled to assume that Lender will refuse to make the Loan in the absence of strict compliance with any or all thereof and no other Person shall under any circumstances be deemed to be a beneficiary of such conditions, any or all of which may be freely waived in whole or in part by Lender if, in Lender’s sole discretion, Lender deems it advisable or desirable to do so.

Section 10.17 Publicity . All news releases, publicity or advertising by Borrower or their Affiliates through any media intended to reach the general public which refers to the Loan Documents or the financing evidenced by the Loan Documents, to Lender, Bear Steams, or any of their Affiliates shall be subject to the prior written approval of Lender. All news releases, publicity or advertising by Lender through any media intended to reach the general public which refers solely to the Borrower or to the Loan made by the Lender to the Borrower shall be subject to the prior written approval of Borrower, provided however, the foregoing shall not apply to Provided Information included in disclosure documents in connection with a Securitization.

 

84


Section 10.18 Waiver of Marshalling of Assets . To the fullest extent permitted by law, Borrower, for itself and its successors and assigns, waives all rights to a marshalling of the assets of Borrower, Borrower’s partners and others with interests in Borrower, and of the Property, or to a sale in inverse order of alienation in the event of foreclosure of the Mortgage or sale of the Property by power of sale, and agrees not to assert any right under any laws pertaining to the marshalling of assets, the sale in inverse order of alienation, homestead exemption, the administration of estates of decedents, or any other matters whatsoever to defeat, reduce or affect the right of Lender under the Loan Documents to a sale of the Property for the collection of the Debt without any prior or different resort for collection or of the right of Lender to the payment of the Debt out of the net proceeds of the Property in preference to every other claimant whatsoever.

Section 10.19 Waiver of Counterclaim . Borrower hereby waives the right to assert a counterclaim, other than a compulsory counterclaim, in any action or proceeding brought against it by Lender or its agents.

Section 10.20 Conflict; Construction of Documents; Reliance . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Loan Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Loan Agreement shall control. The parties hereto acknowledge that they were represented by competent counsel in connection with the negotiation, drafting and execution of the Loan Documents and that such Loan Documents shall not be subject to the principle of construing their meaning against the party which drafted same. Borrower acknowledges that, with respect to the Loan, Borrower shall rely solely on its own judgment and advisors in entering into the Loan without relying in any manner on any statements, representations or recommendations of Lender or any parent, subsidiary or Affiliate of Lender. Lender shall not be subject to any limitation whatsoever in the exercise of any rights or remedies available to it under any of the Loan Documents or any other agreements or instruments which govern the Loan by virtue of the ownership by it or any parent, subsidiary or Affiliate of Lender of any equity interest any of them may acquire in Borrower, and Borrower hereby irrevocably waives the right to raise any defense or take any action on the basis of the foregoing with respect to Lender’s exercise of any such rights or remedies. Borrower acknowledges that Lender engages in the business of real estate financings and other real estate transactions and investments which may be viewed as adverse to or competitive with the business of Borrower or its Affiliates.

Section 10.21 Brokers and Financial Advisors . Borrower hereby represents that it has dealt with no financial advisors, brokers, underwriters, placement agents, agents or finders in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement other than Inland Mortgage Corp. Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Lender harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, costs and expenses of any kind (including Lender’s . reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) in any way relating to or arising from a claim by any Person that such Person acted on behalf of Borrower or Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated herein. The provisions of this Section 10.21 shall survive the expiration and termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Debt.

Section 10.22 Prior Agreements . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents contain the entire agreement of the parties hereto and thereto in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and all prior agreements or understandings among or between such parties, whether oral or written, are superseded by the terms of this Agreement and the other

 

85


Loan Documents and unless specifically set forth in a writing contemporaneous herewith the terms, conditions and provisions of such prior agreement do not survive execution of this Agreement.

Section 10.23 Transfer of Loan . In the event that Lender transfers the Loan, Borrower shall continue to make payments at the place set forth in the Note until such time that Borrower is notified in writing by Lender that payments are to be made at another place.

Section 10.24 Certain Additional Rights of Lender (VCOC) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Lender shall have:

(a) the right to routinely consult with and advise Borrower’s management regarding the significant business activities and business and financial developments of Borrower; provided , however , that such consultations shall not include discussions of environmental compliance programs or disposal of hazardous substances. Consultation meetings should occur on a regular basis (no less frequently than quarterly) with Lender having the right to call special meetings at any reasonable times and upon reasonable advance notice;

(b) the right, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, to examine the books and records of Borrower at any reasonable times upon reasonable notice;

(c) the right, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 5.1.11 hereof, to receive monthly, quarterly and year end financial reports, including balance sheets, statements of income, shareholder’s equity and cash flow, a management report and schedules of outstanding indebtedness; and

(d) the right, without restricting any other rights of Lender under this Agreement (including any similar right), to approve any acquisition by Borrower of any other significant property (other than personal property required for the day to day operation of the Property).

The rights described above in this Section 10.24 may be exercised by any entity which owns and controls, directly or indirectly, substantially all of the interests in Lender.

Section 10.25 Joint and Several Liability . If Borrower consists of more than one person or party, the obligations and liabilities of each person or party shall be joint and several.

(THE BALANCE OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)

 

86


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:

MB ST. LOUIS CHESTNUT, L.L.C. ,   a Delaware

limited liability company

By:   Minto Builders (Florida), Inc., a Florida
  corporation, its sole member
  By:  

/s/ Valerie Medina

 

  Name:   Valerie Medina
  Title:   Assistant Secretary
LENDER:
BEAR STEARNS COMMERCIAL
MORTGAGE, INC., a New York corporation
By:  

 

  Michael A. Forastiere
  Managing Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:

MB ST. LOUIS CHESTNUT, L.L.C. ,   a Delaware

limited liability company

By:   Minto Builders (Florida), Inc., a Florida
  corporation, its sole member
  By:  

 

    Name:  
    Title:  
LENDER:
BEAR STEARNS COMMERCIAL
MORTGAGE, INC., a New York corporation
By:  

/s/ Michael A. Forastiere

  Michael A. Forastiere
  Managing Director

Exhibit 21.1

 

Entity Name

  

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation

or Formation

Highlands Property Management, LLC    Delaware
IA New Ulm Atlas, L.L.C.    Delaware
IA CFG Portfolio, L.L.C.    Delaware
IA Orlando Palazzo, L.L.C.    Delaware
IA Orlando Sand, L.L.C.    Delaware
IA RDU Center Drive, L.L.C.    Delaware
IA St. Paul Atlas, L.L.C.    Delaware
IA/Stephens (Trimble) Ventures, LLC    Delaware
IVT PPD Haskell Associates GP, L.L.C.    Delaware
IVT PPD Haskell Associates Limited Partnership    Delaware
IVT PPD Haskell Associates LP, L.L.C.    Delaware
IVT PPD Hudson Associates, L.L.C.    Delaware
MB Bloomsburg Buckhorn DST    Delaware
MB Cleveland Erieview, L.L.C.    Delaware
MB Columbus Hilliard, L.L.C.    Delaware
MB Evanston Sherman, L.L.C.    Delaware
MB Herndon, L.L.C.    Delaware
MB Highlands Ranch Ridgeline, L.L.C.    Delaware
MB Hoffman Estates, L.L.C.    Delaware
MB Lincoln Mall, L.L.C.    Delaware
MB Longview Triangle, L.L.C    Delaware
MB Pittsburgh Bridgeside DST    Delaware
MB REIT (Florida), Inc.    Florida    
MB Rockford State, L.L.C.    Delaware
MB St. Louis Chestnut, L.L.C.    Delaware
North Pointe Park Partners, LLC    Indiana   
Table of Contents

Exhibit 99.1

 

LOGO

                    ,         

Dear InvenTrust Properties Corp. Stockholder:

In only a few years, InvenTrust Properties Corp. (“InvenTrust,” the “Company,” “we” or “our”) has completed several significant and complex transactions in an effort to execute on its strategy and provide liquidity events for stockholders, including:

 

    Since 2012, we have completed a series of acquisitions and dispositions totaling approximately $4.6 billion (excluding the spin-off of Xenia Hotels & Resorts, Inc. (“Xenia”)) to reposition our portfolio;

 

    Since 2012, we have paid down approximately $4.7 billion in debt;

 

    In 2013, we sold the majority of our net lease assets and conventional multi-family assets for approximately $2.5 billion;

 

    In 2014, through a series of transactions we became a self-managed REIT and paid no internalization fee to our former sponsor;

 

    In 2014, we completed a $395 million modified “Dutch Auction” tender offer for shares of our common stock;

 

    In November 2014, we completed the sale of our $1.1 billion suburban select service lodging portfolio;

 

    In February 2015, we completed the spin-off and listing of our lodging platform, Xenia, representing a significant liquidity event for our stockholders;

 

    In April 2015, the Company changed its name to InvenTrust in order to highlight and develop a brand that was independent from our former sponsor and distinguish ourselves in our core retail business; and

 

    In January 2016, we announced an agreement to sell our student housing platform, University House Communities Group, Inc., for approximately $1.4 billion.

We are now pleased to announce that we are completing the execution of our previously disclosed strategy to dispose of our remaining “non-core” assets through the pro rata distribution of 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Highlands REIT, Inc. (“Highlands”). Highlands is a wholly owned subsidiary of InvenTrust that was formed to hold our remaining “non-core” assets. Highlands’ portfolio is expected to consist of seven single- and multi-tenant office assets, two industrial assets, six retail assets, two correctional facilities, four parcels of unimproved land and one bank branch. Upon completion of the separation and distribution from InvenTrust, Highlands will be an independent, self-managed, non-traded REIT. Highlands will have a dedicated management team focused on preserving, protecting and maximizing the total value of its portfolio. As a stand-alone company, we believe that Highlands will be better positioned to provide stockholders with a return of their investment by liquidating and distributing net sale proceeds from the “non-core” portfolio in a value-maximizing manner.

Following the sale of University House Communities Group, our student housing platform, and the completion of this spin-off, InvenTrust will take the next step in its evolution to become a pure-play retail REIT with a dedicated management team solely focused on executing InvenTrust’s retail strategy. Moving forward, our strategy will be to refine and tailor our retail portfolio into key growth markets with favorable demographics and expected above-average net operating income growth.


Table of Contents

The pro rata distribution by InvenTrust of 100% of the outstanding shares of Highlands common stock will occur on              by way of a taxable pro rata special distribution to InvenTrust stockholders of record on the record date of the distribution. Each InvenTrust stockholder will be entitled to receive              share(s) of Highlands common stock for every              share(s) of InvenTrust common stock held by such stockholder at the close of business on             , the record date of the distribution. The Highlands common stock will be issued in book-entry form only, which means that no physical share certificates will be issued. Following the distribution, you will own shares in both InvenTrust and Highlands. The number of InvenTrust shares you own will not change as a result of this distribution. Stockholder approval of the distribution is not required, and you will not be required to make any payment, surrender or exchange your shares of InvenTrust common stock or take any other action to receive your shares of Highlands common stock on the distribution date. Following the completion of the distribution, InvenTrust will not continue to own any shares of common stock of Highlands.

Highlands’ portfolio and the student housing portfolio produce significant cash flow for InvenTrust. If the dispositions of these properties occur, InvenTrust’s distribution payments will decrease. Additionally, immediately following the spin-off, the value of InvenTrust common stock will be lower than the value of such stock immediately prior to the spin-off because the value of InvenTrust stock will no longer reflect the value of the Highlands assets. Due to the spin-off, we are delaying our new estimated share value announcement and currently plan to publish a new estimated share value in closer proximity to the Highlands spin-off date. The board of directors of InvenTrust has engaged Real Globe Advisors, which is the same third-party valuation firm retained by our board last year, to value InvenTrust’s and Highlands’ assets and calculate both companies’ new estimated share values. Once the new estimated share values are determined, we will communicate it and how it was calculated to the stockholders.

Although the distribution of the outstanding shares of Highlands common stock will be in the form of a taxable distribution to InvenTrust stockholders, InvenTrust does not anticipate recognizing taxable gain as a result of the distribution. As a result, so long as you own your InvenTrust common stock for the entire year in which the distribution occurs, InvenTrust anticipates that the spin-off and distribution of Highlands common stock will not increase the amount of dividend income you would have recognized if the distribution had not occurred. For a more detailed discussion of the tax consequences of the distribution, please refer to the section titled “Our Separation From InvenTrust—Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Separation” and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences” of the Information Statement.

The Information Statement, which is being mailed to all holders of InvenTrust common stock on the record date for the distribution, describes the distribution in detail and contains important information about Highlands, its business, financial condition and operations and risks related to its business. The Information Statement also explains how you will receive your shares of Highlands common stock. We urge you to read the entire Information Statement carefully. If you have any questions, please contact 855-377-0510.

On behalf of the board of directors, the senior management team and the employees of InvenTrust, I want to thank you for your continued support of InvenTrust. We look forward to this next chapter in InvenTrust’s history.

Sincerely,

 

LOGO

Thomas P. McGuinness

President and Chief Executive Officer of InvenTrust

Properties Corp.

 

2


Table of Contents

Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A registration statement on Form 10 relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 18, 2016

INFORMATION STATEMENT

Common Stock

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC.

 

 

This Information Statement is being furnished in connection with the taxable distribution by InvenTrust Properties Corp. (“InvenTrust”), a Maryland corporation that has elected to be taxed, and currently qualifies, as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes, to its stockholders of 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Highlands REIT, Inc. (“Highlands,” “we” or “us”), a Maryland corporation. InvenTrust currently owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Highlands. Highlands holds, or will hold, directly or indirectly, a portfolio of office assets, industrial assets, retail assets, correctional facilities, parcels of unimproved land and a bank branch. To implement the distribution, InvenTrust will distribute 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Highlands on a pro rata basis to existing stockholders of InvenTrust.

For every              share(s) of common stock of InvenTrust held of record by you as of the close of business on                 , 2016, or the distribution record date, you will receive              share(s) of our common stock. We expect our common stock will be distributed by InvenTrust to you on or about                 , 2016, referred to herein as the distribution date.

No vote of InvenTrust’s stockholders is required in connection with the distribution. Therefore, you are not being asked for a proxy, and you are requested not to send us a proxy, in connection with the distribution. You will not be required to pay any consideration, exchange or surrender your existing shares of common stock of InvenTrust or take any other action to receive our common stock to which you are entitled on the distribution date.

There is no current trading market for our common stock, and we do not intend to list any shares of our common stock on any securities exchange or other market in connection with the distribution.

We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year commencing immediately prior to the separation and ending on December 31, 2016. To assist us in qualifying as a REIT, among other purposes, stockholders are generally restricted from owning more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of our outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

In reviewing the Information Statement, you should carefully consider the matters described under the caption “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 21.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this Information Statement is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This Information Statement was first mailed to InvenTrust stockholders on or about                , 2016.                                         , 2016.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     i   

SUMMARY

     1   

RISK FACTORS

     21   

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     46   

OUR SEPARATION FROM INVENTRUST

     48   

DISTRIBUTION POLICY

     56   

CAPITALIZATION

     57   

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

     58   

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     62   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     66   

BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES

     94   

MANAGEMENT

     105   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     116   

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     120   

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

     121   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     123   

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS

     128   

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     134   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     155   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Prior to and in connection with our separation from InvenTrust, we will effect the transactions (the “Reorganization Transactions”) described under “Summary—Our Structure and Reorganization Transactions—Our Corporate Reorganization.” We refer in this Information Statement to the assets owned by MB REIT (Florida), Inc. (“MB REIT”) and assets owned by certain subsidiaries of InvenTrust from time to time since January 1, 2013, as well as the Non-Core Contributed Assets (as defined under “Summary—Our Structure and Reorganization Transactions—Our Corporate Reorganization”), as the “Prior Combined Portfolio.” We refer in this Information Statement to all of the assets owned by Highlands following the Reorganization Transactions as the “Highlands Portfolio.” At the time of our separation from InvenTrust, we expect the Highlands Portfolio to consist of seven office assets, two industrial assets, six retail assets, two correctional facilities, four parcels of unimproved land and one bank branch.

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all information herein reflects the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions and the completion of our separation from InvenTrust, which will occur on the distribution date. References herein to “we,” “our,” “us” and the “Company” refer to Highlands and its consolidated subsidiaries, and references to “Highlands REIT, Inc.” refer only to Highlands REIT, Inc., exclusive of its subsidiaries.

Additionally, unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all information in this Information Statement gives effect to the filing of our Articles of Amendment and Restatement and the effectiveness of our Amended and Restated Bylaws, which will occur prior to the completion of our separation from InvenTrust.

 

i


Table of Contents

Presentation of Historical Operating and Non-Financial Data and Pro Forma Financial Information

Unless otherwise indicated below or the context otherwise requires, (i) operating and non-financial data disclosed in the sections of this Information Statement other than the Financial Statement Sections (as defined below) and (ii) pro forma financial information in this Information Statement:

 

    reflect the business and operations of the Company after the consummation of the Retail Asset Disposition (as defined under Summary—Our Structure and Reorganization Transactions—Our Corporate Reorganization) and immediately following the completion of the separation of the Company from InvenTrust;

 

    exclude (i) 14 assets sold during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and reflected as discontinued operations in the historical financial statements and (ii) 27 assets sold during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 and reflected as discontinued operations in the historical financial statements (collectively, the “Discontinued Operations Disposed Assets”);

 

    exclude four assets sold during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 and one asset sold during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 reflected as continuing operations in the historical financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, as applicable (collectively, the “Continuing Operations Disposed Assets” and, together with the Discontinued Operations Disposed Assets, the “Disposed Assets”);

 

    reflect the capital contribution from InvenTrust of $         prior to the completion of our separation from InvenTrust (the “Capital Contribution”);

 

    reflect the issuance of             shares of our common stock to InvenTrust pursuant to a stock dividend effectuated prior to the distribution;

 

    reflect the distribution of             shares of our common stock to holders of InvenTrust common stock based upon the number of InvenTrust shares outstanding on                 , 2016; and

 

    reflect certain other adjustments as described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Financial Statements.

Presentation of Combined Consolidated Financial Information And Certain Operating And Non-Financial Data

Unless otherwise indicated below or the context otherwise requires, (i) the historical financial data (excluding all pro forma financial data) in this Information Statement and (ii) the operating and non-financial data (but excluding all related data prepared on a pro forma basis) disclosed in “Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data,” “Selected Historical Financial and Operating Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (excluding all pro forma financial data) (collectively, the “Financial Statement Sections”) reflect the combined and consolidated business and operations of the Company prior to the Retail Asset Disposition and the completion of the Company’s separation from InvenTrust, but after giving effect to the Non-Core Asset Contributions (as defined under Summary—Our Structure and Reorganization Transactions—Our Corporate Reorganization), reflecting ownership of the Prior Combined Portfolio.

 

ii


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights some of the information in this Information Statement relating to our Company, our separation from InvenTrust and the distribution of our common stock by InvenTrust to its stockholders. For a more complete understanding of our business and the separation and distribution, you should read carefully the more detailed information set forth under the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Our Separation from InvenTrust” and the other information included in this Information Statement.

 

 

Overview

We are a self-advised and self-administered REIT with a portfolio of single- and multi-tenant office assets, industrial assets, retail assets, correctional facilities, unimproved land and a bank branch, which represent InvenTrust’s remaining “non-core” assets. InvenTrust historically focused on acquiring, owning and operating a diversified portfolio of commercial real estate, including retail, multi-family, student housing, industrial, correctional, lodging and office assets located in the United States. InvenTrust’s “non-core” assets were originally part of this diversified investment strategy. Beginning in 2012, InvenTrust began to implement its strategy of focusing its diverse portfolio of real estate into three platforms – retail, lodging and student housing – with the goal of enhancing long-term stockholder value and positioning InvenTrust to explore various strategic transactions. As part of this strategy, InvenTrust executed a series of transactions, including the sale of its conventional apartment assets in 2013, the sale of certain of its net lease assets consummated through multiple closings throughout 2013 and 2014, and disposition of other “non-core” assets in individual and portfolio transactions. Also in furtherance of this strategy, beginning in 2014, InvenTrust executed a series of strategic transactions, including a modified Dutch tender offer for its common stock and the disposition of its lodging platform through the sale of its suburban select service lodging portfolio and the spin-off of Xenia Hotels & Resorts, Inc. (“Xenia”). In January 2016, InvenTrust announced an agreement to sell its student housing portfolio. Following the sale of its student housing portfolio, InvenTrust’s go-forward strategy is to focus its business on retail assets in strategic markets. In order to maximize the value of InvenTrust’s retail platform and the “non-strategic” retail assets, and as part of its previously announced plan to dispose of its “non-core” assets, InvenTrust is now planning to spin-off its remaining “non-core” assets” by distributing 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Highlands on a pro rata basis to existing stockholders of InvenTrust.

As of December 31, 2015, the Highlands Portfolio consisted of seven office assets, two industrial assets, six retail assets, two correctional facilities, four parcels of unimproved land and one bank branch.

Reasons for the Separation

Upon careful review and consideration, InvenTrust’s board of directors determined that our separation from InvenTrust is in the best interests of InvenTrust. The board’s determination was based on a number of factors, including those set forth below.

 

    Enabling our dedicated management to focus solely on maximizing the total value of our portfolio in connection with our evaluation of various strategic opportunities. The separation of the Highlands Portfolio from InvenTrust will enable our dedicated management team to focus on preserving, protecting and maximizing the total value of our portfolio until such time as we determine that a sale or other disposition of all or a portion of our portfolio achieves our investment objectives or until it appears such objectives will not be met.

 

    Allow InvenTrust’s management to focus on its retail platform. Following the announced agreement to sell InvenTrust’s student housing platform, as part of its overall strategic plan and long-term goal of maximizing shareholder value, InvenTrust intends to dispose of its “non-core” assets in order to create a pure-play retail platform.

 



 

1


Table of Contents

The anticipated benefits of the separation are based on a number of assumptions, and there can be no assurance that such benefits will materialize to the extent anticipated, or at all. In the event that the separation does not result in such benefits, the costs associated with the separation could have a material adverse effect on our business and are not quantifiable. Following our separation from InvenTrust, we will be a smaller company than InvenTrust, and we will not have access to the financial and other resources of InvenTrust or to resources comparable to those of InvenTrust. As a separate, standalone company, we may be unable to obtain debt or goods, technology and services at prices and on terms as favorable as those available to us prior to the separation. For more information about the risks associated with the separation, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Relationship with InvenTrust and the Separation.”

Business Strategy

Our investment objectives are to preserve, protect and maximize the total value of our portfolio in connection with our evaluation of various strategic opportunities while seeking to provide stockholders with a return of their investment by liquidating and distributing net sales proceeds. We may seek to sustain and enhance the values of our assets through additional leasing or capital expenditures, where necessary, while identifying and implementing disposition strategies for the assets in our portfolio. We intend to hold our assets until such time as we determine that a sale or other disposition achieves our investment objectives or until it appears such objectives will not be met.

Investment Risks

An investment in shares of our common stock involves substantial risks and uncertainties that may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. You should carefully consider the matters discussed in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21 of this Information Statement when making investment decisions with respect to our common stock. Some of the risks relating to an investment in Highlands include the following:

 

    we may be unable to renew leases, lease vacant space or re-let space as leases expire, thereby increasing or prolonging vacancies, which could adversely affect our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations;

 

    one of our tenants, AT&T, is party to three leases with us and generates a significant portion of our revenue. The original terms of such leases expire in 2016, 2017 and 2019. AT&T did not renew its lease expiring in 2016 during the contractual renewal option period, and there is a strong possibility that AT&T will not renew any or all of its leases. If AT&T elects not to renew any one or more of such leases, and if we are unable to re-let the space as leases expire, or if we are required to make significant capital expenditures for such assets, our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations would be adversely affected;

 

    we depend on tenants for our revenue, and accordingly, lease terminations, vacancies, tenant defaults and bankruptcies could adversely affect the income produced by our assets;

 

    our portfolio includes assets that are special use, single-tenant and/or build-to-suit that may be difficult to lease, finance or sell;

 

    many of our properties are located in weak markets or submarkets, which may adversely affect our ability to rent such properties, increase rental rates and/or sell such properties;

 

    economic and market conditions could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition;

 

    our ongoing business strategy involves the selling of assets; however, we may be unable to sell an asset at acceptable terms and conditions, if at all;

 



 

2


Table of Contents
    we may not successfully implement our disposition strategy, in which case you may have to hold your investment for an indefinite period;

 

    real estate is a competitive business;

 

    if we are unable to repay or refinance our existing debt as it comes due, we may need to sell the underlying asset sooner than anticipated or the lender may foreclose, in which case our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations could be materially adversely affected;

 

    our special purpose property-owning subsidiaries may default under non-recourse mortgage loans;

 

    MB REIT is subject to obligations under certain “non-recourse carve out” indemnity agreements and guarantees that may be deemed to be triggered in the future;

 

    our failure to comply with all covenants in our existing or future debt agreements could materially and adversely affect us;

 

    we may be unable to achieve some or all of the benefits that we expect to achieve from our separation from InvenTrust, and we may no longer enjoy certain benefits from InvenTrust;

 

    our ability to operate our business effectively may suffer if we do not, quickly and cost-effectively, establish our own financial, administrative and other support functions in order to operate as a standalone company or our own internal controls and procedures, and we cannot assure you that the transitional services InvenTrust has agreed to provide us will be sufficient for our needs;

 

    failure to qualify as a REIT, or failure to remain qualified as a REIT, would cause us to be taxed as a regular corporation, which would substantially reduce funds available for distributions to our stockholders;

 

    if either InvenTrust or MB REIT failed to qualify as a REIT, we would be prevented from electing to qualify as a REIT;

 

    REIT distribution requirements could adversely affect our liquidity and may force us to borrow funds or sell assets during unfavorable market conditions;

 

    since our shares will not be traded on any securities exchange after our separation from InvenTrust, there is no established public market for our shares and you may not be able to sell your shares; and

 

    our cash available for distribution to stockholders may not be sufficient to pay distributions at expected or required levels, and we may need external sources in order to make such distributions, or we may not be able to make such distributions at all.

Our Structure and Reorganization Transactions

Our History

Highlands was formed as a Maryland corporation on December 16, 2015 as a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of InvenTrust.

Since 2011, InvenTrust or its wholly owned subsidiaries have owned all of the outstanding capital stock of MB REIT, a Florida corporation, other than 125 shares of Series B Preferred Stock issued to 125 individual accredited investors for the purpose of facilitating MB REIT’s qualification as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes. On December 15, 2015, MB REIT redeemed all of the outstanding shares of its Series B Preferred Stock and became a wholly owned subsidiary of InvenTrust. At that time, MB REIT became a “qualified REIT subsidiary” (“QRS”) of InvenTrust and ceased to be treated as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 



 

3


Table of Contents

Prior to the internal reorganization transactions described below, MB REIT owned the assets included in the Retail Asset Disposition (as defined below) and all of the assets in the Highlands Portfolio other than the Non-Core Contributed Assets (as defined below). Prior to the internal reorganization transactions described below, the Non-Core Contributed Assets are owned by subsidiaries of InvenTrust other than Highlands or MB REIT.

At all times prior to InvenTrust’s self-management in March 2014, our management team and other employees were employees of InvenTrust’s sponsor or its affiliates. Following the self-management transactions, our management team and our other employees became employed by InvenTrust or a subsidiary of InvenTrust, and employees hired since the self-management transactions were employed by InvenTrust. In connection with the separation, we will be the employer of our management team and other employees.

Our Corporate Reorganization

Prior to or concurrently with the completion of the separation and distribution, we have engaged or will engage in certain reorganization transactions, through a series of contributions, distributions and exchanges, which are designed to consolidate the ownership of the Highlands Portfolio into Highlands, transfer certain retail assets currently owned directly or indirectly by MB REIT to InvenTrust, facilitate our separation from InvenTrust and the distribution and enable us to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2016.

The significant elements of the Reorganization Transactions include:

 

    MB REIT will become a wholly owned subsidiary of Highlands;

 

    The direct and indirect subsidiaries of MB REIT owning the following assets will be transferred to InvenTrust:

 

    Lakeport Commons, a multi-tenant retail asset in Sioux City, IA

 

    Fabyan Randall Plaza, a multi-tenant retail asset in Batavia, IL

 

    New Forest Crossing Phase II, a multi-tenant retail asset in Houston, TX

 

    Spring Town Center Phase I & II, a multi-tenant retail asset in Spring, TX

 

    Spring Town Shopping Center Phase III, a multi-tenant retail asset in Spring, TX

We refer in this Information Statement to these transfers as the “Retail Asset Disposition.”

 

    The direct and indirect subsidiaries of InvenTrust owning the following assets will be transferred to Highlands or its subsidiaries:

 

    Versacold USA—St. Paul, an industrial asset in St. Paul, MN

 

    Versacold USA—New Ulm, an industrial asset in New Ulm, MN

 

    Trimble, an R&D office asset in San Jose, CA

 

    Rolling Plains Detention Facility, a correctional facility in Haskell, TX

 

    Hudson Correctional Facility, a correctional facility in Hudson, CO

 

    Bridgeside Point, a single-tenant office building in Pittsburgh, PA

 

    Citizens—Providence, a bank branch in Providence, RI

 

    Sand Lake Land, a parcel of unimproved land in Orlando, FL

 



 

4


Table of Contents
    Palazzo Land, a parcel of unimproved land in Orlando, FL

 

    North Pointe Land, a parcel of unimproved land in Hanahan, SC

 

    RDU Land, a parcel of unimproved land in Raleigh, NC

We refer in this Information Statement to these assets as the “Non-Core Contributed Assets” and to these transfers as the “Non-Core Asset Contributions.”

 

    We will issue             shares of our common stock to InvenTrust pursuant to a stock dividend effectuated prior to the distribution.

Our Post-Separation Relationship with InvenTrust

We will enter into a Separation and Distribution Agreement with InvenTrust to effect the separation and distribution. In addition, we will enter into various other agreements with InvenTrust to effect the separation and provide a framework for our relationship with InvenTrust after the separation, such as a Transition Services Agreement and an Employee Matters Agreement. These agreements will provide for the allocation between us and InvenTrust of InvenTrust’s assets, liabilities and obligations attributable to periods prior to, at and after our separation from InvenTrust and will govern certain relationships between us and InvenTrust after the separation.

For additional information regarding the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement and the Employee Matters Agreement, please refer to “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Relationship with InvenTrust and the Separation” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

Our Financing Strategy

Certain of our existing assets are currently encumbered by debt, and debt financing may be used from time to time for property improvements, tenant improvements, leasing commissions and other working capital needs. The form of our indebtedness may vary and could be long-term or short-term, secured or unsecured, or fixed-rate or floating rate. We will not enter into interest rate swaps or caps or similar hedging transactions or derivative arrangements for speculative purposes, but may do so in order to manage or mitigate our interest rate risks on variable rate debt. For additional information regarding our existing debt, please refer to “Description of Indebtedness.”

Distribution Policy

We generally intend over time to make annual distributions in an amount at least equal to the amount that will allow us to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes and to avoid current entity level U.S. federal income taxes. To qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must distribute to our stockholders an amount at least equal to:

 

  i. 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined before the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gain (which does not necessarily equal net income as calculated in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”)); plus

 

  ii. 90% of the excess of our net income from foreclosure property over the tax imposed on such income by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”); less

 

  iii. any excess non-cash income (as determined under the Code). Please refer to “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

 



 

5


Table of Contents

Distributions made by us will be authorized and determined by our board of directors, in its sole discretion, out of legally available funds, and will be dependent upon a number of factors, including restrictions under applicable law and other factors described under “Distribution Policy.” We cannot assure you that our distribution policy will remain the same in the future, or that any estimated distributions will be made or sustained. Our ability to make distributions to our stockholders will depend upon the performance of our asset portfolio and our ability to successfully execute on our disposition strategy. Distributions will be made in cash to the extent cash is available for distribution. We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flows to pay distributions to our stockholders. To the extent that our cash available for distribution is less than the amount required to be distributed under the REIT provisions of the Code, we may consider funding sources other than cash flow from operations or funds from operations, which may reduce the amount of capital available for operations, may have negative tax implications, and may have a negative effect on the value of your shares under certain conditions. In addition, our board of directors could change our distribution policy in the future. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock and our Corporate Structure—Our cash available for distribution to stockholders may not be sufficient to pay distributions at expected or required levels, and we may need external sources in order to make such distributions, or we may not be able to make such distributions at all.” For a discussion of the tax treatment of distributions to holders of our common stock, please refer to “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

Our Tax Status

We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes beginning with our short taxable year commencing immediately prior to the separation and ending on December 31, 2016. We believe that we have been organized and will operate in a manner that will allow us to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes commencing with such short taxable year. To qualify for REIT status, we must meet a number of organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement that we annually distribute to our stockholders at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and excluding any net capital gains. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of Our Stock

Our charter, subject to certain exceptions, authorizes our directors to take such actions as are necessary or appropriate to enable us to qualify as a REIT. Furthermore, our charter prohibits any person from actually or constructively owning more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock. Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may exempt (prospectively or retroactively) a person from the ownership limits if certain conditions are satisfied. However, our board of directors may not grant an exemption from the ownership limits to any person if that exemption would result in our failing to qualify as a REIT. These restrictions on transferability and ownership will not apply if our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interests to attempt to or to continue to qualify as a REIT. The ownership limits may delay or impede a transaction or a change of control that might be in your best interest. See “Description of Capital Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

JOBS Act

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”). Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the extended transition period.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

An emerging growth company may also take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public reporting companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

    not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”);

 

    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

 

    exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may take advantage of these provisions until we cease to be an emerging growth company. We will, in general, qualify as an emerging growth company until the earliest of (a) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our equity securities pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933; (b) the last day of our fiscal year in which we have an annual gross revenue of $1.0 billion or more; (c) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; and (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which would occur at such time as we (1) have an aggregate worldwide market value of common equity securities held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (2) have been required to file annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act for a period of at least 12 months and (3) have filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Exchange Act.

As a result of our status as an emerging growth company, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

Our Principal Office

Our principal executive offices are located at 2809 Butterfield Road, Suite 180, Oak Brook, IL, 60523, and our telephone number is                 . We maintain a website at www.                 .com. The information contained on our website or that can be accessed through our website neither constitutes part of this prospectus nor is incorporated herein by reference.

 



 

7


Table of Contents

Questions and Answers about Us and the Separation

 

Why is the separation structured as a distribution?

InvenTrust believes that a distribution of our shares is an efficient way to separate our assets and that the separation will create benefits and value for us and InvenTrust and our stockholders.

 

Why am I receiving this document?

InvenTrust is delivering this document to you because you are a holder of common stock of InvenTrust. If you are a holder of InvenTrust common stock as of the close of business on             , 2016, you are entitled to receive             share(s) of Highlands common stock for                 share(s) of InvenTrust common stock that you held at the close of business on such date. The number of shares of InvenTrust common stock you own will not change as a result of the distribution. This document will help you understand how the separation and distribution will affect your investment in InvenTrust, and your investment in Highlands following the separation.

 

How will the separation work?

At the time of the separation and distribution, Highlands will own, directly or indirectly, a portfolio of commercial real estate assets. InvenTrust will distribute 100% of the outstanding shares of Highlands’ common stock to InvenTrust’s stockholders on a pro rata basis. Following the separation, we will be an independent public company, but we do not intend to list any shares of our common stock on any securities exchange or other market in connection with the distribution.

 

When will the distribution occur?

We expect that InvenTrust will distribute the shares of our common stock on                 , 2016 to holders of record of shares of InvenTrust common stock as of the close of business on                 , 2016, subject to certain conditions described under “Our Separation from InvenTrust—Conditions to the Distribution.” No assurance can be provided as to the timing of the separation or that all conditions to the separation will be met.

 

What do stockholders of InvenTrust need to do to participate in the distribution?

Nothing, but we urge you to read this entire Information Statement carefully. Holders of shares of InvenTrust common stock as of the distribution record date will not be required to take any action to receive Highlands common stock on the distribution date. No stockholder approval of the distribution is required or sought. We are not asking you for a proxy, and you are requested not to send us a proxy. You will not be required to make any payment, or to surrender or exchange your shares of InvenTrust common stock or take any other action to receive your shares of our common stock on the distribution date. If you own shares of InvenTrust common stock as of the close of business on the distribution record date, InvenTrust, with the assistance of DST Systems, Inc., the distribution agent, will electronically issue shares of our common stock to you or to your brokerage firm on your behalf by way of direct registration in book-entry form. The distribution agent will mail you a book-entry account

 



 

8


Table of Contents
 

statement that reflects your shares of our common stock, or your bank or brokerage firm will credit your account for the shares.

 

How many shares of Highlands common stock will I receive in the distribution?

InvenTrust will distribute to you                 share(s) of Highlands common stock for every                 share(s) of InvenTrust common stock held by you as of the distribution record date. An aggregate of             shares of Highlands common stock will be distributed to stockholders of InvenTrust. For additional information on the distribution, please refer to “Our Separation from InvenTrust.”

 

Will I be taxed on the shares of Highlands common stock that I receive in the distribution?

Yes. The distribution will be in the form of a taxable distribution to InvenTrust stockholders. An amount equal to the fair market value of our common stock received by you will be treated as a taxable dividend to the extent of your ratable share of any current or accumulated earnings and profits of InvenTrust, with the excess treated as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of your tax basis in your shares of InvenTrust common stock and any remaining excess treated as capital gain. Although the distribution will be taxable to InvenTrust and InvenTrust stockholders, InvenTrust does not anticipate recognizing taxable gain as a result of the distribution. As a result, InvenTrust anticipates that the distribution will not increase its earnings and profits for the year in which the distribution occurs, which is anticipated to be 2016. Thus, if you own your InvenTrust common stock for the entire year in which the distribution occurs, InvenTrust anticipates that the distribution will not increase the amount of dividend income you will recognize for that year compared to the amount of dividend income you would have recognized if the distribution had not occurred. InvenTrust or other applicable withholding agents may be required to withhold on all or a portion of the distribution payable to non-U.S. stockholders. For a more detailed discussion, see “Our Separation From InvenTrust—Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Separation” and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

 

Can InvenTrust decide to cancel the distribution of our common stock even if all the conditions have been met?

Yes. The distribution is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions. See “Our Separation from InvenTrust—Conditions to the distribution.” Even if all conditions to the distribution are satisfied, InvenTrust may terminate and abandon the distribution at any time prior to the effectiveness of the distribution in its sole discretion.

 

When will I receive liquidity related to my Highlands common stock?

We intend to evaluate each of our assets on a rigorous and ongoing basis in an effort to optimize and enhance the value of our assets. As each of our assets reaches what we believe to be the asset’s optimum value, we will consider disposing of the asset for the purpose of either distributing the net sales proceeds to our stockholders or retaining the proceeds as part of a plan to achieve an optimal exit value. The timing of any liquidity event or events will depend upon then-prevailing economic and market conditions, which could result in different holding periods among the assets. We expect we will need to retain a portion of the net proceeds obtained from dispositions in order to achieve a final liquidity event.

 



 

9


Table of Contents

Does Highlands plan to pay dividends?

We generally intend over time to make annual distributions in an amount at least equal to the amount that will allow us to qualify as a REIT and to avoid current entity level U.S. federal income taxes. To qualify as a REIT, we must distribute to our stockholders an amount at least equal to:

 

  i. 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined before the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gain (which does not necessarily equal net income as calculated in accordance with GAAP); plus

 

  ii. 90% of the excess of our net income from foreclosure property over the tax imposed on such income by the Code; less

 

  iii. any excess non-cash income (as determined under the Code). Please refer to “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

 

  Distributions made by us will be authorized and determined by our board of directors, in its sole discretion, out of legally available funds, and will be dependent upon a number of factors, including restrictions under applicable law and other factors described under “Distribution Policy.” We may pay distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations or funds from operations, which may reduce the amount of capital available for operations, may have negative tax implications, and may have a negative effect on the value of your shares under certain conditions. We cannot assure you that our distribution policy will remain the same in the future, or that any estimated distributions will be made or sustained.

 

Will Highlands have a dividend reinvestment plan?

Highlands does not intend to have a dividend reinvestment plan in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to adopt a dividend reinvestment plan will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on such factors as our board of directors deems relevant.

 

Will Highlands have any debt?

Certain of our existing assets are currently encumbered by debt, and debt financing may be used from time to time for property improvements, tenant improvements, leasing commissions and other working capital needs.

 

  For additional information relating to our planned financing arrangements, see “Business and Properties—Financing Strategy,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” and “Description of Indebtedness.”

 



 

10


Table of Contents

What will the separation cost?

InvenTrust anticipates that it will incur pre-tax separation costs of approximately $         million to $         million. Pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement, InvenTrust shall be responsible for paying all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the separation and distribution and all transactions related thereto, whether incurred prior to or after the distribution date.

 

How will the separation affect my tax basis and holding period in shares of InvenTrust common stock?

Your tax basis in shares of InvenTrust held at the time of the distribution will be reduced (but not below zero) to the extent the fair market value of our shares distributed by InvenTrust in the distribution exceeds InvenTrust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Your holding period for such InvenTrust shares will not be affected by the distribution. See “Our Separation from InvenTrust—Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Separation.” You should consult your tax advisor as to the particular tax consequences of the distribution to you, including the applicability of any U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax laws.

 

What will my tax basis and holding period be for shares of Highlands common stock that I receive in the distribution?

Your tax basis in shares of our common stock received will equal the fair market value of such shares on the distribution date. Your holding period for such shares will begin the day after the distribution date. See “Our Separation from InvenTrust—Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Separation.”

 

  You should consult your tax advisor as to the particular tax consequences of the distribution to you, including the applicability of any U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax laws.

 

What will be the relationships between InvenTrust and Highlands following the separation?

Following the distribution, we and InvenTrust will be separate companies. We will enter into a Separation and Distribution Agreement to effect the separation and distribution. In addition, we will enter into various other agreements with InvenTrust to effect the separation and provide a framework for our relationship with InvenTrust after the separation, such as a Transition Services Agreement and an Employee Matters Agreement. These agreements will provide for the allocation between us and InvenTrust of InvenTrust’s assets, liabilities and obligations attributable to periods prior to, at and after our separation from InvenTrust and will govern certain relationships between us and InvenTrust after the separation. We cannot assure you that these agreements are on terms as favorable to us as agreements with independent third parties. Following the completion of the distribution, InvenTrust will not continue to own any shares of our common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

 

Will I receive physical certificates representing shares of Highlands common stock following the separation?

No. Following the separation, neither InvenTrust nor we will be issuing physical certificates representing shares of our common stock. Instead, InvenTrust, with the assistance of DST Systems, Inc., the distribution agent, will electronically issue shares of our common stock to you or to your bank or brokerage firm on your behalf by way of direct registration in book-entry form. The distribution agent will

 



 

11


Table of Contents
 

mail you a book-entry account statement that reflects your shares of Highlands common stock, or your bank or brokerage firm will credit your account for the shares. A benefit of issuing stock electronically in book-entry form is that there will be none of the physical handling and safekeeping responsibilities that are inherent in owning shares represented by physical share certificates.

 

Might I receive a fractional number of shares of Highlands common stock?

Yes. InvenTrust will distribute to you         share(s) of Highlands common stock for every             share(s) of InvenTrust common stock held by you as of the record date, which may result in your receiving a fractional number of shares.

 

Will I be able to trade shares of Highlands common stock on a public market?

No. There is not currently a public market for our common stock, and we do not intend to list any shares of our common stock on any securities exchange or other market in connection with the distribution.

 

Will the number of InvenTrust shares I own change as a result of the distribution?

No. The number of shares of InvenTrust common stock you own will not change as a result of the distribution.

 

Will the separation and distribution affect the value of my InvenTrust shares?

Yes. As a result of the distribution, InvenTrust expects the value of the shares of InvenTrust stock immediately following the distribution to be lower than the value of such shares immediately prior to the distribution because the value of the InvenTrust stock will no longer reflect the value of the Highlands Portfolio.

 

Will the separation and distribution affect the dividend I receive on my InvenTrust shares?

Yes. If the separation and distribution are completed, InvenTrust will review and announce a revised dividend and distribution policy. InvenTrust’s distribution payments will decrease after the separation and distribution because Highlands will own a portion of InvenTrust’s current portfolio. After giving effect to the separation and distribution, the aggregate distributions paid by InvenTrust and Highlands, on a combined basis, will be less than the current level of distributions paid by InvenTrust.

 

Are there risks to owning shares of Highlands common stock?

Yes. Our business is subject to various risks including risks relating to the separation. These risks are described in the “Risk Factors” section of this Information Statement beginning on page 21. We encourage you to read that section carefully.

 

Where can InvenTrust stockholders get more information?

Before the separation, if you have any questions relating to the separation, you should contact:

InvenTrust Investor Services

Tel: 855-377-0510

www.inventrustpropertiescorp.com

 



 

12


Table of Contents
  After the separation, if you have any questions relating to our common stock, you should contact:

 

  After the separation, if you have any questions relating to InvenTrust’s common stock, you should contact:

InvenTrust Investor Services

Tel: 855-377-0510

www.inventrustpropertiescorp.com

 



 

13


Table of Contents

The Separation and Distribution

 

Distributing company

InvenTrust Properties Corp.

 

Distributed company

Highlands REIT, Inc.

 

  We are a Maryland corporation and, prior to the separation, InvenTrust owned 100% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. After the separation, we will be an independent public company, but we do not intend to list any shares of our common stock on any security exchange or other market, and intend to conduct our business so as to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Distribution ratio

Each holder of shares of InvenTrust common stock will receive             share(s) of our common stock for every             share(s) of InvenTrust common stock held as of the close of business on                 , 2016.

 

Distributed securities

InvenTrust will distribute 100% of the shares of Highlands common stock outstanding immediately before the distribution. Based on the approximately          shares of InvenTrust common stock outstanding as of                 , 2016, assuming distribution of 100% of the outstanding shares of our common stock and applying the distribution ratio, we expect that approximately          million shares of Highlands common stock will be distributed to InvenTrust stockholders.

 

Record date

The record date is the close of business on                 , 2016.

 

Distribution date

The distribution date is on or about                 , 2016.

 

Distribution

On the distribution date, InvenTrust, with the assistance of DST Systems, Inc., the distribution agent, will electronically issue shares of our common stock to you or to your bank or brokerage firm on your behalf by way of direct registration in book-entry form. You will not be required to make any payment or surrender or exchange your shares of InvenTrust common stock or take any other action to receive your shares of our common stock on the distribution date. The distribution agent will mail you a book-entry account statement that reflects your shares of our common stock, or your bank or brokerage firm will credit your account for the shares. Beneficial stockholders that hold shares through brokerage firms will receive additional information from their brokerage firms shortly after the distribution date.

 



 

14


Table of Contents

Conditions to the distribution

The distribution of shares of our common stock by InvenTrust is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including the following:

 

    the board of directors of InvenTrust shall have authorized the distribution, which authorization may be made or withheld in the InvenTrust board of directors’ sole and absolute discretion;

 

    our registration statement on Form 10, of which this Information Statement is a part, shall have become effective under the Exchange Act, and no stop order relating to the registration statement shall be in effect and no proceedings for such purpose shall be pending before, or threatened by, the SEC;

 

    no preliminary or permanent injunction or other order, decree, or ruling issued by a governmental authority, and no statute (as interpreted through orders or rules of any governmental authority duly authorized to effectuate the statute), rule, regulation or executive order promulgated or enacted by any governmental authority shall be in effect preventing the consummation of, or materially limiting the benefits of, the separation and distribution and other transaction contemplated thereby;

 

    any required actions and filings necessary or appropriate under federal or state securities and blue sky laws of the U.S. will have been taken;

 

    the Transition Services Agreement and the Employee Matters Agreement shall have been executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto and no party to any of such agreements shall be in material breach of any such agreement;

 

    no event or development shall have occurred or failed to occur that, in the judgment of the board of directors of InvenTrust, in its sole discretion, prevents the consummation of the separation and distribution and related transactions or any portion thereof or makes the consummation of such transactions inadvisable;

 

    any government approvals and other material consents necessary to consummate the distribution will have been obtained and be in full force and effect; and

 

    the Separation and Distribution Agreement will not have been terminated.

 

  Even if all conditions to the distribution are satisfied, InvenTrust may terminate and abandon the distribution at any time prior to the effectiveness of the distribution.

 

Distribution agent, transfer agent and registrar for Highlands Common Stock

DST Systems, Inc.
333 West 11th Street
Kansas City, MO 64105
(816) 435-1000

 



 

15


Table of Contents

Tax considerations

The distribution of our common stock will not qualify for tax-deferred treatment, and an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares received by you on the distribution date will be treated as a taxable dividend to the extent of your ratable share of any current or accumulated earnings and profits of InvenTrust. The excess will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your tax basis in shares of InvenTrust common stock and any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain. Although the distribution will be taxable to InvenTrust and InvenTrust stockholders, InvenTrust does not anticipate recognizing taxable gain as a result of the distribution. As a result, InvenTrust anticipates that the distribution will not increase its earnings and profits for the year in which the distribution occurs, which is anticipated to be 2016. Thus, if you own your InvenTrust common stock for the entire year in which the distribution occurs, InvenTrust anticipates that the distribution will not increase the amount of dividend income you will recognize for that year compared to the amount of dividend income you would have recognized if the distribution had not occurred. Your tax basis in shares of InvenTrust held at the time of the distribution will be reduced (but not below zero) to the extent the fair market value of our shares distributed by InvenTrust in the distribution exceeds InvenTrust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Your holding period for such InvenTrust shares will not be affected by the distribution. Your tax basis in shares of our common stock received will equal the fair market value of the shares received by you on the distribution date. Your holding period for such shares will begin the day following the distribution of our common stock. InvenTrust will not be able to advise stockholders of the amount of earnings and profits of InvenTrust until after the end of the 2016 calendar year. InvenTrust or other applicable withholding agents may be required to withhold on all or a portion of the distribution payable to non-U.S. stockholders. For a more detailed discussion, see “Our Separation From InvenTrust—Certain U.S. Material Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Separation” and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

 

Relationship between InvenTrust and Highlands following the separation and distribution

We will enter into a Separation and Distribution Agreement to effect the separation and distribution. In addition, we will enter into various other agreements with InvenTrust to effect the separation and provide a framework for our relationship with InvenTrust after the separation, such as a Transition Services Agreement and an Employee Matters Agreement. These agreements will provide for the allocation between us and InvenTrust of InvenTrust’s assets, liabilities and obligations attributable to periods prior to, at and after our separation from InvenTrust and will govern certain relationships between us and InvenTrust after the separation. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.” InvenTrust will not own any shares of our common stock following the separation and distribution.

 



 

16


Table of Contents

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data

You should read the following summary historical and pro forma combined consolidated financial and operating data together with “Selected Historical Financial and Operating Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business and Properties” and the combined consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

The following table sets forth our summary historical and pro forma combined consolidated financial and operating data. Our summary historical combined consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and for the years then ended have been derived from our audited combined consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

Our financial statements reflect the operations of the Prior Combined Portfolio, which, among other things, includes allocations of costs from certain corporate and shared functions provided to us by InvenTrust. The allocation methods for corporate and shared services costs vary by function but were generally based on historical costs of assets.

Because the historical combined consolidated financial statements represent the financial and operating data of the Prior Combined Portfolio, and the Company will own the Highlands Portfolio following the separation from InvenTrust, the historical combined consolidated financial statements included in this Information Statement do not reflect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows as if we had operated as a stand-alone public reporting company during the period presented owning solely the Highlands Portfolio. Accordingly, our historical results should not be relied upon as an indicator of future performance.

The summary pro forma combined consolidated financial and operating data is derived from our unaudited pro forma combined consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015 as well as our unaudited pro forma combined consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2015, included elsewhere in this Information Statement. We derived our unaudited pro forma combined consolidated financial statements by applying pro forma adjustments to our historical combined consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Information Statement. The pro forma combined consolidated financial and operating data give effect to:

 

    the business and operations of the Company after the consummation of the Retail Asset Disposition and immediately following the completion of the separation of the Company from InvenTrust, after which we will own solely the Highlands Portfolio;

 

    the exclusion of the Disposed Assets;

 

    the Capital Contribution;

 

    the issuance of             shares of our common stock to InvenTrust pursuant to a stock dividend prior to the distribution;

 

    the distribution of             shares of our common stock to holders of InvenTrust common stock based upon the number of InvenTrust shares outstanding on                 , 2016; and

 

    certain other adjustments as described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Financial Statements.”

 



 

17


Table of Contents

The pro forma adjustments are based on preliminary estimates, accounting judgments and currently available information and assumptions that management believes are reasonable. The notes to the pro forma combined consolidated financial statements provide a detailed discussion of how such adjustments were derived and presented in the pro forma combined consolidated financial and operating data. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Financial Statements—Notes to Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Financial Statements.” The pro forma combined consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with “Summary—Our Structure and Reorganization Transactions—Our Corporate Reorganization,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Financial and Operating Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” “Description of Indebtedness” and our combined consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

 



 

18


Table of Contents
     Highlands Portfolio    Prior Combined Portfolio  
     Pro Forma
Combined
Consolidated
   Combined Consolidated  
     For the year
ended
December 31,
2015
   For the year
ended
December 31,
2015
    For the year
ended
December 31,
2014
    For the year
ended
December 31,
2013
 

Selected Statement of Operations Data:

         

Revenues:

         

Rental income

      $ 96,960      $ 104,218      $ 108,841   

Tenant recovery income

        14,447        17,190        18,611   

Other property income

        430        739        743   
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

      $ 111,837      $ 122,147      $ 128,195   
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses:

         

Property operating expenses

        10,721        15,443        15,888   

Real estate taxes

        10,303        12,379        13,312   

Depreciation and amortization

        36,212        37,235        47,113   

General and administrative expense

        12,241        7,161        4,534   

Business management fee

        —          423        6,742   

Provision for asset impairment

        —          15,640        258,648   
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

      $ 69,477      $ 88,281      $ 346,237   
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

      $ 42,360      $ 33,866      $ (218,042
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest and dividend income

        1        5        1,006   

Loss on sale of investment properties

        (197     (1,018     —     

Gain on extinguishment of debt

        —          11,959        2,419   

Other (loss) income

        (11     488        889   

Interest expense

        (27,757     (32,681     (37,583

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated entity

        —          —          628   

Gain on investment in unconsolidated entity

        —          —          2,930   
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

      $ 14,396      $ 12,619      $ (247,753
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

        (51     (64     (110
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

      $ 14,345      $ 12,555      $ (247,863
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income from discontinued operations

        —          4,632        48,469   
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

      $ 14,345      $ 17,187      $ (199,394
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

        (15     (16     (16
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Company

      $ 14,330      $ 17,171      $ (199,410
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Share Data:

         

Pro forma basic earnings per share

         

Pro forma diluted earnings per share

         

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding—basic

         

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding—diluted

         

Other Financial Data:

         

Funds from operations (1)

      $ 50,765      $ 65,522      $ 65,895   

Modified net operating income (2)

      $ 92,534      $ 95,413      $ 99,001   

 



 

19


Table of Contents
     Highlands
Portfolio
   Prior Combined Portfolio  
     Pro Forma
Combined
Consolidated
   Combined Consolidated  
     As of
December 31,
2015
   As of December 31,  
Selected Balance Sheet Data:       2015      2014      2013  

Cash and cash equivalents

      $ 26,972       $ 10,291       $ 6,076   

Restricted cash & escrows

        3,647         5,044         11,389   

Total assets

        741,092         841,894         1,216,502   

Total debt

        438,970         487,825         468,970   

Total equity

        266,853         317,108         389,694   

 

(1) We calculate Funds From Operations (“FFO”) in accordance with standards established by the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts (“NAREIT”), which defines FFO as net income or loss (calculated in accordance with GAAP), excluding real estate-related depreciation, amortization and impairment, gains (losses) from sales of real estate, the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles, adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures, and items classified by GAAP as extraordinary. Historical cost accounting for real estate assets implicitly assumes that the value of real estate assets diminishes predictably over time. Since real estate values instead have historically risen or fallen with market conditions, most industry investors consider presentations of operating results for real estate companies that use historical cost accounting to be insufficient by themselves. We believe that the presentation of FFO provides useful supplemental information to investors regarding our operating performance by excluding the effect of real estate depreciation and amortization, gains (losses) from sales for real estate, impairments of real estate assets extraordinary items and the portion of items related to unconsolidated entities, all of which are based on historical cost accounting and which may be of lesser significance in evaluating current performance. We believe that the presentation of FFO can facilitate comparisons of operating performance between periods and between REITs, even though FFO does not represent an amount that accrues directly to common stockholders. Our calculation of FFO may not be comparable to measures calculated by other companies who do not use the NAREIT definition of FFO or do not calculate FFO per diluted share in accordance with NAREIT guidance. Additionally, FFO may not be helpful when comparing us to non-REITs.

 

(2) Modified net operating income reflects the income from operations excluding adjustments, such as lease termination income, and GAAP rent adjustments in order to provide a comparable presentation of operating activity across periods. Includes adjustments for items that affect the comparability of, and were excluded from, the same store results. Such adjustments include lease termination income, GAAP rent adjustments, such as straight-line rent, and above/below market lease amortization.

 



 

20


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Owning our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following risk factors and all other information contained in this Information Statement. If any of the following risks, as well as additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial, occur, our business, financial condition, cash flows, liquidity and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, the value of our common stock could decline significantly, and you could lose all or a part of the value of your ownership in our common stock. Some statements in this Information Statement, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. Please refer to the section in this Information Statement entitled “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We may be unable to renew leases, lease vacant space or re-let space as leases expire, thereby increasing or prolonging vacancies, which could adversely affect our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

As of December 31, 2015, the current lease term for leases representing approximately 35% and 23% of the rentable square feet and approximately 36% and 19% of the annualized base rent of the assets in the Highlands portfolio will expire in 2016 and 2017, respectively (not taking into account any renewal options), and an additional 5% of the rentable square feet of the assets in portfolios was vacant. We cannot assure you that leases will be renewed or that our assets will be re-leased on terms equal to or better than the current terms, or at all. We also may not be able to lease space which is currently not occupied on acceptable terms and conditions, if at all. In addition, some of our tenants have leases that include early termination provisions that permit the lessee to terminate all or a portion of its lease with us after a specified date or upon the occurrence of certain events with little or no liability to us. We may be required to offer substantial rent abatements, tenant improvements, early termination rights or below-market renewal options to retain these tenants or attract new ones. It is possible that, in order to lease currently vacant space, or space that may become vacant, we will be required to make rent or other concessions to tenants, accommodate requests for renovations, make tenant improvements or and other improvements or provide additional services to our tenants. As a result, we may have to make significant capital or other expenditures in order to retain tenants whose leases expire or to attract new tenants. Portions of our assets may remain vacant for extended periods of time. If the rental rates for our assets decrease, our existing tenants do not renew their leases or we do not re-lease a significant portion of our available space and space for which leases will expire, our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations could be adversely affected.

One of our tenants, AT&T, is party to three leases with us and generates a significant portion of our revenue. The original terms of such leases expire in 2016, 2017 and 2019. AT&T did not renew its lease expiring in 2016 during the contractual renewal option period, and there is a strong possibility that AT&T will not renew any or all of its leases. If AT&T elects not to renew any one or more of such leases, and if we are unable to re-let the space as leases expire, or if we are required to make significant capital expenditures for such assets, our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations would be adversely affected.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, approximately 42% of our total annualized rental income was generated by three single-tenant assets leased to affiliates of AT&T, Inc. Our Hoffman Estates, Illinois lease represents 21% of our total annualized revenue. However, no value was attributed to this asset in calculating InvenTrust’s most recent net asset value (“NAV”). Similarly, we do not expect to attribute any value to this asset when calculating our NAV. The original term of the lease for this asset expires in August 2016. AT&T did not renew this lease during the contractual renewal option period. As of December 31, 2015, the principal amount of indebtedness on this asset is approximately $125 million. This asset is currently in hyper-amortization under the loan agreement and, as a result, rental payments less certain expenses are used to pay down the principal amount of the loan. As of December 31, 2015, there was approximately $16.8 million of accrued interest due to hyper-amortization. The characteristics of the property and market conditions are likely to make this asset difficult to re-lease and, consequently, difficult to sell. If AT&T does not renew, the potential difficulty of securing a new

 

21


Table of Contents

tenant is likely to make the loan difficult to refinance. Additionally, if AT&T does not renew and if we are unable to re-let the asset, we expect that we may be unable to make mortgage payments and may default under the loan agreement.

Our St. Louis, Missouri lease represents 15% of our total annualized revenue. However, no value was attributed to this asset in calculating InvenTrust’s NAV. Similarly, we do not expect to attribute any value to this asset when calculating our NAV. The original term of the lease for this asset expires in September 2017. AT&T may not exercise its renewal option for this asset, which expires in September 2016. As of December 31, 2015, the principal amount of indebtedness on this asset is approximately $113 million. If AT&T were to elect not to renew, market conditions are likely to make this asset difficult to re-lease and, consequently, difficult to sell. Additionally, if AT&T were to elect not to renew, this asset is likely to require significant capital expenditures. If AT&T does not renew, the potential difficulty of securing a new tenant is likely to make the loan difficult to refinance. Additionally, if AT&T were to elect not to renew and if we are unable to re-let the asset, we expect that we may be unable to make mortgage payments and may default under the loan agreement. Furthermore, if AT&T fails to renew, then one year prior to the expiration of the lease or upon notice by AT&T that they have elected not to renew, whichever is earlier, all rental payments, less certain expenses, will be “swept” and held by the lender pursuant to the loan agreement. Moreover, on January 1, 2017, the asset will go into hyper-amortization under the loan agreement.

Our Cleveland lease represents 6% of our total annualized revenue and the original term expires in September 2019. As of December 31, 2015, AT&T leased approximately 55% of the property, but is paying substantially all operating expenses for the full property. AT&T may not exercise its renewal option for all or any part of the asset. As of December 31, 2015, the principal amount of indebtedness on this asset is approximately $19 million. This asset is currently in hyper-amortization under the loan agreement. As of December 31, 2015, there was approximately $1.6 million of accrued interest due to hyper-amortization. Market conditions are likely to make this asset difficult to re-lease as office space. If AT&T does not renew, the potential difficulty of securing a new tenant, is likely to make the loan difficult to refinance.

If AT&T elects not to renew any one or more of these leases, and if we are unable to re-let the space as leases expire, or if we are required to make significant capital expenditures for such assets, our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations would be adversely affected.

We depend on tenants for our revenue, and accordingly, lease terminations, vacancies, tenant defaults and bankruptcies could adversely affect the income produced by our assets.

Our business and financial condition depends on the financial stability of our tenants. Certain economic conditions may adversely affect one or more of our tenants. For example, business failures and downsizings can affect the tenants of our office and industrial assets. As a result, our tenants may delay lease commencements, decline to extend or renew their leases upon expiration, fail to make rental payments, or declare bankruptcy. Individual tenants may lease more than one asset or space at more than one asset. As a result, the financial failure of one tenant could increase vacancy at more than one asset or cause more than one lease to become non-performing. Any of these actions could result in the termination of the tenants’ leases, the expiration of existing leases without renewal or the loss of rental income attributable to the terminated or expired leases, any of which could make our assets difficult to sell and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

In the event of a tenant default or bankruptcy, we may experience delays in enforcing our rights as a landlord and may incur substantial costs in protecting our investment and re-leasing our asset. Specifically, a bankruptcy filing by, or relating to, one of our tenants or a lease guarantor would bar efforts by us to collect pre-bankruptcy debts from that tenant or lease guarantor, or its asset, unless we receive an order permitting us to do so from the bankruptcy court. In addition, we cannot evict a tenant solely because of bankruptcy. The bankruptcy of a tenant or lease guarantor could delay our efforts to collect past-due balances under the relevant leases, and could ultimately preclude collection of these sums. If a lease is rejected by a tenant in bankruptcy, we would have only a general,

 

22


Table of Contents

unsecured claim for damages. An unsecured claim would only be paid to the extent that funds are available and only in the same percentage as is paid to all other holders of general, unsecured claims. Restrictions under the bankruptcy laws further limit the amount of any other claims that we can make if a lease is rejected. As a result, it is likely that we would recover substantially less than the full value of the remaining rent during the term.

Our portfolio includes assets that are special use, single-tenant and/or build-to-suit that may be difficult to lease, finance or sell.

Our portfolio includes assets that are special use, single-tenant and/or build-to-suit, which are relatively illiquid compared to other types of real estate assets. With these assets, if the current lease is terminated or not renewed, we may be required to make significant capital expenditures to reposition the asset or make rent concessions in order to lease the asset to another tenant, finance the asset or sell the asset.

Many of our properties are located in weak markets or submarkets, which may adversely affect our ability to rent such properties, increase rental rates and/or sell such properties.

Certain of our properties are located in weak markets or submarkets. These markets may be experiencing economic slowdowns, little or no job growth, and/or high numbers of vacancies. Additionally, demand for certain types of assets, such as office assets, may have shifted from suburban areas to city centers, or vice versa. The weakness of an asset’s market or submarket may adversely affect our ability to rent such properties, increase rental rates and/or sell such properties, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

Economic and market conditions could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our business may be affected by market and economic challenges experienced by the U.S. or global economies or the real estate industry as a whole or by the local economic conditions in the markets in which our assets are located, including any dislocations in the credit markets. These conditions may materially affect our tenants, the value and performance of our assets and our ability to sell assets, as well as our ability to make principal and interest payments on, or refinance, any outstanding debt when due. Challenging economic conditions may also impact the ability of certain of our tenants to enter into new leasing transactions or satisfy rental payments under existing leases. Specifically, these conditions may have the following consequences:

 

    the financial condition of our tenants may be adversely affected, which may result in us having to increase concessions, reduce rental rates or make capital improvements in order to maintain occupancy levels or to negotiate for reduced space needs, which may result in a decrease in our occupancy levels;

 

    significant job loss may occur, which may decrease demand for space and result in lower occupancy levels, which will result in decreased revenues and which could diminish the value of assets, which depend, in part, upon the cash flow generated by our assets;

 

    an increase in the number of bankruptcies or insolvency proceedings of our tenants and lease guarantors, which could delay our efforts to collect rent and any past due balances under the relevant leases and ultimately could preclude collection of these sums;

 

    our ability to borrow on terms and conditions that we find acceptable may be limited;

 

    the amount of capital that is available to finance assets could diminish, which, in turn, could lead to a decline in asset values generally, slow asset transaction activity, and reduce the loan to value ratio upon which lenders are willing to lend; and

 

    the value of certain of our assets may decrease below the amounts we paid for them, which would limit our ability to dispose of assets at attractive prices or for potential buyers to obtain debt financing secured by these assets and could reduce our ability to finance our business.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our ongoing business strategy involves the selling of assets; however, we may be unable to sell an asset at acceptable terms and conditions, if at all.

We intend to hold our assets until such time as we determine that a sale or other disposition appears to be advantageous to achieve our investment objectives or until it appears such objectives will not be met. As we look to sell these assets, general economic conditions, market conditions, and asset-specific issues may negatively affect the value of our assets and therefore reduce our return on the investment or prevent us from selling the asset on acceptable terms or at all. Some of our leases contain provisions giving the tenant a right to purchase the asset, such as a right of first offer or right of first refusal, which may lessen our ability to freely control the sale of the asset. Debt levels currently exceed the value of certain assets and debt levels on other assets may exceed the value of those assets in the future, making it more difficult for us to rent, refinance or sell the assets. In addition, real estate investments are relatively illiquid and often cannot be sold quickly, limiting our ability to sell our assets when we decide to do so, or in response to such changing economic or asset-specific issues. Further, economic conditions may prevent potential purchasers from obtaining financing on acceptable terms, if at all, thereby delaying or preventing our ability to sell our assets.

We may not successfully implement our disposition strategy, in which case you may have to hold your investment for an indefinite period.

We are under no obligation to complete our disposition strategy within a specified time period, and market conditions and other factors beyond our control could delay our ability to liquidate our portfolio. We may not be able to control the timing of the sale of our assets, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to sell our assets so as to return any portion of our stockholders’ invested capital or fully satisfy our debt obligations. Our ability to sell our assets may also be limited by our need to avoid a 100% penalty tax that is imposed on gain recognized by a REIT from the sale of assets characterized as dealer property, which may cause us to forego or defer sales of assets that otherwise would be in our best interests.

If we are not successful in implementing our disposition strategy in a timely manner, your shares may continue to be illiquid and you may, for an indefinite period of time, be unable to convert your investment into cash easily, if at all, and could suffer losses on your investment.

Our ability to distribute all or a portion of the net proceeds from the sale of our assets to our stockholders may be limited.

When we sell any of our assets, we may not realize a gain on such sale or the amount of our taxable gain could exceed the cash proceeds we receive from such sale. We may determine to not distribute any proceeds from the sale of assets to our stockholders; for example, we may instead use such proceeds to repay debt or make repairs, maintenance, tenant improvements or other capital improvements or expenditures to our other assets. Alternatively, we may elect to create working capital reserves, especially in light of the fact that we may not be able to reduce our operating overhead expenses to the same extent or on the same time frame as the reduction of operating revenues resulting from a sale of assets, which could materially adversely affect our operating margins.

Real estate is a competitive business.

We compete with numerous developers, owners and operators of commercial real estate assets in the leasing market, many of which own assets similar to, and in the same market areas as, our assets. In addition, some of these competitors may be willing to accept lower returns on their investments than we are, and many have greater resources than we have and may enjoy significant competitive advantages that result from, among other things, a lower cost of capital and enhanced operating efficiencies. Principal factors of competition include rents charged, attractiveness of location, the quality of the asset and breadth and quality of services provided. Our success depends upon, among other factors, trends affecting national and local economies, the financial condition and operating results of current and prospective tenants and customers, availability and cost of capital, construction and renovation costs, taxes, governmental regulations, legislation, job creation and population trends.

 

24


Table of Contents

We also face competition from other real estate investment programs for buyers. We perceive there to be a smaller universe of potential buyers for many of the types of assets that comprise our portfolio in comparison to assets in more core real estate sectors, which may make it challenging for us to sell our assets.

Any difficulties in obtaining capital necessary to make tenant improvements, pay leasing commissions and make capital improvements at our assets could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Ownership of real estate is a capital intensive business that requires significant capital expenditures to operate, maintain and renovate assets. Access to the capital that we need to lease, maintain and renovate existing assets is critical to the success of our business. We may not be able to fund tenant improvements, pay leasing commissions or fund capital improvements at our existing assets solely from cash provided from our operating activities. As a result, our ability to fund tenant improvements, pay leasing commissions or fund capital improvements through retained earnings may be restricted. Consequently, we may have to rely upon the availability of debt, net proceeds from the dispositions of our assets or equity capital to fund tenant improvements, pay leasing commissions or fund capital improvements. The inability to do so could impair our ability to compete effectively and harm our business.

There are inherent risks with investments in real estate, including the relative illiquidity of such investments.

Investments in real estate are subject to varying degrees of risk. For example, an investment in real estate cannot generally be quickly sold, and we cannot predict whether we will be able to sell any asset we desire to on the terms set by us or acceptable to us, or the length of time needed to find a willing purchaser and to close the sale of such asset. Moreover, the Code imposes restrictions on a REIT’s ability to dispose of assets that are not applicable to other types of real estate companies. In particular, the tax laws applicable to REITs require that we hold our assets for investment, rather than primarily for sale in the ordinary course of business, which may cause us to forego or defer sales of assets that otherwise would be in our best interests. Therefore, we may not be able to vary our portfolio promptly in response to changing economic, financial and investment conditions and dispose of assets at opportune times or on favorable terms, which may adversely affect our cash flows and our ability to make distributions to stockholders.

Investments in real estate are also subject to adverse changes in general economic conditions. Among the factors that could impact our assets and the value of an investment in us are:

 

    risks associated with the possibility that cost increases will outpace revenue increases and that in the event of an economic slowdown, the high proportion of fixed costs will make it difficult to reduce costs to the extent required to offset declining revenues;

 

    changes in tax laws and property taxes, or an increase in the assessed valuation of an asset for real estate tax purposes;

 

    adverse changes in the federal, state or local laws and regulations applicable to us, including those affecting zoning, fuel and energy consumption, water and environmental restrictions, and the related costs of compliance;

 

    changing market demographics;

 

    an inability to finance real estate assets on favorable terms, if at all;

 

    the ongoing need for owner-funded capital improvements and expenditures to maintain or upgrade assets;

 

    fluctuations in real estate values or potential impairments in the value of our assets;

 

    natural disasters, such as earthquakes, floods or other insured or uninsured losses; and

 

    changes in interest rates and availability, cost and terms of financing.

 

25


Table of Contents

Our assets may be subject to impairment charges that may materially affect our financial results.

Economic and other conditions may adversely impact the valuation of our assets, resulting in impairment charges that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and earnings. On a regular basis, we evaluate our assets for impairments based on various triggers, including changes in the projected cash flows of such assets and market conditions. If we determine that an impairment has occurred, then we would be required to make an adjustment to the net carrying value of the asset, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the accounting period in which the adjustment is made. Furthermore, changes in estimated future cash flows due to a change in our plans, policies, or views of market and economic conditions could result in the recognition of additional impairment losses for already impaired assets, which, under the applicable accounting guidance, could be substantial.

Many real estate costs and certain operating costs are fixed, even if revenue from our assets decreases.

Many real estate costs, such as real estate taxes, insurance premiums, maintenance costs and certain operating costs generally are more fixed than variable and, as a result, are not reduced even when an asset is not fully occupied, rents decrease or other circumstances cause a reduction in revenues. If we are unable to offset these fixed costs with sufficient revenues across our portfolio, it could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and profitability. This risk is particularly acute at our net lease assets.

Operating and other expenses may increase in the future, which may cause our cash flow and our operating results to decrease.

Certain operating expenses and certain general and administrative expenses are not fixed and may increase in the future. Any increases would cause our cash flow and our operating results to decrease. If we are unable to offset these decreases with sufficient revenues across our portfolio, our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Our revenue from our retail assets will be impacted by the success and economic viability of our anchor retail tenants. Our reliance on single or significant tenants in certain buildings may decrease our ability to lease vacated space and adversely affect our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

In the retail sector, a tenant occupying all or a large portion of the gross leasable area of a retail center, commonly referred to as an anchor tenant, may become insolvent, may suffer a downturn in business or may decide not to renew its lease. Any of these events would result in a reduction or cessation in rental payments to us and would adversely affect our financial condition. A lease termination by an anchor tenant also could result in lease terminations or reductions in rent by other tenants whose leases may permit cancellation or rent reduction if another tenant’s lease is terminated. Similarly, the leases of some anchor tenants may permit the anchor tenant to transfer its lease to another retailer. The transfer to a new anchor tenant could reduce customer traffic in the retail center and thereby reduce the income generated by that retail center. A transfer of a lease to a new anchor tenant could also allow other tenants to make reduced rental payments or to terminate their leases in accordance with lease terms. If we are unable to re-lease the vacated space to a new anchor tenant, we may incur additional expenses in order to remodel the space to be able to re-lease the space to more than one tenant.

Public resistance to privatization of correctional facilities could negatively impact our tenants at such facilities, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

The management and operation of correctional facilities by private entities has not achieved complete acceptance by either government agencies or the public. Some governmental agencies have limitations on their ability to delegate their traditional management responsibilities for such facilities to private companies, and additional legislative changes or prohibitions could occur that further increase these limitations. In addition, the movement toward privatization of such facilities has encountered resistance from groups, such as labor unions, that believe that correctional facilities should only be operated by governmental agencies. In addition, negative

 

26


Table of Contents

publicity about poor conditions, an escape, riot or other disturbance at a privately-managed facility may result in adverse publicity to the private corrections industry. Any of these occurrences or continued trends may make it more difficult for the tenants of our correctional facilities to renew or maintain existing contracts or to obtain new contracts. Changes in governing political parties could also result in significant changes to previously established views of privatization. Increased public resistance to the privatization of correctional facilities could have a material adverse effect on our tenants who operate in this industry, which could adversely impact the value of our correctional facility assets and our results of operations.

The land underlying a portion of one of our assets is subject to a ground lease, which could limit our use of the asset, and a breach or termination of the ground lease could materially and adversely affect us.

We lease a portion of the land underlying one of our assets, Sherman Plaza, from a third party through a ground lease covering such land. As a lessee under a ground lease, we are exposed to the possibility of losing the right to use the portion of our asset covered by the ground lease upon termination, or an earlier breach by us, of the ground lease. The ground lease may also restrict our use of the asset, which may limit our flexibility in renting the asset and may impede our ability to sell the asset.

Uninsured and underinsured losses at our assets could materially and adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

We intend to maintain comprehensive insurance on each of our current assets, including liability, fire and extended coverage, of the type and amount we believe are customarily obtained for or by property owners. There are no assurances that coverage will be available at reasonable rates. Various types of catastrophic losses, like windstorms, earthquakes and floods, and losses from foreign terrorist activities may not be insurable or may not be economically insurable. Even when insurable, these policies may have high deductibles and/or high premiums. Lenders may require such insurance. Our failure to obtain such insurance could constitute a default under loan agreements, and/or our lenders may force us to obtain such insurance at unfavorable rates, which could materially and adversely affect our profitability and revenues.

In the event of a substantial loss, our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover the full current market value or replacement cost of our lost investment. Should an uninsured loss or a loss in excess of insured limits occur, we could lose all or a portion of the capital we have invested in an asset, as well as the anticipated future revenue from the asset. In that event, we might nevertheless remain obligated for any mortgage debt or other financial obligations related to the asset. Inflation, changes in building codes and ordinances, environmental considerations and other factors might also keep us from using insurance proceeds to replace or renovate an asset after it has been damaged or destroyed. Under those circumstances, the insurance proceeds we receive might be inadequate to restore our economic position on the damaged or destroyed property, which could materially and adversely affect our profitability.

In addition, insurance risks associated with potential terrorist acts could sharply increase the premiums we pay for coverage against property and casualty claims. With the enactment of the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007, United States insurers cannot exclude conventional, chemical, biological, nuclear and radiation terrorism losses. These insurers must make terrorism insurance available under their property and casualty insurance policies; however, this legislation does not regulate the pricing of such insurance. In many cases, mortgage lenders have begun to insist that commercial property owners purchase coverage against terrorism as a condition of providing mortgage loans. Such insurance policies may not be available at a reasonable cost, which could inhibit our ability to finance or refinance our assets. In such instances, we may be required to provide other financial support, either through financial assurances or self-insurance, to cover potential losses. We may not have adequate coverage for such losses, which could materially and adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

 

27


Table of Contents

We could incur significant, material costs related to government regulation and litigation with respect to environmental matters, which could materially and adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

Our assets are subject to various U.S. federal, state and local environmental laws that impose liability for contamination. Under these laws, governmental entities have the authority to require us, as the current owner of an asset, to perform or pay for the clean-up of contamination (including hazardous substances, asbestos and asbestos-containing materials, waste or petroleum products) at, on, under or emanating from the asset and to pay for natural resource damages arising from such contamination. Such laws often impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator or other responsible party knew of, or caused such contamination, and the liability may be joint and several. Because these laws also impose liability on persons who owned an asset at the time it became contaminated, it is possible we could incur cleanup costs or other environmental liabilities even after we sell assets. Contamination at, on, under or emanating from our assets also may expose us to liability to private parties for costs of remediation and/or personal injury or property damage. In addition, environmental laws may create liens on contaminated sites in favor of the government for damages and costs it incurs to address such contamination. If contamination is discovered on our assets, environmental laws also may impose restrictions on the manner in which the assets may be used or businesses may be operated, and these restrictions may require substantial expenditures. Moreover, environmental contamination can affect the value of an asset and, therefore, an owner’s ability to borrow funds using the asset as collateral or to sell the asset on favorable terms or at all. Furthermore, persons who sent waste to a waste disposal facility, such as a landfill or an incinerator, may be liable for costs associated with cleanup of that facility.

In addition, our assets are subject to various federal, state, and local environmental, health and safety laws and regulations that address a wide variety of issues, including, but not limited to, storage tanks, air emissions from emergency generators, storm water and wastewater discharges, lead-based paint, mold and mildew, and waste management. Some of our assets may handle and use hazardous or regulated substances and wastes as part of their operations, which substances and wastes are subject to regulation. Our assets incur costs to comply with these environmental, health and safety laws and regulations and could be subject to fines and penalties for non-compliance with applicable requirements.

Environmental laws in the U.S. also require that owners or operators of buildings containing asbestos properly manage and maintain the asbestos, adequately inform or train those who may come into contact with asbestos and undertake special precautions, including removal or other abatement, if that asbestos is disturbed during building renovation or demolition. These laws may impose fines and penalties on building owners or operators who fail to comply with these requirements and may allow third parties to seek recovery from owners or operators for personal injury associated with exposure to asbestos. Some of our assets may contain asbestos-containing building materials.

When excessive moisture accumulates in buildings or on building materials, mold growth may occur, particularly if the moisture problem remains undiscovered or is not addressed over a period of time. Some molds may produce airborne toxins or irritants. Indoor air quality issues can also stem from inadequate ventilation, chemical contamination from indoor or outdoor sources, and other biological contaminants such as pollen, viruses and bacteria. Indoor exposure to airborne toxins or irritants above certain levels can be alleged to cause a variety of adverse health effects and symptoms, including allergic or other reactions. As a result, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants at any of our assets could require us to undertake a costly remediation program to contain or remove the mold or other airborne contaminants from the affected asset or increase indoor ventilation. In addition, the presence of significant mold or other airborne contaminants could expose us to liability to third parties if property damage or personal injury occurs.

Liabilities and costs associated with environmental contamination at, on, under or emanating from our assets, defending against claims related to alleged or actual environmental issues, or complying with environmental, health and safety laws could be material and could materially and adversely affect us. We can make no assurances that changes in current laws or regulations or future laws or regulations will not impose additional or new material environmental liabilities or that the current environmental condition of our assets will

 

28


Table of Contents

not be affected by our operations, the condition of the assets in the vicinity of our assets, or by third parties unrelated to us. The discovery of material environmental liabilities at our assets could subject us to unanticipated significant costs, which could significantly reduce or eliminate our profitability and the cash available for distribution to our stockholders.

Compliance or failure to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act and other safety regulations and requirements could result in substantial costs.

Under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and the Accessibility Guidelines promulgated thereunder, which we refer to collectively as the ADA, all public accommodations must meet various federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. Compliance with the ADA’s requirements could require removal of access barriers, and non-compliance could result in the U.S. government imposing fines or in private litigants winning damages.

Our assets are also subject to various federal, state and local regulatory requirements, such as state and local fire and life safety requirements. If we fail to comply with these requirements, we could incur fines or private damage awards. We do not know whether existing requirements will change or whether compliance with future requirements would require significant unanticipated expenditures that would affect our cash flow and results of operations. If we incur substantial costs to comply with the ADA or other safety regulations and requirements, it could materially and adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

Adverse judgments or settlements resulting from legal proceedings in which we may be involved in the normal course of our business could reduce our profits or limit our ability to operate our business.

In the normal course of our business, we are involved in various legal proceedings. The outcome of these proceedings cannot be predicted. If any of these proceedings were to be determined adversely to us or a settlement involving a payment of a material sum of money were to occur, it could materially and adversely affect our profits or ability to operate our business. Additionally, we could become the subject of future claims by third parties, including current or former tenants, our employees, our investors or regulators. Any significant adverse judgments or settlements would reduce our profits and could limit our ability to operate our business. Further, we may incur costs related to claims for which we have appropriate third-party indemnity, but such third parties fail to fulfill their contractual obligations.

If we fail to establish and maintain an effective system of integrated internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results.

In connection with operating as a public reporting company, we will be required to provide reliable financial statements and reports to our stockholders. To monitor the accuracy and reliability of our financial reporting, we will establish an internal audit function, some or all of which may be outsourced, that will oversee our internal controls. We can provide no assurances that our initial accounting policy framework and accounting procedures manual will be adequate to provide reasonable assurance to our stockholders regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements. In addition, we are developing and documenting current policies and procedures with respect to company-wide business processes and cycles in order to implement effective internal control over financial reporting. We will establish controls and procedures designed to ensure that revenues and expenses are properly recorded at our assets. While we intend to undertake substantial work to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we cannot be certain that we will be successful in implementing or maintaining effective internal control over our financial reporting and may determine in the future that our existing internal controls need improvement. If we fail to implement and comply with proper overall controls, we could be materially harmed or we could fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, the existence of a material weakness or significant deficiency could result in errors in our financial statements that could require a restatement, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, result in increased costs to remediate any deficiencies, attract regulatory scrutiny or lawsuits and cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could lead to a substantial decline in the value of our common stock.

 

29


Table of Contents

As an “emerging growth company,” we are permitted to rely on exemptions from certain reporting and disclosure requirements, which may make our future public filings different than that of other public reporting companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting and disclosure requirements that are applicable to public reporting companies that are not emerging growth companies. We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of: (1) the last date of the fiscal year during which we had total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more; (2) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt; or (3) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined under Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to:

 

    have an auditor attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

    submit certain executive compensation matters to stockholder advisory votes pursuant to the “say on frequency” and “say on pay” provisions (requiring a non-binding stockholder vote to approve compensation of certain executive officers) and the “say on golden parachute” provisions (requiring a non-binding stockholder vote to approve golden parachute arrangements for certain executive officers in connection with mergers and certain other business combinations) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010; or

 

    disclose certain executive compensation related items.

If we choose to take advantage of any or all of these exemptions, the information that we provide you in our future public filings may be different than that of other public reporting companies. The exact implications of the JOBS Act for us are still subject to interpretations and guidance by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and other regulatory agencies. In addition, as our business grows, we may no longer satisfy the conditions of an emerging growth company. We continue to evaluate and monitor developments with respect to these new rules and we cannot assure you that we will be able to take advantage of all of the benefits of the JOBS Act.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public reporting and private companies. This means that an emerging growth company can delay adopting certain accounting standards until such standards are otherwise applicable to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the extended transition period.

We are increasingly dependent on information technology, and potential cyber-attacks, security problems, or other disruption present risks.

A cyber incident is considered to be any adverse event that threatens the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our information resources. More specifically, a cyber incident is an intentional attack or an unintentional event that can include an intruder gaining unauthorized access to systems to disrupt operations, corrupt data or steal confidential information. As our reliance on technology has increased, so have the risks posed to our systems, both internal and those we have outsourced. Our three primary risks that could directly result from the occurrence of a cyber incident include operational interruption, damage to our relationships with our tenants and private data exposure. Our financial results and reputation may be negatively impacted by such an incident.

 

30


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Debt Financing

If we are unable to repay or refinance our existing debt as it comes due, we may need to sell the underlying asset sooner than anticipated or the lender may foreclose, in which case our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Mortgages with a current aggregate principal amount outstanding of approximately $89 million underlying three of our assets will mature in 2016 and mortgages with a current aggregate principal amount outstanding of approximately $30 million underlying two of our assets will mature in 2017. Adverse economic conditions could cause the terms on which we borrow or refinance to be unfavorable. With respect to the debt that matures in 2016, we may not have sufficient funds on hand to repay this debt at maturity, and we may not be able to refinance the debt on acceptable terms, or at all. Additionally, although the mortgages on certain of our properties do not mature in the near term, due to the near-term expiration of tenant leases at these properties, we may be unable to make mortgage payments and may default under the applicable loan agreement. This may force us to dispose of those assets on disadvantageous terms, or the lender under such mortgages may foreclose, resulting in losses materially adversely affecting our cash flow, results of operations and financial condition.

Our special purpose property-owning subsidiaries may default under non-recourse mortgage loans.

Many of our assets are or will be held in special-purpose property-owning subsidiaries. In the future, such special purpose property-owning subsidiaries may default and/or send notices of imminent default on non- recourse mortgage loans where the relevant asset is or will be suffering from cash shortfalls on operating expenses, leasing costs and/or debt service obligations. If tenants at certain of our properties, such as AT&T— Hoffman Estates or AT&T—St. Louis, fail to renew their leases and we are unable to find new tenants, we may be unable to make mortgage payments and may default under the loan agreement. Additionally, in connection with our separation from InvenTrust, certain lenders under such non-recourse mortgage loans may allege that a default has been deemed to occur under such loans.

Any default by our special purpose property-owning subsidiaries under non-recourse mortgage loans would give the special servicers the right to accelerate the payment on the loans and the right to foreclose on the asset underlying such loans. There are several potential outcomes on the default of a non-recourse mortgage loan, including foreclosure, a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, a cooperative short sale, or a negotiated modification to the terms of the loan. There is no assurance that we will be able to achieve a favorable outcome on a cooperative or timely basis on any defaulted mortgage loan.

MB REIT is subject to obligations under certain “non-recourse carve out” indemnity agreements and guarantees that may be deemed to be triggered in the future.

Nine of our assets, all of which were owned directly or indirectly by MB REIT prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions, are encumbered by traditional non-recourse debt obligations. In connection with these loans, MB REIT entered into indemnity agreements and “non-recourse carve out” guarantees, which provide for these otherwise non-recourse loans to become partially or fully recourse against MB REIT if certain triggering events occur. Although these events differ from loan to loan, some of the common events include:

 

    The special purpose property-owning subsidiary’s or MB REIT’s filing of a voluntary petition for bankruptcy or commencing similar insolvency proceedings;

 

    Subject to certain conditions, the special purpose property-owning subsidiary’s failure to obtain the lender’s written consent prior to any subordinate financing or other voluntary lien encumbering the associated asset; and

 

    Subject to certain conditions, the special purpose property-owning subsidiary’s failure to obtain the lender’s written consent prior to a transfer or conveyance of the associated asset.

 

31


Table of Contents

In addition, other items that are customarily recourse to a non-recourse carve out guarantor include, but are not limited to, the payment of real property taxes, the breach of representations related to environmental issues or hazardous substances, physical waste of the property, liens which are senior to the mortgage loan and outstanding security deposits.

In the event that any of these triggering events occur and such loans become partially or fully recourse against MB REIT, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and the value of our common stock would be materially adversely affected, and we may be forced to sell other assets and/or our insolvency could result. Additionally, in connection with our separation from InvenTrust, certain lenders under such non-recourse mortgage loans may allege that a default has been deemed to occur under such loans and may seek to recover from Highlands and/or its subsidiaries the full extent of their losses with respect to such loans. Any such allegations may create a distraction for our management, result in significant liability, or subject us to litigation that could be costly or otherwise materially adversely affect us.

Our failure to comply with all covenants in our existing or future debt agreements could materially and adversely affect us.

The mortgages on our existing assets, and any future mortgages likely will, contain customary covenants such as those that limit our ability, without the prior consent of the lender, to further mortgage the applicable asset or to discontinue insurance coverage. In addition, such loans contain negative covenants that, among other things, preclude certain changes of control, inhibit our ability to incur additional indebtedness or, under certain circumstances, restrict cash flow necessary to make distributions to our stockholders. Any credit facility or secured loans that we may enter into likely will contain customary financial covenants, restrictions, requirements and other limitations with which we must comply. Our continued ability to borrow under any credit facility that we may obtain will be subject to compliance with our financial and other covenants, including covenants relating to debt service coverage ratios, leverage ratios, and liquidity and net worth requirements, and our ability to meet these covenants will be adversely affected if our financial condition and cash flows are materially adversely affected or if general economic conditions deteriorate. In addition, our failure to comply with these covenants, as well as our inability to make required payments, could cause a default under the applicable agreement, which could result in the acceleration of the debt and require us to repay such debt with capital obtained from other sources, which may not be available to us or may be available only on unattractive terms. Furthermore, if we default on secured debt, lenders can take possession of the asset or assets securing such debt. In addition, agreements may contain specific cross-default provisions with respect to specified other indebtedness, giving the lenders the right to declare a default on its debt and to enforce remedies, including acceleration of the maturity of such debt upon the occurrence of a default under such other indebtedness. If we default on any of our agreements, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

In addition, in connection with our agreements we have entered, and in the future may enter, into lockbox and cash management agreements pursuant to which substantially all of the income generated by our assets will be deposited directly into lockbox accounts and then swept into cash management accounts for the benefit of our lenders and from which cash will be distributed to us only after funding of certain items, which may include payment of principal and interest on our debt, insurance and tax reserves or escrows and other expenses. Currently, AT&T—Hoffman Estates, AT&T—Cleveland, Dulles Executive Plaza and the Shops at Sherman Plaza are subject to such an arrangement. As a result, we may be forced to borrow additional funds in order to make distributions to our stockholders necessary to allow us to qualify as a REIT.

Volatility in the financial markets and challenging economic conditions could adversely affect our ability to secure debt financing on attractive terms and our ability to service any future indebtedness that we may incur.

The domestic and international commercial real estate debt markets could become very volatile as a result of, among other things, the tightening of underwriting standards by lenders and credit rating agencies. This could result in less availability of credit and increasing costs for what is available. If the overall cost of borrowing

 

32


Table of Contents

increases, either by increases in the index rates or by increases in lender spreads, the increased costs may result in lower overall economic returns and potentially reducing future cash flow available for distribution. If these disruptions in the debt markets were to persist, our ability to borrow funds to finance activities related to real estate assets could be negatively impacted. In addition, we may find it difficult, costly or impossible to refinance indebtedness that is maturing.

Further, economic conditions could negatively impact commercial real estate fundamentals and result in declining values in our real estate portfolio and in the collateral securing any loan investments we may make, which could have various negative impacts. Specifically, the value of collateral securing any loan we hold could decrease below the outstanding principal amounts of such loans.

Borrowings may reduce the funds available for distribution and increase the risk of loss since defaults may cause us to lose the assets securing the loans.

In some instances, InvenTrust acquired assets by assuming existing financing or borrowing new monies. We may borrow money for other purposes to, among other things, satisfy the requirement that we distribute at least 90% of our “REIT annual taxable income,” subject to certain adjustments, or as is otherwise necessary or advisable to assure that we qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes. Over the long term, however, payments required on any amounts we borrow reduce the funds available for, among other things, capital expenditures for existing assets or distributions to our stockholders because cash otherwise available for these purposes is used to pay principal and interest on this debt.

If there is a shortfall between the cash flow from an asset and the cash flow needed to service mortgage debt on an asset, then the amount of cash flow from operations available for distributions to stockholders may be reduced. In addition, incurring mortgage debt increases the risk of loss since defaults on indebtedness secured by an asset may result in lenders initiating foreclosure actions. In such a case, we could lose the asset securing the loan that is in default, thus reducing the value of your investment. For tax purposes, a foreclosure is treated as a sale of the asset or assets for a purchase price equal to the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the asset or assets. If the outstanding balance of the debt exceeds our tax basis in the asset or assets, we would recognize taxable gain on the foreclosure action and we would not receive any cash proceeds. We also may fully or partially guarantee any funds that subsidiaries borrow to operate assets. In these cases, we will likely be responsible to the lender for repaying the loans if the subsidiary is unable to do so. If any mortgage contains cross-collateralization or cross-default provisions, more than one asset may be affected by a default.

If we are unable to borrow at favorable rates, we may not be able to refinance existing loans at maturity.

If we are unable to borrow money at favorable rates, or at all, we may be unable to refinance existing loans at maturity. Further, we may enter into loan agreements or other credit arrangements that require us to pay interest on amounts we borrow at variable or “adjustable” rates. Increases in interest rates will increase our interest costs. If interest rates are higher when we refinance our loans, our expenses will increase, thereby reducing our cash flow. Further, during periods of rising interest rates, we may be forced to sell one or more of our assets earlier than anticipated in order to repay existing loans, which may not permit us to maximize the return on the particular assets being sold.

Interest-only indebtedness may increase our risk of default and ultimately may reduce our funds available for distribution to our stockholders.

We have obtained, and may continue to enter into mortgage indebtedness that does not require us to pay principal for all or a portion of the life of the debt instrument. During the period when no principal payments are required, the amount of each scheduled payment is less than that of a traditional amortizing mortgage loan. The principal balance of the mortgage loan is not reduced (except in the case of prepayments) because there are no scheduled monthly payments of principal required during this period. After the interest-only period, we may be

 

33


Table of Contents

required either to make scheduled payments of principal and interest or to make a lump-sum or “balloon” payment at or prior to maturity. These required principal or balloon payments will increase the amount of our scheduled payments and may increase our risk of default under the related mortgage loan if we do not have funds available or are unable to refinance the obligation.

Covenants applicable to current or future debt could restrict our ability to make distributions to our stockholders and, as a result, we may be unable to make distributions necessary to qualify as a REIT, which could materially and adversely affect us and the value of our common stock.

We intend to operate in a manner so as to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In order to qualify as a REIT, we generally are required to distribute at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and excluding net capital gain, each year to our stockholders. To the extent that we satisfy this distribution requirement, but distribute less than 100% of our REIT taxable income, we will be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax on our undistributed taxable income. In addition, we will be subject to a 4% nondeductible excise tax if the actual amount that we distribute to our stockholders in a calendar year is less than a minimum amount specified under the Code. If, as a result of covenants applicable to our current or future debt, we are restricted from making distributions to our stockholders, we may be unable to make distributions necessary for us to avoid U.S. federal corporate income and excise taxes and maintain our qualification as a REIT, which could materially and adversely affect us.

Increases in interest rates could increase the amount of our debt payments and adversely affect our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

We have borrowed money, which bears interest at variable rates, and therefore are exposed to increases in costs in a rising interest rate environment. Increases in interest rates would increase our interest expense on any variable rate debt, as well as any debt that must be refinanced at higher interest rates at the time of maturity. Our future earnings and cash flows could be adversely affected due to the increased requirement to service our debt and could reduce the amount we are able to distribute to our stockholders.

Our organizational documents have no limitation on the amount of indebtedness we may incur. As a result, we may become highly leveraged in the future, which could materially and adversely affect us.

Our organizational documents contain no limitations on the amount of debt that we may incur, and our board of directors may change our financing policy at any time without stockholder notice or approval. As a result, we may be able to incur substantial additional debt, including secured debt, in the future. Incurring debt could subject us to many risks, including the risks that:

 

    our cash flows from operations may be insufficient to make required payments of principal and interest;

 

    our debt and resulting maturities may increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

    we may be required to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing cash available for distribution to our stockholders, funds available for operations and capital expenditures, future business opportunities or other purposes;

 

    the terms of any refinancing may not be in the same amount or on terms as favorable as the terms of the existing debt being refinanced, or we may not be able to refinance our debt at all;

 

    we may be obligated to repay the debt pursuant to guarantee obligations; and

 

    the use of leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise capital from other sources or to make distributions to our stockholders and could adversely affect the value of our common stock.

 

34


Table of Contents

If we violate covenants in future agreements relating to indebtedness that we may incur, we could be required to repay all or a portion of our indebtedness before maturity at a time when we might be unable to arrange financing for such repayment on attractive terms, if at all. In addition, indebtedness agreements may require that we meet certain covenant tests in order to make distributions to our stockholders.

Risks Related to Our Relationship with InvenTrust and the Separation

Our historical financial results as a subsidiary of InvenTrust may not be representative of our results as a separate, stand-alone public reporting company.

The historical financial information we have included in this Information Statement has been derived from InvenTrust’s consolidated financial statements and does not necessarily reflect what our financial position, results of operations or cash flows would have been had we been a separate, stand-alone reporting public company during the periods presented. InvenTrust did not historically account for Highlands, and we were not operated as a separate, stand-alone company for the historical periods presented. The historical costs and expenses reflected in our combined financial statements include an allocation for certain corporate and shared functions historically provided to us by InvenTrust. These allocation methods varied by function, but were generally based on historical costs of assets. The historical information does not necessarily indicate what our results of operations, financial position, cash flows or costs and expenses will be in the future. Our pro forma adjustments reflect changes that may occur in our funding and operations as a result of the separation. However, there can be no assurances that these adjustments will reflect our costs as a stand-alone public reporting company. For additional information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Selected Historical Financial and Operating Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Financial Statements” and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

We may be unable to achieve some or all of the benefits that we expect to achieve from our separation from InvenTrust, and we may no longer enjoy certain benefits from InvenTrust.

By separating from InvenTrust, we will be more susceptible to market fluctuations and other adverse events than we would have been if we were still a part of InvenTrust. Following our separation from InvenTrust, we will be a significantly smaller company than InvenTrust, and we will not have access to the financial and other resources of InvenTrust or to resources comparable to those of InvenTrust. As a separate, stand-alone company, we will likely be unable to obtain debt or goods, technology and services at prices and on terms as favorable as those available to us prior to the separation, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. Additionally, we may not be able to achieve the strategic benefits that we anticipate will result from our separation from InvenTrust or such benefits may be delayed or may not occur at all.

Our ability to operate our business effectively may suffer if we do not, quickly and cost-effectively, establish our own financial, administrative and other support functions in order to operate as a stand-alone company or our own internal controls and procedures, and we cannot assure you that the transitional services InvenTrust has agreed to provide us will be sufficient for our needs.

Historically, we have relied on financial, administrative and other resources of InvenTrust to operate our business. In conjunction with our separation from InvenTrust, we will need to create our own financial, administrative and other support systems or contract with third parties to replace InvenTrust’s systems. We expect the cost of creating this infrastructure to be approximately $             million, including approximately $             million in capital expenditures. We have entered into an agreement with InvenTrust under which InvenTrust will provide certain transitional services to us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” for a description of these services. These services may not be sufficient to meet our needs, and, after our agreement with InvenTrust expires, we may not be able to replace these services at all or obtain these services at prices and on terms as favorable as we currently have. Any failure or significant downtime in our own financial

 

35


Table of Contents

or administrative systems or in InvenTrust’s financial or administrative systems during the transitional period could impact our results and/or prevent us from paying our employees, or performing other administrative services on a timely basis and could materially and adversely affect us.

Additionally, upon completion of the separation, we will be required to develop and implement our own control systems and procedures to assist us in qualifying and maintaining our qualification as a public reporting REIT and satisfying our periodic and current reporting requirements under applicable SEC regulations. As a result, substantial work on our part will be required to implement and execute appropriate reporting and compliance processes and assess their design, remediate any deficiencies identified and test the operation of such processes.

We may have potential business conflicts of interest with InvenTrust with respect to our past and ongoing relationships.

Conflicts of interest may arise between InvenTrust and us in a number of areas relating to our past and ongoing relationships, including:

 

    labor, tax, employee benefit, indemnification and other matters arising from our separation from InvenTrust;

 

    intellectual property matters; and

 

    employee recruiting and retention.

We may not be able to resolve any potential conflicts, and, even if we do so, the resolution may be less favorable to us than if we were dealing with an unaffiliated third party.

Our agreements with InvenTrust may not reflect terms that would have resulted from arm’s-length negotiations among unaffiliated third parties.

The agreements related to our separation from InvenTrust, which consist of the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement and the Employee Matters Agreement, were negotiated in the context of our separation from InvenTrust while we were still part of InvenTrust and, accordingly, may not reflect terms that would have resulted from arm’s-length negotiations among unaffiliated third parties. The terms of the agreements we negotiated in the context of our separation related to, among other things, allocations of assets, liabilities, rights, indemnifications and other obligations among InvenTrust and us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

The distribution of shares of our common stock will not qualify for tax-deferred treatment and may be taxable to you as a dividend.

The distribution of shares of our common stock will not qualify for tax-deferred treatment, and an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares received by you on the distribution date will be treated as a taxable dividend to the extent of your ratable share of any current or accumulated earnings and profits of InvenTrust. Although the distribution will be taxable to InvenTrust and InvenTrust stockholders, InvenTrust does not anticipate recognizing taxable gain as a result of the distribution. As a result, InvenTrust anticipates that the distribution will not increase its earnings and profits for the year in which the distribution occurs, which is anticipated to be 2016. Thus, if you own your InvenTrust common stock for the entire year in which the distribution occurs, InvenTrust anticipates that the distribution will not increase the amount of dividend income you will recognize for that year compared to the amount of dividend income you would have recognized if the distribution had not occurred. The amount in excess of earnings and profits will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your tax basis in shares of InvenTrust common stock and any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain. Your tax basis in shares of InvenTrust common stock held at the time of the distribution will be reduced (but not below zero) to the extent the fair market value of our shares distributed by InvenTrust in the distribution exceeds InvenTrust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Your holding period for such

 

36


Table of Contents

InvenTrust shares will not be affected by the distribution. Your holding period for your shares of our common stock will begin the day following the distribution of our common stock, and your basis in our common stock will equal the fair market value of the shares received by you on the distribution date. InvenTrust will not be able to advise stockholders of the amount of earnings and profits of InvenTrust until after the end of the 2016 calendar year. InvenTrust or other applicable withholding agents may be required or permitted to withhold at the applicable rate on all or a portion of the distribution payable to non-U.S. stockholders, and any such withholding could be satisfied by InvenTrust or such agent by withholding and selling a portion of our shares otherwise distributable to non-U.S. stockholders or by withholding on other distributions made to non-U.S. stockholders. For a more detailed discussion, see “Our Separation from InvenTrust—Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Separation” and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

Although InvenTrust will be ascribing a value to our shares in the distribution for tax purposes, and will report that value to stockholders and the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, this valuation is not binding on the IRS or any other tax authority. These taxing authorities could ascribe a higher valuation to our shares. Such a higher valuation may cause a larger reduction in the tax basis of your InvenTrust shares or may cause you to recognize additional dividend or capital gain income. You should consult your own tax advisor as to the particular tax consequences of the distribution to you.

InvenTrust’s board of directors has reserved the right, in its sole discretion, to amend, modify or abandon the separation and distribution and the related transactions at any time prior to the distribution date. In addition, the separation and distribution and related transactions are subject to the satisfaction or waiver by InvenTrust’s board of directors in its sole discretion of a number of conditions. We cannot assure you that any or all of these conditions will be met.

The InvenTrust board of directors has reserved the right, in its sole discretion, to amend, modify or abandon the separation and distribution and the related transactions at any time prior to the distribution date. This means that InvenTrust may cancel or delay the planned separation and distribution if at any time the board of directors of InvenTrust determines that it is not in the best interests of InvenTrust and its stockholders. If InvenTrust’s board of directors makes a decision to cancel the separation and distribution, stockholders of InvenTrust will not receive any distribution of our common stock and InvenTrust will be under no obligation whatsoever to its stockholders to distribute such common shares. In addition, the separation and distribution and related transactions are subject to the satisfaction or waiver by InvenTrust’s board of directors in its sole discretion of a number of conditions. We cannot assure you that any or all of these conditions will be met.

Risks Related to Our Status as a REIT

Failure to qualify as a REIT, or failure to remain qualified as a REIT, would cause us to be taxed as a regular corporation, which would substantially reduce funds available for distributions to our stockholders.

We believe that our organization and proposed method of operation will enable us to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT beginning with our short taxable year commencing immediately prior to the separation and ending on December 31, 2016. However, we cannot assure you that we will qualify and remain qualified as a REIT. In connection with our separation from InvenTrust, we expect to receive an opinion from Hunton & Williams LLP that, beginning with our short taxable year commencing immediately prior to the separation and ending on December 31, 2016, we have been organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the U.S. federal income tax laws and our proposed method of operations will enable us to satisfy the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the U.S. federal income tax laws for our short taxable year ending December 31, 2016 and subsequent taxable years. You should be aware that Hunton & Williams LLP’s opinion is based upon customary assumptions, will be conditioned upon certain representations made by us, InvenTrust, Xenia and certain private REITs in which InvenTrust owns an interest (the “Private REITs”) as to factual matters, including representations regarding the nature of our, InvenTrust’s, Xenia’s and the Private REITs’ assets and the conduct of our, InvenTrust’s, Xenia’s and the Private REITs’ business, is not binding upon the IRS, or any court and speaks as of the date issued. In

 

37


Table of Contents

addition, Hunton & Williams LLP’s opinion will be based on existing U.S. federal income tax law governing qualification as a REIT, which is subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. Moreover, our qualification and taxation as a REIT depend upon our ability to meet on a continuing basis, through actual annual operating results, certain qualification tests set forth in the U.S. federal tax laws. Hunton & Williams LLP will not review our compliance with those tests on a continuing basis. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that our actual results of operations for any particular taxable year will satisfy such requirements.

If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, we will face serious tax consequences that will substantially reduce the funds available for distributions to our stockholders because:

 

    we would not be allowed a deduction for dividends paid to stockholders in computing our taxable income and would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates;

 

    we could be subject to the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax and possibly increased state and local taxes; and

 

    unless we are entitled to relief under certain U.S. federal income tax laws, we could not re-elect REIT status until the fifth calendar year after the year in which we failed to qualify as a REIT.

In addition, if we fail to qualify as a REIT, we will no longer be required to make distributions. As a result of all these factors, our failure to qualify as a REIT could impair our ability to expand our business and raise capital, and it would adversely affect the value of our common stock. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences” for a discussion of material U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to us and our common stock.

If either InvenTrust or MB REIT failed to qualify as a REIT, we would be prevented from electing to qualify as a REIT.

We believe that prior to the separation, we will be a “qualified REIT subsidiary” of InvenTrust. Under applicable Treasury regulations, if either (i) InvenTrust failed, or fails, to qualify as a REIT in its 2012 through 2016 taxable years or (ii) MB REIT failed to qualify as a REIT for its 2012 taxable year through its taxable year that ended on December 15, 2015 (when MB REIT became a “qualified REIT subsidiary” of InvenTrust), unless such failure was subject to relief under U.S. federal income tax laws, we would be prevented from electing to qualify as a REIT prior to the fifth calendar year following the year in which InvenTrust or MB REIT failed to qualify.

Even if we qualify as a REIT, we may face other tax liabilities that reduce our cash flows.

Even if we qualify for taxation as a REIT, we may be subject to certain U.S. federal, state and local taxes on our income and assets, including taxes on any undistributed income, tax on income from some activities conducted as a result of a foreclosure, and state or local income, property and transfer taxes. In addition, any taxable REIT subsidiary (“TRS”) that we may form will be subject to regular corporate federal, state and local taxes. Any of these taxes would decrease cash available for distributions to stockholders.

Failure to make required distributions would subject us to federal corporate income tax.

We intend to operate in a manner so as to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In order to qualify as a REIT, we generally are required to distribute at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the dividends paid deduction and excluding any net capital gain, each year to our stockholders. To the extent that we satisfy this distribution requirement, but distribute less than 100% of our REIT taxable income, we will be subject to U.S. federal corporate income tax on our undistributed taxable income. In addition, we will be subject to a 4% nondeductible excise tax if the actual amount that we pay out to our stockholders in a calendar year is less than a minimum amount specified under the Code.

 

38


Table of Contents

REIT distribution requirements could adversely affect our liquidity and may force us to borrow funds or sell assets during unfavorable market conditions.

To satisfy the REIT distribution requirements, we may need to borrow funds on a short-term basis or sell assets sooner than anticipated, even if the then-prevailing market conditions are not favorable for these borrowings or sales. Our cash flows from operations may be insufficient to fund required distributions as a result of differences in timing between the actual receipt of income and the recognition of income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or the effect of non-deductible capital expenditures, the creation of reserves or required debt service or amortization payments. In addition, we may recognize significant cancellation of indebtedness income or gain from the workout of our debt or the disposition of our assets in foreclosure or deed-in-lieu transactions, which will result in the receipt of taxable income in excess of the cash received, if any, from those transactions. The insufficiency of our cash flows to cover our distribution requirements could have an adverse impact on our ability to raise short- and long-term debt or sell equity securities in order to fund distributions required to maintain our qualification as a REIT.

The prohibited transactions tax may limit our ability to dispose of our assets, and we could incur a material tax liability if the IRS successfully asserts that the 100% prohibited transaction tax applies to some of or all our past or future dispositions.

A REIT’s net income from prohibited transactions is subject to a 100% tax. In general, prohibited transactions are sales or other dispositions of asset, other than foreclosure property, held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business. We may be subject to the prohibited transactions tax equal to 100% of net gain upon a disposition of an asset. As part of our plan to liquidate our portfolio, we intend to make dispositions of our assets in the future. Although a safe harbor to the characterization of the sale of property by a REIT as a prohibited transaction is available, some or all of our future dispositions may not qualify for that safe harbor. We intend to avoid disposing of property that may be characterized as held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business. To avoid the prohibited transaction tax, we may choose not to engage in certain sales of our assets or may conduct such sales through a TRS, which would be subject to federal, state and local income taxation. Moreover, no assurance can be provided that the IRS will not assert that some or all of our future dispositions are subject to the 100% prohibited transactions tax. If the IRS successfully imposes the 100% prohibited transactions tax on some or all of our dispositions, the resulting tax liability could be material.

The stock ownership limit imposed by the Code for REITs and our charter may restrict our business combination opportunities and you may be restricted from acquiring or transferring certain amounts of our common stock.

The stock ownership restrictions of the Code for REITs and the 9.8% stock ownership limit in our charter may restrict our business combination opportunities and restrict your ability to acquire or transfer certain amounts of our common stock.

In order to qualify as a REIT for each taxable year after 2016, five or fewer individuals, as defined in the Code, may not own, beneficially or constructively, more than 50% in value of our issued and outstanding stock at any time during the last half of a taxable year. Attribution rules in the Code determine if any individual or entity beneficially or constructively owns our capital stock under this requirement. Additionally, at least 100 persons must beneficially own our capital stock during at least 335 days of a taxable year for each taxable year after 2016. To help insure that we meet these tests, our charter restricts the acquisition and ownership of shares of our capital stock. However, these ownership limits might delay or prevent a transaction or a change in our control or other business combination opportunities.

Our charter authorizes our directors to take such actions as are necessary and desirable to preserve our qualification as a REIT. Unless exempted by our board of directors (prospectively or retroactively), our charter prohibits any person from beneficially or constructively owning more than 9.8% in value or number of shares,

 

39


Table of Contents

whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock. Our board of directors may not grant an exemption from these restrictions to any proposed transferee whose ownership in excess of 9.8% of the value of our outstanding shares would result in our failing to qualify as a REIT. These restrictions on transferability and ownership will not apply, however, if our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interest to attempt to, or continue to, qualify as a REIT or that compliance is no longer required in order for us to qualify as a REIT.

Dividends payable by REITs do not qualify for the reduced tax rates available for some dividends.

The maximum tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” payable to U.S. stockholders that are taxed at individual rates is 20%. Dividends payable by REITs, however, are generally not eligible for the reduced rates on qualified dividend income. The more favorable rates applicable to regular corporate qualified dividends could cause investors who are taxed at individual rates to perceive investments in REITs to be relatively less attractive than investments in the stocks of non-REIT corporations that pay dividends treated as qualified dividend income, which could adversely affect the value of the shares of REITs, including our common stock.

Complying with REIT requirements may limit our ability to hedge effectively.

The REIT provisions of the Code may limit our ability to hedge the risks inherent to our operations. Under current law, any income that we generate from derivatives or other transactions intended to hedge our interest rate risk with respect to borrowings made, or to be made, to acquire or carry real estate assets generally will not constitute gross income for purposes of the 75% and 95% income requirements applicable to REITs. In addition, any income from certain other qualified hedging transactions would generally not constitute gross income for purposes of both the 75% and 95% income tests. However, we may be required to limit the use of hedging techniques that might otherwise be advantageous, which could result in greater risks associated with interest rate or other changes than we would otherwise incur.

The ability of our board of directors to revoke our REIT qualification without stockholder approval may cause adverse consequences to our stockholders.

Our charter provides that our board of directors may revoke or otherwise terminate our REIT election, without the approval of our stockholders, if it determines that it is no longer in our best interest to attempt to, or continue to qualify as a REIT. If we cease to be a REIT, we would become subject to U.S. federal income tax on our taxable income and would no longer be required to distribute most of our taxable income to our stockholders, which may have adverse consequences on our total return to our stockholders.

We may be subject to adverse legislative or regulatory tax changes that could reduce the value of our common stock.

At any time, the U.S. federal income tax laws governing REITs or the administrative interpretations of those laws may be amended. We cannot predict when or if any new U.S. federal income tax law, regulation, or administrative interpretation, or any amendment to any existing federal income tax law, regulation or administrative interpretation, will be adopted, promulgated or become effective and any such law, regulation, or interpretation may take effect retroactively. We and our stockholders could be adversely affected by any such change in, or any new, U.S. federal income tax law, regulation or administrative interpretation.

 

40


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock and Our Corporate Structure

Since our shares will not be traded on any securities exchange after our separation from InvenTrust, there is no established public market for our shares and you may not be able to sell your shares.

We do not intend to list our shares of common stock on any securities exchange or other market, and so there will be no established public trading market for our shares subsequent to our separation from InvenTrust, nor is there any assurance that one may develop. Our charter also prohibits the ownership of more than 9.8% (in value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the aggregate of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock by any person unless exempted prospectively or retrospectively by our board. This may inhibit investors from purchasing a large portion of our shares. Our charter also does not require our directors to seek stockholder approval to liquidate our assets by a specified date, nor does our charter require our directors to list our shares for trading on a securities exchange or other market by a specified date or provide any other type of liquidity to our stockholders. Additionally, we do not intend to adopt a stock redemption plan subsequent to our separation from InvenTrust. Therefore, it will be difficult for you to sell your shares promptly or at all, including in the event of an emergency, and if you are able to sell your shares, you may have to sell them at a substantial discount from the estimated value per share.

Our cash available for distribution to stockholders may not be sufficient to pay distributions at expected or required levels, and we may need external sources in order to make such distributions, or we may not be able to make such distributions at all.

We generally intend over time to make annual distributions in an amount at least equal to the amount that will allow us to qualify as a REIT and to avoid current entity level U.S. federal income taxes, however, we may not have sufficient cash from operations to make a distribution required to qualify for or maintain our qualification as a REIT. All distributions will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our historical and projected results of operations, liquidity and financial condition, REIT qualification, debt service requirements, capital expenditures and operating expenses, prohibitions and other restrictions under financing arrangements and applicable law and other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant from time to time. No assurance can be given that our projections will prove accurate or that any level of distributions will be made or sustained or achieve a market yield.

We may pay distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations or funds from operations, including funding such distributions from external financing sources, which may be available only at commercially unattractive terms, if at all. To the extent that the aggregate amount of cash distributed in any given year exceeds the amount of our current and accumulated earnings and profits for the same period, the excess amount will be deemed a return of capital for federal income tax purposes, rather than a return on capital. Furthermore, in the event that we are unable to fund future distributions from our cash flows from operating activities, the value of your shares, the sale of our assets or any other liquidity event may be materially adversely affected.

At any time that we are not generating cash flow from operations sufficient to cover the current distribution rate, we may determine to pay lower distributions, or to fund all or a portion of our future distributions from other sources. If we utilize borrowings for the purpose of funding all or a portion of our distributions, we will incur additional interest expense. We have not established any limit on the extent to which we may use alternate sources of cash for distributions, except that, in accordance with the law of the State of Maryland and our organizational documents, generally, we may not make distributions that would: (i) cause us to be unable to pay our debts as they become due in the usual course of business, (ii) cause our total assets to be less than the sum of our total liabilities, or (iii) jeopardize our ability to maintain our qualification as a REIT for so long as the board of directors determines that it is in our best interests to continue to qualify as a REIT. Distributions that exceed cash flow from operations may not be sustainable at current levels, or at all.

 

41


Table of Contents

Future issuances of debt securities, which would rank senior to our common stock upon our liquidation, and future issuances of equity securities, which would dilute the holdings of our existing common stockholders and may be senior to our common stock for the purposes of making distributions, periodically or upon liquidation, may negatively affect the value of our common stock.

In the future, we may issue debt or equity securities or incur other borrowings. Upon our liquidation, holders of our debt securities and other loans and preferred stock will receive a distribution of our available assets before common stockholders. If we incur debt in the future, our future interest costs could increase, and adversely affect our liquidity and results of operations. We are not required to offer any additional equity securities to existing common stockholders on a preemptive basis. Therefore, additional common stock issuances, directly or through convertible or exchangeable securities, warrants or options, will dilute the holdings of our existing common stockholders and such issuances, or the perception of such issuances, may reduce the value of our common stock. Our preferred stock, if issued, would likely have a preference on distribution payments, periodically or upon liquidation, which could eliminate or otherwise limit our ability to make distributions to common stockholders. Because our decision to issue debt or equity securities or incur other borrowings in the future will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, nature or success of our future capital raising efforts. Thus, common stockholders bear the risk that our future issuances of debt or equity securities or our incurrence of other borrowings will negatively affect the value of our common stock.

Your percentage ownership in us may be diluted in the future.

Your percentage ownership in us may be diluted in the future because of new equity issuances, capital market transactions or otherwise, including, without limitation, equity awards that may be granted to our directors, officers and employees.

Increases in market interest rates may reduce demand for our common stock and result in a decline in the value of our common stock.

The value of our common stock may be influenced by the distribution yield on our common stock (i.e., the amount of our annual distributions as a percentage of the fair market value of our common stock) relative to market interest rates. An increase in market interest rates, which are currently low compared to historical levels, may lead prospective purchasers of our common stock to expect a higher distribution yield, which we may not be able, or may choose not, to provide. Higher interest rates would also likely increase our borrowing costs and decrease our operating results and cash available for distribution. Thus, higher market interest rates could cause the value of our common stock to decline.

Our rights and the rights of our stockholders to take action against our directors and officers are limited.

Under Maryland law generally, a director is required to perform his or her duties in good faith, in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in our best interests and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. Under Maryland law, directors are presumed to have acted in accordance with this standard of conduct. In addition, our charter eliminates the liability of our directors and officers to us and our stockholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from:

 

    actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services; or

 

    active and deliberate dishonesty by the director or officer that was established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action adjudicated.

Our charter authorizes us to obligate ourselves and our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to any present or former director or officer who is made or

 

42


Table of Contents

threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service to us in that capacity. As a result, we and our stockholders may have more limited rights against our directors and officers than might otherwise exist absent the current provisions in our charter and bylaws.

Certain provisions of Maryland law could inhibit changes in control.

Certain provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law (“MGCL”), may have the effect of deterring a third party from making a proposal to acquire us or of impeding a change in our control under circumstances that otherwise could provide the holders of our common stock with the opportunity to benefit from a sale of our common stock, including:

 

    “business combination” provisions that, subject to limitations, prohibit certain business combinations between us and an “interested stockholder” (defined generally as any person who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock or an affiliate or associate of ours who was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of our then outstanding voting stock at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question) for five years after the most recent date on which the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, and thereafter impose fair price and/or supermajority stockholder voting requirements on these combinations; and

 

    “control share” provisions that provide that “control shares” of our company (defined as voting shares that, when aggregated with other shares controlled by the stockholder, entitle the stockholder to exercise one of three increasing ranges of voting power in electing directors) acquired in a “control share acquisition” (defined as the direct or indirect acquisition of ownership or control of issued and outstanding control shares) have no voting rights except to the extent approved by our stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, excluding all interested shares.

As permitted by Maryland law, we have elected, by resolution of our board of directors, to opt out of the business combination provisions of the MGCL, provided that such business combination has been approved by our board of directors (including a majority of directors who are not affiliated with the interested stockholder), and, pursuant to a provision in our bylaws, to exempt any acquisition of our stock from the control share provisions of the MGCL. However, our board of directors may by resolution elect to repeal the exemption from the business combination provisions of the MGCL and may by amendment to our bylaws opt into the control share provisions of the MGCL at any time in the future.

If we have a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent directors, certain provisions of the MGCL permit our board of directors, without stockholder approval and regardless of what is currently provided in our charter or bylaws, to adopt certain mechanisms, some of which (for example, a classified board) we do not have. These provisions may have the effect of limiting or precluding a third party from making an acquisition proposal for us or of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control under circumstances that otherwise could provide the holders of our common stock with the opportunity to benefit from a sale of our common stock. Our charter contains a provision whereby we will elect, at such time as we become eligible to do so, to be subject to the provisions of Title 3, Subtitle 8 of the MGCL relating to the filling of vacancies on our board of directors. See “Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and Our Charter and Bylaws.”

If our board of directors were to elect to be subject to the provision of Subtitle 8 providing for a classified board or the business combination provisions of the MGCL or if the provisions of our bylaws opting out of the control share acquisition provisions of the MGCL were amended or rescinded, these provisions of the MGCL could have anti-takeover effects.

 

43


Table of Contents

All of our assets will be owned by subsidiaries. We depend on dividends and distributions from these subsidiaries. The creditors of these subsidiaries are entitled to amounts payable to them by the subsidiaries before the subsidiaries may pay any dividends or other distributions to us.

All of our assets and assets are held through wholly owned subsidiaries. We depend on cash distributions from our subsidiaries for substantially all of our cash flow. The creditors of each of our subsidiaries are entitled to payment of that subsidiary’s obligations to them when due and payable before that subsidiary may make distributions or dividends to us. Thus, our ability to pay dividends, if any, to our stockholders depends on our subsidiaries’ ability to first satisfy their obligations to their creditors and our ability to satisfy our obligations, if any, to our creditors.

In addition, our participation in any distribution of the assets of any of our subsidiaries upon the liquidation, reorganization or insolvency of the subsidiary, is only after the claims of the creditors, including trade creditors and preferred stockholders, if any, of the applicable direct or indirect subsidiaries are satisfied.

Our charter places limits on the amount of common stock that any person may own.

In order for us to qualify as a REIT under the Code, no more than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock may be beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals at any time during the last half of each taxable year (other than the first taxable year for which an election to be a REIT has been made). Unless exempted by our board of directors, prospectively or retroactively, our charter prohibits any person or group from owning more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us, including an extraordinary transaction such as a merger, tender offer or sale of all or substantially all of our assets that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock.

If anyone transfers shares in a way that would violate the ownership limit, or prevent us from qualifying as a REIT under the U.S. federal income tax laws, those shares instead will be transferred to a trust for the benefit of a charitable beneficiary and will be either purchased by us or sold to a person whose ownership of the shares will not violate the ownership limit. If this transfer to a trust fails to prevent such a violation or our continued qualification as a REIT, then the initial intended transfer shall be null and void from the outset. The intended transferee of those shares will be deemed never to have owned the shares. Anyone who acquires shares in violation of the ownership limit or the other restrictions on transfer in our charter bears the risk of suffering a financial loss when the shares are sold if the value of our shares falls between the date of purchase and the date of redemption or sale.

Our charter permits our board of directors to issue preferred stock on terms that may subordinate the rights of the holders of our current common stock or discourage a third party from acquiring us.

Our board may classify or reclassify any unissued shares of common or preferred stock into other classes or series of stock and establish the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications, and terms or conditions of redemption of the stock and may amend our charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares or the number of shares of any class or series that we have authority to issue without stockholder approval. Thus, our board of directors could authorize us to issue shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could subordinate the rights of the holders of our common stock or shares of preferred stock or common stock that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us, including an extraordinary transaction such as a merger, tender offer or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, that might provide a premium price for holders of our common stock.

 

44


Table of Contents

Our conflict of interest policy may not be successful in eliminating the influence of future conflicts of interest that may arise between us and our directors, officers and employees.

Effective upon completion of the separation, we intend to adopt a policy that any transaction, agreement or relationship in which any of our directors, officers or employees has a material direct or indirect pecuniary interest must be approved by a majority of our disinterested directors. Other than this policy, however, we may not adopt additional formal procedures for the review and approval of conflict of interest transactions generally. As such, our policies and procedures may not be successful in eliminating the influence of conflicts of interest. See “Business and Properties—Conflict of Interest Policy.”

Our board of directors may change our investment policies without stockholder approval, which could alter the nature of your investment.

Our investment policies may change over time. The methods of implementing our investment policies may also vary, as new investment techniques are developed. Our investment policies, the methods for implementing them, and our other objectives, policies and procedures may be altered by a majority of the directors without the approval of our stockholders. As a result, the nature of your investment could change without your consent. A change in our investment strategy may, among other things, increase our exposure to interest rate risk, default risk and commercial real property market fluctuations, all of which could materially and adversely affect our ability to achieve our investment objectives.

 

45


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Information Statement contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. All statements, other than statements of historical facts included in this Information Statement, including statements concerning our plans, objectives, goals, beliefs, business strategies, future events, business conditions, our results of operations, financial position and our business outlook, business trends and other information referred to under “Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Distribution Policy,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business and Properties” and “Description of Indebtedness” are forward-looking statements. When used in this Information Statement, the words “estimate,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seek,” “approximately” or “plan,” or the negative of these words and phrases, or similar words or phrases that are predictions of or indicate future events or trends and that do not relate solely to historical matters are intended to identify forward-looking statements. You can also identify forward-looking statements by discussions of strategy, plans or intentions of management.

Forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based upon our current expectations, beliefs, estimates and projections, and various assumptions, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control. Our expectations, beliefs, estimates and projections are expressed in good faith and we believe there is a reasonable basis for them. However, there can be no assurance that management’s expectations, beliefs, estimates and projections will result or be achieved and actual results may vary materially from what is expressed in or indicated by the forward-looking statements. There are a number of risks, uncertainties and other important factors, many of which are beyond our control, that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this Information Statement. Such risks, uncertainties and other important factors include, among others, the risks, uncertainties and factors set forth above under “Risk Factors” and the risks and uncertainties related to the following:

 

    our ability to renew leases, lease vacant space, or re-let space as leases expire;

 

    our ability to repay or refinance our debt as it comes due;

 

    business, financial and operating risks inherent to real estate investments;

 

    contraction in the global economy or low levels of economic growth;

 

    our ability to sell our assets at a price and on a timeline consistent with our investment objectives, or at all;

 

    our ability to service our debt;

 

    changes in interest rates and operating costs;

 

    compliance with regulatory regimes and local laws;

 

    uninsured or underinsured losses, including those relating to natural disasters or terrorism;

 

    our status as an emerging growth company;

 

    the amount of debt that we currently have or may incur in the future;

 

    provisions in our debt agreements that may restrict the operation of our business;

 

    our separation from InvenTrust and our ability to operate as a stand-alone public reporting company;

 

    our organizational and governance structure;

 

    our status as a REIT;

 

    the cost of compliance with and liabilities under environmental, health and safety laws;

 

    adverse litigation judgments or settlements;

 

46


Table of Contents
    changes in real estate and zoning laws and increase in real property tax rates;

 

    changes in federal, state or local tax law, including legislative, administrative, regulatory or other actions affecting REITs;

 

    changes in governmental regulations or interpretations thereof; and

 

    estimates relating to our ability to make distributions to our stockholders in the future.

 

47


Table of Contents

OUR SEPARATION FROM INVENTRUST

General

The board of directors of InvenTrust determined upon careful review and consideration that the separation of our assets from the rest of InvenTrust and the establishment of us as a separate public reporting company was in the best interest of InvenTrust and its stockholders.

In furtherance of this plan, InvenTrust will distribute 100% of the outstanding shares of our common stock held by InvenTrust to holders of InvenTrust common stock, subject to certain conditions. The distribution of our common stock is expected to take place on                      , 2016. On the distribution date, each holder of InvenTrust common stock will receive              share(s) for every              share(s) of InvenTrust common stock held at the close of business on the distribution record date, as described below. You will not be required to make any payment, surrender or exchange your shares of InvenTrust common stock or take any other action to receive your shares of our common stock to which you are entitled on the distribution date.

The distribution of our common stock as described in this Information Statement is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions. We cannot provide any assurances that the distribution will be completed. For a more detailed description of these conditions, see the section entitled “—Conditions to the Distribution.”

The Number of Shares You Will Receive

For every              share(s) of InvenTrust common stock that you owned at the close of business on or about                 , 2016, the distribution record date, you will receive              share(s) of our common stock on the distribution date.

Transferability of Shares You Receive

The shares of Highlands common stock distributed to InvenTrust stockholders will be freely transferable (subject to the restrictions in our charter on the ownership and transfer of stock intended to assist us in maintaining REIT status), except for shares received by persons who may be deemed to be our “affiliates” under the Securities Act. Persons who may be deemed to be our affiliates after the separation generally include individuals or entities that control, are controlled by or are under common control with us and may include directors and certain officers or principal stockholders of us. Our affiliates will be permitted to sell their shares of Highlands common stock only pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as the exemptions afforded by Rule 144.

When and How You Will Receive the Distributed Shares

InvenTrust will distribute the shares of our common stock on                      , 2016, the distribution date. DST Systems, Inc. will serve as distribution agent, transfer agent and registrar for our common stock and as distribution agent in connection with the distribution.

If you own InvenTrust common stock as of the close of business on the distribution record date, the shares of Highlands common stock that you are entitled to receive in the distribution will be issued electronically, as of the distribution date, to you or to your bank or brokerage firm on your behalf by way of direct registration in book-entry form. Registration in book-entry form refers to a method of recording share ownership when no physical share certificates are issued to stockholders, as is the case in the distribution.

Commencing on or shortly after the distribution date, if you hold your shares in book-entry form and you are the registered holder of such shares, the distribution agent will mail to you an account statement that indicates the number of shares of our common stock that have been registered in book-entry form in your name, or your bank or brokerage firm will credit your account for the shares.

 

48


Table of Contents

Treatment of Fractional Shares

InvenTrust will distribute to you              share(s) of Highlands common stock for every              share(s) of InvenTrust common stock held by you as of the record date, which may result in your receiving a fractional number shares.

Results of the Separation

After the separation, we will be a separate public company, but we do not intend to list any shares of our common stock on any securities exchange or other market. Immediately following the distribution, we expect to have approximately     stockholders of record, based on the number of registered stockholders of InvenTrust common stock on                  , 2016, and                 shares of our common stock outstanding. The actual number of shares to be distributed will be determined on the distribution record date and will reflect any changes in the number of shares of InvenTrust common stock between                  , 2016 and the distribution record date.

We will enter into a Separation and Distribution Agreement to effect the separation and distribution. In addition, we will enter into various other agreements with InvenTrust to effect the separation and provide a framework for our relationship with InvenTrust after the separation, such as a Transition Services Agreement and an Employee Matters Agreement. These agreements will provide for the allocation between us and InvenTrust of InvenTrust’s assets, liabilities and obligations attributable to periods prior to, at and after our separation from InvenTrust and will govern certain relationships between us and InvenTrust after the separation. For a more detailed description of these agreements, see the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

The distribution will not affect the number of outstanding shares of InvenTrust common stock or any rights of InvenTrust stockholders.

Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Separation

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the separation, and in particular the distribution by InvenTrust of shares of our common stock to stockholders of InvenTrust. For purposes of this section under the heading “Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Separation”: (1) any references to the “separation” shall mean only the distribution of our common stock by InvenTrust to stockholders of InvenTrust; (2) references to “Highlands,” “we,” “our” and “us” mean only Highlands and not its subsidiaries or other lower-tier entities, except as otherwise indicated; and (3) references to InvenTrust refer to InvenTrust Properties Corp. This summary is based upon the Code, the regulations promulgated by the U.S. Treasury Department, rulings and other administrative pronouncements issued by the IRS, and judicial decisions, all as currently in effect, and all of which are subject to differing interpretations or to change, possibly with retroactive effect. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax consequences described below. We have not sought and do not intend to seek an advance ruling from the IRS regarding any matter discussed herein. The summary is also based upon the assumption that InvenTrust, Highlands and their respective subsidiaries and affiliated entities will operate in accordance with their applicable organizational documents and the agreements and other documents applicable to the separation. This summary is for general information only and is not tax advice. The Code provisions governing the U.S. federal income tax treatment of REITs (such as InvenTrust and Highlands) and their stockholders are highly technical and complex, and this summary is qualified in its entirety by the express language of applicable Code provisions, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof. This summary does not address all possible tax considerations that may be material to a stockholder and does not constitute legal or tax advice. Moreover, this summary does not purport to discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a particular stockholder in light of its investment or tax circumstances, or to stockholders subject to special tax rules, such as:

 

    financial institutions;

 

    insurance companies;

 

49


Table of Contents
    broker-dealers;

 

    regulated investment companies;

 

    foreign sovereigns and their controlled entities;

 

    partnerships and trusts;

 

    persons who will hold InvenTrust common stock on behalf of other persons as nominees;

 

    persons who received InvenTrust common stock through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation;

 

    persons who will hold InvenTrust common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security” or other integrated investment; and

 

    except to the extent discussed below, tax-exempt organizations and foreign investors.

This summary assumes that stockholders will hold their InvenTrust common stock as a capital asset for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which generally means as property held for investment.

For purposes of this discussion under the heading “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Separation,” a “U.S. stockholder” is a beneficial owner of InvenTrust common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation (including an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any of its states, or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) it has a valid election in place to be treated as a U.S. person.

A “non-U.S. stockholder” is a beneficial owner of InvenTrust common stock that is neither a U.S. stockholder nor a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If a partnership, including for this purpose any entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds InvenTrust common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A stockholder that is a partnership and the partners in such partnership should consult their tax advisors about the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the separation.

THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX TREATMENT OF THE SEPARATION TO STOCKHOLDERS OF INVENTRUST DEPENDS IN SOME INSTANCES ON DETERMINATIONS OF FACT AND INTERPRETATIONS OF COMPLEX PROVISIONS OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAW FOR WHICH NO CLEAR PRECEDENT OR AUTHORITY MAY BE AVAILABLE. IN ADDITION, THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE SEPARATION TO ANY PARTICULAR STOCKHOLDER OF INVENTRUST WILL DEPEND ON THE STOCKHOLDER’S PARTICULAR TAX CIRCUMSTANCES. YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND FOREIGN INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU OF THE SEPARATION IN LIGHT OF YOUR PARTICULAR INVESTMENT OR TAX CIRCUMSTANCES.

Tax Classification of the Separation in General

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the separation will not be eligible for treatment as a tax-deferred distribution by InvenTrust with respect to its stock. Accordingly, the separation will be treated as if InvenTrust

 

50


Table of Contents

had distributed to each InvenTrust stockholder an amount equal to the fair market value of the Highlands common stock received by such stockholder, determined as of the date of the separation. We refer to such amount as the “separation distribution amount.” The tax consequences of the separation to InvenTrust’s stockholders are thus generally the same as the tax consequences of InvenTrust’s cash distributions. The discussion below describes the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a U.S. stockholder, a non-U.S. stockholder, and a tax-exempt stockholder of InvenTrust common stock upon the receipt of Highlands common stock in the separation.

The separation will also be a taxable transaction for InvenTrust in which InvenTrust will recognize gain, but not loss, based on the difference between it tax basis in the Highlands common stock and its fair market value as of the separation. InvenTrust anticipates that its tax basis in the Highlands common stock will equal or exceed the fair market value of that stock as of the separation. Accordingly, InvenTrust does not anticipate recognizing taxable gain as a result of the separation. As a result, InvenTrust anticipates that the separation will not increase its earnings and profits for the year in which the separation occurs, which is anticipated to be 2016. Thus, if a stock holder owns its InvenTrust common stock for the entire year in which the separation occurs, InvenTrust anticipates that the separation will not increase the amount of dividend income the stockholder will recognize for that year compared to the amount of dividend income the stockholder would have recognized if the special distribution had not occurred.

Although InvenTrust will ascribe a value to the Highlands common stock distributed in the separation, this valuation is not binding on the IRS or any other tax authority. These taxing authorities could ascribe a higher valuation to the distributed Highlands common stock. Such a higher valuation may affect the distribution amount and thus the tax consequences of the separation to InvenTrust’s stockholders.

Tax Basis and Holding Period of Highlands Common Stock Received by Holders of InvenTrust Common Stock

An InvenTrust stockholder’s tax basis in shares of Highlands common stock received in the separation generally will equal the fair market value of such shares on the date of the separation, and the holding period for such shares will begin the day after the date of the separation.

Tax Treatment of the Separation to U.S. Stockholders

The following discussion describes the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a U.S. stockholder upon the receipt of shares of Highlands common stock in the separation.

Ordinary Dividend Distributions

The portion of the separation distribution amount received by a U.S. stockholder that is payable out of InvenTrust’s current or accumulated earnings and profits and that is not designated by InvenTrust as a capital gain dividend will generally be taken into account by such U.S. stockholder as ordinary income and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction for corporations. With limited exceptions, dividends paid by InvenTrust are not eligible for taxation at the preferential income tax rates for qualified dividend income received by U.S. stockholders taxed at individual rates from taxable C corporations. Such U.S. stockholders, however, are taxed at the preferential rates on dividends designated by and received from a REIT, such as InvenTrust, to the extent that the dividends are attributable to dividends received by the REIT from TRSs or other taxable C corporations.

As noted above, InvenTrust does not anticipate recognizing taxable gain as a result of the separation. As a result, InvenTrust anticipates that the separation will not increase its earnings and profits for the year in which the separation occurs. Thus, if a U.S. stockholder owns its InvenTrust common stock for the entire year in which the separation occurs, InvenTrust anticipates that the separation will not increase the amount of dividend income

 

51


Table of Contents

the U.S. stockholder will recognize for that year compared to the amount of dividend income the U.S. stockholder would have recognized if the separation had not occurred.

Capital Gain Dividend Distributions

A distribution that InvenTrust designates as a capital gain dividend will generally be taxed to U.S. stockholders as long-term capital gain, to the extent that such distribution does not exceed InvenTrust’s actual net capital gain for the taxable year, without regard to the period for which the holder that receives such distribution has held its InvenTrust common stock. Corporate U.S. stockholders may be required to treat up to 20% of some capital gain dividends as ordinary income. Long-term capital gains are generally taxable at reduced maximum federal rates in the case of U.S. stockholders that are taxed at individual rates, and ordinary income rates in the case of stockholders that are corporations.

Non-Dividend Distributions

A distribution to U.S. stockholders in excess of InvenTrust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will generally represent a return of capital and will not be taxable to a U.S. stockholder to the extent that the amount of such distribution does not exceed the adjusted basis of the holder’s InvenTrust common stock in respect of which the distribution was made. Rather, the distribution will reduce the U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in its InvenTrust common stock. To the extent that such distribution exceeds a U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in its InvenTrust common stock, the holder generally must include such distribution in income as long-term capital gain, or short-term capital gain if the holder’s InvenTrust common stock has been held for one year or less.

Tax Treatment of the Separation to Non-U.S. Stockholders

The following discussion describes the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a non-U.S. stockholder upon the receipt of shares of Highlands common stock in the separation.

Ordinary Dividend Distributions

The portion of the separation distribution amount received by a non-U.S. stockholder that is (1) payable out of InvenTrust’s earnings and profits, (2) not attributable to InvenTrust’s capital gains, and (3) not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. stockholder, will be treated as a dividend that is subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30%, unless reduced or eliminated by treaty.

Except as described below, non-U.S. stockholders will not be considered to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business solely as a result of their ownership of InvenTrust common stock. In cases where the dividend income from a non-U.S. stockholder’s investment in InvenTrust common stock is, or is treated as, effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, the non-U.S. stockholder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at graduated rates, in the same manner as U.S. stockholders are taxed with respect to such dividends. Such income must generally be reported on a U.S. income tax return filed by or on behalf of the non-U.S. stockholder. The income may also be subject to the 30% branch profits tax in the case of a non-U.S. stockholder that is a corporation.

Capital Gain Distributions

Under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (“FIRPTA”), distributions that are attributable to gain from InvenTrust’s sales or exchanges of United States real property interests (“USRPIs”), will be taxed to a non-U.S. stockholder as if such gain were effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, and non-U.S. stockholders will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the distributions at the rates applicable to U.S. individuals or corporations. InvenTrust will be required to withhold a 35% tax on such distributions.

 

52


Table of Contents

Distributions subject to FIRPTA may also be subject to a 30% branch profits tax in the hands of a corporate non-U.S. stockholder. It is anticipated that a portion of the separation distribution amount will be capital gain from the disposition of USRPIs.

Distributions received by a non-U.S. stockholder that are attributable to dispositions of InvenTrust’s assets other than USRPIs are not subject to U.S. federal income tax, unless (1) the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder’s U.S. trade or business, in which case the non-U.S. stockholder would be subject to the same treatment as U.S. stockholders with respect to such gain, or (2) the non-U.S. stockholder is a nonresident alien individual who was present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and has a “tax home” in the United States, in which case the non-U.S. stockholder will incur a 30% tax on his capital gains.

Non-Dividend Distributions

Unless InvenTrust’s common stock constitutes a USRPI, the separation distribution amount, to the extent not made out of InvenTrust’s earnings and profits, and not attributable to gain from the disposition of USRPIs (including gain realized in the separation distribution), will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax. If InvenTrust cannot determine at the time of the separation whether the separation distribution amount will exceed its current and accumulated earnings and profits, the separation distribution will be subject to withholding at the rate applicable to ordinary dividends, as described above.

If InvenTrust’s stock constitutes a USRPI, a determination made as described below, distributions that it makes in excess of the sum of (1) the non-U.S. stockholder’s proportionate share of InvenTrust’s earnings and profits, plus (2) the non-U.S. stockholder’s basis in its InvenTrust common stock, will be taxed under FIRPTA in the same manner as if the InvenTrust stock had been sold. In such situations, InvenTrust would be required to withhold 15% of such excess, the non-U.S. stockholder would be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return, and the non-U.S. stockholder would be subject to the same treatment and same tax rates as a U.S. stockholder with respect to such excess, subject to applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of non-resident alien individuals.

InvenTrust’s common stock will not be treated as a USRPI if less than 50% of InvenTrust’s assets throughout a prescribed testing period consist of interests in real property located within the United States, excluding, for this purpose, interests in real property solely in a capacity as a creditor. More than 50% of the value of InvenTrust’s assets consisted of USRPI during the relevant period.

InvenTrust’s common stock nonetheless will not constitute a USRPI if InvenTrust is a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity.” A domestically controlled qualified investment entity includes a REIT, less than 50% of value of which is held directly or indirectly by non-U.S. stockholders at all times during a specified testing period. It is anticipated that InvenTrust will be a domestically controlled qualified investment entity at the time of the separation distribution, and that a distribution with respect to InvenTrust’s stock in excess of InvenTrust’s earnings and profits will not be subject to withholding taxation under FIRPTA. No complete assurance can be given that InvenTrust will qualify as a domestically controlled qualified investment entity at the time of the separation distribution.

Exemptions from FIRPTA also apply to (1) certain foreign pension trusts and (2) certain non-U.S. stockholders that qualify for benefits under a comprehensive U.S. income tax treaty and are publicly traded entities or certain partnerships and other fiscally transparent entities. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors to determine whether they are entitled to an exemption under FIRPTA as a “qualified foreign pension,” a “qualified shareholder,” or “qualified collective investment vehicle.”

Gain in respect of a non-dividend distribution that would not otherwise be subject to FIRPTA will nonetheless be taxable in the United States to a non-U.S. stockholder in two cases: (1) if the non-U.S. stockholder’s investment in InvenTrust common stock is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business

 

53


Table of Contents

conducted by such non-U.S. stockholder, the non-U.S. stockholder will be subject to the same treatment as a U.S. stockholder with respect to such gain; or (2) if the non-U.S. stockholder is a nonresident alien individual who was present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year and has a “tax home” in the United States, the nonresident alien individual will be subject to a 30% tax on the individual’s capital gain.

Withholding of Amounts Distributable to Non-U.S. Stockholders in the Separation

If InvenTrust is required to withhold any amounts otherwise distributable to a non-U.S. stockholder in the separation, InvenTrust or other applicable withholding agents could collect the amount required to be withheld by (1) reducing to cash for remittance to the IRS by a sufficient portion of shares of Highlands common stock that such non-U.S. stockholder would otherwise receive, and such holder may bear brokerage or other costs for this withholding procedure or (2) withholding from other distributions made to the non-U.S. stockholder. A non-U.S. stockholder may seek a refund from the IRS of any amounts withheld if it is subsequently determined that the amounts withheld exceeded the non-U.S. stockholder’s U.S. tax liability for the year in which the separation occurred.

Time for Determination of the Tax Impact of the Separation

The tax consequences of the separation will be affected by a number of facts that are yet to be determined, including InvenTrust’s final earnings and profits for 2016 (including as a result of the income and gain, if any, InvenTrust recognizes in connection with the separation), the fair market value of shares of Highlands common stock on the date of the separation and the extent to which InvenTrust recognizes gain on the sales of USRPIs or other capital assets. However, as noted above, if a stockholder owns its InvenTrust common stock for the entire year in which the separation occurs, InvenTrust anticipates that the separation will not increase the amount of dividend income the stockholder will recognize for that year compared to the amount of dividend income the stockholder would have recognized if the special distribution had not occurred. See “—Tax Classification of the Separation in General.” Thus, a definitive calculation of the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the separation will not be possible until after the end of the 2016 calendar year. InvenTrust will provide its stockholders with tax information on an IRS Form 1099-DIV, informing them of the character of distributions made during the taxable year, including the separation.

Market for Common Stock

There is currently no public market for our common stock, and we do not intend to list any shares of our common stock on any securities exchange or other market in connection with the distribution.

Conditions to the Distribution

The distribution of our common stock by InvenTrust is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

    the board of directors of InvenTrust shall have authorized the distribution, which authorization may be made or withheld in the InvenTrust board’s sole and absolute discretion;

 

    our registration statement on Form 10, of which this Information Statement is a part, shall have become effective under the Exchange Act, and no stop order relating to the registration statement shall be in effect and no proceedings for such purpose shall be pending before, or threatened by, the SEC;

 

    no preliminary or permanent injunction or other order, decree, or ruling issued by a governmental authority, and no statute (as interpreted through orders or rules of any governmental authority duly authorized to effectuate the statute), rule, regulation or executive order promulgated or enacted by any governmental authority shall be in effect preventing the consummation of, or materially limiting the benefits of, the separation and distribution and other transaction contemplated thereby;

 

54


Table of Contents
    any required actions and filings necessary or appropriate under federal or state securities and blue sky laws of the U.S. will have been taken;

 

    the Transition Services Agreement and the Employee Matters Agreement shall have been executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto and no party to any of such agreements shall be in material breach of any such agreement;

 

    no event or development shall have occurred or failed to occur that, in the judgment of the board of directors of InvenTrust, in its sole discretion, prevents the consummation of the separation and distribution and related transactions or any portion thereof or makes the consummation of such transactions inadvisable;

 

    any government approvals and other material consents necessary to consummate the distribution will have been obtained and be in full force and effect; and

 

    the Separation and Distribution Agreement will not have been terminated.

Even if all conditions to the distribution are satisfied, InvenTrust may terminate and abandon the distribution at any time prior to the effectiveness of the distribution.

Reasons for the Separation

Upon careful review and consideration, InvenTrust’s board of directors determined that our separation from InvenTrust is in the best interests of InvenTrust. The board’s determination was based on a number of factors, including those set forth below.

 

    Enabling our dedicated management to focus solely on maximizing the total value of our portfolio in connection with our evaluation of various strategic opportunities. The separation of the Highlands Portfolio from InvenTrust will enable our dedicated management team to focus on preserving, protecting and maximizing the total value of our portfolio until such time as we determine that a sale or other disposition of all or a portion of our portfolio achieves our investment objectives or until it appears such objectives will not be met.

 

    Allow InvenTrust’s management to focus on its retail platform. Following the announced agreement to sell InvenTrust’s student housing platform, as part of its overall strategic plan and long-term goal of maximizing shareholder value, InvenTrust intends to dispose of its “non-core” assets in order to create a pure-play retail platform.

The anticipated benefits of the separation are based on a number of assumptions, and there can be no assurance that such benefits will materialize to the extent anticipated, or at all. In the event that the separation does not result in such benefits, the costs associated with the separation could have a material adverse effect on each company individually and in the aggregate. For more information about the risks associated with the separation, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Relationship with InvenTrust and the Separation.”

Reasons for Furnishing this Information Statement

This Information Statement is being furnished solely to provide information to InvenTrust stockholders who are entitled to receive shares of our common stock in the distribution. The Information Statement is not, and is not to be construed as, an inducement or encouragement to buy, hold or sell any of our securities or securities of InvenTrust. We believe that the information in this Information Statement is accurate as of the date set forth on the cover. Changes may occur after that date and neither InvenTrust nor we undertake any obligation to update such information.

 

55


Table of Contents

DISTR IBUTION POLICY

We generally intend over time to make annual distributions in an amount at least equal to the amount that will allow us to qualify as a REIT and to avoid current entity level U.S. federal income taxes. To qualify as a REIT, we must distribute to our stockholders an amount at least equal to:

 

  i. 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined before the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gain (which does not necessarily equal net income as calculated in accordance with GAAP); plus

 

  ii. 90% of the excess of our net income from foreclosure property over the tax imposed on such income by the Code; less

 

  iii. any excess non-cash income (as determined under the Code). Please refer to “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

Distributions made by us will be authorized and determined by our board of directors, in its sole discretion, out of legally available funds, and will be dependent upon a number of factors, including our actual and projected results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and liquidity, our qualification as a REIT and other tax considerations, capital expenditures and other obligations, debt covenants, contractual prohibitions or other limitations under applicable law and other such matters as our board of directors may deem relevant from time to time. We cannot assure you that our distribution policy will remain the same in the future, or that any estimated distributions will be made or sustained.

Our ability to make distributions to our stockholders will depend upon the performance of our portfolio and our ability to successfully execute on our disposition strategy. Distributions will be made in cash to the extent cash is available for distribution. We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flows to pay distributions to our stockholders. To the extent that our cash available for distribution is less than the amount required to be distributed under the REIT provisions of the Code, we may consider funding sources other than cash flow from operations or funds from operations, which may reduce the amount of capital available for operations, may have negative tax implications, and may have a negative effect on the value of your shares under certain conditions. In addition, our board of directors could change our distribution policy in the future. See “Risk Factors.”

Distributions to our stockholders will be generally taxable to them as ordinary income, although a portion of our distributions may be designated by us as capital gain or qualified dividend income or may constitute a return of capital. We will furnish annually to each of our stockholders a statement setting forth distributions paid during the preceding year and their characterization as ordinary income, return of capital, qualified dividend income or capital gain. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

 

56


Table of Contents

CAPI TALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2015 on a pro forma basis, adjusted to reflect:

 

    the business and operations of the Company after the consummation of the Retail Asset Disposition and immediately following the completion of the separation of the Company from InvenTrust, when we will own solely the Highlands Portfolio;

 

    the exclusion of the Disposed Assets;

 

    the Capital Contribution;

 

    the issuance of                 shares of our common stock to InvenTrust pursuant to a stock dividend effectuated prior to the distribution; and

 

    the distribution of                 shares of our common stock to holders of InvenTrust common stock based upon the number of InvenTrust shares outstanding on                 , 2016.

The information below is not necessarily indicative of what our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization would have been had the separation, distribution, capital contribution and related transactions been completed as of December 31, 2015. In addition, it is not indicative of our future cash and cash equivalents and capitalization. This table is derived from and is qualified entirely by reference to, our historical and pro forma financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Information Statement, and should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled “Selected Historical Financial and Operating Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our combined consolidated historical and pro forma financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

 

    As of
December 31, 2015
 
    (amounts in thousands,
except shares and per
share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

Restricted cash and escrows

 

Total

  $            
 

 

 

 

Total Debt:

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share;                 shares authorized;                 shares issued and outstanding

 

Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share;                 shares authorized;                 shares issued and outstanding

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

Retained earnings

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

Total capitalization

  $     
 

 

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCI AL AND OPERATING DATA

The following historical combined consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and for the years then ended have been derived from our audited combined consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

Our financial statements reflect the operations of the Prior Combined Portfolio, which, among other things, includes allocations of costs from certain corporate and shared functions provided to us by InvenTrust. The allocation methods for corporate and shared services costs vary by function but were generally based on historical costs of assets.

Because the historical combined consolidated financial statements represent the financial and operating data of the Prior Combined Portfolio, and the Company will own the Highlands Portfolio following the separation from InvenTrust, the historical combined consolidated financial statements included in this Information Statement do not reflect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows as if we had operated as a stand-alone public reporting company during the period presented owning solely the Highlands Portfolio. Accordingly, our historical results should not be relied upon as an indicator of future performance.

The selected pro forma combined consolidated financial and operating data for the Highlands Portfolio is derived from our unaudited pro forma combined consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015 as well as our unaudited pro forma combined consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2015, included elsewhere in this Information Statement. We derived our unaudited pro forma combined consolidated financial statements by applying pro forma adjustments to our historical combined consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Information Statement. The pro forma combined consolidated financial and operating data give effect to:

 

    the business and operations of the Company after the consummation of the Retail Asset Disposition and immediately following the completion of the separation of the Company from InvenTrust, after which we will own solely the Highlands Portfolio;

 

    the exclusion of the Disposed Assets;

 

    the Capital Contribution;

 

    the issuance of                 shares of our common stock to InvenTrust pursuant to a stock dividend prior to the distribution;

 

    the distribution of                 shares of our common stock to holders of InvenTrust common stock based upon the number of InvenTrust shares outstanding on                 , 2016; and

 

    certain other adjustments as described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Financial Statements.”

The pro forma adjustments are based on preliminary estimates, accounting judgments and currently available information and assumptions that management believes are reasonable. The notes to the pro forma combined consolidated financial statements provide a detailed discussion of how such adjustments were derived and presented in the pro forma combined consolidated financial and operating data. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Financial Statements—Notes to Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Financial Statements.” The pro forma combined consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with “Summary—Structure and Reorganization Transactions—Our Corporate Reorganization,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Financial and Operating Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” “Description of Indebtedness” and our combined consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

 

58


Table of Contents

The pro forma combined consolidated financial and operating data has been prepared for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of our financial position or results of operations had the transactions described above for which we are giving pro forma effect actually occurred on the dates or for the periods indicated, nor is such pro forma combined consolidated financial and operating data necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. A number of factors may affect our results. See “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

The information below should be read in connection with “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business and Properties” and the combined consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Information Statement.

 

59


Table of Contents
     Highlands Portfolio    Prior Combined Portfolio  
     Pro Forma
Combined
Consolidated
   Combined Consolidated  
     For the year
ended
December 31,
2015
   For the year
ended
December 31,
2015
    For the year
ended
December 31,
2014
    For the year
ended
December 31,
2013
 

Selected Statement of Operations Data:

         

Revenues:

         

Rental income

      $ 96,960      $ 104,218      $ 108,841   

Tenant recovery income

        14,447        17,190        18,611   

Other property income

        430        739        743   
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

      $ 111,837      $ 122,147      $ 128,195   
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses:

         

Property operating expenses

        10,721        15,443        15,888   

Real estate taxes

        10,303        12,379        13,312   

Depreciation and amortization

        36,212        37,235        47,113   

General and administrative expense

        12,241        7,161        4,534   

Business management fee

        —          423        6,742   

Provision for asset impairment

        —          15,640        258,648   
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

      $ 69,477      $ 88,281      $ 346,237   
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

      $ 42,360      $ 33,866      $ (218,042
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest and dividend income

        1        5        1,006   

Loss on sale of investment properties

        (197     (1,018     —     

Gain on extinguishment of debt

        —          11,959        2,419   

Other (loss) income

        (11     488        889   

Interest expense

        (27,757     (32,681     (37,583

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated entity

        —          —          628   

Gain on investment in unconsolidated entity

        —          —          2,930   
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

      $ 14,396      $ 12,619      $ (247,753
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

        (51     (64     (110
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

      $ 14,345      $ 12,555      $ (247,863
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income from discontinued operations

        —          4,632        48,469   
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

      $ 14,345      $ 17,187      $ (199,394
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

        (15     (16     (16
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Company

      $ 14,330      $ 17,171      $ (199,410
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Share Data:

         

Pro forma basic earnings per share

         

Pro forma diluted earnings per share

         

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding—basic

         

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding—diluted

         

Other Financial Data:

         

Funds from operations (1)

      $ 50,765      $ 65,522      $ 65,895   

Modified net operating income (2)

      $ 92,534      $ 95,413      $ 99,001   

 

60


Table of Contents
     Highlands
Portfolio
   Prior Combined Portfolio  
     Pro Forma
Combined
Consolidated
   Combined Consolidated  
     As of
December 31,
2015
   As of December 31,  
Selected Balance Sheet Data:       2015      2014      2013  

Cash and cash equivalents

      $ 26,972       $ 10,291       $ 6,076   

Restricted cash & escrows

        3,647         5,044         11,389   

Total assets

        741,092         841,894         1,216,502   

Total debt

        438,970         487,825         468,970   

Total equity

        266,853         317,108         389,694   

 

(1) We calculate FFO in accordance with standards established by NAREIT, which defines FFO as net income or loss (calculated in accordance with GAAP), excluding real estate-related depreciation, amortization and impairment, gains (losses) from sales of real estate, the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles, adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures, and items classified by GAAP as extraordinary. Historical cost accounting for real estate assets implicitly assumes that the value of real estate assets diminishes predictably over time. Since real estate values instead have historically risen or fallen with market conditions, most industry investors consider presentations of operating results for real estate companies that use historical cost accounting to be insufficient by themselves. We believe that the presentation of FFO provides useful supplemental information to investors regarding our operating performance by excluding the effect of real estate depreciation and amortization, gains (losses) from sales for real estate, impairments of real estate assets extraordinary items and the portion of items related to unconsolidated entities, all of which are based on historical cost accounting and which may be of lesser significance in evaluating current performance. We believe that the presentation of FFO can facilitate comparisons of operating performance between periods and between REITs, even though FFO does not represent an amount that accrues directly to common stockholders. Our calculation of FFO may not be comparable to measures calculated by other companies who do not use the NAREIT definition of FFO or do not calculate FFO per diluted share in accordance with NAREIT guidance. Additionally, FFO may not be helpful when comparing us to non-REITs.

 

(2) Modified net operating income reflects the income from operations excluding adjustments, such as lease termination income, and GAAP rent adjustments in order to provide a comparable presentation of operating activity across periods. Includes adjustments for items that affect the comparability of, and were excluded from, the same store results. Such adjustments include lease termination income, GAAP rent adjustments, such as straight-line rent, and above/below market lease amortization.

 

61


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CO NSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following unaudited pro forma combined consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 and unaudited pro forma combined consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015 have been prepared to reflect the following transactions as if they had occurred on December 31, 2015 for the unaudited pro forma combined consolidated balance sheet and January 1, 2015 for the unaudited pro forma combined consolidated statement of operations:

 

    the business and operations of the Company after the consummation of the Retail Asset Disposition and immediately following the completion of the separation of the Company from InvenTrust, after which we will own solely the Highlands Portfolio;

 

    the exclusion of the Disposed Assets;

 

    the Capital Contribution;

 

    the issuance of                 shares of our common stock to InvenTrust pursuant to a stock dividend prior to the distribution; and

 

    the distribution of                 shares of our common stock to holders of InvenTrust common stock based upon the number of InvenTrust shares outstanding on             , 2016.

The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based on preliminary estimates, accounting judgments and currently available information and assumptions that management believes are reasonable. The notes to the unaudited pro forma combined consolidated financial statements provide a detailed discussion of how such adjustments were derived and presented in the unaudited pro forma combined consolidated financial and operating data. The unaudited pro forma combined consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with “Summary—Our Structure and Reorganization Transactions—Our Corporate Reorganization,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Financial and Operating Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” “Description of Indebtedness” and our combined consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto.

The unaudited pro forma combined consolidated financial statements have been prepared for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of our financial position or results of operations had the transactions described above for which we are giving pro forma effect actually occurred on the dates or for the periods indicated, nor is such unaudited combined consolidated pro forma financial information necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. A number of factors may affect our results. See “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

62


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2015

(in thousands)

 

     Historical     Retail
Asset
Disposition
(1)
    Capital
Contribution
(3)
   Other
Adjustments
   Pro
Forma

Assets

            

Land

   $ 153,646      $ (14,981        

Building & other improvements

     711,262        (73,310        

Construction in progress

     —          —             
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

Total

     864,908        (88,291        

Less accumulated depreciation

     (185,100     20,063           
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

Net investment properties

     679,808        (68,228        

Cash & cash equivalents

     26,972        —             

Restricted cash & escrows

     3,647        —             

Accounts & rents receivable

     12,554        (552        

Intangible assets, net

     12,547        (457        

Deferred cost and other assets

     5,564        (460        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

Total Assets

   $ 741,092      $ (69,697        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

            

Mortgages and notes payable, net

   $ 438,970      $ —             

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     28,298        (2,223        

Intangible liabilities, net

     5,074        (406        

Other liabilities

     1,897        (420        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

Total Liabilities

   $ 474,239      $ (3,049        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

Stockholders’ Equity

            

Capital

     1,534,018        (96,172        

Accumulated distributions in excess of net income (loss)

     (1,267,165     29,524           
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

Total Company stockholders’ equity

   $ 266,853      $ (66,648        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

Non-controlling interests

   $ —        $ —             
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

Total equity

   $ 266,853      $ (66,648        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

Total Liabilities and Equity

   $ 741,092      $ (69,697        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

See notes to unaudited pro forma combined consolidated financial statements.

 

63


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2015

(in thousands)

 

     Historical     Retail
Asset
Disposition

(1)
    Disposition
Adjustments
(2)
    Capital
Contribution
(3)
   Other
Adjustments
   Pro Forma

Revenues

              

Rental income

   $ 96,960      $ (7,930   $ (240        

Tenant recovery income

     14,447        (2,990     (161        

Other property income

     430        (32     (37        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

Total revenues

   $ 111,837      $ (10,952   $ (438        

Expenses

              

Property operating expenses

   $ 10,721      $ (1,489   $ (599        

Real estate taxes

     10,303        (2,189     (237        

Depreciation and amortization

     36,212        (3,693     (83        

General and administrative expense (4)

     12,241        —          —             
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

Total expenses

   $ 69,477      $ (7,371   $ (919        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

Operating income (loss)

   $ 42,360      $ (3,581   $ 481           
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

Interest and dividend income

     1        —          —             

Loss (gain) on sale of investment properties

     (197     —          197           

Other loss

     (11     —          (10        

Interest expense

     (27,757     94        —             
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 14,396      $ (3,487   $ 668           
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

Income tax expense

     (51     —          —             
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 14,345      $ (3,487   $ 668           
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

  

 

See notes to unaudited pro forma combined consolidated financial statements.

 

64


Table of Contents

Notes to Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Retail Asset Disposition

The Retail Asset Disposition, which will occur as part of the Reorganization Transactions, reflects five properties that will be distributed to InvenTrust. The Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of InvenTrust, and as such, the entities are considered under common control. The transfer of these five properties will be accounted for as a non-cash distribution from the Company to InvenTrust at historical cost and the Company will not realize any gain or loss on disposal.

2. Disposition Adjustments

The Disposition Adjustments reflect the historical results of one asset sold in the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 that did not qualify as discontinued operations. In line with our adoption of the new accounting standard governing discontinued operations, ASU No. 2014-08, effective January 1, 2014, only dispositions representing a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on our results and operations would qualify as discontinued operations. With respect to this transaction, the adjustment gives effect to such transaction as if it had been consummated on January 1, 2015.

3. Capital Contribution and Financing Transactions

Prior to the completion of our separation from InvenTrust, we will receive a capital contribution of $        .

4. General and Administrative Expenses and Business Management Fee

For the year ended December 31, 2015, pro forma general and administrative expenses totaled $12.2 million. This includes allocated general and administrative expenses from InvenTrust of $11.7 million and general and administrative expenses directly attributable to the Company of $0.5 million. The allocated general and administrative expenses are based upon the Company’s percentage share of the average invested assets of InvenTrust. The allocated general and administrative expenses relate to certain corporate and shared functions. Upon our separation from InvenTrust, the Company will no longer be allocated a portion of InvenTrust’s corporate overhead.

Effective with our separation from InvenTrust, we will assume responsibility for all corporate functions as a stand-alone entity. We expect to incur additional general and administrative expense as a result of becoming a stand-alone public reporting company, including but not limited to incremental salaries, board of directors’ fees and expenses, director and officer insurance, Sarbanes-Oxley Act compliance costs, third-party costs for outsourced services, including certain accounting functions, including property accounting, investor relations, human resources, risk management, information technology, corporate taxes, incremental audit and tax fees, and legal costs. No pro forma adjustments have been made to our financial statements to reflect the additional costs and expenses described in this paragraph.

 

65


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Risk Factors,” “Selected Historical Financial and Operating Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Business and Properties” and historical combined consolidated financial statements, and related notes included elsewhere in this Information Statement. The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements based upon our current expectations, estimates and assumptions that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements due to a variety of risks, uncertainties and other factors, including but not limited to, factors discussed in “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

Upon completion of the Reorganization Transactions and our separation from InvenTrust, we will be a self-advised and self-administered REIT with a portfolio of single- and multi-tenant office assets, industrial assets, retail assets, correctional facilities, unimproved land and a bank branch acquired by InvenTrust prior to our separation. As of December 31, 2015, the Highlands Portfolio consisted of seven office assets, two industrial assets, six retail assets, two correctional facilities, four parcels of unimproved land and one bank branch.

Our investment objectives are to preserve, protect and maximize the total value of our portfolio in connection with our evaluation of various strategic opportunities while seeking to provide stockholders with a return of their investment by liquidating and distributing net sales proceeds. We may seek to sustain and enhance the values of our assets through additional leasing or capital expenditures, where necessary, while identifying and implementing disposition strategies for the assets in our portfolio. We intend to hold our assets until such time as we determine that a sale or other disposition achieves our investment objectives or until it appears such objectives will not be met.

Prior to the Retail Asset Disposition and the completion of our separation from InvenTrust, but after giving effect to the Non-Core Asset Contributions, the Prior Combined Portfolio consisted of 22 assets and 4 parcels of unimproved land as of December 31, 2015. At December 31, 2015, one asset previously counted as a separate property was combined with the adjacent shopping center, resulting in a reduction to our retail asset count. The Company believes this provides a more accurate reflection of retail properties owned.

We currently have three business segments, consisting of (i) net lease, (ii) retail and (iii) multi-tenant office. Our unimproved land is presented in “other” within our segment disclosure. We may have additional or fewer segments in the future to the extent we enter into additional real property sectors, dispose of property sectors, or change the character of our assets. For the complete presentation of our reportable segments, see Note 11 to our Combined Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

For more information regarding the Reorganization Transactions, see “Summary—Our Structure and Reorganization Transactions—Our Corporate Reorganization.” This discussion and analysis reflects the results of operations for the Prior Combined Portfolio. Where indicated, we have supplemented our discussion and analysis of our results of operations to reflect solely the Highlands Portfolio that the Company will own following the completion of the separation of the Company from InvenTrust.

Basis of Presentation

We refer in this Information Statement to the assets owned by MB REIT (Florida), Inc. (“MB REIT”) and assets owned by certain subsidiaries of InvenTrust from time to time since January 1, 2012, as well the Non-Core Contributed Assets (as defined under “Summary—Our Structure and Reorganization Transactions—Our Corporate Reorganization”), as the “Prior Combined Portfolio.” We refer in this Information Statement to all of the assets owned by Highlands following the Reorganization Transactions as the “Highlands Portfolio.” At the

 

66


Table of Contents

time of our separation from InvenTrust, we expect the Highlands Portfolio to consist of seven office assets, two industrial assets, six retail assets, two correctional facilities, four parcels of unimproved land and one bank branch.

Our financial statements reflect the operations of the Prior Combined Portfolio, which, among other things, includes allocations of costs from certain corporate and shared functions provided to us by InvenTrust. The allocation methods for corporate and shared services costs vary by function but were generally based on historical costs of assets. InvenTrust allocated to us a portion of corporate overhead costs incurred by InvenTrust based upon our percentage share of the average invested assets of InvenTrust, which is reflected in general and administrative expense. As InvenTrust is managing various asset portfolios, the extent of services and benefits a portfolio receives is based on the size of its assets. We believe that using average invested assets to allocate costs is a reasonable reflection of the services and other benefits received by us and complies with applicable accounting guidance. InvenTrust also allocated to us a portion of InvenTrust’s unsecured credit facility and the related interest expense. The unsecured credit facility is subject to a borrowing base consisting of a pool of unencumbered assets. To the extent our assets were included within the pool of unencumbered assets, we were allocated a portion of the unsecured credit facility. However, actual costs may have differed from allocated costs if we had operated as a stand-alone entity during such period and those differences may have been material.

Our financial statements include transactions in which ordinary course cash transactions have been processed by InvenTrust due to InvenTrust’s centralized cash management process on our behalf, such as the repayment of debt, rental receipts and payables in the ordinary course of business, resulting in intercompany transactions between InvenTrust and us. These ordinary course intercompany transactions are considered to be effectively settled at the time of our separation from InvenTrust. Accordingly, these transactions are reflected as distributions to and contributions from InvenTrust in the combined consolidated financial statements.

Because the historical financial statements represent the financial and operating data of the Prior Combined Portfolio and the Company will own solely the Highlands Portfolio following the separation from InvenTrust, the historical financial statements included in this information statement do not reflect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows as if we had operated as a stand-alone public reporting company during the periods presented owning solely the Highlands Portfolio. Accordingly, our historical results should not be relied upon as an indicator of future performance.

Self-Management of InvenTrust

Prior to March 2014, our management team was employed by InvenTrust’s external manager, Inland American Business Manager and Advisor, Inc. (the “Business Manager”), or one of its affiliates. On March 12, 2014, InvenTrust entered into a series of agreements and amendments to existing agreements with affiliates of The Inland Group, Inc. pursuant to which InvenTrust began the process of becoming entirely self-managed (collectively, the “Self-Management Transactions”). After the Self-Management Transactions, our management team and our other employees ceased to be employed by the Business Manager or one of its affiliates and became employees of InvenTrust. In connection with the Self-Management Transactions, InvenTrust agreed with the Business Manager to terminate the management agreement with the Business Manager, hire all of the Business Manager’s employees, and acquire the assets or rights necessary to conduct the functions previously performed for InvenTrust by the Business Manager. Prior to the Self-Management Transactions, we were allocated a portion of the business management fee based upon our percentage share of the average invested assets of InvenTrust. The Self-Management Transactions resulted in a final business management fee incurred in January 2014. As a result, the Company was not allocated a business management fee after January 2014.

Separation from InvenTrust

On                     , 2016, InvenTrust declared the pro rata distribution of 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Highlands to InvenTrust stockholders. The pro rata distribution by InvenTrust of 100% of the outstanding shares of Highlands common stock will occur on                     , 2016 by way of a taxable pro rata

 

67


Table of Contents

special distribution to InvenTrust stockholders of record on the record date of the distribution. Each InvenTrust stockholder will be entitled to receive              share(s) of Highlands common stock for              share(s) of InvenTrust common stock held by such stockholder at the close of business on                     , 2016, the record date of the distribution.

Following the separation, we and InvenTrust will operate separately, each as an independent company. We and InvenTrust will enter into a Separation and Distribution Agreement that will effectuate the separation and distribution. In addition, we will enter into various other agreements with InvenTrust to effect the separation and provide a framework for our relationship with InvenTrust after the separation, such as a Transition Services Agreement and an Employee Matters Agreement. These agreements will provide for the allocation between us and InvenTrust of InvenTrust’s assets, liabilities and obligations attributable to periods prior to, at and after our separation from InvenTrust and will govern certain relationships between us and InvenTrust after the separation. For more information regarding these agreements, see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Agreements with InvenTrust.”

Market Outlook

Our financial and operating performance is dependent upon the demand for office assets, industrial assets, retail assets, correctional facilities and unimproved land in our markets. Many of the assets in our portfolio are currently net-leased. Nationally, commercial real estate fundamentals such as vacancy, rent and absorption levels have improved over recent years. However, our portfolio consists of a wide variety of product types that are geographically disbursed, and many of our assets have not benefited from this improvement due to location, market or submarket weakness, product type and physical characteristics.

Office

Our portfolio includes seven office assets, five of which are single-tenant and two of which are multi-tenant. Despite a nationally-improving office outlook, there are factors negatively impacting demand, including factors such as the allocation by companies of less square feet per employee, “address-less” work-spaces, where no employee has an assigned office or desk, and telecommuting.

Three of our single-tenant assets are currently leased to AT&T, a telecommunications company. The original term of the lease for our office property located in Hoffman Estates, Illinois will expire in August 2016. AT&T did not renew the lease for this property during the contractual renewal option period. If AT&T does not renew, we anticipate that it will be difficult to lease this property for several reasons, including weak demand for large corporate campuses, its location in a weak submarket, and a growing trend for companies to locate employees in downtown Chicago instead of the suburbs. Additionally, the design and physical characteristics of this property will make it difficult to multi-tenant. The original term of the lease for our AT&T property located in St. Louis expires in 2017 and the original term of the lease for our AT&T property located in Cleveland expires in 2019. Demand for office space in both downtown St. Louis and Cleveland is weak, and certain physical characteristics of each property may make them difficult to lease.

Our office assets located in suburban Denver and in Pittsburgh are currently single-tenant with leases that expire in 2016 and it is likely that these assets will be converted to multi-tenant assets. We currently anticipate adequate demand though rental rates may be lower than rates under the current leases.

Our multi-tenant office property located in Herndon, Virginia near Dulles airport is 83% leased to Lockheed Martin Corporation. Demand in this market is heavily dependent on government spending levels. We currently anticipate adequate demand in the San Jose, California market, where our Trimble asset is located. There are two tenants at the Trimble asset, each with a lease that expires in the near term.

 

68


Table of Contents

Industrial

Both of our industrial assets, Versacold St. Paul and Versacold New Ulm, are leased to an affiliate of Americold Realty Trust, a cold storage operator and logistics company. Both assets are under long-term leases expiring in 2027.

Retail

Generally, over the past several years, the demand for retail space has improved. However, there are significant challenges to brick-and-mortar retail, including competition from other shopping venues and other forms of retailing, such as e-commerce and catalogues. However, many of our “big box” retailers have adopted an omnichannel shopping/distribution model to effectively integrate online and physical store shopping and to provide a seamless shopping experience for their customers. Our portfolio of retail assets are located in six distinct markets, and are typically anchored or shadow-anchored by grocers or “big box” tenants. Our retail assets are generally located in secondary markets where our ability to raise rents, lease space and sell assets may be more limited than in high-growth, first-tier markets.

Correctional Facilities

Our correctional facility located in Hudson, Colorado is approximately 40 miles northeast of Denver, and our correctional facility located in Haskell, Texas is approximately 200 miles northwest of Dallas. Each of these facilities is leased to an experienced prison operator. The Hudson lease expires in January 2020 and the facility currently does not house any inmates. The Haskell lease expires in 2016. Given the niche market for these assets and the fact that management and operation of correctional facilities by private entities has not achieved complete acceptance by either governmental agencies or the public, demand for these assets by other tenants and buyers may be limited.

Vacant Land

We currently own four parcels of vacant land, two in Florida, one in North Carolina and one in South Carolina. We continue to evaluate options with respect to these assets.

Inflation

Most of our leases provide that real estate taxes and operating expenses are paid directly by the tenants or are recoverable in whole or in part from the tenants. We believe that inflationary increases in costs may be at least partially offset by contractual rent increases and the pass through or direct payment by the tenants of all or a portion of the real estate taxes and operating expenses.

Acquisition Activity

During the year ended December 31, 2013, InvenTrust entered into a definitive agreement with a joint venture partner which resulted in InvenTrust obtaining control of the venture, consisting of ten assets. InvenTrust consolidated the ten assets previously in the joint venture on December 31, 2013, recording the assets and liabilities of the joint venture at fair value. One asset, a multi-tenant office property, Trimble, is owned by Highlands.

 

69


Table of Contents

Disposition Activity

During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, we disposed of 42 net lease, two retail, one multi-tenant office and one other asset:

 

Property

  Date     Gross Disposition
Price

(in thousands)
    Square Feet  

Citizens—Manchester

    7/9/2015      $ 8,200        148,000 Square Feet   

Property

  Date     Gross Disposition
Price

(in thousands)
    Square Feet  

Hunting Bayou

    2/19/2014      $ 10,300        133,269 Square feet   

Net lease portfolio—23 assets

    2/21/2014        219,400        3,685,390 Square feet   

Net lease portfolio—4 assets

    3/28/2014        58,500        1,118,096 Square feet   

Monadnock Marketplace

    4/9/2014        31,200        367,454 Square feet   

3801 S. Collins

    7/31/2014        10,500        239,905 Square feet   

Citizens—Plattsburgh

    11/7/2014        200        7,950 Square feet   
   

 

 

   
    $ 330,100     
   

 

 

   

Property

  Date     Gross Disposition
Price

(in thousands)
    Square Feet  

Citizens Bank—Chicago Heights

    1/24/2013      $ 2,000        6,276 Square feet   

Citizens Bank—Lewes

    2/22/2013        1,100        3,478 Square feet   

Citizens Bank—Westchester

    2/22/2013        1,400        3,410 Square feet   

Citizens Bank—3 assets

    3/19/2013        1,200        5,055 Square feet   

IDS Center

    4/25/2013        253,500        1,462,374 Square feet   

Citizens—Springfield

    5/10/2013        1,000        3,000 Square feet   

Citizens—Haddon Heights

    7/23/2013        1,400        4,810 Square feet   

Southgate Apartments

    8/1/2013        19,500        256 Units   

Net lease portfolio—3 assets

    9/24/2013        29,100        262,700 Square feet   

Citizens—Mellon Bank Building

    12/31/2013        3,300        14,567 Square feet   
   

 

 

   
    $ 313,500     
   

 

 

   

Our Revenues and Expenses

Revenues

Our revenues are primarily derived from rental income and expense recoveries we receive from our tenants under leases with us. Rental income primarily consists of monthly rent and other property income pursuant to tenant leases. Tenant recovery income primarily consists of reimbursements for real estate taxes, common area maintenance costs, management fees and insurance costs.

 

70


Table of Contents

Expenses

Our operating expenses consist primarily of the following:

 

    Property operating expenses —Property operating expenses primarily consist of repair and maintenance, management fees, utilities and insurance (in each case, some of which are recoverable from the tenant). In 2015, as a result of InvenTrust’s self-management transactions, the management fee paid to Inland American Holdco Management LLC was eliminated and was replaced by direct property costs related to payroll and overhead.

 

    Real estate taxes —These expenses consist of real estate taxes (some of which are recoverable from the tenant).

 

    Depreciation and amortization expense —These are non-cash expenses that primarily consist of depreciation of fixed assets such as buildings and capital equipment at our assets, as well as certain corporate assets. Amortization expense primarily consists of amortization of acquired above and below market leases and in-place leases, which are amortized over the life of the related lease or term.

 

    General and administrative expenses —General and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation expense for our corporate staff and personnel supporting our business, transfer agent and investor relations expenses, office administrative and related expenses and transaction expenses. InvenTrust allocated to Highlands a portion of corporate overhead costs incurred by InvenTrust which is based upon Highlands’ percentage share of the average invested assets of InvenTrust and reflected in general and administrative expense. Upon our separation from InvenTrust, we will no longer be allocated a portion of InvenTrust’s corporate overhead. We will be party to a Transition Services Agreement with InvenTrust, pursuant to which we will be charged agreed-upon amounts for the corporate services we receive. We anticipate that we will have non-recurring and recurring expenses associated with establishing and maintaining our own information technology, financial reporting and other public reporting company infrastructure.

 

    Business management fee —During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, InvenTrust paid an annual business management fee to the Business Manager based on the average invested assets. We were allocated a portion of the business management fee based upon our percentage share of the average invested assets of InvenTrust for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. On March 12, 2014, InvenTrust entered into the Self-Management Transactions. After the Self-Management Transactions, our management team and our other employees ceased to be employed by the Business Manager or one of its affiliates and became employees of InvenTrust. In connection with the Self-Management Transactions, InvenTrust agreed with the Business Manager to terminate the management agreement with the Business Manager, hire all of the Business Manager’s employees and acquire the assets or rights necessary to conduct the functions previously performed for InvenTrust by the Business Manager. The Self-Management Transactions resulted in a final business management fee incurred in January 2014. As a result, we were not allocated a business management fee after January 2014.

 

    Provision for asset impairment —We hold amortizing intangible assets, intangible liabilities and long-lived asset investments. We assess the carrying values of our long-lived assets and equity method investment and evaluate these assets for impairment as discussed in “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.” These evaluations have, in the past, resulted in impairment losses for certain of these assets based on the specific facts and circumstances surrounding those assets and our estimates of the fair value of those assets. Based on economic conditions or other factors applicable to a specific asset, we may be required to take additional impairment losses to reflect further declines in our asset and/or investment values.

 

71


Table of Contents

Factors that May Affect Results of Operations

Rental Income

The amount of net rental income generated by the assets in our portfolio depends principally on our ability to renew expiring leases or re-lease space upon the scheduled or unscheduled termination of leases, lease currently available space and maintain or increase rental rates at our assets. Local, regional or national economic conditions; changing tenant requirements; an oversupply of or a reduction in demand for the type of assets in our portfolio; changes in market rental rates; our ability to provide adequate services and maintenance at our assets; and fluctuations in interest rates could adversely affect our rental income in future periods. Future economic or regional downturns affecting our submarkets or downturns in our tenants’ industries that impair our ability to renew or re-lease space and the ability of our tenants to fulfill their lease commitments, as in the case of tenant bankruptcies, could adversely affect our ability to maintain or increase occupancy. Additionally, tenants may not renew such leases and we may be unable to re-lease such assets on comparably favorable terms or at all. This is a particular concern at our net lease assets.

Scheduled Lease Expirations

Our ability to re-lease expiring space at rental rates equal to or in excess of current rental rates will impact our results of operations. In addition to approximately 376,129 square feet of gross leasable area of vacant space in our portfolio as of December 31, 2015, during the years ending December 31, 2016, 2017 and 2018, leases representing approximately 34.8%, 22.8% and 3.2%, respectively, of the gross leasable area of our portfolio are scheduled to expire. These leases are expected to represent approximately 34.3%, 17.9% and 4.9%, respectively, of our annualized base rent for such periods.

Operating Expenses

Our property operating expenses generally consist of property taxes, regular repair and maintenance, management fees, utilities and insurance. Many of these expenses are recoverable from the tenant or directly paid by the tenant, particularly at our net lease assets. Other operating expenses consist of general and administrative expenses. As a public reporting company, our annual general and administrative expenses may increase compared to the amount historically allocated to us by InvenTrust.

Key Indicators of Operating Performance

Funds From Operations (“FFO”)

We calculate FFO in accordance with standards established by the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts (“NAREIT”), which defines FFO as net income or loss (calculated in accordance with GAAP), excluding real estate-related depreciation, amortization and impairment, gains (losses) from sales of real estate, the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles, adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures, and items classified by GAAP as extraordinary. Historical cost accounting for real estate assets implicitly assumes that the value of real estate assets diminishes predictably over time. Since real estate values instead have historically risen or fallen with market conditions, most industry investors consider presentations of operating results for real estate companies that use historical cost accounting to be insufficient by themselves. We believe that the presentation of FFO provides useful supplemental information to investors regarding our operating performance by excluding the effect of real estate depreciation and amortization, gains (losses) from sales for real estate, impairments of real estate assets extraordinary items and the portion of items related to unconsolidated entities, all of which are based on historical cost accounting and which may be of lesser significance in evaluating current performance. We believe that the presentation of FFO can facilitate comparisons of operating performance between periods and between REITs, even though FFO does not represent an amount that accrues directly to common stockholders. Our calculation of FFO may not be comparable to measures calculated by other companies who do not use the NAREIT definition of FFO or do not calculate FFO per diluted share in accordance with NAREIT guidance. Additionally, FFO may not be helpful when comparing us to non-REITs.

 

72


Table of Contents

Modified Same Store Net Operating Income

Management of the Company uses modified net operating income (“Modified NOI”) as a key indicator of operating performance metric for internal monitoring and planning purposes, including the preparation of its annual operating budget and monthly operating reviews, as well as to facilitate analysis of future business decisions. Modified NOI reflects the income from operations excluding adjustments for lease termination income and GAAP rent adjustments. Management believes these adjustments provide a comparable presentation of operating activities across periods. Thus, the Company believes that presentation of this non-GAAP financial measure is helpful to investors’ understanding of the Company’s operating and investment decisions. In addition, the Company believes that Modified NOI allows management, investors and analysts to evaluate the Company’s operating results and performance trends on a year-to-year basis because it is an indicator of the return on property investment, before corporate-level allocations and other expenses.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

General

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions in certain circumstances that affect amounts reported in the accompanying combined consolidated financial statements and related notes. This section discusses those critical accounting policies and estimates. These judgments often result from the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. GAAP requires information in financial statements about accounting principles, methods used and disclosures pertaining to significant estimates. This discussion addresses our judgment pertaining to known trends, events or uncertainties which were taken into consideration upon the application of those policies.

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”). Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the extended transition period.

Impairment

We assess the carrying values of the respective long-lived assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of these assets may not be fully recoverable, such as a reduction in the expected holding period of the asset. If it is determined that the carrying value is not recoverable because the undiscounted cash flows do not exceed carrying value, we are required to record an impairment loss to the extent that the carrying value exceeds fair value. The valuation and possible subsequent impairment of investment assets is a significant estimate that can and does change based on our continuous process of analyzing each asset and reviewing assumptions about uncertain inherent factors, as well as the economic condition of the asset at a particular point in time.

Cost Capitalization and Depreciation Policies

Our policy is to review all expenses paid and capitalize any items which are deemed to be an upgrade or a tenant improvement. These costs are capitalized and included in the investment properties classification as an addition to buildings and improvements.

Buildings and improvements are depreciated on a straight-line basis based upon estimated useful lives of 30 years for buildings and improvements, and 5-15 years for site improvements and furniture, fixtures and equipment. Tenant improvements are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the life of the related lease as a component of depreciation and amortization expense. The portion of the purchase price allocated to acquired

 

73


Table of Contents

above market leases and acquired below market leases is amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the related lease as an adjustment to net rental income. Acquired in-place lease costs, customer relationship value and other leasing costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the related lease as a component of amortization expense.

Cost capitalization and the estimate of useful lives requires our judgment and includes significant estimates that can and do change based on our process which periodically analyzes each asset and on our assumptions about uncertain inherent factors.

Dispositions

The Company accounts for dispositions in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 360-20, Real Estate Sales. The Company recognizes gain in full when real estate is sold, provided (a) the profit is determinable, that is, the collectability of the sales price is reasonably assured or the amount that will not be collectible can be estimated, and (b) the earnings process is virtually complete, that is, the seller is not obliged to perform significant activities after the sale to earn the profit.

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity , which includes amendments that change the requirements for reporting discontinued operations and require additional disclosures about discontinued operations. Under the new guidance, only disposals representing a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on the entity’s results and operations would qualify as discontinued operations. In addition, ASU 2014-08 expands the disclosure requirements for disposals that meet the definition of a discontinued operation and requires entities to disclose information about disposals of individually significant components that do not meet the definition of discontinued operations. ASU No. 2014-08 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods in fiscal years that begin after December 15, 2014. We have elected to early adopt ASU No. 2014-08, effective January 1, 2014. Beginning with the year ended December 31, 2014, all asset disposals have been included as a component of income from continuing operations unless they qualify as discontinued operations. The operations reflected in discontinued operations are related to the net lease assets that were classified as held for sale at December 31, 2013 and any asset dispositions reported as discontinued operations prior to our adoption of ASU No. 2014-08.

Revenue Recognition

We commence revenue recognition on our leases based on a number of factors. In most cases, revenue recognition under a lease begins when the lessee takes possession of or controls the physical use of the leased asset. Generally, this occurs on the lease commencement date. The determination of who is the owner, for accounting purposes, of the tenant improvements determines the nature of the leased asset and when revenue recognition under a lease begins. If we are the owner, for accounting purposes, of the tenant improvements, then the leased asset is the finished space and revenue recognition begins when the lessee takes possession of the finished space, typically when the improvements are substantially complete. If we conclude we are not the owner, for accounting purposes, of the tenant improvements (the lessee is the owner), then the leased asset is the unimproved space and any tenant improvement allowances funded under the lease are treated as lease incentives which reduces revenue recognized over the term of the lease. In these circumstances, we begin revenue recognition when the lessee takes possession of the unimproved space for the lessee to construct their own improvements. We consider a number of different factors to evaluate whether it or the lessee is the owner of the tenant improvements for accounting purposes. These factors include:

 

    whether the lease stipulates how and on what a tenant improvement allowance may be spent;

 

    whether the tenant or landlord retains legal title to the improvements;

 

    the uniqueness of the improvements;

 

    the expected economic life of the tenant improvements relative to the length of the lease; and

 

    who constructs or directs the construction of the improvements.

 

74


Table of Contents

The determination of who owns the tenant improvements, for accounting purposes, is subject to significant judgment. In making that determination, we consider all of the above factors. No one factor, however, necessarily establishes its determination.

We recognize rental income on a straight-line basis over the term of each lease. The difference between rental income earned on a straight-line basis and the cash rent due under the provisions of the lease agreements is recorded as deferred rent receivable and is included as a component of accounts and rents receivable in the accompanying combined consolidated balance sheets. Due to the impact of the straight-line basis, rental income generally is greater than the cash collected in the early years and decreases in the later years of a lease. We periodically review the collectability of outstanding receivables. Allowances are taken for those balances that we deem to be uncollectible, including any amounts relating to straight-line rent receivables.

Reimbursements from tenants for recoverable real estate tax and operating expenses are accrued as revenue in the period the applicable expenses are incurred. We make certain assumptions and judgments in estimating the reimbursements at the end of each reporting period. We do not expect the actual results to significantly differ from the estimated reimbursement.

We will recognize lease termination income if there is a signed termination letter agreement, all of the conditions of the agreement have been met, collectability is reasonably assured and the tenant is no longer occupying the asset. Upon early lease termination, we will provide for losses related to unrecovered intangibles and other assets.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The ASU will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP when it becomes effective, although it will not affect the accounting for rental related revenues. The new standard is effective for the Company on January 1, 2018. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. We are evaluating the effect that ASU No. 2014-09 will have on our combined consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. We have not yet selected a transition method nor have we determined the effect of the standard on our ongoing financial reporting.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases , amending the existing accounting standards for lease accounting, including requiring lessees to recognize most leases on their balance sheets and making targeted changes to lessor accounting. ASU 2016-02 will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and early adoption of is permitted as of the standard’s issuance date. The new standard requires a modified retrospective transition approach for all leases existing at, or entered into after, the date of initial application, with an option to use certain transition relief. We are assessing whether the new standard will have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations.

Income Taxes

The Company intends to elect to be taxed as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes beginning with the Company’s short taxable year commencing immediately prior to the Company’s separation from InvenTrust and ending on December 31, 2016. So long as it qualifies as a REIT, the Company generally will not be subject to federal income tax on taxable income that is distributed currently to stockholders. A REIT is subject to a number of organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement that it distribute at least 90% of its REIT taxable income (subject to certain adjustments) to its stockholders each year. If the Company fails to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, without the benefit of certain relief provisions, the Company will be subject to federal and state income tax on its taxable income at regular corporate tax rates and would not be able to re-elect REIT status during the four years following the year of the failure. Even if the Company qualifies for taxation as a REIT, the Company may be subject to certain state and local taxes on its income, property or net worth and federal income and excise taxes on its undistributed income.

 

75


Table of Contents

The Company is currently a qualified REIT subsidiary (“QRS”) of InvenTrust, which has elected to be taxed as a REIT and has operated in a manner intended to qualify as a REIT under the Code. As a QRS, the Company is currently disregarded as a separate entity from InvenTrust for federal income tax purposes. All assets, liabilities and items of income, deduction and credit of the Company are currently treated for federal income tax purposes as those of InvenTrust.

The Company’s subsidiary, MB REIT, operated in a manner intended to qualify to be taxed as a REIT under the Code. On December 15, 2015, MB REIT redeemed all of the outstanding shares of its Series B Preferred Stock and became a wholly owned subsidiary of InvenTrust. At that time, MB REIT became a QRS of InvenTrust and ceased to be treated as a separate REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a QRS, MB REIT is currently disregarded as a separate entity from InvenTrust for federal income tax purposes. All assets, liabilities and items of income, deduction and credit of MB REIT are treated for federal income tax purposes as those of InvenTrust.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

Key performance indicators are as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  

Economic occupancy (a)

     95     93     91

Rent per square foot (b)

   $ 14.19      $ 13.90      $ 13.94   

 

(a) Economic occupancy is defined as the percentage of total gross leasable area for which a tenant is obligated to pay rent under the terms of its lease agreement, regardless of the actual use or occupation by the tenant of the area being leased. Actual use may be less than economic square footage.
(b) Rent per square foot is computed as annualized rent divided by the total occupied square footage at the end of the period. Annualized rent is computed as revenue for the last month of the period multiplied by twelve months. Annualized rent includes the effect of rent abatements, lease inducements and straight-line rent GAAP adjustments.

Combined Consolidated Results of Operations

 

     (in thousands)  
     Year ended
December 31, 2015
     Year ended
December 31, 2014
     Year ended
December 31, 2013
 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 14,345       $ 12,555       $ (247,863

Net income (loss) attributable to Company

     14,330         17,171         (199,410

Our net income from continuing operations increased to $14.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from net income from continuing operations of $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Our net income attributable to the Company decreased to $14.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from net income attributable to the Company of $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in net income from continuing operations is primarily as a result of InvenTrust’s self-management transactions, which eliminated the property management fee paid to Inland American Holdco Management LLC and was replaced by direct property costs related to payroll and overhead. This was partially offset by three assets transferred to InvenTrust during the first quarter of 2015 and gains from extinguishment of debt of $12.0 million, primarily related to one asset, for the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease in net income attributable to the Company was a result of net income from discontinued operations of $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

76


Table of Contents

Our net income from continuing operations increased to $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from a net loss from continuing operations of $247.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Our net income attributable to the Company increased to $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from a net loss attributable to the Company of $199.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. These increases were primarily due to a decrease in impairment charges to $15.6 million, related to two assets, for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $258.6 million, related to nine assets, for the year ended December 31, 2013. These impairment charges were offset by gains from extinguishment of debt of $12.0 million, primarily related to one asset sold during 2014 and included in continuing operations, and $2.4 million, primarily related to one asset, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Additionally, the net loss attributable to the Company for the year ended December 31, 2013 was offset by income from discontinued operations of $48.5 million due to the net lease asset portfolio sale. The income from of discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $4.6 million.

 

Operating Income and Expenses

 

     (in thousands)  
     Year ended
December 31,
2015
     Year ended
December 31,
2014
     Year ended
December 31,
2013
     2015 Increase
(decrease)
from 2014
    2014 Increase
(decrease)
from 2013
 

Income:

             

Rental income

   $ 96,960       $ 104,218       $ 108,841       $ (7,258   $ (4,623

Tenant recovery income

     14,447         17,190         18,611         (2,743     (1,421

Other property income

     430         739         743         (309     (4

Operating Expenses:

             

Property operating expenses

     10,721         15,443         15,888         (4,722     (445

Real estate taxes

     10,303         12,379         13,312         (2,076     (933

Depreciation and amortization

     36,212         37,235         47,113         (1,023     (9,878

Provision for asset impairment

             15,640         258,648         (15,640     (243,008

General and administrative expenses

     12,241         7,161         4,534         5,080        2,627   

Business management fee

             423         6,742         (423     (6,319

Property Income and Operating Expenses

Rental income consists of basic monthly rent, straight-line rent adjustments, amortization of acquired above and below market leases, other property income, and percentage rental income recorded pursuant to tenant leases. Tenant recovery income consists of reimbursements for real estate taxes, common area maintenance costs, management fees, and insurance costs. Other property income consists of lease termination fees and other miscellaneous property income. Property operating expenses include regular repair and maintenance, management fees, utilities, and insurance (some of which are recoverable from the tenant).

There was a decrease in property income for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 2014. Total property income decreased by $10.3 million, or 8.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014 as a result of three assets transferred to InvenTrust during the first quarter of 2015.

Property operating expenses decreased $4.7 million, or 30.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 2014. As a result of InvenTrust’s self-management transactions, which eliminated the property management fee paid to Inland American Holdco Management LLC and was replaced by direct property costs related to payroll and overhead, there was a decrease of approximately $3.7 million in property operating expenses. In addition, the decrease is a result of three assets transferred to InvenTrust during the first quarter of 2015.

 

77


Table of Contents

There was a decrease in property income for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 2013. Total property income decreased by $6.0 million, or 4.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013 as a result of four assets sold during 2014 that were not classified as discontinued operations.

Property operating expenses decreased $0.4 million, or 2.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 2013.

Real Estate Taxes

Real estate taxes decreased by $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014 as a result of three assets transferred to InvenTrust during the first quarter of 2015.

Real estate taxes decreased by $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013 as a result of four assets sold in 2014 that were not classified as discontinued operations.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization decreased by $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014 as a result of three assets transferred to InvenTrust during the first quarter of 2015.

Depreciation and amortization decreased by $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013 as a result of a decrease in the asset basis related to provision for asset impairment charges recorded on AT&T—Hoffman Estates and AT&T—St. Louis for the year ended December 31, 2013 as well as four assets sold in 2014 that were not classified as discontinued operations.

Provision for Asset Impairment

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded no asset impairment charges.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, we identified certain assets which may have a reduction in the expected holding period and reviewed the probability that we would dispose of these assets. As a result of our analysis, we identified one asset during the year ended December 31, 2014, which was subsequently sold, that we determined was impaired and wrote down to fair value. Additionally, AT&T—St. Louis, which was previously classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2013, was re-classified as held and used and was re-measured at the lesser of the carrying value or fair value as of May 8, 2014, resulting in an impairment charge to this asset of $9.7 million. Overall, we recorded a provision for asset impairment of $15.6 million to reduce the carrying value of these two assets to their fair values for the year ended December 31, 2014.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we identified certain assets which may have a reduction in the expected holding period and reviewed the probability that we would dispose of these assets. As part of our analysis, we identified one asset, AT&T—Hoffman Estates, in which we were exploring a potential disposition. After we began exploring a potential sale of the asset, we became aware of circumstances in which the tenant was considering vacating the space. Although the lease does not expire until September 2016, we analyzed various leasing and sale scenarios for AT&T—Hoffman Estates. Based on the probabilities assigned to such scenarios, it was determined the asset was impaired and therefore written down to its estimated fair value. As a result, we recorded an impairment charge of $147.5 million with respect to this asset for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Additionally, on August 8, 2013, InvenTrust entered into a purchase agreement to sell a portfolio of net lease assets. Thirty-one of the assets were part of the Highlands Portfolio. We evaluated the 31 assets as a disposal group and determined that the disposal group was in a net loss position. Based on the analysis, we attributed the impairment to one asset, AT&T—St. Louis, in which we recorded an impairment charge of $61.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

78


Table of Contents

In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recorded an additional $49.2 million impairment charge related to four net lease and three retail assets. Of these assets, six were reviewed for impairment based on the probability we would dispose of the assets and one was reviewed for impairment based on debt-related triggers. Of these assets, five were subsequently sold.

Overall, we recorded a provision for asset impairment of $258.6 million to reduce the carrying value of certain investment assets to their estimated fair values for the year ended December 31, 2013.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased to $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was the result of an increase in the allocation of costs by InvenTrust for certain corporate services and other expenses. For both periods, we were allocated a portion of such expenses based upon our percentage share of the average invested assets of InvenTrust. Due to InvenTrust’s spin-off of its subsidiary Xenia Hotels & Resorts, Inc. in February 2015, InvenTrust’s total average invested assets decreased for the year ended December 31, 2015 and, therefore, our relative percentage share increased. The allocation includes costs related to corporate overhead expenses, such as payroll costs for certain of InvenTrust’s employees (accounting, finance, tax, treasury and legal) and outside professional services.

General and administrative expenses increased to $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was the result of an increase in expenses connected to payroll, legal, and other professional fees primarily related to the transition to self-management.

Business Management Fee

We incurred a business management fee of $0.4 million and $6.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, which was equal to 12.7% and 16.9% of average invested assets, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, InvenTrust paid an annual business management fee to the Business Manager based on the average invested assets. We were allocated a portion of the business management fee based upon our percentage share of the average invested assets of InvenTrust for the year ended December 31, 2013. On March 12, 2014, InvenTrust entered into the Self-Management Transactions. After the Self-Management Transactions, our management team and our other employees ceased to be employed by the Business Manager or one of its affiliates and became our employees. In connection with the Self-Management Transactions, InvenTrust agreed with the Business Manager to terminate the management agreement with the Business Manager, hire all of the Business Manager’s employees and acquire the assets or rights necessary to conduct the functions previously performed for InvenTrust by the Business Manager. The Self-Management Transactions resulted in a final business management fee incurred in January 2014. As a result, we were not allocated a business management fee after January 2014.

Non-Operating Income and Expenses

 

     (in thousands)  
     Year ended
December 31,
2015
    Year ended
December 31,
2014
    Year ended
December 31,
2013
    2015 Increase
(decrease)
from 2014
    2014 Increase
(decrease)
from 2013
 

Non-operating income and expenses:

          

Interest and dividend income

   $ 1      $ 5      $ 1,006      $ (4   $ (1,001

Loss on sale of investment properties

     (197     (1,018     —          821        (1,018

Gain on extinguishment of debt

     —          11,959        2,419        (11,959     9,540   

Other (loss) income

     (11     488        889        (499     (401

Interest expense

     (27,757     (32,681     (37,583     (4,924     (4,902

Income from discontinued operations, net

     —          4,632        48,469        (4,632     (43,837

 

79


Table of Contents

Loss on Sale of Investment Properties

In line with our early adoption of the new accounting standard governing discontinued operations, ASU No. 2014-08, effective January 1, 2014, only dispositions representing a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on our results and operations would qualify as discontinued operations. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the operations reflected in discontinued operations include the net lease assets that were classified as held for sale at December 31, 2013. All other asset dispositions are now included as a component of income from continuing operations, except for those assets classified as discontinued operations prior to our adoption of the new accounting standard governing discontinued operations.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, the loss on sale of properties was $0.2 million, which was attributed to one asset sold during 2015 that did not qualify as discontinued operations.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the loss on sale of properties was $1.0 million, which was attributed to four assets sold during 2014 that did not qualify as discontinued operations.

There was no gain or loss on sale of investment properties for the year end December 31, 2013.

Gain on Extinguishment of Debt

There was no gain on extinguishment of debt for the year ended December 31, 2015.

The gain on extinguishment of debt of $12.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily due to the gain on extinguishment of debt of $12.1 million for one asset sold during 2014, partially offset by the write-off of loan fees.

The gain on extinguishment of debt of $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 was primarily due to a discounted mortgage pay off for one asset.

Interest Expense

Interest expense from continuing operations decreased to $27.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $32.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Additional interest expense of $0.0 million and $1.9 million was reflected in discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. In total, interest expense decreased to $27.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $34.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This was primarily due to the decrease in the principal amount of our total debt (including mortgages, and the allocation of lines of credit from InvenTrust) to $439.0 million as of December 31, 2015 from $487.8 million as of December 31, 2014.

Interest expense from continuing operations decreased to $32.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $37.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Additional interest expense of $1.9 million and $14.1 million was reflected in discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. In total, interest expense decreased to $34.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $51.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This was primarily due to the decrease in the principal amount of our total debt (including mortgages, and the allocation of lines of credit from InvenTrust) to $487.8 million as of December 31, 2014 from $776.6 million, which includes debt related to assets classified as held for sale, as of December 31, 2013.

Our weighted average interest rate on total outstanding debt was 6.09%, 6.10% and 6.29% per annum for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

80


Table of Contents

Discontinued Operations

In line with our early adoption of the new accounting standard governing discontinued operations, for the year ended December 31, 2014, only dispositions representing a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on our results and operations would qualify as discontinued operations. The operations of the net lease assets classified as held for sale on the combined consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 and other assets sold prior to our adoption of ASU No. 2014-08 are included in discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, there was no discontinued operation activity.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, as we completed the net lease portfolio sale, we recorded net income of $4.6 million from discontinued operations, which primarily included a gain on sale of properties of $5.6 million and a loss on extinguishment of debt of $2.1 million. Discontinued operations generated operating income of $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded net income of $48.5 million from discontinued operations, which primarily included a gain on sale of properties of $57.2 million and a loss on extinguishment of debt of $2.1 million. Discontinued operations generated operating income of $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, which includes a provision for asset impairment of $3.9 million.

Leasing Activity

Our primary source of funding for our property-level operating activities and debt payments is rent collected pursuant to our tenant leases. The following table represents lease expirations for the Prior Combined Portfolio as of December 31, 2015:

 

Lease Expiration Year

  Number of
Expiring Leases
    GLA of
Expiring Leases
(Sq. Ft.)
    Annualized
Rent of
Expiring Leases
    Percent of Total
GLA
    Percent of Total
Annualized
Rent
    Expiring
Rent/Square
Foot
 

2016

    27        2,351,310      $ 33,346        34.8     34.3   $ 14.18   

2017

    15        1,539,864        17,408        22.8     17.9     11.30   

2018

    24        219,484        4,735        3.2     4.9     21.57   

2019

    31        478,722        7,558        7.1     7.8     15.79   

2020

    50        679,133        15,416        10.0     15.8     22.70   

2021

    22        436,922        8,154        6.5     8.4     18.66   

2022

    8        173,198        2,520        2.6     2.6     14.55   

2023

    9        54,900        1,220        0.8     1.3     22.23   

2024

    4        72,643        646        1.1     0.7     8.90   

2025

    11        62,030        887        0.9     0.9     14.29   

Month to Month

    15        602,486        4,249        8.9     4.4     7.05   

Thereafter

    7        95,015        1,166        1.4     1.2     12.27   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    223        6,765,707      $ 97,305        100     100   $ 14.38   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The lease for AT&T – Hoffman Estates represents a significant portion of the annualized rent scheduled to expire in 2016, as it accounts for almost 25% of the Prior Combined Portfolio’s total annualized rent. For additional information regarding this lease, see “Business and Properties—Properties—AT&T-Hoffman Estates.” The next three largest leases expiring in 2016 account for approximately 6% of our annualized rent in the aggregate and each relate to assets with a single tenant. For two of these assets, we believe that the current tenants may choose to renew for a portion of the space currently leased and that those assets will therefore become multi-tenant. We expect adequate demand for these assets from current sub-tenants or new tenants, though rental rates may be approximately 10% to 20% lower, when expenses are accounted for, due to the assets changing from single-tenant sale-leasebacks to multi-tenant assets. The third lease, which is a correctional

 

81


Table of Contents

facility located in Haskell, Texas, expires in May 2016. To date, we have not reached an agreement with the existing tenant to renew the lease and we do not currently anticipate that they will renew or extend the term of the lease. Additionally, we have not reached an agreement with other potential lessees of this facility. Due to the specialized nature of this asset and limited demand for such an asset, as well as the lack of market comparables, we are unable to estimate market rents and terms for such asset. Further, we may be unable to re-lease the facility on terms equal to or better than the current terms, or at all.

The following table represents new and renewed leases that commenced in the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

     # of Leases      Gross Leasable
Area
     Rent
per square foot
     Weighted
Average
Lease Term
     Tenant
Improvement
Allowances
     Commission  

New

     6         70,776       $ 20.88         9.42       $   38.34       $   10.12   

Renewal

     36         329,000         12.04         5.90         0.89           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     45         399,776       $ 13.61         6.52       $ 7.52       $ 1.79   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2015, 9 new leases and 36 renewals commenced with gross leasable area totaling 399,776 square feet. The weighted average term for new leases was 9.42 years, with tenant improvement allowances and commissions at $38.34 and $10.12, respectively. The weighted average lease term for renewal leases was 5.90 years, with tenant improvement allowances of $0.89 per square foot.

Tenant improvement allowances were primarily given for our new leases, two of which represent 11.5% of the total tenant improvement allowance. Of these two leases, one is a multi-tenant office lease and one is a retail lease.

As of December 31, 2014, we had gross leasable area totaling 328,333 square feet set to expire in 2015, of which 311,457 square feet, or 24 leases, were renewed. The remaining 16,876 square feet, or 6 leases, were not renewed during the year ended December 31, 2015.

Same-store

At December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Prior Combined Portfolio consisted of 22 wholly owned assets and four parcels of unimproved land, 27 wholly owned assets and four parcels of unimproved land and 58 wholly owned assets and four parcels of unimproved land, respectively, and the Highlands Portfolio, a subset of the Prior Combined Portfolio, consisted of 18 wholly owned assets and four parcels of unimproved land, 18 wholly owned assets and four parcels of unimproved land and 17 wholly owned assets and four parcels of unimproved land, respectively. The assets owned during these periods, which exclude discontinued operations, have been included in our results of operations during the respective periods since their dates of acquisition. Based on when an asset was acquired, operating results for certain assets are not comparable for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. Same store assets are all assets within the Highlands Portfolio and Prior Combined Portfolio that we have owned and operated for the entirety of the periods being compared. This same store analysis allows management to monitor the operations of our existing assets for comparable periods to determine the effects of our acquisitions and dispositions on net income.

 

82


Table of Contents

The following are key performance indicators for comparable assets within Highlands Portfolio and the Prior Combined Portfolio at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

     Highlands Portfolio     Variance     Prior Combined Portfolio     Variance  
     As of December 31,     from 2014 to     As of December 31,     from 2014 to  
         2015             2014         2015         2015             2014         2015  

Economic occupancy (a)

     95     95         95     94     1.1

Rent per square foot (b)

   $ 14.00      $ 13.86        1.0   $ 14.19      $ 14.13        0.4

 

(a) Economic occupancy is defined as the percentage of total gross leasable area for which a tenant is obligated to pay rent under the terms of its lease agreement, regardless of the actual use or occupation by the tenant of the area being leased. Actual use may be less than economic square footage.
(b) Rent per square foot is computed as annualized rent divided by the total occupied square footage at the end of the period. Annualized rent is computed as revenue for the last month of the period multiplied by twelve months. Annualized rent includes the effect of rent abatements, lease inducements and straight-line rent GAAP adjustments.

The following are key performance indicators for comparable assets within Highlands Portfolio and the Prior Combined Portfolio at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

     Highlands Portfolio     Variance     Prior Combined Portfolio     Variance  
     As of December 31,     from 2013 to     As of December 31,     from 2013 to  
         2014             2013         2014         2014             2013         2014  

Economic occupancy (a)

     94     95     (1.1 )%      94     95     (1.1 )% 

Rent per square foot (b)

   $ 13.97      $ 14.00        (0.2 )%    $ 14.13      $ 14.14        (0.1 )% 

 

(a) Economic occupancy is defined as the percentage of total gross leasable area for which a tenant is obligated to pay rent under the terms of its lease agreement, regardless of the actual use or occupation by the tenant of the area being leased. Actual use may be less than economic square footage.
(b) Rent per square foot is computed as annualized rent divided by the total occupied square footage at the end of the period. Annualized rent is computed as revenue for the last month of the period multiplied by twelve months. Annualized rent includes the effect of rent abatements, lease inducements and straight-line rent GAAP adjustments.

 

83


Table of Contents

Modified Net Operating Income

The following table represents our same store modified net operating income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 for the Highlands Portfolio and the Prior Combined Portfolio (in thousands).

 

    Pro Forma                          
    Highlands Portfolio     Prior Combined Portfolio  
    Twelve Months Ended                 Twelve Months Ended              
    December 31,
2015
    December 31,
2014
    Favorable
(Unfav.)
Variance
    Favorable
(Unfav.)
Variance
    December 31,
2015
    December 31,
2014
    Favorable
(Unfav.)
Variance
    Favorable
(Unfav.)
Variance
 

No. of same store assets

    18        18            22        22       

Operating revenues

               

Rental income

  $ 90,547      $ 89,279      $ 1,268        1.4   $ 97,974      $ 96,239      $ 1,735        1.8

Tenant recovery income

    11,297        11,183        114        1.0     14,044        13,938        106        0.8

Other property income

    208        207        1        0.5     224        242        (18     (7.4 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income

    102,052        100,669        1,383        1.4     112,242        110,419        1,823        1.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

               

Property operating expenses

    8,627        11,101        2,474        22.3     10,040        12,821        2,781        21.7

Real estate taxes

    7,448        7,589        141        1.9     9,461        9,771        310        3.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    16,075        18,690        2,615        14.0     19,501        22,592        3,091        13.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Modified same store NOI (1)

    85,977        81,979        3,998        4.9     92,741        87,827        4,914        5.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Modified non same store NOI (1)

    (403     (259     (144     (55.6 )%      (207     7,586        (7,793     (102.7 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Modified net operating income (1)

  $ 85,574      $ 81,720      $ 3,854        4.7   $ 92,534      $ 95,413      $ (2,879     (3.0 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments (2)

               

GAAP Adjustment to rental income

    (1,756     (1,174     (582     49.6     (1,856     (1,522     (334     21.9

Termination fee income

    119        379        (260     (68.6 )%      135        434        (299     (68.9 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjustments

    (1,637     (795     (842     105.9     (1,721     (1,088     (633     58.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net operating income

  $ 83,937      $ 80,925      $ 3,012        3.7   $ 90,813      $ 94,325      $ (3,512     (3.7 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Modified net operating income reflects the income from operations excluding adjustments, such as lease termination income, and GAAP rent adjustments in order to provide a comparable presentation of operating activity across periods.
(2) Includes adjustments for items that affect the comparability of, and were excluded from, the same store results. Such adjustments include lease termination income and GAAP rent adjustments (such as straight-line rent and above/below market lease amortization).

Modified net operating income on a same store basis for the Highlands Portfolio grew by 4.9% for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was the result of stable same store occupancy and a slight increase in comparable lease rates year to year. In addition, as a result of InvenTrust’s self-management transactions, which eliminated the property management fee paid to Inland American Holdco Management LLC and was replaced by direct property costs related to payroll and overhead, there was a decrease of approximately $3.3 million in property operating expenses. Offsetting this decrease in property operating expense is an increase in direct recovery expenses. On a total segment basis, there was an increase in modified net operating income of $3.9 million, or 4.7%.

Modified net operating income on a same store basis for the Prior Combined Portfolio grew by 5.6% for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. As a result of InvenTrust’s self-

 

84


Table of Contents

management transactions, which eliminated the property management fee paid to Inland American Holdco Management LLC and was replaced by direct property costs related to payroll and overhead, there was a decrease of approximately $3.6 million in property operating expenses. Offsetting this decrease in property operating expense is an increase in direct recovery expenses. On a total segment basis, there was a decrease in modified net operating income of $2.9 million, or 3.0%. This was the result of three assets transferred to InvenTrust in the first quarter of 2015 and the disposition of one asset in 2015 and four assets in 2014 that did not qualify as discontinued operations.

The following table represents our same store modified net operating income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 for the Highlands Portfolio and the Prior Combined Portfolio (in thousands).

 

    Pro Forma                          
    Highlands Portfolio     Prior Combined Portfolio  
    Twelve Months Ended                 Twelve Months Ended              
    December 31,
2014
    December 31,
2013
    Favorable
(Unfav.)
Variance
    Favorable
(Unfav.)
Variance
    December 31,
2014
    December 31,
2013
    Favorable
(Unfav.)
Variance
    Favorable
(Unfav.)
Variance
 

No. of same store assets

    17        17            21        21       

Operating revenues

               

Rental income

  $ 87,520      $ 86,726      $ 794        0.9   $ 94,481      $ 93,769      $ 712        0.8

Tenant recovery income

    10,755        10,524        231        2.2     13,510        13,426        84        0.6

Other property income

    207        226        (19     (8.4 )%      242        279        (37     (13.3 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income

    98,482        97,476        1,006        1.0     108,233        107,474        759        0.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

               

Property operating expenses

    10,929        10,974        45        0.4     12,651        12,902        251        1.9

Real estate taxes

    7,248        7,142        (106     (1.5 )%      9,429        9,301        (128     (1.4 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    18,177        18,116        (61     (0.3 )%      22,080        22,203        123        0.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Modified same store NOI (1)

    80,305        79,360        945        1.2     86,153        85,271        882        1.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Modified non same store NOI (1)

    1,415        (483     1,898        393.0     9,260        13,730        (4,470     (32.6 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Modified net operating income (1)

  $ 81,720      $ 78,877      $ 2,843        3.6   $ 95,413      $ 99,001      $ (3,588     (3.6 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments (2)

               

GAAP Adjustment to rental income

    (1,174     (149     (1,025     687.9     (1,522     (365     (1,157     317.0

Termination fee income

    379        341        38        11.1     434        359        75        20.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjustments

    (795     192        (987     (514.1 )%      (1,088     (6     (1,082     18,033.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net operating income

  $ 80,925      $ 79,069      $ 1,856        2.3   $ 94,325      $ 98,995      $ (4,670     (4.7 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Modified net operating income reflects the income from operations excluding adjustments, such as lease termination income, and GAAP rent adjustments in order to provide a comparable presentation of operating activity across periods.
(2) Includes adjustments for items that affect the comparability of, and were excluded from, the same store results. Such adjustments include lease termination income and GAAP rent adjustments (such as straight-line rent and above/below market lease amortization).

Modified net operating income on a same store basis for the Highlands Portfolio grew by 1.2% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was the result of stable same store economic occupancy and comparable lease rates year to year. On a total segment basis, there was an increase in modified net operating income of $2.8 million, or 3.6%, partially due to the consolidation of one entity previously classified as a joint venture.

 

85


Table of Contents

Modified net operating income on a same store basis for the Prior Combined Portfolio grew by 1.0% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. This was the result of stable economic occupancy and comparable lease rates year to year. On a total segment basis, there was decrease in modified net operating income of $3.6 million, or 3.6%. This was result of the disposition of four assets in 2014 and one asset sold in 2015 that did not qualify as discontinued operations.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We consider the non-GAAP financial measures of FFO and Modified NOI useful to investors as key supplemental measures of our operating performance. These non-GAAP financial measures should be considered along with, but not as alternatives to, net income or loss, operating profit, cash from operations, or any other operating performance measure as prescribed per GAAP.

Funds From Operations

We calculate FFO in accordance with standards established by NAREIT, which defines FFO as net income or loss (calculated in accordance with GAAP), excluding real estate-related depreciation, amortization and impairment, gains (losses) from sales of real estate, the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles, adjustments for unconsolidated partnerships and joint ventures. Historical cost accounting for real estate assets implicitly assumes that the value of real estate assets diminishes predictably over time. Since real estate values instead have historically risen or fallen with market conditions, most industry investors consider presentations of operating results for real estate companies that use historical cost accounting to be insufficient by themselves. We believe that the presentation of FFO provides useful supplemental information to investors regarding our operating performance by excluding the effect of real estate depreciation and amortization, gains (losses) from sales for real estate, impairments of real estate assets and the portion of items related to unconsolidated entities, all of which are based on historical cost accounting and which may be of lesser significance in evaluating current performance. We believe that the presentation of FFO can facilitate comparisons of operating performance between periods and between REITs, even though FFO does not represent an amount that accrues directly to common stockholders. Our calculation of FFO may not be comparable to measures calculated by other companies who do not use the NAREIT definition of FFO or do not calculate FFO per diluted share in accordance with NAREIT guidance. Additionally, FFO may not be helpful when comparing us to non-REITs.

 

86


Table of Contents

The following is a reconciliation of our GAAP net income (loss) from continuing operations to FFO for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):

 

     Pro Forma      Combined Consolidated  
     Highlands
Portfolio
        
     Twelve
Months
Ended
December 31,
2015
     Twelve
Months
Ended
December 31,
2015
    Twelve
Months
Ended
December 31,
2014
    Twelve
Months
Ended
December 31,
2013
 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

   $         $ 14,345      $ 12,555      $ (247,863

Net income from discontinued operations

        —          4,632        48,469   

Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

        (15     (16     (16
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Company

   $         $ 14,330      $ 17,171      $ (199,410

Depreciation and amortization related to investment properties

        36,238        37,287        62,268   

Depreciation and amortization related to investment in an unconsolidated entity

        —          —          705   

Impairment of investment properties

        —          15,640        258,648   

Impairment of investment properties reflected in discontinued operations

        —          —          3,853   

Loss (gain) on sale of investment property, net

        197        (4,576     (57,239

Gain on investment in unconsolidated entity

        —          —          (2,930
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NAREIT FFO

   $                    $ 50,765      $ 65,522      $ 65,895   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015, (i) the loan agreements affiliated with AT&T—Hoffman Estates and AT&T—Cleveland are in “hyper-amortization,” and so all net operating income from these assets, less management operating expenses, is used to pay down the principal amount of the loan, and (ii) all net operating income, less management operating expenses, for Dulles Executive Plaza and Shops at Sherman Plaza is being “swept” and held by the lender pursuant to the applicable loan agreement, in each case, as a result of defaults under the respective loan agreements. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the company relinquished $22.5 million, $2.0 million and $1.6 million to the lenders under the loan agreements for AT&T Hoffman Estates, Dulles Executive Plaza and AT&T Cleveland, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2015, Shops at Sherman Plaza had a net loss of $0.6 million.

The table below reflects additional information related to certain items that significantly impact the comparability of our FFO and net income (loss) or significant non-cash items from the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     Pro Forma    Combined Consolidated  
     Highlands Portfolio       
     Twelve
Months
Ended
December 31,

2015
   Twelve
Months
Ended
December 31,
2015
     Twelve
Months
Ended
December 31,
2014
     Twelve
Months
Ended
December 31,
2013
 

Gain on extinguishment of debt

      $ —         $ (9,835    $ (364

Amortization of mark to market debt discounts and financing costs

      $ 220       $ 380       $ 790   

Amortization of share-based compensation expense

        —           —           —     

 

87


Table of Contents

Modified Net Operating Income

Management of the Company uses Modified NOI as a key indicator of operating performance metric for internal monitoring and planning purposes, including the preparation of its annual operating budget and monthly operating reviews, as well as to facilitate analysis of future business decisions. Modified NOI reflects the income from operations excluding adjustments for lease termination income and GAAP rent adjustments. Management believes these adjustments provide a comparable presentation of operating activities across periods. Thus, the Company believes that presentation of this non-GAAP financial measure is helpful to investors’ understanding of the Company’s operating and investment decisions. In addition, the Company believes that Modified NOI allows management, investors and analysts to evaluate the Company’s operating results and performance trends on a year-to-year basis because it is an indicator of the return on property investment, before corporate-level allocations and other expenses.

The following table reflects a reconciliation of modified net operating income to the net income (loss) attributable to the Company on the combined consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

    Pro Forma     Prior Combined Portfolio  
    Highlands Portfolio        
    For the years ended     For the years ended  
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2015     2015     2014     2013  

Modified net operating income

  $                   $ 92,534      $ 95,413      $ 99,001   

Adjustments (1)

      (1,721     (1,088     (6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net operating income

      90,813        94,325        98,995   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-allocated expenses (2)

      (48,453     (44,819     (58,389

Other income and expenses (3)

      (28,015     (21,311     (33,379

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated entity (4)

      —          —          3,558   

Provision for asset impairment

      —          (15,640     (258,648
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

      14,345        12,555        (247,863
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income from discontinued operations

      —          4,632        48,469   

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

      (15     (16     (16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Company

  $        $ 14,330      $ 17,171      $ (199,410
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes adjustments for items that affect the comparability of, and were excluded from, the same store results. Such adjustments include lease termination income and GAAP rent adjustments (such as straight-line rent and above/below market lease amortization).
(2) Non-allocated expenses consist of general and administrative expenses, business management fee, and depreciation and amortization.
(3) Other income and expenses consist of interest and dividend income, loss on sale of investment properties, gain on extinguishment of debt, interest expense, other income (loss) and income tax expense.
(4) Equity in earnings of unconsolidated entity includes the gain on investment in unconsolidated entity.

Use and Limitations of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

FFO and Modified NOI do not represent cash generated from operating activities under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to net income or loss, operating profit, cash flows from operations or any other operating performance measure prescribed by GAAP. Although we present and use FFO and Modified NOI because we believe they are useful to investors in evaluating and facilitating comparisons of our operating performance between periods and between REITs that report similar measures, the use of these non-GAAP measures has certain limitations as analytical tools. These non-GAAP financial measures are not measures of our liquidity, nor are they indicative of funds available to fund our cash needs, including our ability to fund capital expenditures, contractual commitments, working capital, service debt or make cash distributions. These

 

88


Table of Contents

measurements do not reflect cash expenditures for long-term assets and other items that we have incurred and will incur. These non-GAAP financial measures may include funds that may not be available for management’s discretionary use due to functional requirements to conserve funds for capital expenditures, property acquisitions and other commitments and uncertainties. These non-GAAP financial measures as presented may not be comparable to non-GAAP financial measures as calculated by other real estate companies.

We compensate for these limitations by separately considering the impact of these excluded items to the extent they are material to operating decisions or assessments of our operating performance. Our reconciliation to the most comparable GAAP financial measures, and our combined consolidated statements of operations and cash flows, include interest expense, capital expenditures and other excluded items, all of which should be considered when evaluating our performance, as well as the usefulness of our non-GAAP financial measures. These non-GAAP financial measures reflect additional ways of viewing our operations that we believe, when viewed with our GAAP results and the reconciliations to the corresponding GAAP financial measures, provide a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business than could be obtained absent this disclosure. We strongly encourage investors to review our financial information in its entirety and not to rely on a single financial measure.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2015, we had $27.0 million of cash and cash equivalents, and $3.6 million of restricted escrows.

Our principal demands for funds have been and will continue to be:

 

    to pay the operating expenses of our assets;

 

    to pay our general and administrative expenses;

 

    to make distributions to our stockholders;

 

    to service or pay-down our debt; and

 

    to fund capital expenditures and leasing related costs.

Generally, our cash needs have been and will be funded from:

 

    cash flows from our investment assets;

 

    proceeds from sales of assets;

 

    proceeds from debt; and

 

    the Capital Contribution.

As of December 31, 2015, our AT&T—Hoffman Estates and AT&T—Cleveland assets are currently in hyper-amortization under our loan agreements and, as a result, rental payments less certain expenses are used to pay down the principal amount of the loan and are not available cash. In addition, all rental payments, less certain expenses, for Dulles Executive Plaza and Sherman Plaza are currently being “swept” and held by the lender pursuant to the loan agreement and, as a result, are not available cash.

Our assets have lease maturities within the next three years that may reduce our cash flows from operations. There is no assurance that we will be able to re-lease these assets at comparable rates or on comparable terms, or at all.

 

89


Table of Contents

Borrowings

The table below presents, on a combined consolidated basis, the principal amount, weighted average interest rates and maturity date (by year) on our mortgage debt, as of December 31, 2015 (dollar amounts are stated in thousands).

 

Fixed rate mortgage debt maturing during the year
ended December 31,
   As of
December 31, 2015
     Weighted average
interest rate, fixed
 

2016

   $ 88,980         5.88

2017

     30,275         5.57

2018

     —           —  

2019

     —           —  

2020

     —           —  

Thereafter

     286,739         6.21
  

 

 

    

Total

   $ 405,994         6.09
  

 

 

    

Of the total outstanding debt, none is recourse to us.

As of December 31, 2015, we had $89.0 million and $30.3 million in mortgage debt maturing in 2016 and 2017, respectively.

We currently anticipate that we will pay off our debt upon the disposition of assets or we will refinance existing debt. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to sell assets before their debt matures or that we can obtain such refinancing on satisfactory terms, or at all. Volatility in the capital markets could expose us to the risk of not being able to borrow on terms and conditions acceptable to us for refinancings.

As of December 31, 2015, our AT&T—Hoffman Estates and AT&T—Cleveland assets are currently in hyper-amortization under our loan agreements and, as a result, rental payments less certain expenses are used to pay down the principal amount of the loan and are not available cash. In addition, all rental payments, less certain expenses, for Dulles Executive Plaza and Sherman Plaza are currently being “swept” and held by the lender pursuant to the loan agreement and, as a result, are not available cash.

Mortgage loans outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 were $406.0 million and $447.1 million and had a weighted average interest rate of 6.09% and 6.10% per annum, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we has no additional borrowings secured by mortgages on our assets. On May 1, 2014, the Company entered into a note payable in the amount of $32.9 million with Minto Builders, Inc. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the balance of this note payable was $15.1 million.

On November 5, 2015, InvenTrust entered into a term loan credit agreement for a $300,000 unsecured credit facility. The term loan credit facility consists of two tranches: a five-year tranche maturing on January 15, 2021, and a seven-year tranche maturing on November 5, 2022. Based upon the InvenTrust’s total leverage ratio at December 31, 2015, the five-year tranche bears an interest rate of LIBOR plus 1.30% and the seven-year tranche bears an interest rate of LIBOR plus 1.60%. The term loan credit facility is subject to a borrowing base consisting of a pool of unencumbered assets. To the extent the Company’s assets were included within the pool of unencumbered assets, the Company was allocated a portion of the unsecured credit facility. As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s allocated portion of the revolving line of credit was $17.9 million and the interest rate was 1.59%. As of the distribution date, we will no longer have an allocated portion of the revolving line of credit.

On February 3, 2015, InvenTrust entered into an amended and restated credit agreement for a $300 million unsecured revolving line of credit, which matures on February 2, 2019. The unsecured revolving line of credit bears interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 1.40% and requires the maintenance of certain financial covenants.

 

90


Table of Contents

The unsecured revolving line of credit is subject to a borrowing base consisting of a pool of unencumbered assets. To the extent the Company’s assets were included within the pool of unencumbered assets, the Company was allocated its proportionate share of the revolving line of credit. As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s allocated portion of the revolving line of credit was $0.007 million and the interest rate was 1.40%. As of the distribution date, we will no longer have an allocated portion of the revolving line of credit.

In May 2013, InvenTrust entered into an unsecured credit facility in the aggregate amount of $500 million. The credit facility consisted of a $300 million unsecured revolving line of credit and a $200 million term loan. Upon closing the credit agreement, InvenTrust borrowed the full amount of the term loan which remained outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and was repaid during the year ended December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2014, InvenTrust had $300 million available under the unsecured revolving line of credit. As of December 31, 2014, the interest rates of the unsecured revolving line of credit and term loan were 1.60% and 1.67%, respectively. The unsecured credit facility is supported by a pool of unencumbered assets. To the extent the Company’s assets were included within the pool of unencumbered assets, the Company was allocated a portion of the unsecured credit facility. As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s allocated portion of the term loan was $25.7 million. This credit agreement was refinanced on February 3, 2015, as described above.

Capital Expenditures and Reserve Funds

Our total capital expenditures in 2015, 2014 and 2013 were $4.1 million, $4.5 million and $4.8 million, respectively for the Prior Combined Portfolio, of which $3.5 million, $3.3 million and $2.4 million, respectively, was expended on improvements to the Highlands Portfolio.

Summary of Cash Flows

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

Cash provided by operating activities

   $ 53,654       $ 53,879       $ 68,514   

Cash provided by investing activities

     1,971         113,935         316,848   

Cash used in financing activities

     (38,944      (163,599      (387,374
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     16,681         4,215         (2,012

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of year

     10,291         6,076         8,088   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of year

   $ 26,972       $ 10,291       $ 6,076   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash provided by operating activities was $53.7 million, $53.9 million and $68.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and was generated primarily from operating income from property operations. Cash provided by operating activities was relatively unchanged from the years ended December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities from the years ended December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014 was primarily due to the sale of 31 assets in 2014.

Cash provided by investing activities was $2.0 million, $113.9 million and $316.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The decrease in cash provided by investing activities from the years ended December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015 was primarily due to the proceeds from the sale of one asset in 2015 compared to 31 assets in 2014. The decrease in cash provided by investing activities from the years ended December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014 was primarily due to the proceeds from the sale of 31 assets in 2014 and 14 assets in 2013. For the year ended December 31, 2014, proceeds from the sale of investment properties were offset by mortgages assumed by buyers of $194.9 million. The sales of these assets resulted in gains of $5.6 million and $57.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2013, the company received a $20.0 million payoff related to a note receivable with InvenTrust.

 

91


Table of Contents

Cash used in financing activities was $38.9 million, $163.6 million and $387.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The decrease in cash used in financing activities from December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015 was primarily due to a decrease in dividends paid of $128.7 million and mortgage payoffs of $80.7 million. Offsetting the decrease, the net contribution from InvenTrust decreased $50.6 million to a net distribution of $13.0 million. The decrease in cash used in financing activities from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014 was primarily due to the decrease in payoffs of mortgage debt of $202.0 million. In addition, the net contribution from InvenTrust decreased $31.7 million.

We consider all demand deposits, money market accounts and investments in certificates of deposit and repurchase agreements with a maturity of three months or less, at the date of purchase, to be cash equivalents. We maintain our cash and cash equivalents at financial institutions. The combined account balances at one or more institutions periodically exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance coverage and, as a result, there is a concentration of credit risk related to amounts on deposit in excess of FDIC insurance coverage.

Distributions

We generally intend over time to make annual distributions in an amount at least equal to the amount that will allow us to maintain our REIT status and to avoid current entity level U.S. federal income taxes. To qualify as a REIT, we must distribute to our stockholders an amount at least equal to:

 

  i. 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined before the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gain (which does not necessarily equal net income as calculated in accordance with GAAP); plus

 

  ii. 90% of the excess of our net income from foreclosure property over the tax imposed on such income by the Code; less

 

  iii. any excess non-cash income (as determined under the Code). Please refer to “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

Distributions made by us will be authorized and determined by our board of directors, in its sole discretion, out of legally available funds, and will be dependent upon a number of factors, including restrictions under applicable law and other factors described under “Distribution Policy.” We may pay distributions from sources other than cash flow from operations or funds from operations, which may reduce the amount of capital available for operations, may have negative tax implications, and may have a negative effect on the value of your shares under certain conditions. We cannot assure you that our distribution policy will remain the same in the future, or that any estimated distributions will be made or sustained.

On December 15, 2015, MB REIT, which will become a subsidiary of Highlands REIT, Inc. as part of the Reorganization Transactions, became a “qualified REIT subsidiary” of InvenTrust and ceased to be treated as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Prior to that time, MB REIT made distributions to its stockholders in order to qualify as a REIT. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, MB REIT had issued and outstanding 943,000 shares of common stock having a par value of $1.00 per share, 207,000 shares of 3.5% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 125 shares of 12.5% Series B Cumulative Non-Voting Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the dividends paid by MB REIT were $4.6 million, $133.3 million and $149.2 million, respectively.

 

92


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

The table below presents, on a combined consolidated basis, obligations and commitments to make future payments under long term mortgage obligations (including interest of $173.7 million) and lease agreements as of December 31, 2015 (dollar amounts are stated in thousands).

 

     Payments due by period  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Long-Term Mortgage Obligations

   $ 579,656       $ 110,983       $ 173,094       $ 36,624       $ 258,955   

Ground Lease Payments

   $ 567       $ 21       $ 63       $ 42       $ 441   

There is no recourse debt as of December 31, 2015.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, we have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

Subsequent Events

On February 19, 2016, four retail assets were distributed to InvenTrust, including one asset that was previously counted as two adjacent properties prior to December 31, 2015. As the Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of InvenTrust, the entities are considered under common control. The transfer of these four retail assets will be accounted for as a non-cash distribution from the Company to InvenTrust at historical cost and the Company will not realize any gain or loss on disposal.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are subject to market risk associated with changes in interest rates in terms of the price of new fixed-rate debt upon maturity of existing debt and for acquisitions.

Our interest rate risk management objectives are to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows and to lower our overall borrowing costs.

Existing fixed rate loans that are scheduled to mature in the next year or two are evaluated for possible early refinancing and or extension due to consideration given to current interest rates. Refer to our Borrowings table for mortgage debt principal amounts and weighted average interest rates by year and expected maturity to evaluate the expected cash flows. As of December 31, 2015, we did not have any variable rate loans outstanding.

 

93


Table of Contents

BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES

Overview

We are a self-advised and self-administered REIT with a portfolio of single- and multi-tenant office assets, industrial assets, retail assets, correctional facilities, unimproved land and a bank branch, which represent InvenTrust’s remaining “non-core” assets. InvenTrust historically focused on acquiring, owning and operating a diversified portfolio of commercial real estate, including retail, multi-family, student housing, industrial, correctional, lodging and office assets located in the United States. InvenTrust’s “non-core” assets were originally part of this diversified investment strategy. Beginning in 2012, InvenTrust began to implement its strategy of focusing its diverse portfolio of real estate into three platforms – retail, lodging and student housing – with the goal of enhancing long-term stockholder value and positioning InvenTrust to explore various strategic transactions. As part of this strategy, InvenTrust executed a series of transactions, including the sale of its conventional apartment assets in 2013, the sale of certain of its net lease assets consummated through multiple closings throughout 2013 and 2014, and the disposition of other “non-core” assets in individual and portfolio transactions. Also in furtherance of this strategy, beginning in 2014, InvenTrust executed a series of strategic transactions, including a modified Dutch tender offer for its common stock and the disposition of its lodging platform through the sale of its suburban select service lodging portfolio and the spin-off of Xenia Hotels & Resorts, Inc. In January 2016, InvenTrust announced an agreement to sell its student housing portfolio. Following the sale of its student housing portfolio, InvenTrust’s go-forward strategy is to focus its business on retail assets in strategic markets. In order to maximize the value of InvenTrust’s retail platform and the “non-strategic” retail assets, and as part of its previously announced plan to dispose of its “non-core” assets, InvenTrust is now planning to spin-off its remaining “non-core” assets by distributing 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Highlands on a pro rata basis to existing stockholders of InvenTrust.

As of December 31, 2015, the Highlands Portfolio consisted of seven office assets, two industrial assets, six retail assets, two correctional facilities, four parcels of unimproved land and one bank branch.

We currently have three business segments, consisting of (i) net lease, (ii) retail and (iii) multi-tenant office. Our unimproved land is presented in “other”. We may have additional or fewer segments in the future to the extent we enter into additional real property sectors, dispose of property sectors, or change the character of assets. For the complete presentation of our reportable segments, see Note 11 to our Combined Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

Business Strategy

Our investment objectives are to preserve, protect and maximize the total value of our portfolio in connection with our evaluation of various strategic opportunities, while seeking to provide stockholders with a return of their investment by liquidating and distributing net sales proceeds over time. We may seek to sustain and enhance the values of our assets through additional leasing or capital expenditures, where necessary, while identifying and implementing disposition strategies for the assets in our portfolio. We intend to hold our assets until such time as we determine that a sale or other disposition achieves our investment objectives or until it appears such objectives will not be met.

 

94


Table of Contents

Properties

The following is a list of the assets in the Highlands Portfolio as of December 31, 2015. All assets are 100% owned.

 

Property Name

  Location   Segment   Classification   Total Gross
Leasable
Area
(GLA)
    Percentage
of Economic
Occupancy (1)
    Annualized
Base Rent (2)
(in thousands)
    Annualized
Base Rent
per Leased
Square
Foot (3)
    Significant
Tenant(s)
AT&T—Hoffman Estates   Hoffman Estates, IL   Net Lease   Single-Tenant Office     1,690,214        100.0   $ 23,829      $ 14.10      AT&T
AT&T—St. Louis   St. Louis, MO   Net Lease   Single-Tenant Office     1,461,274        100.0     16,240      $ 11.11      AT&T
AT&T—Cleveland   Cleveland, OH   Net Lease   Single-Tenant Office     458,936        55.1     4,258      $ 16.83      AT&T
Dulles Executive Plaza   Herndon, VA   Multi-Tenant Office   Multi-Tenant Office     379,596        89.6     7,861      $ 23.12      Lockheed Martin
Denver Highlands Holding, LLC   Highlands Ranch,
CO
  Net Lease   Single-Tenant Office     85,860        100.0     1,193      $ 13.90      Software AG
Versacold USA—St. Paul   St. Paul, MN   Net Lease   Industrial     219,664        100.0     1,210      $ 5.51      Versacold
Versacold USA—New Ulm   New Ulm, MN   Net Lease   Industrial     269,985        100.0     893      $ 3.31      Versacold
Trimble   San Jose, CA   Multi-Tenant Office   Multi-Tenant Office R&D     176,905        100.0     1,790      $ 10.12      Qualcomm;
Underwriters Lab
Rolling Plains Detention Facility   Haskell, TX   Net Lease   Correctional Facility     156,316        100.0     2,235      $ 14.30      Emerald
Hudson Correctional Facility   Hudson, CO   Net Lease   Correctional Facility     301,029        100.0     9,850      $ 32.72      The GEO Group
Bridgeside Point   Pittsburgh, PA   Net Lease   Single-Tenant Office     153,110        100.0     2,570      $ 16.79      Fisher Scientific
Citizens—Providence   Providence, RI   Net Lease   Bank Branch     51,136        50.2     389      $ 15.13      Citizens Bank
Sand Lake Land   Orlando, FL   Other   Unimproved Land     n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a      n/a
Palazzo Land   Orlando, FL   Other   Unimproved Land     n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a      n/a
North Pointe Land   Hanahan, SC   Other   Unimproved Land     n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a      n/a
RDU Land   Raleigh, NC   Other   Unimproved Land     n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a      n/a
Shops at Sherman Plaza (4)   Evanston, IL   Retail   Multi-Tenant Retail     150,709        89.0     3,136      $ 23.39      LA Fitness;
Barnes & Noble
Triangle Center   Longview, WA   Retail   Multi-Tenant Retail     260,627        94.7     3,364      $ 13.63      Triangle Bowl;
Ross Dress for
Less
Market at Hilliard   Hilliard, OH   Retail   Multi-Tenant Retail     115,222        97.5     1,732      $ 15.41      Michael’s; Bed
Bath & Beyond;
Office Max; Old
Navy
State Street Market   Rockford, IL   Retail   Multi-Tenant Retail     193,657        100.0     1,781      $ 9.19      Burlington Coat
Factory; Dick’s
Sporting Goods;
Petsmart
Buckhorn Plaza   Bloomsburg, PA   Retail   Multi-Tenant Retail     86,835        98.6     1,061      $ 12.39      Marshalls; Dollar
Tree
Lincoln Mall   Lincoln, RI   Retail   Multi-Tenant Retail     445,267        96.4     5,272      $ 12.29      Cinema World;
Lincoln Tech;
Stop & Shop
Supermarket
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   
Total:           6,656,342        95.2   $ 88,664      $ 14.00     

 

(1) Economic Occupancy is defined as the percentage of total gross leasable area for which a tenant is obligated to pay rent under the terms of its lease agreement, regardless of the actual use or occupation by that tenant of the area being leased.
(2) Annualized base rent is computed as revenue for the last month of the period multiplied by twelve months. Annualized rent includes the effect of rent abatements, lease inducements and straight-line rent GAAP adjustments.
(3) Annualized base rent per leased square foot is computed as annualized rent divided by the total occupied square footage at the end of the period.
(4) A portion of the land underlying this asset is subject to a ground lease. The term of the lease expires in October 2042, and the monthly payment as of December 31, 2015 is $1,749.49.

All of our assets, other than the undeveloped land, have one or more tenants responsible for more than 10% of the asset’s gross leasable area.

 

95


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our percentage of economic occupancy and average annual base rent per square foot for our portfolio as of December 31 for the last five years:

 

As of

   Total GLA      Percentage of
Economic
Occupancy
    Average
Annual Base
Rent per

Square Foot
 

December 31, 2015

     6,656,342         95.2   $ 14.00   

December 31, 2014

     6,656,167         94.5     13.86   

December 31, 2013

     6,650,778         95.4     13.88   

December 31, 2012

     6,458,382         95.0     14.05   

December 31, 2011

     6,458,410         94.8     14.11   

Five of our assets, AT&T—Hoffman, AT&T—St. Louis, Dulles Executive Plaza, Hudson Correctional Facility and Lincoln Mall accounted for 10% or more of our total revenue or for 10% or more of our total assets for the year ended December 31, 2015.

AT&T—Hoffman Estates

As of December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the total GLA for AT&T—Hoffman Estates was 1,690,214, the percentage of economic occupancy was 100% and the average annual base rent per square foot was $14.10. No value was attributed to this asset in calculating InvenTrust’s most recent NAV. Similarly, we do not expect to attribute any value to this asset when calculating our NAV.

As of December 31, 2015, AT&T—Hoffman Estates has one tenant, AT&T, a telecommunications company, whose economic occupancy is 100% of the total gross leasable square feet. Its annualized base rent is $23.8 million, or $14.10 per square foot. The original term of the lease for this asset expires in August 2016. AT&T did not renew this lease during the contractual renewal period. An easement to an area with communications equipment for the benefit of AT&T will continue past the expiration of the lease. If AT&T does not renew, the characteristics of the asset and market conditions are likely to make this asset difficult to re-lease and, consequently, difficult to sell. To the extent we are able to re-lease this asset, the capital improvements, tenant improvements and leasing costs would likely be significant.

As of December 31, 2015, the principal amount of indebtedness on AT&T—Hoffman Estates is approximately $125 million. This asset is currently in hyper-amortization under the loan agreement and, as a result, rental payments less certain expenses are used to pay down the principal amount of the loan. If AT&T does not renew, the potential difficulty of securing a new tenant is likely to make the loan difficult to refinance. Additionally, if AT&T does not renew and if we are unable to re-let the asset, we expect that we may be unable to make mortgage payments and may default under the loan agreement.

The current realty tax rate for AT&T—Hoffman Estates is 8.721%. Real estate taxes for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $8.4 million. AT&T is responsible for paying all taxes on this asset for so long as it remains a tenant. Because the taxes on this asset are paid in arrears, we do not expect to pay taxes on this asset until approximately September 2017. The following table sets forth for AT&T—Hoffman Estates each of the following, for the year ended December 31, 2015: (i) tax basis (determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes), (ii) depreciation rate, (iii) method and (iv) life claimed with respect to such asset or component thereof for purposes of depreciation.

 

Property

   Federal Tax Basis
(in thousands)
     Depreciation Rate     Method    Life Claimed  

Buildings & Improvements

   $ 288,862         2.5   Alternative
Depreciation System
     40 years   

Land

     35,800         None      None      None   

Site Improvements 1

     15,247         5.0   Half year      21 years   

Site Improvements 2

     573         5.0   Alternative
Depreciation System
    
20 years
  

 

96


Table of Contents

AT&T—St. Louis

As of December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the total GLA for AT&T—St. Louis was 1,461,274, the percentage of economic occupancy was 100% and the average annual base rent per square foot was $11.11. No value was attributed to this asset in calculating InvenTrust’s most recent NAV. Similarly, we do not expect to attribute any value to this asset when calculating our NAV.

As of December 31, 2015, AT&T—St. Louis has one tenant, AT&T, a telecommunications company, whose economic occupancy is 100% of the total gross leasable square feet. Its annualized base rent is $16.2 million, or $11.11 per square foot. The lease has four five-year renewal options. If AT&T does not exercise its renewal option during the contractual renewal period, the original term of the lease will expire in 2017. If AT&T does not renew its lease, the market conditions are likely to make this asset difficult to re-lease and, consequently, difficult to sell. If AT&T does not elect to renew, to the extent we are able to re-lease this asset, the capital improvements, tenant improvements and leasing costs would likely be significant.

As of December 31, 2015, the principal amount of indebtedness on this asset is approximately $113 million. If AT&T does not renew, the potential difficulty of securing a new tenant is likely to make the loan difficult to refinance. Additionally, if AT&T were to elect not to renew and if we are unable to re-let the asset, we expect that we may be unable to make mortgage payments and may default under the loan agreement. Furthermore, if AT&T fails to renew, then one year prior to the expiration of the lease or upon notice by AT&T that they have elected not to renew, whichever is earlier, all rental payments, less certain expenses, will be “swept” and held by the lender pursuant to the loan agreement. Moreover, on January 1, 2017, the asset will go into hyper-amortization under the loan agreement.

The current realty tax rate for AT&T—St. Louis is $7.5898 per $100 of assessed value. Real estate taxes for the year ended December 31, 2015 were $3.3 million. The following table sets forth for AT&T – St. Louis each of the following, for the year ended December 31, 2015: (i) tax basis (determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes), (ii) depreciation rate, (iii) method and (iv) life claimed with respect to such asset or component thereof for purposes of depreciation.

 

Property

   Federal Tax Basis
(in thousands)
    

Depreciation Rate

   Method    Life Claimed  

Buildings & Improvements

   $ 187,219       2.5%    Alternative
Depreciation System
     40 years   

Land

     8,000       None    None      None   

Site Improvements 1

     9,845       5.0%    Half year      21 years   

Site Improvements 2

     78       5.0%    Alternative
Depreciation System
     20 years   

Dulles Executive Plaza

The following table sets forth the percentage of economic occupancy and average annual base rent per square foot for Dulles Executive Plaza as of December 31 for the last five years:

 

Date

   Total GLA      Percentage of
Economic
Occupancy
    Average
Annual Base
Rent per
Square Foot
 

December 31, 2015

     379,596         89.6   $ 23.12   

December 31, 2014

     379,596         83.0     22.88   

December 31, 2013

     379,596         91.7     23.01   

December 31, 2012

     379,596         91.7     24.77   

December 31, 2011

     379,596         90.2     25.08   

 

97


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2015, one tenant, Lockheed Martin Corp., an aerospace company, had an economic occupancy of 83% of the total rentable square footage of Dulles Executive Plaza. The following table sets forth information regarding the principal provisions of the two leases with Lockheed:

 

Lease Expiration

   Renewal Options    Occupied
Square
Footage
GLA
     Percentage
of Square
Footage
GLA
    Annualized
Base Rent
(in thousands)
     Annualized
Base Rent per
Occupied
Square Foot
     Percentage of
Annualized
Base Rent
 

2018

   One 5-year option      124,432         33   $ 3,016       $ 24.24         38

2021

   One 5-year option      189,764         50     4,189       $ 22.08         53

The table below sets forth lease expirations for Dulles Executive Plaza, assuming none of the tenants exercise renewal options, as of December 31, 2015:

 

Lease Expiration Year

   Number of
Expiring
Leases
     GLA of
Expiring
Leases
     Percent of
Total GLA
    Annualized
Base Rent
(in thousands)
     Percent of
Total
Annualized
Base Rent
    Annualized
Base Rent per
Square Foot
 

Available (Vacant)

     n/a         39,621         10.4     n/a         n/a        n/a   

Month to Month

     1         798         0.2     —           0     —     

2016

     0         —           0     —           0     —     

2017

     0         —           0     —           0     —     

2018

     1         124,432         32.8   $ 3,016         35.0   $ 24.24   

2019

     0         —           0     —           0     —     

2020

     0         —           0     —           0     —     

2021

     1         189,764         50.0     4,938         57.4     26.02   

2022

     0         —           0     —           0     —     

2023

     1         24,981         6.6     655         7.6     26.23   

2024

     0         —           0     —           0     —     

2025

     0         —           0     —           0     —     

2026

     0         —           0     —           0     —     

Thereafter

     0         —           0     —           0     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total:

     4         379,596         100.0   $ 8,609         100.0   $ 23.12   

As of December 31, 2015, the principal amount of indebtedness on this asset was approximately $69 million. All rental payments related to this asset, less certain expenses, are currently being “swept” and held by the lender pursuant to the loan agreement.

The current realty tax rate for Dulles Executive Plaza is $1.090 per $100 of assessed value. Real estate taxes for the year ended December 31, 2015 were $1.2 million. The following table sets forth for Dulles Executive Plaza each of the following, for the year ended December 31, 2015: (i) tax basis (determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes), (ii) depreciation rate, (iii) method and (iv) life claimed with respect to such asset or component thereof for purposes of depreciation.

 

Property

   Federal Tax Basis
(in thousands)
     Depreciation Rate      Method    Life Claimed  

Buildings & Improvements

   $ 103,787         2.5%       Alternative
Depreciation System
     40 years   

Land

     15,500         None       None      None   

Site Improvements 1

     5,948         5.0%       Half year      21 years   

Site Improvements 2

     409         5.0%       Alternative
Depreciation System
     20 years   

Tenant Improvements

     3,703         2.5%       Alternative
Depreciation System
     40 years   

 

98


Table of Contents

Hudson Correctional Facility

As of December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the total GLA for Hudson Correctional Facility was 301,029, the percentage of economic occupancy was 100% and the average annual base rent per square foot was $32.72.

As of December 31, 2015 Hudson Correctional Facility has one tenant, The Geo Group, Inc., a correctional facility operator, whose economic occupancy is 100% of the total gross leasable square feet. However, the asset has not housed prisoners since October 2013. Its annualized base rent is $9.8 million, or $32.72 per square foot. Assuming The Geo Group does not exercise its renewal option, its lease expires in 2020. The lease has two ten-year renewal options. Given the niche market for the asset and the fact that the management and operation of correctional facilities by private entities has not achieved complete acceptance by either government agencies or the public, demand for this asset by other tenants and buyers may be limited.

The Geo Group, as operator of the facility, pays all taxes on the asset. The following table sets forth for Hudson Correctional Facility each of the following, for the year ended December 31, 2015: (i) tax basis (determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes), (ii) depreciation rate, (iii) method and (iv) life claimed with respect to such asset or component thereof for purposes of depreciation.

 

Property

   Federal Tax Basis
(in thousands)
     Depreciation Rate      Method    Life Claimed  

Buildings & Improvements

   $ 79,031         2.5%       Alternative
Depreciation System
     40 years   

Land

   $ 1,382         None       None      None   

Furniture and Fixtures

   $ 6,734         11.1%       Alternative
Depreciation System
     9 years   

Site Improvements 1

   $ 7,372         5.0%       Alternative
Depreciation System
     20 years   

Lincoln Mall

The following table sets forth the percentage of economic occupancy and average annual base rent per square foot for Lincoln Mall as of December 31 for the last five years:

 

Date

   Total GLA      Percentage of
Economic
Occupancy
    Average
Annual Base
Rent per
Square Foot
 

December 31, 2015

     445,267         96.4   $ 12.29   

December 31, 2014

     445,266         96.9     12.03   

December 31, 2013

     439,104         93.2     11.82   

December 31, 2012

     439,104         93.2     11.61   

December 31, 2011

     439,132         88.4     11.34   

 

99


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2015, three tenants, Cinema World, Lincoln Tech and Stop & Shop, had an economic occupancy of more than 10% of the total gross leasable square footage of Lincoln Mall. The following table sets forth information regarding the business of those tenants and the principal provisions of their leases.

 

Tenant

  Principal
Nature of
Business
  Lease
Expiration
    Renewal Options   Occupied
Square
Footage
GLA
    Percentage
of Square
Footage
GLA
    Annualized
Base Rent
(in thousands)
    Annualized
Base Rent
per
Occupied
Square
Foot
    Percentage
of
Annualized
Base Rent
 

Cinema World

  Movie
theater
    2024      Five 5-year
renewal options
    60,000        13   $ 381      $ 6.35        7

Lincoln Tech

  Education     2016      Two 5-year
renewal options
    58,881        13   $ 589        10.00        11
Stop & Shop Supermarket #712   Supermarket     2020      Ten 5-year
renewal options
    56,040        13   $ 954        17.03        18

The property leased by Lincoln Tech is atypical of most retail space, so if it were to renew its lease for a smaller space, or choose not to renew, we may be unable to re-lease this property at a comparable rate in a timely manner.

The table below sets forth lease expirations for Lincoln Mall, assuming none of the tenants exercise renewal options, as of December 31, 2015.

 

Lease Expiration Year

   Number of
Expiring
Leases
     GLA of
Expiring
Leases
     Percent of
Total GLA
    Annualized
Base Rent
(in thousands)
     Percent of
Total
Annualized
Base Rent
    Annualized
Base Rent per
Square Foot
 

Available (Vacant)

     n/a         16,261         3.6     n/a         n/a        n/a   

Month to Month

     7         65,547         14.7     744         13.7     11.35   

2016

     4         48,328         10.8     467         8.6     9.66   

2017

     5         38,178         8.6     324         6.0     8.49   

2018

     2         36,500         8.2     417         7.7     11.42   

2019

     10         91,049         20.4     1,667         30.7     18.30   

2020

     2         10,933         2.5     140         2.6     12.78   

2021

     1         2,940         0.7     86         1.6     29.27   

2022

     0                 0.0             0.0       

2023

     1         60,000         13.5     381         7.0     6.35   

2024

     3         7,889         1.8     145         2.7     18.35   

2025

     3         9,900         2.2     176         3.2     17.73   

Thereafter

     6         57,742         13.0     880         16.2     15.25   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total:

     44         445,267         100.0     5,427         100.0     12.65   

 

100


Table of Contents

The current realty tax rate for Lincoln Mall is $26.89 per $1,000 of assessed value. Real estate taxes for the year ended December 31, 2015 were $1.1 million. The following table sets forth for Lincoln Mall each of the following, for the year ended December 31, 2015: (i) tax basis (determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes), (ii) depreciation rate, (iii) method and (iv) life claimed with respect to such asset or component thereof for purposes of depreciation.

 

Property

  Federal Tax Basis
(in thousands)
    Depreciation Rate     Method   Life Claimed  

Buildings & Improvements

  $ 47,803        2.5   Alternative
Depreciation System
    40 years   

Land

    11,000        None      None     None   

Site Improvements 1

    100        5.0   Alternative
Depreciation System
    20 years   

Site Improvements 2

    3,038        5.0   Alternative
Depreciation System
    20 years   

Site Improvements 3

    2,481        5.0   Half year     21 years   

Tenant Improvements

    2,777        2.5   Alternative
Depreciation System
    40 years   

Lease Expirations

The following table sets forth lease expirations for all of our assets as of December 31, 2015, assuming none of the tenants exercise renewal options:

 

Lease Expiration Year

   Number of
Expiring
Leases or
Vacant Units
     GLA of
Expiring
Leases
     Percent
of
Total
GLA
    Annualized
Base Rent
(in thousands)
     Percent of
Total
Annualized
Base Rent
    Annualized
Base Rent per
Square Foot
 

Available (Vacant)

     49         321,748         4.8     n/a         n/a        n/a   

Month to Month

     20         2,314,858         34.8     32,752         36.4     14.15   

2016

     11         1,532,993         23.0     17,270         19.2     11.27   

2017

     15         188,837         2.8     3,999         4.5     21.18   

2018

     19         436,574         6.6     6,694         7.5     15.33   

2019

     34         530,207         8.0     13,437         15.0     25.34   

2020

     12         356,553         5.4     6,783         7.6     19.02   

2021

     7         170,698         2.6     2,457         2.7     14.39   

2022

     3         41,140         0.6     923         1.0     22.44   

2023

     2         63,200         0.9     434         0.5     6.87   

2024

     8         41,830         0.6     554         0.6     13.24   

2025

     6         93,823         1.4     1,143         1.3     12.18   

Thereafter

     11         563,881         8.5     3,361         3.7     5.96   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total:

     197         6,656,342         100.0     89,807         100.0     14.18   

 

101


Table of Contents

Mortgage Financing

The following table sets forth all material mortgages or other liens or encumbrances against any of our assets as of December 31, 2015:

 

Property

  Current
Principal
Amount
(in thousands)
    Interest and
Amortization
Provisions
  Interest
Rate
    Pre-Payment Provisions   Maturity
Date
    Estimated
Balance to be
Due at Maturity
(in thousands)
 

AT&T—Hoffman Estates (1) (2)

  $ 124,727      Fixed
Principal Plus
Interest
    7.00 % (5)     No restrictions     12/1/2035      $ 124,727   

AT&T—St. Louis

  $ 112,695      Fixed
Interest-Only
    5.34   If prior to 12/1/16, must
be in full, with penalty
    1/1/2037      $ 112,695   

AT&T Cleveland (1) (3)

  $ 18,656      Fixed
Principal Plus
Interest
    7.81 % (6)     No restrictions     8/11/2037      $ 18,656   

Dulles Executive Plaza (4)

  $ 68,750      Fixed
Interest-Only
    5.85   If prior to 8/1/16, must be
in full, with penalty
    9/1/2016      $ 68,750   

Shops at Sherman Plaza (4)

  $ 30,275      Fixed
Interest-Only
    5.57   If prior to 2/1/17, must be
in full, with penalty
    3/1/2017      $ 30,275   

Triangle Center

  $ 20,760      Fixed
Principal Plus
Interest
    5.25   Only in full, with penalty     5/1/2021      $ 18,095   

Market at Hilliard

  $ 11,205      Fixed
Interest-Only
    5.96   If prior to 11/1/16, must
be in full, with penalty
    12/1/2016      $ 11,205   

State Street Market

  $ 9,900      Fixed
Principal Plus
Interest
    5.24   Only in full, and if prior
to 1/6/22, with penalty
    4/6/2022      $ 8,677   

Buckhorn Plaza

  $ 9,025      Fixed
Interest-Only
    5.99   If prior to 11/1/16, must
be in full, with penalty
    12/1/2016      $ 9,025   

 

(1) Loan is currently in “hyper-amortization,” and so rental payments less certain expenses are used to pay down the principal amount of the loan.
(2) Does not include $16.8 million of accrued interest due to hyper-amortization.
(3) Does not include $1.6 million of accrued interest due to hyper-amortization.
(4) All rental payments are currently being “swept” and held by the lender pursuant to the loan agreement.
(5) Consists of 5.00% of base interest rate and 2.00% of interest due to hyper-amortization.
(6) Consists of 5.81% of base interest rate and 2.00% of interest due to hyper-amortization.

See also “Description of Indebtedness.”

Disposition Policy

As part of exploring strategic alternatives, we are evaluating each of our assets on a rigorous and ongoing basis and in an effort to optimize and enhance the value of our assets. As each of our assets reaches what we believe to be the asset’s optimum value, we will consider disposing of the asset for the purpose of either distributing the net sales proceeds to our stockholders or retaining the proceeds as part of a plan to achieve an optimal exit value.

The determination of when a particular investment should be sold or otherwise disposed of will be made after consideration of all of the relevant factors, including prevailing and projected economic and market conditions, the cash flow being generated by a particular asset, tax implications of a disposition, debt characteristics of the asset, whether the value of the asset or other investment is anticipated to decline or increase substantially, and whether our portfolio as a whole is attractive to a potential acquirer of the entire company. The timing of any liquidity event or events will depend upon then prevailing economic and market conditions, which could result in differing holding periods among the assets.

 

102


Table of Contents

Additionally, with respect to certain of our properties, particularly those leased to AT&T, once the leases for such properties expire, we may be unable to make mortgage payments and may default under the applicable loan agreement. This may force us to dispose of those assets on disadvantageous terms, or the lender under such mortgages may foreclose. See also “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Debt Financing— If we are unable to repay or refinance our existing debt as it comes due, we may need to sell the underlying asset sooner than anticipated or the lender may foreclose, in which case our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.”

Financing Strategy

Certain of our existing assets are currently encumbered by debt, and debt financing may be used from time to time for property improvements, tenant improvements, leasing commissions and other working capital needs. The form of our indebtedness may vary and could be long-term or short-term, secured or unsecured, or fixed-rate or floating rate. We will not enter into interest rate swaps or caps, or similar hedging transactions or derivative arrangements for speculative purposes, but may do so in order to manage or mitigate our interest rate risks on variable rate debt. For additional information regarding our existing debt, please refer to “Description of Indebtedness.”

Conflict of Interest Policy

Following our separation from InvenTrust, we expect to have policies designed to reduce or eliminate potential conflicts of interest. Any transaction between us and any director, officer or 5% stockholder must be approved pursuant to the related party transaction policy we expect to adopt. In addition, we expect to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that seeks to identify and mitigate conflicts of interest between our employees, directors and officers and our company. However, we cannot assure you that these policies or provisions of law will always be successful in eliminating or minimizing the influence of such conflicts, and if they are not successful, decisions could be made that might fail to reflect fully the interests of stockholders.

Certain Other Policies

We intend to engage in future investment activities in a manner that is consistent with the requirements applicable to REITs for federal income tax purposes, unless the board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interest to so qualify as a REIT.

We may issue senior securities, purchase and sell investments, offer securities in exchange for property and repurchase or reacquire shares or other securities in the future. To the extent we engage in these activities, we will comply with applicable law.

We do not currently have policies in place with respect to making loans to other persons (other than our conflict of interest policies described above) or investing in securities.

Competition

We are subject to significant competition in seeking tenants for the leasing of our assets and buyers for the sale of our assets. We compete with many third parties engaged in real estate investment activities, including other REITs, specialty finance companies, savings and loan associations, banks, mortgage bankers, insurance companies, mutual funds, institutional investors, investing banking firms, lenders, hedge funds, governmental bodies and other entities. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial and other resources than we have and may have substantially more operating experience than us. We also face competition from other real estate investment programs for buyers and tenants that may be suitable for us. We perceive there to be a lower

 

103


Table of Contents

level of competition for certain assets in our portfolio based on, among other things, the characteristics of such assets, the number of willing buyers and the volume of transactions in their respective markets, which may make it challenging for us to sell these assets or attract tenants.

Regulations

Our assets are subject to various federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, including, among other things, zoning regulations, land use controls, environmental controls relating to air and water quality, noise pollution and indirect environmental impacts such as increased motor vehicle activity. We believe that we have all permits and approvals necessary under current law to operate our assets.

Environmental

As an owner of real estate, we are subject to various environmental laws of federal, state and local governments. Compliance with existing laws has not had a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations, and management does not believe it will have such an impact in the future. However, we cannot predict the impact of unforeseen environmental contingencies or new or changed laws or regulations on assets in which we hold an interest, or on assets that may be acquired directly or indirectly in the future.

Employees

Upon our separation from InvenTrust, we expect to have approximately 12 employees. We do not expect any of our employees to be covered by collective bargaining agreements.

We will also enter into a Transition Services Agreement with InvenTrust pursuant to which InvenTrust and its subsidiaries will provide, on an interim, transitional basis, certain legal, information technology and financial reporting services and other assistance that is consistent with the services provided by InvenTrust to Highlands and MB REIT before the separation. For additional information regarding the Transition Services Agreement, please refer to “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

Legal Proceedings

We are from time to time involved in legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently involved in any legal or administrative proceedings that we believe are likely to have a materially adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Insurance

We have comprehensive liability, fire, flood, extended coverage and rental loss insurance with respect to our portfolio. Our management believes that such insurance provides adequate coverage.

Principal Executive Offices

Our principal executive offices are located at 2809 Butterfield Road, Suite 180, Oak Brook, IL, 60523, and our telephone number is                 . We maintain a website at www.                 .com. The information contained on our website or that can be accessed through our website neither constitutes part of this prospectus nor is incorporated by reference herein.

 

104


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Our Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers

Under Maryland law, the business and affairs of Highlands will be managed under the direction of its board of directors. We currently expect that, upon the completion of the separation, our board of directors will consist of three members. At an annual meeting of our stockholders, our stockholders will elect each of our directors to serve until the next annual meeting of our stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. See “Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and Our Charter and Bylaws—Our Board of Directors.” We expect the first annual meeting of our stockholders after the separation and distribution will be held in 2017. Each officer will serve until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her death, or his or her resignation or removal. Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, by the board of directors, but such removal will be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the officer so removed.

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the individuals who will be our directors and executive officers upon the completion of the separation.

 

Name

   Age       

Position

Executive Officers

       

Richard Vance

     52         Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

Joseph Giannini

     52         Senior Vice President and Principal Accounting Officer

Non-Employee Directors

       

R. David Turner

     65         Director Nominee

Paul A. Melkus

     51         Director Nominee

Biographical Summaries of Executive Officers

The following is the biographical summary of the experience of our executive officers, as well as in the case of Mr. Vance, who is also a director, a description of Mr. Vance’s specific skills and qualifications he is expected to provide Highlands’ board of directors.

Richard Vance , 52, has served as a director and our President and Chief Executive Officer since our formation in December 2015. Prior to our spin-off, Mr. Vance served as Senior Vice President - Portfolio Management & Corporate Strategy for InvenTrust, where he was responsible for managing InvenTrust’s “non-core” portfolio with regard to asset management, property operations and leasing. Beginning in 2013 and until InvenTrust’s self-management in 2014, Mr. Vance served as Vice President for InvenTrust’s former business manager, and, following InvenTrust’s self-management, Mr. Vance continued to serve as Vice President for InvenTrust until 2015. In this role, Mr. Vance had various responsibilities, including spearheading InvenTrust’s self-management and various asset management responsibilities. Beginning in 2010, Mr. Vance began working with InvenTrust’s former business manager and former property manager as an independent consultant, and was primarily responsible for managing a diverse portfolio of InvenTrust’s office, industrial and retail assets. Mr. Vance has more than 20 years of experience in commercial real estate and commercial real estate finance, including various positions prior to 2010 with GMAC Commercial Mortgage, Equity Residential, Deutsche Bank, Ernst & Young or their affiliates. Mr. Vance received a Master’s in Business Administration from the University of Michigan—Ann Arbor, a Juris Doctor from Loyola University of Chicago, and a Bachelor of Arts from the University of Michigan—Flint.

Mr. Vance’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his more than 20 years of experience in the real estate industry and his general expertise in commercial real estate. Further, as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Vance will provide our board of directors with valuable insight regarding our assets and operations. Mr. Vance is also very familiar with our portfolio based upon his experience with InvenTrust.

 

105


Table of Contents

Joseph Giannini , 52, has served as Principal Accounting Officer of Highlands since                     . Prior to our spin-off, Mr. Giannini served as Vice President, Controller of Property Accounting of Inventrust, where he was responsible for overseeing the property accounting for the retail and non-core assets. In addition, Mr. Giannini was responsible for reviewing, restructuring and implementing new processes within property accounting. From September 2008 through February 2014, Mr. Giannini served as the Hotel Controller for various affiliates of InvenTrust where he was responsible for all aspects of the hotel accounting, including working with third party property managers for InvenTrust’s 100 plus hotel portfolio. Prior to September 2008, Mr. Giannini held various accounting positions with Lennar Corporation, AMLI Residential and Trammell Crow Residential Midwest. Mr. Giannini received his undergraduate Accounting degree from St. Joseph’s College in Indiana in 1985. He also has a Master’s in Business Administration from Lake Forest Graduate School of Management and is a Certified Public Accountant. He is a member of the AICPA and the Illinois CPA Society.

Biographical Summaries of Non-Employee Directors

The following are the biographical summaries of the experience of our non-employee directors, as well as a description of the specific skills and qualifications they are expected to provide Highlands’ board of directors.

Paul Andrew Melkus is one of our director nominees. Mr. Melkus has served as Global Head of Capital Markets - Real Estate and Infrastructure Department for Abu Dhabi Investment Authority, one of the world’s largest sovereign wealth funds, since 2012 and as a member of its Executive Committee since 2012. In this role he is responsible for the development of financing strategy and management of lending relationships for Abu Dhabi Investment Authority’s global real estate investment portfolio. Mr. Melkus served as Senior Vice President - Capital Markets at General Growth Properties, Inc., a public REIT that owns, develops and operates shopping malls, from 2010 to 2011, as Director - Capital Markets at Deutsche Bank Asset Management from 2004 to 2009 and as Director - Capital Markets Investments at General Electric Capital Corporation from 1998 to 2004. Mr. Melkus has also consulted at Ernst & Young on a variety of capital markets and real estate related transactions and served as a securities analyst and asset manager at Northern Trust Company. Mr. Melkus is a graduate of DePauw University where he earned his Bachelor of Arts majoring in Economics and Management. He earned his Master of Science degree from the University of Wisconsin’s Real Estate Investment and Urban Economics program.

Mr. Melkus brings to our board of directors significant experience in investment analysis, deal structuring, capital raising, syndications and asset management. The board of directors also values his extensive experience in the real estate industry and in capital markets transactions.

R. David Turner is one of our director nominees. Mr. Turner has served as Vice President, Global Risk Management for Global Logistics Properties Limited, a provider of modern logistics facilities in China, Japan, Brazil and the United States, since January 2016. From July 2013 to January 2016, Mr. Turner provided risk management consulting services through Turner Risk Consulting LLC to various real estate enterprises, including InvenTrust, our former parent company. Also during this time, Mr. Turner served as an adjunct professor at North Park University from September 2014 to May 2015. From 2012 to July 2013, Mr. Turner served as Executive Vice President at First Nonprofit Insurance Company, a provider of property and casualty insurance products to non-profit organizations. Prior to that, from 2007 until 2012, Mr. Turner served as Senior Vice President, Global Risk Management at ProLogis, a real estate investment trust and owner of industrial real estate, and in various management positions, including, most recently, as Senior Vice President, at Equity Office Properties Trust, a publicly traded office building real estate company, from 1995 to 2007. Mr. Turner previously served as Insurance Committee Chairman of the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts, as a member of Affiliated FM’s Broker Advisory Council, and as a member of the Hawaii Captive Insurance Council. Mr. Turner has a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration and a Master’s in Business Administration with honors from The Ohio State University and the designation of Associate in Risk Management.

Mr. Turner contributes to our board of directors extensive knowledge and over 30 years of experience in the real estate industry and, in particular, risk management including risk identification, measurement and treatment. The board of directors also values his broad experience in both large public companies and privately held organizations.

 

106


Table of Contents

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has the authority to appoint committees to perform certain management and administration functions. Mr. Turner is expected to serve as the chairman of the board of directors. Following the separation, we expect our board of directors to have two committees: the audit committee and the compensation committee. The principal functions of each committee are briefly described below. Additionally, our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees to facilitate the board’s oversight of management of the business and affairs of our company.

Audit Committee

Messrs. Melkus and Turner are expected to be the members of the board’s audit committee with Mr. Melkus serving as Chair. We expect that Mr. Melkus will qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined by the applicable SEC regulations. Prior to the completion of the separation, we expect to adopt an audit committee charter, which defines the audit committee’s principal functions, including oversight related to:

 

    our accounting and financial reporting processes;

 

    the integrity of our financial statements;

 

    our systems of disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over accounting;

 

    our compliance with financial, legal and regulatory requirements;

 

    the evaluation of the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    the performance of our internal audit functions;

 

    our overall risk exposure and management; and

 

    reviewing and approving any transaction between us and a related person pursuant to our related person policy.

The audit committee will also be responsible for engaging, evaluating, compensating, and overseeing an independent registered public accounting firm, approving services that may be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm, including audit and non-audit services, reviewing the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm and reviewing the adequacy of the auditing firm’s internal quality control procedures. The audit committee also will prepare the audit committee report required by SEC regulations to be included in our annual report.

Compensation Committee

Messrs. Turner and Melkus are expected to be the members of the board’s compensation committee with Mr. Turner serving as Chair. The primary purpose of our compensation committee is to:

 

    approve or recommend to our board of directors for consideration the compensation and benefits of our executive officers and key employees;

 

    monitor and review our compensation and benefit plans;

 

    administer our incentive compensation plans and programs and prepare recommendations and periodic reports to the board of directors concerning such matters;

 

    prepare the compensation committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual report;

 

    prepare recommendations and periodic reports to the board of directors as appropriate; and

 

    handle such other matters that are specifically delegated to the compensation committee by our board of directors from time to time.

 

107


Table of Contents

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

Upon the completion of our separation from InvenTrust, our board of directors will adopt a code of ethics and business conduct that applies to our directors, officers and employees. Among other matters, our code of ethics and business conduct will be designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

 

    honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest;

 

    full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in our SEC reports and other public communications;

 

    compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

 

    prompt internal reporting of violations of law or the code to appropriate persons identified in the code; and

 

    accountability for adherence to the code of ethics and business conduct, including fair process by which to determine violations.

Any waiver of the code of ethics and business conduct for our directors or executive officers must be approved by a majority of our directors, and any such waiver shall be promptly disclosed as required by law.

Indemnification

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that will obligate us to indemnify them to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law as discussed under “Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and Our Charter and Bylaws—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.” The indemnification agreements will obligate us, if a director or executive officer is or is threatened to be made a party to, or witness in, any proceeding by reason of such director’s or executive officer’s status as a present or former director, officer, employee or agent of our company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, member, fiduciary, employee or agent of another enterprise that the director or executive officer served in such capacity at our request, to indemnify such director or executive officer, and advance expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, unless it has been established that:

 

    the act or omission of the director or executive officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

 

    the director or executive officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

 

    with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the director or executive officer had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

In addition, except as described below, our directors and executive officers will not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the indemnification agreement:

 

    if the proceeding was one brought by us or on our behalf and the director or executive officer is adjudged to be liable to us;

 

    if the director or executive officer is adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in a proceeding charging improper personal benefit to the director or executive officer; or

 

    in any proceeding brought against us by the director or executive officer other than to enforce his or her rights under the indemnification agreement, and then only to the extent provided by the agreement, and except as may be expressly provided in our charter, our bylaws, a resolution of our board of directors or of our stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or an agreement approved by our board of directors.

 

108


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the limitations on indemnification described above, on application by a director or executive officer of our company to a court of appropriate jurisdiction, the court may order indemnification of such director or executive officer if the court determines that such director or executive officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not the director or executive officer (1) has met the standards of conduct set forth above or (2) has been adjudged liable for receipt of an “improper personal benefit.” If the court determines the director or executive officer is so entitled to indemnification, the director or executive officer will also be entitled to recover from us the expenses of securing such indemnification.

Notwithstanding, and without limiting, any other provision of the indemnification agreements, if a director or executive officer is made a party to any proceeding by reason of such director’s or executive officer’s status as a director, officer, employee or agent of our company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, member, fiduciary, employee or agent of another entity that the director or executive officer served in such capacity at our request, and such director or executive officer is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more (even if less than all) claims, issues or matters in such proceeding, we must indemnify such director or executive officer for all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter, including any claim, issue or matter in such a proceeding that is terminated by dismissal, with or without prejudice.

In addition, the indemnification agreements will require us to advance reasonable expenses incurred by the indemnitee within ten days of the receipt by us of a statement from the indemnitee requesting the advance, provided the statement evidences the expenses and is accompanied by:

 

    a written affirmation of the indemnitee’s good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification; and

 

    a written undertaking to reimburse us if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the director or executive officer is not entitled to indemnification.

The indemnification agreements will also provide for procedures for the determination of entitlement to indemnification, including a requirement that such determination be made by independent counsel after a change of control of us.

Our charter will permit us, and our bylaws will obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (1) any of our present or former directors or officers who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or (2) any individual who, while serving as our director or officer and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, member, manager or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity, as discussed under “Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers.”

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During the company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, Highlands was not an independent company, and did not have a compensation committee or any other committee serving a similar function.

 

109


Table of Contents

Compensation of Directors

We have not yet paid any compensation to our directors. Our director compensation will be described in a subsequent amendment to this Information Statement.

Executive Officer Compensation

We expect that prior to our separation from InvenTrust, our executive officers will continue to be employed by InvenTrust. As a wholly owned subsidiary of InvenTrust, the compensation committee of our board of directors has not yet been formed, and all decisions with respect to the compensation of our executive officers have been made by InvenTrust. Once our compensation committee is formed, executive compensation decisions following the completion of our separation from InvenTrust will be made by our compensation committee.

Set forth below is an overview of the expected initial components of our executive compensation program for our current executive officers, Mr. Vance and Mr. Giannini (our “named executive officers”), upon the completion of our separation from InvenTrust.

The discussion below may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt in connection with or following the completion of our separation from InvenTrust may differ materially from the programs summarized in this discussion.

Elements of Executive Officer Compensation

2016 Salaries

Our named executive officers will receive a base salary to compensate them for services rendered to Highlands. The base salary payable to each of the executives is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. The following table sets forth the current 2016 annual base salary for each of our named executive officers.

 

Name

   2016 Annual Base Salary  

Richard Vance

   $ 385,000   

Joseph Giannini

   $ 210,000   
  

 

 

 

We expect that, following the completion of our separation from InvenTrust, base salaries for our named executive officers will be reviewed periodically by our compensation committee, with adjustments expected to be made generally in accordance with the considerations described above and to maintain base salaries at competitive levels.

2016 Bonuses

Our named executive officers are expected to participate in an annual bonus program under which each of the executives is eligible to receive an annual cash performance bonus based upon the achievement of certain performance criteria to be established by our board of directors or our compensation committee. The current target bonus levels for our named executive officers for 2016 are:

 

Name

   Target Annual Bonus (% of
annual base salary)
 

Richard Vance

     80

Joseph Giannini

     40

Equity Compensation

Equity awards covering shares of our common stock have not previously been granted to our named executive officers. However, we believe that equity-based incentives align our executives’ interests with those of

 

110


Table of Contents

our stockholders and provide important retention value. Consequently, in an effort to align the interests of Mr. Vance with those of our shareholders, upon the completion of our separation from InvenTrust, we expect to make a grant to Mr. Vance of an award of fully-vested shares of our common stock having an aggregate value equal to $1,000,000. Pursuant to the employment agreement that we expect to enter into with Mr. Vance, in 2017 we intend to grant Mr. Vance an additional award of fully-vested shares of our common stock having an aggregate value equal to $600,000. For additional details regarding such grants, see “Compensation Program—Vance Employment Agreement” below.

Vance Employment Agreement

Prior to the completion of our separation from InvenTrust, we intend to enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Vance (the “Vance Employment Agreement”). The Vance Employment Agreement is expected to become effective on the date on which the distribution is completed, and in the event that the Separation and Distribution Agreement is terminated or the distribution does not occur for any reason, the Vance Employment Agreement will not become effective.

The material terms of the Vance Employment Agreement, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below. The Vance Employment Agreement has not been finalized and, accordingly, the terms of the Vance Employment Agreement and this summary are subject to change.

Pursuant to the Vance Employment Agreement, Mr. Vance will serve as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Highlands, and will be entitled to an annual base salary equal to $385,000. Mr. Vance will be eligible to receive an annual cash performance bonus based upon the achievement of performance criteria established by our board of directors or our compensation committee. Mr. Vance’s target annual bonus will be no less than 80% of his annual base salary, with the threshold and maximum bonus levels to be determined on an annual basis. In the event of a change in control of Highlands during the employment period, Mr. Vance will be eligible to receive a pro-rated portion of his target annual bonus for the year in which the change in control occurs.

The Vance Employment Agreement provides that, within 30 days following the effective date of the agreement, Mr. Vance will be granted an award of fully-vested shares of our common stock having an aggregate value equal to $1,000,000. In addition, not later than March 15, 2017, subject to Mr. Vance’s continued employment with Highlands, Mr. Vance will be granted an award of fully-vested shares of our common stock having an aggregate value equal to $600,000.

Under the Vance Employment Agreement, if Mr. Vance’s employment is terminated by Highlands without “cause” or by Mr. Vance for “good reason” (each, as defined in the Vance Employment Agreement), Mr. Vance will be entitled to the following severance payments and benefits:

 

    a lump-sum payment in an amount equal to a multiple of the sum of Mr. Vance’s annual base salary and target bonus for the year in which the termination occurs, payable within 60 days following Mr. Vance’s termination date; and

 

    payment or reimbursement by the Company of premiums for healthcare continuation coverage under COBRA for Mr. Vance and his dependents for up to 18 months after the termination date.

 

111


Table of Contents

The cash severance multiple for a qualifying termination of Mr. Vance’s employment that does not occur in connection with a change in control of Highlands (as described below) is 1.5x. The cash severance multiple for a qualifying termination in the context of a change in control of Highlands will be determined based on Mr. Vance’s termination date, as follows:

 

            Termination of Employment (All Dates Inclusive)            

  

Change in Control

            Severance Multiple             

Between the Effective Date and June 30, 2018    Three (3)
Between July 1, 2018 and December 31, 2018    Two and one-half (2.5)
Between January 1, 2019 and June 30, 2019    Two (2)
On or after July 1, 2019    One and one-half (1.5)

The change in control severance multiple will apply in the event of a termination by Highlands without cause or by Mr. Vance for good reason that occurs on the date of, or during the 24 month period following, a change in control of Highlands. In addition, in the event of a termination (other than by Highlands for cause, by Mr. Vance other than for good reason, or due to Mr. Vance’s death or becoming disabled) in connection with or by reason of a liquidation of Highlands or a sale, liquidation or other disposition or exit (including any trustee sale, foreclosure, default, or placement into receivership) of all or substantially all of our assets (in each case, in a single transaction or series of transactions), such termination will constitute a change in control termination for purposes of the Vance Employment Agreement and any other agreement between Mr. Vance and Highlands, and any plan maintained by Highlands. Mr. Vance’s right to receive the severance or other benefits described above will be subject to Mr. Vance signing, delivering and not revoking a general release agreement in a form generally used by Highlands.

The Vance Employment Agreement further provides that, to the extent that any payment or benefit received by Mr. Vance in connection with a change in control would be subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the “Code”), such payments and/or benefits will be subject to a “best pay cap” reduction if such reduction would result in a greater net after-tax benefit to Mr. Vance than receiving the full amount of such payments.

The Vance Employment Agreement also contains a confidentiality covenant by Mr. Vance that extends indefinitely and an employee and independent contractor nonsolicitation covenant that extends during Mr. Vance’s employment and for a period of one year following his termination. The Vance Employment Agreement also includes a mutual non-disparagement covenant by Mr. Vance and us.

Incentive Award Plan

Prior to the completion of our separation from InvenTrust, we intend to adopt the Highlands REIT, Inc. 2016 Incentive Award Plan (the “Incentive Award Plan”), subject to approval by InvenTrust as our sole stockholder, under which we may grant cash and equity incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to align their interests with those of our stockholders and to attract, motivate and retain the talent for which we compete. The material terms of the Incentive Award Plan, as it is currently contemplated, are summarized below. Our board of directors is still in the process of developing, approving and implementing the Incentive Award Plan and, accordingly, the terms of the Incentive Award Plan and this summary are subject to change.

Eligibility and Administration . Employees, consultants and directors of Highlands and its subsidiaries are eligible to receive awards under the Incentive Award Plan. The Incentive Award Plan will be administered by our board of directors with respect to awards to non-employee directors and by our compensation committee with respect to other participants, each of which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to committees of our directors and/or officers (referred to collectively as the “plan administrator”), subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and/or stock exchange rules, as applicable. The plan administrator will have the authority to administer the Incentive Award Plan, including the authority to select award recipients, determine the nature and amount of each award, and determine the terms and conditions of each

 

112


Table of Contents

award. The plan administrator will also have the authority to make all determinations and interpretations under, prescribe all forms for use with, and adopt rules for the administration of, the Incentive Award Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions.

Size of Share Reserve ; Limitations on Awards . The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued pursuant to awards (including incentive stock options) under the Incentive Award Plan is             shares.

If any shares subject to an award under the Incentive Award Plan are forfeited, expire or are settled for cash, any shares subject to such award may, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement, be used again for new grants under the Incentive Award Plan. However, the following shares may not be used again for grant under the Incentive Award Plan: (1) shares tendered or withheld to satisfy grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligations associated with an award; (2) shares subject to a stock appreciation right (“SAR”) that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the SAR on its exercise; and (3) shares purchased on the open market with the cash proceeds from the exercise of options.

To the extent permitted under applicable securities exchange rules, if any, without stockholder approval, awards granted under the Incentive Award Plan in connection with the assumption, replacement, conversion or adjustment of outstanding equity awards in the context of a corporate acquisition or merger will not reduce the shares authorized for grant under the Incentive Award Plan.

The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be subject to one or more awards granted to any one participant pursuant to the Incentive Award Plan during any calendar year is             shares and the maximum amount that may be paid under a cash award pursuant to the Incentive Award Plan to any one participant during any calendar year period is $            . The maximum aggregate value, determined as of the grant date under applicable accounting standards, of awards that may be granted to any non-employee director pursuant to the Incentive Award Plan during any calendar year is $            .

Awards . The Incentive Award Plan provides for the grant of stock options, restricted stock, dividend equivalents, stock payments, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance shares, other incentive awards and SARs. All awards under the Incentive Award Plan will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail all terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. Awards will be settled in shares of our common stock or cash, as determined by the plan administrator.

 

    Stock Options . Stock options, including incentive stock options (“ISOs”) and nonqualified stock options (“NSOs”), provide for the purchase of shares of our common stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions. ISOs may only be granted under the Incentive Award Plan to the extent that the requirements of Section 422 of the Code are complied with, including the shareholder approval requirements under Treasury Regulation Section 1.422-2(b)(2).

 

   

Restricted Stock Units . RSUs are contractual promises to deliver shares of our common stock (or the fair market value of such shares in cash) in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified vesting conditions are met. RSUs generally may not be sold or transferred until vesting conditions are removed or expire. The shares underlying RSUs will not be issued until the RSUs have vested, and recipients of RSUs generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time the RSUs are settled in shares, unless the RSU includes a dividend equivalent right (in which case the holder may be entitled to dividend equivalent payments under certain circumstances). Delivery of the shares underlying

 

113


Table of Contents
 

the RSUs may be deferred under the terms of the award or at the election of the participant, if the plan administrator permits such a deferral. On the settlement date or dates, Highlands will issue to the participant one unrestricted, fully transferable share of our common stock (or the fair market value of one such share in cash) for each vested and nonforfeited RSU.

 

    Restricted Stock . Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of our common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified vesting conditions are met. Vesting conditions applicable to restricted stock may be based on continuing service, the attainment of performance goals and/or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine. In general, restricted stock may not be sold or otherwise transferred until all restrictions are removed or expire. With respect to restricted stock that is subject to performance-based vesting conditions, dividends which are paid prior to vesting will only be paid out to the participant to the extent that the performance-based vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the share of restricted stock vests.

 

    Stock Appreciation Rights . SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The exercise price of a SAR may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (except with respect to certain substitute SARs granted in connection with a corporate transaction) and the term of a SAR may not be longer than ten years. Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to SARs and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions. SARs under the Incentive Award Plan will be settled in cash or shares of common stock, or in a combination of both, as determined by the administrator.

 

    Performance Shares . Performance shares are contractual rights to receive a range of shares of our common stock in the future based on the attainment of specified performance goals, in addition to other conditions which may apply to these awards. Conditions applicable to performance shares may be based on continuing service, the attainment of performance goals and/or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine.

 

    Stock Payments . Stock payments are awards of fully vested shares of our common stock that may, but need not, be made in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to any individual who is eligible to receive awards.

 

    Other Incentive Awards . Other incentive awards are awards other than those enumerated in this summary that are denominated in, linked to or derived from shares of our common stock or value metrics related to our shares, and may remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met. Other incentive awards may be linked to any specific performance criteria determined by the plan administrator.

 

    Dividend Equivalents . Dividend equivalents represent the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock and may be granted alone or in tandem with awards other than stock options or SARs. Dividend equivalents are credited as of dividend payment dates during the period between a specified date and the date such award terminates or expires, as determined by the plan administrator. Dividend equivalents with respect to an award that is subject to performance-based vesting will only be paid out to the participant to the extent that the performance-based vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the award vests.

 

    Performance Bonus Awards . Performance bonus awards are cash bonus awards that are granted subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals.

Certain Transactions . The plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the Incentive Award Plan, as well as make adjustments to the terms and conditions of existing and future awards, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits and facilitate necessary or desirable changes in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and other corporate transactions. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our stockholders known as “equity restructurings,” the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments

 

114


Table of Contents

to the Incentive Award Plan and outstanding awards. In the event of a “change in control” of Highlands (as defined in the Incentive Award Plan), to the extent that awards will not be continued, converted, assumed or replaced by the surviving or successor entity, such awards will become fully vested and exercisable immediately prior to the closing of the transaction.

Claw-Back Provisions All awards will be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by Highlands to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy and/or in the applicable award agreement.

Transferability With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the Incentive Award Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting, and are exercisable only by the participant, unless otherwise provided by the plan administrator.

Tax Withholding; Exercise and Purchase Price Payments . With regard to tax withholding, exercise price and purchase price obligations arising in connection with awards under the Incentive Award Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash or check, shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions, a “market sell order” or such other consideration as it deems suitable.

Plan Amendment and Termination . Our board of directors may amend or terminate the Incentive Award Plan at any time; however, except in connection with certain changes in Highland’s capital structure, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment that “reprices” any stock option or SAR or cancels any stock option or SAR in exchange for cash or another award when the option or SAR price per share exceeds the fair market value of the underlying shares. In addition, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Incentive Award Plan may, without the consent of the affected participant, impair any rights or obligations under any previously-granted award, unless the award itself otherwise expressly so provides. No ISO may be granted pursuant to the Incentive Award Plan after the tenth anniversary of the date on which our board of directors adopted the Incentive Award Plan.

Additional REIT Restrictions . The Incentive Award Plan provides that no participant will be granted, become vested in the right to receive or acquire or be permitted to acquire, or will have any right to acquire, shares under an award if such acquisition would be prohibited by the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock contained in our charter or would impair our status as a REIT.

 

115


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Agreements with InvenTrust

Following the separation, we and InvenTrust will operate separately, each as an independent public reporting company. We and InvenTrust will enter into a Separation and Distribution Agreement that will effectuate the separation and distribution. We and InvenTrust will also enter into a Transition Services Agreement and an Employee Matters Agreement. The Separation and Distribution Agreement, Transition Services Agreement and Employee Matters Agreement will provide a framework for our relationship with InvenTrust after the separation and provide for the allocation between Highlands and InvenTrust of InvenTrust’s assets, liabilities and obligations attributable to periods prior to, at and after our separation from InvenTrust.

Separation and Distribution Agreement

InvenTrust and Highlands will enter into a Separation and Distribution Agreement prior to the distribution to effect the separation and provide for the allocation between us and InvenTrust of InvenTrust’s assets, liabilities and obligations attributable to periods prior to, at and after the separation. This agreement will also govern certain relationships between us and InvenTrust after the separation.

Pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the direct and indirect subsidiaries of InvenTrust that hold the properties in the Highlands Portfolio have been or will be transferred to Highlands prior to the separation. Highlands will agree to assume all liabilities relating to or arising out of the Highlands Portfolio. All other assets and liabilities relating to InvenTrust and its subsidiaries prior to the separation (including any liabilities relating to the properties previously owned and disposed by subsidiaries of Highlands) shall be retained by InvenTrust.

The Separation and Distribution Agreement also governs the rights and obligations of the parties regarding the distribution following the completion of the separation. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in the section of this Information Statement titled “Our Separation from InvenTrust – Conditions to the Distribution,” on the distribution date, InvenTrust will distribute 100% of the shares of Highlands common stock held by InvenTrust to holders of InvenTrust common stock as of the close of business on the record date on a pro rata basis. InvenTrust has agreed, subject to the conditions described above, to direct the distribution agent to distribute, on the distribution date, to each holder of InvenTrust common stock on the record date,              share(s) of Highlands common stock for every              share(s) of InvenTrust common stock held by such holder.

The Separation and Distribution Agreement also provides that Highlands and its affiliates will release and discharge InvenTrust and its affiliates from all liabilities existing or alleged to have existed at or before the separation, other than certain specified matters, including (i) liabilities expressly assumed by InvenTrust in the Separation and Distribution Agreement, Transition Services Agreement and Employee Matters Agreement and (ii) liabilities arising pursuant to indemnification or contribution obligations set forth in such agreements. Similarly, the Separation and Distribution Agreement also provides that InvenTrust and its affiliates will release and discharge Highlands and its affiliates from all liabilities existing or alleged to have existed at or before the separation, other than certain specified matters, including (i) liabilities expressly assumed by Highlands in the Separation and Distribution Agreement, Transition Services Agreement and Employee Matters Agreement and (ii) liabilities arising pursuant to indemnification or contribution obligations set forth in such agreements. These releases will not extend to obligations or liabilities under any agreements between the parties that remain in effect following the separation, which agreements include, but are not limited to, the Separation and Distribution Agreement, Transition Services Agreement, Employee Matters Agreement, and certain other agreements executed in connection with the separation.

Pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement, Highlands has agreed to indemnify, defend and hold harmless InvenTrust and its affiliates and each of their respective current or former stockholders, directors, officers, agents and employees and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns from

 

116


Table of Contents

and against all liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from (i) the liabilities assumed by Highlands in the Separation and Distribution Agreement, Transition Services Agreement and Employee Matters Agreement, (ii) any breach by Highlands or any of its subsidiaries of the Separation and Distribution Agreement, Transition Services Agreement and Employee Matters Agreement (iii) losses arising from third party claims relating to the separation and distribution and (iv) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, with respect to all information contained in the registration statement of which this Information Statement forms a part, other than specified information relating to and provided by InvenTrust (the “Specified InvenTrust Information”). Similarly, InvenTrust has agreed to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Highlands and its affiliates and each of their respective current or former stockholders, directors, officers, agents and employees and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns from and against all liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from (i) the liabilities assumed by InvenTrust in the Separation and Distribution Agreement, Transition Services Agreement and Employee Matters Agreement, (ii) any breach by InvenTrust or any of its subsidiaries of the Separation and Distribution Agreement, Transition Services Agreement and Employee Matters Agreement and (iii) the Specified InvenTrust Information. InvenTrust and Highlands will not be deemed to be affiliates of the other for purposes for purposes of determining the above described indemnification obligations.

Highlands has also agreed to indemnify InvenTrust against all taxes related to us, our subsidiaries and our assets, including taxes attributable to periods prior to the separation and distribution. InvenTrust has agreed to indemnify us for any taxes attributable to InvenTrust’s or MB REIT’s failure to qualify as a REIT for any taxable year ending on or before December 31, 2016.

In addition, the Separation and Distribution Agreement provides that Highlands will have not less than $                 in unrestricted cash at the time of the distribution. The parties have also agreed not to solicit or hire the employees of the other for a period of one year following the separation. Otherwise, the parties have explicitly agreed that there will be no restrictions on post-closing competitive activities. Other matters governed by the separation and distribution agreement include access to financial and other information, confidentiality, access to and provision of records and general litigation support.

In the event of any dispute arising out of the Separation and Distribution Agreement, Transition Services Agreement or Employee Matters Agreement, InvenTrust and Highlands have agreed to negotiate in good faith for 30 days to resolve such dispute. If InvenTrust and Highlands are unable to resolve disputes in this manner within 30 days, the disputes will be resolved through binding arbitration.

The Separation and Distribution Agreement provides that it may be terminated at any time prior to the distribution date in the sole discretion of InvenTrust without the approval of any person. In the event of a termination of the Separation and Distribution Agreement, no party, nor any of its directors, officers, or employees, will have any liability of any kind to the other party or any other person.

The foregoing is a summary of the material terms of the Separation and Distribution Agreement and does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the Separation and Distribution Agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement on Form 10 of which this Information Statement is a part.

Transition Services Agreement

InvenTrust and Highlands will enter into a Transition Services Agreement prior to the distribution pursuant to which InvenTrust and its subsidiaries will provide to Highlands, on an interim, transitional basis, certain legal, information technology, and financial reporting services and other assistance that is consistent with the services provided by InvenTrust to Highlands before the separation or that is designed to provide temporary assistance while Highlands develops its own stand-alone systems and processes and transitions historical information and

 

117


Table of Contents

processes from InvenTrust to Highlands. The charges for the transition services generally are intended to allow InvenTrust to fully recover the costs directly associated with providing the services, plus all out-of-pocket costs and expenses. The fee for each of the transition services will be based on a predetermined monthly amount for each service.

The Transition Services Agreement will terminate on the earlier of December 31, 2016 and the termination of the last service provided under it. Highlands can terminate particular services prior to the scheduled expiration date on at least thirty days’ written notice, and except in limited circumstances set forth therein, services can only be terminated at a month-end. Due to interdependencies between services, certain services may be extended or terminated early only if other services are likewise extended or terminated.

The liability of InvenTrust under the Transition Services Agreement will be limited to the aggregate fees it receives pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement. The Transition Services Agreement also provides that Highlands shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless InvenTrust from and against all losses arising from, relating to or in connection with the use of any services by Highlands or its affiliates, except to the extent such losses arise from, relate to or are a consequence of InvenTrust’s recklessness or willful misconduct.

We expect that the total amount that will be paid to InvenTrust pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement will not be greater than $96,250.

The foregoing is a summary of the material terms of the Transition Services Agreement and does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the Transition Services Agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement on Form 10 of which this information statement is a part.

Employee Matters Agreement

InvenTrust and Highlands will enter into an Employee Matters Agreement in connection with the separation for the purpose of allocating between them certain assets, liabilities and responsibilities with respect to employee-related matters.

The Employee Matters Agreement will govern InvenTrust’s and Highlands’ compensation and employee benefit obligations relating to current and former employees of each company, and generally will allocate liabilities and responsibilities relating to employee compensation and benefit plans and arrangements. The Employee Matters Agreement will generally provide that, prior to or in connection with the separation, Highlands employees will cease to participate in employee benefit plans and programs maintained by InvenTrust, and from and after the separation, will participate in plans and programs maintained by Highlands for the benefit of its employees. In addition, the Employee Matters Agreement will provide that, unless otherwise specified, InvenTrust will be responsible for liabilities associated with employees who will be employed by InvenTrust following the separation and former InvenTrust employees, and Highlands will be responsible for liabilities associated with employees who will be employed by Highlands following the separation and former Highlands employees.

The Employee Matters Agreement will also set forth the general principles relating to employee matters, including with respect to the assignment of employees as between InvenTrust and Highlands, COBRA and disability coverage obligations, workers’ compensation, accrued paid time off, employee service credit, and the sharing of employee information. Accounts in InvenTrust’s 401(k) plan attributable to Highlands employees and former Highlands employees and all of the related assets in InvenTrust’s 401(k) plan will be transferred or rolled over into Highlands’ 401(k) plan as soon as practicable following the separation and the establishment of Highlands’ 401(k) plan.

The foregoing is a summary of the material terms of the Employee Matters Agreement and does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the Employee Matters Agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement on Form 10 of which this information statement is a part.

 

118


Table of Contents

Related Party Transactions No Longer In Effect

Prior to the Self-Management Transactions, the Business Manager, an affiliate of The Inland American Real Estate Group of Companies, Inc., InvenTrust’s sponsor, or one of its affiliates, employed all of our employees and provided us with certain services. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, InvenTrust paid an annual business management fee to the Business Manager based on the average invested assets. We were allocated a portion of the business management fee based upon our percentage share of the average invested assets of InvenTrust for the applicable years. Our allocated portion for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 totaled $0.4 million and $6.7 million, respectively. The Self-Management Transactions resulted in a final business management fee incurred in January 2014. As a result, the Company has not been allocated a business management fee after January 2014.

Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons

Prior to the separation from InvenTrust, our board of directors will adopt a written policy regarding the review, approval and ratification of transactions with related persons, which we refer to as our “related person policy.” Our related person policy will require that management present to the audit committee any proposed “related person transaction” (defined as any transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which the Company (including any of its subsidiaries) was, is or will be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any “related person” (as defined in paragraph (a) of Item 404 of Regulation S-K)) had, has or will have a direct or indirect interest), including all relevant facts and circumstances relating thereto. The audit committee will review the relevant facts and circumstances of each related person transaction, including if the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm’s length dealings with an unrelated third party and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction, take into account the conflicts of interest and corporate opportunity provisions of the Company’s code of ethics and business conduct, and either approve or disapprove the related person transaction. If advance audit committee approval of a related person transaction requiring the audit committee’s approval is not feasible, then the transaction may be preliminarily entered into by management upon prior approval of the transaction by the chair of the audit committee subject to ratification of the transaction by the audit committee at the audit committee’s next regularly scheduled meeting; provided that if ratification shall not be forthcoming, management shall make all reasonable efforts to cancel or annul such transaction. Any related person transaction shall be consummated and shall continue only if the audit committee has approved or ratified such transaction in accordance with Section 2-419 of the MGCL, if applicable, or any successor provision thereto, the Company’s charter and bylaws and the guidelines set forth in the related person policy.

 

119


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

As of the date hereof, all outstanding shares of our common stock are owned by InvenTrust. Immediately after the distribution, InvenTrust will own none of our common stock.

The following table provides information with respect to the expected beneficial ownership of our common stock immediately after the distribution by (i) each person who we believe will be a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, (ii) each of our expected directors, director nominees and named executive officers, and (iii) all expected directors and executive officers as a group. We based the share amounts on each person’s beneficial ownership of InvenTrust common stock as of                 ,                 , unless we indicate some other basis for the share amounts, and assuming a distribution ratio of                 share(s) of our common stock for every                 share(s) of InvenTrust common stock. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC.

To the extent our directors and officers own InvenTrust common stock at the time of the separation, they will participate in the distribution on the same terms as other holders of InvenTrust common stock.

Except as otherwise noted in the footnotes below, each person or entity identified below has sole voting and investment power with respect to such securities. Immediately following the distribution, we expect to have outstanding an aggregate of                 shares of common stock.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each named person is c/o Highlands REIT, Inc.,                 . No shares beneficially owned by any executive officer, director or director nominee have been pledged as security.

 

Beneficial Owner

  
Number of

Shares
   % of Shares
Outstanding

Directors and Named Executive Officers

     

Richard Vance

     

Joseph Giannini

     

Paul A. Melkus

     

R. David Turner

     

All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (four persons)

     

 

120


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

Property-Level Debt

As of December 31, 2015, nine of our subsidiaries were a borrower under a non-recourse loan encumbering the asset held by such subsidiary. The remaining assets in our portfolio do not have property-level debt. As of December 31, 2015, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of debt on our properties was approximately $406.0 million.

Generally, our loans are recourse only to the property securing the loan, with the exception of certain “non-recourse carve-out events” contained in the respective loan agreements. These non-recourse carve-out events vary by loan, but generally include an obligation by the borrower to indemnify the lender for losses incurred as a result of certain events (“Indemnification Events”), which include the following:

 

    fraud or intentional misrepresentation;

 

    gross negligence or willful misconduct;

 

    material physical waste;

 

    the removal or disposal of any portion of the property after an event of default;

 

    the misapplication or conversion by borrower of insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, or rents following an event of default; and

 

    failure to pay charges for labor or materials or other charges that can create liens.

Each of the nine loans also may become fully recourse to the borrower in the event the borrower fails to, among other things (“Recourse Events”):

 

    permit on-site inspections or provide financial information required by loan documents;

 

    continue being a “special purpose entity” (as defined in the loan agreements);

 

    obtain written consent to any subordinate financing or voluntary lien; or

 

    obtain consent to assignment, transfer or conveyance of property or certain interests therein.

MB REIT is the non-recourse carve-out guarantor/indemnitor for each of the nine loans pursuant to the customary guaranties/indemnities that MB REIT provided for each such loan. Pursuant to these agreements, generally MB REIT (a) agreed to indemnify the lender for any losses arising from or related to certain of the Indemnification Events and certain of the Recourse Events, (b) agreed to indemnify the lender for losses resulting from certain violations of environmental law and the release of various hazardous substances, and (c) guaranteed the full amount of the obligations under the loan agreement in the event of certain events, including any of the following:

 

    the borrower’s filing a voluntary petition under any insolvency law;

 

    the filing by an affiliate of borrower of an involuntary bankruptcy petition;

 

    the borrower’s colluding to arranging an involuntary bankruptcy petition to be filed against it;

 

    the borrower’s consenting to or acquiescing in or joining in an application for the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee, or examiner; or

 

    the borrower’s making an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admitting, in writing or in any legal proceeding, its insolvency or inability to pay its debts as they become due.

As of December 31, 2015, no event has occurred that would cause the Company to have material liability under the “non-recourse carve out” indemnity agreements and guarantees. If such events occur, the obligation would not be in excess of the loans encumbering such assets, which is recognized on the combined consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015.

 

121


Table of Contents

In addition to the foregoing, the loan agreements generally contain certain customary affirmative and negative covenants, including with respect to the payment of taxes, maintenance of insurance, reporting obligations, and certain leasing matters. These covenants may, among other things, restrict our operation of the assets, our ability to alter the assets, and our ability to incur further indebtedness or liens encumbering the assets.

As of December 31, 2015, our AT&T—Hoffman Estates and AT&T—Cleveland properties were in hyper-amortization under our loan agreements by virtue of the occurrence of the applicable “Anticipated Repayment Date” (as defined in the applicable loan agreement). As a result, rental payments less certain expenses must be used to pay down the principal amount of the loan and are not available cash. It is possible that other properties may be subject to such hyper-amortization payments in the future.

All rental payments, less certain expenses, for Dulles Executive Plaza and Sherman Plaza are currently being “swept” and held by the lender by virtue of the occurrence of the “Cash Management Trigger” under the respective loan agreements. It is possible that other assets may be subject to such cash sweep by the lender in the future.

For additional information regarding our property-level indebtedness, see “Business and Properties—Properties—Mortgage Financing.”

InvenTrust Unsecured Credit Facility

As of December 31, 2015, InvenTrust had an unsecured credit facility, of which Highlands’ allocated portion of the outstanding balance was $17.9 million. The unsecured credit facility is subject to a borrowing base consisting of a pool of unencumbered assets. To the extent our assets were included within the pool of unencumbered assets, we were allocated a portion of InvenTrust’s unsecured credit facility. As of the distribution date, we will no longer have an allocated portion of the revolving line of credit.

 

122


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Our charter and bylaws will be amended and restated prior to the completion of our separation from InvenTrust. The following is a summary of the material terms of our capital stock that will be in effect upon the completion of our separation. For a complete description, you are urged to review in their entirety our amended and restated charter and bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this Information Statement is a part, and applicable Maryland law. See “Where You Can Find More Information .”

General

Our charter provides that we may issue up to 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and up to 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. Our board of directors has the power, without stockholder approval, to amend our charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series we are authorized to issue. Immediately following the distribution, we expect that approximately                  shares of our common stock will be issued and outstanding and that no shares of our preferred stock will be issued and outstanding.

Under Maryland law, stockholders generally are not personally liable for our debts or obligations solely as a result of their status as stockholders.

Common Stock

After the distribution, all outstanding shares of our common stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable. Stockholders are entitled to receive dividends when authorized by our board of directors and declared by us out of assets legally available for the payment of dividends. Stockholders are also entitled to share ratably in our assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, after payment of, or adequate provision for, all of our known debts and liabilities. These rights are subject to the preferential rights of any other class or series of our stock and to the provisions of our charter regarding restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock.

Subject to our charter restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock and except as may otherwise be provided in our charter, each outstanding share of our common stock entitles the holder thereof to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, our common stockholders will possess exclusive voting power. Cumulative voting in the election of directors is not permitted. Directors will be elected by a plurality of all of the votes cast in the election of directors.

Our common stockholders have no preference, conversion, exchange, sinking fund or redemption rights and have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any of our capital stock. Subject to our charter restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, holders of shares of our common stock will initially have equal dividend, liquidation and other rights. Our common stockholders will not have appraisal rights unless our board of directors determines that appraisal rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which stockholders would otherwise be entitled to exercise appraisal rights.

Under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, convert into another entity, sell all or substantially all of its assets, engage in a statutory share exchange or engage in similar transactions unless declared advisable by the board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter unless a lesser percentage (but not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter) is set forth in the corporation’s charter. Our charter provides for approval of these matters by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on such matters, except that the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors is required to amend provisions of our charter relating to director removal, amendments to our bylaws or the vote

 

123


Table of Contents

required for certain amendments. Maryland law also permits a corporation to transfer all or substantially all of its assets without the approval of its stockholders to an entity all of the equity interests of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by the corporation. Our operating assets may be held by our wholly owned subsidiaries and these subsidiaries may be able to merge or transfer all or substantially all of their assets without the approval of our stockholders.

Our charter authorizes our board of directors to reclassify any unissued shares of our common stock into other classes or series of stock, to establish the designation and number of shares of each such class or series and to set, subject to the provisions of our charter regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of each such class or series.

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our charter, our board of directors is authorized to classify any unissued shares of our preferred stock and to reclassify any previously classified but unissued shares of preferred stock into other classes or series of stock. Before the issuance of shares of each class or series, our board of directors is required by Maryland law and our charter to set, subject to our charter restrictions on ownership and transfer of stock, the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. As a result, our board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock that have priority over shares of our common stock with respect to dividends or other distributions or rights upon liquidation, exclusive or class voting rights or with other terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change of control of our company that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or that our common stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interest.

As of the date of this Information Statement, we have no outstanding shares of preferred stock, and we presently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Power to Issue Additional Shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock

We believe that the power to issue additional shares of our common stock or preferred stock and to classify or reclassify unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and to issue the classified or reclassified shares provides us with increased flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other needs which might arise. These actions can be taken without action by our stockholders, unless stockholder approval is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which our stock may be listed or traded. Although we have no present intention of doing so, we could issue a class or series of stock that could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control of our company that might involve a premium price for our common stock or that our common stockholders otherwise believe to be in their best interest. In addition, our issuance of additional shares of stock in the future could dilute the voting and other rights of your shares. See “Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and Our Charter and Bylaws.”

Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer

In order to qualify as a REIT under the Code, our shares of stock must be beneficially owned by 100 or more persons during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made) or during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year. Also, not more than 50% of the value of our outstanding shares of capital stock may be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (as defined in the Code to include certain entities) during the last half of a taxable year (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made).

Because our board of directors believes it is currently in our best interests for us to qualify as a REIT and for other purposes, our charter, subject to certain exceptions, contains restrictions on the number of shares of our

 

124


Table of Contents

stock that a person may own. Our charter provides that no person may beneficially or constructively own more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock. We refer to the foregoing restrictions as the “Ownership Limit.”

Our charter also prohibits any person from:

 

    beneficially owning shares of our capital stock to the extent that such beneficial ownership would result in our being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of the taxable year);

 

    transferring shares of our capital stock to the extent that such transfer would result in our shares of capital stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code);

 

    beneficially or constructively owning shares of our capital stock to the extent such beneficial or constructive ownership would cause us to constructively own ten percent or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of our real property within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code; or

 

    beneficially or constructively owning or transferring shares of our capital stock if such beneficial or constructive ownership or transfer would otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code.

Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may prospectively or retroactively exempt a person from certain of the limits described in the paragraph above and may establish or increase an excepted holder percentage limit for that person. The person seeking an exemption must provide to our board of directors any representations, covenants and undertakings that our board of directors may deem appropriate in order to conclude that granting the exemption will not cause us to lose our status as a REIT. Our board of directors may not grant an exemption to any person if that exemption would result in our failing to qualify as a REIT. Our board of directors may require a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and substance satisfactory to our board of directors, in its sole discretion, in order to determine or ensure our status as a REIT.

Any attempted transfer of shares of our capital stock which, if effective, would violate any of the restrictions described above will result in the number of shares of our capital stock causing the violation (rounded up to the nearest whole share) to be automatically transferred to a trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more charitable beneficiaries, except that any transfer that results in the violation of the restriction relating to shares of our capital stock being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons will be void ab initio. In either case, the proposed transferee will not acquire any rights in those shares. The automatic transfer will be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the purported transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the trust. Shares held in the trust will be issued and outstanding shares. The proposed transferee will not benefit economically from ownership of any shares held in the trust, will have no rights to dividends or other distributions and will have no rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares held in the trust. The trustee of the trust will have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to shares held in the trust. These rights will be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the charitable beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to our discovery that shares have been transferred to the trust will be paid by the recipient to the trustee upon demand. Any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid will be paid when due to the trustee. Any dividend or other distribution paid to the trustee will be held in trust for the charitable beneficiary. Subject to Maryland law, the trustee will have the authority (i) to rescind as void any vote cast by the proposed transferee prior to our discovery that the shares have been transferred to the trust and (ii) to recast the vote in accordance with the desires of the trustee acting for the benefit of the charitable beneficiary. However, if we have already taken irreversible corporate action, then the trustee will not have the authority to rescind and recast the vote.

Within 20 days of receiving notice from us that shares of our stock have been transferred to the trust, the trustee will sell the shares to a person, designated by the trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the

 

125


Table of Contents

above ownership and transfer limitations. Upon the sale, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the proposed transferee and to the charitable beneficiary as follows. The proposed transferee will receive the lesser of (i) the price paid by the proposed transferee for the shares or, if the proposed transferee did not give value for the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be held in the trust (e.g., a gift, devise or other similar transaction), the market price (as defined in our charter) of the shares on the day of the event causing the shares to be held in the trust and (ii) the price per share received by the trustee (net of any commission and other expenses of sale) from the sale or other disposition of the shares. The trustee may reduce the amount payable to the proposed transferee by the amount of dividends or other distributions paid to the proposed transferee and owed by the proposed transferee to the trustee. Any net sale proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the proposed transferee will be paid immediately to the charitable beneficiary. If, prior to our discovery that our shares of our stock have been transferred to the trust, the shares are sold by the proposed transferee, then (i) the shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the trust and (ii) to the extent that the proposed transferee received an amount for the shares that exceeds the amount he or she was entitled to receive, the excess shall be paid to the trustee upon demand.

In addition, shares of our stock held in the trust will be deemed to have been offered for sale to us, or our designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the transaction that resulted in the transfer to the trust (or, in the case of a devise or gift, the market price at the time of the devise or gift) and (ii) the market price on the date we, or our designee, accept the offer, which we will reduce by the amount of dividends and other distributions paid to the proposed transferee and owed by the proposed transferee to the trustee. We will have the right to accept the offer until the trustee has sold the shares. Upon a sale to us, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the proposed transferee. If a transfer to a charitable trust, as described above, would be ineffective for any reason to prevent a violation of a restriction, the transfer that would have resulted in a violation will be void ab initio, and the proposed transferee shall acquire no rights in those shares.

Any certificate representing shares of our capital stock, and any notices delivered in lieu of certificates with respect to the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, will bear a legend referring to the restrictions described above.

Any person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire beneficial or constructive ownership of shares of our capital stock that will or may violate any of the foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership, or any person who would have owned shares of our capital stock that resulted in a transfer of shares to a charitable trust, is required to give written notice immediately to us, or in the case of a proposed or attempted transaction, to give at least 15 days’ prior written notice, and provide us with such other information as we may request in order to determine the effect of the transfer on our status as a REIT. The foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership will not apply if our board of directors determines that it is no longer in our best interests to attempt to qualify, or to continue to qualify, as a REIT or that compliance is no longer required in order for us to qualify as a REIT.

Every owner of more than 5% (or any lower percentage as required by the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder) in number or value of the outstanding shares of our capital stock, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, is required to give us written notice, stating his or her name and address, the number of shares of each class and series of shares of our capital stock that he or she beneficially owns and a description of the manner in which the shares are held. Each of these owners must provide us with additional information that we may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of his or her beneficial ownership on our status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the ownership limits. In addition, each stockholder will upon demand be required to provide us with information that we may request in order to determine our status as a REIT and to comply with the requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance and to ensure compliance with our Ownership Limit.

These ownership limitations could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for our shares of common stock or otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders.

 

126


Table of Contents

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our shares of common stock is DST Systems, Inc., 333 West 11th Street, Kansas City, Missouri 64105, (816) 435-1000.

Payments of Distributions

As with your distributions on your InvenTrust common stock, the method by which you choose to receive your distributions on your Highlands common stock will affect the timing of your distributions. Specifically, under our transfer agent’s payment processing procedures, distributions will be paid in the following manner:

 

    those stockholders who choose to receive their distributions via ACH wire transfers will receive their distributions on the distribution payment date (as determined by our board);

 

    those stockholders who choose to receive their distributions by paper check will typically be mailed those checks on the distribution payment date, but sometimes paper checks will be mailed on the day following the distribution payment date; and

 

    for those stockholders holding shares through a broker or other nominee, the distributions payments will be wired, or paper checks will be mailed, to the broker or other nominee on the day following the distribution payment date.

Unless you elect to change your distribution method, the distribution used for your InvenTrust common stock will be the same method used for your Highlands common stock. All stockholders who will hold Highlands common stock directly in record name will be able to change at any time the method through which they receive their distributions from our transfer agent, and those stockholders will not have to pay any fees to us or our transfer agent to make such a change. Accordingly, each stockholder will be able to select the timing of receipt of distributions from our transfer agent by selecting the method above that corresponds to the desired timing for receipt of the distributions. Because all stockholders will be able to elect to have their distributions sent via ACH wire on the distribution payment date, we will treat all of our stockholders, regardless of the method by which they choose to receive their distributions, as having constructively received their distributions from us on the distribution payment date for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If you hold Highlands common stock after the separation and distribution in record name and would like to change your distribution payment method, then you should complete a “Change of Distribution Election Form,” which will be available on our website.

We note that the payment method for stockholders who hold Highlands common stock after the separation and distribution through a broker or nominee will be determined by the broker or nominee. Similarly, the payment method for stockholders who will hold Highlands common stock in a tax-deferred account, such as an IRA, will generally be determined by the custodian for the account. If you currently hold InvenTrust common stock through a broker or other nominee and would like to receive distributions on Highlands common stock via ACH wire or paper check, then you should contact your broker or other nominee regarding their process for transferring your Highlands common stock to record name ownership. Similarly, if you currently hold InvenTrust common stock in a tax-deferred account, you may need to hold Highlands common stock outside of your tax-deferred account to change the method through which you receive your distributions. If you hold Highlands common stock after the separation and distribution through a tax-deferred account and would like to change the method through which you receive your distributions, then you should contact your custodians regarding the transfer process and should consult your tax advisor regarding the consequences of transferring shares outside of a tax-deferred account.

Sale of Unregistered Securities

In the past three years, Highlands has not sold any securities, including sales of reacquired securities, new issues, securities issued in exchange for property, services or other securities, and new securities resulting from the modification of outstanding securities.

 

127


Table of Contents

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS

Our charter and bylaws will be amended and restated prior to the completion of our separation from InvenTrust. The following summary of certain provisions of Maryland law and our charter and bylaws does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to Maryland law and to our amended and restated charter and bylaws, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this Information Statement is a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Our Board of Directors

According to our charter and bylaws, the number of directors of our company may be established, increased or decreased only by a majority of our entire board of directors but may not be fewer than the minimum number required under the MGCL (which is currently one) nor, unless our bylaws are amended, more than 15. We expect to have three directors upon the separation from InvenTrust. Our charter provides that, at such time as we have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent directors, we will elect to be subject to a provision of Maryland law requiring that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by an affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors and that any individual elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies.

Each of our directors will be elected by our common stockholders to serve until the next annual meeting of our stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies under the MGCL. Holders of shares of our common stock will have no right to cumulative voting in the election of directors. Directors are elected by a plurality of all of the votes cast in the election of directors.

Removal of Directors

Our charter provides that, subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock to elect or remove one or more directors, a director may be removed only for cause (as defined in our charter) and only by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. This provision, when coupled with the exclusive power of our board of directors (once we have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent directors) to fill vacant directorships, precludes stockholders from removing incumbent directors and filling the vacancies created by such removal with their own nominees.

Business Combinations

Under the MGCL, certain “business combinations” (including a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in certain circumstances specified under the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities) between a Maryland corporation and any interested stockholder, or an affiliate of such an interested stockholder, are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as:

 

    any person who beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock; or

 

    an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding stock of the corporation.

A person is not an interested stockholder under the MGCL if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. In approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of the approval, with any terms and conditions determined by it.

 

128


Table of Contents

After such five-year period, any such business combination must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

 

    80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and

 

    two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom (or with whose affiliate) the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder.

These supermajority approval requirements do not apply if, among other conditions, the corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price (as defined in the MGCL) for their shares and the consideration is received in cash or in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

These provisions of the MGCL do not apply, however, to business combinations that are approved or exempted by a corporation’s board of directors prior to the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Our board of directors has, by board resolution, exempted business combinations between us and any other person, provided that such business combination is first approved by our board, including a majority of our directors who are not affiliated with the interested stockholder. Consequently, the five-year prohibition and the supermajority vote requirements will not apply to business combinations between us and any such person.

We cannot assure you that our board of directors will not amend or repeal this resolution in the future. However, an alteration or repeal of this resolution will not have any effect on any business combinations that have been consummated prior to or upon any agreements existing at the time of such modification or repeal.

Control Share Acquisitions

The MGCL provides that a holder of “control shares” of a Maryland corporation acquired in a “control share acquisition” has no voting rights with respect to those shares except to the extent approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by stockholders entitled to exercise or direct the exercise of the voting power in the election of directors generally but excluding: (1) the person who has made or proposes to make the control share acquisition; (2) any officer of the corporation; or (3) any employee of the corporation who is also a director of the corporation. “Control shares” are voting shares of stock that, if aggregated with all other such shares of stock previously acquired by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of:

 

    one-tenth or more but less than one-third;

 

    one-third or more but less than a majority; or

 

    a majority or more of all voting power.

Control shares do not include shares that the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval or shares acquired directly from the corporation. A “control share acquisition” means the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of ownership of, or the power to direct the exercise of voting power with respect to, issued and outstanding control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition, upon satisfaction of certain conditions (including an undertaking to pay expenses and making an “acquiring person statement” as described in the MGCL), may compel the board of directors of the company to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the control shares. If no request for a special meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any stockholders meeting.

 

129


Table of Contents

If voting rights of control shares are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an “acquiring person statement” as required by the statute, then, subject to certain conditions and limitations, the corporation may redeem any or all of the control shares (except those for which voting rights have previously been approved) for fair value determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of such shares are considered and not approved or, if no such meeting is held, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquiror. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of such appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.

The control share acquisition statute does not apply (1) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (2) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation.

Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the control share acquisition statute any and all acquisitions by any person of shares of our stock. Our board of directors may amend or eliminate this provision at any time in the future, whether before or after the acquisition of control shares.

Subtitle 8

Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent directors to elect to be subject, by provision in its charter or bylaws or a resolution of its board of directors and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or bylaws, to any or all of the following five provisions:

 

    a classified board;

 

    a two-thirds vote requirement for removing a director;

 

    a requirement that the number of directors be fixed only by vote of the directors;

 

    a requirement that a vacancy on the board be filled only by the remaining directors and for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred; or

 

    a majority requirement for the calling of a special meeting of stockholders.

Our charter provides that if we have a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent directors, we elect to be subject to the provisions of Subtitle 8 relating to the filling of vacancies on our board of directors. Through provisions in our charter and bylaws unrelated to Subtitle 8, we already (1) require a two-thirds vote for the removal of any director from our board of directors, which removal must be for cause, (2) vest in our board of directors the exclusive power to fix the number of directorships and (3) require, unless called by the chairman of our board of directors, our president, our chief executive officer or our board of directors, the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all votes entitled to be cast on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of stockholders to call a special meeting to act on such matter. We have not elected to create a classified board. In the future, our board of directors may elect, without stockholder approval, to create a classified board or adopt one or more of the other provisions of Subtitle 8.

Amendments to Our Charter and Bylaws

Our charter generally may be amended only if such amendment is declared advisable by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. The affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter is required to amend the provisions of our charter relating to the removal of directors,

 

130


Table of Contents

which requires two-thirds of all votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors, amendments to our bylaws or the vote required for certain amendments. Our board of directors has the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of our bylaws or to make new bylaws.

Exclusive Forum

Our bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of any duty owed by us or by any director or officer or other employee to us or to our stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim against us or any director or officer or other employee arising pursuant to any provision of the MGCL or our charter or bylaws or (d) any action asserting a claim against us or any director or officer or other employee that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the Circuit Court for Baltimore City, Maryland, or, if that Court does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Maryland, Baltimore Division.

Meetings of Stockholders

Under our bylaws, annual meetings of stockholders will be held each year at a date and time determined by our board of directors. Special meetings of stockholders may be called by our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our president or our chief executive officer. Additionally, subject to the provisions of our bylaws, special meetings of the stockholders must be called by our secretary to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of stockholders upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting who have requested the special meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in, and provided the information and certifications required by, our bylaws. Only matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered and acted upon at such a meeting.

Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business

Our bylaws provide that:

 

    with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of individuals for election to our board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders at the annual meeting may be made only;

 

    pursuant to our notice of the meeting;

 

    by or at the direction of our board of directors; or

 

    by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record at the record date set by our board of directors for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting, at the time of giving of the notice required by our bylaws and at the time of the annual meeting (and any postponement or adjournment thereof), who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual nominated or on such other business, and who has complied with the advance notice procedures set forth in, and provided the information and certifications required by, our bylaws; and

 

    with respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our company’s notice of meeting may be brought before the special meeting of stockholders, and nominations of individuals for election to our board of directors may be made only;

 

    by or at the direction of our board of directors; or

 

   

provided that the meeting has been called in accordance with our bylaws for the purpose of electing directors, by a stockholder who is a stockholder of record at the record date set by our board of directors for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting, at the time of giving of the notice required by our bylaws and at the time of the

 

131


Table of Contents

special meeting (and any postponement or adjournment thereof), who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the advance notice provisions set forth in, and provided the information and certifications required by, our bylaws.

The purpose of requiring stockholders to give advance notice of nominations and other proposals is to afford our board of directors and our stockholders the opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees or the advisability of the other proposals and, to the extent considered necessary by our board of directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations regarding the nominations or other proposals.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or active and deliberate dishonesty that is established by a final judgment and is material to the cause of action. Our charter contains such a provision that eliminates such liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

The MGCL requires a Maryland corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or are threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:

 

    the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and:

 

    was committed in bad faith; or

 

    was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

 

    the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

 

    in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

However, under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify a director or officer for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or if the director or officer was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification and then only for expenses. A court may order indemnification if it determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, even though the director or officer did not meet the prescribed standard of conduct or was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received.

In addition, the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation’s receipt of:

 

    a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and

 

    a written undertaking, which may be unsecured, by the director or officer or on the director’s or officer’s behalf to repay the amount paid if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met.

 

132


Table of Contents

Our charter authorizes us to obligate our company and our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding without requiring a preliminary determination of the director’s or officer’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification to:

 

    any present or former director or officer who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity; or

 

    any individual who, while a director or officer of our company and at our request, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, member, manager or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.

Our charter and bylaws also permit us, with the approval of our board of directors, to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served as a predecessor of ours in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of our company or a predecessor of our company.

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers as described in “Management—Indemnification.”

Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of our Stock

Our charter contains restrictions on the ownership and transfer of our stock that are intended, among other purposes, to assist us in continuing to qualify as a REIT. Subject to certain exceptions, our charter provides that no person or entity may beneficially own, or be deemed to own by virtue of the applicable constructive ownership provisions of the Code, more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our capital stock. For more information regarding these and other restrictions on the ownership and transfer of our stock imposed by our charter, see “Description of Our Capital Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”

REIT Qualification

Our charter provides that our board of directors may revoke or otherwise terminate our REIT election, without approval of our stockholders, if it determines that it is no longer in our best interest to attempt to, or to continue to, be qualified as a REIT. Our charter also provides that our board of directors may determine that compliance with the restrictions on ownership and transfer of our stock is no longer required for us to qualify as a REIT.

 

133


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

This section summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax considerations that you, as a stockholder, may consider relevant in connection with the ownership and disposition of our common stock. Hunton & Williams LLP has acted as our counsel, has reviewed this summary, and is of the opinion that the discussion contained herein is accurate in all material respects. Because this section is a summary, it does not address all aspects of taxation that may be relevant to particular stockholders in light of their personal investment or tax circumstances, or to certain types of stockholders that are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as:

 

    insurance companies;

 

    tax-exempt organizations (except to the limited extent discussed in “—Taxation of Tax-Exempt Stockholders” below);

 

    financial institutions or broker-dealers;

 

    non-U.S. individuals, partnerships and foreign corporations (except to the limited extent discussed in “—Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders” below);

 

    U.S. expatriates;

 

    persons who mark-to-market our common stock;

 

    subchapter S corporations;

 

    U.S. stockholders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

 

    regulated investment companies and REITs;

 

    trusts and estates;

 

    holders who receive our common stock through the exercise of employee share options or otherwise as compensation;

 

    persons holding our common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security” or other integrated investment;

 

    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code; and

 

    persons holding our common stock through a partnership or similar pass-through entity.

This summary assumes that stockholders hold our common stock as a capital asset for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which generally means property held for investment.

The statements in this section are not intended to be, and should not be construed as, tax advice. The statements in this section are based on the Code, current, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, the legislative history of the Code, current administrative interpretations and practices of the IRS, and court decisions. The reference to IRS interpretations and practices includes the IRS practices and policies endorsed in private letter rulings, which are not binding on the IRS except with respect to the taxpayer that receives the ruling. In each case, these sources are relied upon as they exist on the date of this discussion. Future legislation, Treasury regulations, administrative interpretations and court decisions could change current law or adversely affect existing interpretations of current law on which the information in this section is based. Any such change could apply retroactively. We have not received any rulings from the IRS concerning our qualification as a REIT. Accordingly, even if there is no change in the applicable law, no assurance can be provided that the statements made in the following discussion, which do not bind the IRS or the courts, will not be challenged by the IRS or will be sustained by a court if so challenged.

 

134


Table of Contents

WE URGE YOU TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK AND OF OUR ELECTION TO BE TAXED AS A REIT. SPECIFICALLY, YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF SUCH OWNERSHIP, DISPOSITION AND ELECTION, AND REGARDING POTENTIAL CHANGES IN APPLICABLE TAX LAWS.

Taxation of Our Company

We are currently treated as a “qualified REIT subsidiary” of InvenTrust. As described below, a corporation that is a “qualified REIT subsidiary” is not treated as a corporation separate from its parent REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes beginning with our short taxable year commencing immediately prior to the separation and ending on December 31, 2016. We believe that we have been organized and will operate in such a manner as to qualify for taxation as a REIT under the U.S. federal income tax laws, but no assurances can be given that we will operate in a manner so as to qualify or remain qualified as a REIT. This section discusses the laws governing the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a REIT and its stockholders. These laws are highly technical and complex.

In connection with the separation, we will receive an opinion from Hunton & Williams LLP to the effect that, beginning with our short taxable year commencing immediately prior to the separation and ending on December 31, 2016, we have been organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the U.S. federal income tax laws, and our proposed method of operations will enable us to satisfy the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the U.S. federal income tax laws. You should be aware that Hunton & Williams LLP’s opinion is based upon customary assumptions, will be conditioned upon certain representations made by us, InvenTrust, Xenia and the Private REITs as to factual matters, including representations regarding the nature of our, InvenTrust’s, Xenia’s and the Private REITs’ assets and the conduct of our, InvenTrust’s, Xenia’s and the Private REITs’ business. Hunton & Williams LLP’s opinion is not binding upon the IRS or any court, and speaks as of the date issued. In addition, Hunton & Williams LLP’s opinion will be based on existing U.S. federal income tax law governing qualification as a REIT, which is subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. Moreover, our qualification and taxation as a REIT will depend upon our ability to meet on a continuing basis, through actual annual operating results, certain qualification tests set forth in the federal tax laws. Those qualification tests involve the percentage of income that we earn from specified sources, the percentage of our assets that falls within specified categories, the diversity of our stock ownership, and the percentage of our earnings that we distribute. Hunton & Williams LLP will not review our compliance with those tests on a continuing basis. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that our actual results of operations for any particular taxable year will satisfy such requirements. Hunton & Williams LLP’s opinion does not foreclose the possibility that we may have to use one or more of the REIT savings provisions described below, which would require us to pay an excise or penalty tax (which could be material) in order for us to satisfy the requirements for REIT qualification. For a discussion of the tax consequences of our failure to qualify as a REIT, see “—Failure to Qualify.”

If we qualify as a REIT, we generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the taxable income that we distribute to our stockholders. The benefit of that tax treatment is that it avoids the “double taxation,” or taxation at both the corporate and stockholder levels, that generally results from owning stock in a corporation. However, we will be subject to federal tax in the following circumstances:

 

    We will pay U.S. federal income tax on any taxable income, including undistributed net capital gain, that we do not distribute to stockholders during, or within a specified time period after, the calendar year in which the income is earned.

 

    We may be subject to the “alternative minimum tax” on any items of tax preference including any deductions of net operating losses.

 

135


Table of Contents
    We will pay income tax at the highest corporate rate on:

 

    net income from the sale or other disposition of property acquired through foreclosure or after a default on a lease of the property (“foreclosure property”) that we hold primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business, and

 

    other non-qualifying income from foreclosure property.

 

    We will pay a 100% tax on net income from sales or other dispositions of property, other than foreclosure property, that we hold primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business.

 

    If we fail to satisfy one or both of the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test, as described below under “—Gross Income Tests,” and nonetheless continue to qualify as a REIT because we meet other requirements, we will pay a 100% tax on the gross income attributable to the greater of the amount by which we fail the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test, in either case, multiplied by a fraction intended to reflect our profitability.

 

    If we fail to distribute during a calendar year at least the sum of (1) 85% of our REIT ordinary income for the year, (2) 95% of our REIT capital gain net income for the year, and (3) any undistributed taxable income required to be distributed from earlier periods, we will pay a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the excess of the required distribution over the amount we actually distributed.

 

    We may elect to retain and pay income tax on our net long-term capital gain. In that case, a U.S. stockholder would be taxed on its proportionate share of our undistributed long-term capital gain (to the extent that we made a timely designation of such gain to the stockholders) and would receive a credit or refund for its proportionate share of the tax we paid.

 

    We will be subject to a 100% excise tax on transactions with a TRS that are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis.

 

    In the event of a failure of any of the asset tests, other than a de minimis failure of the 5% asset test or the 10% vote or value test, as described below under “—Asset Tests,” as long as the failure was due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, we file a description of each asset that caused such failure with the IRS, and we dispose of such assets or otherwise comply with the asset tests within six months after the last day of the quarter in which we identify such failure, we will pay a tax equal to the greater of $50,000 or the highest U.S. federal income tax rate then applicable to U.S. corporations (currently 35%) on the net income from the nonqualifying assets during the period in which we failed to satisfy the asset tests.

 

    In the event we fail to satisfy one or more requirements for REIT qualification, other than the gross income tests and the asset tests, and such failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, we will be required to pay a penalty of $50,000 for each such failure.

 

    If we acquire any asset from a C corporation, or a corporation that generally is subject to full corporate-level tax, in a merger or other transaction in which we acquire a basis in the asset that is determined by reference either to the C corporation’s basis in the asset or to another asset, we will pay tax at the highest regular corporate rate applicable if we recognize gain on the sale or disposition of the asset during the five year period after we acquire the asset provided no election is made for the transaction to be taxable on a current basis. The amount of gain on which we will pay tax is the lesser of:

 

    the amount of gain that we recognize at the time of the sale or disposition, and

 

    the amount of gain that we would have recognized if we had sold the asset at the time we acquired it.

 

    We may be required to pay monetary penalties to the IRS in certain circumstances, including if we fail to meet record-keeping requirements intended to monitor our compliance with rules relating to the composition of a REIT’s stockholders, as described below in “—Recordkeeping Requirements.”

 

    The earnings of any of our lower-tier entities that are subchapter C corporations, including any TRSs that we may form, will be subject to federal corporate income tax.

 

136


Table of Contents

In addition, notwithstanding our qualification as a REIT, we may also have to pay certain state and local income taxes, because not all states and localities treat REITs in the same manner that they are treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Moreover, as further described below, any TRSs that we may form will be subject to federal, state and local corporate income tax on their taxable income.

Requirements for Qualification

A REIT is a corporation, trust or association that meets each of the following requirements:

1. It is managed by one or more directors or trustees.

2. Its beneficial ownership is evidenced by transferable shares, or by transferable certificates of beneficial interest.

3. It would be taxable as a domestic corporation, but for the REIT provisions of the U.S. federal income tax laws.

4. It is neither a financial institution nor an insurance company subject to special provisions of the U.S. federal income tax laws.

5. At least 100 persons are beneficial owners of its shares or ownership certificates.

6. Not more than 50% in value of its outstanding shares or ownership certificates is owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals, which the Code defines to include certain entities, during the last half of any taxable year.

7. It elects to be a REIT, or has made such election for a previous taxable year, and satisfies all relevant filing and other administrative requirements established by the IRS that must be met to elect and maintain REIT status.

8. It meets certain other qualification tests, described below, regarding the nature of its income and assets and the amount of its distributions to stockholders.

9. It uses a calendar year for U.S. federal income tax purposes and complies with the recordkeeping requirements of the U.S. federal income tax laws.

We must meet requirements 1 through 4, 7, 8 and 9 during our entire taxable year and must meet requirement 5 during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months, or during a proportionate part of a taxable year of less than 12 months. Requirements 5 and 6 will apply to us beginning with our 2017 taxable year. If we comply with all the requirements for ascertaining the ownership of our outstanding stock in a taxable year and have no reason to know that we violated requirement 6, we will be deemed to have satisfied requirement 6 for that taxable year. For purposes of determining share ownership under requirement 6, an “individual” generally includes a supplemental unemployment compensation benefits plan, a private foundation, or a portion of a trust permanently set aside or used exclusively for charitable purposes. An “individual,” however, generally does not include a trust that is a qualified employee pension or profit sharing trust under the Code, and beneficiaries of such a trust will be treated as holding our stock in proportion to their actuarial interests in the trust for purposes of requirement 6.

Our charter provides restrictions regarding the transfer and ownership of our common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.” We believe that the common stock that will be distributed in the separation will have sufficient diversity of ownership to allow us to satisfy requirements 5 and 6 above. The restrictions in our charter are intended (among other things) to assist us in continuing to satisfy requirements 5 and 6 described above. These restrictions, however, may not ensure that we will, in all cases, be able to satisfy such stock ownership requirements. If we fail to satisfy these stock ownership requirements, our qualification as a REIT may terminate.

 

137


Table of Contents

In addition, we must satisfy all relevant filing and other administrative requirements established by the IRS that must be met to maintain REIT status and comply with the record-keeping requirements of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder.

As noted above, we are currently treated as a “qualified REIT subsidiary” of InvenTrust. However, under applicable Treasury regulations, if either (i) InvenTrust failed, or fails, to qualify as a REIT in its 2012 through 2016 taxable years or (ii) MB REIT failed to qualify as a REIT for its 2012 taxable year through its taxable year that ended on December 15, 2015 (when MB REIT became a “qualified REIT subsidiary” of InvenTrust), unless such failure to qualify as a REIT was subject to relief as described below under “—Failure to Qualify,” we would be prevented from electing to qualify as a REIT prior to the fifth calendar year following the year in which InvenTrust or MB REIT failed to qualify.

Qualified REIT Subsidiaries

A corporation that is a “qualified REIT subsidiary” is not treated as a corporation separate from its parent REIT. All assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and credit of a “qualified REIT subsidiary” are treated as assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and credit of the REIT. A “qualified REIT subsidiary” is a corporation, other than a TRS, all of the stock of which is owned by the REIT. Thus, in applying the requirements described herein, any “qualified REIT subsidiary” that we own will be ignored, and all assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and credit of such subsidiary will be treated as our assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and credit.

Other Disregarded Entities and Partnerships

An unincorporated domestic entity, such as a partnership or limited liability company that has a single owner, generally is not treated as an entity separate from its parent for U.S. federal income tax purposes. An unincorporated domestic entity with two or more owners is generally treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In the case of a REIT that is a partner in a partnership that has other partners, the REIT is treated as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the partnership and as earning its allocable share of the gross income of the partnership for purposes of the applicable REIT qualification tests. Our proportionate share for purposes of the 10% value test (see “—Asset Tests”) will be based on our proportionate interest in the equity interests and certain debt securities issued by the partnership. For all of the other asset and income tests, our proportionate share will be based on our proportionate interest in the capital interests in the partnership. Our proportionate share of the assets, liabilities, and items of income of any partnership, joint venture, or limited liability company that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes in which we acquire an equity interest, directly or indirectly, will be treated as our assets and gross income for purposes of applying the various REIT qualification requirements.

Taxable REIT Subsidiaries

A REIT may own up to 100% of the capital stock of one or more TRSs. A TRS is a fully taxable corporation that may earn income that would not be qualifying income if earned directly by the parent REIT. The subsidiary and the REIT must jointly elect to treat the subsidiary as a TRS. A corporation of which a TRS directly or indirectly owns more than 35% of the voting power or value of the stock will automatically be treated as a TRS.

A TRS will pay income tax at regular corporate rates on any income that it earns. In addition, the TRS rules limit the deductibility of interest paid or accrued by a TRS to its parent REIT to assure that the TRS is subject to an appropriate level of corporate taxation. Further, the rules impose a 100% excise tax on transactions between a TRS and its parent REIT or the REIT’s tenants that are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis.

We will not own any TRSs immediately following the separation and do not currently intend to form any TRSs. However, we may in the future dispose of an unwanted asset through a TRS as necessary or convenient to avoid the 100% tax on income from prohibited transactions. See description below under “—Gross Income Tests—Prohibited Transactions.”

 

138


Table of Contents

Gross Income Tests

We must satisfy two gross income tests annually to maintain our qualification as a REIT. First, at least 75% of our gross income for each taxable year must consist of defined types of income that we derive, directly or indirectly, from investments relating to real property or mortgages on real property or qualified temporary investment income. Qualifying income for purposes of that 75% gross income test generally includes:

 

    rents from real property;

 

    interest on debt secured by mortgages on real property, or on interests in real property;

 

    dividends or other distributions on, and gain from the sale of, shares in other REITs;

 

    gain from the sale of real estate assets; and

 

    income derived from the temporary investment in stock and debt investments purchased with the proceeds from the issuance of our stock or a public offering of our debt with a maturity date of at least five years and that we receive during the one-year period beginning on the date on which we received such new capital.

Second, in general, at least 95% of our gross income for each taxable year must consist of income that is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test (except for income derived from the temporary investment of new capital), other types of interest and dividends, gain from the sale or disposition of stock or securities, or any combination of these. Gross income from our sale of property that we hold primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business is excluded from both the numerator and the denominator in both gross income tests. In addition, income and gain from “hedging transactions” that we enter into to hedge indebtedness incurred or to be incurred to acquire or carry real estate assets and that are clearly and timely identified as such will be excluded from both the numerator and the denominator for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests. In addition, certain foreign currency gains will be excluded from gross income for purposes of one or both of the gross income tests. Finally, gross income attributable to cancellation of indebtedness income will be excluded from both the numerator and denominator for purposes of both of the gross income tests. See “—Foreign Currency Gain” below. The following paragraphs discuss the specific application of the gross income tests to us.

Rents from Real Property

Rent that we receive from our real property will qualify as “rents from real property,” which is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests, only if the following conditions are met:

 

    First, the rent must not be based, in whole or in part, on the income or profits of any person, but may be based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales.

 

    Second, neither we nor a direct or indirect owner of 10% or more of our stock may own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of a tenant from whom we receive rent, other than a TRS.

 

    Third, if the rent attributable to personal property leased in connection with a lease of real property is 15% or less of the total rent received under the lease, then the rent attributable to personal property will qualify as rents from real property. However, if the 15% threshold is exceeded, the rent attributable to personal property will not qualify as rents from real property.

 

   

Fourth, we generally must not operate or manage our real property or furnish or render services to our tenants, other than certain customary services provided to tenants through an “independent contractor” who is adequately compensated and from whom we do not derive revenue. Furthermore, we may own up to 100% of the stock of a TRS which may provide customary and noncustomary services to our tenants without tainting our rental income from the leased assets. We need not provide services through an “independent contractor” or a TRS, but instead may provide services directly to our tenants, if the services are “usually or customarily rendered” in connection with the rental of space for occupancy

 

139


Table of Contents
 

only and are not considered to be provided for the tenants’ convenience. In addition, we may provide a minimal amount of services not described in the prior sentence to the tenants of a property, other than through an independent contractor or a TRS, as long as our income from the services (valued at not less than 150% of our direct cost of performing such services) does not exceed 1% of our income from the related property.

We and our subsidiaries generally lease our assets in the form of either a triple net lease, a gross lease or a modified gross release. In order for the rent paid under our leases to constitute “rents from real property,” the leases must be respected as true leases for federal income tax purposes and not treated as service contracts, joint ventures or some other type of arrangement. The determination of whether our leases are true leases depends on an analysis of all the surrounding facts and circumstances. We believe we have, and intend to enter into, leases that will be treated as true leases. If our leases are characterized as service contracts or partnership agreements, rather than as true leases, part or all of the payments that we and our subsidiaries receive from our leases may not be considered rent or may not otherwise satisfy the various requirements for qualification as “rents from real property.” In that case, we likely would not be able to satisfy either the 75% or 95% gross income test and, as a result, would lose our REIT status unless we qualify for relief, as described below under “—Failure to Satisfy Gross Income Tests.”

As described above, for the rent that we receive to constitute “rents from real property,” several other requirements must be satisfied. One requirement is that percentage rent must not be based in whole or in part on the income or profits of any person. Percentage rent, however, will qualify as “rents from real property” if it is based on percentages of receipts or sales and the percentages:

 

    are fixed at the time the percentage leases are entered into;

 

    are not renegotiated during the term of the percentage leases in a manner that has the effect of basing percentage rent on income or profits; and

 

    conform with normal business practice.

More generally, percentage rent will not qualify as “rents from real property” if, considering the leases and all the surrounding circumstances, the arrangement does not conform with normal business practice, but is in reality used as a means of basing the percentage rent on income or profits.

Second, we must not own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the stock or the assets or net profits of any lessee (a “related party tenant”), other than a TRS. The constructive ownership rules generally provide that, if 10% or more in value of our stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by or for any person, we are considered as owning the stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for such person. We anticipate that all of our assets will be leased to third parties that do not constitute related party tenants. In addition, our charter prohibits transfers of our stock that would cause us to own actually or constructively, 10% or more of the ownership interests in any non-TRS lessee. Based on the foregoing, we should never own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of any lessee other than a TRS. However, because the constructive ownership rules are broad and it is not possible to monitor continually direct and indirect transfers of our stock, no absolute assurance can be given that such transfers or other events of which we have no knowledge will not cause us to own constructively 10% or more of a lessee (or a subtenant, in which case only rent attributable to the subtenant is disqualified) other than a TRS at some future date.

As described above, we may in the future own up to 100% of the stock of one or more TRSs. Under an exception to the related-party tenant rule described in the preceding paragraph, rent that we receive from a TRS will qualify as “rents from real property” as long as (1) at least 90% of the leased space in the property is leased to persons other than TRSs and related party tenants, and (2) the amount paid by the TRS to rent space at the property is substantially comparable to rents paid by other tenants of the property for comparable space. If in the future we receive rent from a TRS, we will seek to comply with this exception.

 

140


Table of Contents

Third, the rent attributable to the personal property leased in connection with the lease of a property must not be greater than 15% of the total rent received under the lease. The rent attributable to the personal property contained in a property is the amount that bears the same ratio to total rent for the taxable year as the average of the fair market values of the personal property at the beginning and at the end of the taxable year bears to the average of the aggregate fair market values of both the real and personal property contained in the property at the beginning and at the end of such taxable year (the “personal property ratio”). With respect to each of our leases, we believe that the personal property ratio with respect to all of our leases is less than 15%. There can be no assurance, however, that the IRS would not challenge our calculation of a personal property ratio, or that a court would not uphold such assertion. If such a challenge were successfully asserted, we could fail to satisfy the 75% or 95% gross income test and thus potentially lose our REIT status.

Fourth, except as described below, we cannot furnish or render noncustomary services to the tenants of our assets, or manage or operate our assets, other than through an independent contractor who is adequately compensated and from whom we do not derive or receive any income. However, we need not provide services through an “independent contractor,” but instead may provide services directly to our tenants, if the services are “usually or customarily rendered” in connection with the rental of space for occupancy only and are not considered to be provided for the tenants’ convenience. In addition, we may provide a minimal amount of “noncustomary” services to the tenants of a property, other than through an independent contractor, as long as our income from the services (valued at not less than 150% of our direct cost for performing such services) does not exceed 1% of our income from the related property. Finally, we may own up to 100% of the shares of one or more TRSs, which may provide noncustomary services to our tenants without tainting our rents from the related assets. We believe that we do not perform any services other than customary ones for our lessees, other than services are provided through independent contractors.

If a portion of the rent that we receive from a property does not qualify as “rents from real property” because the rent attributable to personal property exceeds 15% of the total rent for a taxable year, the portion of the rent that is attributable to personal property will not be qualifying income for purposes of either the 75% or 95% gross income test. Thus, if such rent attributable to personal property, plus any other income that is nonqualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test, during a taxable year exceeds 5% of our gross income during the year, we would lose our REIT qualification. If, however, the rent from a particular property does not qualify as “rents from real property” because either (1) the percentage rent is considered based on the income or profits of the related lessee, (2) the lessee either is a related party tenant or fails to qualify for the exception to the related party tenant rule for qualifying TRSs or (3) we furnish noncustomary services to the tenants of the property, or manage or operate the property, other than through a qualifying independent contractor or a TRS, none of the rent from that property would qualify as “rents from real property.” In that case, we might lose our REIT qualification because we might be unable to satisfy either the 75% or 95% gross income test. In addition to the rent, the lessees will be required to pay certain additional charges. We intend to structure our leases in a manner that will enable us to satisfy the REIT gross income tests.

Interest

The term “interest” generally does not include any amount received or accrued, directly or indirectly, if the determination of such amount depends in whole or in part on the income or profits of any person. However, interest generally includes the following:

 

    an amount that is based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales; and

 

    an amount that is based on the income or profits of a debtor, as long as the debtor derives substantially all of its income from the real property securing the debt from leasing substantially all of its interest in the property, and only to the extent that the amounts received by the debtor would be qualifying “rents from real property” if received directly by a REIT.

 

141


Table of Contents

If a loan contains a provision that entitles a REIT to a percentage of the borrower’s gain upon the sale of the real property securing the loan or a percentage of the appreciation in the property’s value as of a specific date, income attributable to that loan provision will be treated as gain from the sale of the property securing the loan, which generally is qualifying income for purposes of both gross income tests.

Dividends

Our share of any dividends received from any corporation (excluding any REIT) in which we own an equity interest will qualify for purposes of the 95% gross income test but not for purposes of the 75% gross income test. Our share of any dividends received from any other REIT in which we own an equity interest, if any, will be qualifying income for purposes of both gross income tests.

Prohibited Transactions

A REIT will incur a 100% tax on the net income (including foreign currency gain) derived from any sale or other disposition of property, other than foreclosure property, that the REIT holds primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business. We believe that none of our assets will be held primarily for sale to customers and that a sale of any of our assets will not be in the ordinary course of our business. Whether a REIT holds an asset “primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business” depends, however, on the facts and circumstances in effect from time to time, including those related to a particular asset. A safe harbor to the characterization of the sale of property by a REIT as a prohibited transaction and the 100% prohibited transaction tax is available if the following requirements are met:

 

    the REIT has held the property for not less than two years;

 

    the aggregate expenditures made by the REIT, or any partner of the REIT, during the two-year period preceding the date of the sale that are includable in the basis of the property do not exceed 30% of the selling price of the property;

 

    either (1) during the year in question, the REIT did not make more than seven sales of property other than foreclosure property or sales to which Section 1033 of the Code applies, (2) the aggregate adjusted bases of all such property sold by the REIT during the year did not exceed 10% of the aggregate bases of all of the property of the REIT at the beginning of the year, (3) the aggregate fair market value of all such property sold by the REIT during the year did not exceed 10% of the aggregate fair market value of all of the property of the REIT at the beginning of the year, (4) (i) the aggregate adjusted tax bases of all such property sold by the REIT during the year did not exceed 20% of the aggregate tax bases of all property of the REIT at the beginning of the year and (ii) the average annual percentage of properties sold by the REIT compared to all the REIT’s properties (measured by adjusted tax bases) in the current and two prior years did not exceed 10% or (5) (i) the aggregate fair market value of all such property sold by the REIT during the year did not exceed 20% of the aggregate fair market value of all property of the REIT at the beginning of the year and (ii) the average annual percentage of properties sold by the REIT compared to all the REIT’s properties (measured by fair market value) in the current and two prior years did not exceed 10%;

 

    in the case of property not acquired through foreclosure or lease termination, the REIT has held the property for at least two years for the production of rental income; and

 

    if the REIT has made more than seven sales of non-foreclosure property during the taxable year, substantially all of the marketing and development expenditures with respect to the property were made through an independent contractor from whom the REIT derives no income.

We will attempt to comply with the terms of safe-harbor provision in the U.S. federal income tax laws prescribing when an asset sale will not be characterized as a prohibited transaction. However, we cannot assure you that any disposition we undertake will comply with the safe-harbor provision or that we will avoid owning property that may be characterized as property that we hold “primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary

 

142


Table of Contents

course of a trade or business.” The 100% tax will not apply to gains from the sale of property that is held through a TRS or other taxable corporation, although such income will be taxed to the corporation at regular corporate income tax rates.

Foreclosure Property

We will be subject to tax at the maximum corporate rate on any income from foreclosure property, which includes certain foreign currency gains and related deductions, other than income that otherwise would be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, less expenses directly connected with the production of that income. However, gross income from foreclosure property will qualify under the 75% and 95% gross income tests. Foreclosure property is any real property, including interests in real property, and any personal property incident to such real property:

 

    that is acquired by a REIT as the result of the REIT having bid on such property at foreclosure, or having otherwise reduced such property to ownership or possession by agreement or process of law, after there was a default or default was imminent on a lease of such property or on indebtedness that such property secured;

 

    for which the related loan was acquired by the REIT at a time when the default was not imminent or anticipated; and

 

    for which the REIT makes a proper election to treat the property as foreclosure property.

A REIT will not be considered to have foreclosed on a property where the REIT takes control of the property as a mortgagee-in-possession and cannot receive any profit or sustain any loss except as a creditor of the mortgagor. Property generally ceases to be foreclosure property at the end of the third taxable year following the taxable year in which the REIT acquired the property, or longer if an extension is granted by the Secretary of the Treasury. However, this grace period terminates and foreclosure property ceases to be foreclosure property on the first day:

 

    on which a lease is entered into for the property that, by its terms, will give rise to income that does not qualify for purposes of the 75% gross income test, or any amount is received or accrued, directly or indirectly, pursuant to a lease entered into on or after such day that will give rise to income that does not qualify for purposes of the 75% gross income test;

 

    on which any construction takes place on the property, other than completion of a building or any other improvement, where more than 10% of the construction was completed before default became imminent; or

 

    which is more than 90 days after the day on which the REIT acquired the property and the property is used in a trade or business which is conducted by the REIT, other than through an independent contractor from whom the REIT itself does not derive or receive any income.

Hedging Transactions

From time to time, we may enter into hedging transactions with respect to one or more of our assets or liabilities. Our hedging activities may include entering into interest rate swaps, caps, and floors, options to purchase such items, and futures and forward contracts. Income and gain from “hedging transactions” will be excluded from gross income for purposes of both the 75% and 95% gross income tests. A “hedging transaction” means either (1) any transaction entered into in the normal course of our trade or business primarily to manage the risk of interest rate changes, price changes, or currency fluctuations with respect to borrowings made or to be made, or ordinary obligations incurred or to be incurred, to acquire or carry real estate assets and (2) any transaction entered into primarily to manage the risk of currency fluctuations with respect to any item of income or gain that would be qualifying income under the 75% or 95% gross income test (or any property which generates such income or gain). We are required to clearly identify any such hedging transaction before the close

 

143


Table of Contents

of the day on which it was acquired or entered into and to satisfy other identification requirements. We intend to structure any hedging transactions in a manner that does not jeopardize our qualification as a REIT.

Foreign Currency Gain

Certain foreign currency gains will be excluded from gross income for purposes of one or both of the gross income tests. “Real estate foreign exchange gain” will be excluded from gross income for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests. Real estate foreign exchange gain generally includes foreign currency gain attributable to any item of income or gain that is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, foreign currency gain attributable to the acquisition or ownership of (or becoming or being the obligor under) obligations secured by mortgages on real property or on interests in real property and certain foreign currency gain attributable to certain “qualified business units” of a REIT. “Passive foreign exchange gain” will be excluded from gross income for purposes of the 95% gross income test. Passive foreign exchange gain generally includes real estate foreign exchange gain as described above, and also includes foreign currency gain attributable to any item of income or gain that is qualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test and foreign currency gain attributable to the acquisition or ownership of (or becoming or being the obligor under) obligations. These exclusions for real estate foreign exchange gain and passive foreign exchange gain do not apply to any certain foreign currency gain derived from dealing, or engaging in substantial and regular trading, in securities. Such gain is treated as nonqualifying income for purposes of both the 75% and 95% gross income tests.

Failure to Satisfy Gross Income Tests

We may have gross income that fails to constitute qualifying income for purposes of one or both of the gross income tests. Taking into account our anticipated sources of non-qualifying income, however, we expect that our aggregate gross income will satisfy the 75% and 95% gross income tests applicable to REITs for each taxable year commencing with our first taxable year as a REIT. If we fail to satisfy one or both of the gross income tests for any taxable year, we nevertheless may qualify as a REIT for that year if we qualify for relief under certain provisions of the U.S. federal income tax laws. Those relief provisions are available if:

 

    our failure to meet those tests is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect; and

 

    following such failure for any taxable year, we file a schedule of the sources of our income in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury.

We cannot predict, however, whether in all circumstances we would qualify for the relief provisions. In addition, as discussed above in “—Taxation of Our Company,” even if the relief provisions apply, we would incur a 100% tax on the gross income attributable to the greater of the amount by which we fail the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test multiplied, in either case, by a fraction intended to reflect our profitability. For a discussion of the consequence if we fail to satisfy the 75% or 95% gross income test and do not qualify for the relief provision described above, see “—Failure to Qualify.”

Asset Tests

To qualify as a REIT, we also must satisfy the following asset tests at the end of each quarter of each taxable year.

First, at least 75% of the value of our total assets must consist of:

 

    cash or cash items, including certain receivables, money market funds and, in certain circumstances, foreign currencies;

 

    government securities;

 

144


Table of Contents
    interests in real property, including leaseholds and options to acquire real property and leaseholds and personal property leased in connection with real property so long as the personal property ratio (as defined in “Gross Income Tests—Rents from Real Property” above) with respect to the applicable lease is 15% or less;

 

    interests in mortgage loans secured by real property;

 

    stock in other REITs or debt instruments issued by publicly offered REITs; and

 

    investments in stock or debt instruments during the one-year period following our receipt of new capital that we raise through equity offerings or public offerings of debt with at least a five-year term.

Second, of our investments not included in the 75% asset class, the value of our interest in any one issuer’s securities may not exceed 5% of the value of our total assets, or the 5% asset test.

Third, of our investments not included in the 75% asset class, we may not own more than 10% of the voting power or value of any one issuer’s outstanding securities, or the 10% vote or value test.

Fourth, no more than 25% (or 20% for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017) of the value of our total assets may consist of the securities of one or more TRSs.

Fifth, no more than 25% of the value of our total assets may consist of the securities of TRSs and other non-TRS taxable subsidiaries and other assets that are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 75% asset test, or the 25% securities test.

Sixth, no more than 25% of the value of our total assets may consist of debt instruments of REITs to the extent not secured by mortgages on real property or on interests in real property.

For purposes of the 5% asset test and the 10% vote or value test, the term “securities” does not include stock in another REIT, equity or debt securities of a qualified REIT subsidiary or TRS, mortgage loans that constitute real estate assets, or equity interests in a partnership. The term “securities,” however, generally includes debt securities issued by a partnership or another REIT, except that for purposes of the 10% value test, the term “securities” does not include:

 

    “Straight debt” securities, which is defined as a written unconditional promise to pay on demand or on a specified date a sum certain in money if (1) the debt is not convertible, directly or indirectly, into equity, and (2) the interest rate and interest payment dates are not contingent on profits, the borrower’s discretion, or similar factors. “Straight debt” securities do not include any securities issued by a partnership or a corporation in which we or any controlled TRS (i.e., a TRS in which we own directly or indirectly more than 50% of the voting power or value of the stock) hold non-“straight debt” securities that have an aggregate value of more than 1% of the issuer’s outstanding securities. However, “straight debt” securities include debt subject to the following contingencies:

 

    contingency relating to the time of payment of interest or principal, as long as either (1) there is no change to the effective yield of the debt obligation, other than a change to the annual yield that does not exceed the greater of 0.25% or 5% of the annual yield, or (2) neither the aggregate issue price nor the aggregate face amount of the issuer’s debt obligations held by us exceeds $1.0 million and no more than 12 months of unaccrued interest on the debt obligations can be required to be prepaid; and

 

    a contingency relating to the time or amount of payment upon a default or prepayment of a debt obligation, as long as the contingency is consistent with customary commercial practice;

 

    Any loan to an individual or an estate;

 

    Any “section 467 rental agreement,” other than an agreement with a related party tenant;

 

    Any obligation to pay “rents from real property”;

 

145


Table of Contents
    Certain securities issued by governmental entities;

 

    Any security issued by a REIT;

 

    Any debt instrument issued by an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes in which we are a partner to the extent of our proportionate interest in the equity and debt securities of the partnership; and

 

    Any debt instrument issued by an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes not described in the preceding bullet points if at least 75% of the partnership’s gross income, excluding income from prohibited transactions, is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test described above in “—Gross Income Tests.”

For purposes of the 10% value test, our proportionate share of the assets of a partnership is our proportionate interest in any securities issued by the partnership, without regard to the securities described in the last two bullet points above.

We will monitor the status of our assets for purposes of the various asset tests and will manage our portfolio in order to comply at all times with such tests. If we fail to satisfy the asset tests at the end of a calendar quarter, we will not lose our REIT qualification if:

 

    we satisfied the asset tests at the end of the preceding calendar quarter; and

 

    the discrepancy between the value of our assets and the asset test requirements arose from changes in the market values of our assets and was not wholly or partly caused by the acquisition of one or more non-qualifying assets.

If we did not satisfy the condition described in the second item, above, we still could avoid disqualification by eliminating any discrepancy within 30 days after the close of the calendar quarter in which it arose.

In the event that we violate the 5% asset test or the 10% vote or value test described above, we will not lose our REIT qualification if (1) the failure is de minimis (up to the lesser of 1% of our assets or $10.0 million) and (2) we dispose of assets or otherwise comply with the asset tests within six months after the last day of the quarter in which we identify such failure. In the event of a failure of any of the asset tests (other than de minimis failures described in the preceding sentence), as long as the failure was due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, we will not lose our REIT qualification if we (1) dispose of the assets causing the failure or otherwise comply with the asset tests within six months after the last day of the quarter in which we identify the failure, (2) we file a description of each asset causing the failure with the IRS and (3) pay a tax equal to the greater of $50,000 or the highest corporate tax rate multiplied by the net income from the nonqualifying assets during the period in which we failed to satisfy the asset tests.

We believe that the assets that we will hold following the separation will satisfy the foregoing asset test requirements. However, we will not obtain independent appraisals to support our conclusions as to the value of our assets. Moreover, the values of some assets may not be susceptible to a precise determination. As a result, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not contend that our ownership of our assets violates one or more of the asset tests applicable to REITs.

Distribution Requirements

Each taxable year, we must distribute dividends, other than capital gain dividends and deemed distributions of retained capital gain, to our stockholders in an aggregate amount at least equal to:

 

    the sum of

 

    90% of our “REIT taxable income,” computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction and our net capital gain or loss; and

 

146


Table of Contents
    90% of our after-tax net income, if any, from foreclosure property; minus

 

    the excess of the sum of certain items of non-cash income over 5% of our “REIT taxable income.”

We must pay such distributions in the taxable year to which they relate, or in the following taxable year if either (a) we declare the distribution before we timely file our U.S. federal income tax return for the year and pay the distribution on or before the first regular dividend payment date after such declaration or (b) we declare the distribution in October, November or December of the taxable year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified day in any such month, and we actually pay the dividend before the end of January of the following year. The distributions under clause (a) are taxable to the stockholders in the year in which paid, and the distributions in clause (b) are treated as paid on December 31st of the prior taxable year. In both instances, these distributions relate to our prior taxable year for purposes of the 90% distribution requirement.

We will pay U.S. federal income tax on taxable income, including net capital gain, that we do not distribute to stockholders. Furthermore, if we fail to distribute during a calendar year, or by the end of January following the calendar year in the case of distributions with declaration and record dates falling in the last three months of the calendar year, at least the sum of:

 

    85% of our REIT ordinary income for such year,

 

    95% of our REIT capital gain income for such year, and

 

    any undistributed taxable income from prior periods,

we will incur a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the excess of such required distribution over the amounts we actually distribute.

We may elect to retain and pay income tax on the net long-term capital gain we receive in a taxable year. If we so elect, we will be treated as having distributed any such retained amount for purposes of the 4% nondeductible excise tax described above.

It is possible that, from time to time, we may experience timing differences between the actual receipt of income and actual payment of deductible expenses and the inclusion of that income and deduction of such expenses in arriving at our REIT taxable income. For example, we may not deduct recognized capital losses from our “REIT taxable income.” Further, it is possible that, from time to time, we may be allocated a share of net capital gain attributable to the sale of depreciated property that exceeds our allocable share of cash attributable to that sale. In addition, we may recognize significant cancellation of indebtedness income or gain from the workout of our debt or the disposition of our assets in foreclosure or deed-in-lieu transactions, which will result in the receipt of taxable income in excess of the cash received, if any, from those transactions. As a result of the foregoing, we may have less cash than is necessary to distribute taxable income sufficient to avoid corporate income tax and the excise tax imposed on certain undistributed income or even to meet the 90% distribution requirement. In such a situation, we may need to borrow funds or, if possible, pay taxable dividends of our stock or debt securities.

The IRS has issued private letter rulings to other REITs approving the use of cash/stock dividends to satisfy the distribution requirements described above. Those rulings may only be relied upon by the taxpayers to whom they were issued, but we could request a similar ruling from the IRS. Accordingly, it is unclear whether and to what extent we will be able to make taxable dividends payable in stock.

Under certain circumstances, we may be able to correct a failure to meet the distribution requirement for a year by paying “deficiency dividends” to our stockholders in a later year. We may include such deficiency dividends in our deduction for dividends paid for the earlier year. Although we may be able to avoid income tax on amounts distributed as deficiency dividends, we will be required to pay interest to the IRS based upon the amount of any deduction we take for deficiency dividends.

 

147


Table of Contents

Recordkeeping Requirements

We must maintain certain records in order to qualify as a REIT. In addition, to avoid a monetary penalty, we must request on an annual basis information from our stockholders designed to disclose the actual ownership of our outstanding stock. We intend to comply with these requirements.

Failure to Qualify

If we fail to satisfy one or more requirements for REIT qualification, other than the gross income tests and the asset tests (for which the cure provisions are described above), we could avoid disqualification if our failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect and we pay a penalty of $50,000 for each such failure. In addition, there are relief provisions for a failure of the gross income tests and asset tests, as described in “—Gross Income Tests” and “—Asset Tests.”

If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, and no relief provision applies, we would be subject to U.S. federal income tax and any applicable alternative minimum tax on our taxable income at regular corporate rates. In calculating our taxable income in a year in which we fail to qualify as a REIT, we would not be able to deduct amounts paid out to stockholders. Subject to certain limitations, corporate stockholders might be eligible for the dividends received deduction and stockholders taxed at individual rates may be eligible for the reduced U.S. federal income tax rate of 20% on such dividends. Unless we qualified for relief under specific statutory provisions, we also would be disqualified from taxation as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which we ceased to qualify as a REIT. We cannot predict whether in all circumstances we would qualify for such statutory relief.

Taxation of Taxable U.S. Stockholders

For the purposes of this discussion under the heading “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences,” the term “U.S. stockholder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is:

 

    a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation (including an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any of its states or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    any trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) it has a valid election in place to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a partnership, entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares of our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership that will hold shares of our common stock, you are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock by the partnership.

As long as we qualify as a REIT, a taxable U.S. stockholder must generally take into account as ordinary income distributions made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits that we do not designate as capital gain dividends or retained long-term capital gain. A U.S. stockholder will not qualify for the dividends received deduction generally available to corporations. In addition, dividends paid to a U.S. stockholder generally will not qualify for the 20% tax rate for “qualified dividend income.” The maximum tax rate for qualified dividend income received by U.S. stockholders taxed at individual rates is 20%. The maximum tax rate on qualified dividend income is lower than the maximum tax rate on ordinary income, which is 39.6%. Qualified

 

148


Table of Contents

dividend income generally includes dividends paid to U.S. stockholders taxed at individual rates by domestic C corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations. Because we are not generally subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of our REIT taxable income distributed to our stockholders (see “—Taxation of Our Company” above), our dividends generally will not be eligible for the 20% rate on qualified dividend income. As a result, our ordinary REIT dividends will be taxed at the higher tax rate applicable to ordinary income. However, the 20% tax rate for qualified dividend income will apply to our ordinary REIT dividends (1) attributable to dividends received by us from non-REIT corporations and (2) to the extent attributable to income upon which we have paid corporate income tax (e.g., to the extent that we distribute less than 100% of our taxable income). In general, to qualify for the reduced tax rate on qualified dividend income, a U.S. stockholder must hold our common stock for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before the date on which our common stock becomes ex-dividend. In addition, individuals, trusts and estates whose income exceeds certain thresholds are also subject to a 3.8% Medicare tax on dividends received from us.

A U.S. stockholder generally will take into account as long-term capital gain any distributions that we designate as capital gain dividends without regard to the period for which the U.S. stockholder has held our common stock. We generally will designate our capital gain dividends as either 20% or 25% rate distributions. See “—Capital Gains and Losses.” A corporate U.S. stockholder, however, may be required to treat up to 20% of certain capital gain dividends as ordinary income.

We may elect to retain and pay income tax on the net long-term capital gain that we receive in a taxable year. In that case, to the extent that we designate such amount in a timely notice to such stockholder, a U.S. stockholder would be taxed on its proportionate share of our undistributed long-term capital gain. The U.S. stockholder would receive a credit for its proportionate share of the tax we paid. The U.S. stockholder would increase the basis in its common stock by the amount of its proportionate share of our undistributed long-term capital gain, minus its share of the tax we paid.

A U.S. stockholder will not incur tax on a distribution in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits if the distribution does not exceed the adjusted basis of the U.S. stockholder’s common stock. Instead, the distribution will reduce the adjusted basis of such shares of common stock. A U.S. stockholder will recognize a distribution in excess of both our current and accumulated earnings and profits and the U.S. stockholder’s adjusted basis in his or her common stock as long-term capital gain, or short-term capital gain if the common stock has been held for one year or less, assuming the common stock is a capital asset in the hands of the U.S. stockholder. In addition, if we declare a distribution in October, November, or December of any year that is payable to a U.S. stockholder of record on a specified date in any such month, such distribution shall be treated as both paid by us and received by the U.S. stockholder on December 31 of such year, provided that we actually pay the distribution during January of the following calendar year.

Stockholders may not include in their individual income tax returns any of our net operating losses or capital losses. Instead, these losses are generally carried over by us for potential offset against our future income. Taxable distributions from us and gain from the disposition of our common stock will not be treated as passive activity income and, therefore, stockholders generally will not be able to apply any “passive activity losses,” such as losses from certain types of limited partnerships in which the stockholder is a limited partner, against such income. In addition, taxable distributions from us and gain from the disposition of our common stock generally will be treated as investment income for purposes of the investment interest limitations. We will notify stockholders after the close of our taxable year as to the portions of the distributions attributable to that year that constitute ordinary income, return of capital and capital gain.

Taxation of U.S. Stockholders on the Disposition of Common Stock

A U.S. stockholder who is not a dealer in securities must generally treat any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of our common stock as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. stockholder has held our common stock for more than one year and otherwise as short-term capital gain or loss. In general, a U.S.

 

149


Table of Contents

stockholder will realize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the sum of the fair market value of any property and the amount of cash received in such disposition and the U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis. A stockholder’s adjusted tax basis generally will equal the fair market value of its shares of our common stock on the date of the separation (see “Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Separation—Tax Basis and Holding Period of Highlands Common Stock Received by Holders of InvenTrust Stock”), increased by the excess of net capital gains deemed distributed to the U.S. stockholder (discussed above) less tax deemed paid on such gains and reduced by any returns of capital. However, a U.S. stockholder must treat any loss upon a sale or exchange of common stock held by such stockholder for six months or less as a long-term capital loss to the extent of capital gain dividends and any other actual or deemed distributions from us that such U.S. stockholder treats as long-term capital gain. All or a portion of any loss that a U.S. stockholder realizes upon a taxable disposition of our common stock may be disallowed if the U.S. stockholder purchases other common stock within 30 days before or after the disposition.

Capital Gains and Losses

A taxpayer generally must hold a capital asset for more than one year for gain or loss derived from its sale or exchange to be treated as long-term capital gain or loss. The highest marginal individual income tax rate currently is 39.6%. The maximum tax rate on long-term capital gain applicable to taxpayers taxed at individual rates is 20% for sales and exchanges of assets held for more than one year. The maximum tax rate on long-term capital gain from the sale or exchange of “Section 1250 property,” or depreciable real property, is 25%, which applies to the lesser of the total amount of the gain or the accumulated depreciation on the Section 1250 property. In addition, individuals, estates or trusts whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be required to pay a 3.8% Medicare tax on gains from the sale of our common stock.

With respect to distributions that we designate as capital gain dividends and any retained capital gain that we are deemed to distribute, we generally may designate whether such a distribution is taxable to our stockholders taxed at individual rates at a 20% or 25% rate. Thus, the tax rate differential between capital gain and ordinary income for those taxpayers may be significant. In addition, the characterization of income as capital gain or ordinary income may affect the deductibility of capital losses. A noncorporate taxpayer may deduct capital losses not offset by capital gains against its ordinary income only up to a maximum annual amount of $3,000. A non-corporate taxpayer may carry forward unused capital losses indefinitely. A corporate taxpayer must pay tax on its net capital gain at ordinary corporate rates. A corporate taxpayer may deduct capital losses only to the extent of capital gains, with unused losses being carried back three years and forward five years.

Taxation of Tax-Exempt Stockholders

Tax-exempt entities, including qualified employee pension and profit sharing trusts and individual retirement accounts, generally are exempt from U.S. federal income taxation. However, they are subject to taxation on their unrelated business taxable income, or UBTI. Although many investments in real estate generate UBTI, the IRS has issued a ruling that dividend distributions from a REIT to an exempt employee pension trust do not constitute UBTI. Based on that ruling, amounts that we distribute to tax-exempt stockholders generally should not constitute UBTI. However, if a tax-exempt stockholder were to finance its acquisition of common stock with debt, a portion of the income that it receives from us would constitute UBTI pursuant to the “debt-financed property” rules. Moreover, social clubs, voluntary employee benefit associations, supplemental unemployment benefit trusts and qualified group legal services plans that are exempt from taxation under special provisions of the U.S. federal income tax laws are subject to different UBTI rules, which generally will require them to characterize distributions that they receive from us as UBTI. Finally, in certain circumstances, a qualified employee pension or profit sharing trust that owns more than 10% of our stock must treat a percentage of the dividends that it receives from us as UBTI. Such percentage is equal to the gross income we derive from an unrelated trade or business, determined as if we were a pension trust, divided by our total gross income for the year in which we pay the dividends. That rule applies to a pension trust holding more than 10% of our stock only if:

 

    the percentage of our dividends that the tax-exempt trust must treat as UBTI is at least 5%;

 

150


Table of Contents
    we qualify as a REIT by reason of the modification of the rule requiring that no more than 50% of our stock be owned by five or fewer individuals that allows the beneficiaries of the pension trust to be treated as holding our stock in proportion to their actuarial interests in the pension trust; and

 

    either:

 

    one pension trust owns more than 25% of the value of our stock; or

 

    a group of pension trusts individually holding more than 10% of the value of our stock collectively owns more than 50% of the value of our stock.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders

For purposes of this discussion under the heading “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences,” the term “non-U.S. stockholder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a U.S. stockholder nor a partnership (or entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes). The rules governing U.S. federal income taxation of nonresident alien individuals, foreign corporations, foreign partnerships, and other foreign stockholders are complex. This section is only a summary of such rules. We urge non-U.S. stockholders to consult their tax advisors to determine the impact of federal, state, and local income tax laws on the ownership and disposition of our common stock, including any reporting requirements.

A non-U.S. stockholder that receives a distribution that is not attributable to gain from our sale or exchange of a USRPI and that we do not designate as a capital gain dividend or retained capital gain will recognize ordinary income to the extent that we pay such distribution out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. A withholding tax equal to 30% of the gross amount of the distribution ordinarily will apply to such distribution unless an applicable tax treaty reduces or eliminates the tax. However, if a distribution is treated as effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business (conducted through a U.S. permanent establishment, where applicable), the non-U.S. stockholder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the distribution at graduated rates, in the same manner as U.S. stockholders are taxed with respect to such distribution, and a non-U.S. stockholder that is a corporation also may be subject to the 30% branch profits tax with respect to that distribution. Except with respect to certain distributions attributable to the sale of USRPIs described below, we plan to withhold U.S. income tax at the rate of 30% on the gross amount of any such distribution paid to a non-U.S. stockholder unless either:

 

    a lower treaty rate applies and the non-U.S. stockholder files an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E evidencing eligibility for that reduced rate with us; or

 

    the non-U.S. stockholder files an IRS Form W-8ECI with us claiming that the distribution is effectively connected income.

A non-U.S. stockholder will not incur tax on a distribution in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits if the excess portion of such distribution does not exceed the adjusted basis of its common stock. Instead, the excess portion of such distribution will reduce the adjusted basis of that common stock. A non-U.S. stockholder will be subject to tax on a distribution that exceeds both our current and accumulated earnings and profits and the adjusted basis of its common stock, if the non-U.S. stockholder otherwise would be subject to tax on gain from the sale or disposition of its common stock, as described below. Because we generally cannot determine at the time we make a distribution whether the distribution will exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, we normally will withhold tax on the entire amount of any distribution at the same rate as we would withhold on a dividend. However, a non-U.S. stockholder may claim a refund of amounts that we withhold if we later determine that a distribution in fact exceeded our current and accumulated earnings and profits. We must withhold 15% of any distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Consequently, although we intend to withhold at a rate of 30% on the entire amount of any distribution, to the extent that we do not do so, we will withhold at a rate of 15% on any portion of a distribution not subject to withholding at a rate of 30%.

 

151


Table of Contents

For any year in which we qualify as a REIT, a non-U.S. stockholder will incur tax on distributions that are attributable to gain from our sale or exchange of a USRPI under FIRPTA. A USRPI includes certain interests in real property and stock in certain corporations at least 50% of whose assets consist of USRPIs. Under FIRPTA, a non-U.S. stockholder is taxed on distributions attributable to gain from sales of USRPIs as if such gain were effectively connected with a U.S. business of the non-U.S. stockholder. A non-U.S. stockholder thus would be taxed on such a distribution at the normal capital gains rates applicable to U.S. stockholders, subject to applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of a nonresident alien individual. A non-U.S. corporate stockholder not entitled to treaty relief or exemption also may be subject to the 30% branch profits tax on such a distribution. We would be required to withhold 35% of any distribution that we could designate as a capital gain dividend. A non-U.S. stockholder may receive a credit against its tax liability for the amount we withhold.

We do not anticipate that our common stock will become regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States. However, if our common stock becomes regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States, capital gain distributions on our common stock that are attributable to our sale of real property will be treated as ordinary dividends rather than as gain from the sale of a USRPI, as long as the non-U.S. stockholder did not own more than 10% of our common stock at any time during the one-year period preceding the distribution. As a result, non-U.S. stockholders generally will be subject to withholding tax on such capital gain distributions in the same manner as they are subject to withholding tax on ordinary dividends.

As noted above, we do not anticipate that our common stock will become regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States. Consequently, capital gain distributions that are attributable to our sale of USRPIs will be subject to tax under FIRPTA, as described above. In such case, we must withhold 35% of any distribution that we could designate as a capital gain dividend. A non-U.S. stockholder may receive a credit against its tax liability for the amount we withhold. Moreover, if a non-U.S. stockholder disposes of our common stock during the 30-day period preceding a dividend payment, and such non-U.S. stockholder (or a person related to such non-U.S. stockholder) acquires or enters into a contract or option to acquire our common stock within 61 days of the first day of the 30-day period described above, and any portion of such dividend payment would, but for the disposition, be treated as a USRPI capital gain to such non-U.S. stockholder, then such non-U.S. stockholder shall be treated as having USRPI capital gain in an amount that, but for the disposition, would have been treated as USRPI capital gain.

Although the law is not clear on the matter, it appears that amounts we designate as retained capital gains in respect of the common stock held by U.S. stockholders generally should be treated with respect to non-U.S. stockholders in the same manner as actual distributions by us of capital gain dividends. Under this approach, a non-U.S. stockholder would be able to offset as a credit against its U.S. federal income tax liability resulting from its proportionate share of the tax paid by us on such retained capital gains, and to receive from the IRS a refund to the extent of the non-U.S. stockholder’s proportionate share of such tax paid by us exceeds its actual U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the non-U.S. stockholder furnishes required information to the IRS on a timely basis.

Non-U.S. stockholders could incur tax under FIRPTA with respect to gain realized upon a disposition of our common stock if we are a United States real property holding corporation during a specified testing period. If at least 50% of a REIT’s assets are USRPIs, then the REIT will be a United States real property holding corporation. We anticipate that we will be a United States real property holding corporation based on our investment strategy. However, if we are a United States real property holding corporation, a non-U.S. stockholder generally would not incur tax under FIRPTA on gain from the sale of our common stock if we are a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity.” A domestically controlled qualified investment entity includes a REIT in which, at all times during a specified testing period, less than 50% in value of its stock is held directly or indirectly by non-U.S. stockholders. We cannot assure you that this test will be met. Another exception would apply if our common stock was regularly traded on an established securities market and the non-U.S. stockholder owned 10% or less of our common stock during the applicable testing period. As noted above, we do not anticipate that our common stock will become regularly traded on an established securities market.

 

152


Table of Contents

Exemptions from FIRPTA also apply to (1) certain foreign pension trusts and (2) certain non-U.S. stockholders that qualify for benefits under a comprehensive U.S. income tax treaty and are publicly traded entities or certain partnerships and other fiscally transparent entities. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors to determine whether they are entitled to an exemption under FIRPTA as a “qualified foreign pension,” a “qualified shareholder,” or “qualified collective investment vehicle.”

If the gain on the sale of our common stock were taxed under FIRPTA, a non-U.S. stockholder would be taxed on that gain in the same manner as U.S. stockholders, subject to applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of nonresident alien individuals. Furthermore, a non-U.S. stockholder generally will incur tax on gain not subject to FIRPTA if:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder’s U.S. trade or business, in which case the non-U.S. stockholder will be subject to the same treatment as U.S. stockholders with respect to such gain; or

 

    the non-U.S. stockholder is a nonresident alien individual who was present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year and has a “tax home” in the United States, in which case the non-U.S. stockholder will incur a 30% tax on his or her capital gains.

A U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate will be imposed on dividends paid on our common stock received by certain non-U.S. stockholders if certain disclosure requirements related to U.S. accounts or ownership are not satisfied. In addition, if those disclosure requirements are not satisfied, a U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate will be imposed, for payments after December 31, 2018, on proceeds from the sale of our common stock received by certain non-U.S. stockholders. If payment of withholding taxes is required, non-U.S. stockholders that are otherwise eligible for an exemption from, or a reduction of, U.S. withholding taxes with respect of such dividends and proceeds will be required to seek a refund from the IRS to obtain the benefit of such exemption or reduction. We will not pay any additional amounts in respect of any amounts withheld.

Information Reporting Requirements and Withholding

We will report to our stockholders and to the IRS the amount of distributions we pay during each calendar year, and the amount of tax we withhold, if any. Under the backup withholding rules, a stockholder may be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% with respect to distributions unless the holder:

 

    is a corporation or qualifies for certain other exempt categories and, when required, demonstrates this fact; or

 

    provides a taxpayer identification number, certifies as to no loss of exemption from backup withholding, and otherwise complies with the applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules.

A stockholder who does not provide us with its correct taxpayer identification number also may be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Any amount paid as backup withholding will be creditable against the stockholder’s income tax liability. In addition, we may be required to withhold a portion of capital gain distributions to any stockholders who fail to certify their non-foreign status to us.

Backup withholding will generally not apply to payments of dividends made by us or our paying agents, in their capacities as such, to a non-U.S. stockholder provided that the non-U.S. stockholder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient. Payments of the net proceeds from a disposition or a redemption effected outside the U.S. by a non-U.S. stockholder made by or through a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, information reporting (but not backup withholding) generally will apply to such a payment if the broker has certain connections with the U.S. unless the

 

153


Table of Contents

broker has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. stockholder and specified conditions are met or an exemption is otherwise established. Payment of the net proceeds from a disposition by a non-U.S. stockholder of common stock made by or through the U.S. office of a broker is generally subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the non-U.S. stockholder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be refunded or credited against the stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability if certain required information is furnished to the IRS. Stockholders are urged consult their tax advisors regarding application of backup withholding to them and the availability of, and procedure for obtaining an exemption from, backup withholding.

A U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate will be imposed on dividends paid on our common stock received by U.S. stockholders who own their shares through foreign accounts or foreign intermediaries if certain disclosure requirements related to U.S. accounts or ownership are not satisfied. In addition, if those disclosure requirements are not satisfied, a U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate will be imposed, for payments after December 31, 2018, on proceeds from the sale of our common stock received by U.S. stockholders who own their shares through foreign accounts or foreign intermediaries. We will not pay any additional amounts in respect of any amounts withheld.

Other Tax Consequences

Legislative or Other Actions Affecting REITs

The present U.S. federal income tax treatment of REITs may be modified, possibly with retroactive effect, by legislative, judicial or administrative action at any time. The REIT rules are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and the IRS and the U.S. Treasury Department which may result in statutory changes as well as revisions to regulations and interpretations. Additionally, several of the tax considerations described herein are currently under review and are subject to change. Prospective stockholders are urged to consult with their tax advisors regarding the effect of potential changes to the federal tax laws on an investment in our stock.

State, Local and Foreign Taxes

We and/or you may be subject to taxation by various states, localities and foreign jurisdictions, including those in which we or a stockholder transacts business, owns property or resides. The state, local and foreign tax treatment may differ from the U.S. federal income tax treatment described above. Consequently, you are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the effect of state, local and foreign tax laws upon an investment in our common stock.

 

154


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form 10, including exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement of which this Information Statement is a part, under the Exchange Act, with respect to the shares of our common stock being distributed as contemplated by this registration statement. This Information Statement is part of, and does not contain all of the information set forth in, the registration statement and exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, please refer to the registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules. Statements made in this Information Statement relating to any contract or other document are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract or document. You may review a copy of the registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, at the SEC’s public reference room, located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 as well as on the Internet website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov. Information contained on any website referenced in this Information Statement is not incorporated by reference in this Information Statement.

As a result of the distribution, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with the Exchange Act, we will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC, which will be available on the Internet website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov.

We intend to furnish holders of our common stock with annual reports containing combined consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and audited and reported on, with an opinion expressed, by an independent registered public accounting firm.

You should rely only on the information contained in this Information Statement or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized any person to provide you with different information or to make any representation not contained in this Information Statement.

 

155


Table of Contents

INDEX T O FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Highlands REIT, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

     Page  

I. Historical Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Combined Consolidated Balance Sheets for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

     F-3   

Combined Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

     F-4   

Combined Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

     F-5   

Combined Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

     F-6   

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

II. Real Estate Asset Depreciation, Schedule III, as of December 31, 2015

     F-29   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

InvenTrust Properties Corp:

We have audited the accompanying combined consolidated balance sheets of Highlands REIT, Inc. and its Predecessors as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related combined consolidated statements of operations, equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015. In connection with our audits of the combined consolidated financial statements, we have also audited the financial statement Schedule III. These combined consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the InvenTrust Properties Corp.’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the combined consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Highlands REIT, Inc. and its Predecessors as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement Schedule III, when considered in relation to the basic combined consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth herein.

As discussed in Note 2 to the combined consolidated financial statements, the combined consolidated financial statements of Highlands REIT, Inc. and its Predecessors represent a combination of entities under common control of InvenTrust Properties Corp. and have been “carved out” of InvenTrust Properties Corp.’s consolidated financial statements and reflect significant assumptions and allocations. The combined consolidated financial statements include allocations of certain operating expenses from InvenTrust Properties Corp. These costs may not be reflective of the actual costs which would have been incurred had the predecessors, operated as an independent, standalone entity separate from InvenTrust Properties Corp.

As discussed in Note 2 to the combined consolidated financial statements, in April 2014, Highlands REIT, Inc. and its Predecessors adopted new accounting guidance that changed the requirements for reporting discontinued operations pursuant to ASU 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 18, 2016

 

F-2


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Combined Consolidated Balance Sheets

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     As of December 31,  
     2015     2014  

Assets

    

Investment properties

    

Land

   $ 153,646      $ 178,186   

Building and other improvements

     711,262        783,735   

Construction in progress

     —          1,506   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     864,908        963,427   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (185,100     (180,027
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment properties

     679,808        783,400   

Cash and cash equivalents

     26,972        10,291   

Restricted cash and escrows

     3,647        5,044   

Accounts and rents receivable (net of allowance of $104 and $244)

     12,554        15,877   

Intangible assets, net

     12,547        21,503   

Deferred costs and other assets

     5,564        5,779   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 741,092      $ 841,894   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Debt

   $ 438,970      $ 487,825   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     28,298        27,572   

Intangible liabilities, net

     5,074        5,939   

Other liabilities

     1,897        3,450   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     474,239        524,786   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

    

Stockholder’s Equity

    

Capital

     1,534,018        1,593,858   

Accumulated distributions in excess of net income (loss)

     (1,267,165     (1,276,875
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Company stockholders’ equity

     266,853        316,983   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

     —          125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

   $ 266,853      $ 317,108   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 741,092      $ 841,894   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the combined consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Combined Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  

Revenues

      

Rental income

   $ 96,960      $ 104,218      $ 108,841   

Tenant recovery income

     14,447        17,190        18,611   

Other property income

     430        739        743   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 111,837      $ 122,147      $ 128,195   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses

      

Property operating expenses

     10,721        15,443        15,888   

Real estate taxes

     10,303        12,379        13,312   

Depreciation and amortization

     36,212        37,235        47,113   

General and administrative expenses

     12,241        7,161        4,534   

Business management fee

     —          423        6,742   

Provision for asset impairment

     —          15,640        258,648   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $ 69,477      $ 88,281      $ 346,237   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

   $ 42,360      $ 33,866      $ (218,042
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest and dividend income

     1        5        1,006   

Loss on sale of investment properties

     (197     (1,018     —     

Gain on extinguishment of debt

     —          11,959        2,419   

Other (loss) income

     (11     488        889   

Interest expense

     (27,757     (32,681     (37,583

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated entity

     —          —          628   

Gain on investment in unconsolidated entity, net

     —          —          2,930   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 14,396      $ 12,619      $ (247,753
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     (51     (64     (110
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 14,345      $ 12,555      $ (247,863
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income from discontinued operations

     —          4,632        48,469   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 14,345      $ 17,187      $ (199,394
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (15     (16     (16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Company

   $ 14,330      $ 17,171      $ (199,410
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the combined consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Combined Consolidated Statements of Equity

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

     Capital      Accumulated
Distributions
in Excess of
Net Income
(Loss)
     Non-Controlling
Interests
     Total  

Balance at January 1, 2013

   $ 1,512,597       $ (812,049    $ 125       $ 700,673   

Net income (loss)

     —           (199,410      16         (199,394

Cash dividends

     —           (149,244      —           (149,244

Distributions to non-controlling interests

     —           —           (16      (16

Distributions to InvenTrust

     (746,688      —           —           (746,688

Contributions from InvenTrust

     784,363         —           —           784,363   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 1,550,272       $ (1,160,703    $ 125       $ 389,694   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Capital      Accumulated
Distributions
in Excess of
Net Income
(Loss)
     Non-Controlling
Interests
     Total  

Balance at January 1, 2014

   $ 1,550,272       $ (1,160,703    $ 125       $ 389,694   

Net income

     —           17,171         16         17,187   

Cash dividends

     —           (133,343      —           (133,343

Distributions to non-controlling interests

     —           —           (16      (16

Distributions to InvenTrust

     (641,214      —           —           (641,214

Contributions from InvenTrust

     684,800         —           —           684,800   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 1,593,858       $ (1,276,875    $ 125       $ 317,108   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Capital      Accumulated
Distributions
in Excess of
Net Income
(Loss)
     Non-Controlling
Interests
     Total  

Balance at January 1, 2015

   $ 1,593,858       $ (1,276,875    $ 125       $ 317,108   

Net income

     —           14,330         15         14,345   

Cash dividends

     —           (4,620      —           (4,620

Distributions to non-controlling interests

     —           —           (15      (15

Preferred stock redemption

     —           —           (125      (125

Distributions to InvenTrust

     (155,332      —           —           (155,332

Contributions from InvenTrust

     95,492         —           —           95,492   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 1,534,018       $ (1,267,165    $ —         $ 266,853   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the combined consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Combined Consolidated Financial Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts stated in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 14,345      $ 17,187      $ (199,394

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     36,238        37,287        62,268   

Amortization of above and below market leases, net

     (435     (263     (250

Amortization of debt discounts and financing costs

     220        380        790   

Straight-line rental income

     2,265        2,012        886   

Gain on extinguishment of debt

     —          (9,835     (364

Loss (gain) on sale of investment property, net

     197        (4,576     (57,239

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated entity

     —          —          (628

Gain on investment in unconsolidated entity

     —          —          (2,930

Provision for asset impairment

     —          15,640        262,501   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts and rents receivable

     (91     437        245   

Deferred costs and other assets

     681        295        (421

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     1,549        565        4,098   

Other liabilities

     (1,315     (5,250     383   

Prepayment penalties

            —          (1,431
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows provided by operating activities

   $ 53,654      $ 53,879      $ 68,514   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Capital expenditures and tenant improvements

     (4,083     (4,544     (4,768

Sale of investment properties

     7,860        118,471        302,077   

Payment of leasing fees

     (2,256     (652     (1,551

Receipt of notes receivable

     —          —          20,000   

Restricted escrows

     450        660        1,090   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows provided by investing activities

   $ 1,971      $ 113,935      $ 316,848   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Distributions to InvenTrust

     (100,766     (641,214     (746,688

Contributions from InvenTrust

     87,765        678,861        815,995   

Proceeds from note payable

     —          32,908        —     

Payoffs of mortgage debt and notes payable

     —          (80,730     (283,244

Principal payments of mortgage debt

     (21,183     (19,999     (24,111

Payment of loan fees and deposits

     —          (66     (66

Dividends paid

     (4,620     (133,343     (149,244

Distributions paid to noncontrolling interests

     (15     (16     (16

Preferred stock redemption

     (125     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows used in financing activities

   $ (38,944   $ (163,599   $ (387,374
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     16,681        4,215        (2,012

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of year

     10,291        6,076        8,088   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of year

   $ 26,972      $ 10,291      $ 6,076   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the combined consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Combined Consolidated Financial Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts stated in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 24,394      $ 30,811      $ 46,770   

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:

  

   

Mortgage assumed by buyers upon disposition of properties

   $ —        $ 194,922      $ —     

Consolidation of assets from joint venture

     —          —          22,803   

Assumption of mortgage debt at consolidation of joint venture

     —          —          14,868   

Allocation from InvenTrust unsecured credit facility

     (7,779     (5,939     31,632   

Distribution of assets and liabilities associated with three assets to InvenTrust

     54,566        —          —     

See accompanying notes to the combined consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts stated in thousands)

1. Organization

Inland American Real Estate Trust, Inc., which on April 16, 2015 changed its name to InvenTrust Properties Corp. (“InvenTrust”), was formed on October 4, 2004 to acquire and manage a diversified portfolio of commercial real estate, primarily retail assets and multi-family (both conventional and student housing), office, industrial and lodging assets, located in the United States. InvenTrust intends to dispose of its remaining non-core assets through the pro rata distribution of 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Highlands REIT, Inc. (“Highlands”), which was formed on December 16, 2015, to InvenTrust’s stockholders. Highlands is a wholly owned subsidiary of InvenTrust.

To date, Highlands has not conducted any business as a separate company and has no material assets or liabilities. The operations to be transferred to Highlands by InvenTrust are presented as if the transferred business was Highlands’ business for all historical periods presented in the accompanying combined consolidated financial statements and at the carrying value of such assets and liabilities reflected in InvenTrust’s books and records. Upon completion of the separation and distribution from InvenTrust, Highlands will be an independent, self-managed, non-traded REIT.

The accompanying combined consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Highlands and its predecessors (collectively, the “Company”), as well as all wholly owned subsidiaries. Wholly owned subsidiaries generally consist of limited liability companies (LLCs) and limited partnerships (LPs). The effects of all significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated.

Each asset is owned by a separate legal entity which maintains its own books and financial records and each entity’s assets are not available to satisfy the liabilities of other affiliated entities, except as otherwise disclosed in Debt Note 8.

As of December 31, 2015, the Company owned 22 assets and four parcels of unimproved land, of which the operating activity is reflected in continuing operations on the combined consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. As of December 31, 2014, the Company owned 27 assets and four parcels of unimproved land. As of December 31, 2013, the Company owned 58 assets and four parcels of unimproved land and classified 28 of those assets as held for sale. Of the 28 assets, only 27 assets were ultimately sold. The operating activity of the 27 assets are reflected in discontinued operations on the combined consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accompanying combined consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the combined consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying historical combined consolidated financial statements do not represent the financial position and results of a single legal entity, but rather a combination of entities under common control that have been “carved out” of InvenTrust’s consolidated financial statements and reflect significant assumptions and

 

F-8


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts stated in thousands)

 

allocations. The combined consolidated financial statements reflect the operations of certain assets and liabilities that have been historically held by InvenTrust, but which are specifically identifiable or attributable to the Company. The accompanying combined consolidated financial statements include allocations of costs from certain corporate and shared functions provided to the Company by InvenTrust. InvenTrust allocated to the Company a portion of corporate overhead costs incurred by InvenTrust based upon the Company’s percentage share of the average invested assets of InvenTrust, which is reflected in general and administrative expense. As InvenTrust is managing various asset portfolios, the extent of services and benefits a portfolio receives is based on the size of its assets. Therefore, using average invested assets to allocate costs is a reasonable reflection of the services and other benefits received by the Company and complies with applicable accounting guidance. InvenTrust also allocated to the Company a portion of InvenTrust’s unsecured credit facility and the related interest expense. The unsecured credit facility is subject to a borrowing base consisting of a pool of unencumbered assets. To the extent the Company’s assets were included within the pool of unencumbered assets, the Company was allocated a portion of the unsecured credit facility. However, actual costs may have differed from allocated costs if the Company had operated as a standalone entity during such period and those differences may have been material.

The combined consolidated financial statements include transactions in which ordinary course cash transactions have been processed by InvenTrust due to InvenTrust’s centralized cash management process on behalf of the Company such as the repayment of debt, rental receipts and payables in the ordinary course of business, resulting in intercompany transactions between the Company and InvenTrust. These ordinary course intercompany transactions are considered to be effectively settled at the time of the Company’s separation from InvenTrust. Accordingly, these transactions are reflected as distributions to and contributions from InvenTrust in the combined consolidated statements of cash flow as a financing activity.

Revenue Recognition

The Company commences revenue recognition on its leases based on a number of factors. In most cases, revenue recognition under a lease begins when the lessee takes possession of or controls the physical use of the leased asset. Generally, this occurs on the lease commencement date. The determination of who is the owner, for accounting purposes, of the tenant improvements determines the nature of the leased asset and when revenue recognition under a lease begins. If the Company is the owner, for accounting purposes, of the tenant improvements, then the leased asset is the finished space and revenue recognition begins when the lessee takes possession of the finished space, typically when the improvements are substantially complete. If the Company concludes it is not the owner, for accounting purposes, of the tenant improvements (the lessee is the owner), then the leased asset is the unimproved space and any tenant improvement allowances funded under the lease are treated as lease incentives which reduces revenue recognized over the term of the lease. In these circumstances, the Company begins revenue recognition when the lessee takes possession of the unimproved space for the lessee to construct their own improvements. The Company considers a number of different factors to evaluate whether it or the lessee is the owner of the tenant improvements for accounting purposes. These factors include:

 

    whether the lease stipulates how and on what a tenant improvement allowance may be spent;

 

    whether the tenant or landlord retains legal title to the improvements;

 

    the uniqueness of the improvements;

 

    the expected economic life of the tenant improvements relative to the length of the lease; and

 

    who constructs or directs the construction of the improvements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts stated in thousands)

 

The determination of who owns the tenant improvements, for accounting purposes, is subject to significant judgment. In making that determination, the Company considers all of the above factors. No one factor, however, necessarily establishes its determination.

Rental income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of each lease. The difference between rental income earned on a straight-line basis and the cash rent due under the provisions of the lease agreements is recorded as deferred rent receivable and is included as a component of accounts and rents receivable in the accompanying combined consolidated balance sheets.

The Company records lease termination income if there is a signed termination agreement, all of the conditions of the agreement have been met, the tenant is no longer occupying the asset and amounts due are considered collectible.

The Company defers recognition of contingent rental income (i.e. percentage/excess rent) until the specified target that triggers the contingent rental income is achieved.

Consolidation

The Company evaluates its investments in limited liability companies and partnerships to determine whether such entities may be a variable interest entity (“VIE”). If the entity is a VIE, the determination of whether the Company is the primary beneficiary must be made. The primary beneficiary determination is based on a qualitative assessment as to whether the entity has (i) power to direct significant activities of the VIE and (ii) an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could be potentially significant to the VIE. The Company will consolidate a VIE if it is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, as defined in Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810, Consolidation. The equity method of accounting is applied to entities in which the Company is not the primary beneficiary as defined in FASB ASC 810, or the entity is not a VIE and the Company does not have effective control, but can exercise influence over the entity with respect to its operations and major decisions. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company did not have any investments in partially owned entities.

Capitalization and Depreciation

Real estate is reflected at cost less accumulated depreciation. Ordinary repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

Depreciation expense is computed using the straight line method. Building and other improvements are depreciated based upon estimated useful lives of 30 years for building and improvements and 5-15 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment and site improvements.

Tenant improvements are amortized on a straight line basis over the lesser of the life of the tenant improvement or the lease term as a component of depreciation and amortization expense.

Leasing fees are amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the related lease as a component of depreciation and amortization expense.

Loan fees are amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method, over the life of the related loan as a component of interest expense.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts stated in thousands)

 

Direct and indirect costs that are clearly related to the construction and improvements of investment properties are capitalized. Costs incurred for property taxes and insurance are capitalized during periods in which activities necessary to get the asset ready for its intended use are in progress. Interest costs are also capitalized during such periods.

Asset Dispositions and Assets Held for Sale

The Company accounts for dispositions in accordance with FASB ASC 360-20, Real Estate Sales. The Company recognizes gain in full when real estate is sold, provided (a) the profit is determinable, that is, the collectability of the sales price is reasonably assured or the amount that will not be collectible can be estimated, and (b) the earnings process is virtually complete, that is, the seller is not obliged to perform significant activities after the sale to earn the profit.

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity , which includes amendments that change the requirements for reporting discontinued operations and require additional disclosures about discontinued operations. Under the new guidance, only disposals representing a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on the entity’s results and operations would qualify as discontinued operations. In addition, ASU 2014-08 expands the disclosure requirements for disposals that meet the definition of a discontinued operation and requires entities to disclose information about disposals of individually significant components that do not meet the definition of discontinued operations. ASU 2014-08 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods in fiscal years that begin after December 15, 2014. The Company has elected to early adopt ASU 2014-08, effective January 1, 2014. Beginning with the year ended December 31, 2014, all asset disposals have been included as a component of income from continuing operations unless they qualify as discontinued operations.

In determining whether to classify an investment property as held for sale, the Company considers whether: (i) management has committed to a plan to sell the investment property; (ii) the investment property is available for immediate sale, in its present condition; (iii) the Company has initiated a program to locate a buyer; (iv) the Company believes that the sale of the investment property is probable; (v) the Company has received a significant non-refundable deposit for the purchase of the property; (vi) the Company is actively marketing the investment property for sale at a price that is reasonable in relation to its fair value; and (vii) actions required for the Company to complete the plan indicate that it is unlikely that any significant changes will be made to the plan.

If all of the above criteria are met, the Company classifies the investment property as held for sale. On the day that these criteria are met, the Company suspends depreciation on the investment properties held for sale, including depreciation for tenant improvements and additions, as well as on the amortization of acquired in-place leases. The investment properties and liabilities associated with those investment properties that are held for sale are classified separately on the combined consolidated balance sheets for the most recent reporting period and recorded at the lesser of the carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Additionally, in line with the Company’s adoption of ASU 2014-08, for the year ended December 31, 2014, if the sale represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on the entity’s results and operations, the operations for the periods presented are classified on the combined consolidated statements of operations as discontinued operations for all periods presented. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the operations for all asset disposals are classified on the combined consolidated statements of operations as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts stated in thousands)

 

The Company classified 28 net lease assets as held for sale on the combined consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013. Of these 28 assets, only 27 assets were ultimately sold. See “Note 9. Fair Value Measurements” for further discussion. The operations of these 27 assets are reflected as discontinued operations on the combined consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. There were no assets held for sale on the combined consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Impairment

The Company assesses the carrying values of the respective long-lived assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of these assets may not be fully recoverable, such as a reduction in the expected holding period of the asset. If it is determined that the carrying value is not recoverable because the undiscounted cash flows do not exceed carrying value, the Company records an impairment loss to the extent that the carrying value exceeds fair value. The valuation and possible subsequent impairment of investment properties is a significant estimate that can and does change based on the Company’s continuous process of analyzing each asset and reviewing assumptions about uncertain inherent factors, as well as the economic condition of the asset at a particular point in time.

The use of projected future cash flows and related holding period is based on assumptions that are consistent with the estimates of future expectations and the strategic plan the Company uses to manage its underlying business. However, assumptions and estimates about future cash flows and capitalization rates are complex and subjective. Changes in economic and operating conditions and the Company’s ultimate investment intent that occur subsequent to the impairment analyses could impact these assumptions and result in future impairment charges of the real estate assets.

On a periodic basis, management assesses whether there are any indicators that the carrying value of the Company’s investments in unconsolidated entities may be other than temporarily impaired. To the extent impairment has occurred, the loss is measured as the excess of the carrying value of the investment over the fair value of the investment. The fair value of the underlying investment includes a review of expected cash flows to be received from the investee.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all demand deposits, money market accounts and investments in certificates of deposit and repurchase agreements purchased with a maturity of three months or less, at the date of purchase, to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents at financial institutions. The combined account balances at one or more institutions periodically exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance coverage and, as a result, there is a concentration of credit risk related to amounts on deposit in excess of FDIC insurance coverage. The Company believes that the risk is not significant, as the Company does not anticipate the financial institutions’ non-performance.

Restricted Cash and Escrows

Restricted escrows primarily consist of cash held in escrow comprised of lenders’ restricted escrows of $3,647 and $4,660 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Post-acquisition escrows were comprised of $0 and $384 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. There was no restricted cash balances at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts stated in thousands)

 

Income Taxes

The Company intends to elect to be taxed as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes beginning with the Company’s short taxable year commencing immediately prior to the Company’s separation from InvenTrust and ending on December 31, 2016. So long as it qualifies as a REIT, the Company generally will not be subject to federal income tax on taxable income that is distributed currently to stockholders. A REIT is subject to a number of organizational and operational requirements including a requirement that it currently distribute at least 90% of its REIT taxable income (subject to certain adjustments) to its stockholders each year. If the Company fails to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, without the benefit of certain relief provisions, the Company will be subject to federal and state income tax on its taxable income at regular corporate tax rates and would not be able to re-elect REIT status during the four years following the year of the failure. Even if the Company qualifies for taxation as a REIT, the Company may be subject to certain state and local taxes on its income, property or net worth and federal income and excise taxes on its undistributed income.

The Company is a currently a qualified REIT subsidiary (“QRS”) of InvenTrust, which has elected to be taxed as a REIT and has operated in a manner intended to qualify as a REIT under the Internal Revenue code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). As a QRS, the Company is currently disregarded as separate entity from InvenTrust for federal income tax purposes. All assets, liabilities and items of income, deduction and credit of the Company are currently treated for federal income tax purposes as those of InvenTrust.

The Company’s subsidiary, MB REIT (Florida), Inc. (“MB REIT”), has operated in a manner intended to qualify to be taxed as a REIT. On December 15, 2015, MB REIT redeemed all of the outstanding shares of its Series B Preferred Stock and became a wholly owned subsidiary of InvenTrust. At that time, MB REIT became a QRS of InvenTrust and ceased to be treated as a separate REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a QRS, MB REIT is currently disregarded as a separate entity from InvenTrust for federal income tax purposes. All assets, liabilities and items of income, deduction and credit of MB REIT are treated for federal income tax purposes as those of InvenTrust.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The ASU will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP when it becomes effective, although it will not affect the accounting for rental related revenues. ASU No. 2014-09, as issued, was to be effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim period beginning after December 31, 2016. In April 2015, the FASB approved an amendment to the ASU, deferring the effective date one year to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 for public entities. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. Early adoption is prohibited. The Company is evaluating the effect that ASU No. 2014-09 will have on its combined consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company has not yet selected a transition method nor has it determined the effect of the standard on its ongoing financial reporting.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, Consolidation: Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis . This ASU provides consolidation guidance for legal entities such as limited partnerships, limited liability corporations and securitization structures. This ASU offers updated consolidation evaluation criteria and may require additional disclosure requirements. ASU No. 2015-02 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company does not believe the adoption of

 

F-13


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts stated in thousands)

 

this update will have a material impact on the Company’s combined consolidated financial position, results of operations or disclosure requirements of its combined consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs , which requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected. Upon adoption, the Company will apply the new guidance on a retrospective basis and adjust the balance sheet of each individual period presented to reflect the period-specific effects of applying the new guidance. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2016. The Company is continuing to evaluate this guidance; however, the Company does not expect its adoption to have a significant impact on the combined consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities which revises an entity’s accounting related to: (i) the classification and measurement of investments in equity securities; (ii) the presentation of certain fair value changes for financial liabilities measured at fair value; and (iii) amends certain disclosure requirements associated with the fair value of financial instruments, including eliminating the requirement for public business entities to disclose the method and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value for financial instruments measured at amortized cost. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is continuing to evaluate this guidance; however, the Company does not expect its adoption to have a significant impact on the combined consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases , amending the existing accounting standards for lease accounting, including requiring lessees to recognize most leases on their balance sheets and making targeted changes to lessor accounting. ASU 2016-02 will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and early adoption of is permitted as of the standard’s issuance date. The new standard requires a modified retrospective transition approach for all leases existing at, or entered into after, the date of initial application, with an option to use certain transition relief. The Company is assessing whether the new standard will have a material effect on its combined consolidated financial statements.

3. Disposed Assets

Beginning with the year ended December 31, 2014, all asset disposals are included as a component of income from continuing operations, except for those assets meeting the criteria to be classified as discontinued operations.

The Company sold one net lease asset during the year ended December 31, 2015 for a gross disposition price of $8,200. The table below reflects sales activity for the year ended December 31, 2015 for the one asset included in continuing operations on the combined consolidated statements of operations.

 

Property

   Date      Gross Disposition
Price
     Square Feet
(unaudited)
 

Citizens Manchester

     7/9/2015       $ 8,200         148,000 Square Feet   

In January 2015, the assets and liabilities associated with three retail assets were distributed to InvenTrust. The distribution was recorded at carrying value due to common control and the Company did not realize any gain or loss on disposal. The distribution is reflected as a non-cash distribution in the combined consolidated statements of cash flow.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts stated in thousands)

 

The Company sold 29 net lease and two retail assets during the year ended December 31, 2014 for a gross disposition price of $330,100. The table below reflects sales activity for the year ended December 31, 2014 for four assets included in continuing operations on the combined consolidated statements of operations. In line with the Company’s adoption of ASU No. 2014-08, effective January 1, 2014, only dispositions representing a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on the Company’s results and operations would qualify as discontinued operations. The following dispositions did not reflect a strategic shift that had a major effect on the Company’s results and operations and therefore do not qualify as discontinued operations.

 

Property

   Date    Gross Disposition
Price
     Square Feet
(unaudited)
 

Hunting Bayou

   2/19/2014    $ 10,300         133,269  Square feet   

Monadnock Marketplace

   4/9/2014      31,200         367,454  Square feet   

3801 S. Collins

   7/31/2014      10,500         239,905  Square feet   

Citizens - Plattsburgh

   11/7/2014      200         7,950  Square feet   
     

 

 

    
      $ 52,200      
     

 

 

    

The table below reflects sales activity for the year ended December 31, 2014 for 27 net lease assets included in discontinued operations on the combined consolidated statements of operations. These assets were classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2013, prior to the Company’s adoption of ASU No. 2014-08, and its operations are included in discontinued operations on the combined consolidated statements of operations.

 

Portfolio

   Date    Gross Disposition
Price
     Square Feet
(unaudited)
 

Net lease portfolio - 23 assets

   2/21/2014    $ 219,400         3,685,390  Square Feet   

Net lease portfolio - 4 assets

   3/28/2014      58,500         1,118,096  Square Feet   
     

 

 

    
      $ 277,900      
     

 

 

    

The Company sold 12 net lease, one multi-tenant office and one other asset during the year ended December 31, 2013, resulting in a gross disposition price of $313,500. The table below reflects sales activity for the year ended December 31, 2013 for the 14 assets included in discontinued operations on the combined consolidated statements of operations.

 

Property

   Date    Gross Disposition
Price
     Square Feet / Units
(unaudited)
 

Citizens Bank - Chicago Heights

   1/24/2013    $ 2,000         6,276  Square Feet   

Citizens Bank - Lewes

   2/22/2013      1,100         3,478  Square Feet   

Citizens Bank - Westchester

   2/22/2013      1,400         3,410  Square Feet   

Citizens Bank - 3 assets

   3/19/2013      1,200         5,055  Square Feet   

IDS Center

   4/25/2013      253,500         1,462,374  Square Feet   

Citizens - Springfield

   5/10/2013      1,000         3,000  Square Feet   

Citizens - Haddon Heights

   7/23/2013      1,400         4,810  Square Feet   

Southgate Apartments

   8/1/2013      19,500         256  Units               

Net lease portfolio - 3 assets

   9/24/2013      29,100         262,700  Square Feet   

Citizens - Mellon Bank Building

   12/31/2013      3,300         14,567  Square Feet   
     

 

 

    
      $ 313,500      
     

 

 

    

 

F-15


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts stated in thousands)

 

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the operations reflected in discontinued operations, shown in the table below, include 27 net lease assets that were classified as held for sale at December 31, 2013 and subsequently sold in 2014 and any operations classified as discontinued operations prior to the Company’s adoption of ASU No. 2014-08.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

Revenues

   $ —         $ 4,089       $ 41,983   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     —           44         14,931   

Other expenses

     —           938         15,852   

Provision for asset impairment

     —           —           3,853   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income from discontinued operations

     —           3,107         7,347   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense and other

     —           (1,945      (14,062

Gain on sale of properties, net

     —           5,594         57,239   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —           (2,124      (2,055
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income from discontinued operations

   $ —         $ 4,632       $ 48,469   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities from the 27 assets classified as held for sale at December 31, 2013 and included in discontinued operations was $(251) and $8,878 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities from the 27 assets classified as held for sale at December 31, 2013 and included in discontinued operations was $78,705 and $(958) for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded a loss on sale of investment properties of $197, $1,018, and $0, respectively, in continuing operations. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company had generated net proceeds from the sale of assets of $7,860, $118,471 and $302,077, respectively.

4. Investment in Partially Owned Entities

On April 23, 2007, InvenTrust entered into a joint venture, D.R. Stephens Institutional Fund, LLC (“D.R. Stephens”), between the Company and Stephens Ventures III, LLC (“Stephens Member”) for the purpose of acquiring entities engaged in the acquisition, ownership, and development of real property. D.R. Stephens was accounted for as an equity method investment.

InvenTrust entered into a definitive agreement and purchased Stephens Member’s interest in D.R. Stephens, which resulted in InvenTrust obtaining control of the venture consisting of ten assets. InvenTrust consolidated the ten assets previously in the joint venture on December 31, 2013, recording the assets and liabilities of the joint venture at fair value. The Company had an ownership interest in one asset, Trimble. Prior to the acquisition of the Stephen’s Member’s interest, the Company’s investment in Trimble was $5,005. InvenTrust estimated the fair value of Trimble using a broker opinion of value and allocated the fair value between tangible and intangible assets. Such tangible and intangible assets include land, building and improvements, acquired above market and below market leases, and in-place lease value. InvenTrust estimated fair value of the debt by discounting the future cash flows of each instrument at rates currently offered for similar debt instruments.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts stated in thousands)

 

There was no operating activity recorded for Trimble on the combined consolidated statement of operations during the year ended December 31, 2013 except for equity in earnings of Trimble. On December 31, 2013, the Company consolidated Trimble and recorded the assets and liabilities of Trimble at fair value, and recorded a gain on a consolidated investment of $2,930.

5. Transactions with Related Parties

The following table summarizes the Company’s related party transactions for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

    

For the years ended

December 31,

 
     2015      2014      2013  

General and administrative expense allocation (a)

   $ 11,739       $ 6,808       $ 4,439   

Business manager fee (b)

     —           423         6,742   

Loan placement fees (c)

     —           —           14   

 

(a) General and administrative expense includes allocations of costs from certain corporate and shared functions provided to the Company by InvenTrust. InvenTrust allocated to the Company a portion of corporate overhead costs incurred by InvenTrust which is based upon the Company’s percentage share of the average invested assets of InvenTrust. As InvenTrust is managing various asset portfolios, the extent of services and benefits a portfolio receives is based on the size of its assets. The Company believes that using average invested assets to allocate costs is a reasonable reflection of the services and other benefits received by the Company and complies with applicable accounting guidance. However, actual costs may have differed from allocated costs if the Company had operated as a standalone entity during such period and those differences may have been material.
(b) During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, InvenTrust paid an annual business management fee to its external manager, Inland American Business Manager and Advisor, Inc. (the “Business Manager”) based on the average invested assets. The Company was allocated a portion of the business management fee based upon its percentage share of the average invested assets of InvenTrust for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. On March 12, 2014, InvenTrust entered into a series of agreements and amendments to existing agreements with affiliates of The Inland Group, Inc. pursuant to which InvenTrust began the process of becoming entirely self-managed (collectively, the “Self-Management Transactions”). In connection with the Self-Management Transactions, InvenTrust agreed with the Business Manager to terminate its management agreement with the Business Manager. The Self-Management Transactions resulted in a final business management fee incurred in January 2014. As a result, the Company was not allocated a business management fee since January 2014.
(c) The Company paid a related party fee to InvenTrust of 0.2% of the principal amount of each loan placed for the Company. Such costs are capitalized as loan fees and amortized over the respective loan term.

On May 1, 2014, the Company entered into a note payable in the amount of $32,908 with InvenTrust, which matures on demand. The note payable is non-amortizing with an interest rate of 8.5%. Such interest shall be payable on demand or, until such time as demand is made, monthly in arrears, beginning on June 1, 2014 and continuing on the first day of each month thereafter until the note has been paid in full. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the balance of this note payable was $15,062.

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts stated in thousands)

 

6. Leases

Operating Leases

Minimum lease payments to be received under operating leases, assuming no expiring leases are renewed, are as follows:

 

For the year ending December 31,    Minimum Lease Payments  

2016

   $ 85,456   

2017

     60,778   

2018

     43,250   

2019

     39,181   

2020

     23,305   

2021

     15,745   

2022

     8,042   

2023

     6,680   

2024

     5,948   

2025

     4,939   

Thereafter

     46,240   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 339,564   
  

 

 

 

The remaining lease terms range from one year to sixty-three years. The majority of the revenue from the Company’s assets consists of rents received under long-term operating leases. Some leases provide for the payment of fixed base rent paid monthly in advance, and for the reimbursement by tenants to the Company for the tenant’s pro rata share of certain operating expenses including real estate taxes, special assessments, insurance, utilities, common area maintenance, management fees, and certain building repairs paid by the landlord and recoverable under the terms of the lease. Under these leases, the landlord pays all expenses and is reimbursed by the tenant for the tenant’s pro rata share of recoverable expenses paid. Certain other tenants are subject to net leases which provide that the tenant is responsible for fixed base rent as well as all costs and expenses associated with occupancy. Under net leases where all expenses are paid directly by the tenant rather than the landlord, such expenses are not included in the combined consolidated statements of operations. Under leases where all expenses are paid by the landlord, subject to reimbursement by the tenant, the expenses are included within property operating expenses and reimbursements are included in tenant recovery income on the combined consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts stated in thousands)

 

7. Intangible Assets

The following table summarizes the Company’s identified intangible assets and intangible liabilities as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

     Balance as of December 31,  
     2015      2014  

Intangible assets:

     

Acquired in-place lease

   $ 96,284       $ 104,282   

Acquired above market lease

     1,390         3,812   

Accumulated amortization

     (85,127      (86,591
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets, net

   $ 12,547       $ 21,503   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible liabilities:

     

Acquired below market lease

     11,025         11,861   

Accumulated amortization

     (5,951      (5,922
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible liabilities, net

   $ 5,074       $ 5,939   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The portion of the purchase price allocated to acquired above market lease costs and acquired below market lease costs are amortized on a straight line basis over the life of the related lease, including the respective renewal period for below market lease costs with fixed rate renewals, as an adjustment to other revenues. Amortization pertaining to the above market lease costs was applied as a reduction to other revenues. Amortization pertaining to the below market lease costs was applied as an increase to other revenues. The portion of the purchase price allocated to acquired in-place lease intangibles is amortized on a straight line basis over the life of the related lease and is recorded as amortization expense.

The following table summarized the amortization related to acquired above and below market lease costs and acquired in-place lease intangibles for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

Amortization of:

        

Acquired above market lease costs

   $ (127    $ (369    $ (369

Acquired below market lease costs

     562         637         651   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net rental income increase

   $ 435       $ 268       $ 282   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquired in-place lease intangibles

   $ 7,492       $ 6,884       $ 7,493   

 

F-19


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts stated in thousands)

 

The following table presents the amortization during the next five years and thereafter related to intangible assets and liabilities at December 31, 2015.

 

     2016     2017     2018     2019     2020     Thereafter     Total  

Amortization of:

              

Acquired above market lease costs

   $ (23   $ (8   $ (5   $ (2   $ (2   $ (8   $ (48

Acquired below market lease costs

     536        526        518        491        422        2,581        5,074   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net rental income increase

   $ 513      $ 518      $ 513      $ 489      $ 420      $ 2,573      $ 5,026   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquired in-place lease intangibles

   $ 6,074      $ 4,386      $ 1,252      $ 693      $ 86      $ 8      $ 12,499   

8. Debt

During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, the following debt transactions occurred:

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 468,970   

New financings

     32,908   

Paydown of debt

     (43,784

Extinguishment of debt

     (82,999

Amortization of discount/premium

     35   

Debt re-classified from held for sale to held and used

     112,695   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 487,825   

Paydown of debt

     (28,962

Transfer of mortgages payable to InvenTrust Properties

     (19,893
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 438,970   
  

 

 

 

Mortgages Payable

Mortgage loans outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 were $405,994 and $447,070 and had a weighted average interest rate of 6.09% and 6.10% per annum, respectively. Mortgage discount, net, was $0 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

As of December 31, 2015, scheduled maturities for the Company’s outstanding mortgage indebtedness had various due dates through August 2037, as follows:

 

For the year ended December 31,    As of
December 31, 2015
     Weighted average
interest rate
 

2016

   $ 88,980         5.88

2017

     30,275         5.57

2018

     —           —  

2019

     —           —  

2020

     —           —  

Thereafter

     286,739         6.21
  

 

 

    

Total

   $ 405,994         6.09
  

 

 

    

 

F-20


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts stated in thousands)

 

The Company anticipates that it will pay off its debt upon the disposition of assets or refinance existing debt. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to sell assets before their debt matures, or that the Company can obtain such refinancing on satisfactory terms, or at all. There is no recourse debt as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

Some of the mortgage loans require compliance with certain covenants, such as debt service ratios, investment restrictions and distribution limitations. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

In January 2015, the assets and liabilities associated with three retail assets were distributed to InvenTrust. Two of these assets were encumbered by a mortgage. As part of the distribution of these assets to InvenTrust, the mortgage payables of $19,893 were distributed at carrying value due to common control.

Unsecured credit facility

On November 5, 2015, InvenTrust entered into a term loan credit agreement for a $300,000 unsecured credit facility. The term loan credit facility consists of two tranches: a five-year tranche maturing on January 15, 2021, and a seven-year tranche maturing on November 5, 2022. Based upon the Company’s total leverage ratio at December 31, 2015, the five-year tranche bears an interest rate of LIBOR plus 1.30% and the seven-year tranche bears an interest rate of LIBOR plus 1.60%. The term loan credit facility is subject to a borrowing base consisting of a pool of unencumbered assets. To the extent the Company’s assets were included within the pool of unencumbered assets, the Company was allocated a portion of the unsecured credit facility. As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s allocated portion of the term loan was $17,914 and the interest rate was 1.59%.

On February 3, 2015, InvenTrust entered into an amended and restated credit agreement for a $300,000 unsecured revolving line of credit, which matures on February 2, 2019. The unsecured revolving line of credit bears interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 1.40% and requires the maintenance of certain financial covenants. The unsecured credit facility is subject to a borrowing base consisting of a pool of unencumbered assets. To the extent the Company’s assets were included within the pool of unencumbered assets, the Company was allocated its proportionate share of the revolving line of credit.

In May 2013, InvenTrust entered into an unsecured credit facility in the aggregate amount of $500,000. The credit facility consisted of a $300,000 unsecured revolving line of credit and the total outstanding term loan was $200,000. The unsecured revolving line of credit matures on May 7, 2016 and the unsecured term loan matures on May 7, 2017. The unsecured credit facility is subject to a borrowing base consisting of a pool of unencumbered assets. To the extent the Company’s assets were included within the pool of unencumbered assets, the Company was allocated a portion of the unsecured credit facility. As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s allocated portion of the term loan was $25,693 and the interest rate was 1.67%. This credit agreement was refinanced on February 3, 2015, as described above.

Note Payable

On May 1, 2014, the Company entered into a note payable in the amount of $32,908 with InvenTrust, which matures on demand. The note payable is non-amortizing with an interest rate of 8.5%. Such interest shall be payable on demand or, until such time as demand is made, monthly in arrears, beginning on June 1, 2014 and continuing on the first day of each month thereafter until the note has been paid in full. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the balance of this note payable was $15,062, respectively.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts stated in thousands)

 

9. Fair Value Measurements

In accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures, the Company defines fair value based on the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or the exit price that would be paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company uses a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs used to measure fair value. The fair value hierarchy consists of three broad levels, which are described below:

 

    Level 1 - Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity has the ability to access.

 

    Level 2 - Observable inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

    Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets and liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

The Company has estimated the fair value of its financial and non-financial instruments using available market information and valuation methodologies the Company believes to be appropriate for these purposes. Considerable judgment and a high degree of subjectivity are involved in developing these estimates and, accordingly, they are not necessarily indicative of amounts that would be realized upon disposition.

Non-Recurring Measurements

Level 3

The following table summarizes activity for the Company’s assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The Company recognized certain impairment charges to reflect the investments at their fair values for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. The asset groups that were reflected at fair value through this evaluation are:

 

     As of December 31, 2015      As of December 31, 2014  
     Fair Value
Measurements Using
Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
     Total
Impairment
Loss
     Fair Value
Measurements
Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
     Total
Impairment
Loss
 

Investment properties

   $ —         $ —         $ 91,500       $ 15,640   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —         $ —         $ 91,500       $ 15,640   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment Properties

During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recognized no provision for asset impairment.

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company identified certain assets which may have a reduction in the expected holding period and reviewed the probability of these assets’ dispositions. The Company’s estimated fair value relating to the investment properties’ impairment analysis was based on a comparison of purchase contracts and ten-year discounted cash flow models, which includes contractual inflows

 

F-22


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts stated in thousands)

 

and outflows over a specific holding period. The cash flows consist of observable inputs such as contractual revenues and unobservable inputs forecasted revenues and expenses. These unobservable inputs are based on market conditions and the Company’s expected growth rates. During the year ended December 31, 2014, capitalization rates ranging from 6.00% to 7.75% and discount rates ranging from 7.25% to 8.75% were utilized in the model and are based upon observable rates that the Company believes to be within a reasonable range of current market rates. During the year ended December 31, 2013, capitalization rates ranging from 6.25% to 10.50% and discount rates ranging from 7.00% to 12.00% were utilized in the model and are based upon observable rates that the Company believes to be within a reasonable range of current market rates.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company also identified one asset, AT&T - Hoffman Estates, in which it was exploring a potential disposition. After the Company began exploring a potential sale of the asset, it became aware of circumstances in which the tenant was considering vacating the space. Although the original term of the lease does not expire until September 2016, the Company analyzed various leasing and sale scenarios for AT&T - Hoffman Estates. The Company’s estimated fair value relating to the investment properties’ impairment analysis was based on ten-year discounted cash flow models, which includes contractual inflows and outflows over a specific holding period. The cash flows consist of observable inputs such as contractual revenues and unobservable inputs such as forecasted revenues and expenses. These unobservable inputs are based on market conditions and the Company’s expected growth rates. The capitalization rates ranging from 6.25% to 7.75% and discount rates ranging from 7.00% to 8.50% were utilized in this model and are based upon observable rates that the Company believes to be within a reasonable range of current market rates. Based on the probabilities assigned to such scenarios, it was determined the asset was impaired and therefore, written down to fair value. The Company recorded an impairment charge of $147,480 for this asset for the year ended December 31, 2013.

On August 8, 2013, InvenTrust entered into a purchase agreement to sell a portfolio of net lease assets. Thirty-one of the assets were part of the Company. The Company evaluated the 31 assets as a disposal group and determined that the disposal group was in a net loss position. Based on the analysis, the Company attributed the impairment to one asset, AT&T—St. Louis, in which the Company recorded an impairment charge of $61,915 for the year ended December 31, 2013.

During the final closing of the net lease asset portfolio on May 8, 2014, the purchaser terminated the purchase agreement solely with respect to the equity interest in a subsidiary owning a net lease asset, AT&T — St. Louis. As a result of the purchase agreement termination, it was re-classified from held for sale to held and used and was re-measured at the lesser of the carrying value or fair value as of May 8, 2014. The Company estimated fair value based on ten-year discounted cash flow models, which included contractual inflows and outflows for various leasing scenarios over a specific holding period. The cash flows consisted of observable inputs, such as contractual revenues, and unobservable inputs, such as forecasted revenues and expenses. These unobservable inputs are based on market conditions. A capitalization rate of approximately 7.75% and a discount rate of approximately 8.00% were utilized in the AT&T—St. Louis fair value model and are based on observable rates that the Company believes to be within a reasonable range of current market rates. Based on the probabilities assigned to such scenarios, it was determined the asset’s fair value was less than the carrying value. Therefore the Company recorded an impairment charge of $9,685 for the year ended December 31, 2014.

For the years ended, December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded impairment of investment assets of $0, $15,640 and $258,648, respectively. Certain assets have been disposed and were impaired prior to disposition and the related impairment charges of $3,853 were included in discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts stated in thousands)

 

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value

The table below represents the fair value of financial instruments presented at carrying values in the combined consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

     December 31, 2015      December 31, 2014  
     Carrying Value      Estimated Fair Value      Carrying Value      Estimated Fair Value  

Mortgages payable

   $ 405,994       $ 410,888       $ 447,070       $ 467,186   

Unsecured credit facility

   $ 17,914       $ 17,914       $ 25,693       $ 25,693   

Note payable

   $ 15,062       $ 15,062       $ 15,062       $ 15,062   

The Company estimates the fair value of its debt instruments using a weighted average effective interest rate of 4.52% per annum. The fair value estimate of the unsecured credit facility and note payable approximates the carrying value. The assumptions reflect the terms currently available on similar borrowing terms to borrowers with credit profiles similar to the Company’s. The Company has determined that its debt instrument valuations are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

10. Income Taxes

The Company intends to elect to be taxed as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes beginning with the Company’s short taxable year commencing immediately prior to the Company’s separation from InvenTrust and ending on December 31, 2016. So long as it qualifies as a REIT, the Company generally will not be subject to federal income tax on taxable income that is distributed currently to stockholders. A REIT is subject to a number of organizational and operational requirements including a requirement that it currently distribute at least 90% of its REIT taxable income (subject to certain adjustments) to its stockholders each year. If the Company fails to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, without the benefit of certain relief provisions, the Company will be subject to federal and state income tax on its taxable income at regular corporate tax rates and would not be able to re-elect REIT status during the four years following the year of the failure. Even if the Company qualifies for taxation as a REIT, the Company may be subject to certain state and local taxes on its income, property or net worth and federal income and excise taxes on its undistributed income.

The Company is currently a qualified REIT subsidiary (“QRS”) of InvenTrust, which has elected to be taxed as a REIT and has operated in a manner intended to qualify as a REIT under the Internal Revenue code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). As a QRS, the Company is currently disregarded as separate entity from InvenTrust for federal income tax purposes. All assets, liabilities and items of income, deduction and credit of the Company are currently treated for federal income tax purposes as those of InvenTrust.

The Company’s subsidiary, MB REIT (Florida), Inc. (“MB REIT”), has operated in a manner intended to qualify to be taxed as a REIT. On December 15, 2015, MB REIT redeemed all of the outstanding shares of its Series B Preferred Stock and became a wholly owned subsidiary of InvenTrust. At that time, MB REIT became a QRS of InvenTrust and ceased to be treated as a separate REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a QRS, MB REIT is currently disregarded as a separate entity from InvenTrust for federal income tax purposes. All assets, liabilities and items of income, deduction and credit of MB REIT are treated for federal income tax purposes as those of InvenTrust.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts stated in thousands)

 

The components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 are as follows:

 

     2015      2014      2013  
     Federal      State      Total      Federal      State      Total      Federal      State      Total  

Current

   $ —         $ 51       $ 51       $ —         $ 64       $ 64       $ —         $ 110       $ 110   

Deferred

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax provision

   $ —         $ 51       $ 51       $ —         $ 64       $ 64       $ —         $ 110       $ 110   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Uncertain Tax Positions

The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits as of or during the three year period ended December 31, 2015. The Company expects no significant increases or decreases in unrecognized tax benefits due to changes in tax positions within one year of December 31, 2015. The Company has no material interest or penalties relating to income taxes recognized in the combined consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 or in the combined consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s 2014, 2013, and 2012 tax years remain subject to examination by U.S. and various state tax jurisdictions.

On September 9, 2014, InvenTrust and MB REIT entered into closing agreements with the IRS that resolved favorably certain matters related to the Company’s and MB REIT’s qualifications as REITs for federal income tax purposes. The Company’s former Business Manager reimbursed the Company and MB REIT for the penalty payments required under the closing agreements.

11. Segment Reporting

The Company currently has three business segments, consisting of (i) Net Lease, (ii) Retail and (iii) Multi-Tenant Office. The net lease segment consists of single-tenant office and industrial assets, as well as the Company’s correctional facilities. The Company’s unimproved land is presented in Other.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, approximately 42% of the Company’s revenue from continuing operations was generated by three net lease assets leased to AT&T, Inc. As a result of the concentration of revenue generated from these assets, if AT&T, Inc. were to cease paying rent or fulfilling its other monetary obligations, the Company would have significantly reduced revenues and/or higher expenses until the defaults were cured or the assets were leased to a new tenant or tenants, if at all. As of December 31, 2015, the AT&T—Hoffman Estates and AT&T—Cleveland assets are currently in hyper-amortization under the Company’s loan agreements and, as a result, rental payments less certain expenses are used to pay down the principal amount of the loan and are not available cash.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts stated in thousands)

 

The following table summarizes net property operations income by segment as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

     Total     Net Lease     Retail      Multi-Tenant
Office
     Other  

Rental income

   $ 96,960        63,323        24,275         9,362         —     

Tenant recovery income

     14,447        3,740        10,061         646         —     

Other property income

     430        37        261         98         34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income

     111,837        67,100        34,597         10,106         34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses

     21,024        3,877        12,726         3,205         1,216   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net operating income (loss)

   $ 90,813        63,223        21,871         6,901         (1,182
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-allocated expenses (a)

     (48,453          

Other income and expenses (b)

     (28,015          
  

 

 

           

Net income from continuing operations

   $ 14,345             

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (15          
  

 

 

           

Net income attributable to Company

   $ 14,330             
  

 

 

           

Balance Sheet Data

            

Real estate assets, net (c)

   $ 692,355      $ 327,205      $ 229,122       $ 104,123       $ 31,905   

Non-segmented assets (d)

     48,737             
  

 

 

           

Total assets

   $ 741,092             
  

 

 

           

Capital expenditures

   $ 4,083      $ (364   $ 2,858       $ 1,589       $ —     

 

(a) Non-allocated expenses consists of general and administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization.
(b) Other income and expenses consists of interest and dividend income, loss on sale of investment property, interest expense, other loss, and income tax expense.
(c) Real estate assets include intangible assets, net of amortization.
(d) Non-segmented assets include cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and escrows, accounts and rents receivable and deferred costs and other assets.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts stated in thousands)

 

The following table summarizes net property operations income by segment as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

     Total     Net Lease      Retail      Multi-Tenant
Office
     Other  

Rental income

   $ 104,218        64,300         30,700         9,218         —     

Tenant recovery income

     17,190        3,188         13,361         641         —     

Other property income

     739        —           624         102         13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income

     122,147        67,488         44,685         9,961         13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses

     27,822        7,314         16,881         3,508         119   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net operating income (loss)

   $ 94,325        60,174         27,804         6,453         (106
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-allocated expenses (a)

     (44,819           

Other income and expenses (b)

     (21,311           

Provision for asset impairment (c)

     (15,640           
  

 

 

            

Net income from continuing operations

   $ 12,555              

Net income from discontinued operations

     4,632              

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (16           
  

 

 

            

Net income attributable to Company

   $ 17,171              
  

 

 

            

Balance Sheet Data

             

Real estate assets, net (d)

   $ 804,903      $ 355,795       $ 310,547       $ 106,656       $ 31,905   

Non-segmented assets (e)

     36,991              
  

 

 

            

Total assets

   $ 841,894              
  

 

 

            

Capital expenditures

   $ 4,544      $ 1,143       $ 3,324       $ 67       $ 10   

 

(a) Non-allocated expenses consists of general and administrative expenses, business management fee, and depreciation and amortization.
(b) Other income and expenses consists of interest and dividend income, loss on sale of investment properties, gain on extinguishment of debt, interest expense, other income, and income tax expense.
(c) The provision for asset impairment relates to two net lease assets.
(d) Real estate assets include intangible assets, net of amortization.
(e) Non-segmented assets include cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and escrows, accounts and rents receivable and deferred costs and other assets.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

(Dollar amounts stated in thousands)

 

The following table summarizes net property operations income by segment as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

     Total     Net Lease      Retail      Multi-Tenant
Office
     Other  

Rental income

   $ 108,841      $ 67,104       $ 33,730         8,007       $ —     

Tenant recovery income

     18,611        4,198         13,854         559         —     

Other property income

     743        7         625         72         39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income

     128,195        71,309         48,209         8,638         39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses

     29,200        5,657         20,066         3,143         334   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net operating income (loss)

   $ 98,995      $ 65,652       $ 28,143       $ 5,495       $ (295
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-allocated expenses (a)

     (58,389           

Other income and expenses (b)

     (33,379           

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated entity (c)

     3,558              

Provision for asset impairment (d)

     (258,648           
  

 

 

            

Net loss from continuing operations

   $ (247,863           

Net income from discontinued operations

     48,469              

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     (16           
  

 

 

            

Net loss attributable to Company

   $ (199,410           
  

 

 

            

 

(a) Non-allocated expenses consists of general and administrative expenses, business management fee, and depreciation and amortization.
(b) Other income and expenses consists of interest and dividend income, gain on extinguishment of debt, interest expense, other income, and income tax expense.
(c) Equity in earnings of unconsolidated entity includes the gain on investment in unconsolidated entity.
(d) The provision for asset impairment relates to six net lease assets and three retail assets.

12. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is subject, from time to time, to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. While the resolution of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes, based on currently available information, that the final outcome of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on the financial statements of the Company.

13. Subsequent Events

On February 19, 2016, four retail assets were distributed to InvenTrust, including one asset that was previously counted as two adjacent properties prior to December 31, 2015. As the Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of InvenTrust, the entities are considered under common control. The transfer of these four retail assets will be accounted for as a non-cash distribution from the Company to InvenTrust at historical cost and the Company will not realize any gain or loss on disposal.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Schedule III

Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

December 31, 2015

 

          Initial Cost (A)                 Gross amount at which carried at end of period  
    Encumbrance     Land     Buildings and
Improvements
    Adjustments
to Land Basis
(B)
    Adjustments
to Basis (B)
    Land and
Improvements
    Buildings and
Improvements
    Total (C)     Accumulated
Depreciation
(D,E)
    Date of
Completion of
Construction or
Acquisition
 

Net Lease

                   

ATLAS - NEW ULM

New Ulm, MN

  $ —        $ 900      $ 9,359      $ —        $ —        $ 900      $ 9,359      $ 10,259      $ 2,914        2007   

ATLAS - ST PAUL

St. Paul, MN

    —          3,890        10,093        —          —          3,890        10,093        13,983        2,707        2007   

AT&T CLEVELAND

Cleveland, OH

    18,656        870        40,033        —          240        870        40,273        41,143        12,514        2005   

AT&T - ST LOUIS

St Louis, MO

    112,695        8,000        170,169        (3,312     (109,523     4,688        60,646        65,334        2,475        2007   

BRIDGESIDE POINT OFFICE BLDG

Pittsburg, PA

    —          1,525        28,609        —          826        1,525        29,435        30,960        10,162        2006   

CITIZENS (CFG) RHODE ISLAND

Providence, RI

    —          1,278        3,817        (702     (2,947     576        870        1,446        89        2007   

DENVER HIGHLANDS

Highlands Ranch, CO

    —          1,700        11,839        —          37        1,700        11,876        13,576        3,872        2006   

FABYAN RANDALL PLAZA

Batavia, IL

    —          2,400        22,198        (926     (13,761     1,474        8,437        9,911        961        2006   

HASKELL - ROLLING PLAINS FACILITY

Haskell, TX

    —          45        19,733        —          1        45        19,734        19,779        5,669        2008   

HUDSON CORRECTIONAL FACILITY

Hudson, CO

    —          1,382        —          —          93,137        1,382        93,137        94,519        25,457        2009   

 

F-29


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Schedule III

Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

December 31, 2015

 

          Initial Cost (A)                 Gross amount at which carried at end of period  
    Encumbrance     Land     Buildings and
Improvements
    Adjustments
to Land Basis
(B)
    Adjustments
to Basis (B)
    Land and
Improvements
    Buildings and
Improvements
    Total (C)     Accumulated
Depreciation
(D,E)
    Date of
Completion of
Construction or
Acquisition
 

Retail

                   

BUCKHORN PLAZA

Bloomsburg, PA

    9,025        1,651        11,770        —          2,122        1,651        13,892        15,543        4,344        2006   

LAKEPORT COMMONS

Sioux City, IA

    —          7,800        39,984        —          4,229        7,800        44,213        52,013        12,718        2007   

LINCOLN MALL

Lincoln, RI

    —          11,000        50,395        —          6,733        11,000        57,128        68,128        18,701        2006   

NEW FOREST CROSSING II

Houston, TX

    —          1,490        3,922        (253     (977     1,237        2,945        4,182        537        2006   

SBC CENTER

Hoffman Estates, IL

    124,728        35,800        287,424        (16,297     (207,645     19,503        79,779        99,282        8,031        2007   

SHERMAN PLAZA

Evanston, IL

    30,275        9,655        30,982        —          9,092        9,655        40,074        49,729        12,269        2006   

SPRING TOWN CENTER

Spring, TX

    —          3,150        12,433        —          125        3,150        12,558        15,708        4,374        2006   

SPRING TOWN CENTER III

Spring, TX

    —          1,320        3,070        —          2,089        1,320        5,159        6,479        1,473        2007   

STATE STREET MARKET

Rockford, IL

    9,900        3,950        14,184        —          1,894        3,950        16,078        20,028        5,565        2006   

THE MARKET AT HILLIARD

Hilliard, OH

    11,205        4,432        13,308        —          3,234        4,432        16,542        20,974        5,442        2005   

TRIANGLE CENTER

Longview, WA

    20,760        12,770        24,556        —          3,520        12,770        28,076        40,846        9,737        2005   

 

F-30


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Schedule III

Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

December 31, 2015

 

          Initial Cost (A)                 Gross amount at which carried at end of period  
    Encumbrance     Land     Buildings and
Improvements
    Adjustments
to Land Basis
(B)
    Adjustments
to Basis (B)
    Land and
Improvements
    Buildings and
Improvements
    Total (C)     Accumulated
Depreciation 
(D,E)
    Date of
Completion of
Construction or
Acquisition
 

Multi Tenant Office

                   

DULLES EXECUTIVE PLAZA

Herndon, VA

    68,750        15,500        96,083        —          4,824        15,500        100,907        116,407        34,472        2006   

TRIMBLE I

San Jose, CA

    —          12,732        10,041        —          —          12,732        10,041        22,773        617        2013   

Other

                   

NORTH POINTE PARK

Hanahan, SC

    —          2,350        —          —          —          2,350        —          2,350        —          2011   

ORLANDO SAND LAKE

Orlando, FL

    —          19,388        —          —          —          19,388        —          19,388        —          2011   

PALAZZO DEL LAGO

Orlando, FL

    —          8,938        —          —          10        8,938        10        8,948        —          2010   

Raleigh Durham Land

Raleigh, NC

    —          1,220        —          —          —          1,220        —          1,220        —          2007   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Totals

  $ 405,994      $ 175,136      $ 914,002      $ (21,490   $ (202,740   $ 153,646      $ 711,262      $ 864,908      $ 185,100     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

F-31


Table of Contents

HIGHLANDS REIT, INC. AND ITS PREDECESSORS

Schedule III

Real Estate and Accumulated Depreciation

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

December 31, 2015

 

Notes:

The aggregate cost of real estate owned at December 31, 2015 for Federal income tax purposes was approximately $1,333,537 (unaudited).

 

(A) The initial cost to the Company represents the original purchase price of the asset, including amounts incurred subsequent to acquisition which were contemplated at the time the asset was acquired.
(B) Adjustments to basis include provisions for asset impairments and costs capitalized subsequent to acquisitions.
(C) Reconciliation of real estate owned:

 

     2015      2014      2013  

Balance at January 1,

   $ 961,921       $ 948,903       $ 2,042,849   

Acquisitions and capital improvements

     5,154         13,018         450,813   

Dispositions and write-offs

     (8,321      —           (1,143,949

Assets transferred to InvenTrust

     (93,846      —           —     

Assets classified as held for sale

     —           —           (400,810
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31,

   $ 864,908       $ 961,921       $ 948,903   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(D) Reconciliation of accumulated depreciation:

 

     2015      2014      2013  

Balance at January 1,

   $ 180,027       $ 153,216       $ 385,783   

Depreciation expense, continuing operations

     27,785         29,384         38,048   

Depreciation expense, assets classified as held for sale

     —           —           11,924   

Accumulated depreciation expense, assets classified as held for sale

     —           —           (106,446

Assets transferred to InvenTrust

     (22,336      —           —     

Dispositions and write-offs

     (376      (2,573      (176,093
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31,

   $ 185,100       $ 180,027       $ 153,216   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(E) Depreciation is computed based upon the following estimated lives:

 

Buildings and improvements

   30 years

Tenant improvements

   Life of the lease

Furniture, fixtures & equipment

   5 - 15 years

 

F-32